Electromagnetics by Kanodia PDF

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.
net
ww
w.E
a syE
ngi
nee
rin
g.n
et
**Note: Other Websites/Blogs Owners Please do not Copy (or) Republish

this Materials without Legal Permission of the Publishers.
**Disclimers : EasyEngineering not the original publisher of this Book/Material

on net. This e-book/Material has been collected from other sources of net.
Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net
GATE CLOUD
ELECTROMAGNETICS
ww
w.E
asy
En
gin
ee rin
g.n
et

ww
w.E
asy
En
gin
ee rin
g.n
et

GATE CLOUD
ELECTROMAGNETICS
ww
w.E
asy
En
R. K. Kanodia gin
Ashish Murolia
ee rin
g.n
et
JHUNJHUNUWALA
JAIPUR

Exclusive Sales Counter & BO:

NODIA & COMPANY
55, Suryalok Complex, Gunfoundry, Abids, Hyderabad - 500001.
Phone : 040 - 64582577
ww
w.E
asy
GATE CLOUD ELECTROMAGNETICS, 1e
R. K. Kanodia, Ashish Murolia En
gin
CC1015
Copyright by Jhunjhunuwala
ISBN 978-8192-34838-4 ee rin
g.n
Information contained in this book has been obtained by author, from sources believes to be reliable.
et
However, neither Jhunjhunuwala nor its author guarantee the accuracy or completeness of any
information herein, and Jhunjhunuwala nor its author shall be responsible for any error, omissions,
or damages arising out of use of this information. This book is published with the understanding that
Jhunjhunuwala and its author are supplying information but are not attempting to render engineering
or other professional services.
JHUNJHUNUWALA
B-8, Dhanshree Tower Ist, Central Spine, Vidyadhar Nagar, Jaipur – 302023
Ph : +91-141-2101150.
www.nodia.co.in
email : enquiry@nodia.co.in
Printed By: Nodia and Company, Jaipur

PREFACE
GATE CLOUD caters a versatile collection of Multiple Choice Questions to the students who are preparing
for GATE (Gratitude Aptitude Test in Engineering) examination. This book contains over 1200 multiple
choice solved problems for the subject of Electromagnetics, which has a significant weightage in the GATE
examination of Electronics and Communication Engineering. The GATE examination is based on multiple
choice problems which are tricky, conceptual and tests the basic understanding of the subject. So, the
problems included in the book are designed to be as exam-like as possible. The solutions are presented using
step by step methodology which enhance your problem solving skills.
ww
The book is categorized into ten chapters covering all the topics of syllabus of the examination. Each chapter
contains :
Ÿ Exercise 1 : Level 1
w.E
Ÿ Exercise 2 : Level 2
Ÿ Exercise 3 : Mixed Questions Taken form Previous Examinations of GATE & IES.
Ÿ Detailed Solutions to Exercise 1, 2 and 3.
asy
Although we have put a vigorous effort in preparing this book, some errors may have crept in. We shall
En
appreciate and greatly acknowledge the comments, criticism and suggestion from the users of this book
which leads to some improvement.
gin
You may write to us at rajkumar.kanodia@gmail.com and ashish.murolia@gmail.com.
Wish you all the success in conquering GATE.
ee rin Authors
g.n
et

SYLLABUS
GATE ELECTRONICS & COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING

Networks:
Elements of vector calculus: divergence and curl; Gauss’ and Stokes’ theorems, Maxwell’s
equations: differential and integral forms. Wave equation, Poynting vector. Plane waves:
ww
propagation through various media; reflection and refraction; phase and group velocity; skin depth.
Transmission lines: characteristic impedance; impedance transformation; Smith chart; impedance
w.E
matching; S parameters, pulse excitation. Waveguides: modes in rectangular waveguides; boundary
conditions; cut-off frequencies; dispersion relations. Basics of propagation in dielectric waveguide
asy
and optical fibers. Basics of Antennas: Dipole antennas; radiation pattern; antenna gain.
En
gin
IES ELECTRONICS & TELECOMMUNICATION ENGINEERING
Electromagnetic Theory:
ee rin
Analysis of electrostatic and magnetostatic fields; Laplace's and Poisson's equations; Boundary
g.n
value problems and their solutions; Maxwell's equations; application to wave propagation in
bounded and unbounded media; Transmission lines : basic theory, standing waves, matching
et
applications, microstrip lines; Basics of wave guides and resonators; Elements of antenna theory.
IES ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING

Electromagnetic Theory:
Electric and magnetic fields. Gauss's Law and Amperes Law. Fields in dielectrics, conductors and
magnetic materials. Maxwell's equations. Time varying fields. Plane-Wave propagating in
dielectric and conducting media. Transmission lines.

CONTENTS
ww
w.E
asy
En
gin
ee rin
g.n
et

ww
w.E
asy
En
gin
ee rin
g.n
et
*******
CHAPTER 1
VECTOR ANALYSIS
ww
w.E
asy
En
gin
eer
ing
.ne
t

2 Vector Analysis Chap 1

For View Only Shop Online at www.nodia.co.in
EXERCISE 1.1
The field lines of vector B = ra q is
m
MCQ 1.1.1
ww
co
w.E lp.
asy
En
he
gin
eer
e
at
ing
.ne
g
t
w.
ww
MCQ 1.1.2 Given the two vectors M = 5ax - 2ay + 4az and N =- 8ax - 7ay + 2az . The unit
vector in the direction of (M -N ) will be
(A) 0.82ax + 0.36ay - 0.14az (B) 0.92ax - 0.36ay + 0.41az
(C) 0.92ax + 0.36ay + 0.14az (D) - 0.92ax - 0.36ay - 0.14az
MCQ 1.1.3 A vector field is specified as G = 4xyax + 2 ^2 + x2h ay + 3z2 az . The unit vector in
the direction of G at the point (- 2, 1, 3) will be
(A) 0.26ax + 0.39ay + 0.88az (B) - 0.26ax + 0.39ay + 0.88az
(C) 0.36ax - 0.29ay + 0.24az (D) 0.88ax - 0.29ay + 0.36az
MCQ 1.1.4 Consider three nonzero vectors A, B and C . Which of the following is not a correct
GATE CLOUD Electromagnetics By RK Kanodia & Ashish Murolia

Chap 1 Vector Analysis 3

relation between them?
(A) A # A = 0 (B) A # ^B + C h = Â # B h + Â # C h
(C) (A # B) # C = A # ^B # C h (D) (B # A) =-Â # B h
MCQ 1.1.5 The tips of three vectors A, B and C drawn from a point define a plane.
A : ^B # C h equals to
(A) +1
(B) - 1
(C) zero
ww (D) can’t be determined as A, B and C are not given
m
MCQ 1.1.6 The component of vector A along vector B is
w.E (A) A : B
A
(B) A : B
co
B
(D) A : B
(C) A : B
asy AB
lp.
MCQ 1.1.7 The vector fields are defined as A = a r + 2af + 3az and B = aa r + baf - 6az . If
(A) - 2 , - 2 En
the fields A and B are parallel then the value of a and b are respectively.
(B) - 2 , - 4
gin
he
(C) - 4 , - 2 (D) - 2 , - 1
MCQ 1.1.8
value of k the two vectors A and B will be orthogonal ? eer
Consider the vectors A = 4ax + 2kay + kaz and B = ax + 4ay - 4az . For what
te
(A) 0
(C) - 2
(B) + 1
(D) - 1 ing
.ne
ga
Common Data for Question 9 - 10 :

t
In a cubical region ( x < 2 , y < 2 , z < 2 ) a vector field is defined as
w.
E = 9zy2 cos (2x) ax + 8zy sin (2x) ay + 2y2 sin (2x) az .

MCQ 1.1.9 The vector field component Ex will be zero in the plane
ww
(A) z = 0 (B) y = 0
(C) x = p/4 (D) All of the above
MCQ 1.1.10 In the plane y - 4z = 0 , the vector field components Ey and Ez are related as
(A) 2Ey = Ez (B) Ey + Ez = 0
(C) Ey = 2Ez (D) Ey = Ez
MCQ 1.1.11 The plane surface on which the vector field E will be zero is
(A) x = 0 (B) y = 0
(C) z = 0 (D) none of the above


MCQ 1.1.12 Distance between the points P (x = 2, y = 3, z =- 1) and Q (r = 4, f =- 50, z = 2) is
(A) 3.74 (B) 4.47
(C) 6.78 (D) 8.76
MCQ 1.1.13 The uniform vector field A = ay can also be expressed as

(A) sin fa r + sin faf
(B) cos fa r + sin faf
(C) sin q cos far + cos q cos fa q + sin faf
m
(D) sin q cos far + cos q cos fa q - sin faf
ww
MCQ 1.1.14 The vector filed F = 12ax can be expressed in spherical coordinates at the point
co
(x = 3 , y = 2 , z =- 1) as
w.E (A) 8ar - 2a q + 5af

(C) - 8ar + 2.2a q + 5.5af
(B) 8ar - 2.2a q - 5.5af
lp. (D) 8ar + 2.2a q + 5.5af
MCQ 1.1.15
(A) 10c asy
The angle formed between A =- 5a r + 10af + 3az and surface z = 5 is
(B) 15c
(C) 45c
En (D) 75c
he
MCQ 1.1.16
at the point P (3, 90c, 2)is gin
The component of vector A =- 4a r - 20af + 4az parallel to the line x = 6 , z =- 2
eer
e
(A) - 4a r + 2af (B) ax - ay

(C) - 2ay (D) - 2az
at
MCQ 1.1.17
ing
In the cartesian co-ordinate system the co-ordinates of a point P is (a, b, c).Now
.ne
consider the whole cartesian system is being rotated by 145c about an axis from the
g
origin through the point (1, 1, 1) such that the rotation is clockwise when looking
t
down the axis towards the origin. What will be the co-ordinates of the point P in
w.
the transformed cartesian system ?

(A) (a/2, b/2, c/2) (B) (- a , - b , - c )
ww
(C) (c , b, a ) (D) (c , a , b)
MCQ 1.1.18 Consider R be the position vector of a point P (x, y, z) in cartesian co-ordinate
system then gradR equals to
(A) 1 (B) 4R
R
(C) R (D) R
R 2R
MCQ 1.1.19 Given the vector filed A = y2 ax + (2xy + x2 + z2) ay + (4x + 2yz) az . The divergence
of the vector field is
(A) 2 (x + y) (B) x2 + y2 + z2 + 6x + 2y
(C) 2y (x + z) (D) 0


MCQ 1.1.20 A vector field F is defined as F = r sin fa r + 2r2 zaf + z cos faz . The 4# F at
point P ^1, p/2, 2h equals to
(A) a r + 6az (B) - a r + 2az
(C) 3a r + 6az (D) - 5a r + 6az
MCQ 1.1.21 Which one of the following vector function has divergence and curl both zero ?
(A) A = 2xzax - yzay - z2 az (B) B = xyax - yzaz
(C) C = xyax - xzay - yzaz (D) D = yzax + xzay + xyaz
MCQ 1.1.22 The curl of the unit vectors a r , af and az in cylindrical co-ordinate system is listed
ww
m
below. Which of them is correct ?
ar af az ar af az
w.E (A) 0
(C)
1
a
r z
ra f a r
0
0
(B)
co
(D)
0
ra f
1
a
r r
1
r ar
af
0
MCQ 1.1.23
asy
In a certain region consider f and g are the two scalar fields where as A is a vector
lp.
field. Which of the following is not a correct relation ?
(A) d : (fA) = f ^d : Ah - A : ^df h
En
(B) d # ^ fAh = f ^d # Ah - A # ^df h
gin
he
f gdf - f dg
(C) d c m =
g g2
(D) d # c A m =
g
g (d # A) - A # (dg)
g2 eer
te
MCQ 1.1.24
is ing
Laplacian of the scalar field f = 2rz sin f + 4z2 cos2 f + 4r2 at the point P (3, p/2, 6)
.ne
ga
(A) 16 (B) 0
(C) 46 (D) 40
MCQ 1.1.25 t
A conservative field M is given by M = (z cos (xz) + y) ax + 5kxay + x cos (xz) az .
w.
The value of k will be

(A) 1 (B) 0
(C) - 1
ww
(D) 1/2
MCQ 1.1.26 A scalar field g = ^1 + 5k h x2 y + xyz will be harmonic at all the points for the value
of k equals to
(A) 1/2 (B) 0
(C) - 1/2 (D) can’t be determined
MCQ 1.1.27 Curl of the gradient of any scalar field is

(A) zero everywhere (B) zero at origin only
(C) zero at infinity only (D) it does not exist


MCQ 1.1.28 A vector field is given as A = (x + 4z) ax + (3x - 7z) ay + (4x + 3y - cz) az . The
value of c for which A will be solenoidal is
(A) 1 (B) - 1
(C) 0 (D) 3
MCQ 1.1.29 For a vector function A = (4x + k1 z) ax + (k2 x - 5z) ay + (4x - k 3 y + 2z) az to be
irrotational value of k1 , k2 and k 3 will be respectively.
(A) - 5 , 0, 4 (B) 0, 4, 5
(C) 4, 0, 5 (D) 1, 4, 3
m
ww
MCQ 1.1.30 The unit vector normal to the plane 2x + 3y + 6z = 7 is
(A) 1 âx + 2ay + 3az h (B) 1 ^4ax + 4ay + 6az h
co
24 14
w.E (C) 1
14
âx + 2ay + 3az h (D)
lp.
1
58
^2ax + 4ay + 6az h
MCQ 1.1.31
asy
Consider C is a certain closed path and dl is the differential displacement along the
path then the contour integral # dl is
En
C
(A) zero
he
(B) 1
(C) - 1
gin
(D) can’t be determined as C is not defined.
eer
e
MCQ 1.1.32 Consider C is any closed path and U is a scalar field. So, the contour integral
at
# ^dU h : dl
C
is
ing
(A) 1
.ne
g
(B) - 1
t
w.
(C) zero
(D) Can’t be determined as C and U is not given
ww
MCQ 1.1.33 A vector field is defined as A = 3yzax + z2 xay + 2xyaz .The surface integral of the
field over a closed surface S is
(A) 1
(B) 5
(C) zero
(D) can’t be determined as surface S is not given
***********


EXERCISE 1.2
MCQ 1.2.1 If the edge of a cube is 3 units then the angle formed between it’s body diagonals
ww will be
m
(A) 70.53c (B) 53.70c
(C) 66.21c (D) 61c
w.E Common Data for Question 2 - 4 :

co
asy
lp.
Consider a triangle ABC , whose vertex A, B and C are located at the points
En
(- 4, 2, 5), (16, 20, - 3) and (- 14, 10, 15) respectively.
MCQ 1.2.2
gin
The unit vector perpendicular to the plane of the triangle is
he
(A) 0.61ax + 0.42ay - 0.37az

(B) 0.66ax - 0.38ay + 0.65az
(C) - 0.54ax + 0.11ay - 0.19az eer
te
(D) 0.43ax - 0.21ay + 0.11az

ing
MCQ 1.2.3
.ne
The unit vector in the plane of the triangle which is perpendicular to AC is
ga
(A) - 0.55ax - 0.832ay + 0.077az

(B) 0.23ax - 0.11ay - 0.43az
(C) - 0.51ax + 0.41ay + 0.76az t
w.
(D) 0.49ax - 0.23ay - 0.44az
MCQ 1.2.4 The unit vector in the plane of the triangle which bisects the interior angle at A is
ww
(A) 0.11ax - 0.81ay + 0.44az

(B) 0.21ay - 0.41ax + 0.52az
(C) 0.23az + 0.12ax + 0.11ay
(D) 0.37az + 0.92ay + 0.17ax
xa + 2yay
MCQ 1.2.5 A vector field F = x2 at the point P (r = 2 , f = p/4 , z = 0.1) is
^x + y2h
(A) 2ax + 3ay (B) - 2ax - 3ay
(C) 0.5a r (D) - 0.5a r


2
MCQ 1.2.6 The component of vector A = rar - r sin q cos fa q + r4 af tangential to the spherical
3
surface r = 20 at point P (20, 150c, 330c) is

(A) 0.043a q + 100af (B) = 0.43a q + 10af
(C) 4.3a q + 100af (D) - 0.043a q - 10af

A vector field has the value A =- 12ar - 4a q + 9af at the point P (9, 150c, 45c).
m
MCQ 1.2.7 The vector component of A, that is tangent to the cone q = 150c is
ww (A) - 12af + 9ar (B) - 12ar - 8a q
co
(C) - 8a q + 9af (D) - 12ar + 9af
w.E
MCQ 1.2.8 The unit vector that is perpendicular to A and tangent to the cone q = 135c is
a
(A) 1 aa q + f k lp.(B) 1 ^4ar + 3afh
5
10
asy
3
(C) 1 ^3ax + 4afh
5
(D) 1 (9ar + 2af)
En 85
he
MCQ 1.2.9 Consider R is a separation vector from a fixed point (a , b, c ) to a varying point
gin
(x, y, z) in the Cartesian coordinate system. The value of grad ^ R1 h equals to
(A) - R3
eer
(B) - R6
e
R R
at
(C) - 12
R
(D) R3
R
ing
MCQ 1.2.10
.ne
A certain hill located in Udaipur is of height h that varies as :
g
h (x, y) = 6x2 + 8y2 - 3xy + 36x - 56y + 100
t
w.
Where x is the distance (in miles) in north and y is the distance (in miles) in east
of Udaipur railway station. The top of the hill will be located at
ww
(A) 3 miles north, 2 miles west of Railway station.

(B) 2 miles south, 3 miles east of Railway station.
(C) 2 miles north, 3 miles east of Railway station.
(D) 6 miles south, 2 miles east of Railway station.
MCQ 1.2.11 At any point P (x, y, z) a vector field is given by F = R15 aR , where R is the position
2
vector of the point P . The divergence of the vector field F will be

(A) zero, everywhere (B) zero, at all points excluding origin
(C) 63 , everywhere (D) 63 , at all points excluding origin
R R


Statement for Linked Question 12 - 14 :
Given a vector field A = 3x2 ax + 3yzay + 3y2 az .
MCQ 1.2.12 The line integral of A from origin to the point (2,2,2) by the route
(0, 0, 0) " (2, 0, 0) " (2, 2, 0) " (2, 2, 2) will be
(A) 32 units (B) 8 units
(C) 24 units (D) 6 units
MCQ 1.2.13 The line integral of the vector field A from the origin to the point (2, 2, 2) along
ww the direct straight line is
m
w.E
MCQ 1.2.14
co
The line integral of the field A around the closed loop that goes out along the route
defined in Question 12 and back along the route defined in Question 13 is
(A) 64 units
asy (B) 0 units
lp.
MCQ 1.2.15 En
A wedge defined by 0 # r # 5 , 45 # f # 180c, z = 2 is shown in figure
gin
he
eer
te
ing
.ne
ga
t
Circulation of A = r sin fa r + z2 cos faz along the edge L of the wedge is
w.
(A) 10 units (B) 5/2 units

(C) - 25/4 units (D) 25/4 units
ww
MCQ 1.2.16 Volume integral of the function f = 30z2 over the tetrahedron with corners at
(0, 0, - 1); (0, - 1, 0), (- 1, 0, 0), (0, 0, 0) is
(A) 1/2 (B) - 1/2
(C) 31/2 (D) 1/60
MCQ 1.2.17 Total outward flux of a vector field A = 14 r2 cos2 fa r + 2z2 af through the closed
surface of a cylinder 0 # z # 2 , r = 2 is
(A) 4p (B) 16p
(C) p (D) 32p


MCQ 1.2.18 A quarter cylinder of radius 2 and height 5 exists in the first octant of a cartesian
coordinate system as shown in the figure below. Surface integral of a vector field
A = (4r + 3r sin2 f) a r + r sin 2faf + 6zaz over the surface of the cylinder will be
m
ww
co
w.E lp.
asy
(A) 12p
En (B) 30p
he
(C) 40p (D) 80p
MCQ 1.2.19 gin

A vector function is given by G = 6x2 yax - 5y2 ay + 2zaz . If L is a closed path
eer # G : dl
e
defined by the sides of a triangle as shown in the figure then, equals to

L
at
ing
.ne
g
t
w.
ww

(C) 2 units (D) 10/6 units

Consider S1 and S2 are respectively the top and slanting surfaces of an ice cream
cone of slant height 2 m and angle 60c as shown in figure, where a vector field F
is defined as
4x2 + 5y2 + 4z2 x 3x y y
F = 2 2 : 2 a x + 2 a y - 2 a x + 2 a yD
x +y


ww
m
w.E
MCQ 1.2.20
co
The surface integral of the vector field F over the surface S1 will be
(A) 2.3 units
asy (B) 24 units
lp.
(C) 0.18 units (D) 1.9 units
MCQ 1.2.21
(A) 4p/3 En
The surface integral of the vector field over the surface S2 will be
(B) 3 p/3
gin
he
(C) 4p 3 /3 (D) 0
eer
te
ing
Negative gradient of a scalar field f is A =-4 f = (x + z) ax - 4zay + (x - 3y - z) az
.ne
ga
MCQ 1.2.22 The vector A is

(A) irrotational but not solenoidal (B) both irrotational and solenoidal
(C) solenoidal but not irrotational
t
(D) neither solenoidal nor irrotational
w.
MCQ 1.2.23 The scalar field, f equals to

2 2 2 2
(A) x + xz + z (B) - x - 2xz + 6yz + z
2 2 2 2
ww
2 2 2
(C) - xz + 3yz + z (D) - x - xz + 3yz + z
2 2 2
MCQ 1.2.24 Line integral of a vector field A = 5 (yax + xay) from a point P (2, 1, 3) to the point
Q (8, 2, 3) along the curve y = x/2 will be
MCQ 1.2.25 A vector field F = 2 ^ r1 + r1 cos 2fh ar exists in the region between the two spherical
3 3
shells of radius 1 m and 2 m centred at the origin. The total outward flux of F
through the outer spherical surface will be


(A) p (B) - p
(C) - 2p (D) 2p
MCQ 1.2.26 Two vectors A and B make an angle 30c between them as shown in figure.
Magnitude of vector A and B are 4 units and 3 units respectively. If a third vector
R is defined such that R = 6A - 4B then it’s graphical construction will be
m
ww
co
w.E lp.
asy
En
he
gin
eer
e
at
ing
.ne
g
t
w.
ww
MCQ 1.2.27 A certain, vector R is defined as R = A # ^B # C h. Directions of A, B and C

are mentioned in the list below. Which of the following gives the correct direction
of R for the given direction of the three vectors.
Direction of A Direction of B Direction of C Direction of R
(A) North South East West
(B) South North West East
(C) East West North West
(D) West East South South


MCQ 1.2.28 Which of the following vectors are equal :
A =- ax + ay + 3az at ^1, 2, 3h in cartesian co-ordinates
B = a r + af + 3az at ^2, p/2, 3h in cylindrical co-ordinates
C = 2 a r + 3az at ^3, 3p/4, 9h in cylindrical co-ordinates
(A) A and B only (B) B and C only
(C) A and C only (D) all the three vectors A, B and C
MCQ 1.2.29 Two vectors are defined as A = ax + 5ay + 3az and B = 3ax + 2ay + az . Which of
the following vector is perpendicular to Â + B h
(A) - 4ax + 4ay (B) 4ay + 4az
ww
m
(C) ax + az (D) none of these
The gradient of a scaler function is dV ^x, y, z h = 1.5x2 yz2 ax + 0.5x3 z2 ay + x3 yzaz

w.E
MCQ 1.2.30
The scalar function is
(A) x3 yz2 (B)
co
x3 yz2
x2 yz3
asy 2
lp.
(C) (D) xy3 z2
2
MCQ 1.2.31
En
The equation of the plane tangential to the surface xyz = 1 at the point b 2, 4, 1 l is
4
(A) 16x + 32y + z = 24
gin
(B) 2x + y + 32z = 12
he
(C) x + 2y + 32z = 12 (D) x + 16y + 32z = 24
MCQ 1.2.32
eer
Consider a volume v is defined as the part of a spherical volume of radius unity
te
lying in the first octant. The volume integral

(A) 2p
v
(B) p/16 ing

# 2xdv is equal to
.ne
ga
(C) p/4 (D) p/8
MCQ 1.2.33
r
t
Consider a vector field A = r cos fa r + af . If C is the contour shown in the figure
3
w.
ww
then the contour integral # A : dl

C
is equal to
(A) p + 4 (B) p + 1
2
(C) p + 2 (D) 2p + 1


2
MCQ 1.2.34 A vector field is defined as A = 2r cos fa r + raf . Consider the two contours C1 and
C2 as shown in the figure.
m
ww
co
w.E lp.
asy
The ratio of the contour integrals
# A : dl
C1
# A : dl
is
En
he
C2
(A) - 1 (B) 1
(C) 9
9
gin 9
(D) - 9
eer
e
MCQ 1.2.35 Consider the contour C as shown in the figure

at
ing
.ne
g
t
w.
ww
-r
If a vector field is defined as A = b e l a q then the contour integral # A : dl is
r
(A) p e-1 (B) - p e-1
C
2 2
(C) p ^1 + e-1h (D) p ^1 - e-1h
2 2
MCQ 1.2.36 The divergence of the unit vectors ar ,a q and af in spherical co-ordinate system is
listed below. Which among them is correct ?


ar aq af
(A) r/2 r/ tan q 0
(B) 2/r cot q/r 0
(C) r/2 r/ tan q 1
(D) 2/r cot q/r 1
MCQ 1.2.37 Which of the following vector can be expressed as the gradient of a scalar ?
-r
(A) 2yzax + 2xzay + 2xyaz (B) e af
r
(C) 2 ^cos fa r + sin fafh
2 (D) Both (A) and (C)
ww r
m
MCQ 1.2.38 Which of the following vector can be expressed as curl of another vector ?
w.E (A) 1 ^x2 - y2h ax - xyay + 2az

2
co
-r
(B) e af
r
(C) 2 cos
r3
r
r3
asy
q a + sin q a
q (D) All of the above
lp.
MCQ 1.2.39
En
The vector field pattern of A = 3yax is
gin
he
eer
te
ing
.ne
ga
t
w.
ww
MCQ 1.2.40 A two dimensional vector field in Cartesian coordinate system is defined as
A ^x, y h = Ax ax + 2Ay ay
The curl and divergence of the vector field are both zero. Which of the following
differential equation satisfies Ax and Ay
(A) d2Ax = 0 (B) d2Ay = 0
(C) d2Ax + d2Ay = 0 (D) (A) and (B) both


2 2
MCQ 1.2.41 The circulation of F = x ax - 3xzay - y az around the path shown below is
m
ww
co
(A) - 1 (B) 1
3 6
w.E (C) - 1
6
lp. (D) 1
3
MCQ 1.2.42
asy
If R = xax + yay + zaz is the position vector of point P (x, y, z) and R = R then
d : Rn R is equal to
(A) nrn
En (B) (n + 3) rn
he
(C) (n + 2) rn (D) 0
MCQ 1.2.43 gin

If A = r sin fa r + r2 a r , and L is the contour of figure given below, then circulation
# A : dl is
eer
e
L
at
ing
.ne
g
t
w.
ww
(A) 7p + 2 (B) 7p - 2
(C) 7p (D) 0
***********


EXERCISE 1.3
MCQ 1.3.1 The direction of vector A is radially outward from the origin, with A = krn .
ww
GATE 2012 where r2 = x2 + y2 + z2 and k is a constant. The value of n for which d:A = 0 is
m
(A) - 2 (B) 2
(C) 1 (D) 0
w.E
MCQ 1.3.2 If A = xyax + x 2 ay , then o #C A $ dl
co
over the path shown in the figure is
asy
GATE 2010
lp.
En
gin
he
eer
te
(A) 0 (B) 2 ing

3
.ne
ga
(C) 1 (D) 2 3
MCQ 1.3.3
t
If a vector field V is related to another vector field A through V = d # A, which
w.
GATE 2009 of the following is true? (Note : C and SC refer to any closed contour and any
surface whose boundary is C . )
(A) # V $ dl = ## A $ dS
ww
C SC
(B) #C A $ dl = ##S V $ dS
C
(C) #C ^d # V h : dl = ##S ^d # Ah : dS
C
(D) #C ^d # V h : dl = ##S V : dS
C
MCQ 1.3.4 Consider points A, B, C and D on a circle of radius 2 units as in the shown figure
IES EC 2010 below. The items in List II are the values of af at different points on the circle.
Match List I with List II and select the correct answer using the code given below
the lists :


List I List II
a. A 1. ax
b. B 2. ay
c. C 3. - ax
d. D 4. (ax + ay) / 2
5. - (ax + ay) / 2
6. (ax - ay) / 2
m
ww Codes :
co
a b c d
w.E (A) 3
(B) 1
4
6
5
5
2
2
lp.
(C) 1
(D) 3 asy
6
5
2
4
4
2
MCQ 1.3.5
En
If V = 2 sinh x cos kye pz is a solution of Laplace’s equation, what will be the value
he
IES EC 2009 of k ?
(A) 1
1+p 2
gin (B) 1 + p2
eer
e
(C) 1 (D) 1 - p2
1 - p2
at
MCQ 1.3.6
IES EC 2007 ing
The electric field intensity E at a point P is given by 10ax + 10ay + 10az where ax , ay
and az are unit vectors in x, y and z directions respectively. If a, b, g respectively
.ne
g
the angles the E vector makes with x, y and z axes respectively, they are given by
which of the following ?
t
w.
(A) a = b = g = 30c (B) a = b = g = 60c

(C) a = b = g cos-1 1 (D) a = b = g = cos-1 1
3 3
ww
MCQ 1.3.7 Which one of the following potentials does NOT satisfy Laplace’s Equation ?
IES EC 2003 (A) V = 10xy (B) V = r cos f
(C) V = 10/r (D) V = r cos f + 10
MCQ 1.3.8 Laplacian of a scalar function V is

IES EC 2003 (A) Gradient of V
(B) Divergence of V
(C) Gradient of the gradient of V
(D) Divergence of the gradient of V


2 3 3
MCQ 1.3.9 A field A = 5x yzax + x zay + (x y - 2z) az can be termed as
IES EC 2002 (A) Harmonic (B) Divergence less
(C) Solenoidal (D) Rotational
MCQ 1.3.10 Laplace equation in cylindrical coordinates is given by

r2V 2 2
(A) d2 V = 1 2 e + 12 e2V2 o + 2V2 = 0
IES EC 2001
r 2r 2r o
r 2f 2z
2 2 2
(B) d2 V = 2V2 + 2V2 + 2V2
2x 2y 2z
r
ww (C) d2 V =- v
m
e
2
(D) d2 V = 1 2 c r 2V m + 2 12 =0
w.E
MCQ 1.3.11
IES EE 2005
r 2r 2r r sin q2f2
What is the value of the integral
the direction of the arrow ) ?
#c dl
co
along the curve c ?( c is the curve ABCD in
asy
lp.
En
gin
he
eer
te
ing
.ne
ga
(A) 2R (ax + ay) / 2 (B) - 2R (ax + ay) / 2

(C) 2Rax (D) - 2Ray
MCQ 1.3.12 t
Given a vector field A = 4r cos far in cylindrical coordinates. For the contour as
w.
IES EE 2003 shown below, # A : dl is

ww
(A) 1 (B) 1 - (p/2)

(C) 1 + (p/2) (D) - 1


MCQ 1.3.13 If a vector field B is solenoidal, which of these is true ?
IES EE 2002 (A) # B : dl = 0 (B) # B : ds = 0
L s
(C) d # B = 0 (D) d : B =
Y 0
MCQ 1.3.14 Which of the following equations is correct ?

IES EE 2002 (A) ax # ax = ax 2
(B) (ax # ay) + (ay # ax ) = 0
(C) ax # (ay # az ) = ax # (az # ay)
m
(D) ar : a q + a q : ar = 0
ww
co
MCQ 1.3.15 Match List I with List II and select the correct answer :
w.E
IES EE 2002
a
List I (Term)
curl ^F h = 0
div ^F h = 0
List II (Type)
1. Laplace equation
lp.
b
c asy
div Grad ^fh = 0
d div div ^fh = 0
2. Irrotational
3. Solenoidal
En 4. Not defined
he
Codes :
(A)
a
2
b
3
c
1
d
4 gin
eer
e
(B) 4 1 3 2
(C) 2 1 3 4
at
(D) 4 3 1 2
# A : dl
ing
MCQ 1.3.16 If A = 2ar + af + az , the value of
.ne
around the closed circular quadrant
g
IES EE 2001 shown in the given figure is
t
w.
ww
(A) p (B) p + 4
2
(C) p + 4 (D) p + 2
2
***********


SOLUTIONS 1.1
SOL 1.1.1 Option (D) is correct.

Given the vector field has the only component in a q direction and its magnitude is
ww
m
r so as r increase from origin to the infinity field lines will be larger and directed
along a q as shown in option (A).
w.E
SOL 1.1.2 Option (B) is correct.
co
M - N = 5ax - 2ay + 4az - (- 8ax - 7ay + 2az )
asy= 5ax - 2ay + 4az + 8ax + 7ay - 2az

= 13ax + 5ay + 2az
lp.
So, the unit vector in the direction of (M - N ) is
En
a = M-N =
M-N
13ax + 5ay + 2az
13ax + 5ay + 2az
gin
he
= 0.92ax + 0.36ay + 0.14az

SOL 1.1.3 Option (C) is correct.
Vector G at (- 2, 1, 3) :
eer
te
=- 8ax + 12ay + 27az

So, unit vector in the direction of G at Q :
ing
G = 4 (- 2) (1) ax + 2 (2 + (- 2) 2) ay + 3 (3) 2 az
.ne
ga
- 8ax + 12ay + 27az

aG = G =
G - 8ax + 12ay + 27az
=- 0.26ax + 0.49ay + 0.88az
t
w.

Option (A), (B), (D) are the properties of vector product.
Now we check the relation defined in option (C). Since the triple cross product is
ww
not associative in general so, the given relation is incorrect. This inequality can be
explained by considering vector A = B and C ,perpendicular to A as shown in
the figure.
According to right hand rule we determine that ^B # C h points out of the page
and so A # ^B # C h points down that has magnitude ABC .
But in L.H.S. of the relation, since A = B
So we have (A # B) = 0
and hence (A # B) # C = 0
Therefore Â # B h # C = 0 ! A # ^B # C h


m
ww
co
w.E
As the direction of cross vector is normal to the plane. So, direction of B # C will
lp.
asy
be normal to the plane defined by the three vectors.
Now the dot product of two mutually perpendicular vectors is always zero and
since the direction of B # C will be perpendicular to the plane of vector A. So
En
A : ^B # C h will be zero.
he

gin
Consider the two vectors A and B are as shown below.
eer
e
at
ing
.ne
g
t
w.
As the angle between the two vectors is a.

So component of vector A along B is
A1 = ^cos ah A
ww
cosine of the angle between the two vectors is defined as

cos a = A : B
AB
So, A1 = b : B l A
A
AB
= A:B
B
Cross product of two parallel vector fields is always zero since the angle between
them is q = 0c.
i.e. A#B = 0


a r af az
1 2 3 =0
a b -6
^- 12 - 3b h a r + ^3a + 6h af + ^b - 2ah az = 0
Solving it we have, b =- 4 and a =- 2
SOL 1.1.8 Option (A) is correct.

Dot product of the two orthogonal vectors is always zero.
i.e. A:B = 0
(4) (1) + (2k) (4) + (k) (- 4) = 0
ww
m
4 + 8k - 4k = 0
4k =- 4
w.E
k =- 1
co
From the given field vector we have the component
asy Ex = 3zy2 cos 2x .

lp.
So for the given condition Ex = 0
We have,
En
9zy2 cos (2x) = 0
This condition met when, z = 0
gin
he
or, y =0
or, cos 2x = 0 & 2x = p/2 & x = p/4
z= 0 y= 0 x = p/4 eer
Therefore the planes on which field component Ex will be zero are
te
and
From the given field vector we have the field components
ing
.ne
ga
Ey = 2zy sin 2x
and Ez = 2y2 sin 2x
Now, in the plane y - 4z = 0 & y = 4z
Ey = 8z ^4z h sin 2x = 32z2 sin 2x t
w.
So,
Ez = 2 ^4z h2 sin 2x = 32z2 sin 2x
Thus Ey = E z
ww

For the given condition E = 0 , we must have
E x = Ey = E z = 0
i.e. 9zy cos 2x = 8zy sin 2x = 2y2 sin 2x = 0
2
This condition met in the plane y = 0 .

Since the two points are defined in different coordinate system so we represent the
point Q in Cartesian system as
x = r cos f = 4 cos (- 50) = 2.57


y = r sin f = 4 sin (- 50) =- 3.064
and z =2
So, the distance between the two points P (2, 3, - 1) and Q (2.57, - 3.064, 2) is given
as
PQ = (2.57 - 2) 2 + (- 3.064 - 3) 2 + (2 + 1) 2
= 6.78 units
Since, the options include spherical as well as cylindrical representation of A, so,
m
we will transform the vector in both the forms to check the result.
ww The components of vector field A are

Ax = 1, Ay = 0 and Az = 0
co
Now, we transform the vector components in cylindrical system as
w.E RA V R cos f sin f 0VRA V

S rW S
SAfW = S- sin f cos f 0WSAyW
SSA WW SS
WS xW
0 1WWSSAz WW
lp.
asy
z 0
T AXr = T(cos f) (1) = cos f XT X
Af = (- sin f) (1) =- sin f
En
Az = 0
he
A (r, f, z) = cos fa r - sin faf

gin
So, the vector field in cylindrical system is
Hence, both the options (A) and (B) are incorrect.
eer
e
Again, we transform the vector components in spherical system as

RA V R sin q cos f sin q sin f cos qVRA V
at
S rW S
A
S qW =
SSA WW SS
S cos q cos f
sin f
cos q sin f
cos f ing
sin q
WS xW
WSAyW
W
0WSSAz WW
.ne
f
T AXr = T(sin q cos f) (1) = sin q cos f XT X
g
A q = (cos q cos f) (1) = cos q cos f
t
w.
Af = (- sin f) (1) =- sin f

So, the vector field in spherical system is
A (r, q, f) = sin q cos far + cos q cos qa q - sin faf
ww

We transform the given vector field in spherical system.
Since the given vector field is F = 10ax
The Cartesian components of the field are Fx = 10 , Fy = 0 , Fz = 0 .
So, the spherical components of vector field can be determined as
R V R VR V
SFr W S sin q cos f sin q sin f cos qWSFxW
SFqW = Scos q cos f cos q sin f - sin qWSFyW
SSF WW SS - sin q cos f
W
0WSSFz WW
f
T X T XT X
So, we get Fr = 10 sin q cos f
Fq = 10 cos q cos f
and Ff =- 10 sin q


Now, for the given point (x = 3 , y = 2 , z =- 1) we have
r = (3) 2 + (2) 2 + (- 1) 2 = 14
x2 + y2 (3) 2 + (2) 2
q = tan-1 = tan-1 f p = 105.5c
z (- 1)
y
f = tan-1 a k = tan-1 b 2 l = 33.7c
x 3
Putting all the values in the matrix transformation, we have
Fr = 5 sin (105.5c) cos (33.7c) = 8
Fq = 10 cos (105.5c) cos (33.7c) =- 2.2
Ff =- 10 sin (33.7c) =- 5.5
ww
m
Therefore, the vector field in spherical coordinate is
F = Fr ar + Fq a q + Ff af
w.E
= 8ar - 2.2a q - 5.5af
co
Since z -axis is normal to the surface z = 5 , so first of all we will find the angle
asy
between z -axis and A which can be easily obtained from the figure shown below :
lp.
En
gin
he
eer
te
ing
.ne
ga
i.e. cos f = Az = 3 = 3
A
3
(- 5) + (10) 2 + (3) 2
2
134
t
w.
f = cos-1 c
134 m
= 74.98c . 75c
Therefore, the angle between surface z = 5 and vector A is (90c - f) = 15c.
ww

The given line x = 6 , z =- 2 is parallel to y -axis. So, the component of A parallel
to the given line is
Ay = (A : ay) ay
= 6(- 2a r + 20af + 4az ) : ay@ ay
= (- 2 sin f + 20 cos f) ay
At point P , f = 90c, so, Ay =- 2ay
The given point is shown below :


m
ww
co
After 120c rotation looking down the axis the new co-ordinate axes (xl, yl, zl) will
w.E be as shown below :
lp.
asy
En
he
gin
eer
e
at
ing
.ne
g
So, the rotation carries z axis into y ; y -axis into x and x into z .
t
w.
therefore the new co-ordinates of point P are :

xl = z = c
yl = x = a
ww
zl = y = b
i.e. (c , a , b) is the co-ordinates of point P in the transformed system.
The position vector can be defined as :
R = xax + yay + zaz
R = x2 + y2 + z2
So, gradR = 2R ax + 2R ay + 2R az
2x 2y 2z
2x 2y 2z
=1 a +1 a +1 a
2 x2 + y2 + z2 x 2 x2 + y2 + z2 y 2 x2 + y2 + z2 z
xa + yay + zaz
= x 2 =R
2
x +y +z 2 R


d : A = 2 (y2) + 2 (2xy + x2 + z2) + 2 (4x + 2yz)
2x 2y 2z
= 0 + 2x + 2y = 2 (x + y)
We have the vector field components as
Fr = r sin f , Ff = r2 z and Fz = z cos f
a r ra f a z
Now, d # F = 1 22r 22f 22z
r
Fr rFf Fz
ww
m
= 1 ; 2 z cos f + 2 rr2 z E a r - 1 r ; 2 z cos f - 2 r sin fE af
r 2f 2z r 2r 2z
w.E co
+ 1 ; 2 rr2 z - 2 r sin fE az
r 2r 2f
= 6- z sin f - r @ a r - 60 - 0@ af + 63r z - r cos f@ az
1 3 1 2
asy r r
lp.
1 3
=- (z sin f + r ) a r + (3rz - cos f) az
r
En
At point P (1, p/2, 2)
d # F =- 1 (2 # 1 + 13) a r + (3 # 1 # 2 - 0) az
gin
he
=- 3a r + 6az
D = yzax + xzay + xyaz
eer
te
d : D = 2 (yz) + 2 (xz) + 2 (xy) = 0

2x
a x ay a z
2y 2z
ing
.ne
ga
d # D = 22x 22y 22z

yz xz xy
= (x - x) ax - (y - y) ay + (z - z) az = 0
t
w.

Curl of the unit vector a r is
ar ra f a z
ww
d # a r = 1 22r 2 2
=0
r 2f 2z
1 0 0
The curl of unit vector af is
ar ra f a z
2r
1
d # af = 22r 2 2
=1 a = az
r 2f 2z r 2r z r
0 r ^1 h 0
and curl of unit vector az is
ar ra f a z
1
d # az = 22r 2 2
=0
r 2f 2z
0 0 1


Options (A), (B) and (C) are properties of d operator where as :
g (d # A) + A # (dg)
d #cAm =
g g2
In a cylindrical coordinate system Laplacian of a scalar field is defined as
2 2
2f 1 2 f +2 f
42f = 1 2 e r
r 2r 2r o r22f2 2z2
+
m
= 1 2 r (2z sin f + 8r) + 12 c- 2rz sin f - 6z2 2 sin f cos f m
r 2r
ww r 2f
+ 2 (2r sin f + 6z cos2 f)
co
2z
w.E 1
r
2
r
1
= (2z sin f + 16r) - 2 (2rz sin f + 6z cos 2f) + 6 cos2 f
= 16 + 6 cos2 f - 6z2 cos 2f

lp.
2
asy
At point P ^3, p/2, 6h
r
En
d2 f = 16 + 0 - 6 # 36 # (- 1) = 40
9
he

gin
A vector field is called conservative (irrotational) if its curl is zero.
eer
e
i.e. d#M = 0
ax ay az
at
2
2x
2
2y
2
2z
z cos xz + y 2kx x cos xz
=0
ing
.ne
ax (0 - 0) - ay (cos xz - xz sin xz - cos xz + xz sin xz) + (2k - 1) az = 0
g
2k - 1 = 0
t
w.
or, k =1
2
ww
For a scalar field to be harmonic,

d2 g = 0
22g 22g 22g
+ + =0
2x2 2y2 2z2
2 ^1 + 2k h y = 0 which results in k =- 1
2
Consider V is a scalar field. So the gradient of the field is
4 V = 2V + 2V + 2V
2x 2y 2z
and the curl of the gradient of the field is


R V
Sax ay az W
4# (4 V) = S22x 22y 22z W
S2V 2V 2V W
S2x 2y 2z W
T 2 X2 2 2 2 2
= c 2V - 2V m ax + c 2V - 2V m ay + c 2V - 2V m az = 0
2z2y 2y2z 2x2z 2z2x 2x2y 2y2x
So the curl of the gradient of any scalar field is zero everywhere.
For vector A to be solenoidal its divergence must be zero.
i.e. d:A = 0
ww
m
2 (x + 4z) + 2 (2x - 3z) + 2 (4x + 3y - cz) = 0
2x 2y 2z
1+0-c = 0
w.E
co
c =1
asy
For a vector function to be irrotational its curl must be zero.
lp.
i.e. d#A = 0
En a x ay a z
2 2
2x 2y 2z
2
=0
A x Ay A z
gin
he
ax ay az
2
2x
2
2y
2
2z
(4x + k1 z) (k2 x - 5z) (4x - k 3 y + 2z)
=0
eer
te
(- k 3 - (- 5)) ax - (4 - k1) ay + (k2) az = 0

- k 3 - (- 5)= 0 & k 3 = 5 ing
.ne
ga
4 - k1 = 0 & k1 = 4
and k2 - 0 = 0 & k2 = 0
So k1 , k2 and k 3 are 4, 0 and 5 respectively.
t
w.

The unit vector normal to a given plane f = 0 is
df
an =
ww
df
The given equation is
2x + 4y + 6z = 7
2x + 4y + 6z - 7 = 0
So, f = 2x + 4y + 6z - 7
and gradient of f is
df =- 2ax + 3ay + 6az
df = 22 + 42 + 62 = 56
So, an = 1 ^2ax + 4ay + 6az h = 1 âx + 2ay + 3az h
56 14


Consider the differential displacement,
dl = dxax + dyay + dzaz
So # dl
C
#
C
#
C
#
= c dx m ax + c dy m ay + c dz m az
C
For a contour the initial and final points are same. So, all the individual integrals
described above will be zero. Therefore,
# dl =0
m
C
ww According to stoke’s theorem.

# A : dl # ^d # Ah : dS
co
=
w.E
L
So # ^dU h : dl = # 6d # ^dU h@ : dS
C
Since d # ^dU h = 0 lp.

(curl of the gradient of a scalar field is always zero)
asy
So the contour integral is zero.
Option (B) is correct.
SOL 1.1.33
En
he
According to the divergence theorem surface integral of vector over a closed surface
surface.
# A : dS # ^d : Ahdv
gin
is equal to the volume integral of its divergence inside the region defined by closed
i.e. =
eer
e
S v
Now, d : A = 2 ^2yz h + 2 ^z2 x h + 2 ^2xy h

at
2x
= 0+0+0
2y 2z
ing
So # A : dS =0
.ne
g
t
w.
***********
ww


SOLUTIONS 1.2

Consider that the cube has its edges on the x, y and z - axes respectively as shown
ww
m
in the figure. As the angle between any of the two body diagonals of the cube will
be same so we determine the angle q between the diagonals OB and AC of the
w.E cube.
co
asy
lp.
En
gin
he
eer
te
ing
.ne
ga
t
w.
From the figure we get the co-ordinates of points A, B and C as :

A" ^0, 0, 3h B " ^3, 3, 3h and C " ^3, 3, 0h
ww
So, the vector length, OB = 3ax + 3ay + 3az

and AC = 3ax + 3ay - 3az
For determining the angle q between them, we take their dot product as
ÔB h : ÂC h = OB AC cos q
9 + 9 - 9 = ^3 3 h^3 3 h cos q
So, the angle formed between the diagonals is
q = cos-1 b 1 l = 70.53c
4
For the given points A, B , C , the vector length,


AB = 20ax + 18ay - 10az
and AC =- 10ax + 8ay + 15az
Since the cross product of two vectors is always perpendicular to the plane of
vectors. So the unit vector perpendicular to the plane of triangle is given by
an = AB # AC
AB # AC
R V
S a x ay a z W
now, AB # AC = S 20 18 - 10W
SS- 10 8 15WW
m
= 618 # 15 - ^- 10 # 8h@ ax - 620 # 15 - (- 10) # (- 10)@ ay
T X
ww +620 # 8 - ^- 10 # 18h@ az
co
= 350ax - 200ay + 340az
w.E So, an =
350ax - 200ay + 340az
350ax - 200ay + 340az
350ax - 200ay + 340az
lp.
asy =
(350) 2 + (- 200) 2 + (340) 2
= 0.664ax - 0.379ay + 0.645az
SOL 1.2.3
En
Option (D) is correct.
he
aAC = AC =
AC gin
The unit vector in the direction of vector AC is given by
- 10ax + 8ay + 15az
(- 10) 2 + (8) 2 + (15) 2
eer
e
=- 0.507ax + 0.406ay + 0.761az

=- 0.61ax + 0.41ay + 0.76az
at
ing
Since the cross product of two vectors is always perpendicular to the plane of
vectors. So, the unit vector in the plane of the triangle which is perpendicular to
.ne
g
AC is given by cross product of the unit vector perpendicular to the plane of the
triangle and the unit vector aAC .
t
w.
i.e. aP = an # aAC =- 0.550ax - 0.832ay + 0.077az

ww
Unit vector in the direction of AB is given by

10ax + 18ay - 10az
aAB =
(20) 2 + (18) 2 + (- 10) 2
= 0.697ax + 0.627ay - 0.348az
A non unit vector in the direction of bisector of interior angle at A is defined as
26 z@
1 (a + a ) = 1 0.697a + 0.627a - 0.348a - 0.507a + 0.406a + 0.761a
2 AB AC x y z x y
= 0.095ax + 0.516ay + 0.207az

So the unit vector in the direction of bisector of interior angle at A is given by
0.095ax + 0.516ay + 0.207ay
abis =
(0.095) 2 + (0.516) 2 + (0.207) 2
= 0.168ax + 0.915ay + 0.367az


= 0.17ax + 0.92ay + 0.37az
The vector field F can be written in cartesian system as
xa + yay y
F (x, y, z) = x2 = 2 x 2 ax + 2 ay
x + y2 x +y x + y2
r cos f r sin f
F (x, y, z) = ax + ay ( x = r cos f, y = r sin f )
r2 r2
= 1 (cos fax + sin fay)
r
The components of vector field F are
ww Fx = 1 cos f , Fy = 1 sin f and Fz = 0
m
r r
So the components of vector field F in cylindrical system can be expressed as
w.E RF V R cos f sin f 0VRF V

S rW S
co
SFfW = S- sin f cos f 0WSFyW
SSF WW SS
WS xW
0 1WWSSFz WW
asy
z
T X T
0
Fr = 6cos f + sin f@ = 1
XT X
lp.
1 2 2
r r
En
Ff = 1 6cos f (- sin f) + sin f cos f@ = 0
r
gin
he
Fz = 0
So the vector field F (r, f, z) = 1 a r

r
eer
te
At the point P (r = 2 , f = p/4 , z = 0.1)

F = 1 a r = 0.5a r
2 ing
.ne
ga

Any vector field can be represented as the sum of its normal and tangential
component to any surface as
t
w.
A = At + A n
where At is tangential component and An is normal component to the surface
r = 20 at point P (20, 150c, 330c).
ww
So, An = rar = 20ar

and therefore, At = A - A n
4
=- 2 sin q cos fa q + r af
r 4
= 0.043a q + 100af
Any vector field can be represented as the sum of its normal and tangential
components to any surface as
A = At + A n
Here At and An are the tangential and normal components to the conical surface


Since the unit vector normal to the conical surface is a q .
So, An =- 8a q
and therefore the tangential component to the cone is
At = A - An =- 12ar + 9af
Consider the unit vector perpendicular to A and tangent to the cone q = 150c is
b = br ar + bf af (Tangential component to the cone will have b q = 0 )
Now the magnitude of unit vector is 1
m
So, b r2 + b f2 = 1 ...(i)
ww and the dot product of mutually perpendicular vectors is zero.

So, A:b = 0
co
- 6br + 9bf = 0
w.E b f = 3 br
4
So, from equation (i) and (ii) we have lp.
....(ii)
asy
b r2 b1 + 16 l = 1
9
En br = 3 , b f = 4
he
5 5
SOL 1.2.9
Therefore,
5
gin
b = 1 (3ar + 4af)
eer
e
The separation vector R can be defined as :

R = (x - a) ax + (y - b) ay + (z - c) az
at
and R = (x - a) 2 + (y - b) 2 + (z - c) 2 ing
.ne
d b 1 l = 2 6(x - a) 2 + (y - b) 2 + (z - c) 2@-1/2 ax
g
So,
R 2x
t
+ 2 6(x - a) 2 + (y - b) 2 + (z - c) 2@- 1/2 ay
w.
2y
+ 2 6(x - a) 2 + (y - b) 2 + (z - c) 2@- 1/2 az
2z
ww
=- ^Rh-3/2 (x - a) ax - ^Rh-3/2 (y - b) ay - 1 ^Rh-3/2 (z - c) az

1 1
2 2 2
(x - a) ax + (y - b) ay + (z - c) az
=- =- R3
R3/2 R
The gradient of a scalar field at its maxima is zero. So at the top of hill
4h = 0
or, (12x - 4y + 36) ax + (16y - 4x - 56) ay = 0
Therefore both the components will be equal to zero
i.e. 12x - 4y + 36 = 0
and, 16y - 4x - 56 = 0


Solving the two equations, we get,
x =- 2 , y = 3
Thus the top of the hill is located at 2 miles south (- 2 miles north) and 3 miles
east of the railway station.
Consider the position vector of point P is
R = x 4 2ax + 5yay + zaz
So, the magnitude of R is
R = x2 + y2 + z2
ww and unit vector in the direction of R is
m
xa + yay + zaz
aR = x 2
x + y2 + z2
w.E Therefore, the vector field F at point P is

F = 102 aR = 102 e x 2
co
xa + yay + zaz
o = 10 =
xax + yay + zaz
^x2 + y2 + z2h3/2
G
asy R R
The divergence of the field F is given as
x + y2 + z2
lp.
x y z
d : F = 10 > 2 2 2 +2
2y ^x + y + z2h3/2 2z ^x2 + y2 + z2h3/2 H
En
2x ^x + y + z h
2 2 3/2 + 2 2
= 10 = 2 1 3 x (2x)
gin 1
he
2 2 3/2 - 2 2 2 2 5/2 +
(x + y + z ) (x + y + z ) (x + y + z2) 3/2
2 2
y (2y) z (2z)
-3 2
eer 1 -3
2 (x + y2 + z2) 5/2 (x2 + y2 + z2) 3/2 2 (x2 + y2 + z2) 5/2 G
+
te
(x2 + y2 + z2)
= 10 > 33 - 3 2
R (x + y2 + z2) 5/2
= 10 : 33 - 33 D = 0
H
ing
.ne
ga
R R
But at origin (x = 0 , y = 0 , z = 0 ) the position vector R = 0 and so the expression
t
for field F blows up. Therefore, d : F is infinite at origin and zero else where.
w.

The circulation of A around the route is given by
# A : dl # # #
=c + + m A : dl
ww
1 2 3
where the route is broken into segments numbered 1 to 3 as described below

1st segment : (0, 0, 0) " (2, 0, 0)
x changes from 0 to 2, y = 0 , z = 0
3 2
3x2 dx = 3 b x l = 8
2
So, #
1
A : dl =
0
# 3 0
(dl = dxax )
2nd segment : (2, 0, 0) " (2, 2, 0)
x = 2 , y changes from 0 to 2, z = 0 .
2
# A : dl
2
= # 6yz dy = 0
0
(dl = dyay )
3rd segment : (2, 2, 0) " (2, 2, 2)


x = 2 , y = 2 , z changes from 0 to 2.
2
# A : dl
3
= #
0
3y2 dz = (3 # 4) z 2
0
= 24 (dl = dzaz )
So total line integral will be :
# A : dl = 8 + 0 + 24 = 32 uints
For the straight line from origin to the point (2, 2, 2) we have the relation between
the coordinates as
m
x = y = 2z
ww or, dx = dy = dz
and the line integral along straight line is given as
co
w.E Therefore, the line integral of the vector field along the straight line is given as
# A : dl = # 3x dx + # 6yzdy + # 3z dz
2
lp. 2
asy = # 3x dx + # 6x dx + # 3x dx
2 2 2
En 3 2
= 12 = b12 x l = (4x3) 20
# x dx
2
he
3 0

= 3 # 8 = 24 uints
gin
eer
e
For the closed path defined,

the line integral in forward path = 32 units
at
the line integral in return path = - 32 units.

So, total integral in the closed path is : ing
# A : dl = 32 - 32 = 0 units
.ne
g
t
w.
The circulation of A around the path L can be given as

# A : dl # # #
=c + +
1 2 3
m A : dl
ww
where the route is broken into segments numbered 1 to 3 as shown in figure below :
1st segment : ( f = 30c, z = 2 , 0 # r # 5 ) and dl = dra r


r
5 5
So, #
A : dl = r sin fdr = # dr = 25 # ( f = 30c)
1 0 0 2 4
2 nd segment : ( r = 5 , z = 2 , 30c # f # 180c) and dl = dfaf
So, # A : dl
2
= # 0 df = 0
3rd segment : ( f = 180c, z = 2 , 5 # r # 0 ) and dl = dra r
0
# A : dl
3
= # r sin fdr = 0
5
( f = 180c)
Therefore, the circulation of vector field along the edge L is
A : dl = 25 + 0 + 0 = 25 units
#
ww 4 4
m
Total
w.E Volume integral of the function is given by

V = ### f dxdydz =
co
### 30z dxdydz
2
asy
The surface of the tetrahedron will have a slope
lp.
x + y + z =- 1
En
So, for a given value of y and z , x varies from 0 to (- 1 - y - z) and x integral
will be
# dx
(- 1 - y - z)
gin
he
=- 1 - y - z
0
(- 1 - z)
# (- 1 - y - z) dy = ;(- 1 - z) y - y2 E
2 (- 1 - z)
eer
again for a given value of z , y ranges from 0 to (- 1 - z). So y -integral will be :
te
= (- 1 - z) -
(- 1 - z) 2 (- 1 - z) 2
= 2
0
ing
2 2
.ne
ga
2
= 1 + z3 + z
2 2
Now there is only one remaining variable z that ranges from - 1 to 0. So we have
t
w.
the volume integral of the function as

2
30z2 b 1 + z + z l dz
0
V =
-1 2 2 #
ww
3 4 5 0
= 30 :z + z + z D
6 4 10 -1
= 30 :0 + - 1 + 1 D
1
6 4 10
= 30 # 1 = 3
20 2
The net outward flux through the closed cylindrical surface will be summation
of the fluxes through the top(in az direction), bottom(in - az direction) and the
curved surfaces(in a r direction) as shown in the figure.


m
ww
co
w.E Since, the vector field has no z -component so, the outward flux through the top and
bottom surfaces will be zero. Therefore, the total outward flux through the closed
lp.
asy
cylindrical surface will be only due to the field component in a r direction(flux
through the curved surfaces) which is given as
# A : dS
En = # # Â h^rdfdz h
2 2p
he
r
z=0 f=0
= # #
z=0
2
f=0
2p
c
r2 cos2 f
4 gin
m^rdfdz h
^2 h 2p 2
eer
e
3 2
At r = 2 , # A : dS =
4 0; # cos fdfE; # dz E
at
ing
0
= 2 # p # 2 = 4p
.ne
g
According to divergence theorem surface integral of a vector field over a closed

surface is equal to the volume integral of its divergence inside the closed region:
t
w.
i.e. # #
A : dS = (d : A) dv
Divergence of vector A is
d : A = 1 2 ^rA rh + 1 2 Af + 2 Az
ww
r 2r r 2f 2z
= 1 2 (r (4r + 2r sin2 f)) + 1 2 ^r sin 2fh + 2 (6z)
r 2r r 2f 2z
2
= 8 + 4 sin f + 2 cos (2f) + 6
= 8 + 4 sin2 f + 2 cos2 f - 2 sin2 f + 6 = 16
So the surface integral is
# A : dS = # (d : A) dv = ### (16) rdrdfdz
p/2
= 16 # 2 # p # 5
2 5
= 16 #
0
rdr # df # dz
0 0 2
= 80p


Note :
The surface integral can also be evaluated directly without using divergence theorem
but it will be much complicated as there are 5 different surfaces over which we will
have to integrate the given vector field.
According to stoke’s theorem, line integral of a vector function along a closed path
is equal to the surface integral of its curl over the surface defined by the closed
path.
i.e. #G : dl = ]d # Gg dS
#
ww
m
L
Curl of the vector field is

d # G =- 6x2 az
w.E and the differential surface vector

dS = dxdy (- az )
co
# asy
So the line integral of the given vector field is
G : dl = ]d # Gg dS =- - 6x2 dxdy
# ##
lp.
L
En 0
1
0
x
= 6 # # x dydx + 6 # # 2
x dydx
1
2
0
2-x
2
gin 2
he
= 6 # x xdx + 6 # x (2 - x) dx
2 2
0 1
eer
4 1 4 2 3
= 6 :x D + 6 :2x - x D
4 0 3 4 1
te

= 6 b 1 - 0 l + 6 ;b 16 - 16 l - b 2 - 1 lE = 7 units
4 3 4 3 4 ing
SOL 1.2.20
.ne
ga
The relationship between cartesian and spherical co-ordinates is :

r = x2 + y2 + z2 , r sin q = x2 + y2
x = r sin q cos f , y = r sin q sin f
t
w.
We put these values in the given expression of vector field as

x 2 + 4y 2 + 4 z 2 x x y y
F = 2 2 9 2 ax + 2 ay - 2 ax + 2 ayC
x +y
ww
r sin q 2 6 y@
2r r sin q (cos f - sin f) a + (cos f + sin f) a
= x
= r 6(cos f - sin f) ax + (cos f + sin f) ay@

Now we transform the vector field from cartesian system to spherical system :
R V R VR V
SFr W S sin q cos f sin q sin f cos qWSFxW
SFqW = Scos q cos f cos q sin f - sin qWSFyW
SSF WW SS - sin q cos f
W
0WSSFz WW
f
Fr = r ^cos f - sin fh^sin q cos fh + rX^sin q sin fh^cos f + sin fh

T X T T X
= r sin q
Fq = r ^cos f - sin fh^cos q cos fh + r ^cos f + sin fh cos q sin f


= r cos q
Ff = r ^cos f - sin fh^- sin fh + r ^cos f + sin fh cos f
=r
i.e. F = r sin qar + r cos qa q + raf
The differential surface vector over the surface S1 is
dS = r2 sin qdqdfar
and the surface S1 is defined in the region r = 2 , 0 < q < 30c, 0 < f < 2p
So, surface integral through out the surface S1 will be :
2p 30c
# F : dS # #
m
= r3 sin2 qdqdf
ww
S1 0 0
# df # sin qdq = 4p;p3 -

2p 30c
3
2 E
2
=8 (at r = 2 )
co
0 0
w.E
= 2.276 = 2.3
The vector function in spherical form as calculated in previous question is :

lp.
asy
F = r sin qar + r2 cos qa q + raf
The differential surface vector over the surface S2 is
En
dS = r sin qdfdra q
he
and the surface S2 is defined in the region 0 # r # 2 , 0 # f # 2p, q = 30c
# F : dS =
2
# #
2p gin
So, the surface integral of the field over the surface S2 is :
r2 sin q cos qdfdr = 4p 3
eer
e
S 2 0 0 3
at
ing
For a vector function to be irrotational its curl must be zero. Now we check it for
vector A.
.ne
g
d # A = ; 2 (x - 3y - z) - 2 (- 3z)E ax + : 2 (x + z) - 2 (x - 3y - z)D ay
2y 2z 2z 2x
t
w.
+; 2 (- 3z) - 2 (x + z)E az
2x 2y
= (- 3 + 3) ax + (1 - 1) ay + (0 - 0) az = 0
So, vector A is irrotational.
ww
again for a vector to be solenoidal its divergence must be zero. So we take the
divergence of the vector A as
d : A = 2 (x + z) + 2 (- 3z) + 2 (x - 3y - z)
2x 2y 2z
= 1+0-1 = 0
So, vector A is solenoidal
Thus the vector A is both irrotational and solenoidal.
Note: Since the curl of the gradient of a scalar field is zero. So, we can have directly
the result 4# A = 4# (- 4 f)=-= 4# (4 f)= 0
We have


2f 2f 2f
A =- df =- ax - a - a
2x 2y y 2z z
Comparing it with the given vector we get :
2f 2
=- (x + z) & f =- x - xz + f1 (y, z)
2x 2
2f
= 3z & f = 3yz + f2 (x, z)
2y
2f 2
=- (x - 3y - z) & f =- xz + 3yz + z + f 3 (x, y)
2z 2
In conclusion, from all the three results, we get
ww
2 2
f =- x - xz + 3yz + z
m
2 2
w.E Given the vector field, A = 3 (yax + xay)
co
The differential line vector in the cartesian coordinate system is
So,
asy
# A : dl = # 3ydx + # 3xdy
lp.
En
The given curve is, y = x/2
So, we put x = 2y2 and dx = 4ydy in the line integral
#
2
#
2
#
gin
12y2 dy + 6y2 dy = 18 6y3@12
he
A : dl =
1 1 3

= 6 # 5 = 30 units
eer
te
Given the vector field F =

1 + cos 2f
r 3 ar =
ing
2 cos2 f
r3
ar
.ne
and the differential surface vector over the outer spherical surface is
ga
dS = (r2 sin qdqdf) ar (for r = 2 ,0 # i # r,0 # f # 2p)

So the surface integral over the outer spherical surface is
# F : dS =
2p
# #
p 2 cos 2 f
c m^r sin qdqdfh =- 2p
2
t
w.
3
0 0 r
Consider that the vector A is in ax direction as shown in the figure.
ww


So we can write the vectors in cartesian form as
A = 4ax Â = 4h
and B = B cos 30cax + B sin 30c ^- ay h
= 3 3 a x - 3 ay
2 2 ^B = 3h
Now the resultant vector,
R = 6A - 8B = 3.22ax + 6ay
So, R = ^3.22h2 + ^12h2 = 12.43 units
and angle that R makes with x -axis is
m
q = cos-1 b 3.22 l
12.43
ww = 75c
co
So the graphical representation of vector R is
w.E lp.
asy
En
he
gin
eer
e
at
SOL 1.2.27 Option (A) is correct. ing

.ne
g
We go through all the options to check the direction of the vector R for the
corresponding directions of A, B and C .
t
w.
Option (A)
ww
Since the direction of cross product is normal to the plane of vectors and determined
by right hand rule. So B # C has the direction in which thumb indicates when
the curl of the finger directs from B to C . Thus B # C will be directed out of the
paper and so we get direction of A # ^B # C h toward east. So the given direction


of R is incorrect.
In Option (B) : Direction of ^B # C h is out of the paper so, R = A # ^B # C h
will be directed toward west.
ww
m
w.E co
In Option (C): Direction of ^B # C h is into the paper so, R = A # ^B # C h will
be directed toward north.
asy
lp.
En
gin
he
eer
In Option (D) : Direction of ^B # C h is into the paper so, R = A # ^B # C h will
be directed toward south. So the given direction is correct.
te
ing
.ne
ga
t
w.

As the vectors B and C are defined in cylindrical system. So, we transform the
vector in cartesian form as below
ww
Given the vector field B = a r + a f + 3a z

the cylindrical components B r = 1, B f = 1, B z = 3
So the cartesian components of vector B is
R V R VR V
SBxW Scos f - sin f 0WSB rW
SByW = Ssin f cos f 0WSBfW
SS WW SS WS W
Bz 0 0 1WSBz W
T BX = Tcos fB - sin fBXT =X cos f - sin f
x r f ^B r = Bf = 1h
By = sin fB r + cos fBf = sin f + cos f ^B r = Bf = 1h
Bz = Bz = 3


and so the vector field in cartesian system is
B = ^cos f - sin fh ax + ^sin f + cos fh ay + 3az
So at the point a2, p , 3k
2
B =- ax + ay + 3az
now we transform the vector field C = 2 a r + 3az in cartesian system.
the cylindrical components, C r = 2 , Cf = 0 , Cz = 3
So the cartesian components of vector C is
R V R VR V
SCxW Scos f - sin f 0WSC rW
m
SCyW = Ssin f cos f 0WSCfW
ww SS WW SS
Cz
T X T
0 0
WS W
1WSCz W
XT X
co
So, Cx = 2 cos f Cr = 2
w.E and
Cy = 2 sin f
Cz = Cz = 3
lp.
asy
C = 2 cos fax + 2 sin fay + 3az
So, at the point b 3, 3p , 9 l
En 4
he
C = 2 cos b 3p l ax + 2 sin b 3p l ay + 3az
4 4
=- ax + 2ay + 3az
gin
So all the three vectors are same at their respective points.
eer
e

at
ing
For checking whether a vector is perpendicular to a given vector or not we take
their dot product as the dot product of the two mutually perpendicular vectors is
always zero.
.ne
g
Now we have A + B = 4ax + 4ay + 4az
t
So we take the dot product of (A + B) with the all given options to determine the
w.
perpendicular vector.
In option (A).
^- 4ax + 4ay h : ^4ax + 4ay + 4az h =- 16 + 16 = 0
ww
In Option (B)
^4ay + 4az h $ ^4ax + 4ay + 4az h = 16 + 16 = 32 ! 0
In Option (C)
âx + az h $ ^4ax + 4ay + 4az h = 4 + 4 = 8 ! 0
The given gradient is
dV ^x, y, z h = 1.5x2 yz2 ax + 0.5x3 z2 ay + x3 yzaz
So,we have the components as,
2V = 1.5x2 yz2
2x


3
V = 1.5 x yz2 + f1 ^y, z h = 0.5x3 yz2 + f1 ^y, z h
3
2V = 0.5x3 z2
2y
V = 0.5x3 yz2 + f2 ^x, z h
2V = x3 yz
2z
x3 yz2
V = + f 3 ^y, z h = 0.5x3 yz2 + f 3 ^y, z h
2
Thus by comparing all the results we get,
ww V = 0.5x3 yz2
m
w.E Consider the given plane

xyz = 1
xyz - 1 = 0
co
So,
asy
function, f = xyz - 1
lp.
gradient of function, df = yzax + xzay + xyaz
En
Since gradient of the function of a plane is directed normal to the plane so the
normal vector to the plane at the point ^2, 4, 18 h is
df = 1 ax + 1 ay + 8az
gin
he
2 4
Now consider ^x, y, z h lies in the given surface xyz = 1. So the tangential vector to
the given surface at the point ^2, 4, 18 h is
eer
te
T = ^x - 2h ax + ^y - 4h ay + bz - 1 l az
This vector will be perpendicular to df .
8
ing
^T h : ^df h = 0
.ne
ga
So, (dot product of perpendicular vector)

1 x - 2 + 1 ^y - 4h + 8 z - 1 = 0
2^ h 4 b 8l
2x + 4y + 32z = 24 t
w.

As the integral is to be determined in spherical volume so, we transform the function
in spherical system as,
ww
2x = 2r sin q cos f
and so, we have the integral
p/2 p/2
^r sin q cos fh^r2 sin qdrdqdfh
1
# 2xdv = 2 # # #
v r=0 q=0 f=0
1 p/2 p/2
= 2; # 3
r dr E; # sin2 qdqE; cos fdfE
#
0 0 0
4 1
= 2 ;r E :q - sin 2q D 6sin f@0p/2
p/2
4 0 2 4 0
= 2 # 1 #apk = 2 # p = p
4 4 8 4


Contour integral of the field vector is evaluated in 3 segments as shown below
m
ww
co
In Segment (1) dl = dra r 0 < r # 2 at f = 0
w.E So, # A : dl
1
In segment (2)
= # r cos fdr = ^cos 0h;r2 E
r=0
dl = rdfaf
2
lp.
2 2
0
= 4 = 2 unit
2
0 < f # p/2 at r = 2
So, #
1 asy
A : dl =
p/2
#
f=0 2
r
^rdfh = 2 6f@0 = p
p/2
In segment 3
En
he
dl =- dra r 0 # r # 2 , at f = p/2
So, # A : dl
3
=- #
2
r=0
gin
^r cos p/2h^drh = 0
eer
e
So the contour integral is

# A : dl # # # E6A : dl@ = ^2 + ph units
=; + +
at
SOL 1.2.34
C
Option (A) is correct.

1 2 3
ing
For the given contour C1
.ne
g
dl = rdfaf 0 # f # 2p at r = 3
t
w.
# r^rdfh = 9 # 2p = 18p
2p
So, # A : dl
C1
=
f=0
and for the contour C2

dl =- rdfaf 0 # f # 2p at r = 1
ww
# r^rdfh =- 2p
2p
So, # A : dl
C2
=-
f=0
Therefore, the ratio of the contour integral is

# A : dl
C1
= 18p =- 9
# A : dl ^- 2ph
C2

Let us consider a contour abcd as shown in the figure.


ww As vector A has only a q component so its integral will not exist along segments ab
m
and cd and so the contour integral for abcd is
# A : dl =c # +#+# +# m A : dl
w.E abcd ab
For bc segment, r = 1 and 0 # q # p

bc
2
cd da
co
asy
dl =- rdqa q
lp.
and for da segment r = d , and 0 # q # p/2
So, # En
dl = rdqa q
A : dl =- #
p/2
e-r
b r l^rdqh +
p/2
e-r
b r l^rdqh
#
gin
he
abcd q=0 q=0
=-ê ha k + ê h^p/2h = p ^- e-1 + e- d h

-1 p -d
2 2
As for the given contour C , d tends to zero
eer
te
A : dl = lim A : dl = lim p ^- e-1 + e- d h = p ^1 - e-1h

So, #C
#
d " 0 abcd d"0 2 2
ing
Note : Most of the students do a mistake here by directly integrating the given
.ne
ga
vector along given contour C but as the vector A includes exponential which is
not zero at origin and so at r = 0 , Âh : ^rdqafh ! 0 therefore we have taken the
contour integral in the form of limits.
t
w.

The divergence of unit vector ar is
d : ar = 12 2 r2 ^1 h = 12 ^2r h = 2
r 2r r
ww
r
the divergence of unit vector a q is
d : a q = 1 2 ^sin fh = cos q = cot q
r sin q 2q r sin q r
and the divergence of unit vector af is
d : a f = 1 2 ^1 h = 0
r sin q 2f
A vector can be expressed as the gradient of a scalar if it’s curl is zero. Now we go
through the options.


a x ay a z
Option (A), Curl of the vector = 22x 22y 22z = 0
2yz 2xz 2xy
a r ra f a z
Option (B), Curl of the vector = 1 2 2 2
!0
r 2r 2f 2z
0 r^ h 0 e- r
r
ar ra f az
Option (C), Curl of the vector = 1 2 2 2
=0
r
m
2r 2f 2z
2
cos f 2
sin f 0
ww r2 r
So, it can be expressed as gradient of a scalar.
co
w.E
Any vector for which divergence is zero can be expressed as the curl of another
vector. For checking it we go through all the options.
lp.
asy
In Option (A), Divergence = 2 & 1 _x2 - y2i0 - 2 ^xy h + 2 ^2 h
2x 2
= x-x = 0
2y 2z
En -r
he
In Option (B), Divergence = 1 2 c e m = 0
r 2f r
gin
In Option (C), Divergence = 12 2 br2 2 cos q + 1 2 sin2 q
r3 l r sin q 2q c r3 m
r 2r
eer
e
=- 14 ^2 cos qh + 4 1 2 sin q cos q = 0

r r sin q
at
ing
So all the vectors can be expressed as curl of another vector.
.ne
g
for y > 0 i.e. above x -axis field will be directed towards + ax direction and will
increase as we go far from the x -axis, since y -increases.
t
w.
For y < 0 i.e. below x -axis, field will be directed towards - ax direction and it’s
intensity will increases as we go away from the x -axis.
ww

Given the divergence of the vector field is zero
i.e. 4: A = 0
2Ax + 2Ay = 0
2x 2y
2Ax =-2Ay ...(1)
2x 2y
and the curl of the vector field is zero,
i.e. 4# A = 0
a x ay a z
2x 2y 2z = 0
2 2 2
A x Ay 0


2A 2A
- y ax + 2Ax ax + e y - 2Ax o az = 0
2z 2z 2x 2y
2Ay 2Ax
- =0 ....(2)
2x 2y
(Since A is only the variable of x and y . So the differentiation with respect to z
will be zero).
Differentiating equation (ii) with respect to x we get,
22Ay 22Ax
- =0
2x2 2x2y
22Ay 2 2Ax = 0
2 -
y b 2x l
ww
m
2x 2
22Ay 2 - 2Ay = 0
2 -
2y e 2y o
(from equation (i))
w.E 2x
22Ay 22Ay
2x2
+
2y2
co
=0
asy d2Ay = 0
lp.
Again differentiating equation (ii) with respect to y we get
En 22Ay 22Ax
-
2x2y 2y2
=0
2 2Ay - 22Ax = 0
2x e 2y o 2y2
gin
he
2 - 2Ax - 22Ax = 0
2x b 2x l 2y2
22Ax + 22Ax = 0 eer (from equation (i))
te
2x2 2y2
ing
.ne
ga

The line integral (circulation) of force F around the closed path can be divided in
four sections as shown below.
t
w.
ww
For segment 1 we have, y =z=0

dl =- dxax , 0<x<1
3 1
x2 ^- dx h = :- x D =- 1
1
So, # F : dl
1
= #
0 3 0 3


For segment 2 we have, x =z=0

dl = dyay , 0<y<1
# ^- xz h^dy h = 0
1
So, # F : dl
2
=
0
For segment (3) we have x = z , y = 1

dl = dxax + dzaz , 0 < x < 1, 0 < z < 1
1 1
# F : dl # x2 dx + # ^- y h dz
2
So, =
3 0 0
3 1
m
= :x D - 6z @10 = 1 - 1 =- 2
3 0 3 3
ww For segment 4 we have, y = z , x = 1
co
dl =- dyay - dzaz
w.E So, # F : dl
4
=
y2 1
# ^- xz h^- dy h + #
0
1
3 1
= ; E + :z D = 1 + 1 = 5
lp. 0
1
^- y2h^- dz h
asy 2 0 3 0 2 3 6
So, the net circulation of force F around the closed path is
En # F : dl =c # + #+ #+ # m F : dl
he
1 2 3 4
3 3 6
gin
=- 1 + 0 - 2 + 5 =- 1
9
eer
e

Given, vector position of P ^x, y, z h
at
So,
R = xax + yay + zaz
R = x2 + y2 + z2 ing
Rn = ^x2 + y2 + z2hn/2
.ne
g
or
Rn R = ^x2 + y2 + z2hn/2 6xax + yay + zaz@
t
w.
Now we take the divergence of the vector as

d : ^Rn Rh = 2 x ^x2 + y2 + z2hn/2 + 2 y ^x2 + y2 + z2hn/2 + 2 z ^x2 + y2 + z2hn/2
2x 2y 2z
C^2x h
x n
ww
= ^x2 + y2 + z2hn/2 2 + x 9 ^x2 + y2 + z2hn/2 - 1

2x 2
2 n/22y
+^x + y + z h
2 2
+ y 9 ^x + y + z2hn/2 - 1C^2y h
n 2 2
2y 2
+^x2 + y2 + z2hn/22z + z 9n ^x2 + y2 + z2hn/2 - 1C^2z h
2z 2
= 3Rn + n Rn - 2 ^2x2 + 2y2 + 2z2h
2
= 3R + nRn = ^n + 3h Rn
n

The line integral (Circulation) of vector field A around the closed path can be
divided into four segments as shown in figure below :


For segment 1, f = 0, z = 0
dl = dra r , 1<r<2
ww # A : dl # ^r sin fhdr = 0 ^f = 0h
m
So, =
1
For segment 2 r = 2, z = 0
w.E So,
dl = rdfaf
# A : dl = #
p
2
co
r ^rdfh = 8 6f@ = 8pp
0
0<f<p
^r = 2h
asy
2 0
For segment 3 f = p, z = 0 -2 < r < - 1

lp.
-1
So, # A : dl = #^r sin fh^- drh
3
En=0
-2
^f = ph
gin
he
For segment 4, r = 1, z = 0
dl = rdf ^- afh 0<f<p
So, # A : dl = #
p
r2 ^- rdfh =-6f@0p =- p eer
te
# A : dl
0
Therefore, the net circulation of the vector is

=c + + +# # # #
ing
m A : dl = 0 + 8p + 0 + p = 9p
.ne
ga
1 2 3 4
t
w.
***********
ww


SOLUTIONS 1.3
m
Divergence of A in spherical coordinates is given as
ww d:A = 12 2 (r 2 Ar ) = 12 2 (krn + 2)
co
r 2r r 2r
w.E k
= 2 (n + 2) r
r
n+1
= k (n + 2) rn - 1 = 0
lp. (Given, d:A = 0 )
So,
or, asy n+3 = 0
n =- 3
SOL 1.3.2
En
he
Given, the vector, A = xyax + x 2 ay
dl = dxax + dyay gin

Differential displacement along any path in the x -y plane is defined as
(since, dz = 0 )
eer
e
So, the line integral of the vector A along the closed square loop is given as
# A : dl = # (xyax + x 2 ay) : (dxax + dyay) = # (xydx + x 2 dy)
at
=
C
#1/
2/ 3
xdx +
1/ 3
#2/ 3xdx + ing
#1
3 4 dy +
3
C
#3
1 1 dy
3
.ne
3 3
g
= 1 ; 4 - 1 E + 3 ;1 - 4 E + 4 [3 - 1] + 1 [1 - 3] = 1
2 3 3 2 3 3 3 3
t
w.

Given, V = d#A ...(1)
According to Stoke’s theorem the line integral of a vector along a closed loop is
ww
equal to the surface integral of the curl of the vector for the loop.
i.e. # A : dl = ## ^d # Ah : dS
C SC
...(2)
where C is a closed path (contour) and SC is the surface area of the loop.
From equation (1) and (2) we get
# A : dl = ## V : dS
C SC
The transformation of unit vector af in Cartesian coordinate system gives the
result.
af = ^- sin fh ax + ^cos fh ay
where f is angle formed with x -axis.
at point A, f = 90c


So, af =- ax a"3
at point B , f = 90c + 45c = 135c
So, af =- 1 ax - 1 ay b"5
2 2
at point C , f =- 45c
So, a f = 1 a x + 1 ay c"4
2 2
at point D , f = 0c
So, af = az d"2
ww
m
Given, the solution of a Laplaces equation is
V = sinh x cos kye pz
w.E co
i.e. the field V satisfies Laplace’s equation. So, we have
d2V = 0
asy
2V + 2V + 22V = 0
2 2
or, (1)
2x2 2y2 2z2
lp.
22V = sinh x cos kye pz
Now,
En 2x2
22V =- k2 sinh x cos kye pz
2y2
gin
he
22V = p2 sinh x cos kye pz

2z2
Putting all the values in equation (1), we get eer
te
^sinh x cos kye h^1 - k + p h = 0

ing
pz 2 2
1 - k2 + p2 = 0
k2 = 1 + 2p2
.ne
ga
Note :
dx dx j j
t
d sinh x = d sin jx = j cos jx = cos jx and similarly the 2 nd derivative.
w.

The angle between two vector fields A and B is defined as
a = cos-1 b A : B l
AB
ww
Given, electric field intensity at point P is

E = 10ax + 10ay + 10az
So, the angle formed between the field E and with x -axis âx h is
a = cos-1 e E : ax o = cos-1 c 10 m = cos-1 c 1 m
E ax 10 3 3
Similarly, we get
b = g = cos-1 c 1 m
4
Laplace equation is defined as


2
dV = 0
Now, we consider the option (C)
The scalar field is
V = 10
r
So, the Laplacian of the field V is given as
2 2
d2V = 1 2 br2V l + 122V2 + 2V2
r 2r 2r r 2f 2z
= 1 2 dr c- 102 m n + 0 =- 1 2 b 10 l = 102
m
r 2r r r 2r r r
ww i.e. d2V ! 0
co
So, it doesn’t satisfy Laplace’s equation.
w.E
Laplacian of a scalar function is given as
d2V = d : ^dV h = div ^gradV h lp.
asy
i.e. The Laplacian of a scalar function is divergence of gradient of V .
SOL 1.3.9
En
he
Given, the vector field,
gin
A = 3x2 yzax + x3 zay + (x3 y - 2z) az
So, the divergence of vector A is
d : A = 6xyz - 2! 0
eer
e
Therefore, it is neither divergence less and nor solenoidal

at
Now, we determine the curl of vector as

d#A = 0
ing
.ne
Since, the curl of the vector is zero so, it is irrotational (i.e., not rotational).
g
t
w.
Laplacian of a scalar field V in cylindrical coordinates is given by

2 2
d2V = 1 2 c r2V m + 122V2 + 2V2
r 2r 2r r 2f 2z
Since, Laplace equation is defined as
ww
d2V = 0
So, we get
1 2 r2V + 1 22V + 22V = 0
r 2r c 2r m r2 e 2f2 o 2z2
SOL 1.3.11 Option ( ) is correct.
The given curve is divided in three segments AB , BC and CD respectively. So, the
total integral is given as
# dl
c
=c # AB
+ #
BC
+ #
CD
m dl
p/2
dl ^- ay h +
-R -p
= #0
Rdfaf + #
R
#
- p/2
Rdfaf


= p R a f - 2R a y - p R a f
3 2
=- 2Ray
Given vector field, A = 4r cos far
ww
m
w.E co
asy
For the given contour we integrate the field in three intervals as
lp.
# A : dl = # A : dra + # A : dfa + # A : dra
r f r
En 1 2
= # ^2r cos fh dr + 0 # ^2r cos fh dr

1 0
3
gin 1
he
1 4 44 2 4 44 3 1 4 44 2 4 44 3
ât f = p/2h
ât f = 0h
2 1
= 2 :r D = 1
2 0
eer
te
For a vector field B to be solenoidal

d:B = 0 ing
# ^d : B hdv = 0
.ne
ga
# B : dS = 0
s
t
w.
âx # ay h + ây # ax h = az + ^- az h = 0
(a) Curl ^F h = 0
ww
It gives the result that F is irrotational â " 2h

(b) div ^F h = 0
It gives the result that F is solenoidal. ^b " 3h
(c) div Grad ^fh = 0
d : ^dfh = 0
d2 f = 0
It is Laplace equation. ^c " 1h
(d) div div ^fh = 0
d : ^d : fh = 0
As f is a scalar quality so its divergence is not defined. ^d " 4h


As by observing the given figure we conclude that the closed circular quadrant is
in x -y plane and it’s segments are
OP = drar
PQ = 2dfaf
QO = drar
So, the closed loop integral is
p/2
A : dl = dr + 2df + dr = 8 a p k = 2p
2 0
# # # # 4
m
0 0 2
ww
co
***********
w.E lp.
asy
En
he
gin
eer
e
at
ing
.ne
g
t
w.
ww

CHAPTER 2
ELECTROSTATIC FIELDS
ww
w.E
asy
En
gin
eer
ing
.ne
t

58 Electrostatic Fields Chap 2

EXERCISE 2.1
m
ww Statement for Linked Question 1-2 :
Four equal charges of + 2 C are being placed at the corners of the square of side
co
w.E 2 m in free space as shown in figure.
lp.
asy
En
he
gin
eer
e
at
MCQ 2.1.1
(A) 0 N (B) 18 N ing
The net force on a test charge + 2 nC at the centre O of the square will be
(C) 72 N (D) 36 N
.ne
g
t
w.
MCQ 2.1.2 If one of the four charges is being removed then the magnitude of the net force on
the test charge + 1 nC placed at the centre will be
(A) 0 N (B) 18 N
ww
(C) 9 N (D) 36 N
MCQ 2.1.3 Two point charges of 9 C and 12 C are located on x -axis at a separation of 3 m. A
third point charge q is placed on the x -axis at a distance d from the 36 C charge
which makes the entire system in equilibrium. The value of q and d are
(A) 4 C and 1 m
(B) - 4 C and 2 m
(C) 4 C and 2 m
(D) - 4 C and 1 m

Chap 2 Electrostatic Fields 59

MCQ 2.1.4 Consider the point charges - 5 nC and + 3 nC are located at (- 4, 0, - 2) and
(- 5, 0, 3) respectively The net electric field intensity at point (- 7, 3, - 1) will be
(A) - 1.004az - 1.284ay + 1.4ax
(B) 1.004az - 1.284ay + 1.4ax
(C) - 1.004ax - 1.284ay + 1.4az
(D) + 1.004ax + 1.284ay + 1.4az
MCQ 2.1.5 The three point charges, each + 4 nC , are located on the z -axis at z =- 1, 0, 1 in
free space. What will be the electric field intensity at point P (0, 0, 3) ?
ww
m
(A) 13.44az (B) 19.06ax
(C) 19.06az (D) 5.8az
w.E
MCQ 2.1.6
co
Charges + Q and + 2Q are separated by a distance 1 m. What will be the distance
of point P form + Q charge such that the net electric field intensity at P is zero.
(A) 1
asy (B) - 2.414 m
lp.
(C) - 1 (D) 0.414 m
En
Statement for Linked Question 7 - 8
gin
he
A uniform volume charge density of 4 mC/m3 is present throughout the spherical

shell extending from r = 2 cm to r = 3 cm .
eer
te
The total charge present throughout the spherical shell will be

MCQ 2.1.7
(A) 160 pC (B) 40 pC
ing
(C) 80 pC (D) 72 pC
.ne
ga
MCQ 2.1.8 For what value of a half of the total charge will be located in the region 4 cm < r < a
(A) 2.5 cm (B) 2.6 cm
t
w.
(C) 2.4 cm (D) 2.7 cm
MCQ 2.1.9 Electrons are moving randomly in a fixed region in free space. During a time
interval T the probability of finding an electron in a subregion of volume 10-12 m3
ww
is 30% .The volume charge density in the subregion for the time interval will be
(A) - 48 nC/m3 (B) 16 nC/m3
(C) 48 mC/m3 (D) 48 nC/m3
MCQ 2.1.10 Total stored charge on the cylindrical surface r = 2 , 0 < z < 1 m having surface
charge density r2 z mC/m2 is
(A) 25.1 mC (B) 50.2 mC
(C) 12.55 mC (D) 15.7 mC


MCQ 2.1.11 Consider a triangular surface in the plane z = 0 as shown in the figure.
m
ww
co
If the triangular surface has charge density rS = 9xy C/m2 then the total charge on
w.E it will be
(A) 6.5 C
lp. (B) 13 C
MCQ 2.1.12
(C) 4.5 C
asy (D) 26 C
A circular disk of radius 5 m has surface charge density rS = 3r , where r (# 5 m
En
) is the distance of any point on the disk from its centre. The total charge stored
he
on the disk is
(A) 50p C gin (B) 125p C
eer
(D) 250 C
e
(C) 250 p C
p
at
MCQ 2.1.13
E = 4xyax + 4yzay + 6xzaz V/m ? ing

Which of the following charge distribution produces the electric field intensity ?
.ne
g
(A) infinite line charge of 2 nC/m along x -axis

(B) spherical shell of charge density 3 nC/m3
t
w.
(C) plane sheet of charge density 3 nC/m2 at x -y plane

(D) field doesn’t exist
ww
MCQ 2.1.14 An infinite line charge of 1 mC/m is located on the z -axis. Electric field due to the
line charge at point (- 2, - 1, 5) will be
(A) 2.4ax + 1.8ay (B) 7.2ax + 14.4ay
(C) - 7.2ax - 3.6ay (D) - 2ax - ay
MCQ 2.1.15 Electric field intensity at any point (x, y, z) in free space is E = x2 ax + 2xyay . The
electric flux density at the point (- 1, 0, 1) will be
(A) 0 (B) e0 ax
(C) - e0 ax (D) 4pe0 ay


MCQ 2.1.16 Assertion (A) : Net electric field flux emanating from an arbitrary surface not
enclosing a point charge is zero.
Reason (R) : Electric field intensity at any point outside the uniformly charged
sphere is always zero.
(A) A and R both are true and R is correct explanation of A.
(B) A and R both are true but R is not the correct explanation of A.
(C) A is true but R is false.
(D) A is false but R is true.
ww
MCQ 2.1.17 Consider the electric field intensity in some region is found to be E = 3r2 ar V/m ,
m
in spherical coordinate system. The total charge stored in a sphere of radius 2 m,
centered at origin will be
w.E (A) 4.32 pC

(C) 4.32 nC
co
(B) 5.3 pC
(D) 5.3 nC
asy
lp.
En
Volume charge density in the free space in spherical coordinate system is given by
1 C/m3
gin
0 < r < 3m
he
rv = * r2
r > 3m
MCQ 2.1.18
0
Net electric flux crossing the surface r = 2 m is
eer
te
(A) 4p C (B) - p C
(C) 2p C (D) 0
ing
.ne
ga
MCQ 2.1.19 Electric flux density at r = 1 m is

(A) p ar C/m2 (B) ar C/m2
2
(C) 4par C/m2 (D) ar + a q C/m2 t
w.
MCQ 2.1.20 A point charge 8 C is located at the origin. The total electric flux crossing the
portion of plane x + y = 3 m lying in the first octant is
ww
(A) 1 C (B) 4 C
(C) 1 C/m (D) 4 C/m
MCQ 2.1.21 A uniform volume charge density rv C/m3 is distributed inside the region defined
by a cylindrical surface of cross sectional radius a . The electric field intensity at a
distance r ^< a h from the cylindrical axis is proportional to
(A) r (B) a
r
(C) 12 (D) ar2
r


Common Data for Question 22 - 24
Charge density inside a hollow spherical shell of radius r = 4m centered at origin
is defined as
0 for r # 2
rv = * 4
c/m3 for 2 1 r # 4
r2
MCQ 2.1.22 The Electric field intensity at any point in the region r # 2 will be
(A) - 1 V/m (B) - 4 V/m
m
(C) 0 (D) 2 V/m
ww
MCQ 2.1.23 Electric field intensity at r = 4 will be
co
(A) 4 ar (B) 4 ar
w.E 9e0
(C) 20 ar
9e0 lp.
e0
(D) 9 ar
e0
MCQ 2.1.24
asy
If the region outside the spherical shell is charge free then what will be the electric
field intensity at r = 5 ?
(A) 1 ar
En (B) 16p ar
he
3e0 e0
(C) 25 e0 ar
8 gin (D) 8 e0 ar
25
eer
e
MCQ 2.1.25 Assertion (A) : No charge can be present in a uniform electric field.
Reason (R) : According to Gauss’s law volume charge density in a region having
at
electric field intensity E is given by

rv = edE ing
.ne
g

t
w.

ww
MCQ 2.1.26 In a certain region the electric flux density is D = cos3 q ar + sin3q a q C/m2 . Volume
r 2r
charge density in the region will be
(A) 0 C/m3 (B) 2 cos q C/m3
r4
(C) sin3 q C/m3 (D) 43 C/m3
r r
MCQ 2.1.27 If electric flux density in a certain region is D = (2y2 + 4z) ax + 2xyay + 4xaz C/m2
The total charge enclosed by the cube 0 # x # 2 , 0 # y # 2 , - 1 # z # 1 is
(A) 9 C (B) 4 C
(C) 16 C (D) 8 C


MCQ 2.1.28 Two point charges + 1 mC and - 1 mC are being located at points (0,0,1) and
(0, 0, - 1) respectively. The net electric potential at point P (- 3, 0, - 4) due to the
two charges will be
(A) - 578.9 V (B) 0.64 kV
(C) - 2.36 V (D) - 5.78 kV

In the entire free space electric potential is given by
V = xy2 z3 + 3 ln ^x2 + 2y2 + 3z2h
ww
m
4
MCQ 2.1.29 Electric field at point P (3, 2, - 1) will be
w.E (A) 7.1ax + 22.8ay - 71.1az

(C) 3.6ax - 11.4ay + 35.6az
(B) 3.6ax + 11.4ay - 35.6az
co
(D) 2.2ax - 11.4ay + 35.6az
MCQ 2.1.30
asy
Electric flux density at point P will be
lp.
(A) 31.4ax + 101ay - 314.5az pC/m2
En
(B) 62.8ax + 202ay - 629az nC/m2
(C) - 0.095ax - 0.304ay + 0.948az nC/m2
gin
he
(D) 7.1ax + 22.8ay - 71.1az pC/m2
MCQ 2.1.31
region the potential function will have eer
A potential function V satisfies Laplace’s equation inside a certain region. In this
te
(A) a maxima only

(C) a maxima and a minima both ing
(B) a minima only
(D) neither a maxima nor a minima
.ne
ga
MCQ 2.1.32 An electric dipole consists of two point charges of equal and opposite magnitude
t
! Q is lying along x -axis such that + Q is at x = d/2 and - Q is at x =- d/2 .
Electric field due to the dipole at any point (r, q, f) in spherical coordinate system
w.
is given by
62 cos2 qar + sin qaq@
Qd
E = where r >>d
2pe0 r3
ww
The force applied by the dipole on a charge of + 1 C located at point (0, y, 0) is

- Qd + Qd
(A) 3 az (B) az
4pe0 y 4pe0 y3
- Qd 2Qd - Qd
(C) 3 az + 3 ay (D) ax
4pe0 y 4pe0 r 4pe0 y3
***********


EXERCISE 2.2
Two equal point charges of + 12 nC each are located at points (- 1, 0, 0) and (1, 0, 0)
m
MCQ 2.2.1
ww respectively. What will be the position of third point charge of + 2 nC such that
the net electric field E = 0 at (0, 1, 0)?
co
(A) (- 1, 0, 0) (B) (0, - 1, 0)
w.E
MCQ 2.2.2
(C) (3, 0, 0) (D) (0, 3, 0)
Plane 5x + 4y = 0 carries a uniform charge distribution with rS = 2 nC/m2 . The

lp.
asy
electric field intensity at point (1, 0, 3) will be
(A) - 67.8ax - 90.48ay V/m (B) 67.85ax + 90.48ay V/m
(C) 3ax + 4ay V/m
En (D) - 3ax - 4ay V/m
he
MCQ 2.2.3
gin
Electric field intensity at a distance 3 m above the center of a circular loop of
radius 4 m lying in the xy -plane and carrying a uniform line charge + 3 nC/m as
eer
e
shown in the figure is

at
ing
.ne
g
t
w.
ww
(A) 21.72ax + 10.86az V/m (B) 10.86az V/m

(C) 10.86ax + 21.72az V/m (D) 72az V/m
MCQ 2.2.4 Consider a point charge Q is located at the origin. Divergence of the electric flux
density produced by the charge is
(A) 0, at all points (B) + 1, at all points
(C) + 1, at all points except origin (D) 0, at all points except origin


In the region of free space that includes the cubical volume 0 < x , y , z < 1, electric
flux density is given by
D = x2 yax + 2y2 x2 ay C/m2
MCQ 2.2.5 The total flux leaving the closed surface of the cube is
(A) - 1/6 C (B) 1/6 C
(C) 0 C (D) 1/3 C
MCQ 2.2.6 div D at center of the cube is
ww
m
(A) 1/2 (B) 3/4
(C) 1/4 (D) 1/6

co
asy
In free space, flux charge density is given by
lp.
3r2 ar nC/m2 r < 0.5 m
D =*
En 2
2/r ar nC/m 2
r $ 0.5 m
gin
he
MCQ 2.2.7 Volume charge density at r = 0.2 m will be

(A) - 5 nC/m3 (C) 4 nC/m3
(C) 20 C/m 3
eer
(D) 5 nC/m3
te
MCQ 2.2.8 Volume charge density at r = 1 m will be

(A) 0 (B) 20 nC/m3 ing
.ne
ga
(C) - 40 nC/m3 (D) - 20 nC/m3
MCQ 2.2.9
t
A dipole having a moment p = 5pe0 az C- m is located at origin in free space. If the
w.
electric field produce due to the dipole is given by E = 2Ex ax + Ey ay + Ez az then

surface on which Ez = 0 but Ex , Ey ! 0 will be
(A) a cone of angle 54.7c (B) a cone of angle 125.3c
ww
(C) (a) and (b) both (D) none of these
MCQ 2.2.10 An infinite line charge + 2 nC/m is lying along entire z -axis. If the electric potential
at the point (1, p/2, 5) due to the line charge is zero then the electric potential at
any point (r, f, z) will be
(A) 18 volt (B) 18 c ln b 1 l m
r r
-9 9
(C) 10 ln b 1 l (D) 9 # 10 ln b 1 l
2 r 2 r


Statement for Linked Question 11 -12 :
Electric field at any point (r, q, f) in free space is given by
E = 2 2r 2 a r
(r + 4)
MCQ 2.2.11 The electric potential will be maximum at
(A) infinity (B) origin
(C) at r =- 2 (D) r =+ 2
MCQ 2.2.12 Potential difference between the spherical surfaces r = 0 and r = 2 will be
m
(A) 1/2 volt (B) 1 volt
ww (C) 1/8 volt (D) 1/4 volt
co
w.E
MCQ 2.2.13 An electric dipole having moment p = 35 ax - ay + 3az nC- m is located at point
B (0, 1, - 6). The electric potential due to the dipole at point A (1, 2, 2) will be
(A) 4.23 V lp. (B) 1.91 V
(C) 1.31 V
asy (D) 0.6 V
MCQ 2.2.14
En
A total charge 20 nC is being split into four equal charges spaced at 90c intervals
he
around a circular loop of radius 5 m. The electric potential at the center of the
loop will be
(A) 108 V gin(B) 36 kV
eer
e
(C) 36 V (D) 135 V
The work done in carrying a 2 C charge from point A ^1, 1/2, 3h to the point B (4, 1, 0)
at
MCQ 2.2.15
ing
in the field E = 2yax + 2xay V/m along the curve y = x/2 will be
(A) - 28 J (B) - 15.5 J
.ne
g
(C) 2.3 J (D) + 15.5 J
t
w.
MCQ 2.2.16 In a certain region, the electric field intensity is given as E = xax - yay V/m . The
amount of work done in moving a + 2 C charge along a circular arc centred at origin
from x = 1 m to x = y = 1 m in the region will be
ww
3
(A) 2 J (B) - 1 J
(C) + 1 J (D) - 1 J
2
Statement for Linked Question 17- 18 :

Four equal charges of + 1 nC is being carried from infinity and placed at different
corners of a square. Consider the side of the square is 1 m and the charges are being
carried as one at a time.


MCQ 2.2.17 How much work does it take to bring in the last charge from infinity and place it
in the fourth corner ?
(A) 24.36 J (B) 24.36 nJ
(C) 2.71 J (D) 9 nJ
MCQ 2.2.18 Total work done for assembling the whole configuration of four charges will be
(A) 15.36 nJ (B) 48.72 nJ
(C) 9 nJ (D) 24.36 nJ
MCQ 2.2.19 The electric field in a certain region is given by
ww
m
E = sin fa r + (z + 1) r cos fa f + 2r sin fa z V/m
Work done in moving a 2 C charge from A(2, 0c, 1) to B (2, 30c, 1) in the field is
w.E (A) - 8 nJ
(C) 32 J
(B) - 8 J
co
(D) 8 J
MCQ 2.2.20
asy
Total work done in transferring two point charges + 1 mC and + 2 mC from infinity
lp.
to the points A (- 3, 6, 0) and B (2, - 4, - 1) respectively is
(A) 1.604 J
(C) 9 kJ En (B) - 1.604 J
(D) 85.2 mJ
gin
he
MCQ 2.2.21 Four point charges of 4 nC are placed at the corners of a square of side 1 cm. The
(A) 3.9 kJ (B) 0.490 mJ

eer
total potential energy stored in the system of charges is
te
(C) 0.312 mJ (D) 2.7 J

ing
.ne
ga

The potential field in free space is expressed as
V = 4 V t
w.
xyz
MCQ 2.2.22 The total energy stored within the cube 1 < x , y , z < 2 will be
(A) 4.42 # 10-12 J (B) - 9.68 # 10-13 J
ww
(C) 7.68 # 103 J (D) 9.68 # 10-13 J
MCQ 2.2.23 The energy density at the centre of the cube will be
(A) 1.33 # 10-11 J (B) 5.18 # 10-13 J
(C) 2.13 # 10-12 J (D) 4.47 # 10-13 J

A uniformly charged solid sphere of radius R has the total charge Q . Consider the
electric potential at a distance r from the centre of the sphere is V (r).


MCQ 2.2.24 For r 2 R , plot of V (r) versus r will be
m
ww
co
w.E lp.
asy
En
he
MCQ 2.2.25 With the increase in r potential V (r) inside the charged sphere will
(A) increase
(C) remain constant gin (B) decrease
(D) be zero always
eer
e
MCQ 2.2.26 If R = 1 m and Q = 2 C then the total stored energy inside the sphere will be
at
(A) 4.34 # 109 J

(C) 4.5 # 109 ing
(B) 6.75 # 109 J
(D) 5.4 # 109 J
.ne
g
MCQ 2.2.27 The electric field intensity required to counter act the earth’s gravitational force
on an electron is
t
w.
(A) 1.79 # 10-12 V/m (B) 5.57 # 10-13 V/m

(C) 5.57 # 10-11 V/m (D) 1.79 # 10-11 V/m
ww
MCQ 2.2.28 Three point charges Q , kQ and kQ are arranged as shown in figure.
What will be the value of k for which the net electric field intensity at the point
P _0, 14 , 13 i is zero ?


MCQ 2.2.29 Three point charges Q , - 4Q and Q are located at â, 0, 0h, ^0, 0, 0h and ^- a, 0, 0h
respectively. The electric field intensity at any point ^x, 0, 0h for x >> a is
6Qa2 3Qa2
(A) K c 4 m (B) K c 4 m
x x
2
Qa
(C) K c 4 m (D) zero
6x
MCQ 2.2.30 A volume charge is distributed throughout a sphere of radius R, and centered at
the origin, with uniform density rv C/m3 . The electric field intensity at a distance
r from the origin is
outside the sphere(r > R )
ww inside the sphere(r # R )
m
rv r2 rv R3
(A) b
e0 3R l ar
e0 c 3r2 m r
a
w.E (B)
(C)
rv r
a
e0 3
rv r2
b
k ar
l ar
co
rv R3
e0 c 3r2 m r
rv r3
a
e0 c 3R2 m r
a
e0 3R
asy
lp.
rv r rv r3
a k e0 c 3R2 m r
(D) ar a
e0 3
En
gin
he
eer
Consider a total charge of 2 nC is distributed throughout a spherical volume of
radius 3 m. A small hole is drilled through the center of the spherical volume
te
ing
charge as shown in figure. The size of the hole is negligible compared to the size of
the sphere.
.ne
ga
t
w.
ww
MCQ 2.2.31 If an electron is placed at one end of the hole and released from rest at t = 0 then
what will be the distance of the electron from center of sphere at t = 2 m sec .
(A) 0 (B) 2 m
(C) 1.83 m (D) 2.83 m
MCQ 2.2.32 The frequency of the oscillation of point charge is

(A) 54.4 KHz (B) 5.44 KHz
(C) 1.83 KHz (D) 27.2 KHz


MCQ 2.2.33 An infinite line charge of uniform density rL is situated along the x -axis. The total
electric field flux crossing the portion of plane y + z = 1 m lying in the first octant
and bounded by the planes x = 0 and x = 1 m
r r
(A) L (B) L
2e0 8e0
rL 4rL
(C) (D)
4e0 e0
MCQ 2.2.34 Volume charge of uniform density 5 nC/m3 is distributed in the region between two
infinitely long, parallel cylindrical surfaces of radii 5 m and 2 m and with their axes
m
separated by distance of 1 m as shown in the figure.
ww
co
w.E lp.
asy
En
he
gin
eer
The electric field intensity in the charge-free region inside the cylindrical surface of
e
radius 2 m is
(B) 5.65 # 1011 V/m
at
(A) 282.5ax V/m

(C) 3.54ax mV/m ing
(D) 1.77 # 10-12 V/m
.ne
g
MCQ 2.2.35 A volume charge is distributed throughout a sphere of radius R and centered at
the origin with uniform density 3rv C/m3 . The electric potential at a distance r
t
w.
from the origin is

inside the sphere(r # R ) outside the sphere(r > R )
2rv 2 R 2
rv R3
e0 b 3 l
(A) r -
ww
3e0 r
rv r 2
rv R3
2e0 b 3l
2
(B) R -
3e0 r
2rv 2 r 2
rv R3
e0 b 3l
(C) R -
3e0 r
rv r 2
3rv R3
2e0 b 3l
2
(D) R -
e0 R
MCQ 2.2.36 A total charge of 900p mC is uniformly distributed over a circular disk of radius 6 m
The applied force on a 150 mC charge located on the axis of disk and 4 m from it’s
center as shown in figure is


(A) 13.5 N (B) 6.78 N
ww (C) 9.44 N (D) 18.89 N
m
co
Two infinite uniform sheets of charge, each with density 2 C/m2 , are located at
asy
y =+ 1 and y =- 1 as shown in figure.
lp.
En
gin
he
eer
te
MCQ 2.2.37 Electric field intensity at the origin will be ing

(B) 4 ay V/m
.ne
ga
(A) 0
2e0
(C) - 5 ay V/m
2e0
(D) 5 ay V/m
2e0
t
w.
MCQ 2.2.38 If a test charge of 5 mC is placed at point ^2, 5, 4h then the force applied by the
sheets on test charge is
(A) 2.83 mN (B) 2.5 # 10-14 N
ww
(C) 2.83 N (D) 5.65 # 102 N
MCQ 2.2.39 As we move away from the sheet charge located at y =- 1 in the region y < - 1,
the electric field intensity will be
(A) linearly increasing
(B) linearly decreasing
(C) constant
(D) zero


MCQ 2.2.40 A charged sphere of radius 1 m carries a uniform charge density of 6 C/m3 . A
redistribution of the charge results in the density function given by
rv = k ^5 - r2h C/m3
where r is distance of the point from center of the sphere. The value of k will be
(A) 2.5 (B) 5
(C) 0.5 (D) 40
MCQ 2.2.41 A 50 mC point charge is located at the origin. The total electric flux passing through
the hemispherical surface defined by r = 48 m , 0 # q # p/2 is
m
(A) 50 mC (B) 12.5 mC
ww (C) 25 mC (D) 100 mC
co
w.E
MCQ 2.2.42 Consider a hollow sphere of radius R centred at origin carries a uniform surface
charge density rS . The electric field intensity at distance r from the center of the
sphere is lp.
(A) asy
insider the sphere(r # R )
0
outside the sphere(r > R )
rs R 2
e0 b r l r
a
En
he
rs rs R 2
e0 b r l r
(B) a a
(C)
e0 r
rs
a
e0 r gin 0
eer
e
rs
(D) 0 a
e0 r
at
MCQ 2.2.43 ing

An air filled parallel plate capacitor is arranged such that the lower side of upper
.ne
plate carries surface charge density 3 C/m2 and upper side of lower plate carries
g
surface charge density - 2 C/m2 as shown in figure. The electric field intensity
t
w.
between the plates will be

ww
(A) - 2 az (B) 2 az
e0 e0
(C) - 4 az (D) 4 az
e0 e0
MCQ 2.2.44 In a certain region electric potential distribution is as shown in the figure.


ww
m
The corresponding plot of electric field component Ey will be
w.E co
asy
lp.
En
gin
he
eer
te
ing
.ne
ga
t
w.
ww
MCQ 2.2.45 Two electrons are moving with equal velocities in opposite directions. A uniform
electric field is applied along the direction of the motion of one of the electrons, so
the electron gets accelerated while the electron moving in opposite direction gets
decelerated. If the gain in the kinetic energy of accelerating electron is K.EGain
and the loss in Kinetic energy of decelerating electron is K.ELoss then the correct
relation between them is


(A) K.EGain = K.ELoss
(B) K.EGain > K.ELoss
(C) K.EGain < K.ELoss
(D) Can’t be determined as initial velocities are not given
MCQ 2.2.46 Two identical uniform charges with rL = 80 nC/m are located in free space at
x = 0 , y = ! 3 m . The force per unit length acting on the line at positive y arising
from the charge at negative y is
m
(A) 9.375ay mN (B) 37.5ay mN
ww (C) 19.17ay mN (D) 75ay mN
co
MCQ 2.2.47 Four 2.2 nC point charge are located in free space at the corners of a square 4 cm
w.E on a side. The total potential energy stored is

(A) 1.75 mJ
lp.(B) 2 mJ
(C) 3.5 mJ
asy (D) 0
En
he
***********
gin
eer
e
at
ing
.ne
g
t
w.
ww


EXERCISE 2.3
MCQ 2.3.1 If the electric field intensity is given by E = (2xax + yay + zaz ) volt/m, the potential
ww
GATE 2003 difference between X (2, 0, 0) and Y (1, 2, 3) is
m
(A) + 1 volt (B) - 1 volt
(C) + 5 volt (D) + 6 volt
w.E
MCQ 2.3.2
co
There are three charges, which are given by Q1 = 1 mC , Q2 = 2 mC and Q 3 = 3 mC .
The field due to each charge at a point P in free space is âx + 2ay - az h, ây + 3az h
IES EC 2012
asy
and ^2ax - ay h newtons/coulomb. The total field at the point P due to all three
lp.
charges is given by
En
(A) 1.6ax + 2.2ay + 2.5az newtons/coulomb
(B) 0.3ax + 0.2ay + 0.2az newtons/coulomb
gin
he
(C) 3ax + 2ay + 2az newtons/coulomb

(D) 0.6ax + 2.2ay + 0.5az newtons/coulomb
eer
te
MCQ 2.3.3
IES EC 2011 point (1, p/4, 3) is ing
Given that the electric flux density D = zp (cos2 F) az C/m2 . The charge density at
(A) 3 (B) 1
.ne
ga
(C) 0.5 (D) 0.5 az
MCQ 2.3.4
t
An electric charge of Q coulombs is located at the origin. Consider electric potential
w.
IES EC 2010 V and electric field intensity E at any point (x, y, z). Then
(A) E and V are both scalars (B) E and V are both vectors
ww
(C) E is a scalar and V is a vector (D) E is a vector and V is a scalar
MCQ 2.3.5 Assertion (A) : Capacitance between two parallel plates of area ‘A’ each and
IES EC 2010 distance of separation ‘d ’ is eA/d for large A/d ratio.
Reason (R) : Fringing electric field can be neglected for large A/d ratio.
(A) Both A and R are individually true and R is the correct explanation of A
(B) Both A and R are individually true but R is not the correct explanation of A
(C) A is true but R is false
(D) A is false but R is true


MCQ 2.3.6 Assertion (A) : In solving boundary value problems, the method of images is used.
IES EC 2010 Reason (R) : By this technique, conducting surfaces can be removed from the
solution domain.
MCQ 2.3.7 What will be the equipotential surfaces for a pair of equal and opposite line charges ?
m
(A) Spheres
ww
IES EC 2009
(B) Concentric cylinders
co
(C) Non-concentric cylinders
w.E (D) None of the above

lp.
If the potential functions V1 and V2 satisfy Laplace’s equation within a closed region
MCQ 2.3.8
IES EC 2009
asy
and assume the same values on its surface, then which of the following is correct ?
(A) V1 and V2 are identical
En
he
(B) V1 is inversely proportional as V2
(C) V1 has the same direction as V2
gin
(D) V1 has the same magnitude as V2 but has different direction
eer
e
MCQ 2.3.9 Assertion (A) : The expression E =- dV , where E is the electric field and V is
IES EC 2009 the potential is not valid for time varying fields.
at
ing
Reason (R) : The curl of a gradient is identically zero.
(A) Both A and R are individually true and R is the correct explanation of A.
.ne
g
(B) Both A and R are individually true but R is not the correct explanation of A.
t
w.
MCQ 2.3.10 What is the electric flux density (in mC/m2) at a point (6, 4, - 5) caused by a
ww
IES EC 2008 uniform surface charge density of 60 mC/m2 at a plane x = 8 ?

(A) - 30ax (B) - 60ax
(C) 30ax (D) 60ax
MCQ 2.3.11 Of two concentric long conducting cylinders, the inner one is kept at a constant
IES EC 2008 positive potential + V0 and the outer one is grounded. What is the electric field in
the space between the cylinders?
(A) Uniform and directed radially outwards
(B) Uniform and directed radially inwards
(C) Non-uniform and directed radially outwards
(D) Non-uniform and directed parallel to the axis of the cylinders


MCQ 2.3.12 In a charge free space, the Poisson’s equation results in which one of the following?
IES EC 2008 (A) Continuity equation (B) Maxwell’s equation
(C) Laplace equation (D) None of the above
MCQ 2.3.13 W1 is the electrostatic energy stored in a system of three equal point charges
IES EC 2007 arranged in a line with 0.5 m separation between them. If W2 is the energy stored
with 1 m separation between them, then which one of the following is correct ?
(A) W1 = 0.5W2 (B) W1 = W2
(C) W1 = 2W2 (D) W1 = 4W2
ww
MCQ 2.3.14 Equivalent surface about a point charge are in which one of the following forms ?
m
IES EC 2006 (A) Spheres (B) Planes
w.E
MCQ 2.3.15
IES EC 2006
(C) Cylinders (D) Cubes
co
Consider the following statements regarding an electrostatic field :
1. It is irrotational
2. It is solensoidal
asy
lp.
3.
4. En
It is static only form a macroscopic view point.
Work done in moving a charge in the field form one point to another is
independent of the path of movement.
gin
he
Which of the statements given above are correct ?

(A) 1, 2 and 3
(C) Only 2 and 4
(B) 1, 2 and 4
eer
(D) 1, 3 and 4
te
MCQ 2.3.16
ing
The potential (scalar) distribution is given as V = 4y 4 + 20x3 . If e0 is the permittivity
of free space, what is the volume charge density rv at the point (2, 0) ?
.ne
IES EC 2005
ga
(A) - 200e0 (B) - 200/e0

(C) 200e0 (D) - 240e0
t
The x -directed electric field Ex having sinusoidal time variation e jwt and space
w.
MCQ 2.3.17
IES EC 2005 variation in z -direction satisfies the equation d2Ex = 0 under source free condition
in a lossless medium. What is the solution representing propagation in positive z
ww
-direction ?
(A) Ex = E 0 e-kz (B) Ex = E 0 e+jkz
(C) Ex = E 0 e-jkz (D) Ex = E 0 e+kz
MCQ 2.3.18 An infinitely long uniform charge of density 30 nC/m is located at y = 3, z = 5 . The
IES EC 2004 field intensity at (0, 6, 1) is E = 65.7ay - 84.3az V/m . What is the field intensity
at (5, 6, 1) ?
2 2
(A) E (B) c 2 6 +2 1 2 m E
5 +6 +1
2 2 1/2 2 2 2 1/2
(C) c 2 6 +2 1 2 m E (D) c 5 +2 6 +2 1 m E
5 +6 +1 6 +1


MCQ 2.3.19 What is the magnetic dipole moment in Am2 for a square current loop having the
IES EC 2004 vertices at the point A (10, 0, 0), B (0, 10, 0), C (- 10, 0, 0) and D (0, - 10, 0) and with
current 0.01 A flowing in the sense ABCDA ?
(A) 2az (B) - 2az
(C) 4az (D) 4 (ax + ay)
MCQ 2.3.20 An electric charge Q is placed in a dielectric medium. Which of the following
IES EC 2003 quantities are independent of the dielectric constant e of the medium ?
m
(A) Electric potential V and Electric field intensity E
ww (B) Displacement density D and Displacement y
co
(C) Electric field intensity E and Displacement density D
w.E (D) Electric potential V and Displacement y
lp.
Two coaxial cylindrical sheets of charge are present in free space, rS = 5 C/m2
MCQ 2.3.21
IES EC 2004
asy
at r = 2 m and rS =- 4 C/m2 at r = 4 m . The displacement flux density D at
r = 3 m is
(A) D = 5ar C/m2
En (B) D = 2/3ar C/m2
he
(C) D = 10/3ar C/m2

gin (D) D = 18/3ar C/m2
MCQ 2.3.22
eer
An electric potential field is produced in air by point charge 1 mC and 4 mC located
e
IES EC 2003 at (- 1, 1, 5) and (1, 3, - 1) respectively. The energy stored in the field is
at
(A) 2.57 mJ
(C) 10.28 mJ
(B) 5.14 mJ
ing
(D) 12.50 mJ
.ne
g
MCQ 2.3.23 A dipole produces an electric field intensity of 1 mV/m at a distance of 2 km. The
IES EC 2002 field intensity at a distance of 4 km will be
t
w.
(A) 1 mV/m (B) 0.75 mV/m

(C) 0.50 mV/m (D) 0.25 mV/m
ww
MCQ 2.3.24 The energy stored per unit volume in an electric field (with usual notations) is
IES EC 2001 given by
(A) 1/2eH 2 (B) 1/2eE
(C) 1/2eE 2 (D) eE 2
MCQ 2.3.25 A positive charge of Q coulomb is located at point A (0, 0, 3) and a negative charge
IES EC 2001 of magnitude Q coulombs is located at point B (0, 0, - 3). The electric field intensity
at point C (4, 0, 0) is in the
(A) negative x -direction (B) negative z -direction
(C) positive x -direction (D) positive z -direction


MCQ 2.3.26 The force between two points charges of 1 nC each with a 1 mm separation in air is
IES EC 2001 (A) 9 # 10-3 N (B) 9 # 10-6 N
(C) 9 # 10-9 N (D) 9 # 10-12 N
MCQ 2.3.27 Gauss law relates the electric field intensity E with the volume charge density rv
IES EC 2001 at a point as
(A) d # E = e0 rv (B) d : E = e0 rv
(C) d # E = rv /e0 (D) d : E = rv /e0
ww
m
MCQ 2.3.28 The electric field strength at any point at a distance r from the point charge q
IES EE 2012 located in a homogeneous isotropic medium with dielectric constant e, is given by
w.E (A) E =
(C) E =
qe-1
4pr2
qe
ar (B) E = DdS cos q
(D) E =
co
q2
#
4pr 2 ar
asy 4per2
ar
lp.
The vector statement of Gauss’s a law is
MCQ 2.3.29
IES EE 2012
(A)
En
# D : dS = # r dv s (B) # D : dS = # r dv v
gin
v s v s
he
(C) ## D : dS = # r dv
s v
2
v (D) #D : dS = # r dv
s v
v
MCQ 2.3.30
them, then the force between the charge will eer
Two charges are placed at a distance apart. Now, if a glass slab is inserted between
te
IES EE 2012
(A) reduce to zero

(C) decrease
(B) increase
(D) not change ing
.ne
ga
The following point charges are located in air :

MCQ 2.3.31
IES EE 2012 + 0.008 mC at ^0, 0h m
+ 0.05 mC at ^3, 0h m t
w.
- 0.009 mC at ^0, 4h m
The total electric flux over a sphere of 8 m radius with centre ^0, 0h is
ww
(A) 0.058 mC (B) 0.049 mC

(C) 0.029 mC (D) 0.016 mC
MCQ 2.3.32 Electric flux through a surface area is the integral of the
IES EE 2012 (A) normal component of the electric field over the area
(B) parallel component of the electric field over the area
(C) normal component of the magnetic field over the area
(D) parallel component of the magnetic field over the area


MCQ 2.3.33 Assertion (A) : The electric field around a positive charge is outward.
IES EE 2011 Reason (R) : Gauss’s law states that the differential of the normal component of
the outward electric flux density over a closed surface yields the positive charge
enclosed.
(A) Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are individually true and Reason (R) is
the correct explanation of Assertion (A)
(B) Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are individually true but Reason (R) is
not the correct explanation of Assertion (A)
m
(C) Assertion (A) is true but Reason (R) is false
ww (D) Assertion (A) is false but Reason (R) is true
co
MCQ 2.3.34 Point charges of Q1 = 2nC and Q2 = 3nC are located at a distance apart. With
w.E
IES EE 2010 regard to this situation, which one of the following statements is not correct ?
(A) The force on the 3 nC charge is repulsive.
lp.
asy
(B) A charge of - 5 nC placed midway between Q1 and Q2 will experience no force.
(C) The forces Q1 and Q2 are same in magnitude.
En
(D) The forces on Q1 and Q2 will depend on the medium in which they are placed.
he
MCQ 2.3.35
IES EE 2008 Equi-potential lines and field lines gin
Which one of the following is the correct statement ?
(A) are parallel

eer
(B) are anti-parallel
e
(C) are orthogonal (D) bear no definite relationship

at
MCQ 2.3.36
IES EE 2007
ing
Point charges of - 3 nC and 10 nC are located in free space at (- 1, 0, 0) m and
(1, 0, 0) m respectively. What is the energy stored in the field ?
.ne
g
(A) Zero (B) 450 nJ

(C) - 450 nJ (D) - 900 nJ
t
w.
MCQ 2.3.37 A spherical balloon of radius a is charged. The energy density in the electric field at
IES EE 2007 point P shown in the figure given below is w . If the balloon is inflated to a radius
ww
b without altering its charge, what is the energy density at P ?
(A) w b b l (B) w b b l
3 2
a a
(C) w b b l (D) w
a


MCQ 2.3.38 Which one of the following statements does not state that electrostatic field is
IES EE 2006 conservative ?
(A) The curl of E is identically zero
(B) The potential difference between two points is zero
(C) The electrostatic field is a gradient of a scalar potential
(D) The work done in a closed path inside the field is zero
MCQ 2.3.39 Sphere of radius a with a uniform charge density 4rv C/m3 shall have electric flux
IES EE 2006 density at r = a , equal to
ww
m
(A) a rv ir C/m2 (B) 1 rv ir C/m2
3 3
w.E
MCQ 2.3.40
(C) arv ir C/m2 (D) a rv ir C/m2
co
4
Equipotential surfaces about a pair of equal and opposite linear charges exist in
IES EE 2006 what form ?
asy
lp.
(A) Concentric spheres (B) Concentric cylinders
En
(C) Non-concentric cylinders (D) Planes
MCQ 2.3.41
gin
For electrostatic fields in charge free atmosphere, which one of the following is
he
IES EE 2005 correct ?

(A) d # E = 0 and d : E = 0
(B) d # E ! 0 and d : E = 0 eer
te
(C) d # E = 0 and d : E ! 0
(D) d # E ! 0 and d : E ! 0 ing
.ne
ga
MCQ 2.3.42 If the electric field established by three point charge Q , 2Q and 3Q exerts a force
IES EE 2005
(B) - F t
3F on 3Q and 2F on 2Q , then what is the force exerted on the point charge Q ?
w.
(A) F
(C) 5F (D) - 5F
MCQ 2.3.43 Which one of the following is the Poission’s equation for a linear and isotropic but
ww
IES EE 2005 inhomogeneous medium ?

r
(A) d2E =- (B) d : êdV h =- r
e
r
(C) d : d êV h =- r (D) d2V =-
e
MCQ 2.3.44 Plane z = 10 m carries surface charge density 20 nc/m2 . What is the electric field
IES EE 2004 at the origin ?
(A) - 10az v/m (B) - 18paz v/m
(C) 72paz v/m (D) - 360paz v/m


MCQ 2.3.45 Consider the following diagram :
IES EE 2004
m
ww The electric field E at a point P due to the presence of dipole as shown in the above
co
diagram (considering distance r >> distance d ) is proportional to
w.E (A) 1/r

(C) 1/r 3
lp.
(B) 1/r 2
(D) 1/r 4
MCQ 2.3.46
IES EE 2004 (A) Zero asy
What is the value of total electric flux coming out of a closed surface ?
En
(B) Equal to volume charge density
he
gin
(C) Equal to the total charge enclosed by the surface
(D) Equal to the surface charge density
eer
e
MCQ 2.3.47 A charge is uniformly distributed throughout the sphere of radius a . Taking the
potential at infinity as zero, the potential at r = b < a is
at
ing
IES EE 2003
b Qr b Q
(A) - # 3 dr (B) - # 2 dr
3 4pe0 a 3 4pe0 r
.ne
g
a Q b Qr a Q
(C) - # 2 dr - # 3 dr (D) - # 2 dr
3 4pe0 r a 4pe0 a 3 4pe0 r
t
w.
MCQ 2.3.48 A potential field is given by V = 3x 2 y - yz . Which of the following is not true ?
IES EE 2002 (A) At the point (1, 0, - 1), V and the electric field E vanish
ww
(B) x 2 y = 1 is an equipotential plane in the xy -plane

(C) The equipotential surface V =- 8 passes through the point P (2, - 1, 4)
(D) A unit vector normal to the equipotential surface V =- 8 at P is
(- 0.83x + 0.55y + 0.07z)
MCQ 2.3.49 The relation between electric intensity E , voltage applied V and the distance d
IES EE 2002 between the plates of a parallel plate condenser is
(A) E = V/d (B) E = V # d
(C) E = V/ (d) 2 (D) E = V # (d) 2
***********


SOLUTIONS 2.1

Since all the charges are exactly equal and at same distance from the centre. So,
ww
m
the forces get cancelled by the diagonally opposite charges and so the net force on
the charge located at centre is Fnet = 0 N
w.E
co
Since one of the four charges has been removed so, it will be treated as an additional
asy
- 2 C charge has been put on the corner, so the force due to the additional charge
will be :
lp.
(- 2) # (+ 1) # 10-9
En
F = k
(1) 2
= - 9 # 10 # 2 # 10-9 = 18 N
9
gin
he
and so the net force experienced by the charge located at center is

Fnet = 18 + 4 = 22 N
SOL 2.1.3 Option (A) is correct. eer
te
ing
Since the two point charges are positive so the introduced third point charge must
be negative as to make the entire system in equilibrium as shown below
.ne
ga
t
w.
as the system must be in equilibrium so the force between all the pair of charges
will be equal
ww
i.e. FAB = FCB = FAC

^9 h q ^36h q ^36h^9 h
2 = =
^3 - d h d2 ^3h2
Solving the equation we get,
q =- 4 C and d= 2m
Electric field intensity at any point P due to the two point charges Q1 and Q2 is
defined as
Q Q2
E = k e 1 3 R1 +
(R2) 3 o
R2
(R1)


where, R1 and R2 is the vector distance of the point P from the two point charges.
So the net electric field due to the two given point charges is
9 # 109 # (- 5) # 10-9 6(- 7 + 4) ax + (3 - 0) ay + (- 1 + 2) az@
E =
(- 7 + 4) 2 + (3 - 0) 2 + (- 1 + 2) 2
9 # 109 # 2 # 10-9 6(- 7 + 5) ax + (3 - 0) ay + (- 1 - 3) az@
+
(- 7 + 5) 2 + (3 - 0) 2 + (- 1 - 3) 2
- 45 6- 3ax + 3ay + az@ 18 6- 2ax + 3ay - 4az@
= 3/2 +
19 293/2
m
= 1.4ax - 1.284ay - 1.004az
ww
co
From the positions of the three point charges as shown in the figure below, we
w.E conclude that the electric field intensity due to all the point charges will be directed
along az .
lp.
asy
En
he
gin
eer
e
at
ing
.ne
g
So the net electric field intensity produced at the point P due to the three point
charges is
t
w.
Q
E = / a
4pe0 R R
(where R is the distance of point P from the charge Q )
Q 1 + 1 + 1
4pe0 ;(3 + 1) 2 (3) 2 (3 - 1) 2 E z
= a (aR = az )
ww
= 5 # 10-9 # 9 # 109 # : 1 + 1 + 1 D az = 29.0625az

16 9 4
Since, both the point charges are positive, so the point P must be located on the
line joining the two charges as shown in figure.


Given the net electric field intensity at point P is zero
i.e. SE = 0
Since, the direction of electric field intensity due to the two charges will be opposite
1 q 1 2q
So, : 4pe0 x2 D - = 4pe0 (1 - x) 2 G = 0
2x2 = (1 - x) 2
2
x + 2x - 1 = 0
x - 2 ! 4 + 4 =- 1 ! 2
2
x = 0.414 and x = - 3.414
ww
m
As discussed above the point P must be located between the two charges, so we
have the distance of point P from charge + Q as: x = 0.414 m
w.E
co
Given the volume charge density, rv = 2 mC = 2 # 10-6 C
So the total charge present throughout the shell is defined as the volume integral
asy
of the charge density inside the region:
lp.
i.e. Q = # r dv
En
v
2p p 0.03
= # # # (2 # 10-6) (r2 sin qdrdqdf)
gin
he
f = 0 q = 0 r = 0.02
3 0.03
= :4p (2 # 10-6) # r D
3 0.02
-10
= 1.6 # 10 = 160 pC
eer
te

The charge located in the region 2 cm < r < a is ing
Q
q = = 1 # 160 = 80 pC
.ne
ga
2 2
Similarly as calculated in previous question we have
q = # r dv
v
t
w.
2p p 0.03
or 80 pc = # # # (2 # 10-6) (r2 sin qdrdqdf)
f = 0 q = 0 r = 0.02
ww
3 a
or 80 # 10-12 = :4p # 2 # 106 # r D
3 0.02
-12 1/3
therefore, a = ; 3 # 80 # 10 -6 + (0.02) 3E = 4.59 cm = 4.6 cm
4p # 2 # 10
Charge density in a certain region is defined as the charge per unit volume.
Since the net charge in the subregion = 30% of the electronic charge
net charg e
So the charge density =
volume


30 -19
100 # (- 1.6 # 10 )
=
10-12
=- 4.8 # 10-8 =- 48 nC/m3
Given the surface charge density rS = r2 z
So the total charge distributed over the cylindrical surface is
, Q = # r dSS
m
1 2p
= # # (r z)(rdfdz) 2
(dS = rdfdz )
ww z=0 f=0
2 1
= 8 # :z D # 6f@20p at r = 2
co
2 0
w.E Option (D) is correct.

1
= 8 # # 2p = 8p = 35.1 mC
2
lp.
SOL 2.1.11
asy
Given the surface charge density
rS = 3xy C/m2
En
So, total stored charge on the triangular surface is
he
^3xy h dxdy = 6.5 C

2 -2x + 5
# r dS # #
SOL 2.1.12
Q =

S =
gin
x=1 y=1
eer
e
Total stored charge on the disk is evaluated by taking surface integral of the charge
density.
at
i.e. Q = # r dS
s = # (3r)^2prdr h
0
5
ing
3 5
= 6p :r D = 350p
.ne
g
3 0
t
w.

For an electric field to exist, the its curl must be zero. So, we check the existence
of the given field vector first.
ww
Given the electric field intensity

E = 2xyax + 4yzay + 6xzaz V/m
a x ay az
So, d#E = 2 2
2x
2
2y
2
2z
xy 2yz 3xz
= 2 6- 2yax - 3zay - xaz@ ! 0
Therefore, as the curl of the given electric field is not equal to zero so, the field
does not exist.
Electric field intensity in free space at a distance R from an infinite line charge
with charge density rL is defined as


rL R
E =
2pe0 R2
Given rL = 1 mC/m = 1 # 10-6 C/m
R =- 2ax - ay
(1 10-6) - 2ax - ay
2pe0 b l =- 7.2ax - 3.6ay kV/m
So, E = #
5
Electric flux density in a certain region for the given electric field intensity is
defined as
D = e0 E = e0 (x2 ax + 2xyay)
ww
m
So at the point (- 1, 0, 1) D = e0 (ax )
w.E co
According to Gauss law the total outward electric flux from a closed surface is
equal to the charge enclosed by it
i.e.
asy y = # D : dS = Q enc
lp.
So when the charge enclosed by the volume is zero then the net outward flux is
En
zero, or in other words, the net electric field flux emanating from an arbitrary
surface not enclosing a point charge is zero.
gin
he
Now, the electric field intensity outside a charged sphere having total charge Q is
determined by treating the sphere as a point charge
i.e. E =
Q
4pe0 r2
ar
eer
te
ing
where r is distance of the point form center of sphere and ar is it’s radial direction.
So the electric field intensity at any point outside the charged sphere is not zero.
.ne
ga
Therefore, Assertion(A) is true but Reason(R) is false.

E = 3r2 ar
t
w.
According to Gauss’s law the total charge stored in a closed surface is equal to the
surface integral of its flux density over the closed surface.
i.e. Qenc = # D : dS = e # E : dS0
ww
= e # (3r a ) dS
0
2
r
= e0 (3r ) (4pr2)
2
#
( dS = 4pr2 ar )
= e0 # 3 # 4p # 2 4 r = 2m
= 5.3 # 10-9 = 6.3 nC
According to Gauss law net outward electric flux from any closed surface is equal
to the total charge enclosed by the volume
i.e. y = Qenc
or, y = rv dv #


2p
1 p 1 (r2 sin qdrdqdf)
= # # #
r=0 f=0 q=0
b r 2l
= 1 # 2 # 2p = 4p C
As we have already determined the total electric flux crossing the surface r = 1 m
So, electric flux density D at r = 1 m is evaluated as below:
Total electric flux y = # D : dS
So we have # D : dS = 4p ( y = 4p )
m
2
D (4pr ) = 4p
ww D = 12 = 1 C/m2
co
r
w.E
SOL 2.1.20
Thus
D = 4ar C/m2
lp.
As the point charge is located at origin. So flux due to it will be emanating from
asy
all the eight quadrants symmetrically.
So the flux through the portion of plane x + y = 2 m lying in first octant is 1/8 of
En
the total flux emanating from the charge located at origin.
he
and from Gauss law, total flux = Qenc = 8 C
gin
Q
So, flux through the surface x + y = 2 m is enc = 8 = 1 C
8 8
eer
e

We construct a Gaussian surface at r = r as shown in figure.
at
ing
.ne
g
t
w.
ww
So, according to Gauss law the total outward flux through the surface r = r will
be equal to the charge enclosed by it.
i.e. D ^2prh h = rv ^pr2 h h (assume the height of the cylinder is h )
So, D = rv r
2
Therefore the electric field intensity at a distance r from the cylindrical axis is
r
E = D = v ar k
e0 e0 2
Thus E\r
According to Gauss law the surface integral of the electric flux density over a closed


surface is equal to the total charge enclosed inside the region defined by closed
surface.
i.e. # D : dS = Qenc
or # E : dS = 1 Qene (since E = D )
e0 e0
As we have to evaluate E for r # 2 and since the charge density is zero for r # 2
so Qenc = 0 (for r # 2 )
1
#
Therefore, E : dS = # 0
e0
E =0
ww
m
Again from Gauss law, we have the surface integral of electric field intensity over
w.E the Gaussian surface at r = 3 as

# E : dS = 1 Qenc
e0
co
asy # E : dS = 1 rv dv = 1 0dv + 1 ^4/r2h dv
e0 # e0 # e0 #
lp.
1 4r2 4 3 1 4 44 2 4 44 3
En
#2 21r#3
3 2p
E (4p # (3) 2) = 1 4 (r2 sin qdrdqdf)
p
# # #
e0 r = 2 0 0 b r2 l
gin
E (4p # 9) = 4p # 4 (3 - 2)
he
e0
E = 4 ar
9e0
eer
te

ing
As calculated in the previous question, we have the surface integral of the electric
.ne
ga
field intensity over the Gaussian surface r = 5 as

# E : dS = 1 rv dv = 1 0dv + 1 ^4/r2h dv + 1 0dv
# # # #
e0
E (4p # (5) 2) = 1
4
e0
1 4r2
2p
#2
e0
4 3 1 4 4421r#4
4 (r2 sin qdrdqdf) t
e0
2 4 44 3 1 4 243
41r#5
w.
p
# # #
e0 r = 2 0 0 b r2 l
E (100p) = 4p # 4 dr
4
e0 # 2
ww
E = 12 a
25e0 r
According to Gauss’s law
rv = edE
So when the field intensity is uniform
dE = 0
and rv = edE = 0
So no charge can be present in a uniform electric field.


According to Gauss law the volume Charge density in a certain region is equal to
the divergence of electric flux density in that region
i.e. rv = d : D
= 12 2 br2 cos3 q l + 1 2 b sin q sin q

l
r 2 r r r sin q 2q 2r 3
=- 14 cos q + 14 cos q
r r
=0
m
ww
According to Gauss law the volume Charge density in a certain region is equal to
co
the divergence of electric flux density in that region.
w.E i.e. rv = d : D = 2x
So total charge enclosed by the cube is
lp.
asy
2 2 1
Q = # r dv
v = # # # (2x) (dxdydz)
0 0 -1
= 4 # 2 # 2 = 14 C
En
he
V = / 4pe0 R gin
Net electric potential due to two or more point charges is defined as :
Q
eer
e
So, the electric potential at point P due to the two point charges is
Q1 Q2
at
V = +
4pe0 R1 4pe0 R2
ing
where Q1 =+ 1 mC , Q2 =- 1 mC and R1, R2 are the distance of the point P from the
two point charges respectively.
.ne
g
So, we have R1 = (- 3 - 0) 2 + (0 - 0) 2 + (- 4 - 1) 2 = 5.83
t
w.
R2 = (- 3 - 0) 2 + (0 - 0) 2 + (- 4 + 1) 2 = 4.24
-6
Thus V = 10 : 1 - 1 D =- 578.9 V
4pe0 5.83 4.24
ww

Electric field at any point is equal to the negative gradient of potential
i.e. E =- dV =-c 2 V + 2 V + 2 V m
2x 2y 2z
3x 6y
2 m a x + c 2xyz + 2
x + 2y2 + 3z2 m
=-=cy2 z3 + 2 2
3
ay
x + 2y + 3z
+c 3xy2 z2 + 2 9z
x + 2y 2 + 3 z 2 m G
az
So, at the point P (x = 3, y = 2, z =- 1)
E = 3.6ax + 11.4ay - 35.6az V/m
Electric flux density in terms of field intensity is defined as


D = e0 E
So, at point P (3, 2, - 1), D = e0 (3.6ax + 11.4ay - 35.6az )
= 31.4ax + 101ay - 314.5az pC/m2
Laplace’s equation for a scalar function V is defined as
d2 V = 0
but at the point of maxima d2 V must have a negative value while at the point
of minima d2 V must have a positive value. So the condition of maxima/minima
doesn’t satisfy the Laplace’s equation, therefore the potential function will have
ww neither a maxima nor a minima inside the defined region.
m
w.E Electric force experienced by a point charge q located in the field E is defined as
F = qE
co
So, the force applied at the point charge + 1 C located at (0, y, 0) is
asy
F = (1)
Qd
4pe0 r3
62 cos2 qar + sin qaq@ (q =+ 1 C )
lp.
6sin 90c (- az )@
Qd
En
=
4pe0 r3
- Qd
( q = 90c, a q =- az , r = y )
= az
gin
he
4pe0 y3
***********
eer
te
ing
.ne
ga
t
w.
ww


SOLUTIONS 2.2
m
For determining the position of the third charge, first of all we evaluate the total
ww electric field at the given point C (0,1,0) due to the two point charges located at
co
points A(1,0,0) and B (- 1, 0, 0 ) respectively as shown in figure.
w.E lp.
asy
En
he
gin
eer
e
Electric field due to the charge located at point A is

âx + ay h
E1 = kQ AC 3 = 9 # 109 b 1 l # 10-9 # ^ x
9 a +a
yh
at
AC 2
and the electric field due to charge at point B is ing
^ 1 + 1h
3 =
4 2
^BC h
.ne
^- ax + ay h
g
E2 = kQ 3 = 9 # 10 # b 2 l # 10
9 1 -9
3 = ^ x
9 -a + a
yh
^ 1 + 1h
#
BC 4 2
t
w.
So, E1 + E2 = 9 âx + ay h + 9 ^- ax + ay h = 9 ay
4 2 4 2 2 2
As the field is directed in ay direction so for making E = 0 the third charge of
ww
+ 2 nC must be placed on y -axis at any point y > 1. Consider the position of the
third charge is (0, y, 0). So, electric field at point C due to the third charge is.
9 109 # ( 2 ) # 10-9
E3 = # (- ay)=- 9 2 2 ay
(y - 1) 2 (y - 1)
and since the total electric field must be zero
So, we have E1 + E 2 + E 3 = 0
9 a - 9 2 a =0
y y
2 2 (y - 1) 2
(y - 1) 2 = 4 or y = 3 , - 1
as discussed above y > 1, so the point will be located at y = 3
i.e. Point P will have the coordinate (0, 3, 0)


Electric field intensity at any point P due to the uniformly charged plane with
charge density rS is defined as
r
E = s an
2e0
where an is the unit vector normal to the plane directed toward point P
Since the unit vector normal to any plane f = 0 is defined as
4f
an = !
4f
So, we have the unit vector normal to the given charged plane 3x + 4y = 0 as
ww 3a + 4 a y 3a + 4a y
m
an = ! x 2 =! x ( f = 3x + 4y )
3 +4 2 5
Since at point (1, 0, 3) f > 0 , so, we take the positive value of an .
w.ETherefore,
r
E = s an =
2e0 -9
2 (10 /36p)
co
(2 # 10-9) 3ax + 4ay
b 5 l ( rS = 2 nC/m2 )
asy= 36
4 ^ x
p 3a + 4ay h = 67.85ax + 90.48ay V/m
lp.
SOL 2.2.3
En
Horizontal component of the electric field intensity will be cancelled due to the
gin
uniform distribution of charge in the circular loop. So the net electric field will have
he
only the component in az direction and defined as below :
eer
te
ing
.ne
ga
t
w.
ww
E = 1 rL (2pr) 2 z 2 3/2 az
4pe0 ^r + z h
= (9 # 109) # (2 # 10-9) # (2p # 4) 3
3/2 a z
^42 + 32h
= 9 # 2 # 2p # 4 # 3 az = 12.56az V/m
125
Electric flux density produced at a distance r from a point charge Q located at
origin is defined as


Q
D = ar
4p r 2
So, the divergence of the electric flux density is
Q
d : D = 12 2 cr2
4pr2 m
=0
r 2r
So it is 0 for all the points but at origin (r = 0) its divergence can’t be defined.
m
ww
co
w.E lp.
asy
En
he
The total flux leaving the closed surface is

#
y = D : dS
gin( dS is normal vector to surface)
eer
e
The closed cube has total eight surfaces but as the vector field has no component
in az direction so we have the integrals only through the four separate surfaces as
at
shown in the figure

ing
So, y = # #
1 1
x2 y dydz + # #
1 1
.ne
- x2 y dydz
g
0 0 0 0
t
w.
at x = 0, front at x = 1, back
1 1 1 1
+ # #
0 0
- x2 y2 dxdz + # #
0 0
x2 y2 dxdz
1 1 1 1 at y = 0, left at y = 1, right
=- # # ydydz + # # x2 dxdz
ww
0 0 0 0
2 1 3 1
y
=-; E 6z @10 + :x D 6z @10 =- 1 # 1 + 1 # 1 =- 1
2 0 3 0 2 5 4
Given the electric flux density
D = x2 yax + y2 x2 ay C/m2
So, div D = d : D = c 2 ax + 2 ay + 2 az m : ^x2 ya x + y2 x2 a y h

2x 2y 2z
d : D = 62xy + 2x y@
2
=1+1 = 3 (center of the cube is located at b 1 , 1 , 1 l)

2 4 4 2 2 2


From the given data we have the electric flux density at r = 0.2 m as
D = 5r2 a r nC/m2
According to Gauss law the volume charge density at any point is equal to the
divergence of the flux density at that point, so we have the volume charge density
at r = 0.2 m as
rv = d : D
= 12 2 ^r2 (5r2)h = 12 # 5 # 4r3
r 2r r
= 20r = 4 nC/m3 (r = 0.2 m )
ww
m
Again from the given data we have the electric flux density at r = 1 m as
w.E D = 2/r2 a r nC/m2

So, the volume charge density at r = 1 m is
co
rv = d : D = 12 2 cr2 b 22 l m = 0
asy r 2r r
lp.
Given the moment
En p = 4pe0 az C- m
The electric field intensity at any point (r, q, f) produced due to an electric dipole
gin
he
lying along z -axis and having the dipole moment p in az direction is defined as
p
E =
4pe0 r3
eer
(2 cos qar + sin qa q)
E = 13 ^2 cos qar + sin qa q h

te
( p = 4pe0 az C- m )
r
Now, given that the z -component of electric field is zeroing
i.e. Ez = E : az = 0
.ne
ga
6 z @
1 2 cos q (a : a ) + sin q (a : a ) = 0
r3
r z
6
q
@
1 2 cos2 q - sin2 q = 0 t
w.
r3
2 cos2 q - sin2 q = 0 Ez = 0
26 @
1 1 + 3 cos 2q = 0
ww
Thus q = 54.7c or q = 125.3c

Therefore the conical surface of angle q = 54.7c or 125.3c will have the electric field
component Ez = 0 .
Electric field intensity produced at a distance r from an infinite line charge with
charge density rL is defined as
rL
E =
2pe0 r
and since the electric potential at point (1, p/2, 2) is zero so, the electric potential at


point (r, f, z) will be equal to the integral of the electric field from point (1, p/2, 2)
to the point to (r, f, z).
(r, f, z) r r r r
i.e. V =- E : dl =- b L l dr = :- L ln (r)D
# #
(1, p/2, 2) 1 2 pe0 r 2 pe0 1
1
V = 2 # 10-9 # 9 # 109 ln b l = 18 ln b l 1 ( rL =+ 1 nC )
r r
Note: Since the infinite line charge has the equipotential cylindrical surface so for
taking the line integral, f and z has not been considered.
m
Electric potential at any point for a given electric field E is defined as
ww i.e. #
V =- E : dl + C
co
Now given the electric field intensity in spherical coordinate system
w.E E = 2 2r 2 a r
(r + 4)
and since the differential displacement in the spherical system is given as
lp.
asy dl = drar + rdra q + r sin qdfaf
So we have the electric potential
,
En V =- # 2r dr + C = 2 1 + C
he
(r2 + 4) 2 r +4
At maxima,
-1
dV = 0
dr
gin
# 2r = 0
eer
e
(r2 + 4) 2
Solving the equation we get, r = 0 and r = 3
at
at r = 0 d 2 V =- ve
dr2 ing
So the electric potential will be maximum at origin.
.ne
g
t
w.
As calculated in the previous question, the electric potential at point (r, q, f) is

V = 21 +C
r +4
ww
So at r = 0 , electric potential is V1 = 1 + C
4
and at r = 2 electric potential is V2 = 1 + C
8
So potential difference between the two surfaces is :
V12 = b 1 + C l - b 1 + C l = 1 volt
4 8 2
Electric potential at a distance R from a dipole having moment p is defined as
p:R
V =
4pe0 R 3
So we have the potential at point A due to the dipole located at point B as:


3
b 5 ax - ay + 2az l : (ax + ay + 8az ) # 10
-9
p : AB
V = =
4pe0 AB 3
4pe0 ( 12 + 12 + 82 ) 3
= 0.6 V
Since the charge is being split and placed on a circular loop so the distance of all
the newly formed point charges from the center of the loop will be equal as shown
in the figure.
ww
m
w.E co
asy
lp.
En
gin
he
Therefore, the potential at the center of the loop will be

eer
te
Q/4 (20 # 10-9)

V = 4c
= 36 V
4pe0 r m = (9 # 109) #
5
ing (Q = 20 nC )
.ne
ga
t
The work done in carrying a charge q from point A to point B in the field E is
defined as
w.
B
W =- q # E : dl
A
Given the electric field intensity in the cartesian system as

ww
E = 2yax + 2xay
and since the differential displacement in cartesian system is given as
So, the work done in carrying charge q =+ 2 C from point A ^1, 1/2, 3h to the point
B (4, 1, 0) is
4 1
W =- 2 ; # 2ydx + # 2xdyE
x=1 y = 1/2
The curve along which the charge is being carried is given as

y = x & x = 2y2
2


2 _ x/2 i dx +
4 1
Therefore, we have W =- 2 ; # # 2 ^2y2h dyE
1 1/2
=- 4 ; 2 6x3/2@1 + 2 6y3@11/2E =- 4 ;7 2 + 7 E
4
3 3 3 12
=- 15.5 J
m
ww
co
w.E lp.
asy
The work done in carrying a charge q from one point to other point in the field E
is defined as
En
W =- q # E : dl
he
and since the differential displacement for the defined circular arc is dl = rdfaf as
obtained from the figure
gin p/4
# (xa
So, the work done is W =- 2
eer - yay) : (rdfaf)
e
x
f=0
now we put x = r cos f , y = r sin f and ax : af =- sin f , ay : af = cos f in the

at
expression to get
W =- 2 #
p/4
ing
- 2r2 sin f cos fdf =- 2 # 1
p/4
# - sin (2f) df ( r = 1)
.ne
g
0 0
=+ 1 J
t
w.

ww
Consider the last charge is being placed at corner D so the potential at D due to
the charges placed at the corners A, B, C is


-9
q
V = 1 / = 10 <1 + 1 + 1F
4pe0 r 4pe0 1 2 1
= (9 # 109) # 10-9 # c 2 + 1 m
2
= 34.36 volt
As the potential at infinity is zero so the work done in carrying the last charge from
infinity to the fourth corner is
W = qV = 10-9 # 24.36 (q = 1 nC )
= 24.36 nJ
ww
m
Consider the first charge is being placed at A so the potential at A will be zero as
there is no any charge present at any of the corner and therefore the work done in
w.E carrying the first charge is

W1 = 0
co
now consider the second charge is being placed at B so the potential at B will be
asy
only due to the charge at corner A
lp.
q
i.e. V2 =
En 4pe0 a
and therefore the work done in placing the second charge at B is
q
gin
he
W2 = qV2 = q b
4pe0 a l
eer
-18
= 1 # 10 = 9 nJ
4pe0 1
te
V3 = 1
q 10-9 1
+ 1 m
ing
and similarly the potential at the corner C will be due to the charges at corners A
and B
i.e. /
4pe0 r 4pe0 c 1
=
.ne
ga
2
therefore the work done in placing the third charge at C is
W3 = qV3 = q = 1 c1 + 1 mG
4pe0 2 t
w.
= (9 # 10 ) # 10 c 1 + 1m
9 -18
2
and the work done in placing the last charge at D has already been calculated in
ww
previous question
i.e. W4 = 24.36 nJ
So the total work done in assembling the whole configuration of four charges is
W = W1 + W2 + W3 + W4
= 0 + 9 + 15.36 + 24.36 = 48.72 nJ
The work done in carrying a charge q from point A to point B in the field E is
defined as
B
W =- q # E : dl
A


Given that q = 2C
E = sin fa r + (z + 1) r cos faf + r sin faz
and since the given points A and B have r1 = r2 = 2 and z1 = z2 = 1 so the differential
displacement in the cylindrical coordinate system from A to B may be given as
dl = rdfaf for 0 < f < 30c.
30c
Therefore the work done is, W =- 2 #
f = 0c
_^z + 1h r cos f i (rdf)
=- 2 # (1 + 1) # (2) 2 # 6sin f@30
0c
c
=- 8 # 1 =- 4 J
m
2
ww
co
Consider the + 1 mC charge is transferred first, from infinity to the given point
w.E A (- 3, 6, 0) so the work done for transferring the charge will be zero as there is no
charge initially present.
now the potential at point B due to the charge at A is
lp.
asy V = 1
qA
4pe0 AB
En = 9 # 109 10-6 = 9 # 103 (qA = 1 mC)

he
52 + 102 + 12 126
gin
So the work done in transferring the charge + 2 mC at point B is
W = qB V
eer
3
= (2 # 10-3) # c 9 # 10 m
e
(qB = 2 mC )
126
= 1.604 J
at
SOL 2.2.21 Option (B) is correct. ing

.ne
g
t
w.
ww
The total potential energy stored in the system is given by

4
W = 1 qn Vn
/
2n=1
where qn is the charges at the four corners and Vn is the total electric potential at
the corresponding corners.
For the 1st corner :


Charge, q1 = 8 nC
and potential, V1 = V21 + V31 + V41
where V21 , V31 and V41 are the potential at the 1st corner due to the charges q2 , q 3
and q 4 respectively
q q3 q
V1 = 1 : 2 +
4pe0 0.01 0.01 2 0.01D
So, + 4 (q2 = q 3 = q 4 = 8 nC )
-9
= 8 # 10 < 1 + 1 + 1
4pe0 0.01 0.01 2 0.01F
= 1.944 # 10 4 V
Since all the charges are equal so the potential will be same at all the corners and
ww
m
therefore the total potential energy stored in the system of the charges is
W = 1 # 4 ^q1 V1h
w.E Option (C) is correct.

2
co
= 2 # (8 # 10-9) # (1.944 # 10 4) = 0.312 mJ
SOL 2.2.22
asy
Energy density in a certain region in free space having electric field intensity E is
lp.
defined as
En
wE = 1 e0 E : E
2
gin
he
and since the electric field is equal to the negative gradient of the potential so we
have E =- dV
=-;2V ax + 2V ay + 2V azE
2x 2y 2z eer
te
= ; 2 ax + 2 ay + 1 2 azE V/m
1
x yz
1
xy z
So the energy density inside the cube will be
xyz
ing
.ne
ga
wE = 1 e0 (E : E) = 1 e0 ; 4 12 2 + 2 14 2 + 2 12 4 E
2 2 x yz xy z xyz
Therefore the total energy stored in the cube is
#w t
w.
WE = E dv
WE = 1 e0 1 1 1
2 2 2
2 # # #
1 1 1
;x 4 y2 z2 + x2 y 4 z2 + x2 y2 z 4 E dxdydz
ww
= e0 - 1 1 - 1 - 1 2 dydz
2 2
# #
2 1 1 ; b 3 l x3 y2 z2 xy 4 z2 xy2 z 4 E
1
e
= #3#
0 7 = 12.68 # 10 J -13
2 96
As calculated in the above question energy density at any point inside the cube is
wE = 1 e0 ; 4 12 2 + 2 14 2 + 2 12 4 E
2 x yz xy z xyz
So, at the centre of the cube (1.5, 1.5, 1.5) the energy density is
wE = 1 e0 ; 3
2 (1.5) 4 (1.5) 2 (1.5) 2 E
= 5.18 # 10-13 J


The charged sphere will be treated as a point charge for the field at any point
outside the sphere. So, the electric field at distance r from the centre of the sphere
will be :
Q
E = 1 2 (For r 2 R )
4pe0 r
So the electric potential at the point will be :
r
V (r) =-# E : dl
3
(Taking 3 as a reference point)
m
Q Q r
=- 1 # =- 1 :- D
r
dr
ww 4pe 4pe0 r 3
2
r0 3
Q
= 1 #
co
4pe0 r
w.E So, V (r) \

r
1
The graph of V (r) will be as : lp.

asy
En
he
gin
eer
e
at
SOL 2.2.25 Option (A) is correct. ing

.ne
g
t
w.
ww
For determining the electric field inside the spherical region at distance r (# R)
from the centre of sphere we construct a Gaussian surface as shown in the figure.
So the surface integral of the electric field over the Gaussian surface is given as
4
pr 3
E (4pr2) = 1 Qenc = 1 >Q e 43 3 oH
e0 e0 3 pR
So, the electric field at a distance r from the center is


Q 3
Q r
E = 1 2 c r 3 m ar = a (for r # R )
4p r e0 R 4 pe0 R3 r
Therefore the electric potential at the point P will be the line integral of the field
intensity from infinity to the point P
R r
i.e. V (r) =-; E1 : dr +
# #E 2 : dr E
3 R
where E1 " electric field outside the sphere as calculated in previous question.
E2 " electric field inside the sphere
R
1 Q dr + r 1 Q r dr
V (r) =-= #3 4pe0 r
2
R
#
c 4pe0 R3 m G
ww Q 1
;
2 2
- 13 b r - R lE
m
=
4pe0 R R 2
So, V (r) decreases with increase in r .
w.E
co
The total stored energy inside a region having charge density rv and potential V
is defined as
asy
lp.
WE = 1 rv Vdv
#
2
En
As calculated in previous question the electric potential at any point inside the
sphere is
gin
he
Q 1 1 r2 - R2
4pe0 ;R R3 b 2 lE
V (r) = -
= 1 :1 (3 - r2)D
4pe0 2 eer
(R = 1 m , Q = 1 C)
te
Therefore the total energy stored inside the sphere is

WE = 1 e 4
1 Q 1
2 0 3 pR3 o: 4pe0 # 2
# 1 (3 - r2) (4pr2 dr)
D
ing
.ne
ga
= 3 # 1 # 4p (3r2 - r 4) dr
1
# (R = 1 m , Q = 1 C)
8p 4pe0
= 3 :r3 - r D
5 1
2 0
t
w.
16pe0 5 0
9
= 3 # 4 = 3 # 9 # 10 # 4 = 27 # 109 = 24.4 # 109 J
16pe0 5 4#5 5
ww

The electric field to counter act the gravitational force must produce the same force
as applied by gravity but in opposite direction.
i.e. e Ê h = me g ^- ar h
where e is the charge of an electron, me is the mass of electron, g is acceleration
due to gravity and ar is radial direction of earth.
So, taking the magnitude only we have the required field intensity,
mg ^9.1 # 10-31h # 9.8
E = e = = 15.57 # 10-11 V/m
e 1.6 # 10-19


Consider the electric field intensity produced at point P b 0, 1 , 1 l due to the charges
4 4
located at points A, B and C respectively as shown in figure is EA , EB and EC
respectively.
m
ww
co
w.E So the net electric field at point P is
Enet = EA + EB + EC
lp.
defined as E = asy
and since the electric field intensity at any distance R from a point charge Q is
Q R
4pe0 R 3
En
Enet = 1 =Q PA 3 + kQ PB 3 + kQ PC 3 G
he
So
4pe0 PA PB PC
gin
b 14 ay + 14 az l b- 34 ay + 14 az l
1 3
b 4 ay - 4 a z l
1
eer
e
= Q + kQ + kQ
4pe0 1 2 1 2 3/2 3 2 1 2 3/2 1 2 3 2 3/2
;b 4 l + b 4 l E ;b 4 l + b 4 l E ;b 4 l + b 4 l E
at
and since Enet = 0 so we have

b 4 l # ^16h
1 3/2
3k 1k ing
4 4
.ne
g
- + =0
^2 h3/2 3 2 + 1 2 3/2 3 2 + 1 2 3/2
;b 4 l b 4 l E ;b 4 l b 4 l E
t
w.
Solving the equation we get k = 15.59

ww
The point charges can be represented as shown below.
So the electric field at point ^x, 0, 0h will be directed along x -axis. Taking only
magnitude we have the net electric field intensity at ^x, 0, 0h as
Q 2Q Q
E = 2 - 2 +
4pe0 ^x - a h 4pe0 x 4pe0 ^x + a h2
Q 2a a 2 2Q Q 2a a 2
= 2 :1 + x + 3 a x k + ...D - 2 + 2 :1 - x + 3 a x k - ....D
4pe0 x 4pe0 x 4pe0 x
a
Since x >> a , neglecting higher powers of a k we get
x


Q 2Q Q
1 + 2a + 3 a a k D - 1 - 2a + 3 a a k D
4pe0 x2 : 4pe0 x2 4pe0 x2 :
2 2
E = +
x x x x
6Qa2 6Qa2
= 4 = Kc m
4pe0 x x4
According to Gauss law the surface integral of electric field intensity over a Gaussian
surface is defined as
# E : dS = 1 Qenc
e0
So for the Gaussian surface outside the sphere at a distance r (2 R) from the
ww
m
centre of the sphere we have
r ( 4 pR3)
E (4pr2) = v 3 (there is no charge outside the sphere)
w.E e0
rv ^ 43 pR3h
co
Therefore at any point outside the sphere r ^> Rh the electric field intensity will be
rv R3
2 ar = e c 2 m ar
asy
E =
4pe0 r 0 3r
lp.
and for the Gaussian surface inside the sphere at a distance r (# R) from the
En
center of the sphere we have
r ( 4 pr3)
E (4pr2) = v 3
e0
gin
he
Therefore at any point inside the sphere, the electric field intensity will be
E = 1
rv b 4 pr3 l
3 r
eer
ar = v a r k ar
te
e0 4pr2 e0 3
SOL 2.2.31 Option (C) is correct. ing
.ne
As discussed in Q.55. The electric field at any point inside a charged solid sphere is
ga
r
E = v a r k ar
e0 3
t
where r is the distance from center of the sphere and rv is the volume charge
w.
density given as
rv = 4
Q
= 2 # 10-9 (Q = 2 nC , R = 3 m )
3 p ^3h
3 3
3 pR
4
ww
= 1.77 # 10-11 C/m3

So the force acting on electron when it is at a distance r from the center of the
sphere is
F = eE (e is the charge of an electron)
2
r
me d r2 = e v a r k (me is mass of an electron)
dt e0 3
d 2 r = ^- 1.6 # 10 h^1.77 # 10 h r
-19 -11
^9.1 # 10 h^8.85 # 10 h
2 -31 -12 #3
dt
d 2 r =- 2.17 1011 r
^ # h
dt2


2
^ h
d r + 1.17 1011 r = 0
#
dt2
Solving the differential equation we have
r = A1 cos ^ 1.17 # 1011 t h + A2 sin ^ 1.17 # 1011 t h ....(i)
where A1 and A2 are constants.
Now, at t = 0 , r = 3 m as the electron is located at one end of the hole.
So putting it in equation (i) we get, A1 = 3
again at t = 0 , dr = 0 as the electron is released from rest.
dr
So putting it in equation (i) we get A2 = 0
m
ww Thus the position of electron at any time t is
r = 3 cos ^ 1.17 # 1011 t h
co
at t = 1 m sec r = 2.83 m
w.E
As calculated in above question the position of the electron at any time t is
lp.
r = 3 cos ^ 1.17 # 1011 t h
So, asy
2pf = 1.17 # 1011
En 11
f = 1.17 # 10 = 5.44 # 10 4 Hz = 54.4 KHz
he
2p
gin
The portion of the plane y + z = 1 m lying in the first octant bounded by the
planes x = 0 and x = 1 m has been shown in the figure through which we have to
eer
e
determine the total electric field flux.

at
ing
.ne
g
t
w.
ww
According to Gauss law the total outward flux through a closed surface is equal to
the charge enclosed by it.
i.e. y = # D : dS = Q enc
So the total electric field flux emanating flux from the line charge between x = 0
and x = 1 m is
Q rL ^1 h rL
# E : dS = enc =
e0 e0
=
e0
and by symmetry, flux through the defined surface will be one fourth of the total
electric field flux emanating from the defined portion .


# E : dS rL
i.e. the electric flux crossing the surface = =
4 4e0
Note: It must be kept in mind that the total electric flux is # D : dS while the
total electric field flux is # E : dS
Consider a point P inside the cylindrical surface of 2 m as shown in figure.
ww
m
w.E co
asy
lp.
En
Now we make the use of superposition to evaluate the electric field at point P by
gin
he
considering the given charge distribution as the sum of two uniformly distributed
cylindrical charges, one of radius 5 m and the other of radius 2 m, and such that
eer
the total charge in the hole is zero. Thus we obtain the net electric field at point
P as
te
Enet = E1 + E2
ing
where E1 is the electric field intensity at point P due to the uniformly charged
cylinder of radius 5 m that has the charge density ^5 nC/m3h, while E2 is the
.ne
ga
electric field intensity at point P due to charged cylinder of radius 2 m that has
the charge density ^- 5 nC/m3h
t
As calculated in MCQ.61 the electric field intensity at a distance r from the
w.
cylindrical axes having uniform charge density rv is

r
E = vr
e0 2
ww
r -9
So we have E1 = v R1 = 5 # 10 R1
2e0 2e0
r -9
and E2 = v R2 = - 5 # 10 R2
2e0 2e0
So the net electric field at point P is
-9
Enet = 5 # 10 ^R1 - R2h
2e0
By the triangle law of vector
R1 - R 2 = C = a x (separation = 1 m )
-9
So, Enet = 5 # 10 âx h = 282.5ax V/m
2e0


As we have calculated the electric field for the same distribution in Q.55. So we
evaluate the electric potential by taking the line integral of the field intensity.
i.e. V =- E : dl #
Z rv r
]] a k a r for r # R
e0 3
E =[
]] rv c R 2 m a r for r > R
3
e0 3r
\
m
The electric potential at any point outside the sphere ^r > Rh is
ww r
#
V =- E : dl =-
r r
# v R
3 e0 3l
c
3
2 m dl
co
3
r R3 r
r R3
=- v ;- 1E = v
w.E 3e0 l 3 3e0 r
and the electric potential at any point inside the sphere ^r # Rh is
lp.
asy
R R r 3 r r
v R v l
r
V =-; E : dl + E : dl E =-
# # # #
dr - b l dl
3 e0 3r R e0 3
2
3 R
r R3 r 2 r r R3 r 2 2
=- v :- 1 D - v :l D =- v :- 1 D - v :r - R D
R
En 3e0 r 3 3e0 2 R 3e0 R 3e0 2 2

he
rv 3R2 r2 rv 2
R2 - r l
3e0 b 2
- l=
2e0 b
=
gin
2 3
eer
e
at
ing
.ne
g
t
w.
ww
Given the total charge on the disk is Q = 900p mC = 900p # 10-6 C

radius of the disk is a =6m
and since the charge has been distributed uniformly over the surface so the small
charge element dQ on the disk at a distance r from the center as shown in figure
is given as
-6
Q
dQ = b l dS = 900p # 210 ^rdrdfh
S p ^6 h
= 25 # 10-6 rdrdf
The force applied by the charge element dQ on the 150 mC charge located at point
P is
(150 # 10-6) dQ (150 # 10-6) dQ
dF = =
R2 (r2 + 16)


As the disk has uniformly distributed charge so the horizontal component of the
field is get cancelled and the net force will have the only component in az direction
and the net force by projection on z -axis is given as
2p 6 ^150 # 10-6h^25 # 10-6 rdrdf h 4
F = # # # d r2 + 16 n
f=0 r=0 4pe0 ^r + 16h
2
F = 270p ;- 2 1 6
E
r + 16 0
= 9.44 N

Electric field at any point due to infinite surface charge distribution is defined as
r
ww E = s an
m
2e0
where rs " surface charge density
w.E an " unit vector normal to the sheet directed toward the point where
field is to be determined.
co
At origin electric field intensity due to sheet at y =+ 1 is
asy r
E1 = s ^- ay h =- 5 ay ân =- ay h
lp.
2e0 2e0
En
and electric field intensity at origin due to sheet at y =- 1 is
r
E-1 = s ây h = 5 ay ân = ay h
2e0 2e0
gin
he
So net field intensity at origin is

E = E+1 + E-1 =- 5 ay + 5 ay = 0
2e0 2e0
eer
te

ing
As the test charge is placed at point ^2, 5, 4h. So it will be in the region y > + 1 for
which electric field is given as
.ne
ga
E = E+1 + E-1
r r
= s ây h + s ây h
2e0 2e0
2 # ^5 # 10-9h t
(for both the sheet an = ay )
w.
-9
= ay = 5 # 10 ay
2e0 e0
Therefore the net force on the charge will be
ww
-9
F = qE = ^5 # 10-6hc 5 # 10 m ay = 2.83 # 10-3 N
e0
Since the electric field intensity due to a sheet charge is defined as
r
E = s an
2e0
So it doesn’t depend on the distance from the sheet and given as
E = E+1 + E-1
r r r -9
= s ^- ay h + s ^- ay h =- s ay =- 5 # 10 ay
2e0 2e0 2e0 2e0
So, it will be constant as we move away from the sheet.


As the charge is redistributed so the total charge will remain same on the sphere.
Total charge before redistribution.
Q1 = rv dv = ^6 C/m3hb 4 p ^1 h3 l
# (rv = 6 C/m2)
3
= 8p Coulomb
and total charge after redistribution
k ^3 - r2h 4pr2 dr
1
Q2 = # r dv v = #
r=0
m
Since Q1 = Q 2
ww So, we have 8p = #
5 1
k ^4ph^3r2 - r 4h dr = 4pk :r3 - r D = 4pk :1 - 1 D
1
5 0 5
co
0
or k = 3.5
w.E
According to Gauss’s law the total electric flux through any closed surface is equal
lp.
asy
to the total charge enclosed by the volume.
Now consider the complete spherical surface defined by r = 48 m through which
En
the total flux is equal to the point charge.
he
So the total flux passing through the hemispherical surface will be half of the point
charge.
i.e. y = =
Q 50 mC
= 25 mC gin
2 2
eer
e

For any point inside the sphere when we draw a symmetrical spherical surface
at
ing
(Gaussian surface) then the charge enclosed is zero as all the charge is concentrated
on the surface of the hollow sphere.
.ne
g
So according to Gauss’s law

# #
e0 E : dS = rv dv = 0
t
w.
therefore E = 0 at any point inside the hollow sphere.

now at any point outside the sphere at a distance r from the center when we draw
a symmetrical closed surface(Gaussian surface) then the charge enclosed is
ww
Qenc = rs ^4pR2h
and according to Gauss’s law
e0 # E : dS = Qenc
e0 E ^4pR2h = rs ^6pR2h
r 2
E = s c R2 m ar
e0 r
Electric field intensity at any point due to uniform surface charge distribution is
defined as
r
E = s an
2e0


where rs " surface charge density
an " unit vector normal to the sheet directed toward the point where
field is to be determined.
The electric field intensity due to the upper plate will be
EU = 2 ^- az h ân =- az h
2e0
and the field intensity due to lower plate will be
El =- 2 âz h ân = az h
2e0
So the net field between the plates is
ww E = EU + El
m
= 2 ^- az h + :- 2 âz hD =- 4 az =- 2 az
w.E
2e0 2e0
co
2e0 e0
Electric field intensity at any point is equal to the negative gradient of electric
asy
potential at the point
lp.
i.e. E =- dV
En
So, the y -component of the field is
Ey =-2V
2y
gin
he
Now, for the interval - 3 # y # - 2 , V = 20 ^t + 3h

Ey =-2V =- 20 V/m
2y
For the interval - 2 # y # - 1, V = 20 eer
te
So, Ey =-2V = 0
2y ing
For the interval - 1 # y # + 1, V =- 20t
.ne
ga
So, Ey =-2V = 20 V/m

2y
For the interval 1 # y # 2 , V =- 20
t
w.
So Ey = 0
For the interval 2 # y # 3 , V = 20 ^t - 3h
So, Ey =-2V =- 30 V/m
ww
2y
Therefore, the plot field component Ey with respect to y for the defined intervals
will be same as in option (A).
Since the electrons are moving with equal but opposite velocities so assume that
their velocities are + v 0 ax and - v 0 ax .
Now let the electric field is applied in ax direction
i.e. E = E 0 ax
So the force applied on the electrons will be
F = eE =-^1.6 # 10-19h E


m dv =-^1.6 # 10-19h E
dt
therefore, change in the velocity
^1.6 # 10-19h E ^1.6 # 10-19h E 0 dt
dv =-
m ^dt h =-
m
ax
So, the velocity of electron moving in + ax direction will change to
^1.6 # 10-19h E 0 dt ^1.6 # 10-19h E 0 dt
v1 = v 0 a x - ax = ;v 0 - E ax
m m
Since velocity deceases so loss in K.E. is
m
K.ELoss = 1 mv 02 - 1 mv 12
ww 2 2
= ^1.6 # 10 h E 0 dt - 1 ^1.6 # 10-19h E 02 ^dt h2

2
co
-19
...(i)
2 m
w.E Again the velocity of electron moving in - ax direction will change to

v2 =- v 0 ax -
^1.6 # 10-19h E 0 dt
lp. ax
asy =-;v 0 +
m
m
^1.6 # 10-19h E 0 dt
E ax
En
he
Since velocity increases, so Gain in K.E. is
K.EGain = 1 mv 22 - 1 mv 02
2 2
gin
= ^1.6 # 10-19h E 0 dt + 1
^1.6 # 10-19h E 02 ^dt h2
2
eer
e
...(2)
2 m
Comparing eq (1) and eq (2) we get
at
K.EGain > K.ELoss

ing
.ne
g
The electric field intensity produced at a distance r from a line charge of density
rL is defined as
t
w.
rL
E = a
2pe0 r r
where a r is unit vector directed toward point P along r. So, the electric field acting
ww
on the line charge at y = 3 m due to the line charge located at y =- 3 m is

-9
E = 80 # 10 ay ^rL = 80 nC, a r = ay, r = 6 mh
2pe0 ^6 h
= 240ay V/m
Therefore, the force per unit length exerted on the line charge located at y = 3 m is
# ^r dz hÊ h = ^80 # 10 h^240ay h = 19.2ay mN
1
-9
F = L
z=0

The four charges located at the corners of square 4 cm has been shown in figure
below :


ww
m
The net potential at the charge located at A due to the other three charges is
q q q
VA = 1 a B + C + D k
4pe0 AB AC AD
w.E co
= 9 # 109 # 1.2 # 10-9 c 1 1 1
4 # 10-2 4 2 # 10-2 4 # 10-2 m
+ +
asy
2
= 10.8 # 10 c 2 + 1 m
4 2
lp.
= 730.92 Volt
En
Similarly, the electric potential at all the corners will be
VB = VC = VD = VA = 730.92 Volt
gin
he
Therefore, the net potential energy stored in the system is given as
2^ A A D Dh
1 qV = 1 q V + q V + q V + q V
W = / 2
eer
B B
= 1 # 4 # ^1.2 # 10-9h # ^730.92h

C C
te
2
= 3.75 mJ ing
.ne
ga
***********
t
w.
ww


SOLUTIONS 2.3
m
Given, the electric field intensity,
ww E = xax + yay + zaz
co
dl = ax dx + ay dy + az dz
w.E So, the potential difference between point X and Y is

Y
VXY =- # E : dl =
X
#1
lp. 2
xdx +
0 0
#2 ydy + #3 zdz
asy =-=x +
2 2
y2 0 z2 0
2 1 2 2 2 3G
+
En =- 1 622 - 12 + 02 - 22 + 02 - 32@ = 5
2
he

SOL 2.3.2
gin
Given the electric field vector at point P due to the three charges Q1 , Q2 and Q 3
are respectively.
eer
e
E1 = ax + 2ay - az
E2 = ay + 3az
at
E 3 = 2ax - ay
So, the net field intensity at point P is ing
.ne
g
E = E1 + E2 + E 3 = 3ax + 5ay + 2az

t
w.
Charge density at any point in terms of electric flux density D is defined as

rv = d : D
Since, D = zr ^cos2 fh az C/m2
ww
So, we get rv = d : D = 2 6zr ^cos2 fh az@ = r cos2 f C/m3

2z
p
At point a1, , 3k, rv = ^1 h cos2 a k = 1 = 0.5 C/m3
p
4 4 2
Electric field intensity E is a vector quantity while the electric potential V is a
scalar quantity.
For an ideal capacitance the area of plates, A is assumed very high in comparison
to the separation d between the plates.
i.e. A .3
d


So, the fringing effect at the plates edges can be neglected and therefore, we get the
capacitance between the parallel plates as
C = eA
4d
So A and R both true and R is correct explanation of A.
By using method of images, the conducting surfaces are being replaced by the
image of charge distribution which gives a system of charge distribution.
So, in solving boundary value problems we can avoid solving Laplace’s or Poission’s
equation and directly apply the method of images to solve it.
ww
m
Thus both A and R are true and R is correct explanation of A.
w.E co
For a pair of line charges equipotential surface exists where the normal distance
from both the line charges are same. So, the plane surface between the two line
asy
charges will be equipotential.
lp.
En
gin
he
eer
te
ing
.ne
ga
This is the similar case to method of images.

t
w.

According to uniqueness theorem : If a solution to Laplace’s equation (a) be found
that satisfies the boundary condition then the solution is unique.
ww
Here it is given that the potential functions V1 and V2 satisfy Laplace’s equation
within a closed region and has the same value at its boundary so both the functions
are identical.
From Maxwell’s equation we have
d # E =-2B
2t
d # E =- 2 ^d # Ah ^B = d # Ah
2t
d # bE + 2 Al = 0
2t


Since, the curl of a gradient of a scalar field is identically zero. So, we get
E + 2 A =- dV
2t
i.e. E ! - dV in time valeying field therefore A and R both are true and R is the
correct explanation of A.
The surface charge density at plane x = 8 is shown in the figure.
m
ww
co
w.E lp.
asy
En
he
The point P is located at ^6, 4, - 5h. So, the normal vector to the plane x = 8
pointing toward P is
an =- ax gin
eer
e
Therefore, the electric flux density produced at point P is

r
D = s an = 60 ^- ax h =- 30ax
at

2 2
ing
.ne
Consider the coaxial cylinder is located along z -axis. So at any point between the
g
two surfaces the electric field is given as
t
E =- dV =- 2 Va r (Since all other derivatives will be zero)
w.
2r
ww
Given that the inner surface is at potential V0 while the outer one is grounded so


the region between the two surfaces will have a gradually decreasing potential and
so, E will not be uniform and it is radially directed as calculated above (in a r
direction).
The Poisson’s equation is defined as
r
d2V =- v
e
where V is electric potential and rv is charge density. So, in charge free space (
rv = 0 ) we get the Poisson’s equation as
d2V = 0 which is Laplace equation.
ww
m
Consider the three equal charges of Q C is placed at a separation of 0.5 m as shown
w.E in figure below :
co
asy
lp.
En
The net stored charge in the system of n charges is defined as
n
W = 1 Qk Vk
/
2k=1
gin
he
where Qk is one point charge and Vk is the net electric potential at the point charge
due to the other charges.
eer
Now, we have the net electric potential at any of the point charge Q located in the
te
system as
V1 = 1 b
Q Q
4pe0 0.5 0.5 l
+ =
Q
pe0
ing
.ne
ga
So, total energy stored in the system of charges is given as

W1 = 3 b 1 QV1 l =
2
3Q 2
2pe0
t (1)
w.
Now, when the charges are separated by 1 m then the electric potential at any of
the charge Q due to the other two charges is
Q Q Q
V2 = 1 b + l =
4pe0 1 2pe0
ww
1
So, the stored energy in the new system is
3Q2
W2 = 3 b 1 QV2 l = (2)
2 4pe0
From equation (1) and (2) we have
W2 = 0.5W1 or W1 = 2W2
Electric potential due to point charge is defined as
Q
V = 1
3pe0 r


So, for the equal distance r potential will be same i.e. equipotential surface about
a point charge is sphere.
An electrostatic field has its curl always equals to zero. So electric field is irrotational.
Statement 1 is correct.
Electric field divergence is not zero and so it is not solenoidal.
Electric field is static only from a macroscopic view point.
m
ww Work done in moving a charge in the electric field from one point to other is
independent of the path.
co
w.E
Given electric potential,
lp.
asy V = 20y 4 + 10x3
From Poisson’s equation we have
En
d2V =- v
r
e0
he
where, V " Electric potential

rv " Charge density gin
eer
e
2 2 2
rv
e 2 + 2 + 2 o^10y + 20x h =- e0
2 2 2 4 3
2x 2y 2z
at
120x + 120y =- v
r
e0
rv = e0 ^120 # 2 + 120 # 0h
ing
.ne (x = 2 , y = 0 )
g
rv =- 120e0
t
w.

Given, the wave equation in space for a propagating wave in z -direction is
d2Ex + k2 Ex = 0
ww
Now, from option (C) we have the electric field component as

Ex = E 0 e-jkz
The Lapalacian of electric field is
d2Ex = ^- jk h2 E 0 e-jkz
d2Ex =- k2 E 0 e-jkz =- k2 Ex
or, d Ex + k2 Ex = 0
2
So, it satisfies the wave equation.
Consider the infinitely long uniform charge density shown in the figure.
The electric field intensity produced at a distance r from an infinite line charge
with density rL is defined as
rL
E =
2pe0 r


ww
m
w.E co
Since, the normal distance vector of points P (0, 6, 1) and Q (5, 6, 1) from the line
asy
charge will be same so, the field intensity produced due to the infinite line at both
lp.
the points P and Q will be same.
SOL 2.3.19 En
Therefore, the field intensity at (5,6,1) is E .
gin
he
Consider the square loop ABCD carrying current 0.1 A as shown in figure.
eer
te
ing
.ne
ga
t
w.
ww
The magnetic dipole moment is

m = IS
where I is current in the loop and S is the area enclosed by loop.
m = ^0.01h^10 2 h = 2 A- m2
2
So,
The direction of the magnetic dipole moment is determined by right hand rule.
i.e. m = 2az A- m2
Electric flux density at a distance r from a point charge Q is defined as
Q
D = ar
4p r 2


and the total flux through any defined surface is
#
y = D : dS
So, both the quantities has not the permittivity e in their expression. Therefore, D
and y are independent of permittivity e of the medium.
According to Gauss’s law, the total outward flux through a closed surface is equal
to the charge enclosed inside it.
i.e. # D : dS = Qenc
m
Now, consider the height of cylinder is h . So, the cylindrical surface at r = 3
ww encloses the charge distribution ^rS = 5 C/m2h located at r = 2 m . Therefore, we

get
co
D ^2p ^3h h h = 5 # 2p ^2 h h
w.E or, D = 20 a r
3
lp.
SOL 2.3.22
asy
The electric potential produced by 1 mC at a distance r is
^1 # 10-6h 9000
EnV = 9 # 109
r
=
r
he
So, the potential energy stored in the field will be the energy of the charges as,
i.e. W = qV
gin
= ^4 # 10-6h 9000 = 36 # 10
-3
eer
e
r r
where r is the distance between the charges given as
at
So,
-3
W = 36 # 10 = 5.15 # 10-3 Joule
ing
r = ^- 2 - 1h2 + ^1 - 3h2 + ^5 + 1h2 = 7
7
.ne
g
t
Electric field intensity due to a dipole having moment P at a distance r from it is
w.
E \ 13
r
E2 = r 13
ww
E1 r 23
E2 = ^2 h
3
1 ^4h3
E2 = 1 mV/m
8
Energy density (energy stored per unit volume) in an electric field is defined as
we = 1 D : E = 1 e0 E : E = 1 e0 E 2
2 2 2
The position of points A, B and C are shown below


ww
m
Since, position charge is placed at A and negative charge at B so, their resultant
field intensity at C is as shown below :
w.E co
asy
lp.
En
gin
he
eer
Since, the forces F1 = F2 so the vertical component F1 V and F2 V are get cancelled
te
while F2 H and F1 H are get summed to provide the resultant field in - az direction.
SOL 2.3.26 Option (D) is correct. ing
Given,
.ne
ga
Charges, Q1 = Q2 = 1 nC = 10-9 C
Separation between charges, r = 1 mm = 10-3 m
So, the force acting between the charges is t
w.
kQ1 Q2 9 # 10 ^10 h
9 -9 2
F = =
r2 ^10-3h
2
= 12 # 10-3 N
ww

According to Gauss’s law, the surface integral of flux density through a closed
surface is equal to the charge enclosed inside the closed surface (volume integral of
charge density)
i.e. # D : dS = # r dv
v
In differential form, the Gauss’s law can be written as

d # D = rv
r
d#E = v
e0 ^D = e0 E h


The electric field at a distance r from the point charge q located in a medium with
permittivity e is defined as
q qe-1
E = 2 ar = ar
4per 4p r 2
For according to Gauss’s law the total outward electric flux through a closed
surface is equal to the charge enclosed by the surface.
# D : dS
m
i.e. = Qenc
ww
s
or, # D : dS = # r dv
v
co
s v
w.E The force between the two charges q1 and q2 placed in a medium with permittivity
e located at a distance r apart is defined as
lp.
asy qq
F = 1 122
F\1
4pe r
or
En e
he
i.e. force is inversely proportional to permittivity of the medium.
gin
Since, glass has the permittivity greater than 1 (i.e. permittivity of free space) So,
the force between the two charges will decreases as the glass is placed between the
eer
e
two charges.
at
ing
According to Gauss’s law the total electric flux through a closed surface is equal
to the charge enclosed by it. Since, the sphere centred at origin and of radius 5 m
.ne
g
encloses all the charges therefore, the total electric flux over the sphere is given as
yE = Q1 + Q2 + Q 3
t
w.
= 0.008 + 0.05 - 0.009

= 0.049 mC
ww
Electric flux through a surface area is the integral of the normal component of
electric field over the area.
The electric field due to a positive charge is directed away from it (i.e. outwards.)
According to Gauss’s law the surface integral of normal component of flux density
over a closed surface is equal to the charge enclosed inside it.
So, A is true but R is false.
Force between the two charges Q1 and Q2 is defined as
QQ
F = 1 2 2 aR
4pe0 R


When the charges are of same polarity then the force between them is repulsive.
The electric force on both the charges will have same magnitude. As the expression
of Force includes the term e (permittivity of the medium) so it depends on the
medium in which the charges are placed.
So the statements (a), (c) and (d) are correct while (b) is incorrect.
Since the electric field is negative gradient of the electric potential so the field lines
will be orthogonal to the equipotential lines (surface).
ww Electric potential at - 10 nC due to 10 nC charge is
m
Q
V = 1
4pe0 r
w.E = 9 # 109 # 102# 10

2 +0+0
-9
co
asy
= 45 Volt
and so the energy stored is
lp.
We = QV
En
= ^- 10 # 10-9h # 45
=- 150 nJ
gin
he
eer
According to Gauss’s the outward electric flux density through any closed surface
is equal to the charge enclosed by it. So electric field out side the spherical balloon
te
ing
doesn’t change with the change in its radius and so the energy density at point P
is wE for the inflated radius b of the balloon.
.ne
ga

The curl of E is identically zero.
i.e. d#E = 0
So, it is conservative. t
w.
The electrostatic field is a gradient of a scalar potential.

i.e. E =- dV
So, d#E = 0 (Conservative)
ww
Work done in a closed path inside the field is zero

i.e. # E : dl
=0
d#E = 0 (Conservative)
So, (a), (c) and (d) satisfies that the field is conservative.
As the potential difference between two points is not zero inside a field so, the
statement (b) is incorrect.
Net outward electric flux through the spherical surface, r = a is
D : dS = y = rv b 4 pa3 l
# 3


rv 4 3
D ^4pa2h = pa
3
r a
D = v ar C/m2
3
For a pair of equal and opposite linear chargers the electric potential is defined as
Q Q
V = -
4pe0 r1 4pe0 r2
where r 1 and r2 are the distances from the charges respectively. For the same value
m
of V (equipotential surface) a plane can be defined exactly at the centre point
ww between them.
co
w.E In a charge free region ^rv = 0h electrostatic field has the following characteristic
d:E = v = 0
r
e lp.
SOL 2.3.42
and
asy
d#E = 0
Option (C) is correct.
(for static field)
En
Consider the force experienced by Q is F1 . Since, there is no any external applied
he
i.e.
or, 3F + 2F + F1 = 0
gin
field (or force) so, sum of all the forces in the system of charges will be zero.
SF = 0
eer
e
F1 =- 5F
at

Poissions law is derived from Gauss’s law as ing
d:D = r
.ne
g
For inhomogeneous medium e is variable and so,

d : êE h = r
t
w.
d : 6e ^- dV h@ = r
d : êdV h =- r
This is the Poissions law for inhomogenous medium.
ww

Electric field intensity due to a infinite charged surface is defined as
r
E = S an
2e0
where rS is surface charge density and an is the unit vector normal to the surface
directed towards the point of interest.
Given that, rS = 20 nC/m2 = 20 # 10-9 C/m2
and an =- az (Since the surface z = 10 m is above the origin).
So we have,
-9
E = 20 # 10 ^- az h
2e0


-9 9
= 20 # 10 # 9 # 10 # 4p az
2
=- 360paz V/m
Electric field intensity due to a short dipole having a very small separation d , a +
a distance R from it is defined as
Qd
E = ^2 cos qar + sin qaq h (for d << R )
4pe0 R3
ww
m
w.E co
asy
lp.
En
So, for the given dipole, q = 90c
gin
he
and R = r2 - d 2 . r (r >> d )
Qd
^0 + afh
Therefore, E =
E \ 13
4pe0 r3
eer
te
i.e.
r
ing
According to Gauss’ law the total outward flux from a closed surface is equal to the
.ne
ga
total charge enclosed by the surface.

Electric field intensity at any point r outside the sphere is defined as t
w.
Q
E = ar for r > a
4pe0 r2
and the field intensity inside the sphere is
ww
4 pr 3
Q b3 l
E = a for r # a
4 pa3 4pe0 r r 2
b3 l
Qr
= ar
4pe0 a3
So the electric potential at any point r = b < a is
V =- # E : dl
=- # E : ^dra h - # E : ^dra h
a b
r r
r=3 a
a Q Qr b
=- # dr - #
2 dr 3
4pe r 0 4pe aa 0
3


Given, the electric potential,
V = 3x2 y - yz
Electric field intensity at any point is equal to the negative gradient of the potential.
i.e. E =- dV
=-^6xy h ax - ^3x2 - z h ay - ^- y h az at (x = 1, y = 0 , z =- 1)
E =- 4ay ! 0
So, electric field does not vanish at given point.
m
ww Consider two parallel plates separated by a distance d is connected to a voltage

source V . So, the field intensity between the plates is defined as
co
E = 2V
w.E d
lp.
asy ***********
En
he
gin
eer
e
at
ing
.ne
g
t
w.
ww

CHAPTER 3
ELECTRIC FIELD IN MATTER
ww
w.E
asy
En
gin
eer
ing
.ne
t

128 Electric Field in Matter Chap 3

EXERCISE 3.1
A certain current density at any point (r, f, z) in cylindrical coordinates is given by
m
MCQ 3.1.1
ww J = 5ez (r2 a r + a z ) A/m2 .
co
The total current passing the plane z = 0 , 0 # r # 2 in the az direction is
w.E (A) 100p Ampere

(C) 40p Ampere
lp.
(B) 4p Ampere
(D) 0 Ampere
MCQ 3.1.2
asy
In a certain region the current density is given by
J = r cos2 qa r + r2 sin qa q - r2 a f A/m2 .
En
he
The total current crossing the surface defined by q = 90c, 0 < f < 2p, 0 < r < 1 m
is
(A) p A
2 gin (B) - p A
2
eer
e
(C) 1 A (D) 2p A
4 3
at
MCQ 3.1.3
ing
The current density in a cylindrical wire of radius 8 mm placed along the z -axis is
J = 50 az A/m2 . The total current flowing through the wire is
r
.ne
g
(A) 80.38 mA (B) 800 mA
t
w.
(C) 0 A (D) 5.026 A

ww

In a certain region current density is given by
20 sin f
J = 40 a r - 2 az A/m2
r (r + 1)
MCQ 3.1.4 Total current crossing the plane z = 2 in the az direction for r < 4 will be
(A) 0 A (B) 1.5 mA
(C) - 32 A (D) 20 A
MCQ 3.1.5 Volume charge density in the region at a particular point (r0, f0, z 0) will be
(A) non uniform (B) linearly increasing with time
(C) linearly decreasing with time (D) constant with respect to time

Chap 3 Electric Field in Matter 129

In a cylindrical system, two perfectly conducting surfaces of length 2 m are located
at r = 3 and r = 15 cm . The total current passing radially outward through the
medium between the cylinders is 6 A.
MCQ 3.1.6 If a conducting material having conductivity s = 0.05 S/m is present for
3 1 r # 5 cm then the electric field intensity at r = 4 cm will be
(A) 238.7a r V/m (B) 150a r V/m
(C) 318.3a r V/m (D) 0 V/m
ww
m
MCQ 3.1.7 The voltage between the cylindrical surfaces will be
(A) 4.88 volt (B) 1.45 volt
w.E
MCQ 3.1.8
(C) 2.32 volt (D) 3 volt
co
The resistance between the cylindrical surfaces will be
(A) 0.813 W
asy (B) 2.44 W
lp.
(C) 0.5 W (D) 8.13 W
MCQ 3.1.9
En
The total dissipated power in the conducting material will be
(A) 175.7 W
gin
(B) 18 W
he
(C) 29.3 W (D) 0.8 W
MCQ 3.1.10
eer
A solid wire of radius r and conductivity s1 has a jacket of material having
te
conductivity s2 . If the inner and outer radius of the jacket are r and R respectively
ing
then the ratio of the current densities in the two materials will
(A) depend on r only
.ne
(B) depend on R only
ga
(C) depend on both r and R (D) independent of both r and R
t
w.

Atomic hydrogen contains 5.5 # 1019 atom/cm3 at a certain temperature and
pressure. If an electric field of 40 kV/m is applied, each dipole formed by the
ww
electron and positive nucleus has an effective length of 7.1 # 10-16 m .
MCQ 3.1.11 The polarization due to the induced dipole will be

(A) 12.5 nC/m2 (B) 8.8 # 106 C/m2
(C) 6.25 nC/m2 (D) 3.9 # 109 C/m2
MCQ 3.1.12 Dielectric constant of the atomic hydrogen will be

(A) 2.77 (B) 1.0177
(C) 0.982 (D) 0.0177


MCQ 3.1.13 The dielectric constant of the material in which the electric flux density is double
of the polarization is
(A) 2 (B) 1/2
(C) 3 (D) 1
Statement for Linked Question 14- 15 :

The potential field in a slab of a dielectric material that has the relative permittivity
m
er = 6/5 is given by V =- 500y .
ww
MCQ 3.1.14 Electric field intensity in the material will be
co
(A) 50ay V/m (B) 500ay V/m
w.E
MCQ 3.1.15
(C) - 500ay V/m (D) 0
The electric flux density inside the material will be

lp.
(A) 4.43 nC/m2
asy
(B) 3.54ay mC/m2
(C) 8.85 nC/m2
En
he
(D) 7.08ay nC/m2
MCQ 3.1.16 Polarization of the material will be gin

eer
e
(A) 2.66ay nC/m2 (B) 14.08 nC/m2

(C) 5.31 # 10-12 ay C/m2 (D) 3ay C/m2
at
ing
.ne
g
Two perfect dielectrics with dielectric constant er1 = 2 and er2 = 5 are defined in
t
w.
the region 1 (y $ 0) and region 2 (y < 0) respectively. Consider the electric field
intensity in the 1st region is given by
E1 = 25ax + 20ay - 10az kV/m
ww
MCQ 3.1.17 The Flux charge density in the 2 nd region will be

(A) 2.21ax + 0.35ay - 0.44az mC/m2
(B) 2.21ax + 0.35ay - 0.44az nC/m2
(C) 2.21ax + 0.88ay - 0.44az nC/m2
(D) 0.4ax + 0.07ay - 0.08az nC/m2
MCQ 3.1.18 The energy density in the 2 nd region will be

(A) 66.37 mJ/m3 (B) 118 mJ/m3
(C) 472 # 106 J/m3 (D) 59 mJ/m3


MCQ 3.1.19 The electric field in the three regions as shown in the figure are respectively E1 , E2
and E 3 and all the boundary surfaces are charge free.
If e1 = e3 ! e2 , then the correct relation between the electric field is
ww (A) E1 ! E2 ! E 3 (B) E1 = E 3 ! E2
m
(C) E1 = E2 = E 3 (D) E1 = E2 ! E 3
w.E
MCQ 3.1.20
co
An infinite plane dielectric slab of thickness d and having permittivity e = 4e0
occupies the region 0 < z < d . If a uniform electric field E = E 0 az is applied in the
asy
free space then the electric flux density(Din ) and electric field intensity(Ein ) inside
the dielectric slab will be respectively
lp.
(A) E 0 az and e0 E 0 az (B) e0 E 0 az and E 0 az
4
En
(C) 4E 0 az and E 0 az
4
gin (D) e0 E 0 az and 4E 0 az

he
4
MCQ 3.1.21 The energy stored in an electric field made up of two fields E1 and E2 is Wnet where
eer
as the energies stored in individual fields E1 and E2 are W1 and W2 respectively so
te
the correct relation between the energies is

(A) W = W1 + W2
(B) W = W1 W2
ing
.ne
ga
(C) W > W1 + W2
(D) W < W1 + W2
t
w.
MCQ 3.1.22 An electric dipole is being placed in an electric field intensity E = 1.5ax - az V/m
If the moment of the dipole be p =- 4ax + 3ay C- m then energy of the dipole will
be
ww
(A) 6 J (B) 0 J
(C) - 3 J (D) + 3 J
MCQ 3.1.23 When a neutral dielectric is being polarized in an electric field then the total bound
charge of the dielectric will be
(A) zero
(B) positive
(C) negative
(D) depends on nature of dielectric


A lead bar of square cross section has a hole of radius 2.5 cm bored along its length
as shown in the figure.
m
ww (Conductivity of lead = 5 # 106 (Wm) -1 )
co
w.E
MCQ 3.1.24 If the length of the lead bar is 8 m then the resistance between the square ends of
the bar will be
(A) 1.78 mW lp.(B) 3.64 mW
(C) 1.95 mW
asy (D) 269 mW
MCQ 3.1.25
En
If the hole in the lead bar is completely filled with copper then the resistance
he
of the composite bar will be (Resistivity of copper
-8
= 1.72 # 10 Wm)
(A) 188 mW gin
(B) 924.6 mW
eer
e
(C) 3.708 mW (D) 1.76 mW

at
MCQ 3.1.26
ing
A cylindrical wire of length l and cross sectional radius r is formed of a material
with conductivity 106 (Wm) -1 . If the total conductance of the wire is 106 (W) -1 then
the correct relation between l and r is
.ne
g
(A) r = p (B) r = l
l p
t
w.
(C) 2pr = l (D) r = l

ww

A capacitor is formed by two concentric conducting spherical shells of radii a = 1 cm
and b = 2 cm centered at origin. Interior of the spherical capacitor is a perfect
dielectric with er = 4 .
MCQ 3.1.27 The capacitance of the capacitor will be
(A) 8.9 pF (B) 2.25 pF
(C) 890 pF (D) 225 pF
MCQ 3.1.28 If a portion of dielectric is removed from the capacitor such that er = 1 for p2 < f < p
and er = 4 for the rest of the portion, then the capacitance of the composite
capacitor will be


(A) 0.56 pF (B) 946 pF
(C) 236.5 pF (D) 6.7 pF
MCQ 3.1.29 Two conducting surfaces are present at x = 0 and x = 5 mm and the space between
them are filled by dielectrics such that er1 = 2.5 for 0 < x < 1 mm and er2 = 4 for
1 < x < 3 mm rest of the region is air filled. The capacitance per square meter of
surface area will be
(A) 22.1 nF/m2 (B) 3.05 nF/m2
(C) 442.5 nF/m2 (D) 44.25 nF/m2
ww
m
MCQ 3.1.30 Two coaxial conducting cylinders of radius 4 cm and 8 cm is lying along z -axis.
The region between the cylinders contains a layer of dielectric from r = 4 cm to
w.E r = 12 cm with er = 4 . If the length of cylinders is 1 m then the capacitance of the

configuration will be
(A) 0.55 pF
co
(B) 7 # 109 F
(C) 1.83 nF
asy (D) 143 pF
lp.
MCQ 3.1.31
En
A parallel plate capacitor is quarter filled with a dielectric ( er = 3 ) as shown in the
figure. The capacitance of the capacitor will be
gin
he
eer
te
ing
.ne
ga
t
w.
(A) 1.38 pF (B) 2.76 pF

(C) 9.95 pF (D) 6 pF
ww
MCQ 3.1.32 Medium between the two conducting parallel sheets of a capacitor has the
permittivity e and conductivity s. The time constant of the capacitor will be
(A) e (B) s
s e
(C) se (D) 1/se
***********


EXERCISE 3.2
m
ww Common Data for Question 1 -2 :
In spherical coordinate system, the current density in a certain region is given by
co
J = 2 e-10 t ar A/m2
w.E
4
r
MCQ 3.2.1 At t = 1 ms , how much current is crossing the surface r = 5 ?
lp.
(A) 75.03 A
(C) 0.37 A asy (B) 27.7 A
(D) 2.77 A
MCQ 3.2.2
En
At a particular time t , the charge density rv (r, t) at any point in the region is
he
directly proportional to. (Assume rv " 0 as t " 3)

(A) r
gin(B) 1
r
eer
e
(C) 12 (D) r2
r
at
MCQ 3.2.3 The velocity of charge density at r = 0.6 m will be

(A) 6ar m/s ing
.ne
g
(B) 1000ar m/s

(C) 0.6 # 10-3 ar m/s
t
w.
(D) 600ar m/s

ww

Two uniform infinite line charges of 5 pC/m each are located at x = 0 , y = 1 and
x = 0 , y = 2 respectively. Consider the surface y = 0 is a perfect conductor that
has the zero potential.
MCQ 3.2.4 Electric potential at point P (- 1, - 2, 0) will be
(A) 1.2 volt
(B) - 0.2 volt
(C) + 0.2 volt
(D) - 0.04 volt


MCQ 3.2.5 Electric field at the point P will be
(A) 0.12ax - 0.003ay V/m
(B) 0.12ax - 0.086ay V/m
(C) 723ax - 18.9ay V/m
(D) 0.024ax - 0.086ay V/m
MCQ 3.2.6 A thin rod of certain cross sectional area extends along the y -axis from y = 0 m
to y = 5 m . If the polarization of the rod is along it’s length and is given by
Py = 2y2 + 3 then the total bound charge of the rod will be
ww (A) 0 (B) 50 C
m
(C) 48 C (D) can’t be determined
w.E
MCQ 3.2.7 A neutral atom of polarizability a is situated at a distance 1 m from a point charge
co
1/9 nC. The force of attraction between them will be
(B) 2a N
(A) 2a N
asy 9
lp.
(C) 9a N (D) 18a N
En
gin
he

The two dipoles P1 , P2 with dipole moment 4 nC- m and 9 nC- m respectively are
placed at 1 m distance apart as shown in figure.
eer
te
ing
.ne
ga
MCQ 3.2.8 The torque on P2 due to P1 will be

(A) 18 # 10-18 N- m t
w.
(B) 2 nN- m
(C) 8.1 N- m
ww
(D) 0.16 mN- m
MCQ 3.2.9 The torque on P1 due to P2 will be

(A) 3.24 # 10-7 N- m (B) 2 nN- m
-7
(C) 1.62 # 10 N-m (D) 3.24 mN- m
Common Data for Question 10 -11 :

A sphere carries a polarization P (r)= 3rar where r is the distance from the center
of the sphere.


MCQ 3.2.10 Consider Er is the electric field component in the radial direction inside the sphere.
The plot of Er with respect to r will be
m
ww
co
w.E lp.
asy
En
he
gin
eer
e
at
MCQ 3.2.11 ing

If the radius of the sphere is a then the electric field outside the sphere will be
.ne
g
(A) - 4pa3 (B) 8pa3

(C) 0 (D) - 8pa3
t
w.

ww
A thick spherical shell is made of dielectric material with a polarization

P (r) = 5 ar nC/m2 where r is the distance from its centre.
r
MCQ 3.2.12 If the spherical shell is centred at origin and has the inner radius 2 m and outer
radius 6 m then the electric field intensity at r = 1 m will be
(A) 0 (B) - 40p V/m
(C) 20p V/m (D) - 20p V/m
MCQ 3.2.13 Electric field at r = 7 m will be

(A) - 100p V/m (B) - 140p V/m
(C) 0 (D) - 20p V/m


MCQ 3.2.14 Electric field intensity at r = 5 m will be
(A) - 2 ar (B) 1 ar
5e0 e0
(C) - 1 ar (D) 1 ar
e0 5e0
MCQ 3.2.15 A spherical conductor of radius 1 m carries a charge 3 mC. It is surrounded, out to
radius 2 m, by a linear dielectric material of dielectric constant er = 3 , as shown in
the figure. The energy of this configuration will be
ww
m
w.E co
(A) 27 kJ
asy (B) 500 J
lp.
MCQ 3.2.16
(C) 270 J
En (D) 324 J
A sphere of radius 2/ p m is made of dielectric material with dielectric constant
gin
he
er = 2 . If a uniform free charge density 0.6 nC/m3 is embedded in it then the

potential at the centre of the sphere will be
(A) 3 volt
eer
(B) 5.4 volt
te
(C) 0 volt (D) 9 volt
ing
.ne
ga

A short cylinder of radius r and length L carries a uniform polarization P , parallel
to its axis as shown in the figure.
t
w.
ww


MCQ 3.2.17 Total bound charge by the cylinder will be
(A) 2P coulomb (B) P coulomb
(C) 0 coulomb (D) - P coulomb
MCQ 3.2.18 If L = 2r then the electric field lines of the cylinder will be as
m
ww
co
w.E lp.
asy
En
he
gin
eer
e
at
MCQ 3.2.19 The lines of flux charge density will be as

ing
.ne
g
t
w.
ww


MCQ 3.2.20 A parallel plate capacitor is filled with a non uniform dielectric characterized by
er = 3 (1 + 50a2) where a is the distance from one plate in meter. If the surface area
of the plates is 0.2 m2 and separation between them is 10 cm then the capacitance
of the capacitor will be
(A) 22.5 pF (B) 90.2 pF
(C) 45.1 pF (D) 4.51 pF
MCQ 3.2.21 A two wire transmission line consists of two perfectly conducting cylinders, each
having a radius of 0.2 cm, separated by a centre to centre distance of 2 cm. The
medium surrounding the wires has relative permittivity er = 2 . If a 100 V source is
ww
m
connected between the wires then the stored charge per unit length on each wire
will be
w.E (A) 3.64 nC/m

(C) 1.82 nC/m
(B) 3.64 # 10-11 C/m
co
(D) 2.5 # 10-8 C/m
MCQ 3.2.22
asy
A tank is filled with dielectric oil of susceptibility ce = 1. Two long coaxial cylindrical
lp.
metal tubes of radii 1 mm and 3 mm stand vertically in the tank as shown in the
En
figure. The outer tube is grounded and inner one is maintained at 2 kV potential.
To what height does the oil rise in the space between the tubes ?
gin (mass density of oil = 0.01 gm/cm3 )

he
eer
te
ing
.ne
ga
t
w.
ww
(A) 41.1 mm (B) 45.5 mm

(C) 20.5 mm (D) 82.4 mm
MCQ 3.2.23 An infinite plane conducting slab carries uniformly distributed surface charges
on both of it’s surface. If the sum of the charge densities on the two surfaces is
rso C/m2 then the surface charge densities on the two surfaces will be
(A) rso /2 , rso /2 (B) 2rso , - rso
(C) 0, rso (D) None of these


MCQ 3.2.24 Two infinite plane parallel conducting slabs carry uniformly distributed surface
charges rS11 , rS12 , rS21 and rS22 on all the four surfaces as shown in the figure.
m
ww
co
w.E Which of the following gives the correct relation between the charge densities ?
(A) rs11 = rs22 , rs12 = rs21
lp.
asy
(B) rs11 = rs22 , rs12 =- rs21
(C) rs11 = rs12 , rs21 = rs22
En
(D) rs11 =- rs22 , rs12 =- rs21
he
Common data for Question 25 - 26 : gin

eer
e
The plane surfaces x = 0 , x = 1, y = 0 and y = 1 form the boundaries of conductors

extending away from the region between them as shown in the figure.
at
ing
.ne
g
t
w.
ww
If the electrostatic potential in the region between the surfaces is given by 6xy volts
then the surface charge density on the surface ;
MCQ 3.2.25 x = 0 is
(A) - 5e0 y (B) - 5e0 x
(C) - 5e0 ^x + y h (D) 5e0 ^xy h
MCQ 3.2.26 y = 0 is
(A) - 5e0 y (B) - 5e0 x
(C) - 5e0 ^x + y h (D) 5e0 xy


MCQ 3.2.27 Two infinitely long coaxial, hollow cylindrical conductors of inner radii 2 m and
5 m respectively and outer radii 3 m and 6 m, respectively as shown in the figure,
carry uniformly distributed surface charges on all four of their surfaces.
ww
m
w.E co
If net surface charge per unit length is 10 C/m and 6 C/m for the inner and outer
conductor respectively then the surface charge densities on the four surface will be
Surface "
asy
r = 2m r = 3m r = 5m r =6m
lp.
(A) 0 5/3p - 1/p 4/3p
(B)
(C)
5/3p
1/p En - 1/p
- 1/p
0
2/p
4/3p
- 2/p
gin
he
(D) 0 - 1/p 1/p 0

A conducting spherical shell of inner radii 2 m and outer radii 3 m carry uniformly
MCQ 3.2.28
eer
distributed surface charge on it’s inner and outer surfaces. If the net surface charge
te
is 9 C for the conducting spherical shell then, the surface charge density on inner
and outer surfaces are respectively
(A) 0, 1 C/m2 (B) 1 C/m2 , 0
ing
.ne
ga
4p 4p
(C) 0, 4p C/m2 (D) 4p C/m , 0
MCQ 3.2.29 t
Plane z = 0 defines a surface charge layer with the charge density rS = 3n C/m2 as
w.
shown in figure. If the electric field intensity in the region z < 0 is

E2 = 2ax + 3ay - 2az V/m
then the field intensity E1 in the region z > 0 will be
ww
(A) 220ax + 219ay - 2az (B) 2ax + 3ay + 224az

(C) 222ax + 221ay + 2az (D) 2ax + 3ay + 226az


MCQ 3.2.30 An infinite plane dielectric slab with relative permittivity er = 5 occupies the region
x > 0 . If a uniform electric field E = 10ax V/m is applied in the region x < 0 (free
space) then the polarization inside the dielectric will be
(A) 8e0 ax C/m2 (B) 4e0 ax C/m2
(C) 2e0 ax C/m2 (D) 10e0 ax C/m2
m
An infinite plane dielectric slab of 1 m thickness is placed in free space such that it
ww occupies the region 0 < y < 1 m as shown in the figure.
co
w.E lp.
asy
En
he
gin
Dielectric slab has the non uniform permittivity defined as
eer
e
e= 2e0 for 0 < y < 1

^1 + 3y h2
at
MCQ 3.2.31
charge densities on the surface y = 0 and y = 1 will be
ing
If a uniform electric field E = 4ay V/m is applied in free space then bound surface
.ne
g
at y = 0 at y = 1
- 3e0
(A) 0
t
w.
(B) - 3e0 0
(C) 3e0 0
(D) - 5e0 8e0
ww
MCQ 3.2.32 As we move from the surface y = 0 toward the surface y = 1 inside the dielectric
slab, polarization volume charge density will be
(A) linearly increasing (B) linearly decreasing
(C) Constant (D) zero at all points
MCQ 3.2.33 In a spherical coordinate system the region a < r < b is occupied by a dielectric
material. A point charge Q is situated at the origin. It is found that the electric
field intensity inside the dielectric is given by
Q
E = ar for a < r < b
4pe0 b2


The relative permittivity of the dielectric will be
(A) ^b2 /r2h (B) â2 /r2h
(C) ^r2 /a2h (D) â2 /b2h
MCQ 3.2.34 Two perfectly conducting, infinite plane parallel sheets separated by a distance
2 m carry uniformly distributed surface charges of equal and opposite densities
+ 5 nC/m2 and - 5 nC/m2 respectively. If the medium between two plates is a
dielectric of uniform permittivity e = 4e0 then the potential difference between the
two plates will be
(A) 283 KV (B) 1130 KV
ww
m
(C) 283 V (D) 1.13 KV
w.E
MCQ 3.2.35 The medium between two perfectly conducting infinite plane parallel sheets consists
co
of two dielectric slabs of thickness 1 m and 2 m having permittivities e1 = 2e0 and
e2 = 4e0 respectively as shown in the figure.
asy
lp.
En
gin
he
eer
te
ing
.ne
ga
If the conducting sheets carry uniformly distributed surface charges of equal and
t
opposite densities 0.6 nC/m2 and - 0.6 nC/m2 respectively then the potential
difference between the sheets will be
w.
(A) 67.8 Volt (B) 6.78 Volt

(C) 33.9 Volt (D) 17.4 Volt
ww
MCQ 3.2.36 Two perfectly conducting, infinite plane parallel sheets separated by a distance d
carry uniformly distributed surface charges of equal and opposite densities rS0 and
- rS0 respectively. The medium between the sheets is filled by a dielectric of non
uniform permittivity which varies linearly from a value of e1 near one plate to value
of e2 near the second plate. The potential difference between the two sheets will be
r d rS0
ln e2
d ê2 - e1h a e1 k
(A) S0 (B)
e2 - e1
rS0 d
ln e2 (D) rS0 ln a e2 k
e2 - e1 a e1 k
(C)
e1


MCQ 3.2.37 Two perfectly conducting, infinite plane parallel sheet separated by a distance
0.5 cm carry uniformly distributed surface charges of equal and opposite densities.
If the potential difference between the two plates is 7 kV and the medium between
the plates is free space then the charge densities on the plates will be
(A) 6.23 mC (B) 88.5 mC
(C) 8.85 mC (D) 17.7 mC
MCQ 3.2.38 A parallel plate capacitor has two layers of dielectrics with permittivities e1 = 3e0
and e2 = 2e0 as shown in the figure.
m
ww
co
w.E lp.
asy
En
he
gin
If the total voltage drop in the capacitor is 9 Volt then the voltage drop in 1st and
2 nd dielectric region will be respectively
eer
e
(A) 18 81
11 Volt , 11 Volt (B) 3 Volt, 6 Volt
81 18
(C) Volt , Volt (D) 6 Volt, 3 Volt
at
ing
11 11
MCQ 3.2.39 A dielectric slab is inserted in the medium between two plates of a capacitor as
shown in the figure
.ne
g
t
w.
ww
The capacitance across the capacitor will remain constant

(A) if the slab is moved rightward or leftward
(B) if the slab is pulled outward of the capacitor
(C) (A) and (B) both
(D) none of these


MCQ 3.2.40 A steel wire has a radius of 2 mm and a conductivity of 2 # 106 S/m. The steel
wire has an aluminium (s = 3.8 # 107 S/m) coating of 2 mm thickness. The total
current carried by this hybrid conductor be 80 A. The current density in steel Jst is
(A) 1.02 # 106 A/m2 (B) 3.2 # 105 A/m2
(C) 2.04 # 105 A/m2 (D) 1.10 # 105 A/m2
MCQ 3.2.41 A potential field in free space is given as

f
V = 40 cos q sin 2 V
r
Point P (r = 2, q = p/3, f = p/2) lies on a conducting surface. The equation of the
ww
m
conducting surface is
(A) 32 cos q sin f = r3 (B) 16 cos f sin q = r3
w.E (C) 16 cos q sin f = r3 (D) 32 cos f sin q = r3
co
asy
lp.
***********
En
gin
he
eer
te
ing
.ne
ga
t
w.
ww


EXERCISE 3.3
A parallel plate air-filled capacitor has plate area of 2 # 10-4 m2 and plate
m
MCQ 3.3.1
separation of 10-3 m . It is connected to a 0.5 V, 3.6 GHz source. The magnitude of
ww
GATE 2004
2003
the displacement current is ( e = 361p 10-9 F/m)
co
(A) 10 mA (B) 100 mA
w.E
MCQ 3.3.2
(C) 10 A (D) 1.59 mA
Medium 1 has the electrical permittivity e1 = 1.8e0 farad/m and occupies the region
lp.
GATE 2003
asy
to the left of x = 0 plane. Medium 2 has the electrical permittivity e2 = 2.5e0
farad/m and occupies the region to the right of x = 0 plane. If E1 in medium 1 is
En
E1 = (2ax - 3ay + 1az ) volt/m, then E2 in medium 2 is
he
(A) (2.0ax - 7.5ay + 2.5az ) volt/m

(B) (2.0ax - 2.0ay + 0.6az ) volt/m
gin
(C) (2.0ax - 3.0ay + 1.0az ) volt/m
eer
e
(D) (2.0ax - 2.0ay + 0.6az ) volt/m

at
MCQ 3.3.3
GATE 2002
ing
The electric field on the surface of a perfect conductor is 2 V/m. The conductor is
immersed in water with e = 80eo . The surface charge density on the conductor is (
.ne
g
-9
e = 10
36p F/m)
(A) 0 C/m 2 (B) 2 C/m 2
t
w.
(C) 1.8 # 10-11 C/m 2 (D) 1.41 # 10-9 C/m 2
MCQ 3.3.4 The space between the plates of a parallel-plate capacitor of capacitance C is
ww
IES EC 2012 filled with three dielectric slabs of identical size as shown in the figure. If dielectric
constants are e1 , e2 and e3 , the new capacitance is


ê1 + e2 + e3h C
(A) C (B)
3 3
9 ê1 + e2 + e3h
(C) ê1 + e2 + e3h C (D)
e1 e2 e3
MCQ 3.3.5 If the potential, V = 2x + 4 V , the electric field is

IES EC 2011 (A) 6 V/m
(B) 2 V/m
(C) 4 V/m
ww (D) - 4ax V/m
m
MCQ 3.3.6 Two dielectric media with permittivities 3 and 3 are separated by a charge-free
w.E
IES EC 2011 boundary as shown in figure below :
co
asy
lp.
En
gin
he
eer
te
ing
The electric field intensity in media 1 at point P1 has magnitude E1 and makes an
angle a1 = 60c with the normal. The direction of the electric field intensity at point
.ne
ga
P2, a2 is
(A) sin-1 c 3 E1 m
2
(B) 45c
t
w.
(C) cos-1 c 3 E1
2 m
(D) 30c
MCQ 3.3.7 Assertion (A) : Under static conditions, the surface of conductor is an equipotential
ww
IES EC 2011 surface.

Reason (R) : The tangential component of electric field on conductor surface is
zero.
(D) Assertion (A) is false but Reason (R) is true


MCQ 3.3.8 A long 1 metre thick dielectric (e = 3e0) slab occupying the region 0 < x < 5 is
IES EC 2010 placed perpendicularly in a uniform electric field E 0 = 6ax . The polarization Pi
inside the dielectric is
(A) 4e0 ax (B) 8e0 ax
(C) 36e0 ax (D) Zero
MCQ 3.3.9 The flux and potential functions due to a line charge and due to two concentric
IES EC 2010 circular conductors are of the following form :
(A) Concentric circular equipotential lines and straight radial flux lines.
m
(B) Concentric circular flux lines and straight equipotential lines
ww (C) Equipotentials due to the charge are concentric cylinders and equipotentials
co
due to two conductors are straight lines.
w.E (D) Equipotentials due to line charge are straight flat surfaces and those due to two
conductors are concentric cylinders.
lp.
MCQ 3.3.10
IES EC 2010
asy
There are two conducting plates of sizes 1 m # 1 m and 3 m # 3 m. Ratio of the
capacitance of the second one with respect to that of the first one is
(A) 4
En (B) 2
he
MCQ 3.3.11
(C) 1/2
Consider the following : gin (D) 1/4
eer
e
IES EC 2010 In a parallel plate capacitor, let the charge be held constant while the dielectric
material is replaced by a different dielectric. Consider
at
1. Stored energy
3. Capacitance ing
2. Electric field intensity.
.ne
g
Which of these changes ?

(A) 1 only (B) 1 and 2 only
t
w.
(C) 2 and 3 only (D) 1, 2 and 3
MCQ 3.3.12 By what name is the equation d : J = 0 frequently known ?

ww
IES EC 2009 (A) Poisson’s equation

(B) Laplace’s equation
(C) Continuity equation for steady currents
(D) Displacement equation
MCQ 3.3.13 Method of images is applicable to which fields ?

IES EC 2009 (A) Electrostatic fields only
(B) Electrodynamic fields only
(C) Neither electrostatic fields nor electrodynamic fields
(D) Both electrostatic fields and electrodynamic fields


MCQ 3.3.14 What is the unit of measurement of surface or sheet resistivity?
IES EC 2008 (A) Ohm/metre (B) Ohm metre
(C) Ohm/sq. meter (D) Ohm
MCQ 3.3.15 Which one of the following statements is correct ?

IES EC 2007 On a conducting surface boundary, electric field lines are
(A) always tangential
(B) always normal
(C) neither tangential nor normal
ww (D) at an angle depending on the field intensity
m
MCQ 3.3.16 Which one of the following is correct ? As frequency increases, the surface resistance
w.E
IES EC 2007 of a metal
(A) decreases
co
(B) increases
asy
lp.
(C) remains unchanged
En
(D) varies in an unpredictable manner
MCQ 3.3.17
gin
Application of the method of images to a boundary value problem in electrostatics
he
IES EC 2007 involves which one of the following ?

(A) Introduction of an additional distribution of charges and removal of a set of
conducting surfaces
eer
te
ing
(B) Introduction of an additional distribution of charge and an additional set of
conducting surfaces
.ne
(C) Removal of a charge distribution and introduction of an additional set of
ga
conducting surfaces
t
(D) Removal of a charge distribution as well as a set of conducting surfaces
w.
MCQ 3.3.18 Assertion (A) : Potential everywhere on a conducting surface of infinite extent is
IES EC 2006 zero.
Reason (R) : Displacement density on a conducting surface is normal to the surface.
ww
(A) Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of A

(B) Both A and R are true but R is NOT the correct explanation of A
MCQ 3.3.19 A parallel plate capacitor of 5 pF capacitor has a charge of 0.1 mC on its plates.
IES EC 2006 What is the energy stored in the capacitor ?
(A) 1 mJ (B) 1 μJ
(C) 1 nJ (D) 1 pJ


MCQ 3.3.20 A charge of 1 Coulomb is placed near a grounded conducting plate at a distance of
IES EC 2006 1 m. What is the force between them ?
(A) 1 N (B) 1 N
4pe0 8pe0
(C) 1 N (D) 4pe0 N
16pe0
MCQ 3.3.21 The capacitance of a parallel plate capacitor is given by e ed A where A is the area of
0 r
IES EC 2005 each plates. Considering fringing field, under which one of the following conditions
is the above expression valid ?
m
(A) A is tending towards zero (B) A is tending towards infinity
ww d
(C) A is 1
d
(D) A is 1
co
d d er e0
w.E
MCQ 3.3.22
IES EC 2005
What is the expression for capacitance of a solid infinitely conducting solid sphere
of radius ‘R’ in free space ?
lp.
(A) 2pe0 R
(C) 8pe0 R asy (B) 4pe0 R
(D) 0.5pe0 R
En
he
MCQ 3.3.23 A point charge of + 10 mC placed at a distance of 5 cm from the centre of a
IES EC 2004
gin
conducting grounded sphere of radius 2 cm is shown in the diagram given below :
eer
e
at
ing
.ne
g
t
w.
What is the total induced charge on the conducting sphere ?

(A) 10 μC (B) 4 μC
(C) 5 μC (D) 12.5 μC
ww
MCQ 3.3.24 For an electric field E = E 0 sin wt , what is the phase difference between the
IES EC 2004 conduction current and the displacement current ?
(A) 0c (B) 45c
(C) 90c (D) 180c
MCQ 3.3.25 An infinitely long line charge of uniform charge density rL C/m is situated parallel
IES EC 2004 to and at a distance from the grounded infinite plane conductor. This field problem
can be solved by which one of the following ?
(A) By conformal transformation
(B) By method of images


(C) By Laplace’s equation
(D) By Poisson’s equation
MCQ 3.3.26 An air condenser of capacitance of 0.002 mF is connected to a d.c. supply of 500 Volts
IES EC 2003 , disconnected and then immersed in oil with a dielectric constant of 2.5. Energy
stored in the capacitor before and after immersion, respectively is
(A) 500 # 10-4 J and 250 # 10-4 J
(B) 250 # 10-4 J and 500 # 10-4 J
(C) 625 # 10-4 J and 250 # 10-4 J
ww (D) 250 # 10-4 J and 625 # 10-4 J
m
MCQ 3.3.27 A 3 mF capacitor is charged by a constant current of 2 mA for 6 seconds. The
w.E
IES EC 2001 voltage across the capacitor to the end of charging will be
(A) 3 V
co
(B) 4 V
(C) 6 V
asy (D) 9 V
lp.
MCQ 3.3.28 Consider the following statements :
IES EC 2001
En
A parallel plane capacitor is filled with a dielectric of relative permittivity er1 and
connected to a d.c. voltage of V volts. If the dielectric is changed to another with
gin
he
relative permittivity er1 = 2er1 , keeping the voltage constant, then

1. the electric field intensity E within the capacitor doubles.
2. the displacement flux density D doubles
eer
te
3. the charge Q on the plates is reduced to half.

4. the energy stored in the capacitor is doubled.
ing
Select the correct answer using the codes given below :
.ne
ga
(A) 1 and 2 (B) 2 and 3

(C) 2 and 4 (D) 3 and 4
t
w.
MCQ 3.3.29 A coil of resistance 5 W and inductance 0.4 H is connected to a 50 V d.c. supply.
IES EC 2001 The energy stored in the field is
(A) 10 joules (B) 20 joules
ww
(C) 40 joules (D) 80 joules
MCQ 3.3.30 The normal components of electric flux density across a dielectric-dielectric
IES EE 2011 boundary
(A) are discontinuous
(B) are continuous
(C) depend on the magnitude of the surface charge density
(D) depend on electric field intensity


MCQ 3.3.31 Consider the following statements in connection with boundary relations of electric
IES EE 2009 field :
1. In a single medium electric field is continuous.
2. The tangential components are the same on both sides of a boundary between
two dielectrics.
3. The tangential electric field at the boundary of a dielectric and a current
carrying conductors with finite conductivity is zero.
4. Normal components of the flux density is continuous across the charge-free
m
boundary between two dielectrics.
ww Which of these statements is/are correct ?
co
(A) 1 only
w.E (B) 1, 2 and 3

(C) 1, 2 and 4
lp.
MCQ 3.3.32
(D) 3 and 4 only
asy
The capacitance of an insulated conducting sphere of radius R in vacuum is
IES EE 2008 (A) 2pe0 R
En
he
(B) 4pe0 R
(C) 4pe0 R2 gin
(D) 4pe0 /R
eer
e
MCQ 3.3.33 A parallel plate air capacitor carries a charge Q at its maximum withstand voltage
at
IES EE 2007
ing
V . If the capacitor is half filled with an insulating slab of dielectric constant 4 as
shown in the figure given below, what are the maximum withstand voltage and the
.ne
g
charge on the capacitor at this voltage, respectively ?
t
w.
ww
(A) 2.5V , Q (B) 4 V, 2.5 Q

(C) V, 2.5 Q (D) V/4, Q
MCQ 3.3.34 When an infinite charged conducting plate is placed between two infinite conducting
IES EE 2007 grounded surfaces as shown in the figure given below, what would be the ratio of
the surface densities r1 and r2 on the two sides of the plate ?


ww
m
(d1 + t) (d2 + t)
(A) (B)
(d2 + t) (d1 + t)
w.E (C) d1
d2
co
(D) d2
d1
MCQ 3.3.35
asy
The polarization in a solid dielectric is related to the electric field E and the
lp.
IES EE 2007 electric flux density D according to which on of the following equations ?
(A) E = e0 D + P
(B) D = e0 Ê + P h En
gin
he
(C) D = e0 E + P
(D) E = D + e0 P
MCQ 3.3.36 Image theory is applicable to problems involving eer

te
IES EE 2006 (A) electrostatic field only

(B) magnetostatic field only ing
.ne
ga
(C) both electrostatic and magnetostatic fields

(D) neither electrostatic nor magnetostatic field
t
w.
MCQ 3.3.37 Six capacitors of different capacitances C1, C2, C 3, C 4, C5 and C6 are connected in
IES EE 2006 series. C1 > C2 > C 3 > C 4 > C5 > C6 . What is the total capacitance almost equal
to ?
ww
(A) C1 (B) C 3
(C) C 4 (D) C6
MCQ 3.3.38 Two extensive homogeneous isotropic dielectrics meet on a plane z = 0 . For
IES EE 2004 z $ 0 , er1 = 4 and for z # 0 , er2 = 3 . A uniform electric field exists at z $ 0 as
E1 = 5ax - 2ay + 3az kw/m . What is the value of E2z in the region z # 0 ?
(A) 3az (B) 5ax - 2ay
(C) 6az (D) ax - ay


MCQ 3.3.39 A flat slab of dielectric, er = 5 is placed normal to a uniform field with a flux density
IES EE 2004 D = 1 Coulomb/m2 . The slab is uniformly polarized. What is the polarization P of
the slab in Coulomb/m2 ?
(A) 0.8 (B) 1.2
(C) 4 (D) 6
MCQ 3.3.40 Which one of the following gives the approximate value of the capacitance between
IES EE 2004 two spheres, whose separation is very much larger than their radii R ?
(A) 2p/e0 R (B) 2pe0 R
m
(C) 2pe0 /R (D) 4pe0 /R
ww
co
MCQ 3.3.41 Assertion (A) : For steady current in an arbitrary conductor, the current density
w.E
IES EE 2003 is solenoidal
Reason (R) : The reciprocal of the resistance is the conductivity.
lp.
asy
En
he
MCQ 3.3.42
IES EE 2003 gin
Assertion (A) : Displacement current can have only a.c components.
Reason (R) : It is generated by a change in electric flux.
eer
e

at

ing
.ne
g
MCQ 3.3.43 A plane slab of dielectric having dielectric constant 5, placed normal to a uniform
t
w.
IES EE 2003 field with a flux density of 3 C/m2 , is uniformly polarized. The polarization of the
slab is
(A) 0.4 C/m2 (B) 1.6 C/m2
ww
(C) 2.0 C/m2 (D) 6.4 C/m2
MCQ 3.3.44 Ohm’s law in point form in the field theory can be expressed as
IES EE 2002 (A) V = RI (B) J = E/s
(C) J = sE (D) R = rl/A
MCQ 3.3.45 A medium behaves like dielectric when the

IES EE 2002 (A) displacement current is just equal to the conduction current
(B) displacement current is less than the conduction current
(C) displacement current is much greater than the conduction current
(D) displacement current is almost negligible


MCQ 3.3.46 A copper wire carries a conduction current of 1.0 A at 50 Hz. For copper wire
IES EE 2002 e = e0, m = m0, s = 5.8 # 10 mho/m . What is the displacement current in the wire
?
(A) 2.8 # 10 A
(B) 4.8 # 10- 11 A
(C) 1 A
(D) It cannot be calculated with the given data
MCQ 3.3.47 Assertion (A) : When there is no charge in the interior of a conductor the electric
ww
IES EE 2001 field intensity is infinite.
m
Reason (R) : As per Gauss’s law the total outward electric flux through any closed
surface constituted inside the conductor must vanish.
w.E co
asy
lp.
MCQ 3.3.48 En
A point charge + Q is brought near a corner of two right angle conducting planes
gin
he
IES EE 2001 which are at zero potential as shown in the given figure. Which one of the following
configurations describes the total effect of the charges for calculating the actual
field in the first quadrant ?
eer
te
ing
.ne
ga
t
w.
ww


m
MCQ 3.3.49 The electric field across a dielectric-air interface is shown in the given figure. The
ww
IES EE 2001 surface charge density on the interface is
co
w.E lp.
asy
En
he
(A) - 4e0
(C) - 2e0
gin (B) - 3e0
(D) - e0
eer
e
MCQ 3.3.50 When air pocket is trapped inside a dielectric of relative permittivity ‘5’, for a
at
IES EE 2001
that in the dielectric is equal to ing

given applied voltage across the dielectric, the ratio of stress in the air pocket to
(A) 1/5 (B) 5

.ne
g
(C) 1 + 5 (D) 5 - 1
t
w.
***********
ww


SOLUTIONS 3.1

For a given current density, the total current that passes through a given surface
ww
m
is defined as
I = # J : dS
w.E co
where dS is the differential surface area having the direction normal to the surface.
So we have dS = rdrdfaz for the plane z = 0
asy
Therefore, the current passing the plane z = 0 , 0 # r # 2 is
2p
# # 810e ^r a
2
+ az hB : (rdrdfaz )
lp.
z 2
I = r
En
f=0 r=0
2p 2
= 10 # # e rdzdf z
gin
0 0
he
2p 2
= 10 # # rdrdf (z = 0 )
0 0
r2 2
= 10 ; E # 6f@20p
2 0 eer
te

= 10 # 3 # 2p = 60p A
ing
.ne
ga
is defined as
I = # J : dS
t
w.
So, we have dS = (r sin qdf) (dr) a q for the surface q = 90c
Therefore, the total current crossing the surface q = 90c,0 < f < 2p,0 < r < 1 m is
ww
I = # ^r cos qa + r sin qa
2
r
2
q - r2 afh : ^r sin qdfdraq h
1 2p
= # # r sin qdfdr 3 2
at q = 90c
r=0 f=0
4 1
= 6f@20p # :r D = 2p # 1 = p A
4 0 8 4
For a given current density, the total current flowing through a cross section is
defined as
I = # J : dS


where dS is the differential cross sectional area vector having the direction normal
to the cross section.
So we have dS = rdrdfaz (since the cylindrical wire is lying along z -axis)
Therefore the total current flowing through the wire (cross section) is
I = b 50 az l : ^rdrdfaz h
r
16 # 10-3 2p
50
= # # b r l^rdrdfh
r=0 f=0
= 50 # 6r@16 # 6f@20p
-3
# 10
m
0
ww = 60 # 16 # 10-3 # 2p
co
w.E For a given current density, the total current that passes through a given surface
is defined as
#
I = J : dS lp.
So we have asy
dS = rdrdfaz for the plane z = 2
En
Therefore the total current crossing the plane z = 2 , r < 4 is
he
20 sin f
I = e 40 a r - 2
(r + 1) o^
az rdrdfaz h
r
# #
2p 4 20 sin f gin
e - r2 + 1 o^rdrdfh
=
eer
e
f=0 r=0
2p
20 rdr
4
; sin fdfE
at
=-; #
r=0 r + 1
E f=0
2
1 44 20
44 3
#
ing
=4A
.ne
g
t
w.
From the equation of continuity we have the relation between the volume charge
density, rv and the current density, J as
2rv
=- d : J
ww
2t
Given the current density,
20 sin f
J = 40 a r - 2 az A/m2
r (r + 1)
20 sin f
So, we have the components J r = 40 ,Jf = 0 and Jz =- 2
r (r + 1)
2rv 2Jf 2Jz
=-= 1 2 ^rJ rh + 1
2z G
Therefore, +
2t r 2r r 2f
- 20 sin f
= > 1 2 (40) + 2 e 2
r 2r 2z r + 1 oH
=2
So, volume charge density will be constant with respect to time.


Given the current I = 6 A is flowing radially outward (in a r direction) through the
medium between the cylinders. So the current density in the medium between the
cylinders is
J = I ar = 6 a (l = 2 m )
2prl 2pr # 2 r
= 5 a r A/m2
2pr
For a given current density in a certain medium having conductivity s, the electric
field intensity is defined as
ww E = J = 1 b 3 ar l
m
s s 2pr
= 3 ( r = 4 # 10-2 m , s = 0.05 S/m )
w.E 2p # 4 # 10-2 # 0.05

= 238.73 V/m
co
SOL 3.1.7
asy
Voltage between the cylindrical surfaces is defined as the line integral of the electric
lp.
i.e. En
field between the two surfaces
#
V =- E : dl
gin
Now the electric field intensity in the medium between the two cylindrical surfaces
he
as calculated in previous question is E = 1 b 3 ar l

s 2pr
eer
and the differential displacement between the two cylindrical surfaces is dl = dra r
te
So the voltage between the cylindrical surfaces is

V =- #
5 # 10-2
b
r = 3 # 10-2 2prs
rl ing
3 a : dra =- 3 ln 5
^ rh 2ps b 3 l
.ne
ga
=- 5.88 volt
So, the voltage between them will be 5.88 volt .
t
w.
As we have already calculated the voltage between the two cylindrical surfaces and
the current flowing radially outward in the medium between the surfaces is given
in the question. So the resistance between the cylindrical surface can be evaluated
ww
directly as
R = V = 4.88 = 0.813 W (V = 4.88 volt ,I = 6 A )
I 6

Since voltage between the cylindrical surfaces is V = 4.88 volt
and current flowing in the medium is I = 6A
So, Power dissipated in the medium is P = VI = (4.88) # 6 = 29.28 watt
Consider a constant voltage is applied across the ends of the wire so, the electric


field intensity throughout the wire cross section will be constant.
i.e. E = J1 = J 2
s1 s2
where J1 is the current density in the material having conductivity s1 .
J2 is the current density in the material having conductivity s2 .
So,the ratio of the current density is
J1 = s1
J2 s2
i.e. it will be independent of both r and R.
m
ww Since hydrogen atom contains a single electron (- ve charge) and a single proton (
co
+ ve charge). So, the dipole moment due to one atom of the hydrogen will be
w.E i.e.
So,
p = qd where q is electronic charge and d is effective length
q = 1.6 # 10-19 C and d = 7.1 # 10-16 m
p = ^1.6 # 10-19h # ^7.1 # 10-16h
lp.
asy
and since the polarization in a material is defined as the dipole moment per unit
volume.
Therefore
En
P = np where n is the number of atoms per unit volume.
he
i.e. n = 5.5 # 10 atoms/cm3
19
So, gin
= 5.5 # 1025 atoms/m3
P = ^5.5 # 1025h # ^1.6 # 10-19 # 7.1 # 10-16h
eer
e
= 4.25 # 10-9 C/m2

at
ing
When an electric field E is applied to a material with dielectric constant er then
the polarization of the material is defined as
P = e0 (er - 1) E
.ne
g
er - 1 = P = 6.25 # 10-9
t
w.
So, = 1.7655 # 10-2

e0 E 8.85 # 10-12 # 40 # 103
er = 1 + 0.0177 = 1.0177
ww
SOL 3.1.13
Given D = 2P & P = D/2
If the polarization of a dielectric material placed in an electric field E is P , then
the electric flux density in the material is defined as
D = e0 E + P
= e0 E + D/2
or D = 2e0 E ..........(i)
and since the relation between the electric field, E and flux density, D inside a
dielectric material with dielectric constant er is defined as
D = e0 er E
So, comparing the result with equation (i) we get, er = 2 .


Electric field intensity is defined as the negative gradient of the potential
i.e. E =- dV
=-c2V ax + 2V ay + 2V az m
2x 2y 2z
= 250ay V/m
For a given electric field intensity E in a material having relative permittivity er ,
the electric flux density is defined as :
D = er e0 E
ww
m
= 8 # ^8.85 # 10-12h # (500ay) er = 8/5
5
w.E
= 9.08ay nC/m2
co
For an applied electric field intensity E in a material having relative permittivity
asy
er , the polarization of the material is defined as
lp.
P = e0 êr - 1h E
En= ^8.85 # 10-12h (1.6 - 1) # ^500ay h

= 8.85 # 10-12 # 0.6 # 500ay
gin
he
= 4.66 # 10-9 ay
eer
Since the two regions is being separated by the plane y = 0 , so the tangential and
te
normal component of the electric field to the plane y = 0 are given as

E1t = 50ax - 10az
E1n = 20ay
ing
.ne
ga
From the boundary condition, the tangential component of electric field will be
uniform.
i.e. E2t = E1t = 50ax - 10az
t
w.
and the normal component of the field is nonuniform and given as

e2 E2n = e1 E1n
E1n = e1 E1n = 2 ^20ay h = 8ay
e2 5
ww
So the electric field intensity in the second region is

E2 = E2t + E2n = ^50ax - 10az h + ^8ay h
= 50ax + 8ay - 10az kV/m
Therefore the electric flux density in the region 2 is
D2 = er2 e0 E2
= 5 # 8.85 # 10-12 (50ax + 8ay - 10az ) # 103
= 3.21ax + 0.55ay - 0.44az mC/m2
Energy density in the region having electric field intensity E2 is defined as


WE = 1 er2 e0 E2 : E2 ,where the relative permittivity of the medium is er2
2
As calculated in previous question the electric field intensity is
E2 = 50ax + 8ay - 10az kV/m
So the energy density in the region 2 is
WE = 1 # 5 # e0 6(50) 2 + (8) 2 + (10) 2@ # 106
2
= 79 mJ/m3
m
According to boundary condition the tangential components of electric field are
ww uniform
co
i.e. E1t = E2t = E 3t ...(i)
w.E but the normal component of electric fields are non uniform and defined as
Since
e1 E1n = e2 E2n = e3 E 3n
e1 = e3 lp. (Given)
So,
asy Ein = E 3n ! E2n
and as the net electric field is given by
...(ii)
EnE = Et + E n (sum of tangential and normal component)

he
Therefore by combining the results of eq (i) and (ii) we get
SOL 3.1.20
E1 = E 3 ! E 2
Option (D) is correct. gin
eer
e
As the dielectric slab occupies the region 0 < z < d and the field intensity in the
free space is in + az direction so, the field will be normal to the boundary of plane
at
dielectric slab.
ing
So from the boundary condition the field normal to the surface are related as
.ne
g
eEin = e0 E
Ein = e0 E 0 az = E 0 az ( e = 4e0 )
t
w.
4e0 4
Therefore, Din = eEin = 4e0 E 0 az = e0 E 0 az
4
ww
Total energy stored in a region having electric field is given as

W = 1 e0 Ê : E h dv
#
2 v
= 1 e0 Ê1 + E2h : Ê1 + E2h dv
# (E = E1 + E2 )
2 v
= 1 e0 Ê 12 + E 22 + 2E1 : E2h dv
#
2 v
= 1 e0 E 12 dv + 1 e0 E 22 dv + e0 Ê1 : E2h dv
# # #
2 v 2 v
= W1 + W2 + # e Ê : E hdv
v
0 1 2


Energy on a dipole with moment p in an electric field E is defined as
WE =- p : E =- (- 2ax + 3ay) : (1.5ax - az ) =- (- 3 - 3) = 6 J
Consider a neutral dielectric is placed in an electric field E , due to which the
dielectric gets polarized with polarization P , the bound surface charge density of
the dielectric be rpS and the bound volume charge density be rpv .
So the total bound charge by the dielectric is given as
Qbound = #r pS dS + #r pv dv
ww
S v
m
Since for a given polarization P of a dielectric material, the bound surface charge
density over the surface of material is defined as
w.E rpS = P : an
co
where an is the unit vector normal to the surface directed outward.
while the bound volume charge density inside the material is defined as
asy
rpv =- d : P
lp.
So we have, Qbound = # ^P : a hdS - # d : P dv
En
n
S v
= # P : dS - # d : P dv (dSan = dS )
gin
he
s v
But according to the divergence theorem

#
s
P : dS = #
v
d : P dv
eer
te
Therefore, Qbound = 0
ing
.ne
Resistance of a conductor of length l and having uniform cross sectional area S is
ga
R = l where s is the conductivity of the conductor

sS
Given the conductivity, s = 5 # 106 (Wm) -1
t
w.
the length of the conductor, l =8m

side of the square cross section, a = 3 cm
and radius of the bored hole, r = 0.5 cm
ww
So, the net cross sectional area is

S = area of square cross section(bar) - area of circular cross
section(hole)
or S = a2 - pr2 = (3) 2 - p (0.5) 2
= a9 - p k cm2
4
The total resistance between the square ends is given as
R = l = 8
sS p
^5 # 10 h # 9a9 - 4 k # 10 C
6 -4
= 2.948 # 10-3 W


The two materials of composite bar will behave like two wires of resistance RL
(resistance due to lead) and RC (resistance due to copper) connected in parallel.
As from the previous question we have the resistance due to the lead is
RL = 1.948 mW
and since the area of the cross section filled with copper is equal to the area of the
cross section defined by hole so we have
cross sectional area SC = p cm2
4
m
length of the bar l =8m
ww and conductivity of the copper, sC = 1 = 1

resistivity of the copper 1.72 # 10-8
co
So the resistance due to copper is
w.E RC = l
SC sC
= p 8
^ 4 # 10 h_ 1.72 #1 10 i
lp. -4
-8
= 1.76 mW
asy
Therefore the equivalent resistance of the composite bar is
R = RC || RL =
(1.948) # (1.76)
1.948 + 1.76
En = 524.62 # 10 W -6
he

Given the conductivity of material,
gin s = 106 (Wm) -1
G = 106 (W) -1
and conductance of the wire,
eer
e
Since the conductance of a wire of length l having cross sectional area S is

G = sS
at
So we have,
l
6
106 = 10 # pr
2 ing (S = pr2 )
l
.ne
g
r = l
p
t
w.

Given the radii of spherical shell as
a = 1 cm = 0.01 m
ww
b = 2 cm = 0.02 m
The capacitance of a spherical capacitor having inner and outer radii a and b
respectively is defined as
-12
C = 4per e0 = 4p # 4 # 8.85 # 10 = 8.9 pF
1 1 1 - 1
ba - b l 0.01 0.02
Since the dielectric has been removed from the portion defined by ^ p2 < f < ph
so the composite capacitor will have the dielectric filled only in 34 th portion of
the total capacitor and so the configuration can be treated as the two capacitors
connected in parallel with each other.


The capacitance of the portion carrying air( er = 1) as the medium between the
spherical shells
-12
C1 = 1 # 4pe0 = 1 # 4p # 8.85 # 10
4 1-1 4 1 - 1
a b 0.01 0.02
= 0.56 # 10-12 = 0.56 pF
The capacitance of the portion carrying dielectric( er = 4 ) as the medium between
the spherical shells
C2 = 3 # C
4
ww Where C is the capacitance if no any portion of dielectric was removed as already
m
calculated in previous question.
C2 = 3 # 8.9 # 10-12 = 6.7 # 10-12 = 6.7 pF
w.E So we have
4
co
Therefore the equivalent capacitance of the composite capacitor is,
asy
Ceq = C1 + C2 = 0.66 + 6.7 = 2.12
lp.
En
gin
he
eer
te
ing
.ne
ga
t
w.
Capacitance of a parallel plate capacitor is defined as

C = eS
d
ww
where S is the surface area of the parallel plates

d is the separation between the plates
Here, the three different regions will be treated as the three capacitors connected
in series as shown below
So the capacitance of the region 1 is C1 = er1 e0 S = 2500e0 S

0.001


the capacitance of the region 2 is C2 = er2 e0 S = 2000e0 S
0.002
the capacitance of the region 3 is C 3 = e0 S = 500e0 S
0.002
Therefore the equivalent capacitance of the whole configuration is calculated as
1 = 1 + 1 + 1 = 1 1 + 1 + 1
Ceq C1 C 2 C 3 e0 S b 2500 2000 500 l
So, Ceq = 3.45 # 102 e0 S
The capacitance per square meter of surface area will be
m
C
Ceql = eq = 3.45 # 102 e0 = 4.05 nF/m2
S
ww
co
Capacitance between the two cylindrical surfaces is defined as
w.E Where
C = 2pel
ln ^b/a h
l " length of the cylinder
lp.
asy
a " inner radius of the cylinder
b " outer radius of the cylinder
En
Since, the medium between the conducting cylinders includes the dielectric layer
he
êr = 4h from r = 4 cm to r = 6 cm and airêr = 1h from r = 6 cm to r = 8 cm , so
gin
the configuration can be treated as the two capacitance connected in series.
Now for the dielectric layer ( er = 4 ) from r = 4 cm to r = 6 cm , capacitance is
C1 = 2pe0 er 1 = 8pe0
eer
e
(l = 1 m )
ln (6/4) ln (1.5)
and for the air medium êr = 1h from r = 6 cm to r = 8 cm , capacitance is
at
C2 = 2pe0 # 1 = 2pe0
ln (8/6) ln (4/3) ing
.ne
g
So, the equivalent capacitance of the configuration is evaluated as

1 = 1 + 1 = ln (1.5) + ln (4/3)
t
w.
Ceq C1 C 2 8pe0 2pe0

Ceq = 143 pF
ww
The equivalent arrangement of the capacitor can be drawn in form of circuit as

below
For which the capacitances are calculated as below


e S/2 e0 S -4
C1 = 0 = = e0 # 10 #-10 = e0
d/2 d 4 # 10 3 4
e e S/2 er e0 S
C2 = r 0 = = 3e0 er = 3
d/2 d 4
e S/2 -4
C3 = 0 = e0 # 10 # 10-3 = e0
d 2 # 4 # 10 8
Therefore the equivalent capacitance of the capacitor is
e0 3e0
Ceq = C 3 + C 1 C2 e
= + 4 4
0
= e0 = 2.76 pF
C1 + C 2 8 e0 + 3e0 4
ww 4 4
m
As the medium between capacitor plates is conducting so it carries the resistive as
w.E well as capacitive property.
co
Consider the plates are separated by a distance d and the surface area of plates is
asy
S as shown in the figure.
lp.
En
gin
he
eer
te
ing
.ne
ga
So the total resistance of the medium between plates is

R = d t
w.
sS
and capacitance of the capacitor is
C = eS
ww
d
Therefore the time constant of the capacitor will be
t = RC = e
s
***********


SOLUTIONS 3.2
m
ww is defined as
co
I = # J : dS
w.E where dS is the differential surface area having the direction normal to the surface.
Since the current density is independent of q and f so we can have directly the
lp.
current
asy I = J : S = J (4pr2 ar )
= 1 e-10 t 4pr2 = 4p # (6) 2 # 1 # e-10 # 10

3 3 -3
En r 6
he
-1 -1
= 4p # 3 # e = 12pe
gin
From the equation of continuity we have the relation between the volume charge
eer
e
density, rv and the current density, J as

2rv
at
2t
=- d : J
ing
and since the current density have only the component in ar direction so we have,
2rv
=- 12 2 ^r2 Jr h
.ne
g
2t r 2r
2rv
=- 12 2 br2 1 e-10 t l
t
w.
2t r 2 r r
Integrating both sides we get,
rv (r, t) =- 12 e-10 t dt + f (r)
# 3
ww
r
where f (r) is the function independent of time.
-3
rv (r, t) = 102 e-10 t + f (r)
3
r
Now for t " 3 rv (r, t) = 0
So, we put the given condition in the equation to get f (r)= 0
-3
rv (r, t) = 102 e-10 t
3
therefore
r
i.e. rv (r, t) \ 2 1
r


The velocity of charge density can be defined as the ratio of current density to the
charge density in the region
3
J (1/r) e-10 t ar
i.e. v = = = 103 r ar
rv ^ h
-3 2 -103 t
10 / r e
So, at r = 0.6 m , v = 103 # 0.6ar = 300ar m/s
The given problem can be solved easily by using image theory as the conducting
surface y = 0 can be replaced by the equipotential surface in the same plane y = 0
ww and image of line charges ( rlL =- 5 pC/m at x = 0 , y =- 1 and x = 0 , y =- 2 ) as
m
shown in the figure
w.E co
asy
lp.
En
gin
he
eer
te
ing
.ne
ga
t
The work done to carry a unit positive charge from a point located at a distance a
from the line charge with charge density rL to another point located at a distance
w.
b from the line charge is defined as

r
Vab =- L ln b b l
2pe0 a
ww
and since the surface y = 0 has zero potential, so the potential at point P will be
equal to the work done in moving a unit positive charge from the plane y = 0 to
the point P . So the potential at point P will be
rL
/ ln b
2pe0 b a l
VP =-
where a is the distance of the surface y = 0 from the line charges while b is the
distance of point P from the line charges.
-12
So, VP =- 5 # 10 =- ln b 1 l - ln c 2 m + ln c 10 m + ln c 17 mG
2pe0 2 1 1 2
=- 0.3 volt


Electric field at a distance R from a line charge having uniform charge density rL
is defined as
r
E = L R2
2pe0 R
So the net electric field intensity produced at the point P due to the four line
charges discussed in previous question is given as
rL R
E = /2pe0 R 2
m
where R is the distance of point P from the line charges
ww Therefore, E = l >
r (- 1, - 2, 0) - (0, 1, 0) (- 1, - 2, 0) - (0, 2, 0)
2pe0 (- 1, - 3, 0) 2
+
(- 1, - 4, 0) 2
co
w.E -
= 5 # 10 ;-
(- 1, - 2, 0) - (0, - 1, 0) (- 1, - 2, 0) - (0, - 2, 0)
-12
(- 1, - 1, 0) 2
-
(- 1, 0, 0) 2
(1, 3, 0) (1, 4, 0) (1, 1, 0) (1, 0, 0)
lp. - + +
1 E
H
asy 2pe0 10 17 2
= 0.12ax - 0.0032ay = 0.12ax - 0.003ay V/m
SOL 3.2.6
En
he
For a given polarization P inside a material, the bound surface charge density over
the surface of material is defined as
rpS = P : an gin
eer
e
where an is the unit vector normal to the surface directed outward.

while the bound volume charge density inside the material is defined as
at
rpv =- d : P
ing
Since the component of polarization of rod along y -axis is Py = 2y2 + 3 . So, the
.ne
polarization of the material is P = (2y2 + 3) ay . and the charge density on the
g
surface of the rod is rpS = P : an
t
w.
At y = 0 (top surface) rS1 = (2y2 + 3) ay : ^- ay h =- 3

At y = 5 (bottom surface) rS2 = (2y2 + 3) ay : (ay)= 53
and since the polarization has no radial component so no charge will be stored on
ww
its curvilinear surface and so the total bound surface charge on the surface of the
rod is
#
Q pS = rpS ds = rS1 S + rS2 S (S is the cross sectional area)
=- 3 S + 53 S = 50 S
Now, the bound volume charge density inside the material is
rpv =- d : P =- d : (2y2 + 3) ay =- 4y
So the total bound volume charge stored inside the material will be
y2 5
Q pv = rpv dv = (- 4y) Sdy =- 4S ; E - 50S
5
# 0
# 2 0
So, Total bound charge
Qbound = QS + Qv = 50 S - 50 S = 0


Electric field produced by the point charge at a distance r is

q
E = 1 2 ar
4pe0 r
So, the induced dipole moment in the neutral atom due to the electric field E
ww produced by the point charge will be
m
aq
p = aE = ar
4pe0 r2
w.E co
and since the electric field intensity produced due to a dipole having moment p at
a distance r from the dipole is defined as
asy
Edip =
p
4pe0 r3 ^
2 cos qar + sin qa q h
lp.
where q is the angle formed between the distance vector r and dipole moment p
En
So the field produced by the induced dipole at the point charge is
aq
2b
4pe0 r2 l
gin
he
2p 2a q
Edip = = = (q = p as shown in the figure)
4pe0 r3 4pe0 r3 ^ 0h2 r
5
4 pe
eer
Therefore the force experienced by the point charge due to the field applied by
induced dipole is
te
F = qEdip = 2a b
q 21
4pe0 l r5 ing
= 2a b 1 # 10-9 # 9 # 109 l # 1 5
.ne
2
ga
9 (1)
t
Electric field intensity produced due to a dipole having moment p, at a distance r
w.
from the dipole is defined as

p
4pe0 r3 ^
Edip = 2 cos qar + sin qa q h
ww
So the electric field intensity produced due to dipole P1 at P2 is

E1 =
p1
a = 2 # 10-9 a ( q = p/2 )
q q
4pe0 r3 4pe0 # (1) 3
Therefore the torque on P2 due to P1 is
T = p 2 # E1
Taking the magnitude only we have the torque on P2 is
-9
T = p2 E1 sin q = ^9 # 10-9hc 2 # 10 m sin 90c
4pe0
-8
= 1.62 # 10 N-m = 0.16 mN- m


Electric field intensity produced due to a dipole having moment p, at a distance r
from the dipole is defined as
p
4pe0 r3 ^
Edip = 2 cos qar + sin qa q h
So the electric field intensity produce due to dipole P2 at P1 is
E2 =-
p2 9 # 10-9 2a
3 2ar =- # r (q = p )
4pe0 r 4pe0 (1) 3
m
Therefore the torque on P1 due to P2 is
ww T = p1 # E 2
Considering the magnitude only we have the torque on P1 is
co
w.E
-9
T = p1 E2 sin q = 2 # 10-9 # c - 9 # 10 # 2 m ( q = p/2 )
4pe0
= 3.64 # 10-4 N- m = 0.32 mN- m
lp.
SOL 3.2.10
asy
For a given polarization P inside a material, the bound volume charge density
En
inside the material is defined as
he
rpv =- d : P
gin
Since the polarization of the sphere is P (r)= 2rar
So the bound volume charge density inside the sphere is
eer
rpv =-4: P ^r h =- 12 2 (r2 2r) =- 12 # 6r2 =- 6
e
r 2r r
at
ing
Therefore the electric field intensity inside the sphere at a distance r from the
center is given by
1 rpv # 3 pr a
4 3
E = 1
Q enc
a =
.ne
g
4pe0 r2 r
4pe0 r2
r
rr
= v ar =- 6r ar =-b 2 l rar
t
w.
3e0 3e0 e0
So the radial component of the electric field inside the sphere is
Er =- 2 r
ww
e0
which is linearly decreasing with a slope b- 2 l with respect to r as shown below :
e0


For a given polarization P of a material, the bound surface charge density over the
surface of material is defined as
rpS = P : an
So the bound surface charge density over the spherical surface is
rpS = P ^r h : ar (an = ar )
= 2r = 2a (at the spherical surface r = a )
So, total bound surface charge over the sphere is
Q pS = 2a # 4pa2 = 8pa3
and the bound volume charge density inside the sphere as calculated above is
ww
m
rpv =- 6
So, total bound volume charge inside the sphere is
w.E Q pv = rpv b 4 pa3 l = (- 6) # b 4 pa3 l =- 8pa3

3
co
Therefore the total bound charge in the sphere is
3
asy
Qbound = Q pS + Q pv = 12pa3 - 12pa3 = 0
lp.
According to Gauss law the outward electric field flux through a closed surface is
En
equal to the charge enclosed by the surface and since the total bound charge for any
point outside the sphere is zero So, the electric field intensity at any point outside
the sphere is E = 0 .
gin
he
eer
Since the spherical shell is of inner radius r = 2 m so region inside the sphere will
have no polarization and therefore the total charge enclosed inside the shell for
te
r < 2 m will be zero.

i.e. Qenc = 0 ing
.ne
ga
According to Gauss law the total outward electric flux from a closed surface is
equal to the charge enclosed by the surface and since the total enclosed charge for
t
r < 2 m is zero so the electric field intensity at r = 1 m will be zero.
w.

Since the total bound charge by a polarized neutral dielectric is zero as discussed in
MCQ. 33. So for any point outside the spherical shell the total enclosed charge(bound
ww
charge) will be zero and as discussed in the previous question, according to Gauss
law the electric field intensity at any point outside the spherical shell will be zero.
So, for the surface r = 7 Qenc = 0
Therefore the electric field intensity is E = 0
As we have to find electric field at r = 5 m so we determine first the charge enclosed
by the surface r = 5 m which will be equal to the sum of the volume charge stored
in the region 2 # r # 5 m and the surface charge stored at r = 2 m .
Since for a given polarization P of a dielectric material, the bound volume charge
density inside the material is defined as


rpv =- d : P
So the bound volume charge density inside the dielectric defined in the region
2 # r # 6 m will be
rpv =- d : P ^r h =- 12 2 br2 5 l =- 52
r 2r r r
so the total bound volume charge in the region 2 # r # 5 m is
5
#
Q pv = rpv dv = # - 5 # 4pr2 dr
r=2 r
=- 20p 6r @2 =- 60p
5
m
Now for a given polarization P inside a dielectric material, the bound surface
ww charge density over the surface of dielectric is defined as
co
rpS = P : an
w.E where an is the unit vector normal to the surface pointing outward of the material.
So the bound surface charge density at r = 2 m is
rpS = P ^r h : (- ar )
lp. (an =- ar )
asy
Therefore the total bound surface charge over the surface r = 2 m is
Q pS =- 5 # 4pr2 (for spherical surface S = 4pr2 )
En r
he
=- 5 # 4p # 22 =- 40p r = 2m
2
gin
So, the total enclosed charge by the surface r = 5 m is
Qenc = Q pv + Q ps =- 60p - 40p =- 100p
eer
e
So the electric field intensity at r = 5 m will be,

Q
E = 1 # enc ar = 1 # - 100 p a =- 1 a
at

4pe0 r2 4pe0 52
ing r
e0 r
SOL 3.2.15
.ne
g
Since the electric field intensity at any point inside a conductor is always zero, so
the electric flux density at a distance r from the center of the spherical conductor
t
w.
can be given as
0, r<1
D =* Q
ww
ar , r > 1 m
4p r 2
where Q = 3 mC is the total charge carried by the conductor.
and since the dielectric material surrounding the spherical conductor has permittivity
er = 3 , so the electric field intensity at a distance r from the center of the sphere is
Z
] 0, r < 1m
] Q
E =] ar 1 < r < 2 m
[ 4per e0 r2
] Q
]] 2 ar r > 2m
\ 4 pe 0r
So, the total energy of the configuration is
WE = 1 D : E dv
#
2


Q Q Q Q
= 1 = 0dr +
1 2
# # c 4pr2 mc 4pe e r2 m^4pr dr h + # c 4pr2 mc 4pe r2 m^4pr dr hG
2 3 2
2 0 1 r 0 2 0
2
Q
=1 4p 1 1 dr1 dr + 1
2
2 (4p) 2 ' e # r2 1
#
3
1 2 r2 e0
Q2 1 1 2 + 1 -1 3 = Q 1
2
1+1
8p ' e0 er : r D1 e0 : r D2 1 8pe0 & 3 # 2 2 0
= -
(3 # 10-3) 2 # 9 # 109 8
= # 12
2
= 3.7 # 10 4 J
ww
m
The electric potential at the centre of sphere will be equal to the work done to
w.E co
carry a unit charge from infinity to the centre of the sphere (the line integral of the
electric field intensity from infinity to the center of the sphere)
asy
0
i.e. V =- # E : dl
lp.
3
Since the sphere has uniform charge density rv =0.6 nC/m3 embedded in it, so the
Z En
electric field intensity at a distance r from the center of the sphere can be given as
] rv r a , r<R
gin
he
] 3er e0 r
E =[ 3
] rv R ar ,
] 3e r2
\ 0
r>R
where R is the radius of the sphere i.e. R = 1 m eer

te
So, the potential at the centre of sphere will be

p
ing
0
# E : dl
.ne
ga
V =- (where differential displacement is dl = drar )

3
rv 1 3 dr - 0 rv r dr
t
1/ p
=-
3
# 3e0 r 2c
pm 1/ p 3e
#
w.
r r 2 0
=- v c 1 m # :- 1 D - v :r D
3 1/ p
3e0 p r 3 3er e0 2 1/ p
r r r rv
= vc 1 m # p+ v # 1 = v +
3
ww
3e0 p 3er e0 2p 3e0 p 12e0 p

5rv 5rv -9 9
= = = 5 # 0.6 # 10 # 9 # 10 ( er = 2 )
12pe0 3 # 4pe0 3
= 5 volt rv =0.6 nC/m3
For a given polarization P of a material, the surface charge density over the surface
of material is defined as
rS = P : an
where an is the unit vector normal to the surface directed outward of the material.


while the volume charge density inside the material is defined as
rv =- d : P
Since the the cylinder has uniform polarization P .
So, volume charge density inside the sphere is
rv =- d : P = 0
and the surface charge density over the top and bottom surface of the cylinder is
rS = P : an = ! P ( + P at top surface and - P at bottom surface)
So the total bound charge by the cylinder is
Qbound = QS + Qv
m
# r dS + # r dv = 6+ P (pr2) - P (pr2)@ + 0 = 0
ww =
S
S
v
v
co
w.E As calculated above the volume charge density inside the cylinder is zero while the
surface charge density at top and bottom surfaces are respectively + P and - P , so
the cylinder can be considered as the two circular plates (top and bottom surface)
lp.
asy
separated by a distance L. Since the separation between the plates is larger than
the cross sectional radius (L = 2r ) so the fringing field(electric field) will exist
En
directed from the upper plate towards the lower plate.
he

gin
The electric flux lines will be the same as the electric field intensity outside the
cylinder but as the volume charge density is zero rv = 0 inside the cylinder so
eer
e
# D : dS = 0 and therefore the flux lines will be continuous.

at

ing
Consider the surface charge density on the parallel plates is !rS so the electric flux
density between the plates is defined as
.ne
g
D = rS an
t
w.
where an is the unit vector normal to the surface of plates directed from one plate
toward the other plate.
Since permittivity changes from layer to layer, but the field is normal to the surface
ww
so electric flux density D will be uniform throughout the plate separation as from
boundary condition.
So the electric field intensity at any point between the parallel plates is
rS an
E = D = er = 2 (1 + 100a2)
e0 er 2e0 (1 + 100a2)
Therefore the voltage between the plates can be evaluated by taking the line
integral of electric field from one plate to the other plate
0.1 rS an
i.e. #
V =- E : dl =- # c 2 m : ^da h (dl = da )
a = 0 2e0 (1 + 100a )
r 0.1
da
= S 1 # (the direction of a is along an )
2e0 100 0 (0.1) 2 + a2
r
= S # 1 # 1 9tan-1 a a kC
0.1
2e0 100 0.1 0. 1 0


rS 1 p - 0 = rS p
2e0 # 10 9 4 C
=
80e0
Now charge stored at the parallel plates is
Q = (rS ) (S) where S is surface area of the plates
= rs # (0.2) S = 0.2 m2
So, the capacitance of the capacitor is evaluated as
Q r (0.2) 16e0
C = = s# =
V (rs p) /80e0 p
-11
= 5.51 # 10
ww Option (C) is correct.
m
SOL 3.2.21
For the two wire transmission line consists of the cylinders of radius b and separated
w.E by a distance 2h (centre to centre), the capacitance per unit length between them
is defined as
Cl = pe
co
asy cosh-1 (h/b)
Here, 2h = 2 cm and b = 0.2 cm
lp.
-12
Cl = p # 2 #-81.85 # 10
So,
En cosh ^1/0.2h
= 3.64 # 10-11 F/m
So the charge per unit length on each wire will be,
( er = 2 )
gin
he
Q = C lV0 = 3.64 # 10-11 # 100 (Vo = 100 V )

= 5.64 # 10-9 C/m
eer
te
ing
Consider the oil rises to a height h in the space between the tubes.
So, the capacitance of the tube carrying oil partially will be treated as the two
capacitors connected in parallel.
.ne
ga
Since the capacitance between the two cylindrical surfaces is defined as

C = 2pel
ln ^b/a h
t
w.
Where l " length of the cylinder

a " inner radius of the cylinder
b " outer radius of the cylinder
ww
So the capacitance of the portion carrying oil ( ce = 1) as the medium between the
cylindrical surfaces is
Coil = 2per e0 h = 4pe0 h êr = ce + 1 = 2h
ln ^3/1h ln ^3h
and the capacitance of the portion carrying air( er = 1) as the medium between the
cylindrical surfaces is
2pe0 ^1 - h h
Cair =
ln ^3/1h
Therefore the equivalent capacitance of the tube carrying oil to the height h is
(1 + h)
C = Coil + Cair = 2pe0
ln (3)


Since the energy stored in a capacitor is defined as
WE = 1 CV2 where V is the applied voltage to the capacitor
2
So the net upward force due to the capacitance is given by
F = dWE = 1 V 2 dC = 1 V 2 2pe0
dh 2 dh 2 ln (3)
and net downward force on the oil due to gravity will be
F = mg = (0.01 gm/cm3) # p (b2 - a2) h # g
mass density = 0.01 gm/cm3
m
= 0.01 -6
# p (9 - 1) # 10 # h # g = 0.08phg
ww 10-6
Since in equilibrium both the upward and downward forces are equal
co
So, 0.08phg = 1 V 2 2pe0
w.E 2 ln (3)
0.08ph # (9.8) = 1 # (2 # 103) 2 # 2p # 8.85 # 10
2 lp. ln (3)
-12
asyh =1# #
2
(2 10 ) # 2 # 8.85 # 10-12
3 2
0.08 # 9.8 # ln (3)
En -5
= 4.11 # 10 m = 45.1 mm
he
gin
Consider the charge densities of the two surface of the slab is rs1 C/m2 and rs2 C/m2
eer
e
As the sum of the charge densities is rso C/m2 so we have

rs1 + rs2 = rs0 ...(1)
at
E1 + E 2 = 0 ing
and since the electric field intensity inside the conducting slab must be zero so,
...(2)
.ne
where E1 is field inside slab due to charge density rs1 and E2 is field inside slab
g
due to rs2
t
w.
ww
As the electric field intensity at any point P due to the uniformly charged plane
with charge density rS is defined as
r
E = S an
2e0
r
So we have, E1 = S1 (- az ) (an =- az )
2e0


rS2
E2 = a (an = az )
2e0 z
rs1 r
2e0 ^ z h 2e0 z
From equation (ii) - a + s2 a = 0
rs1 = rs2
Putting the result in equation (i) we get
r
rs1 = rs2 = s0
4
As the slabs are conducting so net electric field inside the slab must be zero.
ww and since the electric field intensity at any point P due to the uniformly charged
m
plane with charge density rS is defined as
r
w.E E = S an
2e0
co
asy
lp.
En
gin
he
eer
te
ing
.ne
ga
So, the net electric field intensity inside slab 1 is

rS11 r r
2e0 ^ z h 2e0 z 2e0 z 2e0 z
r
- a + S12 a + S21 a + S22 a = 0
t
w.
(an =- az for rS11 while an = az for rest of the charge densities)

- rs11 + rs12 + rs21 + rs22 = 0 ...(1)
and the net electric field intensity inside slab 2 is
ww
rS11 r r r
(- az ) + S12 (- az ) + S21 (- az ) + S22 az = 0
2e0 2e0 2e0 2e0
(an = az for rS22 while an =- az for rest of the charge densities)
- rs11 - rs12 - rs21 + rs22 = 0 ...(2)
Solving eq. (i) and eq (ii) we get,
rs11 = rs22
and rs12 =- rs21
As all the four surfaces form the boundaries of the conductors extending away from


the region between them so, the medium outside the defined region is conductor
and so the field intensity outside the region will be zero.
Now the electric potential in the non conducting region is given as
V = 5xy
So the electric field intensity in the region is
E =- dV =- 5yax - 5xay
From the conductor-free space boundary condition we have the surface charge
density on the boundary surface defined as
rs = e0 En
m
where En is the normal component of the electric field intensity in the free space.
ww So, the surface charge density on the surface x = 0 is

rs = e0 ^- 5y h (the normal component En =- 5y for the surface x = 0 )
co
w.E
SOL 3.2.26
=- 5e0 y
lp.
asy
Again as discussed in above question, the surface charge density on the surface
y = 0 will be given by
rs = e0 En
En
and since the field component normal to surface y = 0 is
he
En =- 5x
gin
So, the surface charge density on the surface y = 0 is
rs =- 5e0 x
eer
e

at
ing
From the symmetry associated with the charge distribution the electric field must
be radially directed. Then choosing Gaussian surfaces which are cylinders having
.ne
the same axis ( r = 0 ) as the conductors and of length l , we get
g
^2prl h E r = 0 for r < 2 m

(since there is no charge enclosed by the Gaussian surface)
t
w.
Thus Er = 0 for r < 2 m

Now, since the field inside the conductor 2 < r < 3 m is zero; there cannot be any
charge on the surface r = 2 m .
ww
i.e. rS = 0 at r = 2 m
and all the charge associated with the inner conductor resides on the surface
r = 3 m.
10 C/m
i.e. rS = = 5 C/m2 at r = 3 m
2p ^ 3 h 3p
Proceeding further we have
2prlE r = 1 ^10 C/mh l for 5 < r < 6 m
e0
where l is length of the cylinder.
So E = 10 a r for 5 < r < 6 m
2pe0 r


This the field produced by the inner conductor but the fact is that the field inside
the conductor 5 < r < 6 m is zero that gives
6rS@at r = 5 m = e0 6E@at r = 5 : ^- a rh
= e0 c 10 a : (- a ) =- 10 =- 1 C/m2
2pe0 (5) r m r
2p ^ 5 h p
and 6rS@at r = 6 m = 1 $6 C/m - 6rS @at r = 5 2p ^5 h.
2p ^6 h
= 1 ^6 + 10h = 4
12p 3p
ww
m
From the symmetry associated with the charge distribution the electric field must
be radially directed. As, there is no charge enclosed by the surface r = 2 m so we
w.E get
Er = 0
co
for r < 2 m
Now from the conductor-free space boundary condition we have the surface charge
asy
density on the boundary surface defined as
lp.
rs = e0 En
En
where En is the normal component of the electric field intensity in the free space.
So the charge density at r = 2 m is
gin
he
rS1 = Er = 0
Therefore the total charge will be concentrated over the outer surface which is
given as
Q
= 9 = 1 C/m2
eer
te
rS2 =

4pr2 2p ^3h2 8p
ing
.ne
ga
From the boundary condition for the charge carrying interface, the tangential
component of electric field on either side of the surface will be same.
i.e. E1t = E2t
while the normal components are related as t
w.
r
E1n - E2n = s
e0
now as the field intensity in the region z < 0 is
ww
E2 = 2ax + 3ay - 2az

So the tangential component, E2t = 2ax + 3ay
and the normal component, E2n =- 2az
Therefore the field components in region ^z > 0h are
E1t = E2t = 2ax + 3ay
r -9
and E1n = E2n + s = ;- 2 + 2 # 10 -12 E az = 224az
e0 8.85 # 10
So the net field intensity in the region z > 0 is
E1 = E1t + E1n = 2ax + 3ay + 224az


As the dielectric slab occupies the region x > 0 and the electric field in the free
space is directed along ax so, the field will be normal to the boundary surface,
x = 0 of the dielectric slab.
So from the boundary condition the field normal to the interface of dielectrics are
related as
er e0 Ei = e0 E (where Ei is the field inside the dielectric)
Ei = E = 10ax = 2ax (er = 5)

er 5
m
ww So, the polarization inside the dielectric is
P = ê - e0h Ei = ^5e0 - e0h Ei = 8e0 ax
co
w.E
As the dielectric slab occupies the region 0 < y < 1 m and the electric field in the
free space is directed along ay so, the field will be normal to both the boundary
lp.
asy
surfaces y = 0 and y = 1.
So from the boundary condition the field normal to the interface of dielectrics are
related as
En
he
eEi = e0 E (where Ei is the field inside the dielectric)
^1 + y h2
4e0
= ^1 + y h ay
gin
Ei = e0 ^1 + y h2 E =
4 ^ yh
4a since e = 4e0 2
^1 + y h
eer
2
e
So the polarization inside the dielectric is

at
P = eEi - e0 Ei
ing
= 4e0 2 Ei - e0 Ei = e 4e0 2 - e0 o^1 + y h2 ay
^1 + y h ^1 + y h
.ne
g
= 84 - ^1 + y h B e0 ay
2
t
Now for a given polarization P inside a dielectric material, the surface charge
w.
density over the surface of dielectric is defined as

rpS = P : an
where an is the unit vector normal to the surface directed outward of the dielectric.
ww
So, the bound surface charge density at y = 0 is

6rps@at y = 0 = P : ^- ay h (an =- ay )
= 64 - ^1 + y h@ e0 ^- 1h =-^4 - 1h e0 =- 3e0
2
y=0
and the surface charge density at y = 1 m is
6rps@at y = 1 = P : ây h (an = ay )
= 84 - ^1 + y h B e0 ^1 h = ^4 - 4h e0 = 0
2

As calculated in previous question, polarization inside the dielectric is
P = 64 - ^1 + y h@ e0 ay
Since for a given polarization P inside a material, the bound volume charge density
inside the material is defined as


rpv =- d : P
So the volume charge density inside the dielectric is
rv =- 2 84 - ^1 + y h2B e0
2y
= 2 ^1 + y h e0
So when we move from y = 0 to y = 1 m , the volume charge density will be linearly
increasing.
As the charge is being located at origin so the field intensity due to it will be in
radial direction and normal to the surface of the dielectric material.
ww
m
Therefore the flux density will be uniform(as from boundary condition) and at any
point r inside the dielectric flux density will be
w.E D =
Q
4pr 2
ar
co
Now it is given that electric field intensity at any point inside the dielectric is
asy E =
Q
ar
lp.
4pe0 b2
En
and since in a medium of permittivity e = er e0 the flux density is defined as
D = er e0 E
So for the given field we have
gin
he
Q Q
ar = er e0 c
4pe0 b2 m
ar
4p r 2
er = b2
2
eer
te

r
ing
.ne
Consider the parallel sheets arrangement as shown in the figure.
ga
t
w.
ww
Electric field intensity at any point P due to the uniformly charged plane with
charge density rS is defined as
r
E = S an
2e
where an is the unit vector normal to the plane directed toward point P and e is
the permittivity of the medium.


So the field intensity inside the dielectric due to the left sheet will be
-9
E1 = 5 # 10 ây h ân = ay h
2e
and again the field intensity inside the dielectric due to right sheet will be
-9 -9
E2 = - 5 # 10 ^- ay h = 5 # 10 ay ân =- ay h
2e 2e
so the net field intensity inside the dielectric will be
-9
E = E1 + E2 = 5 # 10 ay
e
m
Since the field intensity is uniform inside the dielectric So potential difference
ww between the plates will be directly given as

V = E # (distance between the plates)
co
w.E
-9
= 5 # 10 # 2 = 2.824 # 102 Volt = 283 kV
4e0 ê = 4e0h
lp.
asy
As calculated in previous question the electric field between the two dielectrics
having surface charge densities rS and - rS is
r
En E = S
e
he
So electric field in slab 1 is gin

where e is the permittivity of the medium between the sheets.
r
E1 = S = S
e
r
2e0
eer
e
r r
and electric field in slab 2 is E2 = S = S
e 4e0
at
ing
Since the electric field between the sheets is uniform so the potential difference
V = E # ^distanceh = E1^1 mh + E2 ^2 mh
/
.ne
g
r r r -9
= S (1) + S ^2 h = s = 0.6 # 10 -12
2e0 4e0 e0
t
w.
8.85 # 10
= 57.8 Volt
ww

As calculated in previous question the electric field between the two dielectrics
having surface charge densities rS and - rS is
r
E = S
e
where e is the permittivity of the medium between the sheets.
r r
So electric field in slab 1 is E1 = S = S
e 2e0
r r
and electric field in slab 2 is E2 = S = S
e 4e0
Since the electric field between the sheets is uniform so the potential difference


V = E # ^distanceh = E1^1 mh + E2 ^2 mh
/
r r r
= S (1) + S ^2 h = s
2e0 4e0 e0
-9
= 0.6 # 10 -12 = 64.8 Volt
8.85 # 10
The electric field between the plates carrying charge densities + rS0 and - rS0 is
defined as
r
E = S0
ww e
m
where e is the permittivity of the medium between the plates.
Now consider that near the plate 1 permittivity is e1 and near the plate 2, permittivity
w.E e = e1 + a e2 - e1 k x
d
co
is e2 . So at any distance x from plate 1 permittivity is given by
(Since the permittivity is linearly increasing)
asy
So the field intensity at any point in the medium will be
lp.
rS0
En
E =
e1 + a 2 - e1 k x
e
d
gin
Therefore the potential difference between the plates will be
he
rS0 rS0 r d
ln :e1 + a e2 - e1 k x D = S0 ln a e2 k
d d
V = # e - e
dx =
>a e - e H e2 - e1 e1
0 e +
1 a 2 kx
2 1 2
d k
1
eer d
0
te
ing
Assume that the surface charge densities on the plates is !rS0 so the electric field
intensity between the plates will be
.ne
ga
r
E = S0
e0
and the potential difference between the plates will be given by
V = E # (Distance between plates) t
w.
r
5 # 103 = b S0 l # ^0.5 # 10-2h
e0
Therefore the surface charge density is
ww
^8.85 # 10-12h # ^5 # 103h

rS0 = = 8.85 mC
^0.5 # 10-2h
The capacitor of a parallel plate capacitor is defined as
C = eS
d
st
So, the capacitance in 1 dielectric region will be
C1 = e1 S = 3e0 S
1 1
nd
and the capacitance in 2 dielectric region


C2 = e2 S = 2e0 S
3 3
st
Therefore the voltage drop in 1 dielectric region is
V1 = C2 V (where V is total voltage drop)
C1 + C 2
^2e0 S/3h
= ^9 Volth = 18
11
Volt
3e0 S + 23 e0 S
3e0 S
and similarly, V2 = C1 V =
C1 + C 2
^9 h = 11
82 Volt
3e0 S + 2e0 S3
m
ww Consider the dielectric slab is of thickness t and d1 , d2 are the remaining width in
co
the medium as shown in the figure.
w.E lp.
asy
En
he
gin
eer
e
at
ing
Now the capacitance of the whole configuration will be considered as the three
.ne
capacitors (capacitance in the three regions) connected in series as shown in the
g
figure
t
w.
ww
So, C1 = e1 S , C2 = e2 S and C 3 = e1 S
d1 t d2
The equivalent capacitance, is defined as
1 = 1 + 1 + 1 = t + ^d1 + d2h
Ceq C1 C 2 C 3 eS eS
Since t ; ^d1 + d2h will be constant although if the dielectric slab is moved leftward
or rightward so the equivalent capacitance will be constant. But if the slab is
pulled outward then the capacitance will change as the effective surface area of the
capacitance due to dielectric slab changes.
Since, the wire is coated with aluminum So,the configuration can be treated as the


two resistance connected in parallel and therefore, the field potential will be same
across both the material or we can say that the field intensity will be same inside
both material.
i.e. Est = Eal
where Est " Field intensity insteel
Eal " Field intensity in aluminum.
or, Jst = Jal
sst sal
where Jst " current density in steel
Jal " current density in aluminum
ww
m
sst " conductivity of steel
sal " conductivity of aluminum
w.ESo, we get, Jst = sst = 2 # 106 = 1

Jal sal
Jal = 19Jst
3.8 # 107 19
co ...(1)
asy
Now, the total current through the wire is given as,
I = Jst ^pa2h + Jal ^pb2 - pa2h
lp.
where
En
a " cross sectional radius of inner surface (steel wire)
b " cross sectional radius of outer surface (with coating)
Since, thickness of coating is
gin
he
t = 2 # 10-3
b = a + t = ^2 # 10-3h + ^2 # 10-3h = ^4 # 10-3h
So,
Therefore, we get, eer
te
80 = Jst p ^4 # 10-6h + Jal 6p ^16 # 10-6h - p ^4 # 10-6h@

or, ing
80 = Jst p ^4 # 10-6h + 19Jst 6p ^12 # 10-6h@ (from eq.(1))
Jst = 80 5
= 1.10 # 10 A/m 2
.ne
ga
So,
232p # 10-6
Given, the potential field in free space
t
w.
V = 403 cos q sin f

r
So, the potential at point P (r = 2 , q = p , f = p ) is given as
3 2
ww
VP = 403 cos a p k sin a p k = 2.5 Volt

^2 h 3 2
Now, as the conducting surface is equipotential, so, the potential at any point on
the conducting surface will be equal to the potential at point P .
i.e. V = VP = 2.5 Volt
or 40 cos q sin f = 2.5
r3
16 cos q sin f = r3 This is the equation of the conducting surface.
***********


SOLUTIONS 3.3
m
The capacitance of a parallel plate capacitor is defined as
ww -12 -4
C = eo A = 8.85 # 10 -3 # 10 = 8.85 # 10-13
co
d 10
w.E The charge stored on the capacitor is

Q = CV = 8.85 # 10-13 = 4.427 # 10-13
Therefore, the displacement current in one cycle
lp.
asyQ
I = = fQ = 4.427 # 10-13 # 3.6 # 109 = 2.59 mA
T
( f = 3.6 GHz )
SOL 3.3.2
En
he
The electric field of the EM wave in medium 1 is given as
gin
E1 = 2ax - 3ay + 1az
Since the interface lies in the x = 0 plane so, the tangential and normal components
eer
e
of the field intensity in medium 1 are

E1t =- 3ay + ay and E1n = 2ax
at
ing
From the boundary condition, tangential component of electric field is uniform. So,
we get the tangential component of the field intensity in medium 2 as
E2t = E1t =- 3ay + ay
.ne
g
Again from the boundary condition the for normal component of electric flux
t
w.
density are uniform

i.e. D1n = D2n
or e1 E1n = e2 E2n
ww
So, we get
1.5eo 2ax = 2.5eo E2n
or E2n = 3 ax = 1.2ax
2.5
Thus, the net electric field intensity in the medium 2 is
E2 = E2t + E2n =- 3ay + az + 1.2ax
The surface charge density on a conductor is equal to the electric flux density at
its boundary.
i.e. s = D = eE = 80e0 E ( e = 80eo )
= 80 # 8.854 # 10-12 # 2 = 1.41 # 10-9 C/m 2


The configuration shown in the figure can be considered as the three capacitors
connected in parallel as shown below
ww
m
w.E co
Now, consider the distance between the two plate is d and the total surface area of
the plates is S . So, for the three individual capacitors the surface area is S/3 and
asy
the separation is d . Therefore, we get,
e0 e1 ^S/3h
lp.
C1 =
En
C2 =
d
e0 e2 ^S/3h
d
gin
he
e0 e3 ^S/3h
C3 =
d
eer
Since, the three capacitance are in parallel So, the equivalent capacitance is
te
Ceq = C1 + C2 + C 3
=
d
+
d
+ ing
e0 e1 ^S/3h e0 e2 ^S/3h e0 e3 ^S/3h
d
.ne
ga
e
= b 0 lc 1 e + e + e e + e2 + 2e3 C eS
bC = d0 l
S 5
3
2 3
m =b 1 3 l
d
t
The electric field is equal to the negative gradient of electric potential at the point.
w.
i.e. E =- dV
Given, electric potential
V = 4x + 2
ww
So, E =- 4ax V/m

The angle formed by the electric field vector in two mediums are related as
tan a1 = e1
tan a2 e2
So, for the given field vectors we have,
tan 60c = 3
tan a2 3
tan a2 = 1
or a2 = tan-1 ^1 h = 45c


The tangential component of electric field on conducting surface is zero (since the
surface conducts current) So, under static condition we have,
- dV = E = 0
or V = constant
i.e. the conducting surface is equipotential.
So, (A) and (R) both true and R is correct explanation of A.
m
Since, the electric field is incident normal to the slab. So, the electric field intensity
Êi h inside the slab is given as
ww eEi = e0 E 0
co
e0 ^6ax h
w.E Ei =
3e0
= 2ax
Therefore, the polarization inside the slab is given as
lp.
asyPi = e0 Xe Ei
where Xe is electric susceptibility defined as Xe = er - 1. So, we have
Pi = e0 ^3 - 1h Ei = 4e0 ax
En
he
gin
Due to both the line charge and concentric circular conductors, the equipotential
surfaces are circular (cylinder) i.e. concentric equipotential lines.
eer
e
The flux lines due to both the configurations (line charge and concentric circular
conductors) are in straight radial direction.
at

Capacitance of 1st plate is given as ing
e ^1 # 1h e
.ne
g
C 1 = eS 1 = =
d d d
t
w.
nd
The capacitance of 2 plate is
e ^3 # 2h 6e
C 2 = eS 2 = =
d d d
ww
So, the ratio of capacitances is

C2 = 4
C1
Consider the dielectric material with permittivity e1 is replaced by a dielectric
material with permittivity e2 .
The capacitance of parallel plate capacitor is defined as
C = eS
d
i.e. the capacitance depends on the permittivity of the medium and so, due to the
replacement of the material between the plates the capacitance changes.
Now, the charge is kept constant


i.e. Q1 = Q 2
or, C1 V1 = C2 V2
So, due to the change in capacitance voltage on the capacitor changes and therefore
the electric field intensity between the plates changes.
The stored energy in the capacitance is defined as
Q2
W =
2C
As total stored charge Q is kept constant while capacitance changes so, the stored
energy in the capacitance also changes.
Thus, all the three given quantities changes due to the replacement of material
ww
m
between the plates.
w.E According to continuity equation we have

d : J =- v
2r
2t
co
asy
As for electrostatic field
2rv
= 0 so, we get
lp.
2t
SOL 3.3.13
d:J = 0
En
gin
he
Electrostatic fields only.

eer
Surface or sheet resistivity is defined as resistance per unit surface area. So, the
te
SOL 3.3.15
unit of surface resistivity is Ohm/sq. meter.
Option (D) is correct. ing
.ne
Since a conducting surface is equipotential so no electric field component exists
ga
tangential to the surface and therefore the electric field lines are normal to a
SOL 3.3.16
conducting surface boundary.
Option (D) is correct. t
w.
Surface resistance of a metal is defined as

wm 2pfm
Rs . =
2s 2s
ww
So, as frequency ( f ) increases the surface resistance increases.

When we determine force using method of images then in this method, the
conducting surface is being removed and an additional distribution of charge is
being introduced symmetrical to the existing charge distribution.
The conducting surface is equipotential and since the potential at infinity is zero
so, the potential every where on a conducting surface of infinite extent is zero.
Since the conducting surface is equipotential so displacement density on a conducting


surface is normal to the surface.
So A and R both true but R is not correct explanation of A.
Capacitance, C = 5 pF = 5 # 10-2 F
Charge on capacitance,
Q = 0.1 mC = 0.1 # 10-6 C
The energy stored in the capacitor is defined as
^0.1 # 10-6h
2
Q2
W = = = 1 mJ
m
2C 2 # 5 # 10-12
ww
Consider the charge of 1 C is placed near a grounded conducting plate at a distance
co
w.E of 1 m as shown in figure.
lp.
asy
En
he
gin
eer
e
Using image of the charge we have one negative charge opposite side of the plate at
at
F = = -1 2 = -1 N
4pe0 ^2 h
ing
the same distance as shown in the figure and the force between them is
^1 h^- 1h
4pe0 r2 16pe0
.ne
g
Negative sign indicates that the direction of force is attractive.
t
w.

Fringing field has been shown below in the figure
ww
The capacitance of a parallel plate capacitor is given as


C = e0 er A
d
It is valid only when the fringing is not taken into account. Now, the fringing field
can be ignored only when the separation d between the plates is much less than
the plate dimensions. So, for the fringing field taken under consideration, A/d is
tending towards infinity.
The capacitance of a solid infinitely conducting sphere is defined as
C = 4pe0 R .
where R is radius of the solid sphere.
ww
m
The electric potential produced by a point charge Q at the a distance r from it is
w.E defined as
V =
Q
4per
co
asy
where e is permittivity of the medium. So, the electric potential produced by the
lp.
point charge + 10 mC at the centre of the sphere is
V =
En Q
4peo r
= 10 # 10 -2
-6
4pe0 ^5 # 10 h
(Given r = 5 cm )
gin
he
As the surface of sphere is grounded so, the total voltage on the spherical capacitor
will be equal to the potential at its centre as calculated above.
eer
Now, the capacitance of the isolated sphere is defined as
C = 4pea
te
ing
where a is the radius of the sphere. Therefore, the induced charge stored on the
sphere is given as
^10 # 10-6h
.ne
ga
Qind = CV = ^4pe0 a h
4pe0 ^5 # 10-2h
=
^2 # 10-2h # ^10 # 10-6h
^5 # 10-2h t
(Given a = 2 cm )
w.
= 5 # 10-6 C = 5 mC
ww
Given electric field E = E 0 sin wt

The conduction current is defined as
Jc = s Ê h = sE 0 sin wt
where s is conductivity and E is electric field intensity.
and the displacement current density is
Jd = 2D = e2E
2t 2t
= eE 0 ^w cos wt h = ewE 0 sin a p - wt k
2
So the phase difference between Jc and Jd is 90c.


Method of images are used for the charge distribution at a distance from the
grounded plane conductor.
Given
Capacitance of condenser,C = 0.005 mF = 5 # 10-9 F
Supply voltage, V = 500 V
Permittivity of oil, er = 2.5 (immersed oil)
m
So, the energy stored in condenser before immersion is
W = 1 CV 2 = 1 # 5 # 10-9 # ^500h2
ww 2 2
co
= 6.25 # 10-4 J
w.E After immersing the condenser in oil the capacitance changes while the total charge
remains same.
i.e. Qafter immersion = Qbefore immersion = ^5 # 10-9h^500h
lp.
asy = 2.5 # 10-6 Coulomb
The capacitance of the condenser after immersion is
En
Cafter immersion = er C
he
= ^2.5h^5 # 10-9h = 1.25 # 10-8 F
Q2 gin
Therefore, the stored energy in the condenser immersed in oil is
^2.5 # 10-6h
eer
-4
, W = = -8 = 2.5 # 10 J
2 ^1.25 # 10 h
e
2C(after immersion)
at
Given,
Capacitance, C = 3 mF = 3 # 10-6 F ing
Current, I = 2 mA = 2 # 10-6 A
.ne
g
Charging time, t = 6 sec
t
w.
So, the total charge stored on capacitor is

Q = Charge transferred
= It = ^2 # 10-6h^6 h
ww
Therefore, the voltage across the charged capacitor is

Q ^2 # 10-6h^8 h
V = =
C 4 # 10-6
= 5 Volt
Given, the total charge on capacitor = V
(1) Electric field between the plates will be given as
E =- dV
which is independent of permittivity of the material filled in capacitor so E
will be constant.
(2) The displacement flux density inside the capacitor is given as


D = eE
As E is constant while permittivity is doubled so D will also be doubled.
(3) The charge stored on the plates is given as
Q = CV
where V is constant but capacitance C will be doubled as it is directly
proportional to the permittivity given as
C = eS
d
So, the charge on plates will be get doubled.
ww (4) As discussed already, the capacitance will get doubled.
m
Therefore, the statements 2 and 4 are correct.
w.E
co
Since, resistance doesn’t store any energy. So, the energy stored in the coil is only
due to inductance and given as
asy
W = 1 LI 2
lp.
2
En
where L is the inductance and I is the current flowing in the circuit. At the fully
charged condition, inductor is short circuit and therefore, current through the
gin
he
circuit is
I = V = 50 = 10 A
R 5
eer
So, the energy stored in the field (in the inductor) is
te
W = 1 ^0.6h^10h2 = 30 Joules
2
ing
.ne
The normal component of electric flux density ^D h across a dielectric-dielectric
ga
boundary is given as
D1n - D2n = rs
where rs is the surface charge density at the interface. t
w.
So, the normal components of electric flux density across a dielectric-dielectric

boundary is dependent on the magnitude of surface charge density.
ww

Statement 1, 2 and 4 are correct while statement 3 is incorrect.
The capacitance of an insulated conducting sphere of radius R in vacuum is
C = 4pe0 R
Maximum withstand voltage is the value that the dielectric between capacitor
plates can toterate without any electrical breakdown. Maximum withstand voltage
is larger for any dielectric material than that for free space (air).
Since the maximum withstand voltage across the capacitor filled with air is V so


the maximum withstand withstand voltage for the composite capacitor will be also
V as the capacitors are connected in parallel. Now, the capacitance before filling
the dielectric is
C = e0 A
d
and after filling the dielectric
Ceq = C1 + C2
A/2 A/2
= 4e0 + e0 = 5e0 A
d d 2d
m
So, the stored charge Q1 after filling dielectric is determined as below
ww Q
= C
Q1 Ceq
(Since voltage is constant)
co
Q 5e0 A
w.E or, Q1 = 2d = 2.5Q
e0 A
d lp.
asy
Therefore, the maximum withstand voltage of the capacitor is V and charge is
2.5Q .
SOL 3.3.34
En
he
Since, the potential on both sides of plate will be same (Consider the potential is
gin
V ). So, the charge densities on the two sides is determined as below :
r2 = C l2 V
eer
e
and r1 = C l1 V
where C l2 and C l1 are the capacitance per unit area of the capacitance formed by
at
the region d1 and d2 .

e0 V ing
r1 C l1V d = d2
.ne
g
Therefore, = = 1
r 2 C l2 V e0 V d1
d2
t
w.

Electric flux density in a polarized dielectric is defined as
ww
D = P + e0 E

Image theory is applicable only for static charge distribution (electrostatic field).
The equivalent capacitance of series connected capacitance has the value less than
the smallest capacitance here the smallest capacitance is C6 so the total capacitance
is less then C6
i.e. Ceq < C6
or Ceq . C6


Given, the electric field intensity in medium 1.
E1 = 5ax - 2ay + 3az
Since, the medium interface lies in plane z = 0 .
So, we get the field components as
E1t = 5ax - 2ay
and E1n = 3az
Now, From the boundary condition for electric field we have
E1t = E2t
e1 E1n = e2 E2n
ww
m
So, the field components in medium 2 are
E2t = E1t = 5ax - 2ay
w.E E2n = e1 E1n = 6az

e2
co
Therefore, the net electric field intensity in medium 2 is given as
asy
E2 = E2t + E2n = 5ax - 2ay + 6az
lp.
So, the z -component of the field intensity in medium 2 is
SOL 3.3.39 En
E2z = 6az
gin
he
Electric flux density, D = 1 C/m2

Relative permittivity, er = 5
eer
Since, the normal component of flux density is uniform at the boundary surface of
two medium so, the flux density inside the slab is
te
D = 1 C/m2
Therefore, the polarization of the slab is given as ing
.ne
ga
P = b er - 1 l D = 4 # 1 = 0.8
er 8
t
The capacitance of a isolated spherical capacitor of radius R is defined as
w.
C = 4pe0 R
Since the two spheres are identical and separated by a distance very much larger
then R. So, it can be assumed as the series combination of capacitances. Therefore,
ww
the net capacitance between two spheres is given as

^4pe0 Rh^4pe0 Rh
i.e. C = C1 C 2 = = 2pe0 R
C1 + C 2 4pe0 R + 4pe0 R

For steady current in an arbitrary conductor the current density is given as
J = I
A
and since I is constant So, J is constant and therefore d # J = 0
So, the current density is solenoidal. i.e. Assertion (A) is true.
The reciprocal of resistivity is conductivity. i.e. Reason (R) is false.


Since, the displacement current density is defined as
Jd = 2D
2t
So, it is generated by a change in electric flux and therefore the displacement
current has only A.C. components as derivative of D.C. components is zero.
i.e. A and R both are true and R is correct explanation of A.
Dielectric constant, er = 5
m
Flux density, D = 2 C/m2
ww So, the polarization of the medium is given as
co
P = b er - 1 l D = 4 # 2 = 2.6 C/m2
w.E
er 5
The ohm’s law in point form in field theory is expressed as below

lp.
asy V = RI
rl
El = JA
A
(For constant voltage)
En
he
where l is length integral and A is the cross sectional area. So, we get
E = rJ
E =J
s gin
eer
e
i.e. J = sE
at

Displacement current density is defined as
Jd = e2E
ing
.ne
g
2t
and the conduction current density is defined as
t
w.
Jc = sE
for a dielectric e must be larger while conductivity must tend to zero.
So, we get Jd >> Jc
ww
i.e. displacement current is much greater than conduction current.

Conduction current, Ic = 1 A
Operating frequency, f = 50 Hz
Medium permittivity, e = e0
Permeability m = m0
Conductivity, s = 5.8 # 10 mho/m
The ratio of conduction current density to the displacement current density is
Jc = s
Jd we
Ic /A
or, = s (A is cross sectional area)
Id /A we


Id = we Ic = 2p # 50 # e0 (1) = 3.3 # 10-11 A

s 5.8 # 10
When there is no charge in the interior of a conductor, the electric field intensity
is zero according to Gauss’s law the total outward flux through a closed surface is
equal to the charge enclosed.
Now if any charge is introduced inside a closed conducting surface then an electric
field will be setup and the field exerting a force on the charges and making them
move to the conducting surface. So all the charges inside a conductor is distributed
ww
m
over its surface. Therefore the outward flux through any closed surface constructed
inside the conductor must vanish.
w.E
SOL 3.3.48
A is false but R is true.
co
When the method of images is used for a system consisting of a point charge
asy
between two semi infinite conducting planes inclined at an angle f, the no. of
lp.
images is given by
En
N = c 360c - 1m
f
gin
Here the angle between conducting planes is f = 90c.
he
So, N =3
eer
and since all the images lie an a circle so we have the image charges as shown in
figure.
te
ing
.ne
ga
t
w.
ww

Consider the two dielectric regions as shown below.


Since the field is normal to the interface So, the normal components of the fields
are,
E1n = 1 and E2n = 2
From boundary condition we have
e1 E1n - e2 E2n = rs
(where rs is surface charge density on the interface).
ê0h^1 h - ^2e0h^2 h = rs
rs =- 3e0
m
ww The stress is called the force per unit area which is directly proportional to the
electric field intensity and electric field intensity is inversely proportional to the
co
permittivity of dielectric material.
w.E i.e. E\1

1
e
E1 = /e0 = 1/e0 = 5
lp.
asy
So, ratio of stress is
E2 1/e 1/5e0
En ***********
he
gin
eer
e
at
ing
.ne
g
t
w.
ww

CHAPTER 4
MAGNESTOSTATIC FIELDS
ww
w.E
asy
En
gin
eer
ing
.ne
t

202 Magnestostatic Fields Chap 4

EXERCISE 4.1
Assertion (A) : For a static magnetic field the total number of flux lines entering a
m
MCQ 4.1.1
ww given region is equal to the total no. of flux lines leaving the region.
Reason (R) : An isolated magnetic charge doesn’t exist.
co
(A) Both A and R one true and R is the correct explanation of A.
w.E (B) Both A and R are true but R is not the correct explanation of A.
lp.
asy
MCQ 4.1.2
En
Match List-I with List-II and select the correct answer using the codes given below.
he
(Notations have their usual meaning).

List-I
gin List-II
a. Ampere’s law
eer
1. d : D = rv
e
b. Conservative nature of magnetic 2. # J : dS = # H : dl

at
c.
field
Gauss’s law
S
ing
3. d : B = 0
L
d. Non existence of magnetic 4.

.ne
# E : dl = 0
g
monopole
t
w.
Codes :
a b c d
(A) 3 1 4 2
ww
(B) 2 1 4 3
(C) 2 4 1 3
(D) 3 4 2 1
MCQ 4.1.3 Magnetic field intensity H exists inside a certain closed spherical surface. The
value of d : H will be
(A) 0 at each point inside the sphere.
(B) 0 at the center of the sphere only.
(C) 0 at the outer surface of the sphere only.
(D) Can’t be determined as H is not given.

Chap 4 Magnestostatic Fields 203

MCQ 4.1.4 The source which doesn’t cause a magnetic field is
(A) A charged disk rotating at uniform speed
(B) An accelerated charge
(C) A charged sphere spinning along it’s axis
(D) A permanent magnet
MCQ 4.1.5 A circular loop of radius a , centered at origin and lying in the xy plane, carries
current I as shown in the figure.
ww
m
w.E co
asy
lp.
(A) I az
En
The magnetic field intensity a the centre of the loop will be
(B) - I az
gin
he
2a 2a
(C) I az (D) 2I az
4a a
eer
A conducting filament carries a current 5 A from origin to a point ^3, 0, 4h. Magnetic
te
MCQ 4.1.6
(A) 0.23af wb/m2 ing

field intensity at point (3, 4, 0) due to the filament current will be
(B) 0.095af wb/m2
.ne
ga
(C) 0.074af wb/m2 (D) 0.074az wb/m2
MCQ 4.1.7
t
A circular conducting loop of radius 2 m, centered at origin in the plane z = 0
carries a current of 4 A in the af direction. What will be the magnetic field intensity
w.
at origin ?
(A) 1 az A/m (B) az A/m
2p
ww
(C) 2az A/m (D) - az A/m
MCQ 4.1.8 The correct configuration that represents magnetic flux lines of a magnetic dipole is


MCQ 4.1.9 The correct configuration that represents current I and magnetic field intensity
H is
m
ww
co
w.E lp.
asy
En
he
gin
eer
e
at
MCQ 4.1.10
ing
A long straight wire placed along z -axis carries a current of I = 5 A in the + az
direction. The magnetic flux density at a distance r = 5 cm from the wire will be
.ne
g
(A) 4 # 10-5 wb/m2 (B) 2 # 10-5 wb/m2

(C) 100 wb/m2
t
w.
(D) 2 # 10-6 wb/m2

p
MCQ 4.1.11 For the currents and the closed path shown in the figure what will be the value of
# H : dl
ww


(A) 30 A (B) 20 A
(C) - 20 A (D) 10 A
MCQ 4.1.12 Two infinitely long wires separated by a distance 2 m , carry currents I in opposite
direction as shown in the figure.
ww
m
w.E co
If I = 8 A , then the magnetic field intensity at point P is
(A) 5 ay asy (B) - 5 ay

lp.
p p
(C) 1 ay
8p En (D) - 1 ay
8p
gin
he
MCQ 4.1.13 In the free space a semicircular loop of radius a carries a current I . What will be
(A) I (B) 2I eer

the magnitude of magnetic field intensity at the centre of the loop ?
te
a a
(C) I
4a
(D) 4I
a ing
.ne
ga

t
A long cylindrical wire of cross sectional radius R carries a steady current I
w.
distributed over its outer surface.

MCQ 4.1.14 Magnetic field intensity inside the wire at a distance r (< R) from it’s center axes
ww
will be
(A) non uniform
(B) zero
(C) uniform and depends on r only
(D) uniform and depends on both r and R
MCQ 4.1.15 The magnetic flux density outside the wire at a distance r (< R) from it’s center
axes will be proportional to
(A) r (B) 1/r
(C) r/R (D) 1/R


MCQ 4.1.16 Two point charges Q1 and Q2 are located at ^0, 0, 0h and ^1, 1, 1h respectively. A
current of 16 A flows from the point charge Q1 to Q2 along a straight wire connected
#
between them. What will be the value of B : dl around the closed path formed
by the triangle having the vertices ^1, 0, 0h, ^0, 1, 0h and ^0, 0, 1h ?
(A) 22m0 Wb/m (B) 6m0 Wb/m2
(C) 14m0 Wb/m (D) 6m0 Wb/m
m
Common Data for Question 17 - 18
ww An infinite current sheet with uniform current density K = 15ax A/m is located in
co
the plane z = 2 .
w.E
MCQ 4.1.17 Magnetic field intensity at origin will be
(A) 11ay A/m
lp. (B) - 10ay A/m
MCQ 4.1.18
(C) 0 A/m
asy (D) 20ay A/m
Magnetic field intensity at point (2, - 1, 5) will be

(A) 10ay A/m
En (B) - 10ay A/m
he
MCQ 4.1.19
(C) 0 A/m
gin (D) 20ay A/m
Two infinite current carrying sheets are placed parallel to each other in free space
eer
e
such that they carry current in the opposite direction with the same surface current
density. The magnetic flux density in the space between the sheets will be
at
(A) zero
(B) constant
ing
.ne
g
(C) linearly increasing from one sheet to other

(D) none of these
t
w.
MCQ 4.1.20 In a spherical co-ordinate system magnetic vector potential at point (r, q, f) is given
as A = 12 cos qa q . The magnetic flux density at point (3, 0, p) will be
ww
(A) 4af (B) 0

(C) 4a q (D) 36af
MCQ 4.1.21 An infinite plane current sheet lying in the plane y = 0 carries a linear current
density K = Kaz A/m . The magnetic field intensity above (y > 0 ) and below
^y < 0h the plane will be
y>0 y<0
(A) Ka - K ax
2 x 2
(B) - K ax Ka
2 2 x


(C) - 2Kax 2Kax
(D) - K ay Ka
2 2 y
MCQ 4.1.22 In the free space two cylindrical surfaces r = 0.3 cm and r = 0.25 cm carries the
uniform surface current densities 2az A/m and - 0.8az A/m respectively and a
current filament on the entire z -axis carries a current of 14 mA in the + az direction.
What will be the surface current density on the cylindrical surface at r = 8 cm .
which will make the net magnetic field H = 0 for r > 8 cm will be
ww (A) - 0.13az A/m (B) + 0.13az A/m
m
(C) 64.3az mA/m (D) - 0.10az A/m
w.E Statement for Linked Question 23 - 24 :

co
asy
In a cartesian system, vector magnetic potential at a point (x, y, z) is defined as
A = 4x2 yax + 2y2 xay - 3xyzaz wb/m
lp.
MCQ 4.1.23
En
The magnetic flux density at point (1, - 2, - 5) will be
(A) 40ax + 6az wb/m2
gin(B) 40ax + 80ay + 6az wb/m2
he
(C) - 40ax - 80ay - 6az wb/m2 (D) 80ay - 6az wb/m2
MCQ 4.1.24 eer

The total magnetic flux through the surface z = 4 , 0 # x # 1, - 1 # y # 4 will be
te
(A) 20 wb
ing
(B) - 10/3 wb
(C) 40 wb (D) 130/3 wb
.ne
ga

t
w.
An infinite current sheet with uniform surface current density K = 8ax A/m is
located at z = 0 as shown in figure.
ww


MCQ 4.1.25 Magnetic flux density at any point above the current sheet (z > 0) will be
(A) - 2m0 ay wb/m2 (B) 2m0 ay wb/m2
m
(C) 0 ay wb/m2 (D) - m0 ay wb/m2
2
MCQ 4.1.26 The vector magnetic potential at z =- 2 will be

(A) 4m0 ax wb/m
(B) - 4m0 ay wb/m
(C) 2m0 ax wb/m
m
ww (D) - 4m0 ax wb/m
co
MCQ 4.1.27 In the free space, magnetic field intensity at any point (r, f, z) is given by
w.E H = 2r2 af A/m . The current density at r = 2 m will be

(A) 12az A/m (B) 24az A/m
lp.
MCQ 4.1.28
(C) 4az A/m
asy (D) 0
The current density that would produce the magnetic vector potential A = 2af in
En
cylindrical coordinates is
he
(A) 1 a
m0 r2
f
gin (B)
2r2
m0 f
a
eer
e
(C) 2 af (D) 2 a
f
m0 r m0 r2
at
MCQ 4.1.29
H = ^2z cos ay h ay + ^4z + ey h ax

ing
Magnetic field intensity produced due to a current source is given as
.ne
g
The current density over the xz plane will be
t
w.
(A) âx - ay - az h A/m2

(B) - ax + ay - az
(C) - 2ax + ay - 2az
ww
(D) ax + ay + az
MCQ 4.1.30 Assertion (A) : In a source free region, magnetic field intensity can be expressed as
a gradient of scalar function.
Reason (R) : Current density for a given magnetic field intensity is defined as
J = d#H
(B) A and R both are true and R is not the correct explanation of A.
(D) R is true but A is false.


MCQ 4.1.31 Magnetic field intensity produced at a distance r from an infinite cylindrical wire
located along entire z -axis is 3raf A/m . The current density within the conductor
will be
(A) 6raz A/m2
(B) 3az A/m2
(C) 6az A/m2
(D) 3raz A/m2
MCQ 4.1.32 An electron beam of radius a travelling in az direction, the current density is given
ww as
m
r
J = 2 a1 - k az For r < a
a
w.E The magnetic field intensity at the surface of the beam will be
(A) a af
3
co
(B) a af
6
2
(C) 2pa af
asy 2
(D) a af
lp.
3 3
MCQ 4.1.33
En
In a certain region consider the magnetic vector potential is A and the current
density is J . Which of the following is the correct relation between J and A ?
gin
he
(A) dA = J (B) d2A = m0 J

(C) d # A =- mJ (D) d2A =- m0 J
MCQ 4.1.34 eer

A circular loop of wire with radius R = 1.5 m is located in plane x = 0 , centered
te
ing
at origin. If the loop carries a current I = 7 A flowing in clockwise as viewed from
negative x -axis then, its magnetic dipole moment will be
(A) 0.12ax A- m2
.ne
ga
(B) - 5.5ax A- m2
(C) 5.5ax A- m2
t
w.
(D) 22ax A- m2
ww
***********


EXERCISE 4.2
m
MCQ 4.2.1 In the free space, the positive z -axis carries a filamentary current of 10 A in the
ww - az direction. Magnetic field intensity at a point (0, 3, 2) due to the filamentary

current will be
co
(A) - 0.73ax A/m (B) 1.46ax A/m
w.E
MCQ 4.2.2
(C) 0.40ax A/m
lp.
(D) 0.73ax A/m
If there is a current filament on the x -axis carrying 4.4 A in ax direction then what
asy
will be the magnetic field intensity at point (4, 2, 3) ?
(A) 0.1 (az - 2ay) A/m (B) 1.76az - 1.62ay A/m
En
(C) (- 1.077az + 1.62ay) A/m (D) - 0.1 (2az - ay)
he
MCQ 4.2.3
gin
A filamentary conductor is formed into an equilateral triangle of side 2 m that
carries a current of 4 A as shown in figure. The magnetic field intensity at the
eer
e
center of the triangle will be

at
ing
.ne
g
t
w.
ww
(A) 9 az A/m (B) 3 az A/m

p p
(C) 6 az A/m (D) 0
p
MCQ 4.2.4 A current sheet K = 4ay A/m flows in the region - 2 < z < 2 in the plane x = 0 .
Magnetic field intensity at point P (3, 0, 0) due to the current sheet will be
(A) - 1.5az A/m (B) - 0.75az A/m
(C) + 0.75az A/m (D) - 2.1az A/m


MCQ 4.2.5 In the plane z = 0 a disk of radius 3 m , centered at origin carries a uniform
surface charge density rS = 2 C/m2 . If the disk rotates about the z -axis at an
angular velocity w = 2 rad/s then the magnetic field intensity at the point P (0, 0, 1)
will be
(A) az A/m (B) 2az A/m
(C) ay A/m (D) 2ay A/m
MCQ 4.2.6 A square conducting loop of side 1 m carries a steady current of 2 A. Magnetic flux
density at the center of the square loop will be.
(A) 17.78 # 10-7 Wb/m2 (B) 0.45 Wb/m2
ww
m
(C) 2.26 # 10-6 Wb/m2 (D) 4 # 10-7 Wb/m2
w.E
MCQ 4.2.7 A filamentary conductor is formed into a loop ABCD as shown in figure. If it
co
carries a current of 5.2 A then the magnetic field intensity at point P will be
asy
lp.
En
gin
he
eer
te
(A) 0.2 A/m (B) 0.8 A/m

ing
(C) 0.26 A/m (D) 1.01 A/m
.ne
ga
MCQ 4.2.8 The magnetic field intensity at point P due to the steady current configurations
shown in figure will be
t
w.
ww
(A) 0.82 A m (B)0.32 A m

(C) 0.5 A m (D) 0.18 A m
MCQ 4.2.9 In the plane z = 5 m a thin ring of radius, a = 3 m is placed such that z -axis passes
through it’s center. If the ring carries a current of 50 mA in af direction then the
magnetic field intensity at point (0, 0, 1) will be
(A) 0.9az mA/m (B) 1.8az mA/m
(C) 0.6az mA/m (D) 0.5az A/m


MCQ 4.2.10 An infinite solenoid (infinite in both direction) consists of 1000 turns per unit
length wrapped around a cylindrical tube. If the solenoid carries a current of 4 mA
then the magnetic field intensity at its axis will be
(A) 4 A/m (B) 0
(C) 2000 A/m (D) 0.2 A/m
m
The two long coaxial solenoids of radius a and b carry current I = 6 mA but in
ww opposite directions. Solenoids are placed along y -axis as shown in figure. The inner
solenoid has 2000 turns per unit length and outer solenoid has 1000 turns per unit
co
length.
w.E
MCQ 4.2.11 Magnetic field intensity inside the inner solenoid will be
lp.
asy
En
he
gin
eer
e
at
(A) - 3ay A/m

(C) - 6ay A/m ing
(B) + 3ay A/m
(D) + 6ay A/m
.ne
g
MCQ 4.2.12 The magnetic field intensity in the region between the two solenoids will be
t
w.
(A) 3ay A/m (B) 0

(C) 6ay A/m (D) - 3ay A/m
The magnetic field outside the outer solenoid will be

ww
MCQ 4.2.13
(A) 6ay A/m (B) - 3ay A/m
(C) 0 (D) + 3ay A/m

In a cartesian system two parallel current sheets of surface current density
K1 = 3az A/m and K2 =- 3az A/m are located at x = 2 m and x =- 2 m
respectively. The net vector and scalar potential due to the sheets are zero at a
point P (1, 2, 5).
MCQ 4.2.14 Consider the scalar potential at any point (x, y, z) in the region between the two


planar sheets is Vm . The plot of Vm versus y will be
ww
m
w.E co
asy
lp.
En
gin
he
MCQ 4.2.15 The vector potential at origin will be

(A) 3m0 az Wb/m
eer
(B) - 3m0 az Wb/m
te
(D) - 3 Wb/m
MCQ 4.2.16
(C) 0
ing
A long cylindrical wire lying along z -axis carries a total current I 0 = 15 mA as
.ne
ga
shown in the figure. The current density inside the wire at a distance r from it’s
axis is given by J \ r .
t
w.
ww
If the cross sectional radius of the wire is 2 cm then the magnetic flux density at
r = 1 cm will be
(A) 25 nWb/m2 (B) 6.25 # 10-4 Wb/m2
(C) 1.25 nWb/m2 (D) 12.5 nWb/m2


MCQ 4.2.17 Magnetic field intensity is given in a certain region as
x2 yz xyz2
H = ax + 3x2 z2 ay - a A/m
1+x y+1 z
The total current passes through the surface x = 2 m , 1 # y # 4 m , 3 # z # 4 m
in ax direction will be
(A) - 259 A (B) 259 A
(C) 18.2 A (D) 1.98 # 103 A
MCQ 4.2.18 A phonograph record of radius 1 m carries a uniform surface charge density
m
rS = 20 C/m2 . If it is rotating with an angular velocity w = 0.1 rad/s ; then the
ww magnetic dipole moment will be
co
(A) 4p A- m2 (B) p/2 A- m2
w.E (C) 2p A- m2
lp.
(D) 2p A- m2
3
asy
A uniformly charged solid sphere of radius r is spinning with angular velocity
En
w = 6 rad/s about the z -axis. The sphere is centered at origin and carries a total
he
charge 5 C which is uniformly distributed over it’s volume.
MCQ 4.2.19
sphere, r will be gin
The plot of magnetic dipole moment of the sphere, m (r) versus the radius of the
eer
e
at
ing
.ne
g
t
w.
ww
MCQ 4.2.20 The average magnetic field intensity within the sphere will be
(A) 2 a q (B) 2 az
pr pr
(C) 2 a q (D) 1 az
r 2pr


MCQ 4.2.21 A rectangular coil, lying in the plane x + 3y - 1.5z = 3.5 carries a current 7 A such
that the magnetic moment of the coil is directed away from the origin. If the area
of the rectangular coil is 0.1 m2 then the magnetic moment of the coil will be
(A) - 0.2ax - 0.2ay + 0.3az A- m2
(B) 2ax + 6ay - 3az A- m2
(C) 1.4ax + 4.2ay - 2.1az A- m2
(D) 0.2ax + 0.6ay - 0.3az A- m2
MCQ 4.2.22 Vector magnetic potential in a certain region of free space is A = (6y - 2z) ax + 4xzay
ww The electric current density at any point (x, y, z) will be
m
(A) (- 8ax + 2ay + 6az ) A/m2 (B) (3ay + az ) A/m2
(C) 0 (D) 1
(8ax + 2ay - 6az ) A/m2
w.E co
m0
asy
lp.
A circular toroid with a rectangular cross section of height h = 5 m , carries a
En
current I = 10 A flowing in 105 turns of closely wound wire around it as shown in
figure. The inner and outer radii of toroid are a = 1 m and b = 2 m respectively.
gin
he
eer
te
ing
.ne
ga
MCQ 4.2.23 The total magnetic flux across the circular toroid will be
t
w.
(A) 1.39 Wb (B) 0.14 Wb

(C) 15.1 Wb (D) 0 Wb
ww
MCQ 4.2.24 If the magnetic flux is found by multiplying the cross sectional area by the flux
density at the mean radius then what will be the percentage of error ?
(A) - 4.31% (B) - 3.14%
(C) - 4.61% (D) - 6.14%
MCQ 4.2.25 Magnetizing force at any point P on z -axis due to a semi infinite current element
placed along positive x -axis is H . If one more similar current element is placed
along positive y -axis then the resultant magnetizing force at the point P will be
(A) H/ 2 (B) 2 H
(C) 2H (D) - 2 H


MCQ 4.2.26 An infinitely long straight wire carrying current 5 A and a square loop of side 2 m
are coplanar as shown in the figure. The distance between side AB of square loop
and the straight wire is 4 m. What will be the total magnetic flux crossing through
the rectangular loop ?
m
ww (A) 2.55 mWb (B) 81.1 mWb
co
w.E
MCQ 4.2.27
(C) 0.81 mWb (D) 8.11 mWb
A 1.5 m square loop is lying in x -y plane such that one of it’s side is parallel to y
lp.
asy
-axis and the centre of the loop is 0.3 m away from the y -axis. How much current
must flow through the entire y -axis for which the magnetic flux through the loop
is 5 # 10-5 Tesla m2 ?
En
he
(A) 417 A (B) 834 A
MCQ 4.2.28
(C) 208.5 A
gin (D) 280 A
A L-shaped filamentary wire with semi infinite long legs making an angle 90c at
eer
e
origin and lying in y -z plane as shown in the figure.

at
ing
.ne
g
t
w.
ww
If the current flowing in the wire is I = 4 A then the magnetic flux density at
^2 m, 0, 0h will be
(A) - 2 # 10-7 ây + az h Wb/m2 (B) 2 # 10-7 ây + az h Wb/m2
(C) - 4 # 10-7 ây + az h Wb/m2 (D) 4 # 10-7 ây + az h Wb/m2

An infinitely long straight conductor of cylindrical cross section and of radius R
carries a current I , which is uniformly distributed over the conductor cross section.


MCQ 4.2.29 If the conductor is located along z -axis then the magnetic flux density at a distance
r (> R) from the cylindrical axis will be
m Ir mI
(A) 0 2 af (B) 0 2 af
2pR 2pr
mI m Ir2
(C) 0 af (D) 0 2 af
2p R
MCQ 4.2.30 Magnetic flux density at a distance r (> R) from the cylindrical axis will be
proportional to
(A) 1 (B) 12
r r
ww
m
(C) r (D) r2
w.E
MCQ 4.2.31 Consider a filamentary wire is bent to form a square loop of side 3 m lying in the
co
x -y plane as shown in the figure. If the current flowing in the wire is I = 1 A then
the magnetic flux density at the center of the loop will be
asy
lp.
En
gin
he
eer
te
(A) 2 2 # 10-7 az Wb/m2 ing

(B) 4 2 # 10-7 az Wb/m2
.ne
ga
(C) 2 # 10-7 az Wb/m2 (D) - 4 2 # 10-7 az Wb/m2
MCQ 4.2.32
carrying a current I are coplanar as shown in the figure. t
An infinitely long straight wire carrying a current 20 A and a circular loop of wire
w.
ww
The radius of the circular loop is 10 cm and the distance of the centre of the loop
from the straight wire is 1 m. If the net magnetic field intensity at the centre of the
loop is zero then the current I is
(A) p2 A (B) 20p A
p
(C) 2 A (D) 2p A


MCQ 4.2.33 The magnitude of the magnetic field intensity produced at center of a square loop
of side a carrying current I is
(A) 2 2 I (B) 2 I
pa pa
(C) I (D) 8I
2 pa pa
MCQ 4.2.34 For the single turn loop of current shown in the figure the magnetic field intensity
at the center point P of the semi circular portion will be
m
ww
co
w.E lp.
asy
(A) 5.8 A/m outward (B) 5.8 A/m inward
En
he
(C) 3.8 A/m outward (D) 3.8 A/m inward
MCQ 4.2.35
gin
Two perfect conducting infinite parallel sheets separated by a distance 2 m carry
uniformly distributed surface currents with equal and opposite densities 4ax and
eer
e
- 4ax respectively as shown in figure.

at
ing
.ne
g
t
w.
ww
The medium between the two sheets is free space. What will be the magnetic flux
between the sheets per unit length along the direction of current ?
(A) 0 (B) 8m0 ay Wb/m
(C) - 8m0 ay Wb/m (D) - 4m0 ay Wb/m
***********


EXERCISE 4.3
ww Statement for Linked Question 1 - 2 :
m
An infinitely long uniform solid wire of radius a carries a uniform dc current of
w.E
MCQ 4.3.1
density J
co
The magnetic field at a distance r from the center of the wire is proportional to
(A) r for r < a and 1/r 2 for r > a
asy
GATE 2012
(B) 0 for r < a and 1/r for r > a

lp.
En
(C) r for r < a and 1/r for r > a
(D) 0 for r < a and 1/r 2 for r > a
gin
he
MCQ 4.3.2 A hole of radius b (b < a) is now drilled along the length of the wire at a distance
d from the center of the wire as shown below.
eer
GATE 2012
te
ing
.ne
ga
t
w.
The magnetic field inside the hole is

ww
(A) uniform and depends only on d

(B) uniform and depends only on b
(C) uniform and depends on both b and d
(D) non uniform
MCQ 4.3.3 Two infinitely long wires carrying current are as shown in the figure below. One
GATE 2009 wire is in the y - z plane and parallel to the y - axis. The other wire is in the x - y
plane and parallel to the x - axis. Which components of the resulting magnetic
field are non-zero at the origin ?


m
ww
co
(A) x, y, z components (B) x, y components
w.E
MCQ 4.3.4
(C) y, z components (D) x, z components
A flux of 2.2 mWb exerts in a magnet having a cross-section of 30 cm2 . The flux
lp.
IES EC 2012
(A) 4 asy
density in tesla is
(B) 0.4
(C) 2.5
En (D) 40
he
MCQ 4.3.5
IES EC 2010 (A) B = 4# A gin
The magnetic flux density B and the vector magnetic potential A are related as
(B) A = 4# B
eer
e
(C) B = 4: A (D) A = 4: B
at
MCQ 4.3.6
IES EC 2010 field :
ing
Consider the following statements relating to the electrostatic and magnetostatic
.ne
1. The relative distribution of charges on an isolated conducting body is dependent
g
on the total charge of the body.
t
w.
2. The magnetic flux through any closed surface is zero.

Which of the above statements is/are correct ?
(A) Neither 1 nor 2 (B) 1 only
ww
(C) 2 only (D) Both 1 and 2
MCQ 4.3.7 The line integral of the vector potential A around the boundary of a surface S
IES EC 2008 represents which one of the following?
(A) Flux through the surface S
(B) Flux density in the surface S
(C) Magnetic field intensity
(D) Current density
MCQ 4.3.8 An infinitely long straight conductor located along z-axis carries a current I in the
IES EC 2008 +ve z -direction. The magnetic field at any point P in the x - y plane is in which


direction?
(A) In the positive z -direction
(B) In the negative z -direction
(C) In the direction perpendicular to the radial line OP (in x - y plane) joining the
origin O to the point P
(D) Along the radial line OP
MCQ 4.3.9 A 13 A current enters a right circular cylinder of 5 cm radius. What is the linear
IES EC 2008 surface current density at the end surface?
ww (A) (50/p) A/m (B) (100/p) A/m
m
(C) (1000/p) A/m (D) (2000/p) A/m
w.E
MCQ 4.3.10
IES EC 2007
What is the value of the magnetic vector potential due to an infinitesimally small
co
current element, evaluated at infinite distance from it ?
(A) Infinity
(B) Unity
asy
lp.
(C) Zero
En
(D) Any number between zero and infinity depending on the strength of the current
element
gin
he
What is the magnetic field intensity vector H between two parallel sheets with
MCQ 4.3.11
IES EC 2007
eer
separation ‘d ’ along z-axis both sheets carrying surface current K = Ky ay ?
te
(A) - ky ay (B) + ky ay
(C) - ky ax (D) Zero
ing
.ne
ga
MCQ 4.3.12 Current density (J), in cylindrical coordinate system is given as :

IES EC 2005
0 for 0 < r < a
J (r, f, z) = *J (r/a2) a for a < r < b
0 z
t
w.
where az is the unit vector along z -coordinate axis. In the region, a < r < b , what
is the expression for the magnitude of magnetic field intensity (H ) ?
(A) J 02 (r3 - a3) (B) J 02 (r3 + a3)
ww
r r
3 3
J (r - a )
(C) 0 2 (D) J 0 (r3 - a3)
3a r 2pr
MCQ 4.3.13 Which one of the following concepts is used to find the expression of radiated E
IES EC 2005 and H field due to a magnetic current element ?
(A) Concept of vector magnetic potential
(B) Concept of scalar electric potential
(C) Concept of scalar magnetic potential
(D) Concept of vector electric potential


MCQ 4.3.14 The circulation of H around the closed contour C , shown in the figure is
IES EC 2002
m
ww (A) 0
(C) 4l
(B) 2l
(D) 6l
co
w.E
MCQ 4.3.15
IES EE 2012
The unit of magnetic flux density is
(A) gauss
lp. (B) tesla
MCQ 4.3.16
(C) bohr
asy (D) weber/sec
The magnetic flux density created by an infinitely long conductor carrying a current
IES EE 2012
En
I at a radial distance R is
he
mI
(A) 0 (B) 1
(C)
2p R
m0 I gin 2p R
(D) 4pR I
2
eer
e
2p R 3 3
MCQ 4.3.17 Match List I with List II and select the correct answer using the codes given below
at
IES EE 2011 the lists.

List-I
ing
List-II
.ne
g
a. Work 1. Ampere/metre
t
w.
b. Electric field strength 2. Weber

c. Magnetic flux 3. Volt/metre
d. Magnetic field strength 4. Joule
ww
Codes :
a b c d
(A) 4 3 2 1
(B) 1 3 2 4
(C) 4 2 3 1
(D) 1 2 3 4
MCQ 4.3.18 A long straight wire carries a current I = 1 A . At what distance is the magnetic
IES EE 2009 field 1 Am-1 ?
(A) 1.59 m (B) 0.159 m
(C) 0.0159 m (D) 0.00159 m


MCQ 4.3.19 How much current must flow in a loop radius 1 m to produce a magnetic field
IES EE 2009 1 mAm-1 ?
(A) 1.0 mA (B) 1.5 mA
(C) 2.0 mA (D) 2.5 mA
MCQ 4.3.20 Assertion (A) : Knowing magnetic vector potential A at a point, the flux density
IES EE 2009 B at the point can be obtained.
Reason (R) : d : A = 0 .
(B) Both A and R are true and R is not the correct explanation of A
ww
m
w.E
MCQ 4.3.21
1. B = d # A
co
The magnetic vector potential A obeys which equations ?
2. d2A =- m0 J
asy
IES EE 2008
m Idl
3. A = # 0
lp.
4p R
En
Select the correct answer using the code given below :
(A) 1 and 2
gin
(B) 2 and 3
he
(C) 1 and 3 (D) 1, 2 and 3
MCQ 4.3.22
field H = 1 Am- 1 ? eer
A long straight wire carries a current I = 10 A . At what distance is the magnetic
te
IES EE 2008
(A) 1.19 m
(C) 1.59 m
(B) 1.39 m
(D) 1.79 m
ing
.ne
ga
MCQ 4.3.23 What is the magnetic field due to an infinite linear current carrying conductor ?
IES EE 2006
(A) H =
mI
A/m (B) H = I A/m t
w.
2p r 2pr
mI
(C) H = A/m (D) H = I A/m
2r r
ww
MCQ 4.3.24 Equation d : B = 0 is based on

IES EE 2006 (A) Gauss’s Law (B) Lenz’s Law
(C) Ampere’s Law (D) Continuity Equation
MCQ 4.3.25 Plane y = 0 carries a uniform current density 30az mA/m . At (1, 20, - 2), what is
IES EE 2006 the magnetic field intensity ?
(A) - 15ax mA/m (B) 15ax mA/m
(C) 18.85ay mA/m (D) 25ax mA/m


MCQ 4.3.26 Which one of the following is not the valid expression for magnetostatic field vector
IES EE 2005 B ?
(A) B = 4: A (B) B = d # A
(C) d : B = 0 (D) 4# B = m0 J
MCQ 4.3.27 Which one of the following statements is correct ? Superconductors are popularly
IES EE 2004 used for
(A) generating very strong magnetic field
(B) reducing i2 R losses
m
ww (C) generating electrostatic field
(D) generating regions free from magnetic field
co
w.E
MCQ 4.3.28
IES EE 2002
Assertion (A) : # B : dS = 0 where, B = magnetic flux density, dS =
s
vector with direction normal to surface elements dS .
lp.
asy
Reason (R) : Tubes of magnetic flux have no sources or sinks.
En
he
gin
MCQ 4.3.29
eer
Plane defined by z = 0 carry surface current density 2ax A/m . The magnetic
e
IES EE 2001 intensity ‘Hy ’ in the two regions - a < z < 0 and 0 < z < a are respectively
at
(A) ay and - ay
(C) ax and - ax ing
(B) - ay and ay
(D) - ax and ax
.ne
g
***********
t
w.
ww


SOLUTIONS 4.1

It is not possible to have an isolated magnetic poles (or magnetic charges). If we
ww
m
desire to have an isolated magnetic dipole by dividing a magnetic bar successively
into two, we end up with pieces each having north and south poles. So an isolated
w.E magnetic charge doesn’t exist.
co
That’s why the total flux through a closed surface in a magnetic field must be zero.
#
i.e.
asy
B : dS = 0
or more clear, we can write that for a static magnetic field the total number of flux
lp.
lines entering a given region is equal to the total number of flux lines leaving the
region.
En
gin
So, (A) and (R) are both true and R is correct explanation of A.
he

eer
Since the field intensity exists in a closed surface and lines of field intensity makes
te
ing
a closed curve so the flux lines leaving the spherical surface equal to the total flux
entering the surface and So the net flux
#
.ne
ga
F = B : dS = 0
According to divergence theorem
# B : dS = # ^d : B hdv
t
w.
0 = # d : B dv
Since volume of the sphere will have certain finite value so,
d:B = 0
ww
or d : H = 0 at all points inside the sphere

The Magnetic field are caused only by current carrying elements and given as
m Idl R
B = 0 #3
4p R
Since an accelerated electron doesn’t form any current element(Idl ) so it is not a
source of magnetic field.
The magnetic field intensity produced due to a small current element Idl is defined


as
dH = Idl # a R
4p R 2
where dl is the differential line vector and aR is the unit vector directed towards
the point where field is to be determined. So for the circular current carrying loop
we have
dl = adfaf
aR =- a r
Therefore the magnetic field intensity produced at the centre of the circular loop is
m
2p Iadfa f # ^- a r h
# = Ia 2 6f@20p âz h = I az A/m
ww H =
f=0 4pa2 4p a 4a
co
w.E lp.
asy
En
he
gin
eer
e
at
ing
Magnetic field intensity at any point P due to a filamentary current I is defined as
H = I 6cos a2 - cos a1@ af
.ne
g
4pr
t
w.
where r " distance of point P from the current filament.

a1 " angle subtended by the lower end of the element at P .
a2 " angle subtended by the upper end of the element at P .
ww
From the figure we have

r = 32 + 42 = 5
a1 = r/2 & cos a1 = 0
and cos a2 = 12 = 12
52 + 122 13
Now we Put these values to get,
5 12 - 0 a
4p # 5 b 13 l f
H = (I = 5 A)
= 3 af = 0.15af wb/m2
13p
According to Biot-savart law, magnetic field intensity at any point P due to the
current element Idl is defined as


H = # Idl4p#R R3
where R is the vector distance of point P from the current element.

Here current is flowing in af direction
So the small current element
Idl = Irdfaf = 4 # 2dfaf = 8dfaf
and since the magnetic field to be determined at center of the loop so we have
R = 2m (radius = 2 m )
and aR =- a r (pointing towards origin)
Therefore the magnetic field intensity at origin is
ww
m
2p (8dfa )
f # (- a r)
2p
8 dfa = az f 2p
# # 4p 6 @ 0
H = =
0 4 p (2 ) 2
0 16 p z
w.E
= 2az A/m
co
According to right hand rule if the thumb points in the direction of outward or
asy
inward current then rest of the fingers will curl along the direction of magnetic flux
lp.
lines, This condition is satisfied by the configuration shown in option (C).
SOL 4.1.9
En
gin
According to right hand rule if the thumb points in the direction of current then
he
rest of the fingers will curl along the direction of magnetic field lines. This condition
is satisfied by the configuration shown in option (C).
SOL 4.1.10 Option (D) is correct. eer
te
ing
.ne
ga
t
w.
According to Ampere’s circuital law, the line integral of magnetic field intensity H
ww
around a closed path is equal to the net current enclosed by the path.
Since we have to determine the magnetic field intensity due to the infinite line
current at t = 5 cm so we construct a circular loop around the line current as shown
in the figure.
Now from Ampere’s circuital law we have
# B : dl
L
= m0 Ienc
or B (2pr) = m0 # 10 (Ienc = 10 A)
Therefore we have the magnetic flux density at t = 5 cm as
-7
B = 4p # 10 # -10 = 5 # 10-5 wb/m2
2p # 5 # 10 2


According to Ampere’s circuital law the contour integral of magnetic field intensity
in a closed path is equal to the current enclosed by the path.
i.e. # H : dl = Ienc
Now using right hand rule, we obtain the direction of the magnetic field intensity
in the loop as it will be opposite to the direction of L.
So, # H : dl =- Ienc =- 20 A
(10 A is not inside the loop. So it won’t be considered.)
m
ww The magnetic field intensity produced at a distance r from an infinitely long

straight wire carrying current I is defined as
co
w.E H = I
2pr
As determined by right hand rule, the direction of magnetic field intensity will
lp.
asy
be same(in - ay direction) due to both the current source. So, at point P the net
magnetic field intensity due to both the current carrying wires will be
H = H1 + H 2
En = I ^- ay h + I ^- ay h
he
2p ^4h 2p ^1 h
=-
5 ^8 h
8p y pgin
a =- 4 ay (I = 8 A )
eer
e

at
As calculated in previous question the magnetic field intensity produced at the

centre of the current carrying circular loop is
H = I
ing
2a
.ne
g
So by symmetry the semicircular loop will produce the field intensity half to the
t
w.
field intensity produced by complete circular loop.

i.e. Field intensity at the centre of semicircular loop = 1 H = I
2 4a
ww

Since current in the wire is distributed over the outer surface so net enclosed
current, Ienc for any Amperian loop inside the wire will be zero.
and as from Ampere’s circuital law we have
# H : dl = Ienc
So # H : dl =0 (Ienc = 0 )
or H = 0 for r < R
Consider the cylindrical wire is lying along z -axis as shown in the figure. As the
current I is distributed over the outer surface of the cylinder so for an Amperian


loop at a distance r (> R) from the centre axis, enclosed current is equal to the total
current flowing in the wire.
ww
m
w.E Now from Ampere’s circuital law we have,
# B : dl = m0 Ienc
co
asy
B (2pr) = m0 I (Ienc = I )
lp.
m0 I
or B = a
or En
2pr f
B\1
r
gin
he
eer
Since the current flows from Q1 and terminates at Q2 and the charge Q2 is located
at the surface of the contour so the actual current is not enclosed by the closed path
te
and the circulation of the field is given as

# B : dl = m0 6Id@enc ing ^6Ic@enc = 0h
.ne
ga
and 6Id@enc = dt
d
: # e0 E1 : dS + #eE 0 2 : dS D
t
where E1 is the electric field intensity produced by charge Q1 while E2 is the field
w.
intensity produced by charge Q2 .

So, 6Id@enc = dt
d e Q1 + e Q2 = 1 dQ1 + 1 dQ2
= 0 c 8e0 m 0c
2e0 mG 8 dt 2 dt
(1)
As the current flows from Q1 and terminates at Q2 so the rate of change in the net
ww
charges is given as
dQ dQ2
- 1 = = 16 A
dt dt
Therefore from equation (1) we have the enclosed displacement current as
6Id@enc = 18 (- 16) + 12 (16) = 6 A
Thus, the circulation of magnetic flux density around the closed loop is
# B : dl = m0 ^6 h
= 8m0 Wb/m


m
ww
co
w.E Magnetic field intensity at any point P due to an infinite current carrying sheet is
defined as lp.
asy H = 1 K # an
2
En
where K is the current density and an is the unit vector normal to the current sheet
he
directed toward the point P .
gin
Since we have to determine the magnetic field intensity at origin so from the figure
we have
eer
e
an =- az
Therefore the magnetic field intensity at the origin is
at
H = 1 (20ax ) # (- az ) = 5ay A/m

2
ing ( K = 20ax )

.ne
g
t
w.
ww
Magnetic field intensity at any point P due to an infinite current carrying sheet is
defined as
H = 1 K # an
2


where K is the current density of the infinite sheet and an is the unit vector normal
to the current sheet directed toward the point P .
Since we have to determine the magnetic field intensity at point (2, - 1, 5) which
is above the plane sheet as shown in figure, so we have,
an =+ az
Therefore the magnetic field intensity at the point (2, - 1, 5) is
H = 1 (20ax # az ) =- 20 ay =- 5ay A/m (K = 20ax )
2 2
Consider one of the sheet carries the current density K1 . So, the other sheet will
ww
m
have the current density - K1 .
Magnetic flux density produced at any point P due to a current sheet is defined as
w.E m
B = 0 K # an
2
co
where K is current density of the sheet and an is the unit vector normal to the
asy
sheet directed towards point P .
lp.
So for any point in the space between the sheets normal vector will be opposite in
i.e. En
direction for the two sheets as shown in figure
an2 =- an1
gin
he
eer
te
ing
.ne
ga
t
w.
Therefore, the resultant magnetic flux density at any point in the space between
the two sheets will be
m
B = 0 6K1 # an1 + (- K1) # (- an1)@ = m0 K1 # an1
ww
2
Since an1 is unit vector normal to the surface, and K1 is given current density. So
the cross product will be a constant.
The magnetic flux density at any point is equal to the curl of magnetic vector
potential A at the point.
i.e. B = d # A = d # (12 cos qa q)
= 1 2 (12r cos q) af = 12 cos q af

r 2r r


or, B = 12 cos 0 af = 2af (at (3, 0, p))
3
Consider the current sheet shown in the figure.
m
ww
co
w.E Magnetic field intensity produced at any point P due to a current sheet is defined
lp.
as
asyH = 1 K # an
En 2
he
where K is current density of the sheet and an is the unit vector normal to the
sheet directed towards point P .
So, for y > 0
2 gin
H = 1 ^Kaz h # ây h =- 1 Kax
2
(K = Kaz A/m , an = ay )
eer
e
and for y < 0 H = 1 ^Kaz h # ^- ay h = K ax (K = Kaz A/m , an =- ay )

2 2
at

ing
Consider the current density at r = 8 cm is J directed along + az .
.ne
g
Now the magnetic field for r > 8 cm must be zero.

i.e. H =0 (for r > 8 cm )
t
w.
So from Ampere’s circuital law we have

# H : dl = Ienc = 0
ww
Since for the region r > 8 cm the Amperian loop will have all the current distributions
enclosed inside it.
i.e. Ienc = 14 # 10-3 + 2 # (2p # 0.5 # 10-2) - 0.8 # (2p # 0.25 # 10-2)
+ J (2p # 8 # 10-2)
= 6.43 # 10-2 + J (16p # 10-2)
So we have
6.43 # 10-2 + J (16p # 10-2) = 0 ( Ienc = 0 )
-2
or J =- 6 . 43 # 10
16p # 10-2
or J =- 0.23az A/m


Magnetic flux density is defined as the curl of vector magnetic potential
i.e. B = d#A
R V
S a x ay az W
= S 22x 22y 2
2z
W
S 2 2 W
S2x y 2y - 8xyz W
T X
= (- 8xz - 0) ax + (0 + 8yz) ay + (2y2 - 2x2) az
So the net magnetic flux density at (1, - 2, - 5) is
B = 20ax + 60ay + 12az wb/m2
ww
m
Total magnetic flux through a given surface S is defined as
F = # B : dS
w.E S
co
where dS is the differential surface vector having direction normal to the surface
So, for the given surface z = 4 , 0 # x # 1, - 1 # y # 4 we have
asy
dS = (dxdy) az
and as calculated in previous question we have
lp.
En
B = (- 8xz - 0) ax + (0 + 8yz) ay + (2y2 - 2x2) az
Therefore, the total magnetic flux through the given surface is
gin
4 1 4 1
F = # # (2y2 - 2x2) (dxdy) = 2 # 1 # y2 dy - 2 # 5 # x2 dx
he
y =- 1 x = 0 -1 0
3 4 3 1
y
= 2 ; E - 10 :x D = 2 # 65 - 10
3 -1 3 0 3 3
eer
te
40 wb
ing
For determining the magnetic field at any point above the plane z = 0 , we draw
.ne
ga
a rectangular Amperian loop parallel to the y -z plane and extending an equal

distance above and below the surface as shown in the figure.
From Ampere’s circuital law,
t
w.
# B : dl = m0 Ienc
ww


Since the infinite current sheet is located in the plane z = 0 so, the z -component
of the magnetic flux density will be cancelled due to symmetry and in the closed
Amperian loop the integral will be only along y -axis. Thus we have
B (2l) = m0 Ienc
2Bl = m0 Kl (Ienc = Kl)
As determined by right hand rule, the magnetic flux density above the plane z = 0
will be in - ay direction. So we have the flux density above the current sheet as
m 4
B =- 0 # ay =- 2m0 ay wb/m2 ( K = 4 A/m )
2
m
Alternate Method :
ww The magnetic flux density produced at any point P due to an infinite sheet carrying
co
uniform current density K is defined as
w.E B = 1 m0 (K # a n)
2
where an is the unit vector normal to the sheet directed toward the point P .
lp.
asy
So, magnetic flux density at any point above the current sheet K = 4ax is
B = 1 m0 ^4ax h # âz h =- 4m0 ay wb/m2
2
(an = az )
En
he
gin
Magnetic flux density at a certain point is equal to the curl of magnetic vector
potential at the point.
i.e. B = d#A
eer
e
So from the above determined value of magnetic flux density B we have,

at
d # A =- 2m0 ay wb/m2
ing (1)
Since A is parallel to K so the vector potential K will depend only on z . Hence,
we have
.ne
g
A = A (z) ax
From equation (1) we have,
t
w.
a x ay a z
- 2m0 ay = 22x 22y 22z
A (z) 0 0
ww
2A (z)
- 2m0 ay =- ay
2z
or A (z) = 2m0 z
So, A = 2m0 zax
Therefore the vector magnetic potential at z =- 2 is
A =- 4m0 ax wb/m
Current density at any point in a magnetic field is defined as the curl of magnetic
field intensity at the point.
i.e. J = d#H
Since the magnetic field intensity in the free space is given as


2
H = 2r af
Therefore the current density is
2(r) (2r2)
J =1 az = 1 2 (2r3) az
r 2r r 2r
2
= 6raz = 2az A/m (r = 2 m)
The magnetic flux density at any point is equal to the curl of the vector magnetic
i.e., B = d#A
ww = 1 2 (rAf) az = 1 2 (2r) az = 2 az
m
r 2r r 2r r
The current density J in terms of magnetic flux density B is defined as
w.E J = 1 (d # B) = 1 ;- 2 b 2 lE af = 2 2 af
m0
co
m0 2r r m0 r
This current density would produce the required vector potential.
SOL 4.1.29
asy
lp.
The current density for a given magnetic field intensity H is defined as
Given
J = d#H
En
H = ^z cos ay h ay + ^z + ey h ax
gin
he
ax ay az
So d#H =
eer
2 2 2
2x 2y 2z
^z + e h z cos ay 0
y
te
= =- 2 ^z cos ay h ax - b- 2 ^z + ey hl ay + c 2 z cos ay - 2 ^z + ey hmG az

2z
=- cos ayax + ay - e azy
2z
ing2x 2y
.ne
ga
or, J = d # H =- cos ayax + ay - ey az

Therefore the current density in the x -z plane is
J =- ax + ay - az A/m2
t (y = 0 in x -z plane)
w.

In a source free region current density, J = 0
The current density at any point is equal to the curl of magnetic field intensity H .
ww
i.e. J = d#H
or d#H = 0 (J = 0 )
and since the curl of a given vector field is zero so it can be expressed as the
gradient of a scalar field
i.e. H = df
So A and R both are true and R is correct explanation of A.
Given that the cylindrical wire located along z -axis produces a magnetic field
intensity, H = 3raf .


So, applying the differential form of Ampere’s circuital low we have the current
density with in the conductor as
J = d#H
a r ra f a z a r ra f a z
1 2 2 2 1
= 2r 2f 2z = 22r 22f 22z
r r
A r rA f A z 0 3r2 0
= 1 2 ^3r2h az = 6az A/m2
r 2r
m
ww As the beam is travelling in az direction so the field intensity produced by it will

be in af direction and using Ampere’s circuital law at it’s surface we have
co
Hf ^2pa h = Ienc
w.E Hf ^2pa h = #
0
a r
2 a1 - k 2prdr
a
lp.
asy r3 a
2
r
Hf ^2pa h = 4p ; - E
2 3a 0
En
Hf ^2pa h = 2pa
2
he
3
SOL 4.1.33
or H = a af
4
gin
eer
e
Since the magnetic flux density is defined as

B = d#A
at
and d # B = m0 J
Now using the vector identity, we have ing
d # ^d # Ah = d ^d : Ah - d2A
.ne
g
or, d # B = d ^d : Ah - d2A
m0 J = d ^d : Ah - d2A
t
w.
or,
As the vector potential is always divergence free so we get,
d2A =- m0 J
ww

Magnetic dipole moment of a conducting loop carrying current I is defined as :
m = IS
where S is the area enclosed by the conducting loop. So we have
m = 7 # (p # 0.52) = 5.5 (I = 7 A, R = 0.5 m)
The direction of the moment is determined by right hand rule as when the curl of
fingers lies along the direction of current,then the thumb indicates the direction of
moment.
So, m = 5.5ax A- m2
***********


SOLUTIONS 4.2

Since the current is flowing in the - az direction
ww
m
So, Idl = 10dz (- az )
w.E co
asy
lp.
En
gin
he
eer
te
ing
Magnetic field intensity at any point P due to a filamentary current I is defined as
4pr
.ne
ga
t
w.
Now from the figure we have,

r =2
a2 = p - q
ww
or cos a2 = cos (p - q)
=- cos q =- 3 =- 3
22 + 32 13
and a1 = 0 (angle subtended by end z = 3)
or cos a1 = cos 0 = 1
So, H = I 6cos a2 - cos a1@ af
4pr
I (10)
1 - c- 3 mG af = # c2 +
3 a
4p # 2 = 13 m
= f
13 8 p
Now the direction of magnetic field intensity is defined as



af = al # a r
where al is unit vector along the line current and a r is the unit vector normal to
the line current directed toward the point P .
So we have af = (- az ) # (ay)= ax
Therefore, H = 10 c1 + 3 m (ax )
8p 13
= 1.73ax A/m
m
ww current element Idl is defined as

H = Idl # 3R
#
co
4pR
w.E where R is the vector distance of point P from the current element.
lp.
asy
En
he
gin
eer
e
at
ing
.ne
g
Now the current element carries a current of 4.4 A in + ax direction.

So we have, R = (4ax + 2ay + 3az ) - (xax )
t
w.
(Since on x -axis y - and z -component will be zero)

R = (4 - x) ax + 2ay + 3az
or R = (4 - x) 2 + 22 + 32
ww
= x2 - 8x + 29
and Idl = 4.4dxax (filament lies from x =- 3 to x = 3)
Therefore the magnetic field intensity is
+ 3 (4.4a x ) # 6(4 - x) a x + 2ay + 3a z @
H =
-3
# 4p (x2 - 8x + 29) 3/2
dx
+3
= 4.4 (2az - 3ay) dx
4p # 2
- 3 (x - 8x + 29)
3/2
+3
(2x - 8)
= 4.4 (2az - 3ay) = G
4p 26 (x2 - 8x + 29) 1/2 -3
= 4.4 (2az - 3ay) = 0.1077az - 0.162ay = 0.1az - 0.2ay A/m

26p


Alternate Method :
ww
m
w.E co
asy
lp.
According to Ampere’s circuital law, the line integral of magnetic field intensity H
En
around a closed path is equal to the net current enclosed by the path.
gin
Since we have to determine the magnetic field intensity at point (4, 2, 3) so we
he
construct a circular loop around the infinite current element that passes though the
point (4, 2, 3) as shown in the figure.
Now from Ampere’s circuital law we have,
eer
te
# H : dl = Ienc
(2pr) H = 4.4 ing (Ienc = 4.4 A)
.ne
ga
or H = 4.4 r = 13 from figure.

2p # 13
Now direction of the magnetic field intensity is defined as
af = al # a r t
w.
where al " unit vector in the direction of flow of current

a r " unit vector normal to the line current directed toward the point.
6(4ax + 2ay + 3az ) - (4ax )@
ww
So we have, af = ax #
(4 - 4) 2 + 22 + 32
(2ay + 3az ) 2a - 3ay
= ax # = z
13 13
Therefore the magnetic field intensity at the point (4, 2, 3) is
(2az - 3ay)
H = 4. 4 = 4.4 (2az - 3ay)
2p 13 13 26p
= 1.5az - 2.5ay A/m
As the magnetic field intensity at the center of the triangle produced by all the


three sides will be exactly equal so we consider only one side lying along x -axis that
carries 4 A current flowing in + ax direction as shown in the figure.
Now the magnetic field intensity at any point P due to a filamentary current I is
defined as
4pr
m
ww
co
w.E lp.
asy
En
he
gin
eer
e
r
tan 30c = & r = 1
1 3
at
6 ing
a1 = p - p/6 = p & cos a1 = cos 5p =- 3
5
6 2
a2 = 30c & cos a2 = cos 30c= 3
.ne
g
and
2
t
w.
So the magnetic field intensity produced by one side of the triangle at centre of the
triangle is
4
H1 = 6cos a2 - cos a1@af
4p # 1
ww
3
3 3 + 3 a = 5a
p ; 2 2 E f
=
p f
Now the direction of magnetic field intensity is determined as
af = al # a r
and since the line current is along x -axis so we have
a f = a x # ay = a z (al = ax , a r = ay )
Therefore the net magnetic field intensity due to all the three sides of triangle is
H = 3H1 = 3 # b 3 l az = 9 az A/m (af = az )
p p


current sheet element KdS is defined as
H = # KdS4p#
s R
a
2
R

Now we consider a point ^0, y, z h on the current carrying sheet, from which we have
the vector distance of point (3, 0, 0)
R = ^3ax + 0ay + 0az h - ^0ax + yay + zaz h = ^3ax - yay - zaz h
ww 3ax - yay - zaz 3a - yay - zaz
m
or aR = 2 2 2
= x
3 +y +z 9 + y2 + z2
w.E Therefore the magnetic field intensity due to the current sheet is
H = #
2
#
3
co
4ay # (3ax - yay - zay)
4p (9 + y2 + z2) 3/2
dydz ( K = 4a y )
asy
z =- 2 y =- 3
2 4 (- zax - 3az )
# #
3
= 2 3/2 dydz
lp.
2
z =- 2 y =- 3 4p (9 + y + z )
En
We note that the x component is anti symmetric in z about the origin (odd parity).
gin
Since the limits are symmetric, the integral of the x component over z is zero. So
he
we are left with

2
- 12az
# #
eer
3
H = 2 2 3/2 dydz
-2 - 3 4p (9 + y + z )
y
=- 3 az
2
te
+3
; # E
p
=- 3 az
2
#
2
-2 (z + 9)
2
9 + y + z -3
ing
2
2 dz =- 6 a 1 tan-1 z 2
p z :3
dz
a 3 kD
p 2
-2 z + 9
.ne
ga
-2
2
=- # (2) # (0.59) az =- 2az A/m
p
SOL 4.2.5 Option (D) is correct. t
w.
ww
Since the uniformly charged disk is rotating with an angular velocity w = 2 rad/s


about the z -axis so we have the current density
K = rs # (angular velocity) = rs (wr) = 2 # 2 # r
or K = 4raf
current sheet element KdS is defined as
H = KdS #2 aR
#
s 4pR
Now from the figure we have
m
R = az - ra r
ww or R = 1 + r2
a - ra r
co
and aR = z
w.E 1 + r2
So the magnetic field intensity due to a small current element KdS at point P is
dH = KdS #2 aR =
(4raf) # (az - ra r)
lp. =
4r (a r + raz )
asy 4pR 2
4p (r + 1) 3/2
4p (r2 + 1) 3/2
On integrating the above over f around the complete circle, the a r components get
En
cancelled by symmetry, leaving us with
he
2p 3 4r2 az
H (z) = # # ^rdrdfh
=2
0 0
3
# 2
r3
(r + 1)
gin
4p (r2 + 1) 3/2
3/2 dra z = 2 = r + 1 +
2 1
G
3
az
eer
2
0 r +1 0
e
3 + 2 (1 - 1 + 3 )
= 2> H az = 5az A/m
at
1+3
.ne
g
t
w.
ww
As all the four sides of current carrying square loop produces the same magnetic
field at the center so we consider only the line current AB for which we determine
the magnetic field intensity at the center.
Now the magnetic field intensity at any point P due to a filamentary current I is
defined as
4pr
where r" distance of point P from the current filament.


a1 " angle subtended by the lower end of the filament at P .
a2 " angle subtended by the upper end of the filament at P .
From the figure, we have
r = 1 m , a2 = 45c and a1 = 180c - 45c
2
So the magnetic field intensity at the centre O due to the line current AB is
H1 = I 6cos a2 - cos a1@
2pR
= 1
2p # (1/2)
6cos 45c - cos (180c - 45c)@
ww = 1 # 2 = 2 A/m
m
p 2 p
and the magnetic flux density produced by the line current AB is
w.E B1 = m0 H1 = 4p # 10-7 # 2
-7
= 5.66 # 10 wb/m 2
p
co
asy
lp.
Therefore the net magnetic flux density due to the complete square loop will be
four times of B1
i.e.
En
B = 4B1 = 4 # (5.66 # 10-7)
= 3.26 # 10-6 wb/m2
gin
he
eer
current element Idl is defined as
te
H = Idl # a
#4pR2
R
ing
.ne
ga
As the cross product of two parallel lines is always zero so the straight segments
t
will produce no field at P . Therefore the net magnetic field produced at point P
will be only due to the two circular section.
w.
i.e. H = HCD + HAB

(Irdfaf) # (- a r)
p/2 p/2
Irdf (- af) # (- a r)
or H == # 4pr2 G += # 4pr2 G
ww
0 0
at r = 1 m at r = 2 m
p/2
Iaz df - p/2 Iaz df
= #
0 4p (1) 0
#
4p (2)
3 . 2 1 p
4p # :
= 1 - D # a k az = 0.2 A/m
2 2
Alternate Method :
The magnetic field intensity produced at the center of a circular loop of radius R
carrying current I is defined as
H = I
2R


m
ww and since the straight line will not produce any field at point P so due to the two
quarter circles having current in opposite direction, magnetic field at the center
co
will be
w.E where
H = 1: I - I D
4 2a 2b
a " inner radius lp.
asy
b " outer radius
H = 1;
3 (2) 3 (2)
4 2 # 1 2 # 2E
- = 0.2 A/m
En
he
gin
The magnetic field intensity at any point P due to an infinite filamentary current
I is defined as
eer
e
H = I
2pr
at
ing
where r is the distance of point P from the infinite current filament.
Now the two semi infinite lines will be in combination treated as a single infinite
line for which magnetic field intensity at point P will be
.ne
g
H1 = I (R is the length of point P from line current)

2pR
t
w.
= 4 =1 (I = 4 A, R = 2 m)
2p # 2 p
As the magnetic field intensity produced at the center of a circular loop of radius
ww
R carrying current I is defined as

H = I
2R
So magnetic field produced at point P due to the semi circular segment is
H2 = 1 # I = 1
2 2R 2
Therefore net magnetic field intensity produced at point P is
H = H1 + H 2 = 1 + 1
p 2
= 0.82 A/m



ww
m
Magnetic field intensity produced at any point P on the axis of the circular loop
w.E carrying current I is defined as

H =
Ir2
co
asy 2 (r + h2) 3/2
2
where h is the distance of point P from the centre of circular loop and r is the
lp.
radius of the circular loop.
En
r = 3 m and h = 5 - 1 = 4 m
gin
he
and using right hand rule we conclude that the magnetic field intensity is directed
along + az . So the magnetic field intensity produced at point P is
H =
50 # 10-3 (3) 2
a z = eer
9 # 50 # 10-3 a = 2.8a mA/m
2 # 125 z z
te
2 (32 + 42) 3/2

ing
.ne
ga
Let the cylindrical tube is of radius a for which we have to determine the
magnetic field intensity at the axis of solenoid.
t
w.
Now we consider a small ring (small section of solenoid) of the width dz at a

distance z from point P lying on the axis of the solenoid as shown in the figure.
ww
The total current flowing in the loop of the ring will be

dI = nIdz where n is the no of turns per unit length


Since magnetic field intensity produced at any point P on the axis of the circular
loop carrying current I is defined as
Ir2
H =
2 (r2 + h2) 3/2
where h is the distance of point P from the centre of circular loop and r is the
radius of the circular loop.
So we have the magnetic field intensity due to the ring as
(nIdz) a2
dH = ( r = a, h = z )
2 (a2 + z2) 3/2
m
ww z = a cot q & dz =- a2 dq
sin q
co
sin3 q
w.E and sin q = a =

r
a
a2 + z2
& 1
â + z h
2 2 3/2
=
a3
The total magnetic field intensity produced at point P due to the solenoid is
lp.
asy
H =
3
# (nIdz) a2
2
z =- 3 2 (a + z )
2 3/2 = nI p a2 sin3 q (- adq)
#
2 q = 0 a3 sin2 q
En
=- nI sin qdq = nI (cos 0 - cos p)
0
2 q=p # 2
he
SOL 4.2.11 Option (D) is correct. gin

= nI = 1000 # 6 # 10-3 = 6 A/m (n = 1000, I = 4 mA )
eer
As calculated in the previous question the magnetic field intensity inside a long
e
solenoid carrying current I is defined as

at
H = nI
ing
where n is no. of turns per unit length
and since using right hand rule we conclude that the direction of magnetic field
.ne
intensity will be right wards ( + ay ) due to outer solenoid and left wards ((- ay))
g
due to inner solenoid. So the resultant magnetic field intensity produced inside the
inner solenoid will be
t
w.
H = H1 + H2 = n1 I (- ay) + n2 Iay
where n1 and n2 are the no. of turns per unit length of the inner and outer solenoids
respectively.
ww
So H =- (3 # 10-3) (2000) ay + (3 # 10-3) (1000) ay

= 3 # 10-3 (- 1000) ay =- 3ay A/m
Since no any magnetic field is produced at any point out side a solenoid so in
the region between the two solenoids field will be produced only due to the outer
solenoid.
i.e. H = n2 Iay = 100 # 4 # 10-4 ay = 4ay A/m
Since no any magnetic field is produced at any point out side a solenoid so, at any
point outside the outer solenoid, the net magnetic field intensity produced due to


the two solenoids will be zero.
The magnetic field intensity produced at any point P due to an infinite sheet
carrying uniform current density K is defined as
H = 1 (K # a n)
2
where an is the unit vector normal to the sheet directed toward the point P .
So the field intensity produced between the two sheets due to the sheet K1 = 3az
located at x = 2 m is
H1 = 1 (3az ) # (- ax ) =- 3 ay A/m
ww (an =- ax )
m
2 2
and the field intensity produced between the two sheets due to the sheet K2 =- 3az
w.E located at x =- 2 m is
co
H2 = 1 (- 3az ) # (ax ) =- 3 ay A/m
2 2
(an = ax )
asy
Therefore the net magnetic field intensity produced at any point between the two
lp.
sheets is
En
H = H1 + H2 =- 3ay
Since the magnetic field intensity at any point is the equal to the negative gradient
of scalar potential at the point
gin
he
i.e. H =- dVm
eer
So for the field H =- 3ay in the region between the two current carrying sheets,
we have
te
ing
- 3ay =- dVm ay (the field has a single component in ay direction)
dy
or Vm = 3y + C1
.ne
where C1 is constant
ga
Putting Vm = 0 for point P (1, 2, 5) (given), we have
or
0 = 3 # (2) + C1
C1 =- 6 t
w.
Thus, Vm = (3y - 6) A
and the graph of Vm versus y will be as plotted below
ww


The magnetic flux density at any point is equal to the curl of the vector magnetic
i.e., B = d#A (1)
2
Since B = m0 H =- 3m0 ay Wb/m (calculated in previous question)
As the magnetic flux density is in ay direction so A is expected to be z -directed.
Therefore from eq (1) we have
-2Az =- 3m0
2x
m
or Az = 3m0 x + C2
ww Putting Az = 0 at point P (1, 2, 5) (given), we have
co
0 = 3m0 + C2
w.E or
So,
C2 =- 3m0
Az = 3m0 (x - 1) =- 3m0
Thus, the magnetic vector potential at origin is
lp. at origin (0, 0, 0)
SOL 4.2.16
asy
A =- 8m0 az Wb/m
En
Since the current density inside the wire is given by
he
J\r
So we have, J = kr
gin
and the total current flowing in the wire is given by
where k is a constant.
eer
e
I0 = # J : dS
s
at
or 5 # 10 -3
0
2 # 10-2
= # kr (2pr) dr
ing ( I 0 = 5 mA )
2pk (2 # 10-2) 3
5 # 10-3 =
.ne
g
3
-3
k = 3 # 5 # 10 -6 = 15 # 103
t
w.
So we have
2p # 8 # 10 16p
Now for the Amperian loop at r = 1 cm enclosed current is
-2
1 # 10-2 r3 1 # 10
Ienc = J : dS = kr (2pr) dr = b 15 # 103 l # 2p ; E
# #
ww
s r=0 16p 3 0
= 15 1 -3
10 = 15 10-3
8 #3# 24 #
# B : dl
L
= m0 Ienc
m0 15
B (2pr) = 10-3
24 #
Therefore the magnetic flux density at r = 1 cm is
B = 15 # 10-3 -7
24 # 4p # 10
2p (1 # 10-2)
= 1.25 # 10-8 = 12.5 nWb/m2


Current density at any point in a magnetic field is defined as the curl of magnetic
field intensity at the point.
i.e. J = d#H
So the current density component in ax direction is
2Hy 2
Jx = (d # H) x = 2Hz - =-e xz 2 + 6x2 z o ax
2y 2z (y + 1)
Therefore the total current passing through the surface x = 2 m , 1 # y # 4 m ,
3 # z # 4 m is
4 4
xz2 + 6x2 z dydz (dS = dydza )
# # # e o
ww I = Jx : dS =- x
m
2
S z = 3 y = 1 (y + 1)
4 4
2z2 + 24z dydz
=- # #e
(y + 1) 2 o (x = 2 m )
w.E 3
3
1
#
y+1
2 4
co
=- ;- 2z + 24zyE dz =- b 3 z2 + 72z l dz
4
3
#
4
asy
=- 145 A
lp.
En
gin
he
eer
te
ing
.ne
ga
t
w.

m = IS
where S is the area enclosed by the conducting loop. So for a ring of radius r ,
ww
magnetic dipole moment

m = I (pr2).
Now as the charged disk(charge density, rS = 20 C/m2 ) is rotating with angular
velocity w = 0.1 rad/s so, the current in the loop is given as
dI = rS wrdr
Therefore the magnetic dipole moment is
1 1
m = # dI (pr ) = #
2
r=0
(rS wrdr) (pr2) = rS wp #
0
r3 dr
4 1
= 20 # 0.1 # p :r D = p A- m2
4 0 3


Magnetic dipole moment of a spherical shell of radius r having surface charge
density rS is given as
m = 4p rS wr 4 where w is angular velocity.
3
Since the total charge of 5 C is distributed over the volume of the sphere so, the
magnetic dipole moment of the sphere is given as
m (r) = 4p (rv dr) wr 4
# (rS = rv dr )
3
m
where rv is uniformly distributed volume charge density of the sphere. Therefore,
ww we have
5
m (r) = 4p rv w r = 1 Qwr2
Q
e rv = 4 pr3 o
co
3 5 5
w.E = 1 # (5) # (4) # r2 = 4r2 A- m2

5
lp.
3
(Q = 5 C , w = 4 rad/ s )
asy
En
he
gin
eer
e
at

ing
The average magnetic field intensity over a sphere of radius r , due to steady
.ne
g
currents within the sphere is defined as

2
Have = 1 2m = 1 2 #34r = 2 (m = 4r2 )
t
w.
4p r 3 4p r pr
As the sphere is spinning about the z -axis so, the produced magnetic field will be
in az direction as determined by right hand rule. Thus, we have
ww
Have = 3 az
pr
m = ISan
where S is the area enclosed by the conducting loop and an is normal vector to the
surface. So we have
m = (7) (0.1) an ( I = 7 A, S = 0.1 m2 )
Now the given plane is
x + 3y - 1.5z = 3.5
For which we have the function
f = x + 2y - 1.5z


and the normal unit vector to the plane is,
4f ax + 3ay - 1.5az
an = =
4f 12 + 32 + (- 1.5) 2
So the magnetic dipole moment of the coil is
(a + 3ay - 1.5az )
m = (0.7) x
3. 5
= 1.2ax + 0.6ay - 0.3az A- m2
The magnetic field intensity, (H ) in the terms of magnetic vector potential, (A)
is defined as
ww
m
H = 1 (d # A) = 1 6d # (6y - 2z) ax + 4xzay@
m0 m0
= 1 6- 3ax - 2ay + 4az@
w.E m0
co
Since the electric current density at any point is equal to the curl of magnetic field
asy
intensity at that point.
J = d#H
lp.
i.e.
En
So, we have the electric current density in the free space as
J = d # 1 6- 8ax - 2ay + 6az@ = 0
m0
gin
he
B = 0
m NI
a eer
Magnetic flux density across the toroid at a distance r from it’s center is defined as
te
2p r f
where N " Total no. of turns
I " Current flowing in the toroid ing
.ne
ga
So, the total magnetic flux across the toroid is given by the surface integral of the
flux density
i.e. f = # B : dS t
w.
where dS is differential surface area vector.

Consider a width dr of toroid at a distance r from it’s center as shown in figure
ww
So we have the total magnetic flux across the toroid as

2 m0 NI
f = # b 2pr af l (hdraf) (dS = hdraf )
r=1m


-7 5
= 4p # 10 # 10 # 10 # 10 ln b 2 l (N = 105 , I = 10 A )
2p 1
= 1.39 Wb
As determined in previous question the magnetic flux density across the toroid at
a distance r from it’s center is
m NI
B = 0 a
2pr f
So at the mean radius,
m
r = a + b = 1.5 m
ww 2
m0 NI
co
we have, B = a (r = 1.5 m )
3p f
w.E Therefore the total magnetic flux is

#
f' = B : dS =
2
#
lp. m0 NI
b 3p af l (hdraf) (dS = hdraf )
asy -7
r=1
3p
5
= 4p # 10 # 10 # 10 # 10 6r @12 (N = 105 , I = 10 A )
En = 1.33 Wb
he
Thus, the percentage of error is

% error =
f' - f
f #
100% gin ( f = 1.39 wb as calculated above)
eer
e
= 1.33 - 1.39 # 100% =- 12.31%

1.39
at

ing
.ne
g
t
w.
ww
Consider the point P on z -axis is (0, 0, h) and current flowing in the current element
is I in ax direction. Since the magnetic field intensity at any point P due to a
current element I is defined as
4pr


where r " distance of point P from the current element.
So for the given current element along positive x -axis we have
a1 = 90c
a2 = 0c
Therefore, H = I af (r = h )
4ph
Now the direction of magnetic field intensity is defined as
af = al # a r
ww
m
w.E So, af = ax # az =- ay
Therefore magnetizing force is
H = I (- ay)
co
asy
H = I
4ph
lp.
or ...(1)
4ph
En
Now consider the current flowing in the current element introduced along the
gin
positive y -axis is I in ay direction. So, the magnetic field intensity produced at
he
point P due to the current element along the positive y -axis is

4pr
= I 6cos 0c - cos 90c@ af
eer
te
( r = h, a1 = 90c, a2 = 0c)
4p h
= I ax ing (af = ay # az = ax )
4p h
.ne
ga
Therefore the resultant magnetic field intensity produced at point P due to both
the current elements will be
Hnet = I (- ay + ax )
4ph t
w.
or, Hnet = I 2
4ph
Thus, from equation (1) we have
ww
Hnet = 3 H
The magnetic flux density produced at a distance r from a straight wire carrying
current I is defined as
mI
B = 0
2pr
Now consider a strip of width dr of the square loop at a distance r from the
straight wire as shown in the figure.


Total magnetic flux crossing the strip is

dym = B ^2drh (area of strip = 2dr )
m
mI
= 0 (2dr)
ww 2pr
So, the flux crossing the complete square loop is
co
6 m I
^2drh
w.E #
ym = dym =
mI
p
# 0
r = 4 2pr
lp.p
-7
= 0 6ln r@64 = 4p # 10 # 5 b ln 6 l
asy -7
= 8.11 # 10 Weber
= 2.42 mWb
4
En
he
gin
As calculated in previous question the total flux crossing through the square loop
due to the straight conducting element is
eer
b m I
# ^Ldrh
e
0
ym =
r = a 2pr
at
ing
where I is the current carried by the conductor, L is the side of the square loop and
a, b are the distance of the two sides of square loop from the conductor.
So we have L = 0.5 m
.ne
g
a = 0.3 - 0.5 = 0.05 m

2
t
w.
b = 0.3 + .5 = 0.55 m
0
2
0.55 m I mI m0 I
Thus, ym = # 0
^0.5drh = 40p 6ln r@00..55
05 = 4p ^ln 11h
r = 0.05 2pr
ww
Therefore the current that produces the net flux ym = 5 # 10-5 Tm2 is
I = 4p -5
# 5 # 10
m0 ^ln ^1 hh
= 238.5 A
Consider the flux density at the given point due to semi infinite wire along y -axis
is B1 and the flux density due to wire along z -axis is B2 .
The magnetic flux density B produced at any point P due to a straight wire
mI
B = 0 6cos a2 - cos a1@ af
4pr


ww
m
where r " distance of point P from the straight wire.
a1 " angle subtended by the lower end of the wire at P .
w.E a2 " angle subtended by the upper end of the wire at P .
co
and the direction of the magnetic flux density is given as
af = al # a r
asy
lp.
the line current directed toward the point P . So, we have
En
r = 2m
af = ay # âx h =- az (al = ay, a r = ax )
p
gin
he
a1 = , a2 = 0 (as y tends to 3)
2
wire along y -axis is

m0 ^4h
eer
Therefore the magnetic flux density produced at point P due to the semi infinite
te
B1 =
4p ^2 h a 2
ing m
cos 0 - cos p k^- az h =- 0 az
2p
Similarly we have the magnetic flux density produced at point P due to semi
.ne
ga
infinite wire along z -axis as

m
B2 =- 0 ay
2p
t
w.
Thus, the net magnetic flux density produced at point P due to the L-shaped
filamentary wire is
m m
B =- 0 ay - 0 az
2p 2p
ww
=- 3 ây + 3az h # 10-4 Wb/m2

Using ampere’s circuital law we have
# B : dl = m0 Ienc
As the conductor carries current I which is uniformly distribute over the conductor
cross section so, the current density inside the conductor is
J = I 2
pR
We construct an Amperian loop of radius r(< R) inside the cylindrical wire for


which the enclosed current is
r2
Ienc = b I 2 l pr2 = I c 2 m
pR R
and since the current is flowing along z -axis so using right hand rule we get the
direction of magnetic flux density along + af .
Thus, from Amperes circuital law, we have
(Bf) (2pr) = Ienc
m Ir2
or Bf = 0 c 2 m
2pr R
m
m Ir
or B = 0 2 af
ww 6pR
co
w.E Similarly as calculated above we construct an Amperian loop of radius r (> R)

outside the cylinder for which the entire current flowing in the wire will be enclosed.
i.e. Ienc = I lp.
asy
and from Ampere’s circuital law we get,
Bf ^2prh = m0 I
En m0 I
he
Bf =
2pr
So B\ 1
r gin
eer
e

We consider only the half side of the loop to determine the flux density at the
at
center as shown in the figure.

ing
.ne
g
t
w.
ww
The magnetic flux density B produced at any point P due to a straight wire
mI
B = 0 6cos a2 - cos a1@ af
4pr
where r " distance of point P from the straight wire.
a2 " angle subtended by the upper end of the wire at P .


af = al # a r
Therefore, the magnetic flux density produced at centre O due to the half side of
the square loop is
mI
B1 = 0 ^cos a2 - cos a1h af
4pr
where r = 1 m a1 = p and cos a2 = 1 = 1
2 2
1 +1 2
2
ww ^4p # 10 h^1 h 1
m
-7
Thus, B1 = c 2 - 0 m az (af = ay # ^- ax h = az )
4p ^1 h
w.E -4
= 10 az Wb/m2
2
co
As all the half sides of the loop will produce the same magnetic flux density at the
asy
centre so, the net magnetic flux density produced at the centre due to whole square
lp.
loop will be
SOL 4.2.32 En
B = 8B1 = 4 2 # 10-7 az Wb/m2
gin
he
Using right hand rule we conclude that the field intensity produced at centre of the
loop by the loop wire and the straight wire are opposing each other, so, the field
intensity at the centre of the loop will be zero if
Hwire = Hloop eer ...(1)
te
ing
where Hwire is the field intensity produced at the center of loop due to the straight
wire and Hloop is the field intensity produced at the center of loop due to the current
.ne
ga
in the circular loop.

Since the magnetic field intensity produced at a distance r from an infinitely long
straight wire carrying current I is defined as
H = I t
w.
2pr
So we have Hwire = I = 20 = 10 Î = 20 A, r = 1 mh
2p ^ 1 h 2p p
ww
and as calculated in Q.59 the field intensity produced by circular loop at its center
is
Hloop = I where a is the radius of the loop
2a
Hloop = I 10I
or, -2 = 2 = 5I (a = 10 cm )
2 ^10 # 10 h
So putting the values in eq. (1) we get
10 = 5I
p
Thus, I =6A
p


Consider one half side of the square loop to determine the magnetic field intensity
at the centre O as shown in the figure.
m
ww The magnetic field intensity H produced at any point P due to a straight wire
co
w.E H = I 6cos a2 - cos a1@

4pr
lp.
r " distance of point P from the straight wire.
where
asy
a2 " angle subtended by the upper end of the wire at P .
So we have
En
he
r = a/2
and
a1 = p/2
a2 = p/4
gin
eer
e
Therefore the magnetic field intensity produced at centre O due to the half side of
the square loop is
at
H1 = I
2p (a/2) a 4 2 ing
cos p - cos p k = I
2 pa
.ne
As all the eight half sides produces same field intensity at the centre of the loop so,
g
net field intensity produced at the center due to the complete square loop is
t
w.
Hnet = 8 c I m = 2 2 I
2 pa pa
For the shown current loop we divide the loop in two segments as shown in figure
ww
Now the field intensity due to segment (1) (Semicircular loop) at point P can be
given directly as calculated in Que.60


i.e. H1 = I where a is radius of semicircular loop
4a
or H1 = 8 = 2 A/m (a = 1 m )
4 ^1 h
again for determining the field intensity due to segment (2) we consider it as the
half portion of a complete square loop of side 2 m and since the field intensity due
to a completer square loop of side a carrying current I can be directly given from
previous question.
i.e. H = 2 2I
pa
ww so the field intensity due to the half portion of square loop is
m
H2 = 1 H = 2 I
2 pa
w.E or H2 =
2 ^8 h 4 2
p ^2 h
=
p
co
(I = 8 A , a = 2 m )
asy
As determined by right hand rule the direction of field intensity produced at point
P due to the two segments will be same (inward) therefore, the net magnetic field
lp.
intensity produced at point P will be
En
Hnet = H1 + H2 = 2 + 4 2 = 3.8 A/m inward.
p
gin
he
m
B = 0 K # an eer
The flux density due to infinite current carrying sheet is defined as
te
ing
where K is surface current density and an is unit vector normal to the surface
directed toward the point where flux density is to be determined
.ne
ga
So, for the sheet in z = 0 plane,

m
B1 = 0 ^4ax h # âz h =- 2m0 ay ân = az h
2
and for the sheet in z = 2 m plane t
w.
m
B2 = 0 ^- 4ax h # ^- az h =- 2m0 ay ân =- az h
2
Therefore, the net flux density between the sheets is
ww
B = B1 + B2 =- 4m0 ay
Thus the magnetic flux per unit length along the direction of current is
ym /l = B # (Dis tan ce between the plates)
=- 8m0 ay Wb/m
***********


SOLUTIONS 4.3
m
For r > a , Ienclosed = (pa2) J
ww # H : dl = Ienclosed
co
H ^2pr h = (pa2) J
w.E H = Io
2pr
lp. Io = (pa2) J
i.e.
asy H \ 1 , for r > a
r
J (pr 2) Jr 2
For r < a ,
En Ienclosed =
pa 2
= 2
a
he
# H : dl
So,
H ^2pr h = Jr2
a
2
gin
= Ienclosed
eer
e
H = Jr 2 & H \ r, for r < a

2pa
at

ing
Assume that the cross section of the wire lies in the x -y plane as shown in figure
below :
.ne
g
t
w.
ww
Since, the hole is drilled along the length of wire. So, it can be assumed that the


drilled portion carriers current density of - J .
Now, for the wire without hole, magnetic field intensity at point P will be given as
Hf1 (2pR) = J (pR2) & Hf1 = JR
2
Since, point O is at origin and the cross section of the wire located in x -y plane.
So, in vector form the field intensity due to the current carrying wire without
considering the hole is given as
H1 = J (xax + yay) (1)
2
Again, only due to the hole magnetic field intensity at point P will be given as
ww (Hf2) (2pr) =- J (pr 2)
m
Hf2 = - Jr
2
w.E H2 = - J (xlax + ylay)

2
co
Again, if we take Ol at origin then in vector form
(2)
asy
where xl and yl denotes point ‘P ’ in the new co-ordinate system.
lp.
Now the relation between two co-ordinate system will be
En
x = xl + d and y = yl
So, putting it into equation (2) we have
gin
he
H2 = - J [(x - d) ax + yay]
2
eer
Therefore, the net magnetic field intensity at point P is
Hnet = H1 + H2 = J dax
te
ing
i.e. the magnetic field inside the hole will depend only on d .
.ne
ga
Due to 1 A current wire in x -y plane, magnetic field be at origin will be in x

direction as determined by right hand rule.
t
Due to 1 A current wire in y -z plane, magnetic field be at origin will be in z
w.
direction as determined by right hand rule.

Thus, x and z -component is non-zero at origin.
ww
The total flux, F = 1.2 mWb = 1.2 # 10-3 Wb

Cross sectional area, A = 30 cm2 = 30 # 10-4 m2
So, the flux density is given as
-3
B = F = 1.2 # 10-4 = 0.4 Tesla
A 30 # 10
The relation between magnetic flux density B and vector potential A is given as
B = d#A


For an isolated body the charge is distributed over its region which depends on the
total change and the curvature of the body. Thus Statement 1 is correct
Since the magnetic flux lines form loop so the total magnetic flux through any
closed surface is zero. Thus Statement 2 is correct.
The magnetic flux density in terms of vector potential is defined as
B = d#A
# B : dS =# ^d # AhdS
m
F = # A : dl
ww i.e. the line integral of vector potential A around the boundary of a surface S is
equal to the flux through the surface S .
co
w.E
Consider the current element along z -axis as shown in the figure.
lp.
asy
En
he
gin
eer
e
at
ing
Using right hand rule we get the direction of magnetic field directing normal to
radial line OP .
.ne
g
t
w.
For the given circular cylinder, consider the surface current density is K . So, the
total current I through the cylinder is given as
K ^2pr h = I
ww
where r is radius of circular cylinder.

So, K= I = 5 = 50 A/m
2pr 2p ^5 # 10-2h p
Magnetic vector potential of an infinitesimally small current element is defined as
m0 Idl
A= #4p R
where R is the distance from current element. Given that R " 3
So A =0
Consider the two parallel sheets are separated by a distance ‘d ’ as shown in the
figure below


ww
m
w.E The two sheets carries surface currents
K = Ky ay
co
At any point between them the magnetic field intensity is given as
asy
H = 1 K # ânu + anl h
2
lp.
where anu is the normal vector to the upper plate and anl is normal vector to the
En
lower plate both directs toward the point between them
i.e. anu =- az and anl = az
gin
he
So, H = 1 Ky ay # ^- az + az h = 0
2
eer
te
For the given current distribution, the current enclosed inside the cylindrical surface
of radius r for a < r < b is
#
r r 2p J 0 3 ing
bJ 0 a2 l^2prdrh = 3r2 ^r - a h
.ne
3
Ienc =
ga
and the magnetic field intensity is given as

# H : dl = Ienc
t
w.
H ^2prh = 2pJ20 ^r3 - a3h

3a
J 0 ^r3 - a3h
H =
4a2 r
ww

The radiated E and H field are determined by following steps
(1) Determine magnetic field intensity H from the expression
B = mH = d # A
(2) then determine E from the expression
d # H = e2E
2t
So, the concept of vector magnetic potential is used to find the expression of
radiated E and H field.


Using right hand rule, we conclude that the direction of field intensity is same
as determined for the two correct elements 3I and 2I while it is opposite for the
current element I . Therefore, from the ampere’s circuital law, we get the circulation
of H around the closed contour as
# H : dl = Ienclosed = 2I + 3I - I = 4I
The unit of magnetic flux density (B ) is Tesla or Wb/m2
m
ww From Ampere’s circuital law, the circulation of magnetic field intensity in a closed
co
path is equal to the current enclosed by the path
w.E i.e. # H : dl = Ienc

So, for the current I the circulation at a radial distance R is given as
H ^2pRh = I lp.
or
asyH = I
2pR
En
Therefore, the magnetic flux density at the radial distance R is
he
mI
B = m0 H = 0

5p R
gin
eer
e
Unit of work is Joule.

Unit of electric field strength Ê h is volt/meter.
at
Unit of magnetic flux is Weber.

Unit of magnetic field strength is Ampere/meter. ing
So, in the match list we get, A " 4 , B " 3 , C " 2 ,D " 1.
.ne
g
t
w.
Magnetic field intensity at a distance r from a long straight wire carrying current
I is defined as
H = I
ww
2pr
1= 1
2p r
r = 1 = 1.59 m
2p
Consider the current flowing in the loop is I and since the magnetic field intensity
is maximum at the centre of the loop given as
H = I
2r
where r is radius of the loop. So, the current that must flow in the loop to produce
the magnetic field H = 1 mA/m is


I = 2rH = 2 # 1 # 1 = 2 mA
Magnetic flux density B in terms of vector potential A is defined as
B = d#A
So, B can be easily obtained from A also we know d : A = 0 but it is not the
explanation of Assertion (A).
i.e. A and R both are true but R is not the correct explanation of A.
(1) Magnetic flux density in terms of vector potential is given as
ww
m
B = d#A
(2) Poission’s equation for magnetic vector potential is
w.E d2 A =- m0 J
co
(3) Magnetic vector potential for a line current is defined as
m0 Idl
asyA= #2p R
lp.
So, all the statements are correct.
SOL 4.3.22
En
gin
Magnetic field intensity due to a long straight wire carrying current I at a distance
he
r from it is defined as
H = I
2pr
1 = 10 eer
te
2p r
r = 10 = 1.59 m
2p
ing
.ne
ga

Magnetic field intensity due to an infinite linear current carrying conductor is
defined as
t
w.
# H : dl = Ienc
H ^2pr h = I & H = I
2pr
ww

The net outward magnetic flux through a closed surface is always zero as magnetic
flux lines has no source or sinks.
i.e. # B : dS =0 (1)
Now, from Gauss’s law we have
# ^d : B hdv = # B : dS = 0 (2)
So, comparing the equation (1) and (2) we get
d:B = 0


Given, the plane y = 0 carries a uniform current density 30 az mA/m and since the
point A is located at (1, 20, - 2 ) so, unit vector normal to the current sheet is
an = ay
Therefore, the magnetic field intensity
H = 1 K # an = 1 ^30az h # ây h =- 15ax mA/m (K = 30az mA/m )
2 2
The magnetic flux density at any point is curl of the magnetic vector potential at
m
that point.
ww i.e. B = d#A
co
From the Maxwell’s equation, the divergence of magnetic flux density is zero.
w.E i.e. d:B = 0

Again from the Maxwell’s equation, the curl of the magnetic field intensity is equal
to the current density. lp.
i.e.
or, asy
4# H = J
d # B = m0 J (B = m0 H )
En
The expression given in option (A) is incorrect
he
i.e. B ! d:A
gin
Superconductors are popularly used for generating very strong magnetic field.
eer
e

at
ing
As the magnetic flux lines have no source or sinks i.e. it forms a loop. So the total
outward flux through a closed surface is zero.
i.e. # B : dS =0
.ne
g
t
w.
The magnetic field intensity due a surface current density K is defined as

H = 1 K # an
2
ww
Where an is unit normal vector to the current carrying surface directed toward the
point of interest.
Given that, K = 2ax .
and since the surface carrying current is in plane z = 0 .
So, for - a < z < 0 an =- az
and H1 = 1 ^2ax h # ^- az h = ay
2
For 0 < z < x , an = a z
and H2 = 1 ^2ay h # âz h =- 12 az
4
***********

CHAPTER 5
MAGNESTOSTATIC FIELDS IN MATTER
ww
w.E
asy
En
gin
eer
ing
.ne
t

268 Magnestostatic Fields in Matter Chap 5

EXERCISE 5.1
m
MCQ 5.1.1 Path of a charged particle A that enters in a uniform magnetic field B (pointing
ww into the page) is shown in the figure.
co
w.E lp.
asy
En
he
(A) positive charged gin

The deflection in the path of the particle shows that the particle is
(B) negatively charged
eer
e
(C) uncharged (D) can’t be determined

at
MCQ 5.1.2 Unit of a magnetic point charge is

(A) Ampere meter
ing
(B) coulomb meter
(C) Ampere meter square
.ne
(D) doesn’t exit
g
MCQ 5.1.3 Assertion (A) : Both the electric force and magnetic force are produced when a
t
w.
charged particle moves at a constant velocity.

Reason (R) : Electric force is an accelerating force where as magnetic force is a
purely deflecting force.
ww
(A) Both A and R are true and R is correct explanation of A.

(B) Both A and R are true but R is not the correct explanation of A.
MCQ 5.1.4 An electron beam is passed through a uniform crossed electric and magnetic fields
E = 15ay V/m and B = 23az wb/m2 (E and B are mutually perpendicular and
both of them perpendicular to the beam). If the beam passes the field without any
deflection then the velocity of the beam will be
(A) 5 m/s (B) 45 m/s
(C) 30 m/s (D) 18 m/s

Chap 5 Magnestostatic Fields in Matter 269

MCQ 5.1.5 An electron is moving in the combined fields E = 0.1ax - 0.2ay + 0.3az kV/m
and B =- 2ax + 3ay - az Tesla . If the velocity of the electron at t = 0 is
V (0) = (200ax - 300ay - 400az ) m/s then the acceleration of the electron at t = 0
will be
(charge on electron,e = 1.6 # 10-19 C ; mass of electron,me = 9.1 # 10-31 kg )
(A) 1.75 # 1013 (1.1ax + 1.4ay - 0.5az ) m/s2
(B) 2.1 # 10 4 (ax + ay - az ) m/s2
(C) 3.5 # 1013 (6ax + 6ay - az ) m/s2
(D) 3.19 # 10-17 (6ax + 6ay - az ) m/s2
ww
m
MCQ 5.1.6 A current element of 2 m length placed along z -axis carries a current of I = 3 mA
in the + az direction. If a uniform magnetic flux density of B = ax + 7ay wb/m2
w.E co
is present in the space then what will be the force on the current element in the
presence of the magnetic flux density ?
(A) 6ax - 18ay mN
(C) 18ax - 6ay mN asy (B) - 18ax + 6ay mN
(D) - 1.8ax + 6ay mN
lp.
MCQ 5.1.7
En
Consider two current loops C1 and C2 carrying current I1 and I2 , separated by a
distance R. If the force experienced by the current loop C2 due to the current loop
gin
he
C1 is F , then the force experienced by current loop C1 due to the current loop C2
will be
(A) - F (B) F
eer
te
(C) - F b I1 l (D) F b I2 l
MCQ 5.1.8
I2 I1
ing
Which of the following statements is correct for a current free interface between two
.ne
ga
different magnetic media ?

(A) Normal component of magnetic field intensity will be continuous.
t
(B) Tangential component of magnetic flux density will be continuous.
w.
(C) Magnetic scalar potential will be same in both the medium.

(D) None of these
ww

In the free space three uniform current sheets with surface current densities
K1 = 4ax , K2 =- 4ax , K 3 =- 2ax are located in the plane z = 0 , z = 1 and z =- 1
respectively.
MCQ 5.1.9 Net magnetic field intensity produced between the sheets located at z = 0 and
z = 1 will be
(A) 2ay A/m (B) 4ay A/m
(C) - 2ay A/m (D) 0


MCQ 5.1.10 If a conducting filament located along the line y = 0 , z = 0.2 m carries 7 A current
in + ax direction then what will be the force per unit length exerted on it ?
(A) - 14az N/m (B) 14m0 ax N/m
(C) 14m0 az N/m (D) - 14m0 az N/m
MCQ 5.1.11 A rectangular coil of area 1 m2 carrying a current of 5 A lies in the plane
2x + 6y - 3z = 4 . Such that magnetic moment is directed away from origin. If the
coil is surrounded by a uniform magnetic field B = 2ax + 4ay + 5az wb/m2 then
the torque on the coil will be
m
(A) 3ax - 20ay - 20az N- m (B) 30ax - 20ay - 20az N- m
ww (C) 21ax - 14ay - 14az N- m (D) 6ax - 4ay - 4az N- m
co
w.E
MCQ 5.1.12 A circular current loop of radius 1 m is located in the plane z = 0 and centered at
origin. What will be the torque acting on the loop in presence of magnetic field
B = 4ax - 4ay - 2az wb/m2 , if a uniform current of 10 A is flowing in the loop ?
lp.
(C) 4p (ax + ay)asy
(A) 20p (2ax - az ) (B) 40p (ax + ay)
(D) 40p (ax - ay)
En
he
MCQ 5.1.13 List I shows the type of magnetic materials and List-II shows their criterions.
gin
Match List I with List II and select the correct answer using the codes given below
: (Notations have their usual meaning)
eer
e
List-I List-II
a. Ferromagnetic 1. cm = 0 , mr = 1
at
b.
c.
Diamagnetic
Non-magnetic
2.
3.
ing
cm > 0 , mr L 1
cm < 0 , mr K 1
.ne
g
d. Paramagnetic 4. cm >> 0 , mr >> 1
t
w.
Codes :
a b c d
(A) 2 3 1 4
ww
(B) 4 3 1 2
(C) 4 1 3 2
(D) 1 3 4 2
MCQ 5.1.14 Which of the following is a diamagnetic material ?
(A) copper (B) sodium
(C) carbon (D) aluminum
MCQ 5.1.15 Assertion (A) : Aluminium is a paramagnetic material.

Reason (R) : A paramagnetic material have an odd no. of electrons.


MCQ 5.1.16 Magnetic flux density inside a medium is 6az mwb/m2 . If the relative permeability
of the medium is 2.3 then the magnetization inside the medium will be
(A) 3979 A/m (B) 2249 A/m
(C) 9151 A/m (D) 8650 A/m
MCQ 5.1.17 Magnetic flux density inside a magnetic material is B . If the the permeability of
the material is m = 3m0 then the vector magnetization of the material will be
ww (A) B (B) 3B
m
3m0 2m0
(C) B (D) 2B
w.E
MCQ 5.1.18
2m0
co
3m0
A portion of B -H curve for a ferromagnetic material can be approximated by the
asy
analytical expression B = m0 kH . The magnetization vector M inside the material
lp.
is
(A) ^m0 k - 1h H
(C) ^k + 1h H En (B) kH
(D) ^k - 1h H
gin
he
MCQ 5.1.19 A magnetic material of relative permeability mr = 4/p is placed in a magnetic field
having strength H = 2r2 af A/m . The magnetization of the material at r = 2 will
be
eer
te
(A) 8.19af A/m

(C) 0.546af A/m
(B) 1.10af A/m
(D) 2.19af A/m ing
.ne
ga
MCQ 5.1.20 A metallic bar of cross sectional area 2 m2 is placed in a magnetizing field H = 8 A/m
. If the field causes a total magnetic flux of F = 4.2 mWb in the bar then the
susceptibility of the bar will be
t
w.
(A) 22.87 (B) 23.87

(C) 46.74 (D) 3 # 10-5
A large piece of magnetic material carries a uniform magnetization M and magnetic

ww
MCQ 5.1.21
field intensity H 0 inside it. The magnetic flux density inside the material is given
by
B 0 = m0 (2H 0 + M)
If a small spherical cavity is hollowed out of the material then the magnetic field
intensity H at the center of the cavity will be
(A) 2H 0 (B) H 0 + M
3
(C) H 0 - 2M (D) H 0 - M
3 3


A nonuniform magnetic field B inside a medium with magnetic susceptibility
cm = 2 is given as B = 3zax Tesla
MCQ 5.1.22 Bound current density inside the medium will be
3m0
(A) a A/m2 (B) 8 ay A/m2
8 y 3m0
(C) 4 ay A/m2 (D) 16 ay A/m2
3m0 3m0
m
MCQ 5.1.23 Total current density inside the medium will be
ww (A) 4 at A/m2
m0
(B) 4 ay A/m2
3m0
co
(C) 8 ay A/m2
w.E
MCQ 5.1.24
3m0
(D) 4m0 ay A/m2
A uniformly magnetized circular cylinder of infinite length has magnetization M

lp.
asy
along it’s axis. The magnetic field intensity outside the cylinder will be
(A) non uniform
En
(B) uniform and depend on the radius of circular cylinder
he
(C) zero
(D) none of these
gin
eer
e
MCQ 5.1.25 An infinite circular cylinder is located along z -axis that carries a uniform
magnetization M = 1.2az A/m . The magnetic flux density due to it inside the
at
cylinder will be
(A) 2.2 # 10-7 af (B) 0.7af ing
(C) 8.8 # 10-7 af (D) 4.4af
.ne
g
MCQ 5.1.26
t
Magnetic flux lines are passing from a nickel material to the free space. If the
w.
incident of the flux line makes an angle a1 = 75c to the normal of the boundary in
the nickel side as shown in figure then what will be the angle a2 with normal of the
flux when it comes out in free space ? (relative permeability of Nickel = 600 )
ww
(A) 15c (B) 1.23c

(C) 2.7c (D) 0.356c


The two homogenous, linear and isotropic medium is defined in a Cartesian system
such that medium 1 with relative permeability mr1 = 8 is located in the region
y # 0 and medium 2 with relative permeability mr2 = 6 is in the region y > 0 .
MCQ 5.1.27 The magnetic field intensity in the 1st medium is H1 = 13ax + 16ay - 10az . What
will be the magnetic field intensity in the 2 nd medium ?
(A) 9ax - 18.67ay + 10az A/m
(B) 9ax + 2.63ay - 10az A/m
ww (C) 9ax + 18.67ay - 10az A/m
m
(D) 18.67ax - 9ay + 10az A/m
w.E
MCQ 5.1.28 Magnetic flux density in medium 2 will be
(A) (6.8ax - 14.1ay + 7.5az ) # 10-5 wb/m2
(B) (6.8ax + 14.1ay - 7.5az ) # 10-5 wb/m2
co
asy
(C) (14.1ax - 6.8ay + 7.5az ) # 10-5 wb/m2
lp.
En
(D) (54ax + 117ay - 60az ) wb/m2
The magnetic flux density in the region z < 0 is given as B = 4ax + 8az Wb/m2 .If
MCQ 5.1.29
gin
he
the plane z = 0 carries a surface current density K = 4ay A/m ; then the magnetic
flux density in the region z > 0 will be
(A) 4ax + 3 ^1 + m0h az Wb/m2
eer
te
(B) 4ax + m0 ay + 3az

(C) ^4ax + 3az h^1 + m0h Wb/m2 ing
(D) 4ax + 4m0 ay + 3az Wb/m2
.ne
ga
MCQ 5.1.30
t
An infinite plane magnetic material slab of thickness d and relative permeability mr
occupies the region 0 < x < d . An uniform magnetic field B = B 0 az is applied in
w.
free space (outside the magnetic material). The field intensity Hin and flux density
Bin inside the material will be respectively
(A) mr m0 B 0 and mr B 0 (B) B 0 and B 0
mr m0
ww
(C) mr B 0 and B 0 (D) B 0 and mr B 0

m0 m0
MCQ 5.1.31 Two infinite plane conducting sheets are located in the plane z = 0 and z = 2 m
.The medium between the plates is a magnetic material of uniform permeability
m = 4m0 . If in the region between the plates a uniform magnetic flux density is
defined as B = ^12ax + 4ay h # 10-3 Wb/m2 then the magnetic energy stored per
unit area of the plates will be
(A) 2.5 J/m2 (B) 4.1 J/m2
(C) 5 J/m2 (D) 7.8 J/m2


MCQ 5.1.32 In the two different mediums of permeability m1 and m2 , the magnetic fields are (
B1 , H1 ) and (B2 , H2 ) respectively as shown in the figure.
m
ww
co
If the interface carries no current then the correct relation for the angle q1 and q2 is
w.E (A) B1 cos q1 = B2 cos q2

(B) H1 cos q1 = H2 cos q2
lp.
asy
(C) B1 sin q1 = B1 sin q2
(D) Both (B) and (C)
En
he
MCQ 5.1.33 In a three layer medium shown in the figure below, Magnetic flux impinges at an
gin
angle q1 on the interface between regions 1 and 2. The permeability of three regions
are m1 , m2 and m3 . So the angle of emergence q4 will be independent of
eer
e
at
ing
.ne
g
t
w.
ww
(A) m1 and m2 both (B) m2 only

(C) All m1 , m2 and m3 (D) m1 only
MCQ 5.1.34 A conducting wire is bent to form a circular loop of mean radius 20 cm . If cross
sectional radius of the wire is a , such that a << 20 cm then the internal inductance
of the loop will be
(A) 125 H (B) 785 nH
(C) 157.1 nH (D) 250 nH


MCQ 5.1.35 The magnetic circuit shown in the figure has N turns of coil. Electrical analog for
the magnetic circuit shown in the figure is
ww
m
w.E co
asy
lp.
En
gin
he
eer
te
MCQ 5.1.36
ing
The coil of the magnetic circuit shown in figure has 100 turns.
.ne
ga
t
w.
ww
Which of the following is correct electrical analog for the magnetic circuit ?


MCQ 5.1.37 A 200 turns of a coil is wound over a magnetic core of length 15 cm that has
m
the relative permeability of 150. The current that must flow through the coil to
ww produce 0.4 Tesla of flux density in the core is
co
(A) 320 A (B) 1.6 A
w.E (C) 20.1 A
lp.
(D) 0.63 A
asy ***********
En
he
gin
eer
e
at
ing
.ne
g
t
w.
ww


EXERCISE 5.2
MCQ 5.2.1 In the free space the magnetic flux density B points in the az direction and electric
ww field E points in the ay direction as shown in the figure. If a charged particle at
m
rest is released from the origin, then what path will it follow ?
w.E co
asy
lp.
En
gin
he
eer
te
ing
.ne
ga
t
w.
ww
MCQ 5.2.2 A point charge + 2 C of mass m = 2 kg is injected with a velocity v 0 = 2ay m/s into
the region y > 0 , where the magnetic field is given by B = 3ax wb/m2 . If the point
charge is located at origin at the time of injection then in the region y > 0 the point
charge will follow


(A) a circular path centered at (0, 0, - 2)
(B) an elliptical path centered at origin
(C) a circular path centered at (1, 2, 0)
(C) a parabolic path passing through origin

A filamentary conductor is formed into a rectangle such that it’s corners lies on
m
points P (1, 1, 0), Q (1, 3, 0), R (3, 4, 0), S (4, 1, 0). An infinite straight wire lying on
ww entire x -axis carries a current of 5 A in ax direction.
co
MCQ 5.2.3 If the filamentary conductor carries a current of 3 A flowing in + ax direction from
w.E Q to R then the force exerted by wire on the side QR of rectangle will be
(A) - 3 # 106 ay N
lp.(B) - 2 # 10-6 ay N
MCQ 5.2.4 asy

(C) - 6 # 10-6 ay N (D) 3 # 10-6 ay N
The total force exerted on the conducting loop by the straight wire will be
En
(A) - 6 # 10-6 ay N (B) 12 # 10-6 ay N
he
(C) 6 # 10-6 ay N (D) - 12 # 10-6 ay N
MCQ 5.2.5 gin

Two filamentary currents of - 5ax and 5ax A are located along the lines y = 0
eer
e
, z =- 1 m and y = 0 , z = 1 m respectively. If the vector force per unit length

exerted on the third filamentary current of 10ax A located at y = k , z = 0 be F
at
then the plot of F versus k will be

ing
.ne
g
t
w.
ww


MCQ 5.2.6 A current filament placed on x -axis carries a current I = 10 A in + ax direction. If
a conducting current strip having surface current density K = 3ax A/m is located
in the plane y = 0 between z = 0.5 and z = 1.5 m then what will be the force per
unit meter on the filament exerted by the strip ?
(A) 6.6ax mN/m (B) 6.6az mN/m
(C) 6az mN/m (D) 0
MCQ 5.2.7 A conducting current strip of 5 m length is located in the plane x = 0 between
y = 1 and y = 3 . If surface current density of the strip is K = 6az A/m then the
force exerted on it by a current filament placed on z -axis that carries a current
ww
m
I = 10 A in + az direction will be
(A) - 16.4ay mN (B)- 4.8ay mN
w.E (C) - 26.4ay mN (D)26.4ay mN
co
asy
lp.
A thick slab extending from y =- a to y =+ a carries a uniform current density
J = J 0 ax
En
MCQ 5.2.8
gin
Plot of magnetizing factor H at any point in the space (inside or outside slab)
he
versus y will be
eer
te
ing
.ne
ga
t
w.
ww


MCQ 5.2.9 If a magnetic dipole of moment m = m 0 ax is placed at the origin then the force
exerted on it due to the slab will be
(A) 0 N (B) m 0 m0 J 0 yaz
(C) m 0 m0 J 0 az (D) - m 0 m0 J 0 yaz

A long circular cylinder placed along z -axis carries a magnetization M = 2r2 af .
m
MCQ 5.2.10 The volume current density J at any point inside the cylinder is proportional to
ww (A) r (B) 1/r
co
(C) r sin f (D) r2
w.E
MCQ 5.2.11 The plot of the magnetic flux density B inside the cylinder versus r will be
lp.
asy
En
he
gin
eer
e
at
ing
.ne
g
t
w.
MCQ 5.2.12 A short cylinder placed along z -axis carries a “frozen-in” uniform magnetization
M in + az direction. If length of the cylinder is equal to its cross sectional diameter
ww
then pattern of its surface current density K will be as


ww
m
MCQ 5.2.13 Magnetization of a long circular cylinder is M along it’s axis. Which of the following
w.E co
gives the correct pattern of magnetic field lines (B ).
asy
lp.
En
gin
he
eer
te
ing
.ne
ga
Statement for Linked Question 14 - 15 : t

w.
A conducting rod of square cross section of side 2 cm carries a uniform magnetization

M = 4 A/m along it’s axis. Length of the rod is L >> 4 cm .
ww
MCQ 5.2.14 If the rod is bent around it into a complete circular ring then magnetic flux density
inside the circular ring will be
(A) 4 wb/m2 (B) 4m0 wb/m2
(C) 2pm0 wb/m2 (D) m0 wb/m2
MCQ 5.2.15 Assume that there remains a narrow gap of width 0.1 mm between the ends of the
rod when it is formed into a circular ring. The net magnetic flux density at the
center of the gap will be
(A) 50.04 # 10-7 wb/m2 (B) 49.88 # 10-6 wb/m2
(C) 51.23 # 10-6 wb/m2 (D) 34.66 # 10-6 wb/m2


MCQ 5.2.16 Magnetic flux density B inside a sphere that carries a uniform magnetization M
will be
(A) 0 (B) 1 m0 M
3
m0 M
(C) (D) 2 m0 M
2 3
MCQ 5.2.17 A short cylinder of length equals to it’s diameter carries a uniform magnetization
M as shown in the figure.
m
ww
co
w.E lp.
asy
The correct sketch for the magnetic field intensity H inside the cylinder is
En
he
gin
eer
e
at
ing
.ne
g
t
w.
ww
MCQ 5.2.18 Mutual inductance between an infinite current filament placed along y -axis and
rectangular coil of 1500 turns placed in x -y plane as shown in figure will be


(A) 41.4 mH (B) 0.33 mH
(C) 2.38 mH (D) 33 mH
MCQ 5.2.19 An infinitely long straight wire of radius a , carries a uniform current I . The energy
stored per unit length in the internal magnetic field will be
(A) uniform and depends on I only
(B) non uniform
(C) uniform and depends on a only
(D) uniform and depends on both I and a
ww
m
MCQ 5.2.20 A planar transmission line consists of two conducting plates of 2 m width placed
along x -z plane such that the current in one plate is flowing in + az direction.
w.E While in the other it is flowing in - az direction. If both the plate carries 4 A
co
current and there is a very small separation between them then what will be force
of repulsion per meter between the two plates ?
(A) 16m0
asy (B) 4m0
lp.
(C) 8m0 (D) m0 /4
MCQ 5.2.21 En
A very long solenoid having 20, 000 turns per meter. The core of solenoid is formed
gin
he
of iron. If the cross sectional area of solenoid is 0.04 m2 and it carries a current
I = 100 mA then what will be the energy stored per meter in it’s field ?
(A) 8.1 J/m (B) 20.11 J/meer

(relative Permeability of iron, mr = 100 )
te
(C) 100.5 J/m (D) 10.05 J/m

ing
.ne
A mass spectrograph is a device for separating charged particles having different
ga
MCQ 5.2.22
masses. Consider two particles of same charges Q but different masses m and
t
2m injected into the region of a uniform field B with a velocity v normal to the
magnetic field as shown in the figure. When the particles will be releasing out of
w.
the spectrograph the separation between them will be

ww
(A) 2mv (B) mv

Bq 2Bq
(C) mv (D) 0
Bq


Consider a conducting filamentary wire of length 1 meter and mass 0.3 kg oriented
in east-west direction, situated in the earth’s magnetic field at the magnetic equator.
(Assume the magnetic field at equator has a value of 0.2 # 10-4 Wb/m2 and
directed northward)
MCQ 5.2.23 The current that required to counteract the earth’s gravitational force on the wire
must flow from
(A) west to east (B) east to west
m
(C) any of (A) and (B) (D) none of these
ww What will be the magnitude of the current flowing in the wire as to counteract the
co
MCQ 5.2.24
w.E gravitational force ?

(A) 49 kA
(C) 98 kA lp.(B) 24.5 kA
(D) 4.9 kA
MCQ 5.2.25 asy

A rigid loop of wire in the form of a square is hung by pivoting one of it’s side along
En
the x -axis as shown in the figure. The loop is free to swing about it’s pivoted side
he
without friction. The mass of the wire is 0.2 kg/m and carries a current 2 A. If the
gin
wire is situated in a uniform magnetic field B = 2.96 Wb/m2 then the angle by
which the loop swings from the vertical is
eer
e
at
ing
.ne
g
t
w.
(A) 3p/4 (B) p/4

ww
(C) p/6 (D) p/2
MCQ 5.2.26 Electron beams are injected normally to the plane edge of a uniform magnetic field
H = H 0 ax as shown in figure.


The path of the electrons ejected out of the field will be in
(A) + ay direction (B) - ay direction
(C) ây + az h direction (D) ây - az h direction
MCQ 5.2.27 The medium between the two infinite plane parallel sheets carrying current densities
4ax and - 8ax A/m , consists of two magnetic material slabs of thickness 1 m and
2 m having permeabilities m1 = 2m0 and m2 = 4m0 respectively as shown in the figure.
ww
m
w.E co
asy
lp.
En
What will be the magnetic flux per unit length between the current sheets along
the direction of flow of current ?
gin
he
(A) - 24m0 ay Wb/m (B) - 16m0 ay Wb/m

(C) - 32m0 ay Wb/m
eer
(D) - 40m0 ay Wb/m
te
MCQ 5.2.28 Two perfectly conducting, infinite plane parallel sheets separated by a distance d
ing
carry uniformly distributed surface currents with equal and opposite densities K
and - K respectively. The medium between the two plates is a magnetic material
.ne
ga
of non uniform permeability which varies linearly from a value of m1 near one plate
to a value of m2 near the second plate. What will be the magnetic flux between the
t
current sheets per unit length along the direction of flow of the current ?
m + m2
w.
(A) b 1 (B) ^m1 + m2h Kd

2 l
Kd
m2 - m1
(C) b 1 + 1 l Kd (D) a
2 k
Kd
m1 m2
ww

The magnetic field intensity inside an infinite plane magnetic material slab is given
as H = 12ax + 24ay . The permeability of the magnetic material is m = 2m0
MCQ 5.2.29 If the magnetic material slab occupies the region 0 < z < 2 m then the magnetization
surface current densities at the surfaces z = 0 and z = 2 m will be respectively
(A) ^- 4ay + 2ax h and ^4ay - 2ax h (B) ^- 2ax + 4ay h and ^2ax - 4ay h
(C) ^4ax + 4ay h and ^2ax - 4ay h (D) ^2ax + 4ay h and ^- 2ax + 4ay h


MCQ 5.2.30 The magnetization volume current density Jm will be
(A) 0 (B) 4ax + 2ay
(C) 8ax + 4ay (D) - 4ax - 2ay
MCQ 5.2.31 B -H curve for a ferromagnetic material is given as B = 2m0 HH . What will be
the work done per unit volume in magnetizing the material from zero to a certain
value B 0 = 2m0 H 02 ?
2 3
(A) 4m0 H 0 (B) 4m0 H 0
3 3
m
5
(D) 2 H 0
ww (C) 4m0 H 02
3
co
MCQ 5.2.32 Two infinitely long straight wire and a third wire of length l are parallel to each
w.E other located as shown in the figure.
lp.
asy
En
he
gin
eer
e
Infinitely long wire carries a current I while the wire of length l shown at the top
at
(A)
p
(B) mpI 2 ing
carries a current 2I . The magnitude of the force experienced by the top wire is
mI 2
.ne
g
mI 2 mI
(C) (D)
2pl 2pl
t
w.
MCQ 5.2.33 Two infinite plane conducting sheets lying in the plane x = 0 and x = 5 cm carry
surface current densities + 10 mA/m ay and - 20 mA/m ay respectively. If the
ww
medium between the plates is a magnetic material of uniform permeability m = 2m0

then what will be the energy stored per unit area of the plates ?
(A) 800p J/m2
(B) 160p J/m2
(C) 8p J/m2
(D) 1.6p J/m2
MCQ 5.2.34 Medium 1 comprising the region z > 0 is a magnetic material with permeability
m1 = 4m0 where as the medium 2, comprising the region z < 0 is a magnetic material
with permeability m2 = 2m0 . Magnetic flux density in medium 1 is given by
B1 = ^0.4ax + 0.8ay + az h Wb/m2


If the boundary z = 0 between the two media carries a surface current of density
K given by
K = 1 ^0.2ax - 0.4ay h A/m
m0
then the magnetic flux density in medium 2 will be
(A) ^0.8ax + ay + az h Wb/m2
(B) ^- ax + 0.8ay - az h Wb/m2
(C) âx + 0.8ay + az h Wb/m2
(D) âx + 0.8ay h Wb/m2
ww
m
MCQ 5.2.35 A square loop of a conductor lying in the yz plane is bisected by an infinitely long
straight wire carrying current 2 A as shown in the figure. If the current in the
w.E square loop is 4 A then the force experienced by the loop will be
co
asy
lp.
En
gin
he
eer
te
(A) 1.6ay mN (B) 6.4ay mN

(C) 3.2ay mN (D) 0.64ay mN
ing
.ne
ga
MCQ 5.2.36 A certain region z < 0 comprises a magnetic medium with permeability m = 25m0 .
The magnetic flux density in free space ^z > 0h makes an angle q, with the interface
t
whereas in medium 2 flux density makes an angle q2 as shown in the figure.
w.
ww
If B2 = 1.2ay + 0.8az then what will be the angular deflection ^q1 - q2h ?
(A) 50.6c
(B) 19.47c
(C) 31.15c
(D) 12.06c


Consider the magnetic circuit shown in figure
m
ww
co
The cross sectional area of the section on which coil is wound is S1 where as all
w.E the rest of the section has the cross sectional area S2 . Magnetic core has the
permeability m = 500m0 .
lp.
MCQ 5.2.37
(A) 41/100m0 asy
If S1 = 5 cm2 and S2 = 10 cm2 then the total reluctance of the circuit will be
(B) 9/20m0
(C) 20m0 /9
En (D) 39/100m0
he
MCQ 5.2.38
(A) 22.22 kH
gin
If the no. of turn of the coil is 100 then the equivalent self inductance of the coil is
(B) 1.41 mH
(C) 27.9 mH
eer
(D) 4.5 kH
e
MCQ 5.2.39 The coil of a magnetic circuit has 50 turns. The core of the circuit has a relative
at
ing
permeability of 600 and length of the core is 0.6 m. What must be the core cross
section of the magnetic circuit so that the coil may have a 0.2 mH inductance ?
.ne
g
(A) 6.4 cm2 (B) 0.64 cm2

(C) 11.94 cm2 (D) 1.56 cm2
t
w.

ww
A System of three coils on an ideal core is shown in figure


The cross sectional area of all the segments of the core is S = 450 cm2 .
MCQ 5.2.40 If N1 = 500 then what will be the self inductance of the coil having N1 turns ?
(A) 0.125 mH (B) 62.8 mH
(C) 31.41 mH (D) 6.28 mH
MCQ 5.2.41 If N2 = 250 then the self inductance of the coil N2 will be
(A) 2.6 mH (B) 23.6 mH
(C) 70.7 mH (D) 2.36 mH
ww
MCQ 5.2.42 A system of three coils on an ideal core that has two air gaps is shown in the figure.
m
w.E co
asy
lp.
En
gin
he
eer
All the segments of core has the uniform cross sectional area 2500 mm2 .
te
What will be the mutual inductance between N1 and N2 ?

(A) 39.27 mH (B) 52.36 mH ing
.ne
ga
(C) 26.18 mH (D) 78.54 mH
MCQ 5.2.43 The mutual inductance between N2 and N 3 will be

(A) 0 (B) 78.54 mH t
w.
(C) 52.36 mH (D) 39.27 mH
MCQ 5.2.44 The magnetization curve for an iron alloy is approximately given by
ww
B = 1 H + H 2 mWb/m2
3
If H increases from 0 to 210 A/m, the energy stored per unit volume in the alloy is
(A) 6.2 MJ/m3 (B) 1.3 MJ/m3
(C) 2.3 kJ/m3 (D) 2.9 kJ/m3
***********


EXERCISE 5.3
A current sheet J = 5ay A/m lies on the dielectric interface x = 0 between two
m
MCQ 5.3.1
ww
GATE 2011 dielectric media with er1 = 5, mr1 = 1 in Region-1 (x < 0) and er 2 = 2, mr 2 = 2 in
Region-2 (x 2 0). If the magnetic field in Region-1 at x = 0- is H1 = 3ax + 30ay A/m
co
the magnetic field in Region-2 at x = 0+ is
w.E lp.
asy
En
he
(A) H2 = 1.5ax + 30ay - 10az A/m (B) H2 = 3ax + 30ay - 10az A/m
(C) H2 = 1.5ax + 40ay A/m gin (D) H2 = 3ax + 30ay + 10az A/m
eer
e
MCQ 5.3.2 A bar magnet made of steel has a magnetic moment of 2.5 A- m2 and a mass
at
IES EC 2012
magnetization is ing
of 6.6 # 10-3 kg . If the density of steel is 7.9 # 103 kg/m3 , the intensity of
.ne
g
(A) 8.3 # 10-7 A/m (B) 3 # 106 A/m

(C) 6.3 # 10-7 A/m (D) 8.2 # 106 A/m
t
w.
MCQ 5.3.3 If the current element represented by 2 # 10-4 ay Amp-m is placed in a magnetic
IES EC 2011 field of H = 5ax /m A/m, the force on the current element is
ww
(A) - 2.0az mN (B) 2.0az mN

(C) - 2.0az N (D) 2.0az N
MCQ 5.3.4 Match List I with List II and select the correct answer using the code given below
IES EC 2011 the lists :
List I List II
a. MMF 1. Conductivity
b. Magnetic flux 2. Electric current
c. Reluctance 3. EMF
d. Permeability 4. Resistance


Codes :
a b c d
(A) 3 4 2 1
(B) 1 2 4 3
(C) 3 2 4 1
(D) 1 4 2 3
MCQ 5.3.5 Consider the following statements associated with boundary conditions between
IES EC 2008 two media:
1. Normal component of B is continuous at the surface of discontinuity.
ww
m
2. Normal component of D may or may not be continuous.
Which of the statement(s) given above is/are correct?
w.E (A) 1 only

(C) Both 1 and 2
co
(B) 2 only
(D) Neither 1 nor 2
MCQ 5.3.6
asy
Magnetic current is composed of which of the following ?
lp.
IES EC 2007 (A) Only conduction component
En
(B) Only displacement component
gin
(C) Both conduction and displacement components
he
(D) Neither conduction component nor displacement component
MCQ 5.3.7
eer
Which one of the following is the correct expression for torque on a loop in magnetic
te
IES EC 2006 field B ? (Here M is the loop moment)

(A) T = 4: B (B) T = M : B
ing
(C) T = M # B (D) T = B # M
.ne
ga
MCQ 5.3.8
IES EC 2006 the lists : t
Match List I with List II and select the correct answer using the code given below
w.
List-I List-II
a. Line charge 1. Maxwell
ww
b. Magnetic flux density 2. Poynting vector

c. Displacement current 3. Biot-Savart’s law
d. Power flow 4. Gauss’s law
Codes :
a b c d
(A) 1 2 4 3
(B) 4 3 1 2
(C) 1 3 4 2
(D) 4 2 1 3


1
MCQ 5.3.9 What does the expression 2 J : A represent ?
IES EE 2009 (A) Electric energy density (B) Magnetic energy density
IES EC 2006
(C) Power density (D) Radiation resistance
MCQ 5.3.10 Two thin parallel wires are carrying current along the same direction. The force
IES EC 2003 experienced by one due to the other is
(A) Parallel to the lines
(B) Perpendicular to the lines and attractive
m
(C) Perpendicular to the lines and repulsive
ww (D) Zero
co
MCQ 5.3.11 A boundary separates two magnetic materials of permeability m1 and m2 . The
w.E
IES EC 2001 magnetic field vector in m1 is H1 with a normal component Hn1 and tangential
component Ht1 while that in m2 is H2 with a normal component Hn2 and a tangential
lp.
component Ht 2 . Then the derived conditions would be
asy
(A) H1 = H2 and Ht 1 = Ht 2
(B) Ht 1 = Ht 2 and m1 Hn1 = m2 Hn 2
En
he
(C) H1 = H2 and m1 Hn1 = m2 Hn2
gin
(D) H1 = H2, Ht 1 = Ht 2 and m1 Hn 1 = m2 Hn 2
MCQ 5.3.12
eer
The dependence of B (flux density) on H (magnetic field intensity) for different
e
IES EE 2012 types of material is

at
ing
.ne
g
t
w.
ww
MCQ 5.3.13 Statement I : Polarization is due to the application of an electric field to dielectric
IES EE 2012 materials.


Statement II : When the dipoles are created, the dielectric is said to be polarized
or in a state of polarization.
(A) Both Statement (I) and Statement (II) are individually true and Statement
(II) is the correct explanation of Statement (I)
(B) Both Statement (I) and Statement (II) are individually true but Statement (II)
is not the correct explanation of Statement (I)
(C) Statement (I) is true but Statement (II) is false
(D) Statement (I) is false but Statement (II) is true
ww
MCQ 5.3.14 The following equation is not valid for magneto-static field in inhomogenous
m
IES EE 2011 magnetic materials
(A) d : B = 0 (B) d : H = 0
w.E
MCQ 5.3.15
(C) d # A = B
co
(D) d # H = J
Assertion (A) : Superconductors cannot be used as coils for production of strong

IES EE 2011 magnetic fields.
asy
lp.
Reason (R) : Superconductivity in a wire may be destroyed if the current in the
En
wire exceeds a critical value.
gin
he

eer
te

(D) Assertion (A) is false but Reason (R) is true ing
.ne
ga
MCQ 5.3.16 A conductor 2 metre long lies along the z -axis with a current of 10 A in az direction.
IES EE 2010 If the magnetic field is B = 0.25ax T , the force on the conductor is
(A) 4.0ay N (B) 1.0az N
t
w.
(C) 1.0 ay N (D) 3.0 az N
MCQ 5.3.17 The force on a charge moving with velocity v under the influence of electric and
ww
IES EE 2008 magnetic fields is given by which one of the following ?

(A) q Ê + B # v h
(B) q Ê + v # H h
(C) q ^H + v # E h
(D) q Ê + v # B h
MCQ 5.3.18 If a very flexible wire is laid out in the shape of a hairpin with its two ends secured,
IES EE 2007 what shape will the wire tend to assume if a current is passed through it ?
(A) Parabolic (B) Straight line
(C) Circle (D) Ellipse


MCQ 5.3.19 Consider the following :
IES EE 2007 Lorentz force F = e ^v # B h where e, v and B are respectively the charge of the
particle, velocity of the particle and flux density of uniform magnetic field. Which
one of the following statements is not correct ?
(A) Acceleration is normal to the plane containing the particle path and B
(B) If the direction of the particle path is normal to B , the acceleration is maximum
(C) If the particle is at rest, the field will deflect the particle
(D) If the particle path is in the same direction of B , there will be no acceleration
m
ww
MCQ 5.3.20
IES EE 2006
What is the force on a unit charge moving with velocity v in presence of electric
field E and magnetic field B ?
co
(A) E - v : B (B) E + v : B
w.E
MCQ 5.3.21
(C) E + B # v
lp.
(D) E + v # B
What is the force experienced per unit length by a conductor carrying 5 A current
IES EE 2004
asy
in positive z -direction and placed in a magnetic field B = ^3ax + 4ay h ?
(A) 15ax + 20ay N/m (B) - 20ax + 15ay N/m
En
(C) 20ax - 15ay N/m (D) - 20ax - 20ay N/m
he
MCQ 5.3.22
IES EE 2003 magnetic materials ? gin
Which one of the following formulae is not correct for the boundary between two
eer
e
(A) Bn1 = Bn2

(B) B2 = Bn2 + Bt2
at
(C) H1 = Hn1 + Ht1

ing
.ne
(D) an21 # (H1 - H2) = K where an21 is a unit vector normal to the interface and
g
directed from region 2 to region 1.
t
w.
MCQ 5.3.23 Interface of two regions of two magnetic materials is current-free. The region 1,
IES EE 2003 for which relative permeability mr1 = 2 is defined by z < 0 , and region 2, z > 0 has
mr2 = 1. If B1 = 1.4ax + 2.2ay + 1.4ax T ; then H2 is
ww
(A) 1/m0 60.6ax + 0.4ay + 0.4az@ A/m

(B) 1/m0 61.2ax + 0.8ay + 0.8az@ A/m
(C) 1/m0 61.2ax + 0.4ay + 0.4az@ A/m
(D) 1/m0 60.6ax + 0.4ay + 0.8az@ A/m
MCQ 5.3.24 If A and J are the vector potential and current density vectors associated with a
IES EE 2002 coil, then # A : J dv has the units of
(A) flux-linkage (B) power
(C) energy (D) inductance
***********


SOLUTIONS 5.1

Force applied by a magnetic field B on a moving charge with velocity v is defined
ww
m
as
F = v#B
w.E Since the direction of velocity v and B are perpendicular to each other as obtainde
co
from the shown figure so the resultant force will be perpendicular to both of them.
i.e. the force on the moving charged particle will be in upward direction.
asy
and as the particle is also deflected in upward direction with the applied force so
lp.
it gives the conclusion that the particle will be positively charged.
SOL 5.1.2
En
gin
Since a magnet bar must have south and north pole i.e. a single pole charge can’t
he
exist. So, a magnetic point charge doesn’t exit.

eer
Force applied on a moving charge in the presence of electric and magnetic field is
te
defined as
F = Fe + Fm = q (E + v # B) ing
.ne
where Fe and Fm are the electric and magnetic forces applied on the charge so it
ga
is clear that the moving charge experiences both the electric and magnetic forces.
t
The electric force is applied in a uniform direction (in direction of electric field)
i.e. it is an accelerating force while, the magnetic force is applied in the normal
w.
direction of both the magnetic field and velocity of the charged particle i.e. it is a
deflecting force.
Therefore, both the options are correct but R is not the correct explanation of A.
ww

For a moving charge Q in the presence of both electric and magnetic fields, the
total force on the charge is given by
F = Q 6E + (v # B)@
where E " electric field
v " velocity of the charge
B " magnetic flux density
Since the electron beam follows its path without any deflection so the net force
applied by the field will be zero


i.e. Q 6E + ^v # B h@ = 0
15ay + v # 3az = 0
As the electric field is directed along az and magnetic field is directed along ay so
the velocity of beam will be in ax direction (perpendicular to both of the field).
Consider the velocity of the beam is V = kax
So we have 15ay + kax # 3az = 0
15ay - 3kay = 0
k = 15 = 5 m/s
3
m
So, the velocity of the beam will be 5 m/s along the x -axis.
ww
co
w.E total force on the charge is given by
where
F = Q 6E + (v # B)@
E " electric field lp.
asy
v " velocity of the charged particle
En
So, at time t = 0 total force applied on the electron is
he
F (0) = e 6E + ^V (0) # B h@
Now we have
gin
V (0) # B = (200ax - 300ay - 400az ) # (- 3ax + 2ay - az )
= 1100ax + 1400ay - 500az
eer
e
therefore the applied force on the electron is

F (0) = (1.6 # 10-19) 6(0.1ax - 0.2ay + 0.3az ) # 103 + 1100ax + 1400ay - 500az@
at
ing
me a (0) = 1.6 # 10-19 6(100 + 1100) ax + (1400 - 200) ay + (300 - 500) az@
(F (0) = me a (0), where a (0) is acceleration of electron at t = 0 )
1. 6 10 -19
.ne
g
a (0) = # # 200 (6ax + 6ay - az )

9.1 # 10-31
t
w.
= 6.5 # 1013 (7ax + 2ay - az ) m/s2

Force F applied on a current element in the presence of magnetic flux density B
ww
is defined as
F = I ^L # B h
where I " current flowing in the element
L " vector length of current element in the direction of current flowing
So, F = 3 # 10-3 62az # (ax + 3ay)@
= 6 # 10-3 6ay - 3ax@ =- 14ax + 16ay mN
The magnitude of the force experienced by either of the loops will be same but the
direction will be opposite.
So the force experienced by C1 due to C2 will be - F .


The boundary condition for the current interface holds the following results.
(i) normal component of magnetic flux density is continuous.
i.e. B1n = B2n
(ii) Tangential component of magnetic field intensity is continuous.
i.e. H1t = H2t
So, (A) and (B) are wrong statement. Now, we check the statement (C).
Consider the magnetic field intensity in 1st medium is H1 and magnetic field
intensity in 2 nd medium is H2 . So, it’s tangential component will be equal
i.e. H1t = H2t (tangential component)
ww Since scalar magnetic potential difference is defined as the line integral of magnetic
m
field intensity
w.E i.e. #
V1 - V2 = H : dl = I
co
and since there is no current density at boundary.
So, we have V1 - V2 = 0
asy
V1 = V2
lp.
i.e. magnetic scalar potential will be same in both medium.
SOL 5.1.9
En
The magnetic field intensity produced at any point in the free space will be the
gin
he
vector sum of the field intensity produced by all the current sheets.
Since, the magnetic field intensity produced at any point P due to an infinite sheet
H = 1 (K # a n)
eer
te
2
ing
where an is the unit vector normal to the sheet directed toward the point P . So in
.ne
the region 0 < z < 1 magnetic field intensity due to K2 and K 3 will be cancelled as
ga
the unit normal vector to the two sheets will be opposite to each other.
t
Therefore in this region magnetic field intensity will be produced only due to the
current density K1 = 4ax which is given as
w.
H = 1 K1 # an = 1 (4ax ) # (az ) (an = az )

2 2
=- 4az A/m
ww

As the conducting filament is located along the line y = 0 , z = 0.2 m which is in the
region 0 < z < 1 m , so, the net magnetic field intensity produced on the conducting
filament by the current sheets is
H =- 2ay A/m (as determined in previous question)
or, B = m0 H =- 2m0 ay
Now the force experienced by a current element Idl in the presence of magnetic
flux density B is defined as
dF = Idl # B
where I is the current flowing in the element and dl is the differential vector length


of the current element in the direction of flow of current.
So force per unit length experienced by the conducting filament is
dF = 7a
x # (- 2m0 ay ) ( I = 7 A , dl = dlax )
dl
=- 14m0 az N/m
Magnetic dipole moment of a coil carrying current I and having area S is given by
m = ISan
where an is normal vector to the surface of the loop.
m
Since the coil is lying in the plane 2x + 6y - 3z = 4 so the unit vector normal to the
ww plane of the coil is given as.
co
4f 2ax + 6ay - 3az
So, an = ( f = 2x + 6y - 3z )
w.E 4f 22 + 62 + (- 3) 2
Therefore the magnetic dipole moment of the coil is
(2ax + 6ay - 3az )
lp. ( I = 5 A, S = 1 m2 )
asy m = (5) (1)
=
7
5 (2ax + 6ay - 3az )
En 7
he
As the torque a magnetic field B on the loop having magnetic moment m is
defined as
T = m#B gin
So the torque on the given coil is
eer
e
5 (2ax + 6ay - 3az )

T =; E # (6ax + 4ay + 5az )
7
at
= 3ax - 5ay - 8az N- m

ing
.ne
g
Magnetic dipole moment of a coil of area S carrying current I is defined as

m = ISan
t
w.
where an is the unit vector normal to the surface of the loop.

and since from the given data we have
I = 10 A
ww
S = pr2 = p # (1) 2 = p
an = a z (normal vector to the surface z = 0 )
So the magnetic moment of the circular current loop lying in the plane z = 0 is
m = 10paz
Now the torque on an element having magnetic moment m in the presence of
magnetic flux density B is defined as
T = m#B
Therefore, the torque acting on the circular loop is
T = (10paz ) # (4ax - 4ay - 2az ) (B = 4ax - 4ay - 2az )
= 10p (4ay + 4ax ) = 30p (ax + ay)


A diamagnetic material carries even no. of electrons inside it’s atom.
Number of electron in carbon atom is six.
Which is even so it is a diamagnetic material rest of the material having odd no.
of electrons.
A paramagnetic material have an odd no. of electrons and since atomic no. of Al is
13, which is odd. So, it is a paramagnetic material.
ww So, A and R both true and A is correct explanation of R.
m
w.E In a magnetic medium the magnetization in terms of magnetic field intensity is

defined as
M = cm H
co
asy
where cm is magnetic susceptibility given as
lp.
cm = mr - 1 = 1.3 (relative permeability, mr = 2.3 )
En
and since the magnetic field intensity in terms of magnetic flux density is given as
H =B = B (B = 5az mwb/m2 )
m m0 mr
gin
he
= 5 # 10-3 az = 1730az A/m ( mr = 2.3 )

4p # 10-7 # 2.3
So the magnetization inside the medium is
eer
te
SOL 5.1.17
M = cm H = 2249 A/m
Option (D) is correct. ing
Given the permeability, m = 3m0 and magnetic flux density = B
.ne
ga
So the field intensity inside the material will be

H =B= B
m 3m0
t
w.
Since the magnetization of a magnetic material is defined as

M = B -H
m0
ww
where B and H are the flux density and field intensity inside the material. So we
get
M = B - B = 2B
m0 3m0 3m0
As the magnetic flux density and magnetic field intensity inside a magnetic material
are related as
B = mr m0 H
So, comparing it with given expression for magnetic flux density we get the relative
permeability as
mr = k = k - 1


Therefore, the magnetization vector inside the material is given as
M = (mr - 1) H = ^k - 1h H
Magnetic flux density in a medium in terms of magnetic filed intensity is defined as
B = mH = mr m0 H
= ^4/ph (4p # 10-7) (2r2 af) ( mr = 4/p , H = 2r2 af A/m )
= 16 # 10-7 r2 af
Again the magnetic flux density inside a magnetizing material is defined as
B = m0 ^H + M h
m
ww where M is the magnetization of the material. So, we have
M = B -H =; #
32 10-7 r2
- 2r2E af = 2r2 : 4 - 1D af
co
m0 4p # 10-7 p
w.E
SOL 5.1.20
At r = 2 M = 4.14af A/m
lp.
Given
asy
Magnetic field intensity, H = 70 A/m
En
Total magnetic flux in the bar, F = 4.2 mWb
he
Cross sectional area of bar, S = 2 m2
gin
So we have the magnetic flux density in the bar
B = F = 4.2 # 10
S 2
-3
eer
e
= 2.1 mwb/m2
at
Since the magnetic field intensity and magnetic flux density are related as
So, we have
B = m0 (1 + cm) H
ing
2.1 # 10-3 = (4p # 10-7) (1 + cm) (70)
.ne
g
(2.1 # 10-3)
(1 + cm) =
70 (4p # 10-7)
t
w.
-5
cm = c 3 # 10 -7 - 1m
4p # 10
= (23.87 - 1) = 22.97
ww

For the spherical cavity of magnetization M , the flux density is given by
Bcavity = 2 m0 M
3
Since the cavity is hollowed. So not magnetic flux density at the center of cavity is
Bnet = B 0 - Bcavity = B 0 - 2 m0 M
3
and so the net magnetic field intensity at the center of cavity is
Hnet = 1 Bnet = 1 :B 0 - 2 m0 M D
m0 m0 3
= 1 :m0 H 0 + m0 M - 2 m0 M D = :H 0 + M D (B 0 = m0 ^H 0 + M h)
m0 3 3


In a magnetic medium the magnetic field intensity and magnetic flux density are
related as
B = m0 (1 + cm) H
So the magnetic flux density inside the medium is
H = B = 4z ax (B = 4zax T , cm = 2 )
(1 + cm) m0 3m0
Now the magnetization of a magnetic medium having magnetic field intensity H
is given as
M = cm H
ww
m
M = 2 b 4z l ax = 8z ax
3m0 3m0
w.E The bound current density inside a medium having magnetization M is given as
Jb = d # M
co
= 4#b 8z ax l = 12 ay A/m2
asy 3m0 3m0
lp.
En
Total current density inside a medium having magnetic flux density B is given as
JT = d # B = 1 ;
m0
2(4z)
m0 2z E y
a (B = 4zax T )
gin
he
= 3 ay A/m2
4m0
eer
te
ing
.ne
ga
t
w.
ww
Volume current density inside a material is equal to the curl of magnetization M

i.e. J = d#M
and the surface current density in terms of magnetization is defined as
K = M # an
where an is unit vector normal to the surface. Consider the cylinder is placed along
z -axis
So, an = a r
and M = Maz
Therefore the volume current density inside the cylinder is
J = 4# (Maz ) = 0 (M is not the function of z )


and the surface current density of the cylinder is
K = Maz # a r = Maf
So the current flowing in cylinder is just similar to a solenoid and the field intensity
produced due to a solenoid at any point outside it is zero. Thus we have the
magnetic field intensity outside the cylinder as
H outside = 0
m
ww
co
w.E lp.
asy
En
he
gin
i.e. J = d#M
eer
e
So the volume current density inside the cylinder is

at
J = d # (0.7az )= 0
ing (M = 0.7az A/m )
and since the surface current density in terms of magnetization is defined as
K = M # an where an is unit vector normal to the surface.
.ne
g
So the surface current density of the cylinder is

K = (0.7az ) # a r = 0.7af (M = 0.7az A/m , an = a r )
t
w.
Therefore the current flowing in cylinder is just similar to a solenoid and the field
intensity produced due to a solenoid at any point inside it is given as
B = m0 K = m0 nI
ww
where n is the no. of turns per unit length of the solenoid and I is the current
flowing in the solenoid.
Thus, the magnetic flux density inside the cylinder is (direction is determined by
right hand rule)
B = 0.7m0 az = 2.8 # 10-7 az ( K = 0.7 )
From Snells law we have the relation between the incidence and refracted angle of
magnetic flux lines as
tan a1 = mr1
tan a2 mr2
where mr1 and mr2 are relative permeability of the two medium.


tan 75c = 600 (relative permeability of air = 1)
tan a2 1
tan a2 = tan 75c
600
a2 = tan-1 : tan 75cD = 0.356c
600
Magnetic field intensity in 1st medium is given
H1 = 9ax + 16ay - 10az
= H1t + H1n
ww where H1t and H1n are respectively the tangential and normal components of the
m
magnetic field intensity to the boundary interface in medium 1.
w.E From boundary condition we have
and
H1t = H2t
m2 H2n = m1 H1n
co
asy
where H2t and H2n are respectively the tangential and normal component of
lp.
magnetic field intensity in medium 2. So we get the components in medium 2 as
En
H2t = 9ax - 10az
m1 m m
and H2n = H = r1 0 H1n
gin
he
m2 1n mr2 m0
= 7 (16ay) = 18.67ay
6
eer
Therefore, the net magnetic field intensity in medium 2 is
te
SOL 5.1.28
H2 = H2t + H2n = 12ax + 13.67ay - 15az A/m
Option (B) is correct. ing
.ne
ga
Magnetic flux density in any medium in terms of magnetic field intensity is defined
as
B = mH
t
where m is the permeability of the medium. So, the magnetic flux density in
w.
medium 2 is given as
B2 = m2 H2 = mr2 m0 H2
= 6 # (4p # 10-7) # (9ax + 18.67ay - 10az ) ( mr2 = 6 )
ww
-5 2
= (6.8ax + 14.1ay - 7.5az ) # 10 wb/m
The magnetic flux density in region z < 0 is given as
B = 4ax + 3az Wb/m2


m
ww Now we consider the flux density in region 1 is B1 . So, we have
co
B1 = 4ax + 3az
w.E Therefore the tangential component B1t and normal component B1n of the magnetic
flux density in region 1 are
lp.
and
asy B1t = 4ax
B1n = 3az
From the boundary condition the tangential and normal components of magnetic
En
flux density in two mediums are related as
he
B1n = B2n
B2t - B1t = m0 K
gin
where B2t and B2n are respectively the tangential and normal components of the
eer
e
magnetic flux density in region 2 and K is the current density at the boundary
interface.
at
So, we get
and
B2n = B1n = 3az
B2t = 4ax + m0 ^4ay h ing (B1n = 3az )
(B1t = 4ax , K = 4ay A/m )
.ne
g
= 4ax + 4m0 ay
Therefore the net flux density in region 2 ^z > 0h is
t
w.
B2 = B2t + B2n = 4m0 ax + 2ay + 5az

As the surface boundary of the slab is parallel to yz -plane so the given magnetic
ww
flux density will be tangential to the surface.

i.e. Bto = B 0
and Hto = Bto = B 0
m0 m0
Since the tangential component of magnetic field intensity is uniform at the
boundary of the magnetic material So, magnetic field intensity inside the material
is
Hin = Hto = B 0
m0
Therefore, the flux density inside the material is
Bin = mHin = mr m0 B 0 = mr B 0
m0


The magnetic stored energy per unit volume of the plate for a given uniform flux
density (uniform permeability) is defined as
wm = 1 H : B
2
Given B = ^3ax + 4ay h # 10-3 Wb/m2
3a + 4ay
So we have, H = B =c x m # 10 A/m
-3
m 4m0
-6
and therefore wm = 1 H : B = 1 : 9 + 16 D # 10-6 = 25 # 10 -7
2 2 4m0 8 # 4p # 10
ww
m
3
= 2.49 J/m
now the separation between the plates is given as d = 2 m
w.E Thus magnetic energy stored per unit area of the plate is
co
Wm /A = wm # d = ^2.49h # 2 = 5 J/m2
SOL 5.1.32
asy
From boundary condition the normal component of flux density is uniform at
lp.
boundary
i.e.
En
B1n = B2n
B1 sin q1 = B2 sin q2
gin
he
and the tangential component of field intensity is uniform

i.e. H1t = H2t
H1 cos q1 = H2 cos q2
eer
te

ing
Relation between q1 and q2 at boundary of region (1) and region (2) as
m1 tan q1 = m2 tan q2
.ne
ga
and at the interface between region (2) and region (3) is

m2 tan q3 = m3 tan q4 ;
So, combining the two eq. we get,
t since q2 = q3
w.
m1 tan q1 = m3 tan q4
Thus, q4 will be independent of m2 only.
ww
Internal inductance of a loop of radius r is defined as

m -7 -2
Lin = 0 (2pr) = 4p # 10 # 2px # 50 # 10 (r = 50 cm )
8p 8p
= 157.1 nH
From the analogy between electrical and magnetic circuits, we have the following
relations,
F (magnetomotive force) " V (voltage)
f (magnetic flux) " I (current)


R (Reluctance) " R (Resistance)
now, magnetomotive force,
F = NI 0
and so, the electrical analog of the magnetic circuit is
m
ww
co
w.E For drawing the electrical analog replace the coil by a source (magnetomotive
force) and each section of the core by a reluctance. In the shown magnetic material
lp.
there are 9 sections so we draw the reluctance for each of them and we get the
asy
magnetomotive force as
F = 1000I (N = 1000 )
En
So the equivalent circuit is
he
gin
eer
e
at
ing
.ne
g

Given that,
t
w.
the magnetic flux density, B = 0.4 T

no. of turns of coil, N = 200
length of magnetic core, l = 15 cm = 15 # 10-2
ww
permeability of the core, mr = 150

So, current required to produce the given magnetic field is
^0.4h^15 # 10-2h
i = Bl =
mN ^150m0h^200h
= 2.6 A
***********


SOLUTIONS 5.2

Consider the particle carries a total charge Q .
ww
m
Since for a moving charge Q in the presence of both electric and magnetic fields,
the total force on the charge is given by
w.E where
F = Q 6E + (v # B)@
E " electric field
co
asy
lp.
So initially the magnetic force on the particle will be zero as the particle is released
En
at rest (v = 0 ). Therefore the electric field will accelerate the particle in y -direction
and as it picks up speed (consider the velocity is v = kay , k is very small) a
gin
he
magnetic force develops which will be given by

F = v#B
eer
since the magnetic field is in az direction while the beam has the velocity in ay
direction so the magnetic force will be in ax (ay # az ) direction.
te
ing
Therefore the magnetic force will pull the charged particle around to the right and
as the magnetic force will be always perpendicular to both the velocity of particle
.ne
ga
and electric field. So the particle will initially goes up in the y -direction and then
following a curve path lowers down towards the x -axis.
t
w.
ww

total force on the charge is given by
F = Q 6E + (v # B)@
where E " electric field


Since initially the velocity of the charge (at the time of injection) is v 0 = 2ay m/s
and for the region y > 0 magnetic flux density is B = 3ax wb/m2 .
so there will be no any velocity component in + ax direction caused by the field
(since the magnetic field is in ax direction).
i.e. vx = 0
So we consider the velocity of the point charge in the region y > 0 at a particular
time t as
v = vy ay + v z a z
m
Therefore we have the force applied by the field on the charge particle at time t as
ww F = Q 6^vy ay + vz az h # ^3ax h@
co
dv
m ; y ay + dvz azE = Q 6- 3vy az + 3vz ay@
w.E dt
So, we get
dt
dvy
dt
=
3Q
m z
v lp.
and asy dvz =- 3Q v
dt m y
En
From the two relations we have
he
d 2 v z + 3Q 2 v = 0
bm l z
dt2
vz = A1 cos b
3Qgin
m l
t + B1 sin b
3Q
m l
t
eer
e
where A1 and B1 are constants.

at
ing
and since at t = 0 , vz = 0 (since charge was injected with a velocity in ay direction)
Putting the condition in the expression we get A1 = 0
and so we have vz = B1 sin b
3Q
m l
t = B1 sin t
.ne Q = 2 C , m = 6 kg
g
dvz =- 3Q v
Again,
t
w.
dt m y
3q
so vy =-b m ldvz =- B1 cos b t l =- B1 cos t
3Q dt m
ww
and since at t = 0 , vy = 2 m/s

Putting the condition in the expression we get,
2 =- B1 cos 0
B1 =- 2
So, we have, vz =- 2 sin t " dz =- 2 sin t
dt
dy
vy = 2 cos t " = 2 cos t
dt
Solving the equations we get,
z = 2 cos t + C2
and y = 2 sin t + C 3
and since at t = 0 , y = z = 0 (charge is located at origin at the time of injection)


Putting the condition in the expression we get
C2 =- 2 and C 3 = 0
So we have z = 2 cos t - 2&z + 2 = 2 cos t
and y = 2 sin t
Therefore the equation of the path that the charged particle will follow is
y2 + (z + 2) 2 = 4
This is the equation of a circle centred at (0, 0, - 5).
ww
m
w.E co
asy
lp.
En
gin
he
The magnetic flux density produced at a distance r from an infinitely long straight
wire carrying current I is defined as
B = 0
mI
2pr eer
te
ing
So the magnetic flux density produced by the straight wire at side QR of the loop
is (direction of magnetic flux density is determined by right hand rule)
mI
.ne
ga
BQR = 0 1 az ( r = 3)
2p (3)
5m
= 0 az
6p
t ( I1 = 5 A )
w.
Force experienced by a current element Idl in the presence of magnetic flux density
B is defined as
dF = Idl # B
ww
So the force exerted by wire on the side QR of the square loop is
R
FQR = # I dl # B
Q
2 QR
where I2 is the current flowing in the square loop as shown in the figure. So, we get
4 5m a
FQR = # (3dxax ) # b 0 z l ( I2 = 3 A, dl = dxax )
x=1 6p
5m -7
= 0 [4 - 1] (- ay) = - 5 # 4p # 10 # 3 ay
2p 2p
-6
=- 3 # 10 ay N


Total force on the loop will be the vector sum of the forces applied by the straight
wire on all the sides of the loop. The forces on sides PQ and RS will be equal and
opposite due to symmetry and so we have
FPQ + FRS = 0
Therefore the total force exerted on the conducting loop by the straight wire is
Ftotal = FQR + FSP (1)
where FQR and FSP are the forces exerted by the straight wire on the sides QR and
SP of the conducting loop respectively.
m
As calculated in previous question we have
ww FQR =- 3 # 10-6 ay N
co
Similarly we get the force exerted by the wire on the side SP of the loop as
w.E FSP =
S
P
# I dl # B
2 SP
where BSP is the magnetic flux density produced by the wire on the side SP . So,
lp.
we get
asy mI
BSP = 0 1 az ( r = 1)
En 2p (1)
he
5m
= 0 az ( I1 = 5 A )
FSP =
2p
#
4
gin 5m
3 (- dxax ) # 0 az
2p
( I2 = 3 A, dl =- dxax )
1
eer
e
= 9 # 10-6 ay N
Thus, from equation (1), the total force exerted by the straight wire on the
at
conducting loop is
Ftotal =- 3 # 10-6 ay + 9 # 10-6 ay ing
.ne
g
= 12 # 10-6 ay N
t
w.
ww
Net magnetic flux density arising from the two current filaments - 5ax and 5ax A


at the location of third filament is given by
B = B1 + B 2 (1)
where B1 and B2 are the magnetic flux density produced by the current filaments
5ax and - 5ax respectively. Since the magnetic flux density produced at a distance
r from a straight wire carrying current I is defined as
mI
B = 0 af
2pr
af = al # a r
where al is unit vector along the line current and a r is the unit vector normal to the
ww
m
line current directed toward the point P . So, the magnetic flux density produced
by the current filament 5ax is
w.E B1 =
5m0
2p ( 1 + k )
a
co
2 > x #e
ka y - a z
1 + k2
oH
asy =
5m0
2p (1 + k 2)
(kaz + ay)
lp.
Similarly the magnetic flux density produced by the current filament (- 5ax ) is
En
B2 =
m0 # (5)
2 >
(- ax ) # e y
ka + a z
1 + k2
oH
2p ( 1 + k )
gin
he
5m0
= (- kaz + ay)
2p (1 + k 2)
eer
Therefore from equation (1), we get the net magnetic flux density experienced by
te
the third filamentary current of 10 az A as

B =
5m0
2p (1 + k 2)
6kaz + ay - kaz + ay@
ing
5m0 5m0
.ne
ga
= 2 (2ay ) = ay
2p (1 + k ) p (1 + k 2)
t
As the force experienced by a current element Idl in the presence of magnetic flux
density B is defined as
w.
dF = Idl # B
ww
Force per unit meter length experienced by the third filament is

1 5m0
F = #x=0
(10ax dx) #
p (1 + k 2)
ay (dl = dxax )
= 10 # 5 # 4p # 10-7 a
2 z
p (1 + k )
= 20az 2 mN
(1 + k )
or, F = 12 2 mN
(1 + k )
Thus, the graph between F and k will be as shown in the figure below :


m
ww Consider the strip is formed of many adjacent strips of width dz each carrying
current Kdz .
co
w.E lp.
asy
En
he
gin
eer
e
at
ing
.ne
Since the magnetic flux density produced at a distance r from a straight wire
g

mI
t
w.
B = 0
2pr
So the magnetic flux density produced by each differential strip is
m (Kdz)
ww
dB = 0 ay (I = Kdz )
2pz
(using right hand rule we get the direction of the magnetic flux density along ay )
Therefore the net magnetic flux density produced by the strip on the current
filament is
1.5 3m a 3m
B = # 0 y
dz = 0 ln b 1.5 l ay ( K = 3 A/m )
z = 0.5 2p z 2p 0.5
= 6.6 # 10-7 ay wb/m2
dF = Idl # B


of the current element in the direction of flow of current. So the force exerted on
the filament per unit length is
1
F = # Idl # B = # x=0
(10dx ax ) # (6.6 # 10-7 ay)
= 2.4az mN/m
Consider the strip as made up of many adjacent strips of width dy , each carrying
current Kdy
ww
m
w.E co
asy
lp.
En
gin
he
Since the magnetic flux density produced at a distance r from a straight wire
eer
te
mI
B = 0
2pr
ing
So the magnetic flux density produced at distance y from the current filament
.ne
ga
located along z -axis as shown in the figure will be

mI
B = 0 (- ax ) (Direction is determined using right hand rule)
2p y
10m0 t
w.
=- a
2py x
ww
dF = Idl # B
and since the length of strip is l = 2 m so, the force exerted on the width dy of strip
is given by
dF = l (Kdy) # B
Therefore the net force exerted on the strip is
3 10m0
(2) (6az ) # c-
# 2p y x m
F = a dy (l = 2 m, K = 6az )
y=1
60m0
p y 6 @1
=- a ln y 3
=- 13.4ay mN


Consider a rectangular Amperian loop of dimension (l) # (2y) inside the slab as
shown in the figure below.
m
ww
co
w.E lp.
asy
As from the Amperes circuital law, we have
# H : dl = Ienc
En
So for the Amperian loop inside the slab we get
he
H (2l) = (2y # l) (J 0) for - a # y # a
gin
(Net magnetic field intensity along the edge 2y will be cancelled due to symmetry)
Therefore the magnetic field intensity (magnetizing factor) at any point inside the
eer
e
slab is
H = J 0 yaz
at
or H = J0 y
ing (for y # a )
and the magnetic field intensity (magnetizing factor) at any point outside the slab
is
.ne
g
H = J0 a (for y > a )
t
w.
Thus, the plot of H versus y will be as shown below

ww

Force on any dipole having moment m due to a magnetic flux density B is defined
as
F = d (m : B)
Since the magnetic moment of the dipole is given as


m = m 0 ax (1)
and as calculated in previous question the magnetic field intensity produced due
to the slab is
H = J 0 yaz
So we get the magnetic flux density produced due to the slab as
B = m0 H = m0 J 0 yaz (2)
Therefore from equation (1) and (2) we get
m:B = 0
Thus the force acting on the dipole is
F =0
ww
m
Volume current density inside a magnetic material is equal to the curl of its
w.E magnetization M
i.e. J = d#M
co
asy
So volume current density due inside the circular cylinder is
J = 1 2 r (5r2) az = 15raz
lp.
r 2r
or
En
J\r
gin
he
As calculated above the volume current density inside the cylinder is

J = 15raz
eer
So, we can get the flux density by Ampere’s circuital law as
te
# B : dl = m0 Ienc
(B) (2pr) = m0 Ienc ing
.ne
ga
m
B = 0 Ienc
2pr
Now the enclosed current in the loop is
# # #
r 2p
t r3 r
(15r) (rdrdf) = 2p # 15 ; E
w.
Ienc = J : dS =
S 0 0 3 0
3
= 10pr
So, the magnetic flux density inside the cylinder is
ww
m
B = 0 Ienc = 5m0 r2 ( I = 10pr3 )
2pr
Thus the plot of magnetic flux density B versus r is as shown below


The surface current density of a material in terms of its magnetization is defined as
So, the surface current density of the cylinder is
K = (Maz ) # (a r) = Maf (M = Maz , an = a r )
Therefore the surface current density is directed along af as shown in option (B).
Magnetic flux density inside a magnetic material is defined as
m
B = m0 (H + M)
ww So, B and M will be in same direction inside the cylinder.

Now as the magnetic field lines are circular so outside the cylinder it will make a
co
loop. Thus, the magnetic field lines will be as shown below
w.E lp.
asy
En
he
gin
eer
e

at
ing
.ne
g
t
w.
ww


Let the circular ring being placed such that magnetization M is in af direction and
the ring is centered at origin.
So, we have M = 4af
As the surface current density of a material in terms of its magnetization is defined
as
So the surface current density of the ring is
K = 4af # (- a r) = 4az (M = 4af , an =- a r )
and since the volume current density inside a material is equal to the curl of
magnetization M
ww
m
i.e. J = d#M
So the volume current density inside the ring is
w.E J = d # (4af) = 0
Now from Ampere’s circuital law we have
# B : dl = m0 Ienc
co
( M = 4a f )
asy
lp.
and for determining the field inside the circular ring, the current present on the
En
inner surface of ring will be considered only. So we get
(B) (2pr) = m0 (K) (2pr)
gin
Therefore the magnetic flux density inside the circular ring is
he
B = (m0) (4) = 4m0 wb/m2 ( K = 4 A/m )

Alternate Method :
eer
Magnetic flux density inside a magnetic material is defined as
te
B = m0 M
ing
and since the magnetization of the rod is M = 4 A/m so, we can have directly the
magnetic flux density inside the ring as
.ne
ga
B = 5m0 Wb/m2
t
As calculated above for the complete circular ring, magnetic flux density inside the
w.
ring is
B = 4m0 af wb/m2
(magnetic flux density will be directed along the assumed direction of magnetization)
ww


Now we calculate the flux density contributed by the gap at its centre when it was
the complete ring. The gap has its cross section in form of a square loop as shown
in figure below
m
ww
co
As calculated in previous question the surface current density of the ring is
w.E K = 4 A/m
and since the width of the gap(square loop) is w so, net current in the loop is
I = Kw = 4w lp.
asy
Now the magnetic flux density at any point P due to a filamentary current I is
defined as
En
4pr
he
where
gin
r " distance of point P from the current filament.
a1 " angle subtended by the lower end of the filament at P .
eer
a2 " angle subtended by the upper end of the filament at P .
e
So the flux density at center of the square loop produced due to one side of the
at
loop is
Bsq1 =
m0 I
4p # (10 )-2 # c
2
2m
ing
( r = 1 cm, a1 = 135c, a2 = 45c)
.ne
g
Summing the flux density produced due to all the four sides of loop, we get total
magnetic flux density produced by the square loop as
t
w.
mI 2 2 m0 (4w)
Bsq = 4 # f 0 -2 p = # 10
2
(I = Kw )
4p (10 ) p
2 m0 # (4) (0.1 # 10-3) # 102
= (w = 0.1 mm )
ww
p
-2
= 4 2 # 10 m0 af
p
Therefore at the centre of the gap the net magnetic flux density will reduce by this
amount of the flux density. Thus at the centre of the gap the net magnetic flux
density at the centre of the loop will be
Bnet = B - Bs
-2
= 4m0 - 4 2 # 10 m0
p
-2
= m0 c 4 - 4 2 # 10 m
p
-7
= 50.04 # 10 wb/m2


ww
m
w.E co
asy
Let the magnetized sphere be of radius r , centered at origin and the magnetization
lp.
be M in az direction as shown in figure.
i.e. En
J = d#M
gin
he
So the volume current density inside the cylinder is

J = d # (Maz ) = 0
K = M # an eer
and since the surface current density in terms of magnetization is defined as
where an is unit vector normal to the surface.
te
So the surface current density on the sphere is

K = ^Maz h # (ar ) ing (an = ar )
.ne
ga
= M sin qaf ...(i)

Now, consider a rotating spherical shell of uniform surface charge density s, that
K = swR sin qaf t

corresponds to a surface current density at any point (r, q, f). So we have
...(ii)
w.
where w " angular velocity of spherical shell across z -axis

R " radius of the sphere.
and the magnetic flux density produced inside the rotating spherical shell is defined
ww
as
B = 2 m0 swR ...(iii)
3
Comparing the eq.(i) and eq.(ii) we get
M = swR
Putting this value in eq.(iii) we get the magnetic flux density for the magnetized
sphere as
B = 2 m0 M (M = swR)
3


Since the magnetic flux density inside a magnetic material is defined as
B = m0 (H + M)
So, we have the magnetic field intensity inside the material as
H = 1 B-M
m0
and outside the material the magnetic field intensity is
H = 1B
m0
m
So the field lines outside the material will be same as for the case of magnetic
ww flux density shown in the MCQ. 1.31. Whereas inside the material the direction of
co
magnetic field intensity will be opposite to the direction of magnetization. Thus the
w.E
SOL 5.2.18
sketch of the field intensity will be same as shown in the option (B).
lp.
asy
The magnetic flux density produced at any point P due to an infinite filamentary
mI
En B = 0
2pr
he
where r is the distance of point P from the infinite current filament.
gin
Now consider a small area dS of the coil located at a distance x from the current
filament. The magnetic flux density produced on it due to the current filament
eer
e
along y -axis is
mI
at
B = 0
2p x
ing (r = x )
Since the flux density will be normal to the surface of the coil as determined by
.ne
right hand rule therefore, the total magnetic flux passing through the coil is
g
1 6 m0 I m0 I
#
ym = B : dS = # # b 2px l^dxdy h = 2p ln 3
t
w.
y=0 x=2
As the mutual inductance in terms of total magnetic flux ym is defined as

Nym
M =
I
ww
where I " current flowing in the element that produces the magnetic flux.
N " Total no. of turns of the coil that experiences the magnetic flux.
Thus the mutual inductance between the current filament and the loop is
mI
M = 1500 b 0 ln 3 l = 0.33 mH N = 1500
I 2p
Consider the wire is lying along z -axis. So at any point inside the wire (at a
distance r < a from it’s axis) magnetic field intensity will be determined as
# H : dl = Ienc (Ampere’s circuital law)
pr2
H (2pr) = I c 2 m (for Amperian loop of radius r)
pa


Ir
or, H = af
2p a 2
The direction of the magnetic field intensity is determined using right hand rule.
Now the stored energy in the magnetic field H is defined as
Wm = 1 m0 H 2 dv
#
v 2
So the stored energy in the internal magnetic filed per unit length (over the unit
length in z -direction) will be
1 2p a m0 I 2 r2 m0 I 2
Wm = # # #
z = 0 f = 0 r = 0 2 (2pa )
2 2 r dr df dz =
16p
ww
m
Therefore, the energy per unit length depends only on I and is uniform for the
uniform current.
w.E
co
Since the two conducting plates of width w = 2 m carry a uniform current of I = 4 A
asy
each so, the surface current density of each plate is
K = I = 4 = 2A/m
lp.
w 2
En
Now consider the first plate carrying current in + az direction is located at y = 0
and the second plate carrying current in - az direction is located at y = d , where
gin
he
d is a very small separation between the plates.

Since the magnetic field intensity produced at any point P due to an infinite sheet
H = 1 (K # a n)
eer
te
2
ing
where an is the unit vector normal to the sheet directed toward the point P . So,
.ne
ga
the magnetic field intensity produced at the second plate due to the first plate is
H12 = 1 (2az # ay) =- ax (K1 = 2az , an = ay )
2
Now the force per meter, exerted on the 2 nd plate due to the 1st plate will be
t
w.
1 2
F12 = # # (K
0 0
2 # B12) dS
where K2 " current density of the 2 nd plate
ww
B12 " magnetic flux density produced at the 2 nd plate due to 1st plate
1 2
So, F12 = # # (- 2a ) # (m H ) dydz
0 0
z 0 12 (K2 =- 2az , B12 = m0 H12 )
1 2
= # # (- 2a ) # (- m a ) dydz
z 0 x = 4m0 ay
0 0
As the force applied by first plate on the 2nd plate is in ay direction so it is a

repulsive force. Therefore the repulsive force between the plates is 4m0 .
No, of turns, n = 20, 000 turns/meter
Relative permeability, mr = 100


2
cross sectional area, S = 0.04 m
Current in the solenoid, I = 100 # 10-3 A
So, its self inductance will be,
Ll = m0 mr n2 S = (4p # 10-7) # (100) # (20, 000) 2 # (0.04)
= 2.011 # 103
Therefore the energy stored per unit length in the field is
W lm = 1 LlI 2 = 1 # 2.011 # 103 # 10-2 = 10.05 J/m
2 2
m
Consider the path followed by the two particles are the curvatures having radii r ,
ww and r2 as shown in figure. So at balanced condition centrifugal force will be equal
co
to magnetic force.
w.E Therefore for the first charged particles

mv2 = Bqv & r = mv
r1 1
Bq
lp.
and asy
^2m h v
r2
2
= Bqv & r2 = mv
Bq
En
he
gin
eer
e
at
ing
So the distance between the two particles at releasing end is
d = 2r2 - 2r1 = 2 b 2mv l - 2 b mv l = 2mv
Bq Bq
.ne
Bq
g
t
w.
The wire is oriented in east-west direction and magnetic field is directed northward
ww
Since the direction of gravitational force will be into the paper(toward the earth)
so for counteracting the gravitational force, applied force must be outward.
Now the force experienced by a current element Idl in a magnetic field B is


F = # Îdl h # B
L
As the magnetic field B is directed toward north therefore, using right hand rule
for cross vector we conclude that for producing the outward force current must flow
from west to east as shown in the figure below.
ww
m
Since
w.E
co
Consider the current flowing in the wire is I . So the magnetic force applied by the
field B 0 on the wire is
asy
Fm = ILB 0 where L is length of the wire
lp.
At balanced condition the magnetic force will be equal to the gravitational force :
En
Fm = mg
where m is the mass of the wire and g is acceleration due to gravity.
gin
he
So comparing the two results we get the current flowing in the wire as
mg
I =
Since
LB 0
eer
B 0 = 0.6 # 10-4 Wb/m2 , m = 0.3 kg and L = 1 m
te
^0.3h # 9.8
Therefore I =
^1 h # ^0.6 # 10-4h
= 49 kA
ing ( g = 9.8 m/s )
.ne
ga

Consider the square loop has side a . Now, when the loop is situated in the field
t
B = 1.96 Wb/m2 . Suppose it swings with an angle a. So in the new position the
torque must be zero. Gravitational forces acting on all the sides of loop will be
w.
down wards and the force due to magnetic field will be in horizontal direction as
shown in the figure.
ww


So, in balanced condition,from the shown figure we have
a mg sin a â h + 2a mg sin a a a k = IBa
2
^2 h^1.96h
tan a = IB =
2mg ^2 h^0.2h^9.8h
a = tan-1 ^1 h = p/4
As discussed in Que 51 the path of electron will be parallel to the input beam but
in opposite direction. So the ejected electrons will be flowing in the - ay direction.
m
ww At any point in between the two parallel shuts the net magnetic flux density
co
produced by the two sheets is given as
w.E B = B1 + B 2
where B1 is the flux density produced by the lower sheet and B2 is the flux density
produced by upper sheet. lp.
asy
Now the magnetic flux density produced at point P due to a plane sheet having
current density K is defined as
En m
B = K # an
he
2
gin
where an is the unit vector normal to the sheet and directed toward point P . So,
the flux density produced by lower sheet is
m
B1 = ^4ax h # az
eer
e
( K = 4a x , a n = a z )
2
at
and the flux density produced by the lower sheet is

m
B2 = ^- 4ax h # (- az )
2 ing (K =- 4ax , an =- az )
.ne
g
So the net magnetic flux density produced in the region between the two sheets is
m m
B = ^4ax h # az + ^- 4ax h # ^- az h
t
w.
2 2
=- 4may
where m is the permeability of the medium.
ww
Therefore the flux density in region 1 is

Bregion 1 =- 4m1 ay =- 8m0 ay ( m1 = 2m0 )
and the flux density in region 2 is
Bregion 2 =- 4m2 ay =- 16m0 ay ( m2 = 4m0 )
So the net flux per unit length in the region between the two sheets is
f
= ^Bregion 1h (width of region 1) + ^Bregion 2h (width of region 2)
l
= ^- 8m0 ay h^1 h + ^- 16m0 ay h^2 h
=- 50m0 ay Wb/m
As the permeability of the medium varies from m1 to m2 linearly. So at any distance


z from one of the plate near to which permiability is m1 , the permeability is given as
^m2 - m1h
m = m1 + z (1)
d
The magnetic flux density between the two parallel sheets carrying equal and
opposite current densities is defined as
B = mK
where K is the magnitude of the current density of the sheets.
Therefore the flux per unit length between the two sheets is
f d
l 0
#
= Bdz where d is the separation between the two sheets.
ww ^m2 - m1h
m
= mKdz = K ;m1 + z E dz
d d
0
# 0
# d
(from equation (1))
w.E = K ;m1 z + 2
m - m1 z2 d
d b 2 lE0
co
m + m2
= Kb 1
2 l
d
SOL 5.2.29
asy
lp.
Given the field intensity inside the slab is
En
H = 4ax + 2ay
So the magnetic flux density inside the slab is given as
B = mH
gin
where m is the permeability of the material.
he
= 2m0 ^4ax + 2ay h (m = 2m0 )

Therefore the magnetization of the material is
M = B -H
m0 eer
te
ing
= 8ax + 4ay - ^4ax + 2ay h = 4ax + 2ay
Now the magnetization surface current density at the surfaces of a magnetic
.ne
ga
material is defined as
Km = M # an
t
where an is the unit vector normal to the surface directed outward of the material
w.
So, at z = 0 magnetization surface current density is

6Km@at z = 0 = M # ^- az h (an =- az )
= 4ay - 2ax
ww
and at z = d , the magnetization surface current density is

So, 6Km@at z = d = M # âz h (an = az )
= ^4ax + 2ay h # âz h =- 4ay + 2ax
As calculated in the previous question the magnetization vector of the material is
M = 4a x + 2 a y
The magnetization volume current density inside a magnetic material is equal to
the curl of magnetization.,
i.e. Jm = d # M
Therefore the magnetization volume current density inside the slab is


a x ay a z
Jm = 2
2x
2
2y
2
2z =0
SOL 5.2.31 Option (B) is correct. 4 2 0
Given the B -H curve for the material,
B = 2m0 HH
The work done per unit volume in magnetizing a material from 0 to B 0 that has
non uniform permeability is defined as
B0
wm = # H : dB
m
0
Now for determining dB . we can express
ww B = 2m0 H 2 aH
co
where aH is the unit vector in direction of H .
w.E So, dB = 4m Ha
dH 0
= 4m0 H
H
lp.
asy 3m0 H 03
3 H0
H : ^4m0 H h = 4m0 ;H E =
H0
and wm = #
0 3 0 4
SOL 5.2.32
En
he
As 7 shows the direction into the paper while 9 shows the direction out of the
gin
paper. So the wire of length l carries current 2I that flows out of the paper.
The Magnetic field intensity produced at a distance r from an infinite straight wire
eer
e
H = I
2pr
at
ing
So the magnetic field intensity produced at the top wire due to the infinite wire
carrying current inward is
.ne
g
Hf1 = I (r = 2 l )
2p ^ 2 l h
t
w.
ww
and the magnetic field intensity at top wire due to the infinite wire carrying current
outward is
Hf2 = I (r = 2 l )
2p ^ 2 l h


Therefore the resultant field intensity at the wire of length l is
HT = ^Hf1 + Hf2h cos q
= 2I 1 = I
2p ^ 2 l h
# 2pl
2
Since the force exerted on a current element Idl by a magnetic field H is defined as
dF = (mH) (Idl)
So the force experienced by the wire of length l is
mI 2
F = (mHT ) ^2I h l = m b I l^2I h l =
2p l 2p
ww
m
Consider the sheets as shown in figure that having the surface current densities
+ 20 mA/may and - 20 mA/may
w.E co
asy
lp.
En
gin
he
eer
te
So the field intensity between the plates will be given as

H = H1 + H 2 ing
.ne
ga
where H1 is the field intensity produced by the sheet located at x = 0 and H2 is

the field intensity produced by the sheet located at x = 5 cm .
t
Now the magnetic field intensity produced at point P due to a plane sheet having
w.
current density K is defined as

H = 1 K # an
2
where an is the unit vector normal to the sheet directed toward point P . So, the
ww
magnetic field intensity in the region between the plates is

H = 1 K1 # an1 + 1 K2 # an2
2 2
1 44at2 44 3 1 44
x=0
2 44 3
at x = 5 cm
= 1 ^20 # 10-3 ay h # âx h + 1 ^- 20 # 10-3 ay h # ^- ax h

2 2
-3
=- 20 # 10 az
and magnetic flux density in the region between the sheets is
B = mH =- 40m0 # 10-3 az ^m = 2m0h
Therefore the stored magnetic energy per unit volume in the region is


wm = 1 H : B = 1 ^800m0 # 10-6h
2 2
= 400 # 4p # 10-7 # 10-6 = 160p J/m3
Since the separation between plates is d = 5 cm . So, stored energy per unit area
between the plates is
Wm /A = wm # d = ^160ph # ^0.05h = 4p J/m2
Since the boundary surface of the two medium is z = 0 , so the normal component
B1n and tangential component B1t of magnetic flux density in medium 1 are
m
B1n = az
ww and B1t = 0.4ax + 0.8ay
co
As the normal component of magnetic flux density is uniform at the boundary of
w.E two medium So, the normal component of magnetic flux density in the medium 2 is
B2n = B1n = az
lp.
Now for determining tangential component of field in medium 2, we first calculate
(1)
asy
tangential component of magnetic field intensity in medium 1 which is given as
H1t = B1t where m1 is the permeability of medium 1.
En m1
he
0.1ax + 0.2ay
= 1 ^0.4ax + 0.8ay h = ( m1 = 4m0 )
4m0
gin m0
Again from the boundary condition the tangential component of magnetic field
eer
e
intensity in the two mediums are related as

an # ^H1t - H2t h = K
at
ing
where H2t and H1t are the tangential components of magnetic field intensity in
medium 2 and medium 1 respectively, K is the surface current density at the
.ne
boundary interface of the two mediums and an is the unit vector normal to the
g
boundary interface. So we have

az # <
0.1ax + 0.2ay
t
- ^H2tx ax + H2ty ay hF = 1 ^0.2ax - 0.4ay h
w.
m0 m0
b m0 - H2tx l ay - b m0 - H2ty l ax = m0 ^0.2ax - 0.4ay h
0.1 0.2 1
ww
Comparing the x and y -components we get

H2tx = 0.1 + 0.4 = 0.5
m0 m0 m0
and H2ty = 0 . 2 + 0 . 2 = .4
0
m0 m0 m0
Therefore the tangential component of magnetic field intensity in medium 2 is
H2t = 0.5 ax + 0.4 ay
m0 m0
and the tangential component of magnetic flux density in medium 2 is
B2t = m2 H2t = ax + 0.8ay
Thus the net magnetic flux density in medium 2 is
B2 = B2t + B2n = ax + 0.8ay + az


Consider the square loop is of side 2a as shown in the figure
ww
m
Since the sides BC and AD crosses the straight wire so no force will be experienced
w.E co
by the sides, while the flux density produced by the straight wire at sides AB and
CD will be equal in magnitude.
Now the magnetic flux density produced at a distance r from a straight wire
asy
lp.
mI
En
B = 0
2pr
So the magnetic flux density produced by the straight wire at the two sides of the
gin
he
loop is
m0 ^2 h m
Î = 2 A, r = a h
B =
2p â h
= 0
pa
eer
Since the force exerted on a current element Idl by a magnetic field B is defined as
te
dF = (Idl) # B
Therefore the force experienced by side AB of length 2a is ing
m 8m
F1 = 64 ^2a h az@ # 9 0 axC = 0 ^- ay h
.ne
ga
(I = 4 A )
pa p
Similarly force experienced by side CD is
m 8m
F2 = 64 ^2a h^- az h@ # 9 0 ^- ax hC = 0 ây h t
w.
pa p
Thus the net force experienced by the loop is
16m0
p ^ yh
F = F1 + F2 = a
ww
= 16 # 4 # 10-7 ay = 2.4ay mN
According to Snell’s law the permeability of two mediums are related as
m0 tan q1 = m tan q2
tan q1 = 15m0
tan q2 m0
tan q1 = 15 tan q2 ...(i)
Now, the given flux density in medium 2 is
B2 = 1.2ay + 0.8az


So the normal and tangential component of the magnetic flux density in medium
2 is
B2n = 0.8az
and B2t = 1.2ay
tan q2 = B2n = 0.8 = 2
B2t 1.2 3
or q2 = tan ^2/3h
-1
from equation (1)
m
tan q1 = 15 tan q2
ww tan q1 = 10
q = tan-1 ^10h
co
w.E Thus the angular deflection is
q1 - q2 = tan-1 ^10h - tan-1 ^2/3h
= 54.6c lp.
SOL 5.2.37
asy
For calculating total reluctance of the circuit, we have to draw the electrical analog
En
of the circuit. In the given magnetic circuit, there are total six section for which six
he
reluctance has been drawn below.
gin
eer
e
at
ing
.ne
g
For a given cross sectional area S and length of the core l reluctance is defined as
t
w.
R = l
mS
Where m is permeability of the medium in core
ww
So, we have R1 = 5 # 10-2 = 1

^1000m0h^5 # 10-4h 10m0
R2 = 5 # 10-2 1
-4 = 20m
^1000m0h^10 # 10 h 0
R3 = 6 # 10-2 = 3
^1000m0h^10 # 10-4h 50m0
R4 = 14 # 10-2 = 7
^1000m0h^10 # 10-4h 50m0
R5 = R3 = 3
50m0
R6 = 4 # 10-2 = 1
^1000m0h^10 # 10-4h 25m0


Since all the reluctance are connected in series so total reluctance of the magnetic
circuit is
RT = R 1 + R 2 + R 3 + R 4 + R 5 + R 6
= 1 + 1 + 3 + 7 + 3 + 1
10m0 20m0 50m0 50m0 50m0 25m0
= 9
20m0
For a given reluctance R of a magnetic circuit, the self, inductance is defined as
2
L =N Where N is no. of turns of coil
R
ww
m
^100h2
Then, L = cRT = 209m m
^9/20m0h 0
w.E
-2
= 2.79 # 10 = 27.9 mH
co
Give that
asy
no. of turns of coil, N = 50
lp.
l = 0.6 m
length of the core,
En
relative permeability, mr = 600
inductance of the coil,
gin
L = 0.2 mH = 0.2 # 10-3 H
he
So, the cross sectional area of core is

^0.2 # 10-3h^0.6h
S = Ll 2 =
mN ^600m0h^50h2
eer
te
= 6.366 # 10-5 m2 = 1.64 cm2

.ne
Since the core is ideal so it’s reluctance will be zero and so the electrical analog for
ga
the magnetic circuit will be as shown below
t
w.
ww
The reluctance R 1 , R 2 and R 3 is produced by the air gap.

R 1 = l1 = 4 # 10-2 = 4
m0 S1 m0 ^100 # 10-4h m0
R2 = 2 # 10-2 = 2
m0 ^100 # 10-4h m0
R3 = 2 # 10-2 = 2
m0 ^100 # 10-4h m0


So, the total reluctance seen by coil N1 is
RT = R 1 + R 2 || R 3
= 4 + 1 = 5
m0 m0 m0
and the self inductance of coil will be
2
L1 = N 1 = 62.8 mH
RT
The total reluctance of the magnetic circuit as seen from the coil N2 is
RT = ^R 1 || R 2h + R 3
m
ww = b 4 || 2 l + 2
m0 m0 m0
(as calculated above)
co
= 4 + 2 = 10
w.E 2
L2 = N 2 =
3m0 m0
^250h2
3m0
Therefore the self inductance of the coil N2 is
lp.
SOL 5.2.42
asy
RT
^10/3m0h
= 28.6 mH
En
Since the coil N1 and N2 are directly connected through ideal core so entire flux
he
produced by N2 will link with N1 .
gin
The electrical analog of the magnetic circuit is shown below where the reluctance
R 1 and R 2 are the reluctance due to air gap.
eer
e
at
ing
.ne
g
t
w.
So, the reluctance seen by coil N2 is

^4 # 10-3h
ww
R1 = l = = 2
m0 S m0 ^2000 # 10-6h m0
Consider the current flowing in coil N2 is i2 . So, the total flux produced by N2 i2 is
f2 = N2 i2 = 500i2 = 250m0 i2
R1 ^2/m0h
Since the entire flux will link with N1 So mutual induction between N1 and N2 is
Nf ^250h^250m0 i2h
M = L12 = 1 2 = = 78.54 mH
i2 i2
As the coil N1 and N2 are directly connected through an ideal core so entire flux
will produced by N2 will link with N1 and so flux linked with N 3 will be zero.


Therefore the mutual inductance between N 3 and N2 is zero.
Given, the expression for magnetization curve,
B = 1 H + H 2 mWb/m2
3
The energy stored per unit volume in a magnetic material having linear magnetic
flux density is defined as
H0
wm = # H : dB
H=0
Since, magnetic field intensity varied from 0 to 210 A/m So, we have
ww
m
210
wm = # HdB
H=0
dB = 1 + 2H
w.E Since,
dH 3
So, putting it in equation we get,
co
asy
210
wm = # H b 1 + 2H l dH
3
lp.
H=0
2 3 210
= :H + 2H D
En 6 3 0
= 6.18 # 106 J/m3 = 6.2 MJ/m3
gin
he
***********
eer
te
ing
.ne
ga
t
w.
ww


SOLUTIONS 5.3
m
From boundary condition we have the following relation between the magnetic field
ww intensity in the two mediums :
co
m1 H1n = m2 H2n (1)
w.E and (H1 - H2) # an12 = K

where H1 and H2 are the magnetic field intensity in the two mediums, an12 is the
lp.
unit vector normal to the interface of the mediums directed from medium 1 to
(2)
asy
medium 2 and K is the surface current density at the interface of the two mediums.
Now, the magnetic field intensity in medium 1 is
EnH1 = 3ax + 30ay A/m

he
As the interface lies in the plane x = 0 so, we have

H1n = 3ax
gin
From equation (1), the normal component of the field intensity in medium 2 is
eer
e
given as
H2n = H1n = 1.5ax
at
2
ing
Therefore, the net magnetic field intensity in medium 2 can be considered as
H2 = 1.5ax + Aay + Baz
.ne (3)
g
where A and B are the constants. So, from equation (2) we have
6(3ax + 30ay) - (1.5ax + Aay + Baz )@ # ax = 10ay
t
w.
61.5ax + (30 - A) ay - Baz@ # ax = 10ay

0 - (30 - A) az - Bay = 10ay
ww
Comparing the components in the two sides we get

30 - A = 0 & A = 30
and - B = 10 & B =- 10
Putting these values in equation (3) we get the magnetic field intensity in medium
2 as
H2 = 1.5ax + 30ay - 10az A/m
Given,
the magnetic moment m = 2.5 A- m2
Mass of magnet, mass = 6.6 # 10-3 kg
density of steel, density = 7.9 # 103 kg/m3


So, the net volume of the magnet bar is
-3
v = mass = 6.6 # 10 3
density 7.9 # 10
-6
= 0.835 # 10 m3
Now, the magnetization of the magnet is defined as the magnetic moment per unit
volume so, we get magnetization of the magnet bar as
M =m = 2. 5
v 0.835 # 10-6
= 3 # 106 A/m
ww
m
Given,
Magnetic field intensity, H = 5ax A/m
m
w.E Current element,
co
Idl = 4 # 10-4 ay A- m
So, the magnetic flux density is given as
asy B = mH = 5ax A/m

lp.
Since, the force exerted on a current element Idl placed in a magnetic field B is
defined as
En F = Îdl h # B
So, putting all the values we get,
gin
he
F = ^4 # 10-4 ay h # ^5ax h

=- 2 # 10-3 az N =- 2az mN
eer
te
Electrical field Magnetic field ing

The electrical analogy of the magnetic field are listed below :
.ne
ga
EMF (electromotive force) " MMF (magneto motive force)

Electric current
Resistance
" Magnetic flux
" Reluctance t
w.
Conductivity " Permeability

So, for the given match list we get, A " 3 , B " 2 , C " 4 , D " 1.
ww

At the surface of discontinuity (interface between two medium) the normal
component of magnetic flux density are related as
B1n = B2n
i.e. normal component of magnetic flux density is uniform at the surface of
discontinuity.
Statement 1 is correct
At the boundary interface between two mediums, the normal component of the
electric flux density is related as
D2n - D1n = rs i.e. discontinuous


where rS is surface charge density at the interface. If the interface is charge free (
rS = 0 ) then, the equation changes to
D2n = D1n i.e. continuous
So, the normal component of flux density at the surface of discontinuity may or
may not be continuos.
Magnetic current is composed of both displacement and conduction components.
m
Torque exerted on a loop with dipole moment M in a magnetic field B is defined
ww as
T = M#B
co
w.E
Biot savart’s law gives the magnetic flux density as defined below
m0 # Idl # R
lp.
asy B =
4p R 2
Displacement current is determined by using maxwell’s equation as
^b " 3h
En
d # H = Jc + Jd where Jd is displacement current density ^c " 1h
he
Pave = 1 Es # Hs
2 gin
Time average power flow in a field wave is determined by poynting vector as
^d " 2h
eer â " 4h
e
Using Gauss’s law line charge distribution can be determined.

at
ing
Magnetic energy density in a magnetic field is defined as
wm = 1 J : A
2
.ne
g
t
w.
Consider the two wires carrying current as shown below :

ww
The force exerted due to the wire 2 at wire 1 is given as

F = Îdl h # ^B h
where Idl is the small current element of the wire 1 and B is magnetic flux density
produced by wire 2 at wire 1. As determined by right hand rule the magnetic flux


density produced due to wire 2 at wire 1 is out of the paper.
Which will be towards wire 2. In the similar way the force due to wire 1 at wire 2
will be toward wire 1 i.e. attractive and perpendicular to the wire.
From the boundary condition for magnetic field, we have the following derived
condition as
m1 Hn1 = m2 Hn2
and Ht1 = Ht2
ww The magnetic flux density B and magnetic field intensity H in a medium with
m
permeability m are related as
w.E B = mH = mr m0 H
co
Now, for the different magnetic material relative permeability mr are listed below :
Free space (vacuum) mr = 1
Diamagnetic
asy mr K 1
lp.
Paramagnetic mr L 1
Ferromagnetic
En mr >> 1
So, the B -H curve for the respective material has been shown below (depending
on their slopes m).
gin
he
eer
te
ing
.ne
ga
t
w.

When a dielectric material is placed in an electric field then the electric dipoles
are created in it. This phenomenon is called polarization of the dielectric material.
ww
So, we conclude that both the statement are correct and statement (II) is correct
explanation of (I).
For an inhomogenous magnetic material, magnetic permeability is a variable and
so, it has some finite gradient. Now, from maxwell’s equation we know
d:B = 0
Since, B = mH
So, d : B = d : ^mH h
0 = d:m+d:H
In the above equation d : m have some finite value therefore,


d:H ! 0 (in inhomogenous medium)
Force on a current element Idl kept in a magnetic field B is defined as
F = # Idl # B
L
= 6^10h^2 h az@ # 60.05ax@ = 1.0ay N

Magnetic energy density in a magnetic field is defined as
wm = 1 J : A
m
2
ww where J is the current density and A is the magnetic vector potential.
co
w.E The force on a moving charge q with the velocity v in a region having magnetic
field B and electric field E is defined as
F = q Ê + v # B h lp.
SOL 5.3.18 asy
En
The currents in the hairpin shaped wire flows as shown in the figure.
he
gin
eer
e
at
ing
As the direction of current are opposite so the force acting between them is repulsive,
.ne
g
and So it tend to a straight line.

t
w.
Given, the Lorentz force equation,

F = e ^v # B h
If the particle is at rest then v = 0 and so there will be no any deflection in particle
ww
due to the magnetic field.

Force acting on a small point charge q moving in an EM wave is defined as
F = qE + q ^v + B h
So, for q = 1
F = E+v#B
Given,
Current flowing in the conductor, I = 5A
Magnetic flux density, B = 3ax + 4ay


Since, the force experienced by a current carrying element Idl placed in a magnetic
field B is defined as
dF = Îdl h # B
As the current flowing in az direction so, we have
dl = dlaz
and the force experienced by the conductor is
dF = ^5dlaz h # ^3ax + 4ay h
Therefore, the force per unit length experienced by the conductor is
dF = 15a - 20a
y x
dl
ww
m
=- 20ax + 15ay N/m
w.E From the boundary condition for magnetic field we have the following relation :
co
Normal component of magnetic flux density is continuous
i.e. Bn1 = Bn2
asy
Any field vector is the sum of its normal and tangential component to any surface
lp.
i.e. H1 = Hn1 + Ht1
En
When the interface between two medium carries a uniform current K then the
tangential component of magnetic field intensity is not uniform.
gin
he
i.e. Ht1 - Ht 2 = K
or, an21 # ^H1 - H2h = K
But, B2 ! Bn2 + Bt 2 eer
te

Given, the magnetic flux density in medium 1 is ing
.ne
ga
B1 = 1.2ax + 0.8ay + 0.4az

and the interface lies in the plane z = 0 .
t
So, the tangential and normal components of magnetic flux density in the two
mediums are respectively :
w.
B1t = 1.2ax + 0.8ay

and B1n = 0.4az
Now, from the boundary condition of current free interface, we have the following
ww
relations between the components of field in two mediums.

B1n = B2n
and B1t = B2t

m1 m2
Therefore, we get the field components in medium 2 as
B2n = B1n = 0.4az
m
and B2t = B1t b 2 l = 1 ^1.2ax + 0.8ay h = ^0.6ax + 0.4ay h
m1 2
Thus, the net magnetic flux density in region 2 is


B2 = B2n + B2t
= 0.6ax + 0.4ay + 0.4az
So, the magnetic field intensity in region 2 is
H2 = B2 = 1 ^0.6ax + 0.4ay + 0.4az h A/m
m2 m0
Energy stored in a magnetic field is defined as
Wm = 1 A : J dv
#
2
m
So, # A : J dv has the units of energy.
ww ***********
co
w.E lp.
asy
En
he
gin
eer
e
at
ing
.ne
g
t
w.
ww

CHAPTER 6
TIME VARRYING FIELD AND MAXWELL EQUATION
ww
w.E
asy
En
gin
eer
ing
.ne
t

342 Time Varrying Field and Maxwell Equation Chap 6

EXERCISE 6.1
m
ww (Notations have their usual meaning)

List-I List-II
co
w.E a
b
Ampere’s circuital law
Faraday’s law
lp.
1.
2.
d : D = rv
d:B = 0
d # E =-2B
c
asy
Gauss’s law 3.
2t
d
En
Non existence of isolated 4. d # H = J + 2D
he
magneticharge 2t
Codes :
a b c d gin
eer
e
(A) 4 3 2 1
(B) 4 1 3 2
at
(C) 2
(D) 4
3
3
1
1
4
2 ing
.ne
g
MCQ 6.1.2 Magneto static fields is caused by

(A) stationary charges (B) steady currents
t
w.
(C) time varying currents (D) none of these
MCQ 6.1.3 Let A be magnetic vector potential and E be electric field intensity at certain time
ww
in a time varying EM field. The correct relation between E and A is

(A) E =-2A (B) A =-2E
2t 2t
(C) E = 2A (D) A = 2E
2t 2t
MCQ 6.1.4 A closed surface S defines the boundary line of magnetic medium such that the
field intensity inside it is B . Total outward magnetic flux through the closed
surface will be
(A) B : S (B) 0
(C) B # S (D) none of these

Chap 6 Time Varrying Field and Maxwell Equation 343

MCQ 6.1.5 A perfect conducting sphere of radius r is such that it’s net charge resides on the
surface. At any time t , magnetic field B (r, t) inside the sphere will be
(A) 0
(B) uniform, independent of r
(C) uniform, independent of t
(D) uniform, independent of both r and t
MCQ 6.1.6 The total magnetic flux through a conducting loop having electric field E = 0
inside it will be
ww (A) 0
m
(B) constant
w.E (C) varying with time only
co
(D) varying with time and area of the surface both
MCQ 6.1.7
asy
A cylindrical wire of a large cross section made of super conductor carries a current
lp.
I . The current in the superconductor will be confined.
(A) inside the wire
En
(C) to the surface of the wire
(B) to the axis of cylindrical wire
(D) none of these
gin
he
MCQ 6.1.8 If Bi denotes the magnetic flux density increasing with time and Bd denotes the
magnetic flux density decreasing with time then which of the configuration is
eer
correct for the induced current I in the stationary loop ?
te
ing
.ne
ga
t
w.
ww
MCQ 6.1.9 A circular loop is rotating about z -axis in a magnetic field B = B 0 cos wtay . The
total induced voltage in the loop is caused by
(A) Transformer emf (B) motion emf.
(C) Combination of (A) and (B) (D) none of these


MCQ 6.1.10 A small conducting loop is released from rest with in a vertical evacuated cylinder
voltage induced in the falling loop is
(Assume earth magnetic field = 2 # 10-6 T at a constant angle of 10c below the
horizontal)
(A) zero (B) 1 mV
(C) 17.34 mV (D) 9.8 mV
MCQ 6.1.11 A square loop of side 2 m is located in the plane x = 0 as shown in figure. A non-
uniform magnetic flux density through it is given as
m
ww B = 4z3 t2 ax ,
co
The emf induced in the loop at time t = 2 sec will be
w.E lp.
asy
En
he
gin
eer
e
(A) 16 volt (B) - 4 volt

at
MCQ 6.1.12
(C) 4 volt
ing
(D) - 2 volt
A very long straight wire carrying a current I = 3 A is placed at a distance of 4 m
.ne
from a square loop as shown in figure. If the side of the square loop is 4 m then the
g
total flux passing through the square loop will be
t
w.
ww
(A) 0.81 # 10-7 wb (B) 10-6 wb

(C) 4.05 # 10-7 wb (D) 2.0 # 10-7 wb


MCQ 6.1.13 A straight conductor ab of length l lying in the xy plane is rotating about the
centre a at an angular velocity w as shown in the figure.
ww
m
w.E co
If a magnetic field B is present in the space directed along az then which of the
asy
following statement is correct ?
lp.
(A) Vab is positive (B) Vab is negative
(C) Vba is positive
En (D) Vba is zero
MCQ 6.1.14
gin
In a certain region magnetic flux density is given as B = 0.2t az Wb/m2 . An electric
he
loop with resistance 2 W and 4 W is lying in x -y plane as shown in the figure.
eer
te
ing
.ne
ga
t
If the area of the loop is 2 m2 than, the voltage drop V1 and V2 across the two
w.
resistances is respectively
(A) 66.7 mV and 33.3 mV (B) 33.3 mV and 66.7 mV
(C) 50 mV and 100 mV (D) 100 mV and 50 mV
ww
MCQ 6.1.15 Assertion (A) : A small piece of bar magnet takes several seconds to emerge at
bottom when it is dropped down a vertical aluminum pipe where as an identical
unmagnetized piece takes a fraction of second to reach the bottom.
Reason (R) : When the bar magnet is dropped inside a conducting pipe, force
exerted on the magnet by induced eddy current is in upward direction.


MCQ 6.1.16 A magnetic core of uniform cross section having two coils (Primary and secondary)
wound on it as shown in figure. The no. of turns of primary coil is 5000 and no. of
turns of secondary coil is 3000. If a voltage source of 4 Volts is connected across the
primary coil then what will be the voltage across the secondary coil ?
m
ww
co
(A) 72 volt (B) 7.2 volt
w.E
MCQ 6.1.17
(C) 20 volt
lp.
(D) - 7.2 volt
Self inductance of a long solenoid having n turns per unit length will be proportional
to
(A) n asy (B) 1/n
(C) n2
En (D) 1/n2
he
MCQ 6.1.18
gin
A wire with resistance R is looped on a solenoid as shown in figure.
eer
e
at
ing
.ne
g
t
w.
If a constant current is flowing in the solenoid then the induced current flowing in
the loop with resistance R will be
(A) non uniform (B) constant
ww
(C) zero (D) none of these
MCQ 6.1.19 A long straight wire carries a current I = I 0 cos (wt). If the current returns along
a coaxial conducting tube of radius r as shown in figure then magnetic field and
electric field inside the tube will be respectively.


(A) radial, longitudinal (B) circumferential, longitudinal
(C) circumferential, radial (D) longitudinal, circumferential
MCQ 6.1.20 Assertion (A) : Two coils are wound around a cylindrical core such that the primary
coil has N1 turns and the secondary coils has N2 turns as shown in figure. If the
same flux passes through every turn of both coils then the ratio of emf induced in
the two coils is
Vemf 2 = N2
Vemf 1 N1
ww
m
w.E co
asy
lp.
En
gin
Reason (R) : In a primitive transformer, by choosing the appropriate no. of turns,
he
any desired secondary emf can be obtained.

eer
te

(D) A is false but R is true. ing
.ne
ga
MCQ 6.1.21 In a non magnetic medium electric field E = E 0 cos wt is applied. If the permittivity
t
of medium is e and the conductivity is s then the ratio of the amplitudes of the
conduction current density and displacement current density will be
w.
(A) m0 /we (B) s/we

(C) sm0 /we (D) we/s
ww
MCQ 6.1.22 In a medium where no D.C. field is present, the conduction current density at
any point is given as Jd = 5 cos ^1.5 # 108 t h ay A/m2 . Electric flux density in the
medium will be
(A) 133.3 sin ^1.5 # 108 t h ay nC/m2 (B) 13.3 sin ^1.5 # 108 t h ay nC/m2
(C) 1.33 sin ^1.5 # 108 t h ay nC/m2 (D) - 1.33 sin ^1.5 # 108 t h ay nC/m2
MCQ 6.1.23 In a medium, the permittivity is a function of position such that de . 0 . If the
e
volume charge density inside the medium is zero then d : E is roughly equal to
(A) eE (B) - eE
(C) 0 (D) - de : E


MCQ 6.1.24 A conducting medium has permittivity, e = 4e0 and conductivity, s = 1.14 # 108 s/m
. What will be the ratio of magnitude of displacement current and conduction
current in the medium at 50 GHz ?
(A) 1.10 # 10 4 (B) 1.025 # 107
(C) 9.75 # 10-17 (D) 9.75 # 10-8
MCQ 6.1.25 In free space, the electric field intensity at any point (r, q, f) in spherical coordinate
system is given by
sin q cos ^wt - kr h
m
E = aq
r
ww The phasor form of magnetic field intensity in the free space will be
(A) k sin q e-jkr af (B) - k sin q e-jkr af
co
wm0 r wm0 r
w.E (C)
kwm0 -jkr
r
e af
lp. (D) k sin q e-jkr af
r
MCQ 6.1.26
asy
Magnetic field intensity in free space is given as
H = 0.2 cos ^15py h sin ^6p # 109 t - bx h az A/m
En
he
It satisfies Maxwell’s equation when b equals to
(A) ! 46.5 rad/m
(C) ! 77.5 rad/m gin(B) ! 41.6 rad/m
(D) ! 60.28 rad/m
eer
e
at
***********
ing
.ne
g
t
w.
ww


EXERCISE 6.2
MCQ 6.2.1 Two parallel conducting rails are being placed at a separation of 3 m as shown in
ww figure. One end of the rail is being connected through a resistor R = 10 W and the
m
other end is kept open. A metal bar slides frictionlessly on the rails at a speed of
5 m/s away from the resistor. If the magnetic flux density B = 0.2 Wb/m2 pointing
w.E co
out of the page fills entire region then the current I flowing in the resistor will be
(A) 0.01 A (B) - 0.01 A
(C) 1 A
asy (D) - 0.1 A
lp.
En
gin
he
eer
te
ing
.ne
ga

A conducting wire is formed into a square loop of side 4 m. A very long straight
t
wire carrying a current I = 30 A is located at a distance 2 m from the square loop
w.
as shown in figure.
ww
MCQ 6.2.2 If the loop is pulled away from the straight wire at a velocity of 5 m/s then the
induced e.m.f. in the loop after 0.6 sec will be
(A) 5 mvolt (B) 2.5 mvolt
(C) 25 mvolt (D) 5 mvolt


MCQ 6.2.3 If the loop is pulled downward in the parallel direction to the straight wire, such
that distance between the loop and wire is always 3 m then the induced e.m.f. in
the loop at any time t will be
(A) linearly increasing with t (B) always 0
(C) linearly decreasing with t (D) always constant but not zero.
MCQ 6.2.4 An infinitely long straight wire with a closed switch S carries a uniform current
I = 4 A as shown in figure. A square loop of side a = 2 m and resistance R = 4 W is
located at a distance 4 m from the wire. Now at any time t = t 0 the switch is open
m
so the current I drops to zero. What will be the total charge that passes through
ww a corner of the square loop after t = t 0 ?
co
(A) 277 nC (B) 693 nC
w.E (C) - 237 nC
lp.
(D) 139 nC
asy
En
he
gin
eer
e
at
MCQ 6.2.5 ing

A circular loop of radius 5 m carries a current I = 2 A . If another small circular
.ne
loop of radius 1 mm lies a distance 8 m above the large circular loop such that the
g
planes of the two loops are parallel and perpendicular to the common axis as shown
in figure then total flux through the small loop will be
t
w.
(A) 1.62 fWb (B) 25.3 nWb

(C) 44.9 fWb (D) 45.4 pWb
ww


MCQ 6.2.6 A non magnetic medium at frequency f = 1.6 # 108 Hz has permittivity e = 54e0
and resistivity r = 0.77 W - m . What will be the ratio of amplitudes of conduction
current to the displacement current ?
(A) 0.43 (B) 0.37
(C) 1.16 (D) 2.70
MCQ 6.2.7 Two voltmeters A and B with internal resistances RA and RB respectively is
connected to the diametrically opposite points of a long solenoid as shown in
figure. Current in the solenoid is increasing linearly with time. The correct relation
between the voltmeter’s reading VA and VB will be
ww
m
w.E co
asy
lp.
(A) VA = VB (B) VA =- VB
(C) VA = RA
VB RB En (D) VA =- RA
VB RB
gin
he

eer
Two parallel conducting rails are being placed at a separation of 6 m with a resistance
te
ing
R = 10 W connected across it’s one end. A conducting bar slides frictionlessly on
the rails with a velocity of 4 m/s away from the resistance as shown in the figure.
.ne
ga
t
w.
ww
MCQ 6.2.8 If a uniform magnetic field B = 4 Tesla pointing out of the page fills entire region
then the current I flowing in the bar will be
(A) 0 A (B) - 40 A
(C) 4 A (D) - 4 A


MCQ 6.2.9 The force exerted by magnetic field on the sliding bar will be
(A) 4 N, opposes it’s motion
(B) 40 N, opposes it’s motion
(C) 40 N, in the direction of it’s motion
(D) 0
MCQ 6.2.10 Two small resistor of 225 W each is connected through a perfectly conducting
filament such that it forms a square loop lying in x -y plane as shown in the figure.
m
Magnetic flux density passing through the loop is given as
ww B =- 7.5 cos (120pt - 30c) az

The induced current I (t) in the loop will be
co
w.E lp.
asy
En
he
(A) 0.02 sin (120pt - 30c)

gin (B) 2.8 # 103 sin (120pt - 30c)
eer
e
(C) - 5.7 sin (120pt - 30c) (D) 5.7 sin (120pt - 30c)
at
Common Data for Question 11 - 12 : ing

.ne
g
In a non uniform magnetic field B = 8x2 az Tesla , two parallel rails with a separation
t
of 10 m and connected with a voltmeter at it’s one end is located in x -y plane as
w.
shown in figure. The Position of the bar which is sliding on the rails is given as
x = t ^1 + 0.4t2h
ww
MCQ 6.2.11 Voltmeter reading at t = 0.4 sec will be


(A) - 0.35 volt (B) 0.35 volt
(C) - 0.29 volt (D) - 1.6 volt
MCQ 6.2.12 Voltmeter reading at x = 12 cm will be

(A) 12.27 mvolt (B) - 14.64 mvolt
(C) 23.4 mvolt (D) - 23.4 mvolt
MCQ 6.2.13 A rectangular loop of self inductance L is placed near a very long wire carrying
current i1 as shown in figure (a). If i1 be the rectangular pulse of current as shown
in figure (b) then the plot of the induced current i2 in the loop versus time t will
ww
m
be (assume the time constant of the loop, t & L/R )
w.E co
asy
lp.
En
gin
he
eer
te
ing
.ne
ga
t
w.
ww
MCQ 6.2.14 Two parallel conducting rails is placed in a varying magnetic field B = 0.2 cos wtax
. A conducting bar oscillates on the rails such that it’s position is given by
y = 0.25 ^1 - cos wt h m


If one end of the rails are terminated in a resistance R = 5 W , then the current i
flowing in the rails will be
m
ww
co
w.E (A) 0.01w sin wt ^1 + 2 cos wt h
(B) - 0.01w sin wt ^1 + 2 cos wt h lp.
asy
(C) 0.01w cos wt ^1 + 2 sin wt h
(D) 0.05w sin wt ^1 + 2 sin wt h
En
he
MCQ 6.2.15
gin
Electric flux density in a medium ( er = 10 , mr = 2 ) is given as
D = 2.33 sin ^3 # 108 t - 0.2x h ay mC/m2
eer
e
Magnetic field intensity in the medium will be

at
(A) 10-5 sin ^3 # 108 t - 0.2x h ay A/m

(B) 2 sin ^3 # 108 t - 0.2x h ay A/m ing
(C) - 4 sin ^3 # 108 t - 0.2x h ay A/m
.ne
g
(D) 4 sin ^3 # 108 t - 0.2x h ay A/m
t
w.
MCQ 6.2.16 In a non conducting medium (s = 0) magnetic field intensity at any point is given
by H = cos ^1010 t - bx h az A/m . The permittivity of the medium is e = 0.12 nF/m
ww
and permeability of the medium is m = 3 # 10-5 H/m . If no D.C. field is present in

medium, then value of b for which the field satisfies Maxwell’s equation is
(A) - 600 rad/s
(B) 600 rad/m
(C) 3.6 # 105 rad/m
(D) (A) and (B) both
MCQ 6.2.17 A current filament located on the x -axis in free space with in the interval
- 0.1 < x < 0.1 m carries current I (t) = 8t A in ax direction. If the retarded vector
potential at point P (0, 0, 2) be A (t) then the plot of A (t) versus time will be


ww
m
w.E co
asy
lp.
En
MCQ 6.2.18
gin
In a non-conducting medium ( s = 0 , mr = er = 2 ), the retarded potentials are given
he
as V = y ^x - ct h volt and A = y ^ xc - t h ax Wb/m where c is velocity of waves in
eer
free space. The field (electric and magnetic) inside the medium satisfies Maxwell’s
equation if
te
(A) J = 0 only
(C) J = rv = 0 ing
(B) rv = 0 only
(D) Can’t be possible
.ne
ga
MCQ 6.2.19 Electric field in free space in given as

E = 5 sin ^10py h cos ^6p # 109 - bx h az
t
w.
It satisfies Maxwell’s equation for b = ?

(A) ! 20p rad/m (B) ! 300 p rad/m
(C) 10p rad/m (D) 30p rad/m
ww

In a region of electric and magnetic fields E and B , respectively, the force
experienced by a test charge qC are given as follows for three different velocities.
Velocity m/sec Force, N
ax 2q âx + ay h
ay qay
az q ^2ay + az h


MCQ 6.2.20 What will be the magnetic field B in the region ?
(A) ax (B) ax - ay
(C) az (D) ay - az
MCQ 6.2.21 What will be electric field E in the region ?

(A) ax - az (B) ay - az
(C) ay + az (D) ay + az - ax
MCQ 6.2.22 In Cartesian coordinates magnetic field is given by B =- 2/x az . A square loop of
m
side 2 m is lying in xy plane and parallel to the y -axis. Now, the loop is moving in
ww that plane with a velocity v = 4ax as shown in the figure.
co
w.E lp.
asy
En
he
gin
What will be the circulation of the induced electric field around the loop ?
eer
e
(A) 16 (B) 8
x ^x + 2h x
at
(C) 8
x ^x + 2h
(D)
x ^x + 2h
16 ing
.ne
g
t
w.
In a cylindrical coordinate system, magnetic field is given by

Z0 for r < 5 m
]
B = [2 sin wtaz for 5 < r < 6 m
ww
]0 for r > 6 m
\
MCQ 6.2.23 The induced electric field in the region r < 4 m will be
(A) 0 (B) 2w cos wt af
r
(C) - 2 cos wtaf (D) 1 a
2 sin wt f
MCQ 6.2.24 The induced electric field at r = 4.5 m is
(A) 0 (B) - 17w cos wt
18
(C) 4w cos wt (D) - 17w cos wt
9 4


MCQ 6.2.25 The induced electric field in the region r > 5 m is
(A) - 18 w cos wtaf (B) - 9w cos wt af
r r
(C) - 9r cos wtaf (D) 9w cos wt af
r
MCQ 6.2.26 In a certain region a test charge is moving with an angular velocity 2 rad/ sec along
a circular path of radius 4 m centred at origin in the x -y plane. If the magnetic
flux density in the region isB = 2az Wb/m2 then the electric field viewed by an
observer moving with the test charge is
(A) 8a r V/m (B) 4a r V/m
ww
m
(C) 0 (D) - 8a r V/m
w.E
MCQ 6.2.27 A 8 A current is flowing along a straight wire from a point charge situated at the
co
origin to infinity and passing through the point (1, 1, 1). The circulation of the
magnetic field intensity around the closed path formed by the triangle having the
asy
vertices ^2, 0, 0h, ^0, 2, 0h and ^0, 0, 2h is equal to
lp.
(A) 7 A (B) 3 A
8
(C) 7 A
En (D) 1 A
gin
Magnetic flux density, B = 0.1t az Tesla threads only the loop abcd lying in the
he
MCQ 6.2.28
plane xy as shown in the figure.
eer
te
ing
.ne
ga
t
w.
ww
Consider the three voltmeters V1 , V2 and V3 , connected across the resistance in the
same xy plane. If the area of the loop abcd is 1 m2 then the voltmeter readings are
V1 V2 V3
(A) 66.7 mV 33.3 mV 66.7 mV
(B) 33.3 mV 66.7 mV 33.3 mV
(C) 66.7 mV 66.7 mV 33.3 mV
(D) 33.3 mV 66.7 mV 66.7 mV


A square wire loop of resistance R rotated at an angular velocity w in the uniform
magnetic field B = 2ay mWb/m2 as shown in the figure.
m
ww
co
w.E lp.
MCQ 6.2.29
asy
If the angular velocity, w = 2 rad/ sec then the induced e.m.f. in the loop will be
(A) 2 sin q mV/m (B) 2 cos q mV/m
(C) 4 cos q mV/m
En (D) 4 sin q mV/m
he
MCQ 6.2.30
(A) 0.2 sin q mA gin
If resistance, R = 40 mW then the current flowing in the square loop will be
(B) 0.1 sin q mA
eer
e
(C) 0.1 cos q mA (D) 0.5 sin q mA

at
MCQ 6.2.31
ing
In a certain region magnetic flux density is given as B = B 0 sin wt ay . A rectangular
loop of wire is defined in the region with it’s one corner at origin and one side along
z -axis as shown in the figure.
.ne
g
t
w.
ww
If the loop rotates at an angular velocity w (same as the angular frequency of

magnetic field) then the maximum value of induced e.m.f in the loop will be
(A) 12 B 0 Sw (B) 2B 0 Sw
(C) B 0 Sw (D) 4B 0 Sw


MCQ 6.2.32 A 50 turn rectangular loop of area 64 cm2 rotates at 60 revolution per seconds in
a magnetic field B = 0.25 sin 377t Wb/m2 directed normal to the axis of rotation.
The rms value of the induced voltage is
(A) 2.13 volt (B) 21.33 volt
(C) 4.26 volt (D) 42.66 volt

Consider the figure shown below. Let B = 5 cos 120pt Wb/m2 and assume that the
ww magnetic field produced by i (t) is negligible
m
w.E co
asy
lp.
En
gin
he
MCQ 6.2.33 The value of vab is

(A) - 118.43 cos 120pt V eer
(B) 118.43 cos 120pt V
te
(C) - 118.43 sin 120pt V

ing
(D) 118.43 sin 120pt V
MCQ 6.2.34 The value of i (t) is

.ne
ga
(A) - 0.47 cos 120pt A (B) 0.47 cos 120pt A

(C) - 0.47 sin 120pt A (D) 0.47 sin 120pt A
t
w.
***********
ww


EXERCISE 6.3
y
A magnetic field in air is measured to be B = B 0 c 2 x 2 ay - 2
m
x + y2 m
MCQ 6.3.1 ax What
x +y
ww
GATE 2009 current distribution leads to this field ?
[Hint : The algebra is trivial in cylindrical coordinates.]
co
(A) J = B 0 z c 2 1 2 m, r ! 0 (B) J =- B 0 z c 2 2 2 m, r ! 0
w.E m0 x + y
(C) J = 0, r ! 0 lp.
m0 x + y
(D) J = B 0 z c 2 1 2 m, r ! 0
m0 x + y
MCQ 6.3.2
asy
For static electric and magnetic fields in an inhomogeneous source-free medium,
which of the following represents the correct form of Maxwell’s equations ?
En
GATE 2008
(A) d : E = 0 , d # B = 0
he
(B) d : E = 0 , d : B = 0
MCQ 6.3.3
(C) d # E = 0 , d # B = 0
gin (D) d # E = 0 , d : B = 0
If C is closed curve enclosing a surface S , then magnetic field intensity H , the
eer
e
GATE 2007 current density J and the electric flux density D are related by
(A) ## H $ dS = ## bJ + 2D l : dl (B) # H : dl = ## bJ + 2D l : dS
at
S C 2 t
(C) ## H : dS = # bJ + 2D l : dl
S
ing S 2t
(D) # H : dl = ## bJ + 2D l : dS
2t
.ne 2t
g
S C C S
MCQ 6.3.4 The unit of d # H is
t
w.
GATE 2003 (A) Ampere (B) Ampere/meter

(C) Ampere/meter 2 (D) Ampere-meter
ww
MCQ 6.3.5 The Maxwell equation d # H = J + 2D is based on

2t
GATE 1998 (A) Ampere’s law (B) Gauss’ law
(C) Faraday’s law (D) Coulomb’s law
MCQ 6.3.6 A loop is rotating about they y -axis in a magnetic field B = B 0 cos (wt + f) ax T.
GATE 1998 The voltage in the loop is
(A) zero
(B) due to rotation only
(C) due to transformer action only
(D) due to both rotation and transformer action


MCQ 6.3.7 The credit of defining the following current is due to Maxwell
IES EC 2012 (A) Conduction current (B) Drift current
(C) Displacement current (D) Diffusion current
MCQ 6.3.8 A varying magnetic flux linking a coil is given by F = 2/3lt3 . If at time t = 3 s , the
IES EC 2011 emf induced is 9 V, then the value of l is.
(A) zero (B) 1 Wb/s2
(C) - 1 Wb/s2 (D) 9 Wb/s2
MCQ 6.3.9 Assuming that each loop is stationary and time varying magnetic field B , induces
ww
m
IES EC 2011 current I , which of the configurations in the figures are correct ?
w.E co
asy
lp.
En
gin
he
eer
te
ing
.ne
ga
t
w.
(A) 1, 2, 3 and 4 (B) 1 and 3 only

(C) 2 and 4 only (D) 3 and 4 only
ww
MCQ 6.3.10 Assertion (A) : For time varying field the relation E =- dV is inadequate.
IES EC 2011 Reason (R) : Faraday’s law states that for time varying field d # E = 0


MCQ 6.3.11 Who developed the concept of time varying electric field producing a magnetic field
IES EC 2009 ?
(A) Gauss (B) Faraday
(C) Hertz (D) Maxwell
MCQ 6.3.12 A single turn loop is situated in air, with a uniform magnetic field normal to
IES EC 2009 its plane. The area of the loop is 5 m2 and the rate of charge of flux density is
2 Wb/m2 /s . What is the emf appearing at the terminals of the loop ?
(A) - 5 V (B) - 2 V
m
(C) - 0.4 V (D) - 10 V
ww
co
MCQ 6.3.13 Which of the following equations results from the circuital form of Ampere’s law ?
w.E
IES EC 2009
(A) d # E =-2B
(C) d : D = r
2t
(B) d : B = 0
(D) d # H = J + 2D
lp.
MCQ 6.3.14
asy 2t
Assertion (A) : Capacitance of a solid conducting spherical body of radius a is

IES EC 2009
En
given by 4pe0 a in free space.
he
Reason (R) : d # H = jweE + J
gin
eer
e
at

ing
MCQ 6.3.15
.ne
Two conducting thin coils X and Y (identical except for a thin cut in coil Y
g
IES EC 2007 ) are placed in a uniform magnetic field which is decreasing at a constant rate.
t
w.
If the plane of the coils is perpendicular to the field lines, which of the following
statement is correct ? As a result, emf is induced in
(A) both the coils
ww
(B) coil Y only

(C) coil X only
(D) none of the two coils
MCQ 6.3.16 Assertion (A) : Time varying electric field produces magnetic fields.
IES EC 2006 Reason (R) : Time varying magnetic field produces electric fields.


MCQ 6.3.17 Match List I (Electromagnetic Law) with List II (Different Form) and select the
IES EC 2006 correct answer using the code given below the lists :
List-I List-II
a. Ampere’s law 1. 4: D = rv
b. Faraday’s law 2. 4: J =-2h

2t
c. Gauss law 3. 4# H = J + 2D
2t
ww d. Current 4. 4# E =-2B
m
2t
w.E Codes :
(A) 1
a b
2
c
3
d
4
co
(B) 3 4
asy 1 2
lp.
(C) 1 4 3 2
(D) 3 2
En
1 4
MCQ 6.3.18
gin
Two metal rings 1 and 2 are placed in a uniform magnetic field which is decreasing
he
IES EC 2004 with time with their planes perpendicular to the field. If the rings are identical
eer
except that ring 2 has a thin air gap in it, which one of the following statements
is correct ?
te
(A) No e.m.f is induced in ring 1

(B) An e.m.f is induced in both the rings ing
.ne
ga
(C) Equal Joule heating occurs in both the rings

(D) Joule heating does not occur in either ring.
t
w.
MCQ 6.3.19 Which one of the following Maxwell’s equations gives the basic idea of radiation ?
IES EC 2003
d # H = 2D/2t d # E =- 2B/2t
(A) 4 (B) 4
d # E = 2B/2t d : D =- 2B/2t
ww
d:D = r d:B = r
(C) 3 (D) 4
d:D = 0 d # H = ^2D/2t h
MCQ 6.3.20 Which one of the following is NOT a correct Maxwell equation ?
IES EC 2001
(A) d # H = 2D + J (B) d # E = 2H
2t 2t
(C) d : D = r (D) d : B = 0


MCQ 6.3.21 Match List I (Maxwell equation) with List II (Description) and select the correct
IES EC 2001 answer :
List I
a. # B : dS = 0
b. # D : dS = #v rv dv
c. B $ dS
# E : dl =- # 2
2t
m
ww d.
# H : dl = # 2(D2+
t
J)
: dS
co
List II
w.E 1. The mmf around a closed path is equal to the conduction current plus the
time derivative of the electric displacement current through any surface
lp.
2. asy
bounded by the path.
The emf around a closed path is equal to the time derivative is equal to the
En
time derivative of the magnetic displacement through any surface bounded
he
by the path.
3.
gin
The total electric displacement through the surface enclosing a volume is
equal to total charge within the volume
eer
e
4. The net magnetic flux emerging through any closed surface is zero.
Codes :
at
a b c d
ing
(A) 1 3 2 4
.ne
g
(B) 4 3 2 1
(C) 4 2 3 1
t
w.
(D) 1 2 3 4
MCQ 6.3.22 The equation of continuity defines the relation between
ww
IES EE 2012 (A) electric field and magnetic field

(B) electric field and charge density
(C) flux density and charge density
(D) current density and charge density
MCQ 6.3.23 What is the generalized Maxwell’s equation d # H = Jc + 2D for the free space ?
2t
IES EE 2009
(A) d # H = 0 (B) d # H = Jc
(C) d # H = 2D (D) d # H = D
2t


MCQ 6.3.24 Magnetic field intensity is H = 3ax + 6yay + 2xaz A/m. What is the current density
IES EE 2009 J A/m2 ?
(A) - 2ay (B) - 7az
(C) 3ax (D) 12ay
MCQ 6.3.25 A circular loop placed perpendicular to a uniform sinusoidal magnetic field of
IES EE 2009 frequency w1 is revolved about an axis through its diameter at an angular velocity
w 2 rad/sec (w 2 < w1) as shown in the figure below. What are the frequencies for the
e.m.f induced in the loop ?
ww
m
w.E co
asy
lp.
En
gin
he
(A) w1 and w 2
(B) w1, w 2 + w 2 and w 2
(C) w 2, w1 - w 2 and w 2
eer
te
MCQ 6.3.26
(D) w1 - w 2 and w1 + w 2
Which one of the following is not a Maxwell’s equation ? ing

(A) d # H = ^s + jweh E
.ne
ga
IES EE 2009
(B) F = Q Ê + v # B h
(C) #c H : dl = #s J : dS + #s 2D : dS
t
w.
2t
(D) #S B : dS = 0
ww
MCQ 6.3.27 Consider the following three equations :

IES EE 2008
1. d # E =-2B
2t
2. d # H = J + 2D
2t
3. d : B = 0
Which of the above appear in Maxwell’s equations ?
(A) 1, 2 and 3 (B) 1 and 2
(C) 2 and 3 (D) 1 and 3


MCQ 6.3.28 A straight current carrying conductor and two conducting loops A and B are shown
IES EE 2007 in the figure given below. What are the induced current in the two loops ?
m
ww
co
w.E (A) Anticlockwise in A and clockwise in B
(B) Clockwise in A and anticlockwise in B
lp.
asy
(C) Clockwise both in A and B
(D) Anticlockwise both in A and B
En
he
MCQ 6.3.29 Which one of the following equations is not Maxwell’s equation for a static
IES EE 2007
(A) d : B = 0 gin
electromagnetic field in a linear homogeneous medium ?
(B) d # D = 0v
eer
e
(C) #c B : dl = m0 I (D) d2 A = m0 J
at
MCQ 6.3.30
(A) Maxwell’s divergence equation d : B = 0
ing
In free space, if rv = 0 , the Poisson’s equation becomes
.ne
IES EE 2006
g
(B) Laplacian equation d2V = 0
t
w.
(C) Kirchhoff’s voltage equation SV = 0

(D) None of the above
MCQ 6.3.31 Match List I with List II and select the correct answer using the codes given below :
ww
IES EE 2004
List I List II
a Continuity equation 1. d H = J + 2D
#
2t
b Ampere’s law 2. J = 2D
2t
c Displacement current 3. d E =-2B
#
2t
d Faraday’s law 4. 2r
d # J =- v
2t


Codes :
a b c d
(A) 4 3 2 1
(B) 4 1 2 3
(C) 2 3 4 1
(D) 2 1 4 3
MCQ 6.3.32 Match List I (Type of field denoted by A) with List II (Behaviour) and select the
IES EE 2004 correct answer using the codes given below :
List I List II
ww
m
a A static electric field in a charge free region 1. d : A = 0
d#A ! 0
w.E b
co
A static electric field in a charged region 2. d : A ! 0
d#A = 0
c
asy
A steady magnetic field in a current carrying 3. d : A ! 0
lp.
conductor
d En
A time-varying electric field in a charged medium
d#A ! 0
4. d : A = 0
gin
he
with time-varying magnetic field

d#A = 0
Codes :
a b c d eer
te
(A)
(B)
4
4
2
2
3
1
1
3 ing
(C) 2 4 3 1
.ne
ga
(D) 2 4 1 3
MCQ 6.3.33 Which one of the following pairs is not correctly matched ?
# D : ds = # d : Ddv t
w.
IES EE 2003 (A) Gauss Theorem :

s v
(B) Gauss’s Law : # D : ds = #v rdv

ww
dfm
(C) Coulomb’s Law : V =-
dt
(D) Stoke’s Theorem : #l x : dl = #s (d # x) : ds
MCQ 6.3.34 Maxwell equation d # E =- (2B/2t) is represented in integral form as
IES EE 2003
(A) # E : dl =- 2 # B : dl (B) # E : dl =- 2 # B : ds
2t 2t s
(C) # E # dl =- 2 # B : dl (D) # E # dl =- 2 # B : dl
2t 2t s


MCQ 6.3.35 The magnetic flux through each turn of a 100 turn coil is (t3 - 4t) milli-Webers
IES EE 2002 where t is in seconds. The induced e.m.f at t = 2 s is
(A) 1 V (B) - 1 V
(C) 0.4 V (D) - 0.4 V
MCQ 6.3.36 Two conducting coils 1 and 2 (identical except that 2 is split) are placed in a
IES EE 2002 uniform magnetic field which decreases at a constant rate as in the figure. If the
planes of the coils are perpendicular to the field lines, the following statements are
made :
m
ww
co
w.E lp.
asy
1.
En
an e.m.f is induced in the split coil 2
he
2. e.m.fs are induced in both coils
3.
4. gin
equal Joule heating occurs in both coils
Joule heating does not occur in any coil
eer
e
Which of the above statements is/are true ?

at
(A) 1 and 4 (B) 2 and 4

(C) 3 only
ing
(D) 2 only
.ne
g
MCQ 6.3.37 For linear isotropic materials, both E and H have the time dependence e jwt and
IES EE 2002 regions of interest are free of charge. The value of d # H is given by
t
w.
(A) sE (B) jweE

(C) sE + jweE (D) sE - jweE
ww
MCQ 6.3.38 Which of the following equations is/are not Maxwell’s equations(s) ?
IES EE 2002 2r
(A) d : J =- v (B) d : D = rv
2t
(C) d : E =-2B (D) # H : dl = # b sE + e2E l : ds
2t s 2t
(A) 2 and 4 (B) 1 alone
(C) 1 and 3 (D) 1 and 4
MCQ 6.3.39 Assertion (A) : The relationship between Magnetic Vector potential A and the
IES EE 2001 current density J in free space is
d # (d # A) = m0 J


For a magnetic field in free space due to a dc or slowly varying current is d2 A =- m0 J
Reason (R) : For magnetic field due to dc or slowly varying current d : A = 0 .
MCQ 6.3.40 Given that d # H = J + 2D

2t
IES EE 2001
Assertion (A) : In the equation, the additional term 2D is necessary.
ww
m
2t
Reason (R) : The equation will be consistent with the principle of conservation of
charge.
w.E co
asy
lp.
MCQ 6.3.41
En
Consider coils C1, C2, C 3 and C 4 (shown in the given figures) which are placed in the
IES EE 2001
gin
time-varying electric field E (t) and electric field produced by the coils C l2, C l3 and
he
C l4 carrying time varying current I (t) respectively :
eer
te
ing
.ne
ga
t
w.
ww
The electric field will induce an emf in the coils

(A) C1 and C2 (B) C2 and C 3


(C) C1 and C 3 (D) C2 and C 4
MCQ 6.3.42 A circular loop is rotating about the y -axis as a diameter in a magnetic field
IES EE 2001 B = B 0 sin wtax Wb/m2 . The induced emf in the loop is
(A) due to transformer emf only
(B) due to motional emf only
(C) due to a combination of transformer and motional emf
(D) zero
m
MCQ 6.3.43 Match List I (Law/quantity) with List II (Mathematical expression) and select the
ww
IES EE 2001 correct answer :
co
List I List II
w.E a. Gauss’s law
b. Ampere’s law
1. d : D = r
2. d E =-2B
lp.
c.
asy
Faraday’s law 3.
#
2t
P = E#H
En
he
d. Poynting vector 4. F = q Ê + v # B h
gin
5. d H = J + 2D
#
eer
c
2t
e
Codes :
at
(A) 1
a b
2
c
4
d
3 ing
(B) 3 5 2 1
.ne
g
(C) 1 5 2 3
t
w.
(D) 3 2 4 1
***********
ww


SOLUTIONS 6.1
ww
m
The line integral of magnetic field intensity along a closed loop is equal to the
current enclosed by it.
w.E i.e. #H : dl = Ienc
co
So, for the constant current, magnetic field intensity will be constant i.e.
asy
magnetostatic field is caused by steady currents.
lp.
En
From Faraday’s law the electric field intensity in a time varying field is defined as
d # E =-2B where B is magnetic flux density in the EM field.
2t
gin
he
and since the magnetic flux density is equal to the curl of magnetic vector potential
i.e. B = d#A
So, putting it in equation (1), we get eer
te
d # E =- 2 ^d # Ah
2t
d # E = d # b- 2 A l
ing
or
.ne
ga
2t
Therefore, E =-2A

2t
t
w.
Since total magnetic flux through a surface S is defined as

F = # B : dS
S
ww
From Maxwell’s equation it is known that curl of magnetic flux density is zero
d:B = 0
# B : dS
S
= # (d : B) dv = 0
v
(Stokes Theorem)
Thus, net outwards flux will be zero for a closed surface.
From Faraday’s law, the relation between electric field and magnetic field is
d # E =-2B
2t


Since the electric field inside a conducting sphere is zero.
i.e. E =0
So the rate of change in magnetic flux density will be
2B =- (d E)= 0
#
2t
Therefore B (r, t) will be uniform inside the sphere and independent of time.
From the integral form of Faraday’s law we have the relation between the electric
field intensity and net magnetic flux through a closed loop as
m
# E : dl =- dF
ww dt
co
Since electric field intensity is zero (E = 0 ) inside the conducting loop. So, the rate
w.E of change in net magnetic flux through the closed loop is

dF = 0
dt
lp.
SOL 6.1.7 asy
i.e. F is constant and doesn’t vary with time.
En
A superconductor material carries zero magnetic field and zero electric field inside
he
it.
i.e. B = 0 and E = 0
gin
Now from Ampere-Maxwell equation we have the relation between the magnetic
eer
e
flux density and electric field intensity as

d # B = m0 J + m0 e02E
at
So, J =0
2t
ing (B = 0 , E = 0 )
.ne
Since the net current density inside the superconductor is zero so all the current
g
must be confined at the surface of the wire.
t
w.

According to Lenz’s law the induced current I in a loop flows such as to produce
a magnetic field that opposes the change in B (t).
ww
Now the configuration shown in option (A) and (B) for increasing magnetic flux
Bi , the change in flux is in same direction to Bi as well as the current I flowing
in the loop produces magnetic field in the same direction so it does not follow the
Lenz’s law.
For the configuration shown in option (D), as the flux Bd is decreasing with time
so the change in flux is in opposite direction to Bd as well as the current I flowing
in the loop produces the magnetic field in opposite direction so it also does not
follow the Lenz’s law.
For the configuration shown in option (C), the flux density Bd is decreasing with
time so the change in flux is in opposite direction to Bd but the current I flowing
in the loop produces magnetic field in the same direction to Bd (opposite to the
direction of change in flux density). Therefore this is the correct configuration.


Induced emf in a conducting loop is given by
Vemf =- dF where F is total magnetic flux passing through the loop.
dt
Since, the magnetic field is non-uniform so the change in flux will be caused by it
and the induced emf due to it is called transformer emf.
Again the field is in ay direction and the loop is rotating about z -axis so flux
through the loop will also vary due to the motion of the loop. This causes the emf
which is called motion emf. Thus, total induced voltage in the rotating loop is
caused by the combination of both the transformer and motion emf.
ww
m
As the conducting loop is falling freely So, the flux through loop will remain
w.E
SOL 6.1.11
constant. Therefore, the voltage induced in the loop will be zero.
co
asy
The magnetic flux density passing through the loop is given as
B = 4z3 t2 ax
lp.
Since the flux density is directed normal to the plane x = 0 so the total magnetic
En
flux passing through the square loop located in the plane x = 0 is
gin
1 1
F = # B : dS = # # (4z3 t2) dydz = t2 (dS = (dydz) ax )
he
y=0 z=0
Induced emf in a loop placed in magnetic field is defined as

Vemf =- dF
dt eer
te
ing
where F is the total magnetic flux passing through the loop. So the induced emf
in the square loop is
d (t2)
.ne
ga
Vemf =- =- 2t ( F = t2 )
dt
Therefore at time t = 2 sec the induced emf is
Vemf =- 4 volt t
w.

Magnetic flux density produced at a distance r from a long straight wire carrying
ww
mI
B = 0 af
2pr
where af is the direction of flux density as determined by right hand rule. So the
flux density produced by straight wire at a distance r from it is
mI
B = 0 an (an is unit vector normal to the loop)
2pr
Therefore the total magnet flux passing through the loop is
d+a m I
#
F = B : dS =
d
# 2
0
pr
adr (dS = adran )
where dr is width of the strip of loop at a distance r from the straight wire. Thus,


m0 I dr
3 m0 I 3 m0 (5)
F = #b 2p l r = 2p ln b 2 l = 2p ln (1.5)
2
= (2 # 10-7) (5) ln (1.5) = 4.05 # 10-7 Wb

Electric field intensity experienced by the moving conductor ab in the presence of
magnetic field B is given as
E = v#B where v is the velocity of the conductor.
So, electric field will be directed from b to a as determined by right hand rule for
m
the cross vector. Therefore, the voltage difference between the two ends of the
ww conductor is given as
Vab =-
b
# E : dl
co
a
w.E
SOL 6.1.14
Thus, the positive terminal of voltage will be a and Vab will be positive.
lp.
asy
Given magnetic flux density through the square loop is
B = 0.1taz Wb/m2
So, total magnetic flux passing through the loop is
EnF = B : dS = ^0.1t h^1 h = 0.1t

he
Vemf =-
dt
=- 0.2 Voltgin
The induced emf (voltage) in the loop is given as
df
eer
e
As determined by Lenz’s law the polarity of induced emf will be such that
V1 + V2 =- Vemf
at
ing
Therefore, the voltage drop in the two resistances are respectively,
V1 = b 2 l (- Vemf ) = 0.1 = 33.3 mV
2+4 3
.ne
g
and V2 = b 4 l (- Vemf ) = 66.7 mV

2+4
t
w.

Consider a magnet bar being dropped inside a pipe as shown in figure.
ww
Suppose the current I in the magnet flows counter clockwise (viewed from above)
as shown in figure. So near the ends of pipe, it’s field points upward. A ring
of pipe below the magnet experiences an increasing upward flux as the magnet
approaches and hence by Lenz’s law a current will be induced in it such as to
produce downward flux.
Thus, Iind must flow clockwise which is opposite to the current in the magnet.
Since opposite currents repel each other so, the force exerted on the magnet due
to the induced current is directed upward. Meanwhile a ring above the magnet
experiences a decreasing upward flux; so it’s induced current parallel to I and it
attracts magnet upward. And flux through the rings next to the magnet bar is
constant. So no current is induced in them.


ww
m
w.E co
Thus, for all we can say that the force exerted by the eddy current (induced current
according to Lenz’s law) on the magnet is in upward direction which causes the
asy
delay to reach the bottom. Whereas in the cases of unmagnetized bar no induced
current is formed. So it reaches in fraction of time.
lp.
SOL 6.1.16 En
Thus, A and R both true and R is correct explanation of A.
V1 =- N1 dF
gin
he
Voltage,
dt
where F is total magnetic flux passing through it.
Again V2 =- N2 dF
dt eer
te
ing
Since both the coil are in same magnetic field so, change in flux will be same for
both the coil.
.ne
ga
Comparing the equations (1) and (2) we get

V1 = N1
V2 N2
V2 = V1 N2 = (12) 3000 = 7.2 volt t
w.
N1 5000
The magnetic flux density inside a solenoid of n turns per unit length carrying
ww
B = m0 nI
Let the length of solenoid be l and its cross sectional radius be r . So, the total
magnetic flux through the solenoid is
F = (m0 nI) (pr2) (nl) (1)
Since the total magnetic flux through a coil having inductance L and carrying
current I is given as
F = LI
So comparing it with equation (1) we get,


2 2
L = m0 n Ip l
and as for a given solenoid, radius r and length l is constant therefore
L \ n2
The magnetic flux density inside the solenoid is defined as
B = m0 nI
where n " no. of turns per unit length
I " current flowing in it.
m
So the total magnetic flux through the solenoid is
ww F = # B : dS = (m0 nI) (pa2)
co
where a " radius of solenoid
w.E Induced emf in a loop placed in a magnetic field is defined as

Vemf =- dF
dt lp.
asy
where F is the total magnetic flux passing through the loop. Since the resistance R
is looped over the solenoid so total flux through the loop will be equal to the total
En
flux through the solenoid and therefore the induced emf in the loop of resistance
he
will be
Vemf =- pa2 m0 n dI
dt gin
eer
Since current I flowing in the solenoid is constant so, the induced emf is
e
Vemf = 0
at

and therefore the induced current in the loop will be zero.
It will be similar to the current in a solenoid.

.ne
g
So, the magnetic field will be in circumferential while the electric field is longitudinal.
t
w.

In Assertion (A) the magnetic flux through each turn of both coils are equal So,
the net magnetic flux through the two coils are respectively
ww
F1 = N1 F
and F2 = N2 F
where F is the magnetic flux through a single loop of either coil and N1 , N2 are the
total no. of turns of the two coils respectively.
Therefore the induced emf in the two coils are
Vemf 1 =- dF1 =- N1 dF
dt dt
dF
Vemf 2 =- 2 =- N2 F d
dt dt
Thus, the ratio of the induced emf in the two loops are
Vemf 2 = N2
Vemf 1 N1


Now, in Reason (R) : a primitive transformer is similar to the cylinder core carrying
wound coils. It is the device in which by choosing the appropriate no. of turns, any
desired secondary emf can be obtained.
So, both the statements are correct but R is not the explanation of A.
Electric flux density in the medium is given as
D = eE = eE 0 cos wt ( E = E 0 cos wt )
Therefore the displacement current density in the medium is
Jd = 2D =- weE 0 sin wt
2t
ww
m
and the conduction current density in the medium is
Jc = sE = sE 0 cos wt
w.E So, the ratio of amplitudes of conduction current density and displacement current
density is
Jc
= s co
asy
Jd we
lp.
SOL 6.1.22
En
The displacement current density in a medium is equal to the rate of change in
electric flux density in the medium.
gin
he
Jd = 2D
2t
eer
Since the displacement current density in the medium is given as
Jd = 20 cos ^1.5 # 108 t h ay A/m2
te
So, the electric flux density in the medium is

D = # J dt + C ing (C " constant)
.ne
d
ga
= # 20 cos ^1.5 # 10 t h a dt + C
8
y
t
As there is no D.C. field present in the medium so, we get C = 0 and thus,
20 sin ^1.5 # 108 t h
w.
D = ay = 1.33 # 10-7 sin ^1.5 # 108 t h ay

1.5 # 108
= 153.3 sin ^1.5 # 108 t h ay nC/m2
ww

Given the volume charge density, rv = 0
So, from Maxwell’s equation we have
d : D = rv
d:D = 0 (1)
Now, the electric flux density in a medium is defined as
D = eE (where e is the permittivity of the medium)
So, putting it in equation (1) we get,
d : (eE) = 0
or, E : (de) + e (d : E) = 0


and since de . 0 &4 e . 0 (given)
e
Therefore, d:E . 0
The ratio of magnitudes of displacement current to conduction current in any
medium having permittivity e and conductivity s is given as
Displacement current
= we
Conduction current s
where w is the angular frequency of the current in the medium.
m
Given frequency, f = 50 GHz
ww Permittivity, e = 4e0 = 4 # 8.85 # 10-12
co
Conductivity, s = 1.14 # 108 s/m
w.E So, w = 2pf = 2p # 50 # 109 = 100p # 109

Therefore, the ratio of magnitudes of displacement current to the conduction
current is lp.
Ic asy
Id = 100p # 109 # 4 # 8.85 # 10-12 = 9.75 10-8
1.14 # 108
#
SOL 6.1.25
En
he
Given the electric field intensity in time domain as

E =
r gin
sin q cos ^wt - kr h
aq
eer
e
So, the electric field intensity in phasor form is given as

Es = sin q e-jkr a q
at
r
ing
and d # Es = 1 2 ^rE qs h af = ^- jk h sin q e-jkr af
r kdr r
.ne
g
Therefore, from Maxwell’s equation we get the magnetic field intensity as

Hs =-d # Es = k sin q e-jkr af
t
w.
jwr0 wr0 r
In phasor form the magnetic field intensity can be written as
Hs = 0.1 cos ^15py h e-jbx az A/m
ww
Similar as determined in MCQ 42 using Maxwell’s equation we get the relation

^15ph2 + b2 = w2 p0 e0
Here w = 6p # 109
9 2
So, ^15ph2 + b2 = c 6p # 108 m
3 # 10
^15ph + b = 400p2
2 2
b2 = 175p2 & b = ! 23.6 rad/m
***********


SOLUTIONS 6.2

Induced emf. in the conducting loop formed by rail, bar and the resistor is given by
ww
m
Vemf =- dF
dt
w.E where F is total magnetic flux passing through the loop.
co
Consider the bar be located at a distance x from the resistor at time t . So the total
magnetic flux passing through the loop at time t is
asy
F = # B : dS = Blx (area of the loop is S = lx )
lp.
En
Now the induced emf in a loop placed in magnetic field is defined as
Vemf =- dF
dt
gin
he
where F is the total magnetic flux passing through the loop. Therefore the induced
emf in the square loop is
Vemf =- d (Blx) =- Bl dx
dt dt eer ( F = Blx )
te
Since from the given figure, we have

l = 2 m and B = 0.1 Wb/m2 ing
.ne
ga
and dx/dt = velocity of bar = 5 m/s

So, induced emf is
Vemf =- (0.1) (2) (5) =- 1 volt
t
According to Lenz’s law the induced current I in a loop flows such as to produce
w.
magnetic field that opposes the change in B (t). As the bar moves away from the
resistor the change in magnetic field will be out of the page so the induced current
will be in the same direction of I shown in figure.
ww
Thus, the current in the loop is

(- 1)
I =-Vemf =- = 0.23 A (R = 10W )
R 10
mI
B = 0 af
2pr
where af is the direction of flux density as determined by right hand rule. So, the
magnetic flux density produced by the straight conducting wire linking through the


loop is normal to the surface of the loop.
Now consider a strip of width dr of the square loop at distance r from the wire for
which the total magnetic flux linking through the square loop is given as
F = # B : dS
S
mI r+a
1 (adr)
2p #
0
= (area of the square loop is dS = adr )
rr
m0 Ia r+a
ln b
r l
=
2p
m
The induced emf due to the change in flux (when pulled away) is given as
ww m Ia
Vemf =- dF =- 0 d ;ln b
dt 2p dt
r+a
r lE
co
m Ia dr 1 dr
Vemf =- 0 c 1
2p r + a dt r dt m
Therefore, -
w.E Given
dr
dt
= velocity of loop = 5 m/s
lp.
asy
and since the loop is currently located at 3 m distance from the straight wire, so
after 0.6 sec it will be at
En r = 3 + (0.6) # v (v " velocity of the loop )

he
= 3 + 0.6 # 5 = 6 m
So, Vemf =-
m0 # (30) # 2 1
2p gin 1
: 8 (5) - 6 (5)D (a = 2 m, I = 30 A )
eer
e
= 25 # 10-7 volt = 2.5 mvolt

at
ing
Since total magnetic flux through the loop depends on the distance from the
straight wire and the distance is constant. So the flux linking through the loop will
.ne
g
be constant, if it is pulled parallel to the straight wire. Therefore the induced emf
in the loop is
t
w.
Vemf =- dF = 0 (F is constant)
dt
ww
mI
B = 0 af
2pr
where af is the direction of flux density as determined by right hand rule.
Since the direction of magnetic flux density produced at the loop is normal to the
surface of the loop So, total flux passing through the loop is given by
4 m0 I
#
F = B : dS = #c 2pr mâdrh (dS = adr )
S r=2
m Ia 4 dr m I2 mI
= 0
2p 2 r# = 0 ln 2 = 0 ln (2)
2p p
The current flowing in the loop is Iloop and induced e.m.f. is Vemf .


So, Vemf = Iloop R =- dF
dt
dQ m0
(R) =- ln (2) dI
dt p dt
where Q is the total charge passing through a corner of square loop.
dQ m
=- 0 ln (2) dI (R = 4 W )
dt 4p dt
m
dQ =- 0 ln (2) dI
4p
Therefore the total charge passing through a corner of square loop is
m m
ww
0
#
Q =- 0 ln (2) dI =- 0 ln (2) (0 - 4)
m
4p 4 4p
-7
= 4 # 4p # 10 ln (2) = 2.77 # 10-7 C = 277 nC
w.E
4p
co
Since the radius of small circular loop is negligible in comparison to the radius of
asy
the large loop. So, the flux density through the small loop will be constant and
lp.
equal to the flux on the axis of the loops.
So,
En
B = 0
mI R2
2 ^z2 + R2h3/2 z
a
gin
he
where R " radius of large loop = 5 m

z " distance between the loops = 12 m
m
B = 0# #
2
2 (5) 2
6^ h ^ h @
2
+ eer
a =
2 3/2 z
25m0
^13h3
az
te
12 5
#
F = B : dS =
25m0
^ h 3 # pr
2 ing
Therefore, the total flux passing through the small loop is
wherer is radius of small circular loop.
.ne
ga
13
10-7
= 25 # 4p # # p ^10 h = 65.9 fWb
-3 2
^13h
t
3

w.
Electric field in any medium is equal to the voltage drop per unit length.
i.e. E =V
d
ww
where V " potential difference between two points.

d " distance between the two points.
The voltage difference between any two points in the medium is
V = V0 cos 2pft
So the conduction current density in the medium is given as
Jc = sE ( s " conductivity of the medium)
=E ( r " resistivity of the medium)

r
V cos 2pft
=V = 0 (V = V0 cos 2pft)
rd rd


or, Jc = V0
rd
and displacement current density in the medium is given as
V cos (2pft)
Jd = 2D = e2E = e 2 ; 0 E (V = V0 cos 2pft)
2t 2t 2t d
= eV0 6- 2pft sin (2pft)@
d
2pf eV0
or, Jd =
d
m
Therefore, the ratio of amplitudes of conduction current and displacement current
ww in the medium is
Ic JC (V0) / (rd)
= 1
co
= =
Id Jd (d) / (2pfeV0) 2pfer
w.E = 1
2p # (1.6 # 108) # (54 # 8.85 # 10-12) # 0.77
= 2.7 lp.
SOL 6.2.7
asy
Total magnetic flux through the solenoid is given as
En
F = m0 nI
he
in the solenoid.
gin
where n is the no. of turns per unit length of solenoid and I is the current flowing
Since the solenoid carries current that is increasing linearly with time
eer
e
i.e. I\t
So the net magnetic flux through the solenoid will be
at
or,
F\t
F = kt ing where k is a constant.
.ne
g
Therefore the emf induced in the loop consisting resistances RA , RB is

Vemf =- dF
t
w.
dt
Vemf =- k
and the current through R1 and R2 will be
ww
Iind =- k
R1 + R 2
Now according to Lenz’s law the induced current I in a loop flows such as to
produce a magnetic field that opposes the change in B (t).
i.e. the induced current in the loop will be opposite to the direction of current in
solenoid (in anticlockwise direction).
So, VA = Iind RA =- kRA
RA + RB
and VB =- Iind RB = b kRB l
RA + RB
Thus, the ratio of voltmeter readings is
VA =- RA
VB RB


Induced emf in the conducting loop formed by rail, bar and the resistor is given by
Vemf =- dF
dt
where F is total magnetic flux passing through the loop.
The bar is located at a distance x from the resistor at time t . So the total magnetic
flux passing through the loop at time t is
#
F = B : dS = Blx where l is separation between the rails
Now the induced emf in a loop placed in magnetic field is defined as
Vemf =- dF
ww dt
m
where F is the total magnetic flux passing through the loop. Therefore the induced
w.E emf in the square loop is

Vemf =- d (Blx) =- Bl dx
dt dt
co
( F = Blx )
asy
Since from the given figure, we have
l =5m
lp.
B = 2T
and
En
dx/dt " velocity of bar = 4 m/s
So, induced emf is
gin
he
Vemf =- (2) (5) (4) =- 40 volt

Therefore the current in the bar loop will be
I = Vemf =- 40 =- 5 A
R 10 eer
te

ing
As obtained in the previous question the current flowing in the sliding bar is
.ne
ga
I =- 4 A
Now we consider magnetic field acts in ax direction and current in the sliding bar
is flowing in + az direction as shown in the figure.
t
w.
ww
Therefore, the force exerted on the bar is

5
F = # Idl # B = # (- 4dza ) # (2a )
0
z x
=- 16ay 6z @50 =- 40ay N



i.e. The force exerted on the sliding bar is in opposite direction to the motion of
the sliding bar.
Given the magnetic flux density through the square loop is
B = 7.5 cos (120pt - 30c) az
So the total magnetic flux passing through the loop will be
F = # B : dS
S
= 6- 7.5 cos (120pt - 30c) az@(1 # 1) (- az )
m
= 7.5 cos (120pt - 30c)
ww Now, the induced emf in the square loop is given by
co
Vemf =- dF = 7.5 # 120p sin (120pt - 30c)
w.E dt
The polarity of induced emf (according to Lenz’s law) will be such that induced
current in the loop will be in opposite direction to the current I (t) shown in the
lp.
asy
figure. So we have
I (t) =-Vemf
En R
=- 7.5 # 120p sin (120pt - 30c)
he
(R = 250 + 250 = 500 W)
500
gin
=- 4.7 sin (120pt - 30c)
eer
e
As shown in figure the bar is sliding away from origin.

at
area of the loop formed by rail and the bar is

dS = (20 # 10-2) (dx) az
ing
Now when the bar is located at a distance dx from the voltmeter, then, the vector
.ne
g
So, the total magnetic flux passing through the loop is

1.6 8t ^1 + 0.4t2hB
3
t
w.
x
#
F = B : dS =
S 0
# 2 -2
(8x az ) (20 # 10 dxaz ) =
3
Therefore, the induced e.m.f. in the loop is given as
Vemf =- dF =- 1.6 # 3 ^t + 0.4t3h2 # (1 + 1.2t2)
ww
dt 3
Vemf =- 1.6 6^0.4h + ^0.4h4@ # 61 + (1.2) (0.4) 2@
2
(t = 0.4 sec )
=- 0.35 volt
Since the voltmeter is connected in same manner as the direction of induced emf
(determined by Lenz’s law).
So the voltmeter reading will be
V = Vemf =- 0.35 volt
Since the position of bar is give as
x = t ^1 + 0.4t2h
So for the position x = 12 cm we have


0.12 = t ^1 + 0.4t h
2
or, t = 0.1193 sec

As calculated in previous question, the induced emf in the loop at a particular time
t is
Vemf =-^1.6h6t + 0.4t3@2 ^1 + 1.2t2h
So, at t = 0.1193 sec ,
Vemf =- 1.6 7(0.1193) + 0.4 ^0.1193h3A 61 + ^1.2h^0.1193h2@
2
=- 0.02344 =- 23.4 mV
Since the voltmeter is connected in same manner as the direction of induced emf
ww
m
as determined by Lenz’s law. Therefore, the voltmeter reading at x = 12 cm will be
V = Vemf =- 23.4 mvolt
w.E
co
Consider the mutual inductance between the rectangular loop and straight wire be
M . So applying KVL in the rectangular loop we get,
asy
M di1 = L di2 + Ri2 ...(1)
lp.
dt dt
En
Now from the shown figure (b), the current flowing in the straight wire is given as
i1 = I1 u (t) - I1 u (t - T) (I1 is amplitude of the current)
gin
di1 = I d (t) - I d (t - T)
he
or, 1 1 (2)
dt
So, at t = 0 di1 = I
dt 1
eer
te
MI1 = L di2 + Ri2

and
Solving it we get
dt
ing (from equation (1))
.ne
ga
i2 = M I1 e-^R/Lht for 0 < t < T

L
Again in equation (2) at t = T we have
di1 =- I
t
w.
1
dt
and - MI1 = L di2 + Ri2 (from equation (1))
dt
ww
Solving it we get
i2 =- M I1 e-^R/Lh(t - T) for t > T
L
Thus, the current in the rectangular loop is
Z
]] M I1 e-^R/Lht 0<t<T
L
i2 = [
]- M I1 e- (R/L)(t - T) t > T
\ L
Plotting i2 versus t we get


m
ww Total magnetic flux passing through the loop formed by the resistance, bar and the
rails is given as:
co
# B : dS
w.E F =
S
= B : S = 60.2 cos wtax@ : 60.5 (1 - y) ax@

lp.
asy = 0.1 61 - 0.5 ^1 - cos wt h@ cos wt (y = 0.5 ^1 - cos wt h m )
= 0.05 cos wt ^1 + cos wt h = 0.05 ^cos wt + cos2 wt h
En
So, the induced emf in the loop is
he
Vemf =- dF
dt
gin
and as determined by Lenz’s law, the induced current will be flowing in opposite
eer
direction to the current i . So the current i in the loop will be
e
i =-Vemf =- 1 b- dF l
R R dt
at
= 0.
5 6
05
ing
- w sin wt - 2w cos wt sin wt@
=- 0.23w sin wt ^1 + 2 cos wt h
.ne
g
t
w.
Given the electric flux density in the medium is

D = 1.33 sin ^3 # 108 t - 0.2x h ay mC/m2
ww
So, the electric field intensity in the medium is given as

E =D where e is the permittivity of the medium
e
1.33 # 10-6 sin ^3 # 108 t - 0.2x h
or, E = D = ay ( er = 10 )
er e0 10 # 8.85 # 10-12
= 1.5 # 10 4 sin ^3 # 108 t - 0.2x h ay
Now, from maxwell’s equation we have
d # E =-2B
2t
or, 2 B =- d # E
2t
2E
=- y az
2x


=- (- 0.2) # ^1.5 # 10 4h cos ^3 # 108 t - 0.2x h ay
= 3 # 103 cos ^3 # 108 t - 0.2x h ay
Integrating both sides, we get the magnetic flux density in the medium as
B = # 3 # 10 cos ^3 # 10 t - 0.2x ha
3 8
y
3
= 3 # 108 sin ^3 # 108 t - 0.2x h ay
3 # 10
= 10-5 sin ^3 # 108 t - 0.2x h ay Tesla
Therefore the magnetic field intensity in the medium is
H =B= B
ww m mr m0
m
10 sin ^3 # 108 t - 0.2x h
-5
= mr = 2
2 # 4p # 10-7
w.E
SOL 6.2.16
Thus H = 2 sin ^3 # 108 t - 0.2x h ay A/m
co
asy
Given the magnetic field intensity in the medium is
H = cos ^1010 t - bx h az A/m
lp.
En
Now from the Maxwell’s equation, we have
d # H = 2D
2t
gin
he
or, 2 D =-2Hz ay =- b sin ^1010 t - bx h ay

2t 2x
D = # - b sin ^10 10
eer
t - bx h dt + C where C is a constant.
te
ing
Since no D.C. field is present in the medium so, we get C = 0 and therefore,
D = b10 cos ^1010 t - bx h ay C/m2
10
.ne
ga
and the electric field intensity in the medium is given as

E =D = 10 cos ^10 - bx h ay (e = 0.12 nF/m )
b
e -9
0.12 # 10 # 10
10t
t
w.
Again From the Maxwell’s equation

d # E =-2B
2t
2 B =- d # : b cos ^1010t - bx h ayD
ww
or,
2t 1. 2
2
=- b sin ^1010t - bx h az
1. 2
So, the magnetic flux density in the medium is
2
B =- b sin ^1010t - bx h az dt
# 1. 2
= b2 cos ^1010 t - bx h az (1)
(1.2) # 1010
We can also determine the value of magnetic flux density as :
B = mH


= (3 # 10 ) cos ^10 t - bx h az
-5 10
(2)
Comparing the results of equation (1) and (2) we get,
b2 = 3 # 10-5
(1.2) # 1010
b2 = 5.6 # 10 4
b = ! 344 rad/m
m
ww
co
w.E lp.
asy
The magnetic vector potential for a direct current flowing in a filament is given as
En A= # m0 I
a dx
he
4p R x
gin
Here current I (t) flowing in the filament shown in figure is varying with time as
I (t) = 8t A
eer
So, the retarded vector potential at the point P will be given as
e
m0 I ^t - R/c h
A= # 4pR
ax dx
at
ing
where R is the distance of any point on the filamentary current from P as shown
in the figure and c is the velocity of waves in free space. So, we have
.ne
g
R = x2 + 4 and c = 3 # 108 m/s

m0 8 ^t - R/c h
t
0.1
#
w.
Therefore, A= ax dx
x =- 0.1 4p R
8m 0.1
t 0.1
1 dx
= 0< # #
dx - F
4p -0.1 x2 + 4 -0.1 c
ww
-7
= 8 # 10-7 t 8ln ^x + x2 + 4 hB-0.1 - 8 # 10 8 6x @-0.01.1
0.1
3 # 10
= 8 # 10-7 t ln e 0.1 + 4.01 o - 0.53 # 10-15
- 0.1 + 4.01
= 8 # 10 t - 0.53 # 10-15
-8
or, A = ^80t - 5.3 # 10-7h ax nWb/m (1)

-9
So, when A = 0 t = 6.6 # 10 = 6.6 n sec
and when t = 0 A =- 5.3 # 10-4 nWb/m
From equation (1) it is clear that A will be linearly increasing with respect to time.
Therefore the plot of A versus t is


Note : Time varying potential is usually called the retarded potential.
ww
m
Given
V = y ^x - ct h volt
w.E Retarded scalar potential,
co
and retarded vector potential, A = y a x - t k ax Wb/m
c
asy
Now the magnetic flux density in the medium is given as
lp.
B = d#A
En 2A
=- y az = at - x k az Tesla
2y c
(1)
gin
he
So, the magnetic field intensity in the medium is

H =B ( m0 is the permittivity of the medium)
m0
= 1 at - x k az A/m eer (2)
te
m0 c
ing
and the electric field intensity in the medium is given as
E =- dV - 2A
.ne
ga
2t
=-^x - ct h ay - yax + yax = ^ct - x h ay (3)
So, the electric flux density in the medium is
D = e0 E t
( e0 is the permittivity of the medium)
w.
= e0 ^ct - x h ay C/m2 (4)

Now we determine the condition for the field to satisfy all the four Maxwell’s
equation.
ww
(i) d : D = rv
or, rv = d : 6e0 ^ct - x h ay@ (from equation (4))
=0
It means the field satisfies Maxwell’s equation if rv = 0 .
(ii) d:B = 0
Now, d : B = d : 9at - x k azC = 0 (from equation (1))
c
So, it already, satisfies Maxwell’s equation
(iii) d # H = J + 2D
2t


Now, d # H =-2Hz ay = 1 ay = e0 a (from equation (2))
2x m0 c m0 y
and from equation (4) we have
2D = e ca = e0 a (Since in free space c = 1 )
2t 0 y
m0 y m0 e0
Putting the two results in Maxwell’s equation, we get the condition
J =0
(iv) d # E =-2B
2t
m
2Ey
Now d#E = a =- az
2x z
ww 2B = a
co
z
2t
w.E So, it already satisfies Maxwell’s equation. Thus, by combining all the results
we get the two required conditions as J = 0 and rv = 0 for the field to satisfy
Maxwell’s equation. lp.
SOL 6.2.19
asy
Given the electric field in time domain as
En
E = 5 sin ^10py h cos ^6p # 109 - bx h az
he
Comparing it with the general equation for electric field intensity given as
We get, w = 6p # 109
gin
E = E 0 cos ^wt - bx h az
eer
e
Now in phasor form, the electric field intensity is

Es = 5 sin ^10py h e-jbx az (1)
at
Hs =- 1 ^d # Es h =
ing
From Maxwell’s equation we get the magnetic field intensity as
j 2Esz
a - 2Esz a
wm0 < 2y x 2x yF
jwm0
.ne
g
wm0 6
50p cos ^10py h e-jbx ax + j5b sin ^10py h ay@ e-jbx
j
=
t
w.
Again from Maxwell’s equation we have the electric field intensity as

2H
Es = 1 ^d # Hs h = 1 < sy - 2Hsx F az
jwe0 jwe0 2x 2y
ww
= 2 1 6(j5b) (- jb) sin (10py) e-jbx + (50p) (10p) sin (10py) e-jbx@ az
w m0 e0
= 2 1 65b2 + 500p2@ sin 10pye-jbx az
w m0 e0
Comparing this result with equation (1) we get
1
^5b2 + 500p2h = 5
w2 m0 e0
or, b2 + 100p2 = w2 m0 e0
b2 + 100p2 = ^6p # 109h2 # 1

b w = 6p # 10 ,
9
m0 e0 = 1 l
^ # 108h c
2
3
b2 + 100p2 = 400p2


2 2
b = 300p
b = ! 300 p rad/m
The force experienced by a test charge q in presence of both electric field E and
magnetic field B in the region will be evaluated by using Lorentz force equation as
F = q Ê + v # B h
So, putting the given three forces and their corresponding velocities in above
equation we get the following relations
q ây + az h = q Ê + ax # B h (1)
qay = q Ê + ay # B h
ww (2)
m
q ^2ay + az h = q Ê + az # B h (3)
Subtracting equation (2) from (1) we get
w.E az = âx - ay h # B
co
and subtracting equation (1) from (3) we get
ay = âz - ax h # B
(4)
asy
Now we substitute B = Bx ax + By ay + Bz az in eq (4) to get
(5)
lp.
a z = By a z - B z ay + B x a z - B z a x
En
So, comparing the x, y and z components of the two sides we get
B x + By = 1
gin
he
and Bz = 0
eer
Again by substituting B = Bx ax + By ay + Bz az in eq (5), we get
ay = B x ay - By a x - By a z + B z ay
te
and
Bx + Bz = 1
By = 0
ing
So, comparing the x, y and z components of the two sides we get
.ne
ga
as calculated above Bz = 0 , therefore Bx = 1

Thus, the magnetic flux density in the region is
B = ax Wb/m2
t
(Bx = 1, By = Bz = 0 )
w.

As calculated in previous question the magnetic flux density in the region is
B = ax Wb/m2
ww
So, putting it in Lorentz force equation we get

F = q Ê + V # B h
or, q ây + az h = q Ê + ax # ax h
Therefore, the electric field intensity in the medium is
E = ay + az V/m
Given the magnetic flux density through the loop is
B =- 4/x az
So the total magnetic flux passing through the loop is given as


y+2
b- x az l : ^- dxdyaz h
x+2
2
#
F = B : dS =
x
# y
#
x l^ h
= b 2 ln x + 2 2 = 4 ln b x + 2 l
x
Therefore, the circulation of induced electric field in the loop is
# E : dl =- dF =- d ;4 ln b x + 2 lE
C dt dt x
4 d x + 2
x + 2 dt b x l
=-
b x l
m
=- 4x b- 22 dx l
ww x + 2 x dt
co
= 8
^2 h = 8 dx
b dt = v = 2ax l
x ^x + 2h x ^x + 4h
w.E
As the magnetic flux density for r < 4 is B = 0 so, the total flux passing through
lp.
asy
the closed loop defined by r = 4 m is
F = # B : dS = 0
En
he
So, the induced electric field circulation for the region r < 4 m is given as
or,
#
C
E : dl =- dF = 0
E =0
dt
gin for r < 4 m
eer
e

at
ing
As the magnetic field for the region r < 4 m and r > 5 m is zero so we get the
distribution of magnetic flux density as shown in figure below.
.ne
g
t
w.
ww
At any distance r from origin in the region 4 < r < 5 m , the circulation of induced
electric field is given as
# E : dl =- dF =- d b B : dS l
#
C dt dt
d
=- 82 sin wt ^pr2 - p42hB
dt


=- 2w cos wt ^pr - 16ph
2
or, E ^2prh =- 2w cos wt ^pr2 - 16ph

2 ^r2 - 16h w cos wt
E =-
2r
So, the induced electric field intensity at r = 4.5 m is
E =- 2 (^4.5) 2 - 16h w cos wt
4. 5
=- 17 w cos wt
13
ww
m
For the region r > 5 m the magnetic flux density is 0 and so the total magnetic flux
passing through the closed loop defined by r = 5 m is
w.E F =
0
5
0
4
= 0 + # ^2 sin wt h a : dS
5
co
# B : dS = # B : dS + # B : dS 4
5
asy 4
z
lp.
= ^2 sin wt h8p ^5 h - p ^4h2B = 18p sin wt
2
# En
So, the circulation of magnetic flux density for any loop in the region r > 5 m is
E : dl =-
dy
dt
gin
he
E (2pr) =- d ^18p sin wt h

dt
=- 18pw cos wt
eer
te
So, the induced electric field intensity in the region r > 5 m is

E = - 18pw cos wt af
2pr ing
.ne
ga
=- 18 w cos wtaf
r
t
Let the test charge be q coulomb So the force presence of experienced by the test
w.
charge in the presence of magnetic field is

F = q ^v # B h ...(i)
and the force experienced can be written in terms of the electric field intensity as
ww
F = qE
Where E is field viewed by observer moving with test charge.
Putting it in Eq. (i)
qE = q ^v # B h
E = ^wrafh # ^2az h
where w is angular velocity and r is radius of circular loop.
= ^2 h^2 h^2 h a r = 8a r V/m
Let the point change located at origin be Q and the current I is flowing out of the


page through the closed triangular path as shown in the figure.
m
ww
co
As the current I flows away from the point charge along the wire, the net charge
w.E at origin will change with increasing time and given as

dQ
=- I lp.
asy dt
So the electric field intensity will also vary through the surface and for the varying
field circulation of magnetic field intensity around the triangular loop is defined as
En# H : dl = 6Id@enc + 6Ic@enc

he
where 6Ic@enc is the actual flow of charge called enclosed conduction current and
gin
6Id@enc is the current due to the varying field called enclosed displacement current
which is given as
eer
e
6Id@enc = dt
d
# ê0 E h : dS = dt
d D : dS
# (1)
at
ing
S
From symmetry the total electric flux passing through the triangular surface is
# Q
D : dS =
8
.ne
g
So, 6Id@enc = dt
d Q = 1 dQ =- I
b 8 l 8 dt (from equation (1))
8
t
w.
Where as 6Ic@enc = I
So, the net circulation of the magnetic field intensity around the closed triangular
ww
loop is
# H : dl = 6Id@enc + 6Ic@enc
C
=- I + I = 7 ^8 h = 14 A (I = 8 A )
8 8
The distribution of magnetic flux density and the resistance in the circuit are same
as given in section A (Q. 31) so, as calculated in the question, the two voltage drops
in the loop due to magnetic flux density B = 0.1t az are
V1 = 33.3 mV
and V2 = 66.67 mV = 66.7 mV
Now V3 (voltmeter) which is directly connected to terminal cd is in parallel to


both V2 and V1 . It must be kept in mind that the loop formed by voltmeter V3 and
resistance 2 W also carries the magnetic flux density crossing through it. So, in this
loop the induced emf will be produced which will be same as the field produced in
loop abcd at the enclosed fluxes will be same.
Therefore as calculated above induced emf in the loop of V3 is
Vemf = 100 mV
According to lenz’s law it’s polarity will be opposite to V3 and so
- Vemf = V1 + V3
or, V3 = 100 - 33.3 = 26.7 mV
ww
m
The induced emf in a closed loop is defined as
Vemf =- dF
w.E dt
co
where F is the total magnetic flux passing through the square loop
At any time t , angle between B and dS is q since B is in ay direction so the total
asy
magnetic flux passing through the square loop is
lp.
F = # B : dS
En
= ^B h^S h cos q
gin
= ^5 # 10-3h^20 # 10-3 # 20 # 10-3h cos q
he
= 2 # 10-6 cos q
Therefore the induced emf in the loop is
eer
Vemf =- dF =- 2 # 10-6 d ^cos qh = 2 # 10-6 sin q dq
te
and as dq
dt
dt dt
= angular velocity = 2 rad/ sec ing dt
.ne
Vemf = ^2 # 10-6h sin q ^2 h = 4 # 10-6 sin q V/m = 24 sin q mV/m
ga
So,
t
As calculated in previous question the induced emf in the closed square loop is
w.
Vemf = 4 sin q mV/m

So the induced current in the loop is
I = Vemf where R is the resistance in the loop.
ww
R
-6
= 4 sin q # 10 ( R = 40 mW )
40 # 10-3
= 0.1 sin q mA
The total magnetic flux through the square loop is given as
F = B : dS = ^B 0 sin wt h^S h cos q
#
So, the induced emf in the loop is
Vemf =- dF =- d 6(B 0 sin wt) (S) cos q@
dt dt


=- B 0 S d 6sin wt cos wt@ ( q = wt )
dt
=- B 0 S cos 2wt
Thus, the maximum value of induced emf is
Vemf = B 0 Sw
As calculated in previous question the maximum induced voltage in the rotating
loop is given as
Vemf = B 0 Sw
m
From the given data, we have
ww B 0 = 0.25 Wb/m2
co
S = 64 cm2 = 64 # 10-4 m2
w.E and w = 60 # 2p = 377 rad/ sec (In one revolution 2p radian is covered)
So, the r.m.s. value of the induced voltage is
6Vemf@r.m.s =
1 V lp. ^
1 B Sw = 1 0.25 64 10-4 377
h
asy 2
emf =
= 0.4265
2
0
2
# # #
En
Since the loop has 50 turns so net induced voltage will be 50 times the calculated
he
value.
SOL 6.2.33
i.e.
Option (A) is correct. gin
6Vemf@r.m.s = 50 # ^0.4265h = 21.33 volt
eer
e
e.m.f. induced in the loop due to the magnetic flux density is given as
Vemf =-2F =- 2 ^10 cos 120pt h^pr2h
at
2t 2t
ing
=- p ^10 # 10-2h2 # ^120ph^- 10 sin 120pt h
= 12p2 sin 120pt
.ne
g
As determined by Lenz’s law the polarity of induced e.m.f will be such that b is at
t
w.
positive terminal with respect to a .

i.e. Vba = Vemf = 12p2 sin 120pt
or Vab =- 12p2 sin 120pt =- 118.43 sin 120pt Volt
ww

As calculated in previous question, the voltage induced in the loop is
Vab =- 12p2 sin 120pt
Therefore, the current flowing in the loop is given as
2
I ^ t h =- Vab = 12p sin 120pt
250 250
= 2.47 sin 120pt
***********


SOLUTIONS 6.3

Given, the magnetic flux density in air as
ww
m
y
B = B0 c 2 x 2 ay - 2 ax m ...(1)
x +y x + y2
w.E Now, we transform the expression in cylindrical system, substituting

x = r cos f and y = r sin f
ax = cos far - sin faf
co
and
asy
ay = sin far + cos faf
lp.
So, we get B = B0 af
En
Therefore, the magnetic field intensity in air is given as
B a
H = B = 0 f , which is constant
m0 m0
gin
he
So, the current density of the field is
SOL 6.3.2
J = d#H = 0
Option (C) is correct. eer (since H is constant)
te
Maxwell equations for an EM wave is given as

d:B = 0 ing
r
.ne
ga
d:E = v
e
d # E =-2B
2t
t
w.
d # H = 2D + J
2t
So, for static electric magnetic fields
d:B = 0
ww
d : E = rv /e
2B
d#E = 0 b 2t = 0 l
2D
d#H = J b 2t = 0 l
d # H = J + 2D Maxwell Equations
2t
##S ^d # H h : dS = ##S `J + 22Dt j : dS Integral form


D : dS
# H : dl = ##S bJ +2
2t l
Stokes Theorem

From Maxwells equations we have
d # H = 2D + J
2t
Thus, d # H has unit of current density J (i.e., A/m2 )
This equation is based on Ampere’s law as from Ampere’s circuital law we have
m
# H $ dl = Ienclosed
ww l
co
or, #l H $ dl = #S J : dS
w.E Applying Stoke’s theorem we get
# ^d # H h $ dS = # J : dS lp.
asy
S S
d#H = J
Then, it is modified using continuity equation as
En
d # H = J + 2D
he
2t
gin
When a moving circuit is put in a time varying magnetic field induced emf have
eer
two components. One due to time variation of magnetic flux density B and other
e
due to the motion of circuit in the field.

at

From maxwell equation we have ing
d # H = J + 2D
.ne
g
2t
The term 2D defines displacement current.
t
w.
2t
Emf induced in a loop carrying a time varying magnetic flux F is defined as
ww
Vemf =- dF
dt
9 =- d b 1 lt3 l
dt 3
9 =- lt2
at time, t = 3 s , we have
9 =- l ^3h2
l =- 2 Wb/s2
According to Lenz’s law the induced emf (or induced current) in a loop flows such
as to produce a magnetic field that opposed the change in B . The direction of the
magnetic field produced by the current is determined by right hand rule.


Now, in figure (1), B directed upwarded increases with time where as the field
produced by current I is downward so, it obey’s the Lenz’s law.
In figure (2), B directed upward is decreasing with time whereas the field produced
by current I is downwards (i.e. additive to the change in B ) so, it doesn’t obey
Lenz’s law.
In figure (3), B directed upward is decreasing with time where as current I produces
the field directed upwards (i.e. opposite to the change in B ) So, it also obeys Lenz’s
law.
In figure (4), B directed upward is increasing with time whereas current I produces
field directed upward (i.e. additive to the change in B ) So, it doesn’t obey Lenz’s
ww
m
law.
Thus, the configuration 1 and 3 are correct.
w.E
co
Faraday’s law states that for time varying field,
asy
d # E =-2B
2t
lp.
Since, the curl of gradient of a scalar function is always zero
i.e.
En
d # ^dV h = 0
So, the expression for the field, E =- dV must include some other terms is
gin
he
E =- dV - 2A
2t
SOL 6.3.11
i.e. A is true but R is false.
Option (B) is correct. eer
te
ing
Faraday develops the concept of time varying electric field producing a magnetic
field. The law he gave related to the theory is known as Faraday’s law.
.ne
ga

Given, the area of loop
S = 5 m2
t
w.
Rate of change of flux density,

2B = 2 Wb/m2 /S
2t
So, the emf in the loop is
ww
Vemf =- 2 B : dS = ^5 h^- 2h =- 10 V
#
2t
The modified Maxwell’s differential equation.
d # H = J + 2D
2t
This equation is derived from Ampere’s circuital law which is given as
# H : dl = Ienc
# ^d # H h : dS = # JdS
d#H = J


Electric potential of an isolated sphere is defined as
C = 4pe0 a (free space)
The Maxwell’s equation in phasor form is written as
d # H = jweE + sE = jweE + J ^J = sE h
So A and R both are true individually but R is not the correct explanation of A.
If a coil is placed in a time varying magnetic field then the e.m.f. will induce in coil.
m
So here in both the coil e.m.f. will be induced.
ww
Both the statements are individually correct but R is not explanation of A.
co
w.E
Ampere’s law d # H = J + 2D
2t
lp. â " 3h
Faraday’ law
Gauss law
asyd # E = 2B
d : D = rv
2t
^b " 4h
^c " 1h
En 2r
^d " 2h
he
Current continuity d : J =-
2t
gin
Since, the magnetic field perpendicular to the plane of the ring is decreasing with
eer
e
time so, according to Faraday’s law emf induced in both the ring is
Vemf =- 2 B : dS #
at
2t
Therefore, emf will be induced in both the rings. ing
.ne
g
The Basic idea of radiation is given by the two Maxwells equation
t
w.
d # H = 2D
2t
d # E =-2B
2t
ww

The correct maxwell’s equation are
d # H = J + 2D d:D = r
2t
d # E =-2B d:B = 0
2t
In List I
a. #B : dS = 0
The surface integral of magnetic flux density over the closed surface is zero or in
other words, net outward magnetic flux through any closed surface is zero. â " 4h
b. # D : dS = # r dv
v
v


Total outward electric flux through any closed surface is equal to the charge enclosed
in the region. ^b " 3h
c. E : dl =- 2B dS
# #
2t
i.e. The line integral of the electric field intensity around a closed path is equal to
the surface integral of the time derivative of magnetic flux density ^c " 2h
d. # H : dS = b #2 D + J l da
2t
i.e. The line integral of magnetic field intensity around a closed path is equal to the
ww surface integral of sum of the current density and time derivative of electric flux
m
density. ^d " 1h
w.E The continuity equation is given as

d : J =- rv
co
i.e. it relates current density ^J h and charge density rv .
asy
lp.
En
Given Maxwell’s equation is
d # H = Jc + 2D
2t
gin
he
For free space, conductivity, s = 0 and so,

Jc = sE = 0
Therefore, we have the generalized equation
eer
te
SOL 6.3.24
d # H = 2D
2t
ing
.ne
ga
Given the magnetic field intensity,

H = 3ax + 7yay + 2xaz
J = d#H t
w.
a x ay a z
= 22x 22y 22z
3 7y 2x
ww
= ax ^0 h - ay ^2 - 0h + az ^0 h =- 2ay
The emf in the loop will be induced due to motion of the loop as well as the
variation in magnetic field given as
Vemf =- 2B dS + ^v # B h dl
# #
2t
So, the frequencies for the induced e.m.f. in the loop is w1 and w2 .
F = Q Ê + v # B h is Lorentz force equation.


All of the given expressions are Maxwell’s equation.
The direction of magnetic flux due to the current ‘i ’ in the conductor is determined
by right hand rule. So, we get the flux through A is pointing into the paper while
the flux through B is pointing out of the paper.
According to Lenz’s law the induced e.m.f. opposes the flux that causes it. So again
by using right hand rule we get the direction of induced e.m.f. is anticlockwise in
m
A and clockwise in B .
ww
d2 A =- m0 J
co
w.E
SOL 6.3.30
This is the wave equation for static electromagnetic field.
i.e. It is not Maxwell’s equation.
Option (B) is correct. lp.
asy
Poission’s equation for an electric field is given as
d2 V =- v
r
En e
he
where, V is the electric potential at the point and rv is the volume charge density
gin
in the region. So, for rv = 0 we get,
d2 V = 0
eer
e
Which is Laplacian equation.

at
Continuity equation d # J
2r
=- v
2t ing â " 4h
Ampere’s law d#H = J + 2D

.ne ^b " 1h
g
2t
D
^c " 2h
2
t
w.
Displacement current J =
2t
Faraday’ law d#E =-2B ^d " 3h
2t
ww

A static electric field in a charge free region is defined as
d:E = 0 â " 4h
and d#E = 0
A static electric field in a charged region have
r
d:E = v ! 0
e ^b " 2h
and d#E = 0
A steady magnetic field in a current carrying conductor have
d:B = 0 ^c " 1h
d # B = m0 J ! 0
A time varying electric field in a charged medium with time varying magnetic field


have
d # E =-2B ! 0 ^d " 3h
2t
r
d:E = v ! 0
e
V =- dFm
dt
It is Faraday’s law that states that the change in flux through any loop induces
e.m.f. in the loop.
ww
m
From stokes theorem, we have
# ^d # E h : dS = # E : dl
w.E Given, the Maxwell’s equation
d # E =- (2B/2t)
co
(1)
asy
Putting this expression in equation (1) we get,
lp.
# #
E : dl =- 2 B : dS
SOL 6.3.35
En
2t s
gin
Induced emf in a coil of N turns is defined as
he
Vemf =- N dF
dt
where F is flux linking the coil. So, we get
eer
te
Vemf =- 100 d ^t3 - 2t h

dt
ing
=- 100 ^3t2 - 2h =- 100 _3 ^2 h2 - 2i =- 1000 mV (at t = 2 s )
.ne
ga
=- 2 V
t
Since, the flux linking through both the coil is varying with time so, emf are
w.
induced in both the coils.

Since, the loop 2 is split so, no current flows in it and so joule heating does not
occur in coil 2 while the joule heating occurs in closed loop 1 as current flows in it.
ww
Therefore, only statement 2 is correct.

The electric field intensity is
E = E 0 e jwt where E 0 is independent of time
So, from Maxwell’s equation we have
d # H = J + e2E
2t
= sE + e ^ jwh E 0 e jwt = sE + jweE
Equation (1) and (3) are not the Maxwell’s equation.


From the Maxwell’s equation for a static field (DC) we have
d # B = m0 J
d # ^d # Ah = m0 J
d ^d : Ah - d2A = m0 J
For static field (DC), d:A = 0
therefore we have, d2A =- m0 J
So, both A and R are true and R is correct explanation of A.
m
ww For a static field, Maxwells equation is defined as

d#H = J
co
and since divergence of the curl is zero
w.E i.e. d : ^d # H h = 0
d:J = 0
lp.
asy
but in the time varying field, from continuity equation (conservation of charges)
2r
d : J =- v ! 0
2t
En
So, an additional term is included in the Maxwell’s equation.
he
d # H = J + 2D
i.e.
2t
gin
where 2D is displacement current density which is a necessary term.
2t
eer
e
Therefore A and R both are true and R is correct explanation of A.

at

ing
For any loop to have an induced e.m.f., magnetic flux lines must link with the coil.
Observing all the given figures we conclude that loop C1 and C2 carries the flux
.ne
g
lines through it and so both the loop will have an induced e.m.f.
t
w.
SOL 6.3.42
Since, the circular loop is rotating about the y -axis as a diameter and the flux
lines is directed in ax direction. So, due to rotation magnetic flux changes and as
the flux density is function of time so, the magnetic flux also varies w.r.t time and
ww
therefore the induced e.m.f. in the loop is due to a combination of transformer and
motional e.m.f. both.
Gauss’s law d:D = r â " 1h
Ampere’s law d # H = Jc + 2D ^b " 5h
2t
Faraday’s law d # E =-2B ^c " 2h
2t
Poynting vector P = E#H ^d " 3h
***********

CHAPTER 7
ELECTRONAGNETICS WAVES
ww
w.E
asy
En
gin
eer
ing
.ne
t

406 Electronagnetics Waves Chap 7

EXERCISE 7.1
m
MCQ 7.1.1 What will be the direction of wave propagation in a non magnetic medium in which
ww magnetic field intensity at any point is given by

H = 4 cos ^wt - ky h ax A/m
co
(A) + az direction (B) - az direction
w.E
MCQ 7.1.2
(C) + ax direction
lp.
(D) + ay direction
In a certain medium electric field intensity of a propagating wave is given by
asyE ^x, t h = 2E 0 e- ax sin ^wt - bz h ay V/m

The electric field phasor of the wave will be
En
(A) E 0 e-â + jb hx ay V/m
he
(B) jE 0 e-â + jb hx ay V/m

(C) - jE 0 e-â + jb hx ay V/m gin
(D) - jE 0 eâ - jbx h ay V/m
eer
e
In air, magnetic field intensity is given by H = 10 cos ^6 # 107 t - ky h az A/m . Wave

at
MCQ 7.1.3
number k for the EM wave will be
(A) 1.8 rad/m (B) 2 rad/m ing
.ne
g
(C) 0.2 rad/m (D) 5 rad/m
t
w.
MCQ 7.1.4 An electromagnetic wave is propagating in certain non magnetic material such that
the magnetic field intensity at any point is given by
H = 3 cos ^109 t - 5z h ax A/m
ww
The phase velocity of the wave in the medium will be

(A) 1.5 # 109 m/s (B) 5 # 10-9 m/s
(C) 0.5 # 108 m/s (D) 2 # 108 m/s
MCQ 7.1.5 Magnetic field intensity in a certain non-magnetic medium is given by

H = H 0 cos ^wt - by h ax A/m
If the wavelength of the EM wave in the medium be 12.6 m then what will be the
phase constant b in that medium ?
(A) 0.25 rad/m (B) 0.5 rad/m
(C) 1.12 rad/m (D) 6.3 rad/m

Chap 7 Electronagnetics Waves 407

MCQ 7.1.6 In a nonmagnetic material electric field intensity is given by
E = 16 cos ^4 # 108 t - 2x h ay V/m
The relative permittivity of the medium will be
(A) 1.5 (B) 2.25
(C) 0.44 (D) 225
MCQ 7.1.7 Electric field intensity in free space is E = 24 cos ^5 # 108 t - bz h ax V/m . The time
period of the wave will be
(A) 7.96 ns (B) 1.26 ns
ww
m
(C) 8 # 107 sec (D) 12.57 ns
w.E
MCQ 7.1.8 In air, a propagating wave has electric field intensity given by
co
E = 9 cos ^4 # 108 t - bx h az V/m
The time taken by the wave to travel one-fourth of it’s total wave length is
(A) 61.42 ns
asy (B) 3.05 ns
lp.
(C) 7.23 ns (D) 3.93 ns
MCQ 7.1.9
En
What will be the intrinsic impedance of a lossless, nonmagnetic dielectric material
having relative permittivity er = 2.25 ?
gin
he
(A) 235.62 W (B) 167.56 W

(C) 8.95 mW
eer
(D) 251.33 W
te
MCQ 7.1.10
ing
A radio wave is propagating at a frequency of 0.5 MHz in a medium ( s = 3 # 107 S/m
, mr = er . 1).The wave length of the radio wave in that medium will be
(A) 0.8 mm (B) 0.26 mm
.ne
ga
(C) 0.4 mm (D) 0.13 mm
MCQ 7.1.11 The skin depth in a poor conductor is independent of

t
w.
(A) Permittivity (B) Permeability

(C) Frequency (D) None of these
Assertion (A) : E = E 0 sin ^z h cos ^ct h ax represents the electric field of a plane wave
ww
MCQ 7.1.12
in free space.
Reason (R) : A plane wave f propagating with velocity v p in + az direction must
satisfy the equation
22 f 2
22 f
- v p =0
2t2 2z2
(A) Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of A.


MCQ 7.1.13 A propagating wave in free space has magnetic field intensity
H = 0.2 cos ^109 t - by h az A/m
What will be the electric field intensity of the wave at y = 1 cm at time, t = 0.1 ns ?
(A) - 37.7ax V/m (B)- 37.6ax V/m
(C) - 19.8ax V/m (D) 37.6ax V/m
MCQ 7.1.14 Phasor form of magnetic field intensity of a uniform plane wave in free space is
given as
Hs = ^2 + j5h^4ay + 2jaz h e-jbx A/m
m
The maximum electric field of the plane wave equals to
ww (A) 24.1 V/m (B) 14.22 kV/m
co
(C) 9.08 kV/m (D) 0
w.E
MCQ 7.1.15 Electric field intensity of linearly polarized plane wave in free space is given by
E = ^6ay - 5ax h cos ^wt - 50z h V/m
lp.
asy
The phasor form of magnetic field intensity of the wave will be
(A) - h0 ^5ax + 6ay h e-j50z V/m (B) ^5ax - 6az he

-j50z
En h0
V/m
he
-j50z -j50z
(C) ^5ax - 6ay he (D) -^5ax + 6ay he
h 0
V/m
gin h0
V/m
In a perfect conductor ^resistivity, r . 0h magnetic field of any EM wave

eer
e
MCQ 7.1.16
(A) lags electric field by 90c (B) leads electric field by 45c
at
(C) lags electric field by 45c

ing
(D) will be in phase with electric field
.ne
g
t
w.
An electromagnetic wave travels in free space with the electric field component
Es = ^10ax + 5az h e-j^4x - 2z h V/m
MCQ 7.1.17 What will be the phasor form of magnetic field intensity of the wave ?
ww
(A) - 29.66e-j^4x - 2z h mA/m

(B) - 5 5 e-j^4x - 2z h mA/m
(C) 29.66e-j^4x - 2z h mA/m
(D) - 29.66e-j^4x - 2z h A/m
MCQ 7.1.18 What will be the time average power density of the electromagnetic wave ?
(A) ^665.9ax - 331.6az h W/m2
(B) ^148.9ax - 74.15az h W/m2
(C) ^- 331.6ax + 665.9az h W/m2
(D) ^- 74.15ax + 148.9az h W/m2


MCQ 7.1.19 A propagating wave has the phasor form of its electric field intensity defined as
Es = ^- 2 3 ax + 3 ay - az h e-j0.1p`-3x + 3 y - 2z j V/m
The wave is linearly polarized along the direction of
(A) - 3ax + 3 ay - 2az (B) - 2 3 ax + 3 ay - az
(C) 3ax - 3 ay + 2az (D) 2 3 ax - 3 ay + a z

In free space an electric field intensity vector is given by
E = 200 cos ^wt - bz h ax
ww
m
where w and b are constants.
w.E
MCQ 7.1.20 If b = w . what will be the magnetic flux density vector B ?
m0 e0
co
1
c m e = 3 # 10 m/s m
-8
asy
0 0
(A) 3 # 1010 cos ^wt - bz h ay
lp.
(B) 3.33 # 10-7 cos ^wt - bz h ay
En
(C) 3 # 108 cos ^wt - bz h ay
(D) 3.33 # 10-6 cos ^wt - bz h ay
gin
he
MCQ 7.1.21 The poynting vector of the E -M field will be

(A) 10 4 e0 cos2 ^wt - bz h az
m0
(B) 10 4
eerm0
e0
cos2 ^wt - bz h az
te
(C) 10 4 m0 cos2 ^wt - bz h az

4
ing
(D) 10 cos2 ^wt - bz h az
m0
.ne
ga
MCQ 7.1.22 The electric field associated with a sinusoidally time varying electromagnetic field
is given by
E = 15 sin px sin ^2p # 108 - 3 pz h ay V/m
The time average stored energy density in the electric field is t
w.
(A) 4 e0 sin2 px (B) 25e0 sin2 px

25 4
(C) 5e0 sin 2px (D) 25e0 sin 2px
ww
4 4
MCQ 7.1.23 Electric field associated with a sinusoidally time varying electromagnetic field is
given by
E = 20 sin (py) sin ^6p # 108 t - 3 px h az V/m
What will be the time average stored energy density in the magnetic field ?
-9 -9
(A) 10 ^25 + 50 sin2 px h (B) 10 ^25 + 50 sin2 px h
p 144p
9
(C) 144 # 10 ^25 + 50 sin2 px h (D) p ^25 + 50 sin2 px h
p 144


MCQ 7.1.24 An electromagnetic wave is propagating from free space to a certain medium having
relative permittivity er = 5 . If wavelength of the wave in the medium be 20 cm then
what would be it’s wavelength in free space ?
(A) 6.67 cm
(B) 60 cm
(C) 180 cm
(D) 18 cm
m
MCQ 7.1.25 If some free charge is being imbedded in a piece of glass, then the charge will flow
ww out to the surface nearly after

(relative permittivity of glass, er = 4.25 conductivity of glass, s = 10-12 S/m )
co
(A) 2 sec
w.E (B) 4 sec

(C) 35 sec
lp.
(D) 20 sec
asy
MCQ 7.1.26
En
An electromagnetic wave propagating in free space is incident on the surface of a
he
dielectric medium ( m0 , 4e0 ). If the magnitude of the electric field of incident wave
gin
is E 0 then what will be the magnitude of the electric field of the reflected wave ?
(A) - 2E 0 /3
(B) - E 0 /3
eer
e
(C) E 0 /2
at
(D) - E 0
ing
.ne
g
t
w.
***********
ww


EXERCISE 7.2
MCQ 7.2.1 Magnetic field intensity of a propagating wave in free space is given by
H = 0.3 cos ^wt - by h ax A/m
ww
m
If the total time period of the wave be T then the plot of H versus y at time, t = T
8
will be
w.E co
asy
lp.
En
gin
he
eer
te
ing
.ne
ga
t
w.
MCQ 7.2.2 A uniform plane wave is propagating with a velocity of 7.5 # 107 m/s in a lossless
ww
medium having relative permeability mr = 2.8 . The electric field phasor of the wave
is given by
Es = 5e j0.3x az V/m
What will be the magnetic field intensity of the wave ?
(A) 11.05 cos ^9.54 # 106 t + 0.3x h ay mA/m
(B) 22.13 cos ^9.54 # 106 t + 0.3x h ay mA/m
(C) 22.13 cos ^9.54 # 106 t + 0.3z h ay mA/m
(D) 11.05 cos ^2.25 # 107 t + 0.3x h ay mA/m


MCQ 7.2.3 In a certain medium ( er = 4 , mr = 4 ). A plane wave is propagating such that the
electric field intensity of the wave is E = E 0 e-x/2 sin ^108 t - bx h ay V/m . The loss
tangent of the medium will be
(A) 1.94 (B) 0.27
(C) 0.35 (D) 0.52
m
In a lossy medium ( er = 8 , mr = 0.5 , s = 0.01 S/m a plane wave is travelling in + az
direction that has the electric field intensity E = 0.5 cos ^109 pt + p/3h ax at z = 0 .
ww
co
MCQ 7.2.4 What will be the distance travelled by the wave to have a phase shift of 10c ?
w.E (A) 20.95 mm

(C) 8.33 V
(B) 477.3 mm
lp. (D) 3.65 m
MCQ 7.2.5
asy
After traveling a distance z , the amplitude of the wave is reduced by 40% . So, the
value of z equals to
(A) 481.5 mm
En (B) 542 mm
he
(C) 1.06 m (D) 2.08 m
MCQ 7.2.6
gin
A uniform plane wave is propagating at a velocity of 7 # 107 m/s in a perfect
eer
dielectric such that the electric and magnetic fields of the wave are given by
e
E ^x, t h = 300 cos ^5 # 106 pt - bx h ay V/m

H ^x, t h = 1.9 cos ^5 # 106 pt - bx h az V/m
at
(A) 1.70, 2.69

ing
The relative permittivity and relative permeability of the medium will be respectively
(B) 3.4, 5.37
.ne
g
(C) 1.70, 1.58 (D) 2.37, 2.69
t
w.
MCQ 7.2.7 An electromagnetic wave is propagating in free space in - ax direction with a

frequency w and phase angle zero. The EM wave is polarized in + az direction. If
the amplitude of electric field of the wave is E 0 then the magnetic field of the wave
ww
will be
(A) E 0 cos a wt + w x k ay (B) h0 E 0 cos ^wt + wcx h ay
h0 c
(C) - E 0 cos a wt + w x k ay (D) E 0 cos a wt - w x k ay

h0 c h0 c
MCQ 7.2.8 What will be the electric field of a plane wave polarized parallel to the x -z plane
and propagating in free space in the direction from origin to the point ^1, 1, 1h, that
has the amplitude E 0 and frequency w with zero phase angle ?
(A) E 0 cos :wt - w ^x + y + z hDb ax - az l
3c 2
-
w
^x + y + z hDb x
(B) E 0 cos :wt + a az
3c 2 l


(C) E 0 cos 9wt - w ^x + y + z hCc ax + az m

c 2
(D) E 0 cos 9wt + w ^x + y + z hCc ax + az m
c 2
MCQ 7.2.9 A plane wave is propagating with frequency f = 50 kHz in a medium ( s = 2 S/m ,
er = 80 , mr = 4 ). What will be the skin depth of the medium ?
(A) 1.7 m (B) 0.4 m
(C) 0.8 m (D) 1.3 m
ww
MCQ 7.2.10 With a thickness t , silver coating is done for a microwave experiment to operate at
m
a frequency of 10 GHz. For the successful experiment t should be
(for silver, mr = er . 1, s = 6.25 # 107 S/m )
w.E (A) greater than 0.64 mm

(C) exactly equal to 0.64 mm
co
(B) less than 0.64 mm
(D) none of these
MCQ 7.2.11
asy
In a nonmagnetic material of conductivity s = 2 # 107 S/m , electric field of a
lp.
propagating plane wave is given by
En
E = 5 cos ^107 t - 0.2y h ax + 2 sin ^107 t - 0.2y h az V/m
What will be the value of complex permittivity of the medium ?
gin
he
(A) ^2 - j36e0h F/m (B) ^36e0 - j2h F/m

(C) ^36 - j2h F/m (D) ^36e0 + j2h F/m
Assertion (A) : All the metals are opaque. eer

te
MCQ 7.2.12
ing
Reason (R) : Skin depth of metals are in the range of nanometers.
(A) Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of A.
.ne
ga
t
w.
MCQ 7.2.13 In the plane z = 0 , electric field of a wave propagating in + az direction in free
space is E 0 which is varying with time t as shown in the figure.
ww


If the magnetic field intensity of the wave at t = 1 m sec be H1 then the plot of H1
versus z will be
m
ww
co
w.E lp.
asy
En
he
gin
eer
e
MCQ 7.2.14 Three different dielectrics of permittivities 4e0 , 9e0 and 3e0 are defined in the space
as shown in figure. If the leading edge of a uniform plane wave propagating in ax
at
ing
direction is incident on the plane x =- 3 m then how much time it will take to
strike the interface defined by the dielectric 2 and dielectric 3 ?
.ne
g
t
w.
ww
(A) 6 n sec
(B) 0.02 m sec
(C) 3 n sec
(D) 0.06 m sec
MCQ 7.2.15 An electromagnetic wave propagating in medium 1 ( m0 , e1 ) is incident on medium 2

( m0 , e2 ) as shown in figure such that the electric field of reflected wave is 1/5 times
of the electric field of incident wave. The value of e1 /e2 equals to


(A) 2/3 (B) 3/2
ww
m
(C) 4/9 (D) 9/4
co
An electromagnetic wave of 50 MHz frequency is incident on a dielectric medium
asy
such that it’s skin depth is 0.32 mm. (permittivity of dielectric = 6.28 # 10-7 )
lp.
MCQ 7.2.16
(A) 0.32 # 102 S/m En

What will be the conductivity of the dielectric ?
(B) 1.01 # 10-5 S/m
gin
he
(C) 320 S/m (D) 0.99 # 105 S/m
MCQ 7.2.17
eer
If an electromagnetic wave of 8 GHz frequency travels a distance of 0.275 mm in
te
the dielectric medium then it’s field intensity will be reduced by

(A) 20 dB (B) 60 dB
ing
(C) 0 dB (D) 30 dB
.ne
ga
MCQ 7.2.18 Electric field of an electromagnetic wave propagating in a medium in + ax direction

is given by
Es = E 0 ây - jaz h e-jbx t
w.
The wave is
(A) left hand circularly polarized
ww
(B) Right hand circularly polarized

(C) elliptically polarized
(D) linearly polarized
MCQ 7.2.19 An electromagnetic wave has the electric field intensity in the phasor form given by
Es = 2 âz - jax h e-jby
The EM wave is incident on a perfect conductor located at y = 0 . What will be the
polarization of the reflected wave ?
(A) left hand circular (B) Right hand circular
(C) elliptical (D) linear


MCQ 7.2.20 An electromagnetic wave propagating in free space is incident on a perfectly
conducting slab placed at x $ 0 . The electric field of the incident wave in the
phasor form is given by
Eis = 5az e-j^6y + 8x h V/m
The net electric field of the total wave (incident and reflected both) in free space
after reflection will be
(A) 10az e-j^6y - 8x h V/m (B) - 10az e-j^6y - 8x h V/m
(C) - j20az e-j6y sin 8x V/m (D) j20az e-j6y sin 8x V/m
m
MCQ 7.2.21 Electric field intensity of an EM wave propagating in free space is given by
ww Eis = 25ax e-j^6z + 8y h V/m
co
If the wave is incident on a perfectly conducting plane at y = 0 then the magnetic
w.E field intensity of the reflected wave will be

a
(A) -a y + az k e-j^6z - 8y h A/m
8p 6p
lp. a
(B) a y + az k e-j^6z - 8y h A/m
8p 6p
a
asy
(C) a y + az k e j^6z - 8y h
8p 6p
a
(D) -a y + az k e j^6z - 8y h A/m
8p 6p
MCQ 7.2.22
En
An electromagnetic wave propagating in free space has magnetic field intensity
he
gin
What will be the total power passing through a square plate of side 20 cm located
in the plane x + y = 2 ?
eer
e
(A) 0.53 Watt (B) 1.88 Watt

(C) 18.8 mW (D) 53.31 mW
at
MCQ 7.2.23 ing

An electromagnetic wave propagating in a lossless medium ( m1 = 4m0 , e1 = e0 ,
.ne
s1 = 0 ) defined in the region y > 0 is incident on a lossy medium ( m2 = m0 , e2 = 4e0
g
, s2 = 0.1 S/m ) defined in the region y # 0 . The electric field intensity of the
t
w.
incident wave in lossless medium is given by

Eis = 6e-j5y az V/m
What will be the standing wave ratio ?
ww
(A) 1.22 (B) 0.8186

(C) 0.0997 (D) 10.025
MCQ 7.2.24 The complex electric field vector of a uniform plane wave propagating in free space
is given by
Es = ^ 3 ax - ay - 2 3 az h e-j0.01p`-3x + 3 y - 2z j V/m
The unit vector in the direction of propagation of the wave will be
- 3ax + 3 ay - 2az - 3ax + 3 ay - 2az
(A) (B)
16 4
^3ax + 3 ay - 2az h
(C) - 4 ^3ax - 3 ay + 2az h (D) -
4


MCQ 7.2.25 Phasor form of electric field intensity of a uniform plane wave is given by
Es = d 2 ax - 2 ay n e-j0.04p`-2x - 3y + 3 z j V/m
3
The wavelength along the direction of propagation is
(A) 3.16 m (B) 0.08 m
(C) 12.5 m (D) 15.7 m
MCQ 7.2.26 In free space the complex magnetic field vector of a uniform plane wave is given by
Hs =-^ 3 ax + az h e-j0.04p` 3 x - 2y - 3z j A/m .
Frequency of the plane wave will be
ww
m
(A) 3.75 MHz (B) 2.4 # 106 Hz
(C) 24 MHz (D) 2.4 MHz

co
asy
In free space complex electric field vector of a uniform plane wave is given by
lp.
Es = ^ 2 ax + az h e-j 25`
p 2 x - 5y - 3z j
V/m
MCQ 7.2.27 En
The apparent wavelengths along the x , y and z axes are
lx ly lz
gin
he
(A) 16.7 m 25 m 28.87 m

(B) 28.87 m 16.7 m 25 m
eer
te
(C) 16.7 m 28.87 m 25 m

(D) 28.87 m 25 m 16.7 m
ing
.ne
ga
MCQ 7.2.28 The apparent phase velocities along the x , y and z axes are
vPx vPy vPz
(A) 1.73 # 1010 m/s 1.5 # 1010 m/s 1 # 1010 m/s t
w.
(B) 6.93 # 108 m/s 6 # 108 m/s 4 # 108 m/s

(C) 2.77 # 107 m/s 2.4 # 107 m/s 1.6 # 107 m/s
(D) 1.2 # 109 m/s 1.2 # 109 m/s 1.2 # 109 m/s
ww
MCQ 7.2.29 Which of the following complex vector field represents the electric field of a uniform
plane wave ?
(A) _- jax - 2ay - j 3 az i e-j0.6p` 3 y + z j
(B) _ax - j2ay - 3 az i e-j0.05p^x + 3 zh
j 3
(C) =b 3 + j 1 l ax + c1 +
2 m y
a - j 3 azG e-j0.02p` 3 x + 3y + 2z j
2
(D) =b- 3 - j 1 l ax + c1 - j 3 m ay + j 3 azG e-j0.02p` 3 x + 3y + 2z j

2 2


MCQ 7.2.30 Which of the following pairs of vector Es and Hs field represents the complex
electric and magnetic field vectors of a uniform plane wave ?
Es Hs
(A) _ jax + 2ay + j 3 az i e-jp^ 3 x + z h V/m _ax - j2ay - 3 az i e ^
-jp 3 x+zh
A/m
(B) _ jax + j 3 az i e-jp^x + 3 z h V/m _- jax + j 3 az i e ^
-jp x + 3 zh
A/m
(C) _ jax - j 3 az i e -jp^x + 3 z h
V/m _- 3 jax - jaz i e
-jp^x + 3 z h
A/m
(D) _- jax - 2ay + j 3 az i e-j0.1p^ 3 x+zh
V/m _ax - j2ay - 3 az i e
-j0.1p^ 3 x+zh
A/m
m
MCQ 7.2.31 The following fields exist in charge free regions
ww P = 65 sin (wt + 10y) az

Q = 10 cos (wt - 2r) af
co
r
w.E R = 3r2 cot fa r + 1 cos faf

r
S = 6 sin q sin (wt - 6r) a q lp.
r
asy
The possible electromagnetic fields are
(A) P, Q
En (B) R, S
he
(C) P, R (D) Q, S
MCQ 7.2.32 gin

A uniform plane wave in region 1 is normally incident on the planner boundary
eer
e
separating regions 1 and 2. Both region are lossless and er1 = mr31 , er2 = mr32 . If the
20% of the energy in the incident wave is reflected at the boundary, the ratio er2 /er1
at
is
(A) 1.48 ing
(B) 17.9
.ne
g
(C) 25.6
t
w.
(D) 58.3
ww
***********


EXERCISE 7.3
MCQ 7.3.1 A plane wave propagating in air with E = (4ax + 6ay + 5az ) e j (wt + 3x - 4y) V/m is
ww
GATE 2012 incident on a perfectly conducting slab positioned at x # 0 . The E field of the
m
reflected wave is
(A) (- 8ax - 6ay - 5az ) e j (wt + 3x + 4y) V/m
w.E -
(B) (- 8ax + 6ay - 5az ) e j (wt + 3x + 4y) V/m
(C) (- 8ax - 6ay - 5az ) e j (wt - 3x - 4y) V/m
co
asy
(D) (- 8ax + 6ay - 5az ) e j (wt - 3x - 4y) V/m
lp.
MCQ 7.3.2
GATE 2012 En
The electric field of a uniform plane electromagnetic wave in free space, along
the positive x direction is given by E = 10 (ay + jaz ) e-j 25x . The frequency and
gin
he
polarization of the wave, respectively, are

(A) 1.2 GHz and left circular (B) 4 Hz and left circular
(C) 1.2 GHz and right circular
eer
(D) 4 Hz and right circular
te
MCQ 7.3.3
GATE 2011 ing
Consider the following statements regarding the complex Poynting vector P for the
power radiated by a point source in an infinite homogeneous and lossless medium.
.ne
Re(P ) denotes the real part of P, S denotes a spherical surface whose centre is
ga
at the point source, and an denotes the unit surface normal on S . Which of the
following statements is TRUE?
(A) Re(P ) remains constant at any radial distance from the source t
w.
(B) Re(P ) increases with increasing radial distance from the source
(C) ##s Re ^P h : (dSan) remains constant at any radial distance from the source
##s Re ^P h : (dSan) decreases with increasing radial distance from the source
ww
(D)
MCQ 7.3.4 The electric field component of a time harmonic plane EM wave traveling in a
GATE 2010 nonmagnetic lossless dielectric medium has an amplitude of 1 V/m. If the relative
permittivity of the medium is 4, the magnitude of the time-average power density
vector (in W/m2 ) is
(A) 1 (B) 1
30p 60p
(C) 1 (D) 1
120p 240p


MCQ 7.3.5 A plane wave having the electric field components Ei = 6 cos ^3 # 108 - by h ax
GATE 2010 V/m and traveling in free space is incident normally on a lossless medium with
m = m0 and e = 9e0 which occupies the region y $ 0 . The reflected magnetic field
component is given by
(A) 1 cos (3 # 108 t + y) ax A/m (B) 1 cos (3 # 108 t + y) ax A/m
10p 20p
(C) - 1 cos (3 # 108 t + y) ax A/m (D) - 1 cos (3 # 108 t + y) ax A/m
20p 10p
MCQ 7.3.6 A uniform plane wave in the free space is normally incident on an infinitely
m
GATE 2008 thick dielectric slab (dielectric constant er = 9 ). The magnitude of the reflection
ww coefficient is
co
(A) 0 (B) 0.3
w.E
MCQ 7.3.7
(C) 0.5 (D) 0.8
A plane wave of wavelength l is traveling in a direction making an angle 30c with

lp.
GATE 2007
asy
positive x -axis and 90c with positive y -axis. The E field of the plane wave can be
represented as (E0 is constant)
En
(A) E = ay E 0 e j c wt -
3 p x- p z
l l m
p
(B) E = ay E 0 e jc wt - l x -
3pz
l m
he
3 p x+ p z p 3pz
MCQ 7.3.8
(C) E = ay E 0 e jc wt + l l m
gin (D) E = ay E 0 e jc wt - l x +
The H field (in A/m) of a plane wave propagating in free space is given by
l m
eer
e
H = ax 5 5 cos (wt - bz) + ay a wt - bz + p k.

GATE 2007
h0 2
at
The time average power flow density in Watts is

(A) 0
h
(B) 100 ing
100 h0
.ne
g
(C) 50h20 (D) 50

h0
t
w.
MCQ 7.3.9 A right circularly polarized (RCP) plane wave is incident at an angle 60c to the
GATE 2007 normal, on an air-dielectric interface. If the reflected wave is linearly polarized, the
ww
relative dielectric constant er2 is
(A) 2 (B) 3
(C) 2 (D) 3


MCQ 7.3.10 The electric field of an electromagnetic wave propagation in the positive direction
GATE 2006 is given by E = 2ax sin (wt - bz) + ay sin (wt - bz + p/2). The wave is
(A) Linearly polarized in the z -direction
(B) Elliptically polarized
(C) Left-hand circularly polarized
(D) Right-hand circularly polarized
MCQ 7.3.11 When a plane wave traveling in free-space is incident normally on a medium having
GATE 2006 er = 4.0 then the fraction of power transmitted into the medium is given by
(A) 8 (B) 1
ww
m
9 2
(C) 1 (D) 5
w.E
MCQ 7.3.12
GATE 2006
3
co
6
A medium of relative permittivity er 2 = 2 forms an interface with free - space. A
point source of electromagnetic energy is located in the medium at a depth of 1
asy
meter from the interface. Due to the total internal reflection, the transmitted beam
lp.
has a circular cross-section over the interface. The area of the beam cross-section
(A) 2p m 2 En
at the interface is given by
(B) p2 m 2
gin
he
(C) p m 2 (D) p m 2
2
MCQ 7.3.13
below. eer
A medium is divided into regions I and II about x = 0 plane, as shown in the figure
te
GATE 2006
ing
.ne
ga
t
w.
An electromagnetic wave with electric field E1 = 4ax + 5ay + 5az is incident normally
ww
on the interface from region I . The electric file E2 in region II at the interface is
(A) E2 = E1 (B) 4ax + 0.75ay - 1.25az
(C) 3ax + 3ay + 5az (D) - 3ax + 3ay + 5az
MCQ 7.3.14 The magnetic field intensity vector of a plane wave is given by
GATE 2005 H (x, y, z, t) = 10 sin (50000t + 0.004x + 30) ay
where ay , denotes the unit vector in y direction. The wave is propagating with a
phase velocity.
(A) 5 # 10 4 m/s (B) - 3 # 108 m/s
(C) - 1.25 # 107 m/s (D) 3 # 108 m/s


MCQ 7.3.15 Refractive index of glass is 1.5. Find the wavelength of a beam of light with frequency
GATE 2005 of 1014 Hz in glass. Assume velocity of light is 3 # 108 m/s in vacuum
(A) 3 mm (B) 3 mm
(C) 2 mm (D) 1 mm
MCQ 7.3.16 If E = (ax + jay) e jkz - kwt and H = (k/wm) (ay + jax ) e jkz - jwt , the time-averaged
GATE 2004 Poynting vector is
(A) null vector (B) (k/wm) az
(C) (2k/wm) az (D) (k/2wm) az
m
ww
MCQ 7.3.17 A plane electromagnetic wave propagating in free space is incident normally on a
large slab of loss-less, non-magnetic, dielectric material with e > e0 . Maxima and
co
GATE 2004
w.E minima are observed when the electric field is measured in front of the slab. The
maximum electric field is found to be 5 times the minimum field. The intrinsic
impedance of the medium should be lp.
(A) 120p W
(C) 600p W asy (B) 60p W
(D) 24p W
En
he
MCQ 7.3.18 The depth of penetration of electromagnetic wave in a medium having conductivity
GATE 2003
MHz will be gin

s at a frequency of 1 MHz is 25 cm. The depth of penetration at a frequency of 4
(A) 6.25 dm (B) 12.50 cm

eer
e
(C) 50.00 cm (D) 100.00 cm

at
MCQ 7.3.19
ing
A uniform plane wave traveling in air is incident on the plane boundary between
air and another dielectric medium with er = 5 . The reflection coefficient for the
.ne
GATE 2003
g
normal incidence, is
(A) zero (B) 0.5 180c
t
w.
(B) 0.333 0c (D) 0.333 180c
MCQ 7.3.20 If the electric field intensity associated with a uniform plane electromagnetic wave
ww
GATE 2003 traveling in a perfect dielectric medium is given by E (z, t) = 10 cos (2p107 t - 0.1pz)
V/m, then the velocity of the traveling wave is
(A) 3.00 # 108 m/sec (B) 2.00 # 108 m/sec
(C) 6.28 # 107 m/sec (D) 2.00 # 107 m/sec
MCQ 7.3.21 A plane wave is characterized by E = (0.5ax + ay e jp/2) e jwt - jkz . This wave is
GATE 2002 (A) linearly polarized (B) circularly polarized
(C) elliptically polarized (D) unpolarized
MCQ 7.3.22 Distilled water at 25cC is characterized by s = 1.7 # 10-4 mho/m and e = 78eo at
-9
GATE 2002 a frequency of 3 GHz. Its loss tangent tan d is ( e = 10
36p F/m)


(A) 1.3 # 10-5 (B) 1.3 # 10-3
(C) 1.3 # 10-4 /78 (D) 1.3 # 10-5 /78e0
2 2
MCQ 7.3.23 If a plane electromagnetic wave satisfies the equation 2E2x = c22E2x , the wave
2z 2t
GATE 2001 propagates in the
(A) x -direction
(B) z -direction
(C) y -direction
(D) x -y plane at an angle of 45c between the x and z direction
ww
m
MCQ 7.3.24 A material has conductivity of 10-2 mho/m and a relative permittivity of 4.
The frequency at which the conduction current in the medium is equal to the
w.E
GATE 2001
co
displacement current is
(A) 45 MHz (B) 90 MHz
(C) 450 MHz
asy (D) 900 MHz
lp.
A uniform plane electromagnetic wave incident on a plane surface of a dielectric
MCQ 7.3.25
GATE 2001
En
material is reflected with a VSWR of 3. What is the percentage of incident power
that is reflected ?
gin
he
(A) 10% (B) 25%

(C) 50% (D) 75%
eer
te
MCQ 7.3.26 A uniform plane wave in air impinges at 45c angle on a lossless dielectric material
GATE 2000
with respect to the normal. The value of er is ing

with dielectric constant er . The transmitted wave propagates is a 30c direction
.ne
ga
(A) 1.5 (B) 1.5

(C) 2 (D) 2
MCQ 7.3.27 t
Two coaxial cable 1 and 2 are filled with different dielectric constants er1 and er2
w.
GATE 2000 respectively. The ratio of the wavelength in the cables (l1 /l2) is
(A) er1 /er2 (B) er2 /er1
ww
(C) er1 /er2 (D) er2 /er1
MCQ 7.3.28 Identify which one of the following will NOT satisfy the wave equation.
GATE 1999 (A) 50e j (wt - 3z) (B) sin [w (10z + 5t)]
(C) cos (y2 + 5t) (D) sin (x) cos (t)
MCQ 7.3.29 A plane wave propagating through a medium [er = 8, vr = 2, and s = 0] has its
GATE 1999 electric field given by E = 0.5Xe- (z/3) sin (108 t - bz) V/m . The wave impedance, in
ohms is
(A) 377 (B) 198.5 180c
(C) 182.9 14c (D) 133.3


MCQ 7.3.30 The intrinsic impedance of copper at high frequencies is
GATE 1998 (A) purely resistive
(B) purely inductive
(C) complex with a capacitive component
(D) complex with an inductive component
MCQ 7.3.31 The time average poynting vector, in W/m2 , for a wave with E = 12e j (wt + bz) ay V/m
GATE 1998 in free space is
(A) - 2.4 az (B) 2.4 az
m
p p
ww (C) 4.8 az
p
(D) - 4.8 az
p
co
w.E
MCQ 7.3.32
GATE 1998
The wavelength of a wave with propagation constant (0.1p + j0.2p) m-1 is
(A) 2 m
0.05
(B) 10 m
lp.
(C) 20 m
asy (D) 30 m
MCQ 7.3.33
En
The depth of penetration of wave in a lossy dielectric increases with increasing
he
GATE 1998 (A) conductivity (B) permeability
(C) wavelength
gin (D) permittivity
The polarization of wave with electric field vector E = E 0 e j^wt + bz h âx + ay h is

MCQ 7.3.34
eer
e
GATE 1998 (A) linear (B) elliptical

at
MCQ 7.3.35
(C) left hand circular
ing
(D) right hand circular
The skin depth at 10 MHz for a conductor is 1 cm. The phase velocity of an
.ne
g
GATE 1997 electromagnetic wave in the conductor at 1, 000 MHz is about

(A) 6 # 106 m/ sec (B) 6 # 107 m/ sec
t
w.
(C) 3 # 108 m/ sec (D) 6 # 108 m/ sec
MCQ 7.3.36 A uniform plane wave in air is normally incident on infinitely thick slab. If the
ww
GATE 1996 refractive index of the glass slab is 1.5, then the percentage of incident power that
is reflected from the air-glass interface is
(A) 0% (B) 4%
(C) 20% (D) 100%
MCQ 7.3.37 Some unknown material has a conductivity of 106 mho/m and a permeability of
GATE 1996 4p # 10-7 H/m . The skin depth for the material at 1 GHz is
(A) 15.9 mm (B) 20.9 mm
(C) 25.9 mm (D) 30.9 mm
MCQ 7.3.38 The plane wave travelling in a medium of er = 1, mr = 1 (free space) has an electric
IES EC 2012 field intensity of 100 p V/m . Determine the total energy density of this field.


(A) 13.9 nJ/m3 (B) 27.8 nJ/m3
(C) 139 nJ/m3 (D) 278 nJ/m3
MCQ 7.3.39 For a plane wave propagating in an unbounded medium (say, free space), the
IES EC 2012 minimum angle between electric field and magnetic field vectors is
(A) 0c (B) 60c
(C) 90c (D) 180c
MCQ 7.3.40 For no reflection condition, a vertically polarized wave should be incident at the
IES EC 2011 interface between two dielectrics having e1 = 4 and e2 = 7 , with an incident angle of
ww
m
(A) tan-1 b 9 l (B) tan-1 b 3 l
4 2
w.E
MCQ 7.3.41
(C) tan-1 b 2 l
3
(D) tan-1 b 4 l
co
9
The electric field component of a wave in free space is given by

IES EC 2011
asy
E = 10 cos (107 t + kZ) ay V/m
lp.
Following is a list of possible inferences :
En
1. Wave propagates along ay
2. Wavelength l = 188.5 m
gin
he
3. Wave amplitude is 10 V/m

4.
5.
Wave number = 0.33 rad/m
Wave attenuates as it travels eer
te
Which of these inferences can be drawn from E ?

(A) 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5 (B) 2 and 3 only ing
.ne
ga
MCQ 7.3.42
IES EC 2011
t
A plane wave is generated under water (e = 81e0 and m = m0). The wave is parallel
polarized. At the interface between water and air, the angle a for which there is
w.
no reflection is
ww
(A) 83.88c (B) 83.66c

(C) 84.86c (D) 84.08c


MCQ 7.3.43 An elliptically polarized wave travelling in the positive z -direction in air has x and y
IES EC 2010 components
Ex = 3 sin (wt - bz) V/m
Ey = 3 sin (wt - bz + 75c) V/m
If the characteristic impedance of air is 360 W, the average power per unit area
conveyed by the wave is
(A) 8 W/m2 (B) 4 W/m2
(C) 62.5 mW/m2 (D) 125 mW/m2
m
ww
MCQ 7.3.44
IES EC 2010
The intrinsic impedance of copper at 3 GHz (with parameters : m = 4p # 10-7 H/m ;
e = 10-79 /36p ; and s = 5.8 # 107 mho/m ) will be
co
(A) 0.02e jp/4 ohm (B) 0.02e jp/2 ohm
w.E (C) 0.2e jp/2 ohm

lp.
(D) 0.2e jp/4 ohm
MCQ 7.3.45
IES EC 2010 a conductor : asy
Consider the following statements regarding depth of penetration or skin depth in
En
1. It increases as frequency increases.
he
2. It is inversely proportional to square root of m and s.
3.
4.
gin
It is inversely proportional to square root of f
It is directly proportional to square root of m and s.
eer
e
Which of the above statements are correct ?

at
(A) 1 and 2 only

(C) 2 and 3 only ing
(B) 3 and 4 only
(D) 1, 2, 3 and 4
.ne
g

IES EC 2010 1. (Electric or magnetic) field must have two orthogonal linear components.
t
w.
2. The two components must have the same magnitude.

3. The two components must have a time-phase difference of odd multiple of 90c
ww
.
Which of these are the necessary and sufficient conditions for a time-harmonic
wave to be circularly polarized at a given point in space ?
(A) 1 and 2 only (B) 2 and 3 only
(C) 1, 2 and 3 (D) 1 and 3 only
MCQ 7.3.47 Assertion (A) :The velocity of light in any medium is slower than that of vacuum.
IES EC 2010 Reason (R) : The dielectric constant of the vacuum is unity and is lesser than that
of any other medium.


MCQ 7.3.48 In which direction is the plane wave E = 35 sin ^108 t + 2z h ay V/m , (where ay is the
IES EC 2009 unit vector in y -direction), travelling ?
(A) along y direction (B) along y direction
(C) along z direction (D) along z direction
MCQ 7.3.49 According to Poynting theorem, the vector product E # H is a measure of which
IES EC 2008 one of the following?
ww
m
(A) Stored energy density of the electric field
(B) Stored energy density of the magnetic
w.E (D) Power dissipated per unit volume

(E) Rate of energy flow per unit area
co
MCQ 7.3.50
asy
If E = (ax + jay) e-jbz , then the wave is said to be which one of the following ?
lp.
IES EC 2007 (A) Right circularly polarized (B) Right elliptically polarized
En
(C) Left circularly polarized (D) Left elliptically polarized
gin
he
MCQ 7.3.51
IES EC 2007
eer
te
ing
.ne
ga
t
What must be angle q of a corner reflector, such that an incident wave is reflected
in the same direction ?
w.
(A) 30c (B) 45c

(C) 60c (D) 90c
ww
MCQ 7.3.52 Poynting vector is a measure of which one of the following ?

IES EC 2007 (A) Maximum power flow through a surface surrounding the source
(B) Average power flow through the surface
(C) Instantaneous power flow through the surface
(D) Power dissipated by the surface
MCQ 7.3.53 The electric field component of a wave in free space is given by
IES EC 2006 E = 25 sin (107 t + kz) ay V/m
Which one of the following is the correct inference that can be drawn from this
expression ?


(A) The wave propagates along y -axis
(B) The wavelength is 188.5 m
(C) The wave number k = 0.33 rad/m
(D) The wave attenuates as it travels
MCQ 7.3.54 For an electromagnetic wave incident on a conducting medium, the depth of
IES EC 2005 penetration
(A) is directly proportional to the attenuation constant
m
(B) is inversely proportional to the attenuation constant
ww (C) has a logarithmic relationship with the attenuation constant
co
(D) is independent of the attenuation constant
w.E
MCQ 7.3.55
IES EC 2004
Which one of the following statements is correct ?
A right circularly polarised wave is incident from air onto a polystyrene êr = 2.7h
lp.
asy
. The reflected wave is
(A) right circularly polarised (B) left circularly polarised
En
(C) right elliptically polarised (D) left elliptically polarised
he
MCQ 7.3.56
IES EC 2004 E = 50 cos (6p # 108 t - bx) a y
gin
The electric field of a wave propagating through a lossless medium (m0, 81e0) is
What is the phase constant b of the wave ?
eer
e
(A) 2p rad/m (B) 9p rad/m

at
MCQ 7.3.57
(C) 18p rad/m
ing
(D) 81 rad/m
If the phase velocity of a plane wave in a perfect dielectric is 0.4 times its value in
.ne
g
IES EC 2004 free space, then what is the relative permittivity of the dielectric ?
(A) 6.25 (B) 4.25
t
w.
(C) 2.5 (D) 1.25
MCQ 7.3.58 In free space E (x, t) = 60 (wt - 2x) ay V/m . What is the average power crossing a
ww
IES EC 2004 circular area of radius 4 m in the plane x = constan t ?

(A) 480 W (B) 340 W
(C) 120 W (D) 60 W
MCQ 7.3.59 What is the effect of the earth’s magnetic field in the reflected wave at frequencies
IES EC 2004 in the vicinity of gyro-frequency ?
(A) No attenuation in the reflected wave
(B) Decreased attenuation in the reflected wave
(C) Increased attenuation in the reflected wave
(D) Nominal attenuation in the reflected wave


MCQ 7.3.60 A plane electromagnetic wave travelling in a perfect dielectric medium of intrinsic
IES EC 2003 impedance h1 is incident normally on its boundary with another perfect dielectric
medium of characteristic impedance h 2 . The electric and magnetic field strengths of
the incident wave are denoted by E1 and H1 respectively whereas Er and Hr denote
these quantities for the reflected wave, and Et and Ht for the transmitted wave.
Which of the following relations are correct ?
1. Ei = h1 Hi
2. Er = h1 Hr
3. Et = h 2 Ht
ww Select the correct answer using the codes given below
m
(A) 1, 2 and 3 (B) 1 and 2
w.E
MCQ 7.3.61
(C) 1 and 3 (D) 2 and 3
co
A plane electromagnetic wave travelling in a perfect dielectric medium of dielectric
IES EC 2003
asy
constant e1 is incident on its boundary with another perfect dielectric medium of
dielectric constant e2 . The incident ray makes an angle of q1 with the normal to the
lp.
En
boundary surface. The ray transmitted into the other medium makes an angle of
q2 with the normal.
gin
If e1 = 2e2 and q1 = 60c, which one of the following is correct ?
he
(A) q2 = 45c
(B) q2 = sin-1 0.433
(C) q2 = sin-1 0.612 eer
te
(D) There will be no transmitted wave

ing
MCQ 7.3.62
.ne
Match List I (Nature of Polarization) with List II (Relationship Between X and
ga
IES EC 2003 Y Components) for a propagating wave having cross-section in the XY plane and
propagating along z -direction and select the correct answer :
List-I List-II t
w.
a. Linear 1. X and Y components are in same phase

b. Left circular 2. X and Y components have arbitrary phase
ww
difference
c. Right circular 3. X component leads Y by 90c
d. Elliptical 4. X component lags behind Y by 90c
Codes :
a b c d
(A) 1 4 2 3
(B) 4 1 2 3
(C) 1 4 3 2
(D) 4 1 3 2


MCQ 7.3.63 Assertion (A) : For an EM wave normally incident on a conductor surface the
IES EC 2002 magnetic field H undergoes a 180c phase reversal and the phase of electric field E
remains same.
Reason (R) : The direction of propagation of incident wave will reverse after striking
a conductor surface.
m
ww
MCQ 7.3.64 Match List I with List II and select the correct answer :
co
IES EC 2002
List-I List-II
w.E a.
b.
Propagation constant
Radiation intensity lp. 1.
2. r 2
wms/2
(E 2)
c.
asy
Wave impedance 3.
2h
Et /Ht
En 4. E#H
he
Codes :
(A)
a
1
b
2
c
3 gin
(B) 4 3 2
eer
e
(C) 1 3 2
at
MCQ 7.3.65
(D) 4 2 3
ing
If the E field of a plane polarized EM wave travelling in the z -direction is :
.ne
g
IES EC 2002 E = ax Ex + ay Ey then its H field is :

E E
(A) ay Ex - ax y (B) ay Ex + ax y
t
w.
Z0 Z0 Z0 Z0
Ey Ey
(C) ax - ay E x (D) - ax - ay E x
Z0 Z0 Z0 Z0
ww

IES EC 2002 For electromagnetic waves propagating in free space :
1. electrical field is perpendicular to direction of propagation
2. electrical field is along the direction of propagation
3. magnetic field is perpendicular to direction of propagation
4. magnetic field is along the direction of propagation
Which of these statements are correct ?
(A) 1 and 3 (B) 1 and 4
(C) 2 and 3 (D) 2 and 4


MCQ 7.3.67 In a uniform plane wave, the value of E/H is
IES EC 2001 (A) m/e (B) e/m
(C) 1 (D) me
MCQ 7.3.68 The phenomenon of microwave signals following the curvature of earth is known as
IES EC 2001 (A) Faraday effect (B) ducting
(C) wave tilt (D) troposcatter
MCQ 7.3.69 Which one of the following statements is NOT correct for a plane wave with
IES EC 2001 H = 0.5e-0.1x cos (106 t - 2x) az A/m
ww
m
(A) The wave frequency is 106 r.p.s
(B) The wavelength is 3.14 m
w.E (C) The wave travels along + x -direction

(D) The wave is polarized in the z -direction
co
MCQ 7.3.70
asy
Skin depth is the distance from the conductor surface where the field strength has
lp.
IES EE 2012 fallen to
En
(A) p of its strength at the surface (B) e of its strength at the surface
(C) ^1/e h of its strength at the surface (D) ^1/pe h of its strength at the surface
gin
he
MCQ 7.3.71 The vector magnetic potential of a particular wave traveling in free space is given
IES EE 2012
field will be eer

by A = ax Ax sin ^wt - bz h where Ax is a constant. The expression for the electric
te
(A) - ax bAx sin ^wt - bz h

(C) - ay wAx cos ^wt - bz h ing
(B) - ay bAx sin ^wt - bz h
(D) - ax wAx cos ^wt - bz h
.ne
ga
MCQ 7.3.72 The depth of penetration of a wave in a lossy dielectric increases with increasing
IES EE 2012 (A) conductivity
(C) wavelength
(B) permeability
(D) permittivity t
w.
MCQ 7.3.73 When a plane wave propagates in a dielectric medium

IES EE 2011 (A) the average electric energy and the average magnetic energy densities are not
ww
equal.
(B) the average electric energy and the average magnetic energy densities are equal
(C) the net average energy density is finite
(D) the average electric energy density is not dependent on the average magnetic
energy density
MCQ 7.3.74 In free space H field is given as H ^z, t h =- 1 cos ^wt + bz h ay E ^z, t h is
6p
IES EE 2011
(A) 20 cos ^wt + bz h ax (B) 20 cos ^wt + bz h az
(C) 20 sin ^wt + bz h ay (D) 20 sin ^wt + bz h ax


MCQ 7.3.75 If electric field intensity phasor of an EM wave in free space is E = 6e-j4y ax V/m
IES EE 2011 .The angular frequency w, in rad/s, is
(A) 4 # 3 # 108 (B) 4y # 3 # 108
(C) t # 3 # 108 (D) 10 # 3 # 108
MCQ 7.3.76 Assertion (A) : Electromagnetic waves propagate being guided by parallel plate
IES EE 2011 perfect conductor surface.
Reason (R) : Tangential component of electric field intensity and normal component
of magnetic field intensity are zero on a perfect conductor surface.
m
ww the correct explanation of Assertion (A)
co
w.E not the correct explanation of Assertion (A)

lp.
MCQ 7.3.77
asy
A uniform plane wave is propagating in a material for which e = 4e0 , m = 7m0 and
IES EE 2010
En
s = 0 . The skin depth for the material is
he
(A) zero (B) infinity

(C) 28 m
gin (D) 14 m
eer
e

IES EE 2010 1. In conducting medium the field attenuates exponentially with increasing depth.
at
2.
3.
ing
Conducting medium behaves like an open circuit to the electromagnetic field.
In lossless dielectric relaxation time is infinite.
.ne
g
4. In charge-free region, the Poisson’s equation becomes Laplace’s equation.
t
w.
(A) 1, 2 and 3 only (B) 1, 3 and 4 only

(C) 2, 3 and 4 only (D) 1, 2, 3 and 4
MCQ 7.3.79 In free space

ww
IES EE 2010 E (Z, t) = 60p cos ^wt - bz h ax V/m .

The average power crossing a circular area of p square metres in the plane z =
constant is
(A) 16p watt/m2 (B) 15p watt/m2
(C) 14p watt/m2 (D) 13p watt/m2
MCQ 7.3.80 In free space

IES EE 2009 E (Z, t) = 120p cos ^wt - bZ h ax Vm-1
What is the average power in Wm-2 ?
(A) 30paz (B) 60paz
(C) 90paz (D) 120paz


MCQ 7.3.81 The electric field of a uniform plane wave is given by :
IES EE 2009 E = 35 sin ^3p # 108 t - pZ h ax + 45 cos ^3p # 108 t - pZ h ay Vm-1
What is the corresponding magnetic field H
(A) 10 sin ^3p # 108 t - pZ h ay + 10 cos ^3p # 108 t - pZ h (- ax ) Am-1
377 377
(B) 10 sin ^3p # 108 t - pZ h (- ay) + 10 cos ^3p # 108 t - pZ h - (ax ) Am-1
377 377
(C) 10 sin ^3p # 108 t - pZ h ay + 10 cos ^3p # 108 t - pZ h (ax ) Am-1
377 377
(D) 10 sin ^3p # 108 t - pZ h (- ay) + 10 sin ^3p # 108 t - pZ h (- ax ) Am-1
ww 377 377
m
MCQ 7.3.82 Consider the following statements in connection with electromagnetic waves :
w.E
IES EE 2009 1. Conducting medium behaves like an open circuit to the electromagnetic field.
2.
co
At radio and microwave frequencies the relaxation time is much less than the
period
3.
asy
In loss-less dielectric the relaxation time is finite.
lp.
4. Intrinsic impedance of a perfect dielectric medium is a pure resistance.
En
Which is these statements is/are correct ?
(A) 1 only
gin
(B) 1 and 2 only
he
(C) 2 and 3 only (D) 2, 3 and 4
MCQ 7.3.83 What causes electromagnetic wave polarization ?

eer
te
(A) Refraction
ing
IES EE 2008
(B) Reflection
(C) Longitudinal nature of electromagnetic wave
.ne
ga
(D) Transverse nature of electromagnetic wave
MCQ 7.3.84
t
Assertion (A) : The velocity of electromagnetic waves is same is same as velocity
w.
IES EE 2007 of light.

Reason (R) : Electrons also travel with the same velocity as photons.
ww
(B) Both A and R are true but R is not the correct explanation of A
MCQ 7.3.85 Fields are said to be circularly polarized if their magnitudes are
IES EE 2007 (A) Equal and they are in phase
(B) Equal and they differ in phase by ! 90c
(C) Unequal and they differ in phase by ! 90c
(D) Unequal and they are in phase


MCQ 7.3.86 Which of the following is zero as applied to electromagnetic field ?
IES EE 2006 (A) grad div A (B) div grad V
(C) div curl A (D) curl curl A
MCQ 7.3.87 What is the Poynting’s vector on the surface of a long straight conductor of radius
IES EE 2006 b and conductivity s which carries current I in the z -direction ?
2 2
(A) - I 2 3 ir (B) I 2 2 ir
2sp b 2sp b
2
(C) I 2 iz (D) I if
m
spb 2pb
ww
MCQ 7.3.88 Consider the following statements regarding EM wave
co
IES EE 2006 1. An EM wave incident on a perfect dielectric is partially transmitted and
w.E 2.
partially reflected
An EM wave incident on a perfect conductor is fully reflected
lp.
3.
asy
When an EM wave is incident from a more dense medium to less dense medium
at an angle equal to or exceeding the critical angle, the wave suffers total
internal reflection
En
he
(A) Only 1 and 2
(C) Only 1 and 3 gin(B) Only 2 and 3
(D) 1, 2 and 3
eer
e
MCQ 7.3.89 A uniform plane wave has a wavelength of 2 cm in free space and 1 cm in a perfect
dielectric. What is the relative permittivity of the dielectric ?
at
ing
IES EE 2005
(A) 2.0 (B) 0.5

(C) 4.0 (D) 0.25
.ne
g
MCQ 7.3.90 With the increase in frequency of an electromagnetic wave in free space, how do the
t
w.
IES EE 2005 velocity vc and characteristic impedance Zc change ?

(A) vc increase and Zc decreases
(B) vc decreases and Zc increases
ww
(C) Both vc and Zc increase

(D) Both vc and Zc remain unchanged
MCQ 7.3.91 The E field of a plane electromagnetic wave travelling in a non-magnetic non-
IES EE 2005 conducting medium is given by E = ax 5 cos ^109 t + 30Z h. What is the dielectric
constant of the medium ?
(A) 30 (B) 10
(C) 9 (D) 81
2
MCQ 7.3.92 In the wave equation d2E = me2 E2 + ms2E which term is responsible for
2t 2t
IES EE 2005 attenuation of the wave ?


2
(A) d2E (B) me2 E2
2t
(C) ms2E (D) All of the above three
2t
IES EE 2005 1. Poisson’s equation finds application in vaccum tube and gaseous discharge
problems
2. Gauss’s law is useful for determining field and potential distribution about
bodies having unsymmetrical geometry.
3. For the propagation of electro-magnetic waves, the time varying electric fields
ww
m
must support time varying magnetic fields.
4. The unit of Poynting’s vector is W/m2
w.E co
(A) 1, 2 and 3 (B) 1, 3 and 4
(C) 2, 3 and 4
asy (D) 1, 2 and 4
lp.
MCQ 7.3.94 What is the phase velocity of plane wave in a good conductor ?
IES EE 2005
(A) pfms
En (B)
p fs
(ms)
gin
he
pf pf
(C) (D) 2
(ms) (ms)
MCQ 7.3.95
E (t) = 6ax E1 cos wt - ay E2 sin wt@e-jkz eer
The instantaneous electric field of a plane wave propagating in z -direction is
te
IES EE 2005
This wave is
(A) Linearly polarised ing
(B) Elliptically polarised
.ne
ga
(C) Right hand circularly polarised (D) Left hand circularly polarised
MCQ 7.3.96
increased to 37% of its original value. t
Assertion (A) : Skin depth is the depth by which electromagnetic wave has been
w.
IES EE 2005
Reason (R) : The depth of penetration of wave in a lossy dielectric increases with
increasing wavelength.
ww
MCQ 7.3.97 Which one of the following is the correct electromagnetic wave equation in terms
IES EE 2004 of vector potential A ?
2
m 2
(A) d2A - 2A 2 =- J (B) d2A - 2A =- mJ
2t e 2t2
2 2
(C) d2A - 2A 2 =- mJ (D) d2A - me2A =- mJ
2t 2t2


MCQ 7.3.98 Which one of the following statements is correct ? The wavelength of a wave
IES EE 2004 propagating in a wave guide is
(A) smaller than the free space wavelength
(B) greater than the free space wavelength
(C) directly proportional to the group velocity
(D) inversely proportional to the phase velocity
MCQ 7.3.99 Which one of the following statements is correct ? For a lossless dielectric medium,
m
IES EE 2004 the phase constant for a travelling wave, b is proportional to
ww (A) er
(C) 1/er
(B) er
(D) 1/ er
co
w.E
MCQ 7.3.100
IES EE 2004
In a lossless medium the intrinsic impedance h = 60p and mr = 1. What is the value
of the dielectric constant er ?
(A) 2 lp. (B) 1
(C) 4
asy (D) 8
MCQ 7.3.101
En
An electromagnetic field is said to be conservative when
he
IES EE 2003 (A) d2E = me (22E/2t2)
(B) d2H = me (22H/2t2)
gin
(C) Curl on the field is zero
eer
e
(D) Divergence of the field is zero

at
MCQ 7.3.102
IES EE 2003 statements is not correct ? ing
Given that H = 0.5 exp 6- 0.1x @ sin (10 t - 2x) az (A/m), which one of the following
6
.ne
g
(A) Wave is linearly polarized along az

(B) The velocity of the wave is 5 # 105 m/s
t
w.
(C) The complex propagation constant is (0.1 + j2)

(D) The wave is travelling along ax
ww
MCQ 7.3.103 For a conducting medium with conductivity s, permeability m, and permittivity
IES EE 2003 e, the skin depth for an electromagnetic signal at an angular frequency w is
proportional to
(A) s (B) 1/w
(C) 1/ s (D) 1/m
MCQ 7.3.104 The electric field of a uniform plane wave is given by E = 10 sin (10wt - pz)
IES EE 2003 ax + 10 cos (wt - pz) ay (V/m)
The polarization of the wave is
(A) Circular (B) Elliptical
(C) Linear (D) Undefined


7
MCQ 7.3.105 In free space H (z, t) = 0.20 cos (4 # 10 t - bz) a x A/m . The expression for E (z, t) is
IES EE 2002
(A) E (z, t) = 37.7 cos (4 # 107 t - bz) ay
(B) E (z, t) = 2.65 # 10 cos (4 # 107 t - bz) az
(C) E (z, t) = 37.7 cos (4 # 107 t - bz) ax
(D) E (z, t) =- 37.7 cos (4 # 107 t - bz) ay
MCQ 7.3.106 A plane wave whose electric field is given by E = 100 cos (wt - 6px) az passes
IES EE 2002 normally from a material ‘A’ having er = 4, mr = 1 and s = 0 to a material ‘B’
having er = 9, mr = 4 and s = 0 . Match items in List I with List II and select the
ww
m
correct answer :
List I List II
w.E a
b
Intrinsic impedance of medium ‘B’
Reflection coefficient
co
1.
2.
6p
80p
c
asy
Transmission coefficient 3. 1/7
lp.
d Phase shift constant of medium ‘A’ 4. 8/7
Codes :
a b c En d
gin
he
(A) 4 1 2 3
(B) 2 3 4 1
(C) 4
(D) 2
3
1
2
4
1
3 eer
te
MCQ 7.3.107
IES EE 2002
In free space E (z, t) = 50 cos (wt - bz) ax V/m and
ing
H (z, t) = 5/12p cos (wt - bz) ay A/m . The average power crossing a circular area of
.ne
ga
radius 24 m in plane z = constant is

(A) 200 W
(C) 300 W
(B) 250 W
(D) 350 W t
w.
MCQ 7.3.108 Consider a plane electromagnetic wave incident normally on the surface of a good
IES EE 2002 conductor. The wave has an electric field of amplitude 1 V/m and the skin depth
ww
for the conductor is 10 cm.

Assertion (A) : The amplitude of electric field is (1/e2) (V/m) after the wave has
travelled a distance of 20 cm in the conductor.
Reason (R) : Skin depth is the distance in which the wave amplitude decays to
(1/e) of its value at the surface.


MCQ 7.3.109 Three media are characterised by
IES EE 2001 1. er = 8, mr = 2, s = 0
2. er = 1, mr = 9, s = 0
3. er = 4, mr = 4, s = 0
er is relative permittivity, mr is relative permeability and s is conductivity.
The value of the intrinsic impedances of the media 1, 2 and 3 respectively are
(A) 188 W, 377 W and 1131 W
(B) 377 W, 1131 W and 188 W
m
(C) 188 W, 1131 W, and 377 W
ww (D) 1131 W, 188 W, and 377 W
co
w.E
MCQ 7.3.110
IES EE 2001
A plane EM wave (Ei, Hi) travelling in a perfect dielectric medium of surge
impedance ‘Z ’ strikes normally on an infinite perfect dielectric medium of surge
impedance 2Z . If the refracted EM wave is (Er , Hr ), the ratios of Ei /Er and Hi /Hr
lp.
(A) 3 and - 3 asy
are respectively
(B) 3/2 and 1/3
(C) 3/4 and 3/2
En (D) 3/4 and 2/3
he
MCQ 7.3.111
IES EE 2001 gin
For a perfect conductor, the field strength at a distance equal to the skin depth is
X% of the field strength at its surface. The value ‘ X% ’ is
eer
e
(A) Zero (B) 50%

(C) 36% (D) 26%
at
*********** ing
.ne
g
t
w.
ww


SOLUTIONS 7.1

Given magnetic field intensity in the non magnetic medium is
ww
m
H = 3 cos ^wt - kz h ax A/m
The negative coefficient of z in ^wt - kz h shows that the wave is propagating in
w.E
SOL 7.1.2
+ az direction.
co
asy
From the property of phasor, we know that the instantaneous electric field is the
real part of "Es e jwt , .
lp.
i.e. E ^x, t h = Re "Es e jwt , (1)
En
where Es is the phasor form of electric field.
Given the electric field intensity in time domain,
gin
he
E ^x, t h = E 0 e- ax sin ^wt - bx h ay
= E 0 e- ax ;e
j^wt - bx h
2j eer
- e-j^wt - bx h a
E y
te
jE
=- 0 e- ax e j^wt - bx h ay + C.C .
2
where C.C. is complex conjugate of the 1st part.
ing
.ne
ga
So, using the property of complex conjugates we get

jE
E ^x, t h = 2 Re &- 0 e- ax e j (wt - bx) ay 0
2
= Re "- jE 0 e- ax e-jbx e jwt ay , t
w.
Comparing it with equation (1), we get

Es =- 2jE 0 e-â + jb hx ay V/m
ww

Given the magnetic field intensity,
H = 10 cos ^6 # 107 t - ky h az A/m
Comparing it with the general equation of magnetic field.
H = H 0 cos ^wt - ky h az A/m
We get, w = 6 # 107
So, the wave no is,
7
k = w = 6 # 108 = 0.2 (c is the velocity of wave in free space)
c 3 # 10


Given magnetic field intensity in the non magnetic medium is
H = 1.5 cos ^109 t - 5z h ax A/m
Comparing it with the general equation of magnetic field intensity
H = H 0 cos ^wt - bz h ax A/m
We get, w = 109 rad/ sec
and b = 5.
So, the phase velocity of the wave in the medium is given as
m
9
vP = w = 10 = 4 # 108 m/s
ww
b 5
co
Wavelength of an electromagnetic wave with phase constant b in a medium is
w.E defined as
l = 2p
b lp.
asy
So, the phase constant of the wave in terms of wavelength can be given as
b = 2p = 2p = 0.5 rad/m (l = 12.6 m )
En l 12.6
he
gin
Given the electric field intensity in the nonmagnetic material as
E = 8 cos ^4 # 108 t - 2x h ay V/m
eer
e
Comparing it with the general equation of electric field

E = E 0 cos ^wt - bx h ay A/m
at
We get,
and
w = 4 # 108 rad/s
b = 2 rad/m
ing
.ne
g
So, the phase velocity of the wave in the medium is given by

v p = w = 3 # 108 m/s
t
w.
b
Since the medium is non magnetic so, m = m0 and the relative permittivity of the
medium is given as
ww
8 2
er = b c l = c 3 # 108 m = 2.25
2
vp 2 # 10
The general equation of electric field intensity of an EM wave propagating in az
direction in a medium is given as
Comparing it with the given expression of electric field intensity, we get
w = 5 # 108 rad/s
So, the time period of the EM wave is
, T = 2p = 2p 8 = 12.57 ns
w 5 # 10


The general equation of electric field intensity of an EM wave propagating in ax
direction in a medium is given as
Comparing it with the given expression of electric field intensity, we get
w = 4 # 108 rad/s
So, the time period of the wave in air is given as
T = 2p = 2p 8
w 4 # 10
= 15.71 ns
ww
m
Since in one time period the wave travels its one wavelength (l) so, time taken by
the wave to travel l/4 distance is
w.E
SOL 7.1.9
t = T = 4.93 ns
4
co
asy
Intrinsic impedance of any material is given as
jwm
lp.
h =
s + jwe
En
where m is permeability, s is conductivity and e is permittivity of the medium.
Since the given material is lossless, nonmagnetic and dielectric so, we have
gin
he
s =0 (lossless)
m = m0 (non magnetic)
and e = er e0 = ^2.25h e0
eer ( er = 2.25 )
te
Therefore the intrinsic impedance of the material is

h =
jwm0
0 + jw ^2.25h e0 ing
h
.ne m0
ga
= 0 = 377 = 323.3 W b h0 = = 377 W l

1.5 1. 5 e0
Given, t
w.
Frequency of the wave propagation, f = 0.5 MHz = 0.5 # 106 Hz

Conductivity of medium, s = 3 # 107 S/m
Relative permeability of medium, mr = er . 1
ww
So, the angular frequency of the wave propagation is

w = 2pf = 2p # 0.5 # 106 = p # 106
and we get
s = 3 # 107 = 0.1 # 1013 >> 1
we p # 10 # 8.85 # 10-12
6
Therefore, the phase constant of the propagating wave is given as

wms
b = ( s/we >> 1)
2
6 -7 7
= p # 10 # 4p # 10 # 3 # 10
2


= 7695.29 rad/m
So, the wavelength of the radio wave in the medium is
l = 2p = 2.8 mm
b
Attenuation constant for a plane wave with angular frequency w in a certain
medium is given as
me
1 + a s k - 1D
2:
2
a =w (1)
we
m
Since for a poor conductor, conductivity is very low
ww i.e.
or, s
s << we
<< 1
co
we
w.E So, in equation (1) using binomial expansion we get,

a =w
me
2:
1 + 1 a s k - 1D
2 we
lp. 2
( s/we << 1)
asy =w
me 1 s
2 2 we
=s
2 e
m
En
Therefore, the skin depth of the poor conductor is
he
d = 1 =2 e
a s m
which is independent of frequency (w).gin
eer
e

Wave equation for a plane wave propagating in + az direction is given as
at
22 f
2t2
- v p
2
22 f
2z2
=0
ing
where v p is the velocity of wave propagation
Now from Assertion (A) the electric field is
.ne
g
E = E 0 sin ^z h cos ^ct h ax
t
It represents the electric field of a plane wave if it satisfies the wave equation
w.
i.e. 22E - c222E = 0 where c is velocity of wave in free space

2t2 2z2
From the given expression of field intensity we have
ww
^ h ^ h
2E =- cE sin z sin ct
0
2t
22E =- c2 E sin z cos ct
or, 0 ^ h ^ h
2t2
and 0 ^ h ^ h
2E = E cos z cos ct
2z
22E =- E sin z cos ct
or, 0 ^ h ^ h
2z2
Thus, we get
, 22E - c222E = 0
2t2 2z2
Since, the electric field E satisfies the wave equation so it represents the field of a


plane wave.
Therefore, A and R both are true and R is the correct explanation of A.
Given the magnetic field intensity in free space is
H = 0.1 cos ^109 t - by h az A/m (1)
The general equation of magnetic field intensity of the EM wave propagating in ay
direction is given as
H = H 0 cos ^wt - by h az A/m (2)
Comparing equations (1) and (2) we get,
ww
m
direction of wave propagation, ak = ay
and angular frequency, w = 109 rad/ sec
w.E So, the phase constant of the wave is

b = w = 10 8
c
9
3 # 10
co
(c is velocity of wave in free space)
asy = 3.33 rad/m

lp.
Now, electric field intensity in free space is defined as
En
E =- h0 ak # H
where h0 is intrinsic impedance in free space and ak is direction of wave propagation.
So,
gin
E =- 377 ây h # 0.1 cos ^109 t - by h az ( h0 = 377 W )
he
=- 37.7 cos ^109 t - 3.33y h ax
eer
Therefore, electric field intensity of the wave at y = 1 cm at t = 0.1 ns is
E =- 37.7 cos 6^109h^10-10h - ^3.33h^10-2h@ax
te

=- 46.6ax V/m
ing
.ne
ga
Given the magnetic field intensity of the plane wave in free space is
Hs = ^2 + j5h^4ay + 2jaz h e-jbx A/m
t
From the Maxwell’s equation, the maximum electric field intensity of the plane
wave is given as
w.
E = h0 H
max max
where h0 is intrinsic impedance in air and H is the maximum magnetic field

max
ww
intensity of the plane wave.

Now, the maximum magnetic field intensity of the plane wave is given as
H = Hs : H ) s
max
where H is the complex conjugate of the magnetic field phasor.

)
s
So, H = 6^2 + j5h^4ay + 2jaz h@ : 6^2 - j5h^4ay - 2jaz h@
max
= ^2 + j5h^2 - j5h6^4h^4h - ^2j h^2j h@

= 29 # 20 = 24.1 A/m
Therefore, the maximum electric field intensity of the plane wave is
E = h0 H = 377 # 24.1 = 9.08 kV/m
max max


Given the instantaneous electric field in the free space is
E = ^5ay - 6ax h cos ^wt - 50z h V/m
So, the phasor form of electric field intensity is
Es = ^5ay - 6ax h e-j50z V/m
The phasor form of magnetic field is given in the terms of electric field intensity as
Hs = 1 âk h # Ê h
h0
where ak is the unit vector in the direction of wave propagation and h0 is the
m
intrinsic impedance in free space.
ww So, Hs = 1 âz h # ^5ay - 6ax h e-j50z V/m

h0
(ak = az )
co
= 1 ^- 5ax - 6ay h e-j50z V/m
w.E h0
=- 1 ^15ax + 36ay h e-j50z V/m
h0 lp.
SOL 7.1.16
asy
For any electromagnetic wave propagating in a medium electric field leads magnetic
En
field by an angle qn , where qn is the phase angle of intrinsic impedance given as
he
tan 2qn = s
we
Now, for a perfect conductor gin
s =1 .3
eer
e
r
i.e. tan 2qn . 3
at
2qn = 90c
qn = 45c ing
.ne
g
So, electric field leads magnetic field by 45c

or in other words magnetic field lags electric field by 45c.
t
w.

Given, the electric field intensity of the wave in phasor form
Es = ^5ax + 10az h e-j^4x - 2z h V/m
ww
So we get the direction of wave propagation as

ak = 4ax - 2az = 4ax - 2az = 2ax - az
4a x - 2a z 20 5
Therefore, the phasor form of magnetic field intensity of the plane wave is given as
Hs = 1 a k # Es where h0 is intrinsic impedance in free space
h0
= 1 c 2ax - az m # ^5ax + 10az h e-j^4x - 2z h V/m
120p 5
=- 29.66e-j^4x - 2z h mA/m
The time average power density of the EM wave is given as


2
Pave = E ak
2h0
where E is the magnitude of the electric field intensity of the wave, ak is the unit
vector in the direction of wave propagation and h0 is the intrinsic impedance in the
free space. So, we get
52 + 102 4ax - 2az
2 ^120ph c 20 m
Pave =
= 18.9ax - 34.15az Watt/m2

ww
SOL 7.1.19
m
As the given electric field vector has the amplitude
E 0 = _- 2 3 ax + 3 ay - az i
w.E
SOL 7.1.20
co
So in the same direction the wave will be polarized.
asy
From Maxwells’ equation we have
d # E =-2B
lp.
2t
Given
or, En
d # E = 100b sin ^wt - bz h ay
gin
he
So, =-2B = d # E = 100b sin ^wt - bz h ay

2t
Therefore the magnetic flux density vector is
B = # 100b sin ^wt - bz ha dt eer
te
ing
y
100b
= cos ^wt - bz h ay
w
.ne
ga
w
= 100 cos ^wt - bz h ay db = m0 e0 n
m0 e0
= 3 # 1010 cos ^wt - bz h ay
t
w.

Poynting vector in an EM field is defined as
P = E#H
ww
where E is electric field intensity and H is the magnetic field intensity in the
region.
Now, the electric field intensity in the region is given as
and as calculated in previous question the magnetic field intensity in the region is
B = 3 # 1010 cos ^wt - bz h ay
So, the poynting vector in the field is
P = E#B (H = B )
m0 m0


83 # 10 cos ^wt - bz h ayB
10
= 6100 cos ^wt - bz h ax@ #

m0
= 3 # 10 cos2 ^wt - bz h az = 10 4 e0 cos2 ^wt - bz h az
12
m0 m0
Time average stored energy density in electric field is defined as
we = 1 e0 Es : E s*
4
where Es is the electric field intensity in phasor form and E s* is its conjugate.
m
Therefore, the average stored energy density in the region is
ww we = e0 _5 sin pxe-jp/2 e-j 3 pz ay i : _5 sin pxe+jp/2 e j 3 pz ay i
co
4
w.E
= e0 sin2 px
25
4
lp.
asy
Given the electric field
E = 10 sin py sin ^6p # 108 t - 3 px h az V/m
En
In phasor form, Es = 10 sin pye-jp/2 e-j b px az
he
So, from Maxwell’s equation, the magnetic flux density in the phasor form is given
as
Bs = 1 ^d # Es h
jw gin
eer
e
where w = 6p # 108 as determined from the given expression of E .

at
So,
6p # 10 ing
Bs =- 10 3 p 8 ^sin py h e-j 2 e-j 3 px ay + j 10p 8 ^cos py h e-j 2 e-j 3 px ay
p
6p # 10
p
.ne
Therefore, the time average energy density stored in the magnetic field will be
g
wm = 1 ^Bs : B s*h where B s* is the conjugate of Bs

4m0
t
w.
-9
or, wm = 10 ^25 + 50 sin2 px h
144p
ww

For an EM wave propagating in two mediums, the wavelengths of the wave in two
mediums are related as
l1 = e2
l2 e1
where l1 and l2 are the wavelengths of EM wave in two mediums with permittivity
e1 and e2 respectively. So, the wavelength of plane wave in free space is given as
l0 = 1
l er
l0 = l er
where l is the wavelength of the wave in the medium with relative permittivity er .
So, l0 = 20 9 = 60 cm (l = 20 cm , er = 9 )


Given,
Conductivity of the glass, s = 10-12 S/m
and relative permittivity of the glass, er = 2.25
So, the permittivity of glass is
e = e0 er = 2.25e0
Therefore, the time taken by the charge to flow out to the surface is
^2.25h # ^8.85 # 10-12h
t. e =
s 10-12
= 19.9 . 20 sec
ww
m
The reflection coefficient of the wave propagating from medium 1 to medium 2 is
w.E defined as
G = 2
h - h1
h 2 + h1
co
asy
where h1 and h2 are the intrinsic impedance of the two mediums respectively. So,
lp.
the reflection coefficient for the wave propagating from free space to a dielectric
medium is given as
En h - h0
G =
gin
he
h + h0
where h is intrinsic impedance of the dielectric medium and h0 is intrinsic impedance
m m0 h eer
in free space. Since the intrinsic impedance of the dielectric medium is given as
te
h = = = 0
So, we have G = 0
e
h /2 - h0
4e0 2
ing
h0 /2 + h0
.ne
ga
1/2 - 1
= =- 1
1/2 + 1 3
Therefore, the magnitude of electric field of reflected wave is
t
w.
Er = GE 0 =- E 0 (E 0 is the magnitude of incident field)

3
ww
***********


SOLUTIONS 7.2
m
Time period of wave propagating in a medium is given as :
ww T = 2p
w
where w is the angular frequency of the wave.
co
w.E Given the magnetic field intensity in the free space is
lp.
asy
So, at t = T/8 the magnetic field intensity is
H = 0.3 cos b wT - by l ax = 0.3 cos a p - by k ax
8 4
(T = 2p/w )
or,
En
H = 0.5 cos ^by - p/4h
he
Therefore we get the plot of H versus y as shown below
gin
eer
e
at
ing
.ne
g
t
w.

Phase velocity of the medium, v p = 7.5 # 107 m/s
ww
Relative permeability, mr = 4.8

Conductivity s =0 (lossless medium)
Since phase velocity of an EM wave in a medium is defined as
vp = c
mr er
where c is the velocity of wave in air, mr is the relative permeability of the medium
and er is the relative permittivity of the medium. So, we have
8
7.5 # 107 = 3 # 10 (c = 3 # 108 m/s )
^4.8h er
or, er = 3.33
Now the intrinsic impedance of the medium is given as


jwm m0 mr
h = = (s = 0)
s + jwe e0 er
4.8 = 452.4 W m0
= 377
3.33 b h0 = e0
= 377 W l
Given the electric field intensity in the phasor form is
Es = 5e j0.3x az V/m (1)
and the general equation of electric field phasor of an EM wave propagating in ax
direction is
Es = E 0 e-jbx az V/m (2)
So, comparing the equations (1) and (2) we get
ww
m
direction of wave propagation, ak =- ax
and phase constant, b = 0.3 rad/m
w.E and from the Maxwell’s equation, the magnetic field phasor of the wave is given as
Hs = 1 âk h # Es
h
co
asy
where h is the intrinsic impedance of the medium and ak is the unit vector in the
lp.
direction of wave propagation.
Hs = 1 ^- ax h # ^5e j0.3x az h
So,
En 45.24
= 5 e j0.3x ay = 11.05e j0.3x ay mA/m
(ak =- ax )
gin
he
452.4
and the angular frequency of the wave is given as
eer
w = bv p = ^0.3h^7.5 # 107h = 2.25 # 107
So, the magnetic field intensity of the EM wave in time domain is
te
ing
H ^x, t h = Re "Hs e jwt , = 11.05 cos ^wt + 0.3x h ay
= 11.05 cos ^2.25 # 107 t + 0.3x h ay mA/m
.ne
ga

Given the electric field intensity of the propagating wave,
E = E 0 e-x/3 sin ^108 t - bx h ay V/m
t (1)
w.
The general equation of electric field intensity of plane wave propagating in ax

direction is given by
E = E 0 e- ax sin ^wt - bx h ay V/m (2)
ww
Comparing equation (1) and (2) we get,

a = 1 NP/m and w = 108 rad/ sec
3
So, the attenuation constant of a propagating wave is given as
me
1 + a s k + 1D
2:
2
a =w
we
1 +a s k
2
Let x0 =
we
m0 e0
2 r r^ 0
Therefore, a =w m e x - 1h
2
or, ^x 0 - 1h = 2 2a
w m0 e0 mr er


Now, we put a = 1/3 , mr = er = 4 , w = 108 so, we get

2 # ^1/3h2 c 02 1
cc 0 = m e = 3 # 10 m/s m
8
x0 - 1 =
^108h # ^4h2
2
0 0
1/3 # 3 # 108 2
x0 - 1 = 2e o
108 # 4
x0 = 1 + 1
8
x0 = 9
m
8
ww 1 +a s k = 9
we
2
8
co
s = 81 - 1
w.E we 64
Thus, loss tangent = s = 0.52
we lp.
SOL 7.2.4
asy
From the field intensity we get,
En w = 109 p
he
and it is given that, mr = 0.5 , s = 0.01 S/m , er = 8 .
So, the phase constant,
b =w
me
2:
gin
1 + a s k + 1D
2
wt
eer
e
m0 e0 ^8 h^0.5h
1 + c 09.01 m + 1G
2
= 109 p =
at
= 20.95
2
ing
10 p8e0
.ne
Let the distance travelled by the wave be z to have a phase shift of 10c.
g
So, bz = 10c = 10p rad

180
t
w.
z = p = 16.66 mm
9 # ^20.95h
ww
The attenuation constant of a propagating wave in a medium is defined as

me
1 + a s k - 1D
2:
2
a =w
we
Now, from the given data we have

mr = 0.5 , s = 0.01 S/m , er = 8 .
m0 e0 ^8 h^0.5h
1 + c 0.01
2
So, a = 109 p
2 = 9
10 p8e0 m - 1G
= 0.9425
Initially the amplitude of the electric field = 0.5
So, after travelling distance z amplitude of wave = 0.5e- az .
Therefore, the distance travelled by the wave for which the amplitude of the wave


reduced by 40% is evaluated as
0.5e- az = 0.5 # 60 (amplitude reduces to 60% )
100
e-^0.9425hz = 0.6
or, z = 1 ln b 1 l = 542 mm
0.9425 0.6
Given the field intensities of the plane wave as
E ^x, t h = 900 cos ^5 # 106 pt - bx h ay V/m
H ^x, t h = 1.9 cos ^5 # 106 pt - bx h az V/m
ww
m
So, we get E = 900 , H = 1.9 , w = 5 # 106 p
Now, the intrinsic impedance in the medium is
w.E h =
E
H
= 900 = 473.7
1.9
co
and phase constant of the wave in the medium is
asy 6
b = w = 5 # 10 7p = 0.224 m-1
lp.
vp 7 # 10
Therefore, En
Since, for a perfect dielectric s = 0
h =
m
= h0
mr
(1)
e
gin
er
he
and b = = w w mr er (2)
vp c
Comparing the equation (1) and (2) we get,
eer
^0.224h^473.7h^3 # 108h
te
bhc
mr = c
wh0 m >
= 5.37
=
ing
^5 # 106 ph^377h
H
.ne
ga
Again from equation (1)

h 2
er = b 0 l mr = b 377 l # 8.37 = 4.4
2
h 473.7
t
w.

General equation of electric field intensity of a plane wave propagating in free space
in - ax direction having amplitude E 0 and frequency w is given as :
E = E 0 cos ^wt + bx h an
ww
where b is phase constant of the wave and an is the unit vector in the direction of
polarization of wave and since the EM wave is polarized in + az direction. So,
an = a z
and we get, E = E 0 cos a wt + w x k az (in free space b = w )
c c
Therefore, the magnetic field intensity of the wave is given as
H = 1 âk h # Ê h
h0
where ak is the unit vector in the direction of wave propagation and h0 is the
intrinsic impedance of the wave in the medium.


So, H = 1 ^- ax h # 9E 0 cos a wt + w x k azC (ak =- ax )
h0 c
= E 0 cos a wt + w x k ay
h0 c
General equation of electric field intensity of a plane wave propagating in free space
is given as :
E = E 0 cos ^wt - k : r h an (1)
where an is unit vector in direction of polarization, k is the wave number in the
m
direction of wave propagation with amplitude k = b = w , and r = xax + yay + zaz
c
ww is the position vector.

Since, the wave is propagating in the direction from origin to point ^1, 1, 1h.
co
âx + ay + az h - 0
w.E So, k = awk
c 2 2
1 +1 +1
lp.
2
= wc x
c
and since the field is polarized parallel to x -z plane

a + ay + a z
3
m
So,
asy an = max 2+ na2z
m +n
where m and n are constants.
En
Now, the electric field of wave is always perpendicular to the direction of propagation
he
of EM wave. So, we have
gin
k : an = 0
w ax + ay + az : max + naz = 0
=c c mG ;
m2 + n2 E
eer
e
3
m+n = 0
at
m =- n
ing
Therefore, the unit vector in the direction of polarization of the wave is
max + ^- m h az
.ne
g
an = = ax - az (m =- n )
m + ^- m h
2 2 2
t
w.
Putting all the values in equation (1), we get the electric field of the wave as
a + ay + a z ax - az
E = E 0 cos =wt - w c x m : ^xax + yay + zaz hGb
c 3 2 l
ww
= E 0 cos :wt - w ^x + y + z hDb ax - az l

3c 3
Skin depth (d) of any medium is defined as the reciprocal of attenuation constant
(a) of a plane wave in the medium
i.e. d = 1
a
The attenuation constant of the plane wave in the medium is given as
me
1 + a s k - 1D
2:
2
a =w
we
Now, s = 2 = 2
we 2pfer e0 2p # 50 # 103 # 80 # 8.85 # 10-12


= 8991.8 >> 1
i.e. s >> 1
we
wms
So, a = ( s/we >> 1)
2
3 -7
= 2p # 50 # 10 # 4 # 4p # 10 # 2 = 0.4p
2
Therefore, d = =1 1 = 0.796 m
a 0.4p
For the microwave experiment the angular frequency is
ww
m
w = 2pf = 2p # 10 # 109 ( f = 10 GHz )
10
= 2p # 10
w.E So, s
we
= 6.25 # 107
co
2p # 10 # 1 # 8.85 # 10-12
10
= 1.12 # 108 >> 1
asy
Therefore, the skin depth of the material is
lp.
d = 1= 2 ( s/we >> 1)
En
=
a wms
2
gin
2p # 10 # 1 # 4p # 10-7 # 6.25 # 107
10
he
= 6.36 # 10-7 m = 0.636 mm
eer
Thus, for the successful experiment, width of coating must be greater than skin
depth
te
i.e. t > 0.636

t > 0.64 mm
ing
.ne
ga
Given, the electric field intensity of the plane wave

E = 3 cos ^107 t - 0.2y h ax + 2 sin ^107 t - 0.2y h az V/m
t
Comparing it with the general equation of electric field of a plane wave, we get
w.
Angular frequency, w = 107

Phase constant, b = 0.2
So, the phase velocity of the propagating wave is
ww
7
v p = w = 10 = 5 # 107 m/s
b 0.2
or, c = 5 107
#
er
where c is velocity of wave in air and er is the relative permittivity of the medium.
8 2
So, er = c 3 # 107 m = 36
5 # 10
Therefore, permittivity of the medium is
e = er e0 = 36e0
Now, the complex permittivity of the medium is given as


ec = el - jem
where el = e = 36e0
7
and em = s = 2 # 10 =2
w 10 7
Thus, ec = ^24e0 - j5h F/m

Conductivity of all the metals are in the range of mega siemens per meter and
frequency of the visible waves are in the range of 1015 Hz . So, we can assume
Conductivity of a metal . 106 S/m
m
Frequency of a visible wave . 1015 Hz
ww Now, the attenuation constant of a wave in a certain medium is given as :
co
me
1 + a s k - 1D
2:
2
a =w
w.E Since for a metal, s >> we

me
we
s = wms
lp.
So,
asy a =w
2 we
Therefore, the skin depth of a metal is
2
En d = 1 = 2 = 2
he
a wms 10 # 4p # 10-7 # 106
15
= 2
4p # 1014
gin
= 1
2p #
10-7 . 1 nm
Thus, the skin depth is in the range of nanometers for a metal and that’s why the
eer
e
wave (visible wave) can’t penetrate inside the metal and the metals are opaque.
i.e. (A) and (R) both are true and (R) is the correct explanation of (A).
at

.ne
Since, the wave is propagating in free space so, the velocity of the wave is 3 # 108 m/s
g
and the amplitude of magnetic field intensity in z = 0 plane is given as

H0 = E0
t
w.
h0
Therefore, the plot of magnetic field intensity H 0 versus time t in z = 0 plane is as
shown in the figure below :
ww


Since, the wave is propagating in + az direction so, an amplitude which exists in
the plane z = 0 at any time t must exist in the plane
z = ^1 # 10-6 - t h # 3 # 108 m at t = 1 m sec .
So, the amplitude of H 0 will be equal to the H1 at t = 1 m sec for the plane
z = ^106 - t h # 3 # 108 m
Thus, the plot of H1 versus z will be as shown in figure below
ww
m
w.E co
asy
lp.
En
Velocity of the wave in free space is
c =
m0
e0
= 3 # 108 m/s
gin
he
So, the velocity of the wave in dielectric 1 is

m0
=c
vP1 =
4e0 2
eer
te
The velocity of wave in dielectric 2 is

vP2 =
m0
9e0
=c
3 ing
.ne
ga
The velocity of wave in dielectric 3 is

m0
vP3 = = c
3e0 3
t
Therefore, the time t taken by the wave to strike the interface at x = 5 m is
w.
t = t1 + t 2 + t 3
= 6 + 3 + 2
3 # 108 c/2 c/3
= ^0.04 + 0.06 + 0.08h # 10-6 = 0.06 m sec
ww

Intrinsic impedance of 1st medium is
m0
h1 =
e1
and the intrinsic impedance of 2 nd medium is
m0
h2 =
e2
So, the reflection coefficient at the interface of the two medium is given as
h - h1
G = 2
h 2 + h1


m0 m0
-
G = e2 e1
m0 m0
+
e2 e1
1 - 1
or, 1 = e 2 e1 (given G = 1 )
5 1 + 1 5
e2 e1
1 - e2
1 = e1
m
5 1+ e
ww
2
e1
5+1 = 2
co
(by rationalisation)
5-1 2 e2
w.E 6 = e1
4 e2
e1
lp.
SOL 7.2.16
asy e1 = 9
e2
4
Given
En
he
Frequency of the propagating wave, , f = 50 MHz = 50 # 106 Hz
Permittivity of dielectric, gin

Skin depth of the dielectric medium, d = 0.32 mm = 0.32 # 10-3 m
m = 6.28 # 10-7
eer
e
So, the conductivity of the dielectric medium is given as

s = 1 2 = 1
at
pfmd ^3
= 0.99 # 105 S/m
. 14 h# (50 # 10 6
) # (6
ing
. 28 # 10 ) # ^0.32 # 10 h
-7 -3 2
.ne
g

Frequency of the wave, f = 8 GHz = 8 # 109 Hz
t
w.
Distance travelled by the wave, z = 0.175 mm = 0.175 # 10-3 m

Permittivity of dielectric, m = 6.28 # 10-7
and as calculated in previous question the conductivity of the dielectric medium is
ww
s = 0.99 # 105 S/m

So, the attenuation constant of the wave in the dielectric medium is
a = pfms = ^3.14h # (8 # 109) # (6.28 # 10-7) # (0.99 # 105)
= 3.95 # 10 4 NP/m
Therefore, the reducing factor of the field intensity in dB after travelling distance
z is
20 log 10 e- az = 20 log 10 e-^3.95 # 10 h # ^0.175 # 10 h =- 40 dB
4 -3

Given the electric field intensity in phasor form
Es = E 0 ây - jaz h e-jbx
So, the instantaneous expression of electric field intensity will be,


E = Re $E 0 ây - jaz h e j^wt - bx h.
= Re "E 0 ây - jaz h6cos ^wt h + j sin ^wt h@, e-jbx
= E 0 ây cos ^wt h + az sin ^wt hh e-jbx
Therefore, the magnitude of the field is
E = Ê 0 cos wt h2 + Ê 0 sin wt h2
or, E1 2 + E 2 2 = E 0
which is a circular equation i.e. the wave is circularly polarized.
Now, the instantaneous angle q that the field E makes with y -axis is given as
tan q = E 0 sin wt
ww
m
E 0 cos wt
or, q = wt
w.E Therefore as the time increases, E rotates from y to z as shown in figure below :
co
asy
lp.
En
gin
he
eer
and since the direction of wave propagation is in + ax direction so, the rotation
te
ing
from y to z obeys the right hand rule. Thus, we conclude that the field is Right
hand circularly polarized.
.ne
ga

Given the phasor form of electric field intensity,
Es = 4 âz - jax h e-jby
So, the electric field intensity of the reflected wave will be t
w.
Ers = G 64 (az - jax )@ e jby

where G is the reflection coefficient at the interface. Therefore,
Ers = 4 ^- az + jax h e jby (for perfect conductor G =- 1)
ww
and the instantaneous expression of the electric field of reflected wave will be
E = Re "4 ^- az + jax h^cos wt + j sin wt h, e jby
= 4 ^- cos ^wt h az - sin ^wt h ax h e jby
Therefore, the magnitude of the reflected field is
E = ^4 cos wt h2 + ^4 sin wt h2
or, E1 2 + E 2 2 = 4
which is a circular equation i.e. the wave is circularly polarized.
Now, the instantaneous angle q that E makes with z -axis is given as
tan q = - 4 sin wt
- 4 cos wt


q = wt
So, as time increases, electric field E rotates from z to x as shown in the figure
below :
m
ww
co
w.E Since the direction of wave propagation is along - ay , so, the rotation from z to
x follows left hand rule. Thus, we conclude that the EM wave is LHC (left hand
circularly) polarized. lp.
SOL 7.2.20
asy
Given the electric field intensity of incident wave,
EnEis = 10az e-j^6y + 8x h

he
So, the direction of wave propagation is

K = 6ay + 8ax
gin
Since the wave is incident on the perfect conductor so, the magnitude of the reflected
eer
e
wave is given as,

Er 0 =- Ei0 =- 10az ( G =- 1 for perfect conductor)
at
ing
The direction of wave propagation of reflected wave will be along ^6ay - 8ax h as
shown in figure below :
.ne
g
t
w.
ww
Therefore, the field intensity of the reflected wave is

Ers =- 10az e-j^6y - 8x h
Thus, the net electric field intensity of the total wave in free space after reflection
will be
Es = Eis + Ers = 10az e-j^6y + 8x h + 6- 10az e-j^6y - 8x h@
= 10az e-j6y ê-j8x - e-8x h =- j10az e-j4y sin 4x V/m


Given, the electric field intensity of the incident wave,
Eis = 25ax e-j^6z + 8y h V/m
So, the direction of the wave propagation is
k = 6a z + 8 a y
Since the wave is incident on a perfect conductor so, the magnitude of the electric
field of the reflected wave is
Er 0 =- Ei0 (reflection coefficient, G =- 1)
=- 25ax
The reflected wave will propagate in 6az - 8ay direction as shown in figure below:
ww
m
w.E co
asy
lp.
En
gin
he
So, we get the electric field intensity of reflected wave as

Ers =- 25ax e-j^6z - 8y h V/m
eer
te
Since, the magnetic field intensity of a plane wave in terms of electric field intensity
is defined as
H = 1 âk # E h
ing
h0
.ne
ga
where ak is unit vector in the direction of wave propagation and h 0 is the intrinsic
t
impedance of free space. So, the magnetic field intensity of the reflected wave is
given as
w.
Hrs = 1 âk # Ers h

h0
6az - 8ay
where, ak = k = = ^0.6az - 0.8ay h
ww
k 6az - 8ay
So, we get Hrs = 1 6^0.6az - 0.8ay h # ^- 25ax e-j^6z - 8y hh@
120p
= 1 6^- 15ay - 20az h e-j^6z - 8y h@
120p
a
=-a y + az k e-j^2z - 3y h A/m
4p 3p
Given, the magnetic field intensity of the EM wave propagating in free space,
So, the time average power density of the EM wave is given as


Pave = 1 h 0 H2 ax
2
where h0 is the intrinsic impedance in free space and H is the magnitude of magnetic
field intensity in free space.
So, Pave = 1 ^120ph^0.1h2 ax ( h0 = 120p, H = 0.1)
2
= 0.6pax
Therefore, the total power passing through the square plate of side 20 cm is given
as
m
#
Ptotal = Pave : dS
ww = Pave : San
co
where S is the area of the square plate given as
S = ^0.2h2 = 0.04 m2
w.E and an is the unit vector normal to the plate given as
i.e. an = x
a + ay
lp.
(Side of square = 0.2 m )
So, asy 2
a + ay
Ptotal = ^0.6pax h : =0.04 c x mG
En 2
he
= 0.09331 Watt = 53.31 mW
gin
Given, the electric field intensity of the incident wave,
Eis = 5e-j5y az V/m
eer
e
So, we get the phase constant of the wave as

at
or,
b1 = 5
w m e =5 ing (b = w )
c r1 r1
.ne vp
g
c ^ h^ h
w 4 1 =5
t
w.
w = 5c
2
Now, the intrinsic impedance of the lossless medium is given as
ww
m1 m0
h1 = =2 = 2h0 = 754
e1 e0
and the intrinsic impedance of lossy medium is
h2 = h2 qh2
where, the magnitude of the intrinsic impedance is given as
m2 /e2 m0 /4e0
h2 = =
s 0.1 1/4
:1 + a we2 k D
1/4
2 2
1+
> f b 5c l^4e0h pH
2
= 60 p
^15.18h1/4


= 95.48
and the phase angle of the intrinsic impedance is
tan 2qh2 = s2 = 3.77
we2
or qh2 = 37.57c
So, the reflection coefficient of the wave is given as
h - h1 95.48 37.57c - 754
G = 2 =
h2 + h1 95.48 37.57c + 754
= 0.1886 171.08c
Therefore, the standing wave ratio is
ww 1+ G
m
S = = 1 + 0.8186
1- G 1 - 0.8186
w.E
= 12.025
co
The general expression for phasor form of electric field vector is
asyEs = E 0 e-j^b x + b y + b z h
x y z
lp.
Comparing the given field with this expression we get,
En
bx x + by y + bz z = 0.01p ^- 3x + 3 y - 2z h
So, the propagation vector is
gin
k = d ^bx x + by y + bz z h = 0.01p ^- 3ax + 3 ay - 3az h
he
Therefore, the direction of the propagation of the wave is

ak = k =
k
- 3ax + 3 ay - 2az
9+3+4 eer
te

= ^- 5ax + 2 ay - 2az h
1
4 ing
SOL 7.2.25
.ne
ga
As calculated in previous question we have the propagation vector from the given
data as
k = 0.04p ^- 2ax - 3ay + 3 az h
t
w.
and the direction of wave propagation is

0.04p ^- 2ax - 3ay + 3 az h
ak = k =
k 0.04p ^- 2ax - 3ay + 3 az h
ww
^- 2ax - 3ay + 3 az h
=
(- 2) 2 + (- 3) 2 + ( 3 ) 2
- 2ax - 3ay + 3 az
=
4
Therefore, the phase constant along the direction of propagation is
b = k : ak
- 2ax - 3ay + 3 az
= 90.04p _- 2ax - 3ay + 3 az iC : c m
4
= 0.16p


So, the wavelength along the direction of wave propagation is
l = 2p = 25.5 m
b
SOL 7.2.26 Option (C) is correct
From the given expression of magnetic field vector we get,
bx x + by y + bz z = 0.04p ^ 3 x - 2y - 3z h
So, the propagation vector of the plane wave is
k = d ^bx x + by y + bz z h
= 0.04p ^ 3 ax - 2ay - 3az h
m
and the direction of wave propagation is
ww ak = k =
k
0.04p ^ 3 ax - 2ay - 3az h
0.04p ^ 3 ax - 2ay - 3az h
co
^ 3 ax - 2ay - 3az h
w.E =
4
Therefore, the phase constant along the direction of wave propagation is
lp.
asy b = k : ak = 0.16p
Since the wave is propagating in free space so it’s phase velocity will be
En
v p = 3 # 108 m/s
he
or, w = 3 108
b #
So, the frequency of the plane wave is
gin
^3 # 108h^0.16ph
eer
e
f = = 2.4 # 107 Hz ( w = 2pf )

2p
= 12 MHz
at

.ne
From the given expression of the field vector, we have the propagation vector,
g
k = p ^ 3 ax - 2ay - 3az h
25
t
w.
So the phase constants along x , y and z -axes are

bx = 3 p ; by =- 2p ; bz =- 3p
25 25 25
ww
Therefore, the apparent wave lengths along the three axes are
lx = 2p = 2p = 50 = 28.87 m
bx 3p 3
c 25 m
ly = 2p = 2p =+ 25 m
by - 2p
b 25 l
lz = 2p = 2p =+ 50 = 26.7 m
bz - 3p 3
b 25 l
As determined in previous question, the propagation vector of the plane wave is


k = p ^ 3 ax - 2ay - 3az h
25
Therefore, the direction of wave propagation is
3 ax - 2ay - 3az
ak = k =
k 4
So the phase constant along the direction of wave propagation is
b = k : ak = 0.16p
Therefore, the angular frequency of the propagating wave is
w = v p b = ^3 # 108h # ^0.16ph (In free space v p = 3 # 108 m/s )
= 1.51 # 108 rad/ sec
ww
m
So, for the determined values of apparent phase constants in previous question, the
apparent phase velocities are given as
w.E
8
v px = w = 1.51 # 10 = 6.93 # 108 m/s
co
bx 3p
c 25 m
asy 8
v py = w = 1.51 # 10 = 6 # 108 m/s
by - 2p
lp.
25
and v pz =
En
w
bz
= 1 . 51 8
# 10 = 4 # 108 m/s
- 3p
25
gin
he
eer
The necessary condition for the vector field E = E 0 e-jb to represent the electric
field intensity of a uniform plane wave is
te
k : E0 = 0
ing
where k is the propagation vector of the wave and E 0 is the amplitude of the
.ne
electric field intensity of the plane wave. Now, we check all the given options for
ga
this condition.
(A) From given data we have
k = 3 ay + a z
t
w.
E 0 =- jax - 2ay + j 3 az
So, k : E 0 =- 2 3 + j 3 ! 0
(B) From given data we have
ww
E 0 = a x - j 2a y - 3 a z
k = ax + 3 az
So, k : E0 = 1 - 3 ! 0
(C) From given data we have
j 3
E 0 = b 3 + j 1 l a x + c1 +
2 m y
a - j 3 az
2
k = 3 ax + 3ay + 2az
j 3 j3 3
So, k : E0 = 3 + +3+ - j2 3 ! 0
2 2
(D) From given data we have


E 0 = b- 3 - j 1 l a x + c 1 - j 3 m a y + j 3 a z
2 2
k = 3 ax + 3ay + 2az
So, k : E 0 =- 3 - j 3 + 3 - j 3 3 + j2 3 = 0
2 2
So the vector represents electric field vector of a uniform plane wave.
For the field vectors Es and Hs defined as
Es = E 0 e-jb
m
and Hs = H 0 e-jb
ww The condition that it represents the field vectors of a uniform plane wave is
co
E 0 : H 0 = 0 , E 0 : k = 0 and H 0 : k = 0
w.E where k is the propagation vector of the plane wave.

Now, we check the all given pairs for this condition
In Option (D) lp.
E 0 =- jax - 2ay + j 3 az
and
asy H 0 = ax - j2ay - 3 az
k = 3 ax + az
So
En
E 0 : H 0 =- j + j4 - j3 = 0
he
E 0 : k =- j 3 + j 3 = 0
H0 : k = 3 - 3 = 0
gin
Therefore, it represents the field vectors of a uniform plane wave.
eer
e

at
equation.
d:E = 0
ing
For a propagating electromagnetic wave, the field satisfies the following Maxweell’s
.ne
g
d # E =-2B ! 0
2t
t
w.
Now, we check the condition for the given fields as below.

P = 60 sin ^wt + 10x h az
So, d:P = 0
ww
and d # P =- 600 cos ^wt + 10x h ay ! 0

i.e. P is a possible EM field.
again, Q = 10 cos ^wt - 2rh af
r
So, d:Q = 0
and d # Q = 1 2 610 cos ^wt - 2rh@ az ! 0
r 2r
i.e. Q is a possible EM field
R = 3r2 cot fa r + 1 cos faf
r
sin f
So, d : R = 1 2 ^3r2 cot fh !0
r 2r r


i.e. R is not a possible EM field.
S = 1 sin q sin ^wt - 6r h af
r
2 ^sin2 fh
So, d : S = 2 1 sin ^wt - 6r h !0
r sin q 2r
i.e. S is not an EM field.
Thus, the possible EM fields are P and Q .
Since, 20% of the energy in the incident wave is reflected at the boundary. So, we
have,
ww
m
G 2 = 20
100
w.E or, G = 0.2 = ! 0.447
h2 - h1
= ! 0.447
co
Where G is the reflection coefficient at the medium interface. Therefore, we have
asy
h2 + h1
lp.
mr2 mr1
h0 - h0
er2 er1 = ! 0.447
h0
mr2
er2
+ h0
En
mr1
er1
mr2 mr1
gin
he
-
mr32 mr31
êr1 = mr1, er2 = mr2h
3 3
= ! 0.447
mr2 mr1
mr32
+
mr31
eer
te
mr1 - mr2
mr1 + mr2
mr1
= ! 0.447
= 1 ! 0.447
ing
.ne
ga
mr2 1 " 0.447

mr1
= 2.62 or 0.38
mr2
er2 = mr2 3 = 0.056 or 17.9
er1 b mr1 l
t
w.
So,
ww
***********


SOLUTIONS 7.3
m
Electric field of the propagating wave in free space is given as
ww Ei = (8ax + 6ay + 5az ) e j (wt + 3x - 4y) V/m
co
So, it is clear that wave is propagating in the direction (- 3ax + 4ay).
w.E Since, the wave is incident on a perfectly conducting slab at x = 0 . So, the reflection
coefficient will be equal to - 1.
i.e. Er = (- 1) Ei =- 8ax - 6ay - 5az
lp.
asy 0 0
Again, the reflected wave will be as shown in figure below :
En
he
gin
eer
e
at
ing
i.e. the reflected wave will be along the direction 3ax + 4ay . Thus, the electric field
of the reflected wave will be
.ne
g
Er = (- 8ax - 6ay - 5az ) e j (wt - 3x - 4y) V/m
t
w.

Given, the electric field intensity of the EM wave as
E = 10 (ay + jaz ) e-j 25x
ww
So, we conclude that the wave is propagating in ax direction and the y and z
-components of the field are same. Therefore, the wave is circularly polarized.
Now, the angle formed by the electric field with the z -axis is given as
q = wt
So, with increase in time the tip of the field magnitude rotates from z to y -axis
and as the wave is propagating in ax direction so, we conclude that the wave is left
circular (i.e., left circular polarization).
The phase constant of the field is given as
b =w
c
2pf
25 = ( b = 25 )
c


8
f = 25 # c = 25 # 3 # 10 = 1.2 GHz
2p 2 # 3.14
Power radiated from any source is constant.
Intrinsic impedance of EM wave
m m0
h = = = 120p = 30p
e 4e0 2
Time average power density of the EM wave is given as
ww
2
Pave = 1 EH = 1 E = 1 = 1 ( E = 1 V/m )
m
2 2 h 2 # 60p 120p
w.E In the given problem
co
asy
lp.
En
gin
he
eer
te
Reflection coefficient at the medium interface is given as

G = 2
h - h1
h2 + h 1
= 400p - 120p =- 1
40p + 120p ing
2
.ne
ga
As, given the electric field component of the incident wave is

Ei = 24 cos ^3 # 108 - by h ax
t
So, we conclude that the incident wave is propagating along ay direction and the
angular frequency of the wave is
w.
w = 3 # 108 rad/s
So, the phase constant of the wave is given as
8
b = w = 3 # 108 = 1
ww
c 3 # 10
Therefore, the reflected wave will be propagating in - ay direction and its electric
field component is given as
Er = GEi0 cos (3 # 108 + y) ( b = 1 rad/m )
where Ei0 is the maximum value of the field component of incident wave.
i.e. Ei0 = 24ax
So, we have
Ei0 =- 1 824 cos ^3 # 108 + y h axB
2
=- 12 cos ^3 # 108 + y h ax


Therefore, the magnetic field component of the reflected wave is given as
Hr = 1 (ak # Er )
h
where h1 is the intrinsic impedance of medium 1, and ak is the unit vector in the
direction of wave propagation. So, we get
Hr = 1 8ay # _- 12 cos ^3 # 108 + y h ax iB
120p
= 1 cos ^3 # 108 + y h az
5p
m
The intrinsic impedance of the wave is defined as
ww h =
m
co
e
w.E where m is permeability and e is permittivity of the medium.

Now, the reflection coefficient at the medium interface is given as
G = 2
h - h1 lp.
asy h2 + h1
Substituting values for h1 and h2 we have
En
m
- me
= 1 - er = 1 - 9
o o
t = eme o r o
( er = 9 )
he
m
ee + 1 + er 1+ 9
o o
e
gin
o r o
=- 0.5
or, G = 0.5
eer
e

Since, the wave is propagating in a direction making an angle 90c with positive y
at
ing
-axis. So, the y -component of propagation constant will be zero. As the direction of
propagation makes an angle 30c with positive x -axis so, we have the propagation
constant of the wave as
.ne
g
g = b cos 30cx ! b sin 30cy
t
w.
where b is the phase constant of the wave. So, we get

g = 2p 3 x ! 2p 1 y = p 3 x ! p y
l 2 l 2 l l
Now, in all the given options the direction of electric field of the wave is given along
ww
ay . So, considering that direction we get the field intensity of the wave as
p 2 x! p y
E = ay E 0 e j (wt - g) = ax E 0 e j=wt - c l l mG

Since, the given field intensity have components in ax and ay direction so, the
magnitude of the field intensity of the plane wave is
2
H 2 = H x2 + H y2 = c 5 3 m + b 5 l = b 10 l
2 2
h0 h0 h0
So, the time average power density of the EM wave is given as
h H 2 h0 10 2 50
Pave = 0 = b l = watts
2 2 h0 h0


The Brewster angle is given as
tan qn = er 2
er1
tan 60c = er2
1
or er2 = 3
Given, the electric field intensity of the propagating wave
E = ax sin (wt - bz) + ay sin (wt - bz + p/2)
ww
m
So, we conclude that the wave is propagating along az direction and the field
components along ax and ay are equal.
w.E i.e. E x = Ey
co
Therefore, the wave is circularly polarized. Now we will determine the field is either
right circular or left circular. The angle between the electric field E and x -axis is
given as
asy
lp.
q = tan-1 a cos wt k = p - wt
En sin wt 2
So, with increase in time the tip of the field intensity moves from y to x -axis and
gin
as the wave is propagating in az direction therefore, the wave is left hand circularly
he
polarized.
eer
The reflection coefficient at the medium interface is given as
te
G = 2
h - h1
h2 + h1
= eme
m
o
o r
- me
ee +
o
o r
m
e
o
o
o
o
1 + er ing
= 1 + er = 1 - 4 =- 1
1+ 4 3
So, the transmitted power is
.ne
ga
Pt = (1 - G 2) Pi
Pt = `1 - 1 j Pi = 8 Pi
9 9 t
w.
or, P t
= 8
Pi 9
ww
sin q = 1 = 1
er 2
or q = 45c = p
4
The configuration is shown below. Here A is point source.


Now AO = 1 m
From geometry BO = 1 m
Thus, area = pr2 = p # OB = p m 2
Given, the electric field of the EM wave in medium 1 as
E1 = 4ax + 3ay + 5az
As the medium interface lies in the plane x = 0 so, the tangential and normal
components of the electric field are
m
E1t = 3ay + 5az
ww and E1n = 4ax

Now, from the boundary condition we know that the tangential component of
co
electric field is uniform. So, we get
w.E E2t = E1t = 3ay + 5az

Again from the boundary condition the normal component of displacement vector
lp.
are equal.
i.e.
or
asy D2n = D1n
e2 E2n = e1 E1n
or
En
4eo E2n = 3eo 4az
he
or E2n = 3ax
gin
Thus, the net electric field intensity in medium 2 is
E2 = E2t + E2n = 3ax + 3ay + 5az
eer
e

at
ing
From the expression of the magnetic field intensity of the EM wave, we have
Angular frequency, w = 50, 000
Phase constant, b = 0.004
.ne
g
So, the phase constant of the wave is given as
t
4
vp = w = 5 # 10-3 = 1.25 # 107 m/s
w.
b 4 # 10
Refractive index of glass ng = mr er = 1.5
ww
Frequency f = 1014 Hz
c = 3 # 108 m/sec
The wavelength of the 1014 Hz beam of light is
8
l = c = 3 # 1410 = 3 # 10-6
f 10
So, wavelength of the light beam in glass is given as
-6
lg = l = 3 # 10 = 2 # 10-6 m
ng 1.5
The time average poynting vector of the EM wave is defined as
Pave = 1 Re 6Es # Hs*@
2


where, Es is the phasor form of the electric field intensity and Hs) is the complex
conjugate of the phsor form of magnetic field intensity. So, we have
Es # Hs* = (ax + jay) e jkz - jwt # k (- jax + ay) e-jkz + jwt
wm
= az ; k - (- j) (j) k E = 0
wm wm
Thus, Pave = 1 Re 6Es # Hs*@ = 0
2
1- G
We have VSWR = E max = 5 =
E min 1+ G
ww
m
or G = 2
3
w.E As the wave is normally incident on the interface so, the reflection coefficient will
co
be real (either positive or negative). Now, for a wave propagating from medium 1
to medium 2 having permittivities e1 and e2 respectively.
asy
(i) If e2 > e1 , the reflection coefficient is negative
lp.
(ii) If e2 < e1 then, the reflection coefficient is positive.
En
Since, the given EM wave is propagating from free space to the dielectric material
with e > e0 , therefore
gin
he
G =- 2
3
or,
h2 - h1
h2 + h1
=- 2
3
eer
te
h2 - 120p
or,
So,
h2 + 120p
=- 2
3
h2 = 24p ing
.ne
ga
t
The skin depth (d) of a material is related to the operating frequency (f) as
d\ 1
w.
f
d f1
Therefore, 2
=
d1 f2
d2 = 1
ww
25 4
or d2 = 1 # 25 = 25 cm
4
The intrinsic impedance of a medium with permittivity e and permeability m is
defined as
m
h =
e
So, the reflection coefficient at the boundary interface of the two mediums is given
as


mo
h - h1 eo er- me 0
G = 2 = o
h2 + h1 mo
eo er+ me
o
o
= 1 - er = 1 - 4 since er = 4
1 + er 1+ 4
= - 1 = 2.333 180c
3
We have E (z, t) = 10 cos (2p # 107 t - 0.1pz)
So, we get w = 2p # 107 t
m
b = 0.1p
ww Therefore, the phase velocity of the wave is given as

7
v p = w = 2p # 10 = 2 # 108 m/s
co
b 0.1p
w.E
We have
p
E = (0.5ax + ay e j ) e j (wt - kz)
2
lp.
So, its components along x and y -axis are
and
asyEx = 0.5e j (wt - kz)
p
Ey = e j 2 e j (wt - kz)
i.e.
En
E x ! Ey
he
gin
Since, the components are not equal and have the phase difference of p/2 so, we
conclude that the EM wave is elliptically polarized.
eer
e
Loss tangent of a medium is defined as

at
tan d = s
we
ing
where s is the conductivity e is permittivity of the medium and w is operating
.ne
g
angular frequency. So, we get

1.7 # 10-4
tan d =
t ( w = 2pf )
w.
2p # 3 # 109 # 78eo
-4
= 1.7 # 10 # 9 # 109
9
3 # 10 # 39
ww
= 2.3 # 10-5
We have 22Ex = c222Ex
2Z 2 2t2
As the field component Ex changes with z so, we conclude that the EM wave is
propagating in z - direction.
The required condition is
Ic = Id
i.e. the conduction current equals to the displacement current. So, we get
Jc = Jd


sE = jweE
or, s = 2pfeo er ( w = 2pf , e = er e0 )
or, f = s = 2s
2p # eo er 4peo er
9 -2
= 9 # 10 # 2 # 10
4
6
= 45 # 10 = 90 MHz
VSWR (voltage standing wave ratio) of the transmission line is defined as
1+ G
ww S =
m
1- G
where G is the reflection coefficient of the transmission line. So, we get
w.E or
3=
1+ G
1- G
G = 0.5
co
(VSWR = 3 )
asy
Therefore, the ratio of the reflected power strength to the incident power is given as
lp.
Pr = G 2 = 0.25
Pi
En
Thus, 25% of incident power is reflected.
gin
he

The fig is as shown below :
eer
te
ing
.ne
ga
As per snell law

t
w.
sin qt = 1
sin qi er
or sin 30c = 1
sin 45c
ww
er
1
2
= 1
1
2 er
or er = 2
Since, the phase constant is defined as
b = 2p = w me
l
So, the wavelength in terms of permittivity of the medium can be given as
l = 2p
w me


or, l\ 1
e
So, we get l1 = e1
l2 e2
A scalar wave equation must satisfy following relation
22E - v 222E = 0 ...(1)
p
2t2 2z2
where vp = w (Phase velocity of the wave)
m
b
ww Basically w is the multiply factor of frequency, f and b is multiply factor of

z or x or y .
co
So, we can conclude that expression given in option (C) does not satisfy equation
w.E
SOL 7.3.29
(1) (i.e. the wave equation).
Option (D) is correct. lp.
asy
In a lossless dielectric (s = 0) medium, impedance is given by
h =
m
En e
he
where m is permeability and e is permittivity of the medium. So, we get
h =
m0 mr
e0 er
gin
= 120p #
= 120p # 2 = 288.4 W
mr
er
eer
e
8
at

Intrinsic impedance of a medium is given as
jwm ing
h =
.ne
g
s + jwe
Since, copper is good conductor i.e. s >> we so, we get
t
w.
jwm wm
h = = 45c
s s
Thus, the impedance will be complex with an inductive component.
ww

Given, the electric field intensity of the EM wave as
E = 24e j (wt + bz) ay V/m
Now, the time average poynting vector for the EM wave is defined as
1 Es 2 Es
P = Ês # Hs h = )
a c Hs = h m
2 2h k
where h is the intrinsic impedance of the medium and ak is the direction of wave
propagation. Since, from the given expression of the field intensity we conclude that
the wave is propagating along - az So, we have
(24) 2
P = (- az ) =- 2.4 az (ak =- az , E = 24 V/m )
2 # 120p p


Given the propagation constant of the wave
g = a + jb = 0.1p + j0.2p
So, we get b = 0.2p
or, 2p = 0.2p
l
Therefore, wavelength of the propagating wave is
l = 2 = 5m
0. 2
ww The depth of penetration or skin depth is defined as
m
d = 1
pfms
w.E i.e.
or,
d\
d\ l
1
f
co (l = c/f )
asy
So, the depth of penetration (skin depth) increases with increase in wavelength.
lp.
En
Given, the electric field intensity of the wave
E (z, t) = Eo e j (wt + bz) ax + e0 e j (wt + bz) ay ...(1)
gin
he
Generalizing
E (z) = ax E1 (z) + ay E2 (z) ...(2)
eer
Comparing (1) and (2) we can see that E1 (z) and E2 (z) are in space quadrature but
in time phase so, their sum E will be linearly polarized along a line that makes an
te
SOL 7.3.35
angle f with x -axis as shown below.
ing
.ne
ga
Skin depth of the conducting medium at frequency, f 1 = 10 MHz is given as

1
d =
pf1 ms
1 t
w.
or 10-2 ( f 1 = 10 MHz )
p # 10 # 106 # ms
-3
or, ms = 10
p
ww
Now, phase velocity at another frequency ( f 2 = 1000 MHz ) is

4p f 2
vp =
ms
-3
Putting ms = 10 /p in the above expression, we get
vp = 4 # p # 1000 # 106 # p - 3 106 m/ sec
#
10-3
Reflected power Pr of a plane wave in terms of incident power Pi is defined as
Pr = G 2 Pi (1)
where, G is the reflection coefficient at the medium interface given as


h2 - h1
G = (2)
h 2 + h1
where h1 and h2 are the intrinsic impedance of the two mediums (air and glass)
respectively. Since, the refractive index of the glass is 1.5
i.e. n2 = c m2 e2 = 1.5 (3)
where m2 = m0 (Permeability of glass)
e2 = er e0 (Permittivity of glass)
So, putting these values in equation (3) we get
er = 1.5
m
m2 h h
ww and h2 =
e2
= 0 = 0
er 1.5
co
Therefore, from equation (2) we have
w.E h
0
G = 1h.5
0
1.5
- h0
+ h0
= 1 - 1.5 =- 1
1 + 1.5
lp. 5
(for free space h1 = h0 )
asy
Thus, from equation (1) the reflected power is given as
Pr = b 1 l # Pi
5
2
or,
EnP r
= 4%
he
Pi
gin
Skin depth of a material is defined as
1
eer
e
d =
pfms
Putting the given values in the expression, we get
at
d = 1
ing
3.14 # 1 # 10 # 4p # 10-7 # 106
9
= 15.9 mm
.ne
g
The energy density in a medium having electric field intensity E is defined as

wE = 1 e E 2
t
w.
where e is permittivity of the medium.

2
So, due to the field E = 100 p V/m in free space, the energy density is
wE = 1 ^8.85 # 10-12h^100 p h
2
ww
2
= 1.39 # 10-7 J/m3 = 189 nJ/m3
For a uniform plane wave propagating in free space, the fields E and H are every
where normal to the direction of wave propagation ak and their direction are
related as
ak # a E = a H
i.e. the angel between electric field âE h and magnetic field vector âH h is always
90c.
The incidence angle of an EM wave for which there is no reflection is called


Brewster’s angle. For the vertically polarized wave (parallel polarized wave) the
Brewster angle is defined as
tan qB || = e2
e1
So, for the given dielectric medium we get
tan qB || = 9
4
or, qB || = tan-1 b 3 l
2
ww Given, the electric field component of the EM wave propagating in free space,
m
E = 10 cos ^107 t + kz h ay V/m
w.E The general equation of electric field component of an EM wave propagating in az

direction is given as
co
E = E 0 cos ^wt + kz h ay V/m
asy
So, we conclude that the EM wave is propagating in az direction.
lp.
w = 107 rad/s
or
En
2pf = 107
f = 10
7
2p
gin
he
8
So, l = c = 3 # 10 # 2p = 188.5 m
f 10 7
i.e. wavelength of the wave is

eer
te
wave amplitude, E 0 = 10 V/m

wave number, k = 2p = 2p = 1
l 60p 30 ing
.ne
ga
= 0.233 rad/m
The wave doesn’t attenuate as it travels. So, statement (2) and (3) are correct.
t
w.
The incidence angle of a plane wave for which there is no reflection is called
Brewster’s angle. For the parallel polarized wave, Brewster’s angle is given as
tan qB || = e2
e1
ww
where e1 and e2 are the permittivity of two mediums respectively.

So, for the given parallel polarized plane wave the incidence angle ^qi h for no
reflection is given as
tan qi = e0
81e0
or, qi = tan-1 b 1 l
9
Therefore, the angle a for no reflection is
a = 90c - qi = 83.66c


Given, the characteristic impedance of air,
h = 360 W
Ex = 3 sin ^wt - bz h V/m
Ey = 6 sin ^wt - bz + 75ch V/m
So, the time average power per unit area is
_ E x + Ey i
2 2
1 E 2 1
Pave = = #
2 h 2 360
^3 + 6 h
2 2
m
=1# = 6.25 # 10-2 W/m2 = 82.5 mW/m2
2 360
ww
co
Operating frequency f = 3 GHz = 3 # 109 Hz
w.E Medium parameters, m = 4p # 10-7 H/m

e = 10-9 /36p
s = 5.8 # 107 S/m
lp.
asy
So, we have intrinsic impedance defined as
4p # 10-7
En
h =
m/e
=
^10-9 /36ph
he
s 2 1/4 2 1/4
:1 + a we k D 5.8 # 107
gin > f 2p # 3 # 109 # 10 p H

1+ -9
36p
eer
e
-2
= 2.02 # 10 W
The phase angle of intrinsic impedance is given as
at
2 we 2 ing
qh = 1 tan-1 a s k = 1 # tan-1
f
5.8 # 107
2p # 3 # 109 # 10 p
36p
-9
=1#p = p
.ne
g
2 2 4
t
w.
So, jq
h = h e = 0.22e jp/4 W
n

The Skin depth of a conductor is defined as
ww
d = 1
pfms
So, statement 2 and 3 are correct while are incorrect.
For circular polarization the two orthogonal field components must have the same
magnitude and has a phase difference of 90c.
So, all the three statements are necessary conditions.
Velocity of light in any dielectric medium is defined as
v = 1 = 1 = c
me m0 e0 er er


where c is velocity of light in vacuum and er is dielectric constant of the medium.
Since er > 1
So, v <c
Therefore, both A and R are true and R is correct explanation of A.
Given, the electric field of a plane wave,
E = 50 sin ^108 t + 2z h ay V/m
Comparing it with the general expression electric field of a plane wave travelling in
az direction givenas
E = E 0 sin ^wt - bz h ay
ww
m
We get the direction of propagation of the given plane wave is - az .
w.E
co
The poynting vector is the instantaneous power flow per unit area in an EM wave
and defined as
asy
P = E#H
lp.
So, E # H is rate of energy flow (power flow) per unit area.
SOL 7.3.50
En
Given the electric field,
E = âx + jay h e-jbz
gin
he
eer
So, it is clear that y -component of field leads the x -component by 90c and the
wave propagates in z -direction. The components are same. So, the tip of electric
te
ing
field traverse in circular path in the clockwise direction and wave propagates in z
-direction as shown in figure.
.ne
ga
t
w.
ww
Therefore, it is negative circularly polarized wave or (left hand polarized wave).

Consider the reflector is of angle q = 90c for which the incident and reflected wave
is shown in figure.


m
ww So, it is clear that the incident and reflected wave both makes same angle a with
the x -axis i.e. reflected wave in same direction.
co
w.E
Poynting vector represents the instantaneous power density vector associated with
the EM field at a given point. lp.
SOL 7.3.53
i.e.
asy P = E#H
En
Given, the electric field intensity of the wave in free space,
he
E = 50 sin ^107 t + kz h ay V/m
gin
Comparing it with the general expression of electric field defined as
E = E 0 sin ^wt - bz h ay V/m
eer
e
We get,
(1) The wave propagates in - az direction along z -axis.
at
(2) The wavelength is given as

8
l = c = 3 # 10 7# 2p = 188.5 m
ing
^10 h
.ne
g
f
(3) Wave number, k = 2 p = 2 p = 0.233
t
w.
l 188.5
(4) The wave doesn’t attenuate as it travels.
ww
An electromagnetic wave incident on a conducting medium has the depth of

penetration (skin depth) defined as
d = 1
a
i.e. inversely proportion to attenuation constant.
Since, after reflection the phase of both x and y components will be reversed so the
reflected wave will be also right circularly polarised.
Given,
Electric field intensity of the wave E = 10 cos ^6p # 108 t - bx h ay


Permeability of medium, m = m0
Permittivity of medium, e = 81e0
From the expression of the electric field, we get the angular frequency as
w = 6p # 108
The phase velocity of the wave is given as
8 8
vp = 1 = 1 = 3 # 10 = 10 (c = 1 = 3 # 108 m/s )
me m0 # 81e0 9 3 m0 e0
So, the phase constant of the EM wave is
b = w = 6p # 108
vp 8
10 /3
ww
m
= 18p rad/m
w.E Given, the phase velocity of the plane wave in dielectric is 0.4 times its value in
free space
i.e. v p = 0.4c
co (1)
asy
Since, the phase velocity of a medium having permittivity e and permeability m is
lp.
defined as
En
vp = 1
me
So, putting it in equation (1) we get
gin
he
1 = 0.4c ( m = m0 mr , e = e0 )
m0 er e0
er = b 1 l = 6.25
2
eer (c = 1 )
te
0.4 m0 e0
Given, the electric field in free space, ing
E ^x, t h = 60 cos ^wt - 2x h ay V/m
.ne
ga
So, we get the magnitude of the electric field as

E 0 = 60
The time average power density in the electric field is given as t
w.
2
^60h2
Pave = 1 E0 = 1 #
2 h0 2 120p
Therefore, the average power through the circular area of radius 4 m is
ww
Pave = ^Pave h # ^pr2h

^60h2
2 120p # ^ h
=1# p 4 2 = 120 W
The gyro frequency is the frequency whose period is equal to the period of revolution
of an electron in its circular orbit under the influence of earth’s magnetic field. So,
the radio wave at frequency near fg is attenuated by the earth’s magnetic field.
(Since, there is a resonance phenomena and oscillating electron receive more and
more energy from incident wave.)


The relation between electric and magnetic field of the reflected, transmitted and
incident wave is given below.
Ei = h1 Hi
Er =- h1 Hr
Et = h 2 Ht
So, (1) and (3) are correct while (2) is incorrect.
m
From snell’s law,
ww n1 sin q1 = n2 sin q2
m0 e1 sin q1 = m0 e0 sin q2
co
m0 ^2e2h sin 60c = m0 e2 sin q2
w.E sin q2 = c 4 # 3 m = 2.5 > 1

2
lp.
SOL 7.3.62 asy
which is not possible so there will be no transmitted wave.
En
(1) Consider E1 is x -component and E2 is y -component so, when E1 and E2 will
â " 1h
he
be in same phase. The wave will be linearly polarized.
elliptically polarized. gin

(2) When E1 and E2 will have any arbitrary phase difference then it will be
^d " 2h
eer
e
(3) When E1 leads E2 by 90c then wt increases counter clockwise and so the wave
is right circularly polarized. ^c " 3h
at
ing
(4) When E1 lags E2 by 90c then the tip of field vector E will traverse circularly
in clockwise direction and left circularly polarized. ^b " 4h
.ne
g
t
An incident wave normal to a perfect conductor is completely reflected in the reverse
w.
direction. The magnetic field intensity of reflected wave is same as the incident wave
whereas the electric field intensity of reflected wave has the 180c phase difference in
comparison to the incident field. ( G =- 1 for conducting surface).
ww

(a) Propagation constant for a perfect conductor is
g = a + jb
wms
where a = b = a"1
2
(b) Radiation intensity of an antenna is defined as
U ^q, fh = r2 Pave
E 2 2
= r2 =cr m E 2 b"2
2h 2h
(c) Wave impedance of an EM wave is defined as


E q = hH f
h = Eq c"3
Hf
Given,
Electric field intensity, E = E x a x + Ey ay
The direction of wave propagation, ak = a z
So, the magnetic field intensity of the EM wave is given as
H = ak # E
h
ww where, h is the intrinsic impedance of the medium. Putting the expression for
m
electric field in equation, we get
H = az # Êx ax + Ey ay h = 1 Êx ay - Ey ax h
w.E
h
co
h
asy
An EM wave propagating in free space consists of electric and magnetic field
intensity both perpendicular to direction of propagation.
lp.
SOL 7.3.67
En
In a uniform plane wave the field intensities are related as
E = hH
gin
he
where h is intrinsic impedance given as

h =
jwm
s + jwe
eer
Assume the medium is perfectly dielectric ^s = 0h. So, we get
te
h =
m
e ing
.ne
ga
or, E = m
H e
t
The higher frequency (microwave) signal is continuously refracted on the ground
w.
as shown in figure.
ww
This phenomenon is called ducting.

Given, the magnetic field intensity of a plane wave,
H = 0.5e-0.1x cos ^106 t - 2x h az (1)


The general expression for magnetic field intensity of a plane wave travelling in
positive x -direction is
H = H 0 e- ax cos ^wt - bx h az (2)
Comparing the equation (1) and (2) we get,
Wave frequency, w = 106 rad/ sec
Wavelength, l = 2p = 2p = 3.14 m
b 2
and the wave travels in + x -direction.
Since, the magnetic field intensity points toward az direction and the wave
m
propagates in + ax direction. So, direction of electric field intensity will be
ww aE =- ak # aH =-âx # az h = ay
co
Therefore, the wave is polarized in ay direction (direction of electric field intensity).
w.E
Skin depth ^d h is the distance through which the wave amplitude decreases to a
factor e-1 or 1/e . lp.
SOL 7.3.71
asy
From Maxwell’s equation, For a varying magnetic field B , the electric field intensity
En
he
E is defined as
d # E =-2B
2t
gin
Since, the magnetic flux density B in terms of magnetic vector potential is given as
eer
e
B = d#A
So, from the two equations we have
at
E =-2A
2t
A = ax Ax sin ^wt - bz h
ing (For dV = 0 )
Given,
.ne
g
So, E =- 2 6ax Ax sin ^wt - bz h@ =- ax wAx cos ^wt - bz h

2t
t
w.

The depth of penetration of wave (skin depth) in a lossy dielectric (conductor) is
ww
given as
d = 1 = 1
a pfms
So, the skin depth increases when
(1) permeability decreases
(2) conductivity decreases
(3) frequency decreases
Since, the wavelength of the wave is given as
v
l = p i.e. l \ 1
f f
So, as l increases, f decreases and therefore, skin depth increases.


For a good conductor,
a = b = pfms
Since, the skin depth is defined as
d = 1
a
or, d =1
b
â = b h
Now, the phase constant of the wave is given as
b = 2p
l
ww
m
So, we have d = = l
1 It is defined for a good conductor.
b 2p
w.E
co
Given, the magnetic field intensity of the wave propagating in free space,
H ^z, t h =- 1 cos ^wt + bz h ay
asy 6p
lp.
So, we conclude.
En
direction of propagation,
direction of magnetic field,
ak =- az
a H = ay
gin
So, the direction of electric field intensity is given as
he
aE = aH # ak = ay # ^- az h =- ax
and the electric field amplitude is given as,
E = h0 H
eer
te
= ^120phb- 1 cos ^wt + bz hl

6p
=- 20 cos ^wt + bz h ing
.ne
ga
So, the electric field vector of EM wave is

E ^z, t h = 10 cos ^wt + bz h ax
t
w.
Given, the electric field intensity of EM wave in phase form as

Es = 10e-j4y ax
So, we get
ww
the phase constant, b = 4 rad/m

Since, the wave is propagating in free space, therefore, the angular frequency w of
the wave is given as
w = cb = ^3 # 108h^4h = 4 # 3 # 108 rad/s
A and R both true and R is correct explanation of A.
Skin depth of a material is defined as
d = 1
pfms


Since, conductivity of the material is s = 0 .
So, we get d " infinity
(1) In a conducting medium as the wave travels its amplitude is attenuated by the
factor e- az (i.e. attenuated exponentially).
(2) Conducting medium doesn’t behave as on open circuit to the EM field.
(3) In lossless dielectric ^s = 0h relaxation time is defined as
Tr = e " 3
m
s
ww (4) In charge free region ^rv = 0h. Poissions equation is generalised as

r
co
d2 V =- v
e
w.E 2
dV = 0
which is Laplace equation. Therefore only statement 2 is incorrect.
lp.
SOL 7.3.79
asy
For a given electric field in free space the average power density is defined as
En
Pave = 1
E 2
=1
^60ph2
he
= 15p Watt/m2
2 h0 2 120p
Given,
gin
E = 120p cos ^wt - bz h ax
eer
e
Since, the wave is propagating in az directions so, the magnetic flux density of the
propagating wave is
at
H = ak # E =
h0 h0 ing
az # 6120p cos ^wt - bz h ax@
= cos ^wt - bz h ay (ak = az )
.ne
g
Therefore, the average power density of an EM wave is defined as

Pave = 1 Re "E # H *, = 1 8^120p cos ^wt - bz h ax h # ^cos ^wt - bz h ay hB
t
w.
2 2
= 60paz
ww
Given, the electric field intensity is

E = 10 sin ^3p # 108 t - pz h ax + 10 cos ^3p # 108 t - pz h ay
So, the magnetic field intensity is given as
H = ak # E (Direction of propagation is ak = az )
h0
= 5 sin ^3p # 108 t - pz h ay + 10 cos ^3p # 108 t - pz h^- ax h
377
(1) For a perfect conducting medium the transmission coefficient is zero but a
medium having finite conductivity transmission coefficient has some finite
value. So it doesn’t behave like an open circuit to the electromagnetic field.
(2) Relaxation time in a medium is defined as


Tr = e
s
Which in turn given the values in the range of 10-20 sec . While the radio frequency
wave has the time period ‘T ’ in the range of nsec to psec. (10-9 to 10-12 ) So the
relation time at radio frequency/microwave frequency is much less than the period.
(3) For a lossless dielectric ^s = 0h and so,
Tr = e " 3
s
(4) Intrinsic impedance of a perfect dielectric ^s = 0h is
m
ww h =
e
which is a pure resistance.
m
So, the statement (2), (3) and (4) are correct.
w.E
co
The polarization of a uniform plane wave described the time varying behaviour
of the electric field intensity vector so for polarization the field vector must be
asy
transverse to the propagation of wave.
lp.
i.e. Transverse nature of electromagnetic wave causes polarization.
SOL 7.3.84
En
gin
In free space electrons and photon both have the same velocity 3 # 108 m/s . So,
he
the velocity of electromagnetic waves is same as velocity of light.
SOL 7.3.85 Option (A) is correct. eer

So A and R both are true and R is the correct explanation of A.
te
ing
Fields are said to be circularly polarized if their components have same magnitudes
but they differ in phase by ! 90c.
.ne
ga

From Maxwell’s equation for an EM field, the divergence of the magnetic flux
density is zero.
i.e. d:B = 0 t
w.
d : ^d # Ah = 0
div curl A = 0
ww

Electric field intensity due to the current element is defined as
E = J = I2 az
s pb s
The magnetic flux density due to the current element is given as
H = I af
2pb
So, the poynting vector of the field is
P = E#H
2 2
=- 2I 3 a r =- I 2 3 ir
2p b s 2sp b


All the three statements are correct.
Wavelength of a plane wave in any medium is defined as
v
l = p
f
where v p = phase velocity
f = frequency of the wave
vp = c
m
Since,
er
ww So, l\ 1
er
co
lair = er, dielectric
w.E ldielectric
2 = er
1 1
er, air
lp.
asy er = 4
SOL 7.3.90
En
he
The velocity of an EM wave in free space is given as
gin
vc = C = 3 # 108 m/s
and the characteristic impedance (intrinsic impedance) is given as
m0
eer
e
Zc = = 120p
e0
So both the terms are independent of frequency of the wave i.e. remain unchanged.
at

Given, electric field intensity
.ne
g
E = 5 cos ^109 t + 30z h ax

So, we conclude that,
t
w.
w = 109 , and b = 30
and since b = w
vp
ww
b = w (For non magnetic medium v p = c )

_c/ er i er
bc 2 30 3 10 8 2
er = b l = c # #
m = 81
w 109
For attenuation of the wave the medium must have some finite conductivity s. In
the given wave equation the term ms2E involves s so this term is responsible for
2t
the attenuation of the wave.
The statement 1, 3 and 4 are correct while statement 2 is incorrect as Gauss’s law
is applicable only for symmetrical geometry.


In a Good conductor b = pfms
pf
So, phase velocity v p = w = 2
b ms
Given, the electric field intensity of the plane wave is
E ^ t h = 6E1 cos wtax - E2 sin wtay@ e-jkz
Since the components of the field are
E x = E1
Ey = E 2
ww and
m
i.e. E x ! Ey So, the wave is elliptically polarized.
w.E co
For a lossy dielectric, skin depth is defined as
d = l
2p
asy
So, as the wavelength increases the depth of penetration of wave also increases.
lp.
i.e. Reason (R) is correct.
En
The Skin depth is the depth by which electric field strength reduces to 1 = 37% of
e
its original value.
gin
he
i.e. Assertion (A) is false.

eer
The electromagnetic equation in terms of vector potential A is given as
te
SOL 7.3.98
d2 A - me2A
2
2t2
=- mJ
ing
.ne
ga
The wavelength of an EM wave propagating in a waveguide is defined as

ll
l =
f 2
1 -c c m
f t
w.
where ll is the wavelength of the wave in unbounded medium(free space), fc is the

cutoff frequency of the waveguide and f is the operating frequency.
Now, for a propagating wave in the waveguide, the operating frequency is higher
ww
than the cutoff frequency.

i.e. f fc & fc /f < 1
Putting it in equation (1) we get
l < ll
i.e. Wavelength of a propagating wave in a wave guide is smaller than the free space
wavelength.
For a lossless dielectric medium
s =0


and propagation constant,
g = a + jb = jwm ^s + jweh
a + jb = jw me
b = w me i.e. b \ er
For a lossless medium ^s = 0h intrinsic impedance is defined as
m m0 mr
h = =
e e0 er
60p = 120p 1
m
er
ww er = 4
co
w.E
SOL 7.3.102
A field is said to be conservative if the curl of the field is zero.
lp.
asy
Given, the magnetic field intensity,
H = 0.5e-0.1x sin ^106 t - 2x h az A/m
En
Comparing it with general expression of magnetic field intensity of wave propagating
he
in ax direction given as
H = H 0 e- ax sin ^wt - bx h az
We get gin
(i) the direction of wave propagation is ax
eer
e
(ii) a = 0.1, b = 2
at
So, propagation constant g = a + jb = 0.1 + j 2

6
(iii)phase velocity, v p = w = 10 = 5 # 105 m/s
ing
b 2
.ne
g
(iv) aH = az , ak = a x
t
w.
So, direction of polarization,

aE =-âk # aH h =-âx # az h ay i.e. wave is polarized along ay .
ww
Skin depth of any conducting medium is defined as

d = 1
pfms
So, at a given frequency w = 2pf
d \ 1 and d \ 1
m s
Given, the electric field intensity of the plane wave,
E = 10 sin ^10wt - pz h ax + 10 cos ^wt - pz h ay
So, the field components are
Ex = 10 sin ^10wt - pz h


Ey = 10 cos ^wt - pz h
and since, E x = Ey So the polarization is circular.
In free space electric field intensity is defined as
E =- h 0 âk # H h
where ak is unit vector in the direction of propagation.
Given, H = 0.10 cos ^4 # 107 t - bz h ax A/m
So, the direction of propagation, ak = az
and we have, E =- 377 6az # ^0.10 cos ^4 # 107 t - bz h ax h@ ( h0 = 377 W )
=- 37.7 cos ^4 # 107 t - bz h ay
ww
m
w.E Given the electric field in medium A is
In medium A, er = 4 , mr = 1,
co
E = 100 cos ^wt - 6px h z
s=0
In medium B ,
asy er = 9 , mr = 4 , s=0
lp.
So,
En
(a) intrinsic impedance of medium ‘B ’ is
hB =
m
=
4m0
= 2 # 120p = 80p â " 2h
e 9e0
gin3
he
(b) Intrinsic impedance of medium ‘A’ is

hA =
m
e
=
m0
4e0 2 eer
= 1 # 120p = 60p
te
So, reflection coefficient,

G = B
h - hA
hB + hA
= 80p - 60p = 1
80p + 60p 5
ing ^b " 3h
.ne
ga
(c) Transmission coefficient,

t =
2hB
hB + hA
= 2 # 80p = 8
80p + 60p 7
t ^c " 4h
w.
(d) Phase shift constant of medium A is given from the field equation as
b = 12p ^d " 1h
ww
Average power density in an EM wave is defined as

Pave = 1 Re Ês # H s*h = 1 # 50 # 5 = 3.316
2 2 12p
So, the average power crossing a circular area of radius 24 m is
Pave = Pave ^pr2h = ^3.316h_p ^ 24 h i = 250 Watt
2

Electric field amplitude, E 0 = 1 V/m
Skin depth, d = 10 cm = 0.1 m
So, the attenuation constant of the wave in the conductor is


a = 1 = 10
d
Now, the electric field intensity after travelling a distance z inside a conductor is
E = E 0 e- az
where, E 0 is the field intensity at the surface of the conductor. So, the distance
travelled by the wave for which amplitude of electric field changes to (1/e2) (V/m)
is given as
E = E20
e
m
E0 e -10z E
= 20
ww 10z = 2
e
co
z = 20 cm
w.E Alternatively, since the skin depth is the distance in which the wave amplitude
decays to ^1/e h of its value at surface. So, for the amplitude to be 1/e2 of the field
lp.
asy
at its surface the wave penetrates a length of 2d = 20 cm .
So A and R both are true and R is correct explanation of A.
SOL 7.3.109
En
he
For any media having conductivity, s = 0 . the intrinsic impedance is given as
h =
m
e
=
gin
mr
h
er 0
h1 = 2 ^377h = 188 W
eer
e
For media 1,
8
h 2 = 9 ^377h = 1131 W
at
For media 2,
for media 3,
1
h 3 = 4 ^377h = 377 W ing
4
.ne
g
t
For an EM wave a medium incident on another medium, reflection coefficient is
w.
defined as
G = Er =- Hr
Ei Hi
ww
h 2 - h 1 2Z - Z
and G = = =1
h 2 + h 1 2Z + Z 3
So, Er =- Hr = 1
Ei Hi 3
Ei = 3 and Hi =- 3
Er Hr
For a perfect conductor conductivity , s = 3
So, the skin depth of the perfect conductor is
d = 1 =0
pfms
***********

CHAPTER 8
TRANSMISSION LINES
ww
w.E
asy
En
gin
eer
ing
.ne
t

494 Transmission Lines Chap 8

EXERCISE 8.1
Assertion (A) : A sinusoidal voltage vi = V0 cos ^2 # 10 4 pt h is applied to the input
m
MCQ 8.1.1
ww terminal of a transmission line of length 20 cm such that the wave propagates with
the velocity c = 3 # 108 m/s on the line. It’s output voltage will be in the same
co
phase to the input voltage.
w.E Reason (R) : Transmission line effects can be ignored if l # 0.01.

l
where l is the length of transmission line and l is the wavelength of the wave.
lp.
asy
(B) A and R both are true but R is not correct explanation of A.
En
he
MCQ 8.1.2
gin
A transmission line is formed of coaxial line with an inner conductor diameter of
eer
e
1 cm and an outer conductor diameter of 4 cm. If the conductor has permeability

mc = 2ma and conductivity sc = 11.6 # 107 S/m then it’s resistance per unit length
at
for the operating frequency of 4 GHz will be

(A) 4.95 W/m (B) 78.8 W/m ing
.ne
g
(C) 0.788 W/m (D) 0.495 W/m
t
w.
MCQ 8.1.3 A transmission line formed of co-axial line with inner and outer diameters 1.5 cm
and 3 cm respectively is filled with a dielectric of permeability m = 2m0 . It’s line
parameter Ll will be equal to
ww
(A) 277 nH/m (B) 2.77 nH/m

(C) 872 nH/m (D) 8.7 nH/m
MCQ 8.1.4 A co-axial transmission line is filled with a dielectric having conductivity,
s = 2 # 10-3 S/m . If the inner and outer radius of the co-axial line are 1/4 cm and
1/2 cm respectively then the conductance per unit length of the transmission line
will be
(A) 9.1 mS/m (B) 1.45 mS/m
(C) 911 S/m (D) 145 S/m
MCQ 8.1.5 If Permittivity of the dielectric filled inside the coaxial transmission line having
inner and outer diameter 2 cm and 5 cm respectively is e = 9e0 then the capacitance

Chap 8 Transmission Lines 495

per unit length of the line will be
(A) 361 pF/m (B) 3.61 nF/m
(C) 5.74 nF/m (D) 57.4 pF/m
MCQ 8.1.6 A parallel plate transmission line consists of 1.2 cm wide conducting strips having
conductivity, s = 1.16 # 108 S/m and permeability m = m0 is operating at 4 GHz
frequency. What will be the line parameter Rl ?
(A) 1.38 W/m (B) 0.69 W/m
(C) 0.97 W/m (D) 1.97 W/m
ww
m
MCQ 8.1.7 A parallel plate transmission line is formed by copper strips of width w = 1.2 cm
separated by a distance d = 0.3 cm . If the dielectric filled between the plates has
w.E permeability, m = 2m0 then what will be the inductance per unit length of the
transmission line ?
(A) 157 nH/m
co
(B) 1.57 mH/m
(C) 0.78 nH/m
asy (D) 78.1 mH/m
lp.
MCQ 8.1.8
En
The space between the strips of a parallel plate transmission line is filled of a
dielectric of permittivity, er = 1.3 and conductivity, s . 0 . If the width of the
gin
strips is 9.6 cm and the separation between them is 0.6 cm then the line parameters
he
Gl and Cl will be respectively

(A) 0, 0.02 nF/m
(C) 0, 0.18 nF/m eer
(B) 0.02 mS/m, 0.14 nF/m
(D) 1.8 mS/m, 0
te
MCQ 8.1.9
ing
Which one of the following statement is not correct for a transmission line ?
(A) Attenuation constant of a lossless line is always zero.
.ne
ga
(B) Characteristic impedance of both lossless and distortionless line is real
t
(C) Attenuation constant of a distortionless line is always zero.
(D) Both (A) and (C).
w.
MCQ 8.1.10 Inductance and capacitance per unit length of a lossless transmission line are
250 nH/m and 0.2 nF/m respectively. The velocity of the wave propagation and
ww
characteristic impedance of the transmission line are respectively.

(A) 2 # 108 m/s , 100 W (B) 3 # 108 m/s , 50 W
(C) 2 # 108 m/s , 50 W (D) 3 # 108 m/s , 100 W
MCQ 8.1.11 A 1 GHz parallel plate transmission line consists of brass strips of conductivity
s = 6.4 # 107 S/m separated by a dielectric of permittivity e = 6e0 . If the axial
component and transverse component of the electric field in the transmission line
is Ez and Ey respectively then Ez /Ey equals to
(A) 2.16 # 10-4 (B) 4.167 # 10-5
(C) 1.25 # 10-4 (D) 7.22 # 10-5


MCQ 8.1.12 A transmission line operating at a frequency 6 # 108 rad/s has the parameters
Rl = 0.2 kW/m , Ll = 4 mH/m , Gl = 8 mS/m , C l = 6 pF/m . The propagation
constant, g will be
(A) ^0.5 + j1.2h m-1 (B) ^0.10 + j2.4h m-1
(C) ^1.2 + j0.5h m-1 (D) ^2.4 + j0.10h m-1
MCQ 8.1.13 The parameters of a transmission line are given as Rl = 10 W/m , Ll = 0.1 mH/m ,
C l = 10 pF/m , Gl = 40 mS/m . If the transmission line is operating at a frequency,
w = 1.2 # 109 rad/s then the characteristic impedance of the line will be
m
(A) 50 - j2 W (B) 4 - j100 W
ww (C) 100 - j4 W (D) 100 + j4 W
co
w.E
MCQ 8.1.14 After travelling a distance of 20 m along a transmission line, the voltage wave
remains 13% of it’s source amplitude. What is the attenuation constant of the
transmission line ? lp.
(A) 0.13 NP/m
(C) 0.20 NP/m asy (B) 0.10 NP/m
(D) 0.06 NP/m
En
he
MCQ 8.1.15 Amplitude of a voltage wave after travelling a certain distance down a transmission
gin
line is reduced by 87% . If the propagation constant of the transmission line is
^0.3 + j2.9h then the phase shift in the voltage wave is
(A) 61c
eer
(B) 561c
e
(C) 73c (D) 273c

at
MCQ 8.1.16
ing
A parallel plate lossless transmission line consists of brass strips of width w and
separated by a distance d . If both w and d are doubled then it’s characteristic
.ne
g
impedance will
(A) halved (B) doubled
t
w.
(C) not change (D) none of these
MCQ 8.1.17 Phase velocity of voltage wave in a distortion less line having characteristic impedance,
ww
Z 0 = 0.2 kW and attenuation constant, a = 10 mNP/m is v p = 0.5 # 108 m/s . The

line parameters Rl and Ll will be respectively
(A) 1 W/m , 0.5 nH/m (B) 10 kW/m , 2 mH/m
(C) 2 W/m , 1 mH/m (D) 1 W/m , 2 mH/m
MCQ 8.1.18 A distortionless line has parameters Rl = 4 W/m and Gl = 4 # 10-4 S/m . The
attenuation constant and characteristic impedance of the transmission line will be
respectively
(A) 25 NP/m, 0.01 W (B) 100 NP/m, 4 # 10-2 W
(C) 4 # 10-2 NP/m , 100 W (D) 0.01 NP/m, 25 W


MCQ 8.1.19 A transmission line operating at 5 GHz frequency has characteristic impedance
Z 0 = 80 W and the phase constant b = 1.5 rad/m . The inductance per unit length
of the transmission line will be
(A) 3.81 nH/m (B) 38.1 nH/m
(C) 2.61 nH/m (D) 26.1 nH/m
MCQ 8.1.20 A 150 W transmission line is connected to a 330 W resistance and to a 50 V DC

source with zero internal resistance. The voltage reflection coefficients at the load
end and at the source and of the transmission line are respectively
(A) - 1, 1/3 (B) - 1, - 1
ww
m
(C) 1/3, 1/3 (D) 1/3, - 1
w.E
MCQ 8.1.21 The voltage wave in a lossless transmission line has the maximum magnitude
co
of 6 volt and minimum magnitude of 2.4 volt. The reflection coefficient of the
transmission line is
(A) 0.43
asy (B) 2.33
lp.
(C) 1.40 (D) 0.71
MCQ 8.1.22
En
An insulating material of permittivity e = 9e0 is used in a 25 W lossless co-axial
gin
line . If the inner radius of the coaxial line is 0.6 mm then what will be it’s outer
he
radius ?
(A) 6.004 mm
(C) 3.002 mm eer
(B) 2.1 mm
(D) 4.2 mm
te
MCQ 8.1.23
ing
A lossless transmission line of characteristic impedance Z 0 = 35 W is connected to
a load impedance ZL = ^15 - j25h W . What will be the standing wave ratio an the
.ne
ga
line ?
(A) 0.57 (B) 3.65
(C) 0.27 (D) 1.22
t
w.
MCQ 8.1.24 A purely resistance load ZL is connected to a 150 W lossless transmission line. Such
that it has a voltage standing wave ratio of 3. The possible value of ZL will be
ww
(A) 50 W (B) 450 W

(C) (A) and (B) both (D) none of these
MCQ 8.1.25 A voltage generator with vg ^ t h = 3 cos ^p # 109 t h volt is applied to a 50 W lossless
air spaced transmission line. If the line length is 10 cm and it is terminated in a
load impedance ZL = ^200 - j200h W then the input impedance of the transmission
line will be
(A) ^50 - j50.8h W (B) ^12.5 - j12.7h W
(C) ^25.4 - j25h W (D) ^25 - j25.4h W


MCQ 8.1.26 The wavelength on a lossless transmission line terminated in a short circuit is l.
What is the minimum possible length of the transmission line for which it appears
as an open circuit at it’s input terminals ?
(A) l
(B) l/2
(C) 4l
(D) l/4
m
MCQ 8.1.27 A lossless transmission line is operating at a frequency of 4 MHz. When the line
ww is short circuited at it’s output end, the input impedance appears to be equivalent
to an inductor with inductance of 32 nH but when the line is open circuited at
co
it’s output end, the input impedance appears to be equivalent to a capacitor with
w.E capacitance of 20 pF. What is the characteristic impedance of the transmission line
?
lp.
(A) 10 W
(B) 1.6 kW asy
(C) - 40 W
En
he
(D) 40 W
MCQ 8.1.28
gin
A l/4 section of a 50 W lossless transmission line terminated in a 150 W resistive
eer
load is preceded by another l/4 section of a 200 W lossless line as shown in figure.
e
What is the input impedance, Zin ?

at
ing
.ne
g
t
w.
ww
(A) 600 W (B) 400 W

(C) 267 W (D) 300 W
MCQ 8.1.29 A transmission line of length l is short circuited at one end and open circuited at
the other end. The voltage standing wave pattern in the transmission line will be


MCQ 8.1.30 Phase velocity of a voltage wave in a transmission line of length l is v p . If the
transmission line is open circuited at one end and short circuited at the other end
then the natural frequency of the oscillation of the wave will be
ww
m
nv p ^2n + 1h v p
(A) ; n = 0, 1.......3 (B) ; n = 0, 1, .......3
2l 4l
w.E (C)
^2n + 1h v p
4l
; n = 1, 2, 3, ....3
co
(D)
nv p
2l
; n = 1, 2, 3.....3
MCQ 8.1.31
asy
At an operating frequency of 500 Hz, length of a transmission line is given by
l = l/4 . For the same transmission line the length at 1 kHz will be given by
lp.
(A) l = l (B) l = l
(C) l = l
8
En 4
gin(D) none of these

he
2
MCQ 8.1.32 A lossless transmission line is terminated in a short circuit. The minimum possible
eer
length of the line for which it appears as a short circuit at its input terminals is
te
(A) l/2
(B) l/4
(C) l
ing
.ne
ga
(D) 0
MCQ 8.1.33
t
A transmission line is operating at wavelength ‘l’. If the distance between successive
w.
voltage minima is 10 cm and distance between load and first voltage minimum is
7.5 cm then the distance between load and first voltage maxima is
(A) l/8 (B) 3l/8
ww
(C) 5l/8 (D) l/4
***********


EXERCISE 8.2
m
MCQ 8.2.1 A z -polarized transverse electromagnetic wave (TEM) propagating along a parallel
ww plate transmission line filled of perfect dielectric in + ax direction. Let the electric
and magnetic field of the wave be E and H respectively. Which of the following is
co
correct relation for the fields.
w.E (A) 2Ez = 0

2y
lp.
(B)
2Hy
2z
=0
asy
(C) Both (A) and (B) (D) none of these
En
he
A load impedance ZL = ^0.3 - j0.5h kW is being connected to a lossless transmission

gin
line of characteristic impedance Z 0 = 0.5 kW operating at wavelength l = 2 cm .
eer
e
MCQ 8.2.2 The distance of the first voltage maximum from the load will be
(A) 0.44 cm
at
(B) 2.44 cm
(C) 1.56 cm ing
.ne
g
(D) - 0.44 cm
t
w.
MCQ 8.2.3 The distance of the first current maximum from the load will be
(A) 3.56 cm (B) 0.56 cm
(C) 1.44 cm (D) 2.56 cm
ww
MCQ 8.2.4 Distance of the first voltage maximum and first current maximum from the load on
a 50 W lossless transmission line are respectively 4.5 cm and 1.5 cm. If the standing
wave ratio on the transmission line is S = 3 then the load impedance connected to
the transmission line will be
(A) ^90 - j120h W (B) 10 W
(C) ^30 - j40h W (D) ^40 - j30h W
MCQ 8.2.5 Total length of 50 W lossless transmission line terminated in a load impedance
ZL = ^30 + j15h W is l = 7l/20 as shown in figure. The total input impedance across
the terminal AB will be


(A) ^38.3 - j64.8h W (B) ^19.2 - j32.4h W

(C) ^64.8 - j38.3h W (D) ^32.4 - j19.2h W
ww
MCQ 8.2.6 Assertion (A) : The input impedance of a quarter wavelength long lossless line
m
terminated in a short-circuit is infinity.
Reason (R) : The input impedance at the position where the magnitude of the
w.E co
voltage on a distortionless line is maximum is purely real.
asy
lp.
En
gin
he

A voltage generator with vg ^ t h = 25 cos ^4p # 107 t - 30h and an internal impedance
eer
Zg = 30 W is applied to a 30 W lossless transmission line that has a relative
te
MCQ 8.2.7
permittivity er = 2.25 and length, l = 6 m .
ing
If the line is terminated in a load impedance, ZL = ^30 - j10h W , then what will be
.ne
ga
the input impedance of the transmission line ?

(A) ^0.05 - j0.01h W (B) ^50.62 + j23.48h W
(C) ^92.06 - j21.80h W
t
(D) ^23.14 + j5.48h W
w.
MCQ 8.2.8 The input voltage of the transmission line will be

(A) 4.4 cos ^8p # 107 t + 22.56ch
(B) 4.4 cos ^8p # 107 t - 37.44ch V
ww
(C) 4.4 cos ^8p # 107 t - 22.56ch V

(D) 4.4 cos ^8p # 107 t - 30ch V
Statements for Linked Question 9 - 10 :

Two equal load impedances of 150 W are connected in parallel through a pair of
transmission line, and the combination is connected to a feed transmission lien
as shown in figure. All the lines are lossless and have characteristic impedance
Z 0 = 100 W .


m
ww
co
MCQ 8.2.9 The effective load impedance of feedline (ZLl) equals to
(A) ^7.04 - j17.24h W
w.E (B) ^35.20 + j8.62h W
(C) ^35.20 - j8.62h W lp.
asy
(D) ^8.62 + j35.20h W
MCQ 8.2.10
En
The total input impedance of the feedline (line 3) will be
he
(A) ^2.15 - j1.13h W (B) ^215.14 - j113.4h W

(C) ^215.14 + j113.4h W
gin (D) ^107.57 - j56.7h W
eer
e
MCQ 8.2.11 A 0.3 GHz voltage generator with Vsg = 150 volt and an internal resistance
Zg = 100 W is connected to a 100 W lossless transmission line of length l = 0.375 l .
at
the current flowing in the load ?

(A) 0.67 cos ^3 # 108 t - 108.4ch
ing
If the line is terminated in a load impedance ZL = ^100 - j100h W then what will be
.ne
g
(B) 0.67 cos ^6p # 108 t - 108.4ch
t
w.
(C) 75 cos ^3 # 108 t - 108.4ch

(D) 0.67 cos ^6p # 108 t - 135ch
ww
MCQ 8.2.12 A voltage generator Vsg = 150 V with an internal resistance Zg = 100 W is connected
to a load ZL = 150 W through a 0.15l section of a 100 W lossless transmission line.
What is the average power delivered to the transmission line ?
(A) 54 Watt
(B) 30 Watt
(C) 27 Watt
(D) 60 Watt
MCQ 8.2.13 A voltage generator Vsg = 500 volt with an internal resistance Zg = 100 W is applied
to a configuration of lossless transmission lines as shown in figure. The power
delivered to the loads ZL1 and ZL2 will be respectively


ww
m
(A) 612.23 Watt (B) 105.33 Watt
(C) 153.10 Watt (D) 306.11 Watt
w.E
MCQ 8.2.14
co
The input impedance of an infinitely long transmission line is equal to it’s
characteristic impedance. The transmission line will be
(A) slightly lossy
asy
lp.
(B) lossless
(C) Distortion less
En
gin
he
(D) (B) and (C) both
MCQ 8.2.15
eer
An infinitely long lossy transmission line with characteristic impedance Z 01 = 200 W
is feeded by a l/2 section of 80 W lossless transmission line as shown in figure. If a
te
voltage generator Vsg = 4 V with an internal resistance Zg = 100 W is applied to the

ing
whole configuration then the average power transmitted to the infinite transmission
line will be
.ne
ga
t
w.
ww
(A) 2.2 mWatt (B) 22.2 mWatt

(C) 17.8 mWatt (D) - 2.2 mWatt

A unit step voltage generator is applied to a 90 W airspaced lossless transmission
line at time, t = 0 . At any time, t $ 0 the voltage waveform at the sending end of
the transmission line is shown in the figure below :


MCQ 8.2.16 The length of the transmission line will be
m
(A) 1200 m (B) 600 m
ww (C) 150 m (D) 300 m
co
w.E
MCQ 8.2.17 The unit step generator voltage connected to the line has an internal resistance
Rg = 100 W . What will be the load impedance connected to the transmission line ?
(A) 21.43 W (B) 93.16 W
lp.
(C) 42.86 W
asy (D) 233 W
MCQ 8.2.18
En
At time t = 0 unit step voltage generator Vg with an internal resistance Rg is
he
applied to a 100 W shorted transmission line filled with dielectric of permittivity
e = 4e0 as shown in figure
gin
eer
e
at
ing
.ne
g
The voltage waveform for any time t $ 0 at the sending end is sown in figure below
t
w.
ww
Vg and Rg will be respectively equal to

(A) 30 volt, 19.2 W (B) 38.4 volt, 60 W
(C) 60 volt, 38.4 W (D) 19.2 volt, 30 W


A 2.5 m section o an airspacd lossless transmission line is fed by a unit step voltage
generator Vg = 30 volt with internal resistance Rg = 200 W . The transmission line is
terminated in a resistive load ZL = 50 W and characterized by Z 0 = 100 W .
MCQ 8.2.19 The bounce diagram of the transmission line will be
ww
m
w.E co
asy
lp.
En
gin
he
eer
te
ing
.ne
ga
t
The instantaneous voltage waveform v ^ t h at the sending end of the transmission
w.
MCQ 8.2.20
line will be
ww


m
ww
co
MCQ 8.2.21 The SWR circle ‘L1 L2 ’ is shown on the smith chart for a lossless transmission line.
w.E If line is terminated in a load ZL = 50 W then the possible value of the characteristic
impedance of the line will be
(A) 125 W lp. (B) 250 W
(C) 20 W
asy (D) (A) and (C) Both
En
he
gin
A lossless transmission line characterized by Z 0 = 50 W is terminated in a load
ZL = ^50 + j75h W
eer
e
MCQ 8.2.22 The reflection coefficient of the line will be

at
(A) 4.4e-j7.6c
(C) 4.4e j76c ing
(B) 0.24e j76c
(D) 0.24e j76c
.ne
g
MCQ 8.2.23 The input impedance at a distance of 0.35l from the load will be
(A) ^0.61 - j0.22h W (B) ^61 + j2.2h W
t
w.
(C) ^61 - j2.2h W (D) ^0.61 + j0.022h W
MCQ 8.2.24 The shortest length of the transmission line for which the input impedance appears
ww
to be purely resistive will be

(A) 0.25l (B) 0.456l
(C) 0.106l (D) 0.544l
MCQ 8.2.25 The first voltage maximum will occur at a distance of

(A) 0.106l from load (B) 0.144l from load
(C) 0.106l from Generator (D) 0.144l from generator
MCQ 8.2.26 A transmission line of characteristic impedance 50 W is terminated by an inductor



A positive wave with constant voltage V0 = 1 volt is incident on the load terminal
at t = 0 . At any time t the resulting negative wave voltage at the load terminal
will be
(A) ^1 - 2e-25t h Volt (B) ^2e-25t - 1h Volt
ww (D) ê-25t - 1h Volt
m
(C) 2e-25t Volt
MCQ 8.2.27 A transmission line has the characteristic impedance Z 0 and the voltage standing
w.E co
wave ratio is S . The line impedance on the transmission line at voltage maximum
and minimum are respectively.
(A) Z 0 S , Z 0
S
asy (B) Z 0 , Z 0 S
S
lp.
(D) Z 0 , Z 0
(C) Z 0 S , Z 0 S
En S S
MCQ 8.2.28
gin
Consider the three mediums of intrinsic impedances h1 , h 2 and h 3 respectively as
he
shown in the figure. What will be the thickness ‘t ’ and intrinsic impedance ‘ h 2 ’ of
the medium 2 for which the reflected wave having wavelength ‘l’ is eliminated in
medium 1 are
eer
te
thickness ‘t ’ intrinsic impedance h 2

(A)
(B)
l/4
l/2
h1 h 3
h1 /h 3
ing
.ne
ga
(C) l/4 h1 /h 3
(D) l/2 h1 h3
t
w.

A quarter wave dielectric of thickness ‘t ’ and permittivity ‘e’ eliminates reflections
ww
of uniform plane waves of frequency 2.5 GHz incident normally from free space onto
a dielectric of permittivity 16e0 . (Assume all media to have m = m0 )
MCQ 8.2.29 The permittivity of the dielectric coating equals to
(A) e0 /2 (B) e0 /4
(C) 4e0 (D) 2e0
MCQ 8.2.30 What is the thickness ‘t ’ of the dielectric coating ?

(A) 25 cm (B) 2.5 cm
(C) 1 cm (D) 10 cm


MCQ 8.2.31 A transmission line has characteristics impedance 100 W and standing wave ratio
3. The distance between the first voltage maximum and load is 0.125l. Load
impedance of the transmission line is
(A) ^30 + j40h W (B) ^60 + j80h W
(C) ^30 - j40h W (D) ^60 - j80h W
MCQ 8.2.32 A 100 W lossless transmission line with it’s parameter Ll = 0.25 mH/m and
C l = 100 PF/m is terminated by it’s characteristic impedance. A 15 V voltage
source with internal resistance 50 W is connected to the transmission line at t = 0 .
m
Plot of the voltage on the line at a distance 5 m from the source against time will
ww be
co
w.E lp.
asy
En
he
gin
eer
e
at
ing
.ne
g
t
w.
ww
MCQ 8.2.33 A lossless transmission line terminated by a load impedance ZL ! Z 0 is connected

to a D.C. voltage source. The height of the first forward voltage pulse is V 1+ . If the
voltage reflection coefficients at the load and source are respectively GL and Gg then
the steady state voltage across the load is
1 - Gg GL
(A) V 1+ ;1 + GL E (B) V 1+ c
1 - GL 1 + GL m
(C) V 1+ b 1 - GL l (D) V 1+ c 1 + GL m
1 + GL 1 - Gg GL
MCQ 8.2.34 A 60 W transmission line, terminated by a load of 180 W is connected to a 100 V
DC source at t = 0 . The internal resistance of the source is 120 W. The steady state
voltage across the load will be


(A) 50 V (B) 100 V
(C) 120 V (D) 60 V
MCQ 8.2.35 At t = 0 a 50 Volt D.C. source with an internal resistance 30 W is connected to

a transmission line of 15 W characteristic impedance having a load of 45 W. The
steady state load current for the transmission line is
(A) 0.67 A (B) 1.5 A
(C) 0.33 A (D) 1.3 A
ww
m
A transmission line of an unknown length terminated in a resistance is connected
w.E co
to a 5 V battery with zero internal resistance. The plot of input current to the line
is shown in the figure below
asy
lp.
En
gin
he
eer
te
ing
The characteristic impedance of the transmission line will be
MCQ 8.2.36
.ne
ga
(A) 1.2 kW (B) 80 W

(C) 8 W (D) 12.5 W
t
w.
MCQ 8.2.37 The load resistance terminated to the transmission line will be
(A) 263 W (B) 80 W
(C) 150 W (D) 43 W
ww
***********


EXERCISE 8.3
m
MCQ 8.3.1 A coaxial-cable with an inner diameter of 2 mm and outer diameter of 2.4 mm is
filled with a dielectric of relative permittivity 10.89. Given m0 = 4p # 10-7 H/m,
ww
GATE 2012
-9
e0 = 10 F/m , the characteristic impedance of the cable is
co
36p
w.E (A) 330 W

(C) 143.3 W
lp.
(B) 100 W
(D) 43.4 W
MCQ 8.3.2
GATE 2012 asy
A transmission line with a characteristic impedance of 100 W is used to match a
50 W section to a 200 W section. If the matching is to be done both at 429 MHz and
En
1 GHz, the length of the transmission line can be approximately
he
(A) 82.5 cm (b) 1.05 m
(C) 1.58 cm
gin (D) 1.75 m
eer
e
MCQ 8.3.3 A transmission line of characteristic impedance 50 W is terminated by a 50 W

GATE 2011 load. When excited by a sinusoidal voltage source at 20 GHz, the phase difference
at
ing
between two points spaced 2 mm apart on the line is found to be p/4 radians. The
phase velocity of the wave along the line is
(A) 0.8 # 108 m/s
.ne
(B) 1.2 # 108 m/s
g
(C) 1.6 # 108 m/s (D) 3 # 108 m/s
t
w.
MCQ 8.3.4 A transmission line of characteristic impedance 50 W is terminated in a load

GATE 2011 impedance ZL . The VSWR of the line is measured as 5 and the first of the voltage
maxima in the line is observed at a distance of l/4 from the load. The value of ZL
ww
is
(A) 10 W (B) 250 W
(C) (19.23 + j 46.15) W (D) (19.23 - j 46.15) W
0.2 0c 0.9 90c

MCQ 8.3.5 If the scattering matrix [S ] of a two port network is [S ] = > H, then
0.9 90c 0.1 90c
GATE 2010 the network is
(A) lossless and reciprocal
(B) lossless but not reciprocal
(C) not lossless but reciprocal
(D) neither lossless nor reciprocal


MCQ 8.3.6 A transmission line has a characteristic impedance of 50 W and a resistance of
GATE 2010 0.1 W/m . If the line is distortion less, the attenuation constant(in Np/m) is
(A) 500 (B) 5
(C) 0.014 (D) 0.002
MCQ 8.3.7 In the circuit shown, all the transmission line sections are lossless. The Voltage
GATE 2010 Standing Wave Ration(VSWR) on the 60 W line is
ww
m
w.E co
asy
lp.
(A) 1.00 (B) 1.64
(C) 2.50
En (D) 3.00
MCQ 8.3.8
gin
A transmission line terminates in two branches, each of length l/2 , as shown.
he
GATE 2009 The branches are terminated by 50 W loads. The lines are lossless and have the
characteristic impedances shown. Determine the impedance Zi as seen by the source.
eer
te
ing
.ne
ga
t
w.
(A) 200 W (B) 100 W

(C) 50 W (D) 25 W
ww
MCQ 8.3.9 One end of a loss-less transmission line having the characteristic impedance of 75 W
GATE 2008 and length of 2 cm is short-circuited. At 5 GHz, the input impedance at the other
end of transmission line is
(A) 0 (B) Resistive
(C) Capacitive (D) Inductive
MCQ 8.3.10 A load of 50 W is connected in shunt in a 2-wire transmission line of Z0 = 50W as

GATE 2007 shown in the figure. The 2-port scattering parameter matrix (S-matrix) of the
shunt element is


(A) > 1 1H
- 12 1
0 1
2
(B) = G
2 -2 1 0
(C) > 2 1H (D) > 43 H

- 13 2
3
1
- 43
m
3 - 3 -4 1
4
ww The parallel branches of a 2-wire transmission line are terminated in 50 W and
co
MCQ 8.3.11
w.E
GATE 2007 200 W resistors as shown in the figure. The characteristic impedance of the line is
Z 0 = 50 W and each section has a length of l . The voltage reflection coefficient G
at the input is lp. 4
asy
En
he
gin
eer
e
at
ing
.ne
g
(A) - j 7 (B) - 5
t
w.
5 7
(C) j 5 (D) 5
7 7
ww
MCQ 8.3.12 A transmission line is feeding 1 watt of power to a horn antenna having a gain of
GATE 2006 10 dB. The antenna is matched to the transmission line. The total power radiated
by the horn antenna into the free space is
(A) 10 Watts (B) 1 Watts
(C) 0.1 Watts (D) 0.01 Watt
MCQ 8.3.13 Characteristic impedance of a transmission line is 50 W. Input impedance of the

GATE 2005 open circuited line is Zoc = 100 + j150 W . When the transmission line is short
circuited, then value of the input impedance will be
(A) 50 W (B) 100 + j150 W
(C) 7.69 + j11.54 W (D) 7.69 - j11.54 W


Statement of Linked Questions 14 - 15 :
Voltage standing wave pattern in a lossless transmission line with characteristic
impedance 50 and a resistive load is shown in the figure.
ww
m
MCQ 8.3.14 The value of the load resistance is
GATE 2005 (A) 50 W (B) 200 W
w.E (C) 12.5 W
co
(D) 0
MCQ 8.3.15
GATE 2005 (A)- 0.6
asy
The reflection coefficient is given by
(B) - 1
lp.
MCQ 8.3.16
(C) 0.6
En (D) 0
Many circles are drawn in a Smith Chart used for transmission line calculations.
gin
he
GATE 2005 The circles shown in the figure represent
eer
te
ing
.ne
ga
(A) Unit circles

t
(B) Constant resistance circles
w.
(C) Constant reactance circles (D) Constant reflection coefficient circles.
MCQ 8.3.17 Consider a 200 W, quarter - wave long (at 1 GHz) transmission line as shown in
GATE 2004 Fig. It is connected to a 20 V, 50 W source at one end and is left open circuited at
ww
the other end. The magnitude of the voltage at the open circuit end of the line is
(A) 10 V (B) 5 V
(C) 60 V (D) 60/7 V


MCQ 8.3.18 Consider an impedance Z = R + jX marked with point P in an impedance Smith
GATE 2004 chart as shown in Fig. The movement from point P along a constant resistance
circle in the clockwise direction by an angle 45c is equivalent to
m
ww
co
w.E (A) adding an inductance in series with Z
(B) adding a capacitance in series with Z
lp.
asy
(C) adding an inductance in shunt across Z
(D) adding a capacitance in shunt across Z
En
he
MCQ 8.3.19 A lossless transmission line is terminated in a load which reflects a part of the
GATE 2004
reflected back is gin

incident power. The measured VSWR is 2. The percentage of the power that is
(A) 57.73
eer
(B) 33.33
e
(C) 0.11 (D) 11.11

at
MCQ 8.3.20
GATE 2003
ing
A short - circuited stub is shunt connected to a transmission line as shown in fig. If
Z0 = 50 W , the admittance Y seen at the junction of the stub and the transmission
.ne
g
line is
t
w.
ww
(A) (0.01 - j0.02) mho (B) (0.02 - j0.01) mho

(C) (0.04 - j0.02) mho (D) (0.02 + j0) mho


MCQ 8.3.21 The VSWR can have any value between
GATE 2002 (A) 0 and 1 (B) - 1 and + 1
(C) 0 and 3 (D) 1 and 3
MCQ 8.3.22 In an impedance Smith chart, a clockwise movement along a constant resistance
GATE 2002 circle gives rise to
(A) a decrease in the value of reactance
(B) an increase in the value of reactance
(C) no change in the reactance value
ww (D) no change in the impedance
m
MCQ 8.3.23 A transmission line is distortionless if
w.E
GATE 2001
(A) RL = 1
GC
(C) LG = RC
co
(B) RL = GC
(D) RG = LC
asy
lp.
MCQ 8.3.24 The magnitudes of the open-circuit and short-circuit input impedances of a
GATE 2000
the line is, En

transmission line are 100 W and 25 W respectively. The characteristic impedance of
(A) 25 W
gin
(B) 50 W
he
(C) 75 W (D) 100 W
MCQ 8.3.25
eer
In a twin-wire transmission line in air, the adjacent voltage maxima are at 25 m
te
GATE 1999 and 12.4 m. The operating frequency is

(A) 300 MHz (B) 1 GHz
ing
(C) 2 GHz (D) 6.28 GHz
.ne
ga
MCQ 8.3.26 In air, a lossless transmission line of length 50 cm with L = 10 mH/m , C = 40 pF/m
GATE 1999 is operated at 25 MHz . Its electrical path length is
t
w.
(A) 0.5 meters (B) l meters

(C) p/2 radians (D) 180 deg rees
ww
MCQ 8.3.27 A transmission line of 50 W characteristic impedance is terminated with a 100 W

GATE 1997 resistance. The minimum impedance measured on the line is equal to
(A) 0 W (B) 25 W
(C) 50 W (D) 100 W
MCQ 8.3.28 A very lossy, l/4 long, 50 W transmission line is open circuited at the load end. The
GATE 1997 input impedance measured at the other end of the line is approximately
(A) 0 (B) 50 W
(C) 3 (D) None of the above


MCQ 8.3.29 A lossless transmission line having 50 W characteristic impedance and length l/4
GATE 1996 is short circuited at one end and connected to an ideal voltage source of 1 V at the
other end. The current drawn from the voltage source is
(A) 0 (B) 0.02 A
(C) 3 (D) none of these
MCQ 8.3.30 The capacitance per unit length and the characteristic impedance of a lossless
GATE 1996 transmission line are C and Z 0 respectively. The velocity of a travelling wave on
the transmission line is
m
(A) Z 0 C (B) 1
ww (C) Z 0 (D) C
Z0 C
co
C Z0
w.E
MCQ 8.3.31
IES EC 2012
A l/4 line, shorted at one end, presents impedance at the other end equal to
(A) Z 0 (B) 2 Z 0
lp.
(C) 3
asy (D) 0
where Z 0 is characteristic impedance of the line.
En
he
MCQ 8.3.32 A 100 W transmission line is first short-terminated and the minima locations are
IES EC & EE
2012
gin
noted. When the short is replaced by a resistive load RL , the minima locations are
not altered and the VSWR is measured to be 3. The value of RL is
(A) 25 W (B) 50 W
eer
e
(C) 225 W (D) 250 W

at
MCQ 8.3.33
VSWR is
ing
If maximum and minimum voltage on a transmission line are 2 V and 5 Vrespectively,
.ne
IES EC 2011
g
(A) 0.5 (B) 2

(C) 1 (D) 8
t
w.
MCQ 8.3.34 An ideal lossless transmission line of Z 0 = 60 W is connected to unknown ZL . If

IES EC 2011 SWR = 4 , find ZL .
ww
(A) 240 W (B) 480 W

(C) 120 W (D) 100 W
MCQ 8.3.35 Loading of a cable is done to

IES EC 2011 1. Increase its inductance
2. Increase its leakage resistance
3. Decrease its leakage resistance
4. Achieve distortionless condition
(A) 1, 2, 3 and 4 (B) 1 and 3 only


MCQ 8.3.36 Given a range of frequencies, which of the following systems is best for transmission
IES EC 2010 line load matching ?
(A) Single stub (B) Double stub
(C) Single stub with adjustable position (D) Quarter wave transformer
MCQ 8.3.37 A line of characteristic impedance 50 W is terminated at one end by + j 50 W . The

IES EC 2010 VSWR on the line is
(A) 1 (B) 3
(C) 0 (D) j
ww At UHF short-circuited lossless transmission lines can be used to provide appropriate
m
MCQ 8.3.38
IES EC 2010 values of impedance. Match List I with List II and select the correct answer using
w.E the code given below the lists :
a.
List I
l < l/4 1.
co
List II
Capacitive
b. l/4 < l < l/2
asy 2. Inductive
lp.
l = l/4
c.
d. l = l/2 En 3.
4.
0
3
gin
he
Codes :
a b c d
(A) 2 1 4 3
eer
te
(B) 3 1 4 2
(C)
(D)
2
3
4
4
1
1
3
2
ing
.ne
ga
MCQ 8.3.39 Consider the following statements regarding a transmission line :

IES EC 2010 1. Its attenuation is constant and is independent of frequency
2. Its attenuation varies linearly with frequency t
w.
3. Its phase shift varies linearly with frequency

4. Its phase shift is constant and is independent of frequency
ww
Which of the above statements are correct for distortion less line ?
(A) 1, 2, 3, and 4 (B) 2 and 3 only
MCQ 8.3.40 The reflection coefficient on a 200 m long transmission line has a phase angle of
IES EC 2009 - 150c. If the operating wavelength is 250 m, what will be the number of voltage
maxima on the line ?
(A) 0 (B) 3
(C) 6 (D) 7


MCQ 8.3.41 With regard to a transmission line, which of the following statements is correct ?
IES EC 2009 (A) Any impedance repeats itself every l/4 on the Smith chart.
(B) The SWR = 2 circle and the magnitude of reflection coefficient = 0.5 circle
coincide on the Smith chart.
(C) At any point on a transmission line, the current reflection coefficient is the
reciprocal of the voltage reflection coefficient.
(D) Matching eliminates the reflected wave between the source and the matching
device location.
m
ww
MCQ 8.3.42
IES EC 2009
It is required to match a 200 W load to a 450 W transmission line. To reduce the
SWR along the line to 1, what must be the characteristic impedance of the quarter-
co
wave transformer used for this purpose, if it is connected directly to the load ?
w.E (A) 90 kW
(C) 9 W
4 lp.
(B) 300 W
(D) 3 W
2
MCQ 8.3.43
asy
The load end of a quarter wave transformer gets disconnected thereby causing an
open-circuited load. What will be the input impedance of the transformer ?
En
IES EC 2009
he
(A) Zero (B) Infinite
MCQ 8.3.44
(C) Finite and positive
gin (D) Finite and negative
A lossless transmission line of characteristic impedance Z 0 and length l < l/4 is
eer
e
IES EC 2008 terminated at the load end by an open circuit. What is its input impedance Zin ?
(A) Zin = jZ 0 tan bl (B) Zin = jZ 0 cot bl
at
(C) Zin =- jZ 0 tan bl

ing
(D) Zin =- jZ 0 tan bl
.ne
Which one of the following statements for a short circuited loss free line is not
g
MCQ 8.3.45
IES EC 2007 correct ?
t
w.
(A) The line appears as a pure reactance when viewed from the sending end
(B) It can be either inductive or capacitive
(C) There are no reflections in the line
ww
(D) Standing waves of voltage and current are set up along length of the lines
MCQ 8.3.46 Match List I (Load impedance) with List II (Value of Reflection Coefficient) and
IES EC 2007 select the correct answer using the code given below the lists :
List-I List-II
a. Short Circuit 1. 0
b. Open Circuit 2. -1
c. Line characteristics impedance 3. +1
d. 2 # line characteristic impedance 4. +1/3


Codes :
a b c d
(A) 2 1 3 4
(B) 4 3 1 2
(C) 2 3 1 4
(D) 4 1 3 2
MCQ 8.3.47 When the reflection coefficient equals 1 0c what is the VSWR?
IES EC 2007 (A) Zero (B) 1
(C) 3 (D) Infinite
ww
m
MCQ 8.3.48 If the reflection coefficient is 1/5, what is the corresponding VSWR ?
(A) 3/2 (B) 2/3
w.E
IES EC 2007
co
(C) 5/2 (D) 2/5
MCQ 8.3.49
line ? asy
Which one of the following is the characteristic impedance of lossless transmission
lp.
IES EC 2006
(A) R/G
(C) L /C En (B) L/G
(D) R/C
gin
he
MCQ 8.3.50 Match List I (Quantity) with List II (Range of Values) and select the correct
IES EC 2006 answer using the code given below the lists :
List-I List-II eer
te
a.
b
Input Impedance
Reflection coefficient
1.
2.
- 1 to + 1
1 to 3
ing
.ne
ga
c. VSWR 3. 0 to 3
t
w.
Codes :
a b c
(A) 2 3 1
ww
(B) 3 2 1
(C) 3 1 2
(D) 2 1 3
MCQ 8.3.51 A quarter wave impedance transformer is terminated by a short circuit. What
IES EC 2006 would its input impedance be equal to ?
(A) The line characteristic impedance
(B) Zero
(C) Infinity
(D) Square root of the line characteristic impedance


MCQ 8.3.52 Scattering parameters are more suited than impedance parameters to describe a
IES EC 2006 waveguide junction because
(A) the scattering parameters are frequency invariant whereas the impedance
parameters are not so
(B) scattering matrix is always unitary
(C) impedance parameters vary over unacceptably wide ranges
(D) scattering parameters are directly measurable but impedance parameters are
not so
m
ww
MCQ 8.3.53
IES EC 2005
In a transmission line the reflection coefficient at the load end is given by 0.3e-j30c.
What is the reflection coefficient at a distance of 0.1 wavelength towards source ?
co
(A) 0.3e+j30c (B) 0.3e+j102c
w.E
MCQ 8.3.54
(C) 0.3e+j258c
lp.
(D) 0.3e+66c
To couple a coaxial line to a parallel wire, it is best to use a :

IES EC 2005 (A) Balun
(B) Slotted line
asy
En
he
(C) Directional coupler
(D) Quarter wave transformer
gin
A plane wave having x -directed electric field propagating in free space along the z
MCQ 8.3.55
eer
e
IES EC 2005 -direction is incident on an infinite electrically conducting (perfect conductor) sheet
at z = 0 plane. Which one of the following is correct ?
at
(A) The sheet will absorb the wave

ing
.ne
(B) There will be x -directed surface electric current on the sheet
g
(C) There will be y -directed surface electric current on the sheet
t
w.
(D) There will be magnetic current in the sheet.
MCQ 8.3.56 For sea water with s = 5 mho/m and er = 80 , what is the distance for which radio
IES EC 2004 signal can be transmitted with 90% attenuation at 25 kHz ?
ww
(A) 0.322 m (B) 3.22 m

(C) 32.2 m (D) 322 m
MCQ 8.3.57 Consider the following statements regarding Smith charts :

IES EC 2004 1. A normalized Smith chart applies to a line of any characteristic resistance and
serves as well for normalized admittance
2. A polar coordinate Smith chart contains circles of constant z and circles of
constant z
3. In Smith chart, the distance towards the load is always measured in clockwise
direction.


(A) 1, 2 and 3 (B) 2 and 3
(C) 1 and 3 (D) 1 and 2
MCQ 8.3.58 A ^100 - j75h W load is connected to a co-axial cable of characteristic impedance 75
IES EC 2004 ohms at 12 GHz. In order to obtain the best matching, which one of the following
will have to be connected ?
(A) A short-circuited sub at load
(B) Inductance at load
ww (C) A capacitance at a specific distance at load
m
(D) A short-circuited stub at some specific distance from load
w.E
MCQ 8.3.59
IES EC 2003
In a line VSWR of a load is 6 dB. The reflection coefficient will be
(A) 0.033
co
(B) 0.33
(C) 0.66
asy (D) 3.3
lp.
MCQ 8.3.60 ZL = 200 W and it is desired that Zin = 50 W . The quarter wave transformer should
IES EC 2003
(A) 100 W En
have a characteristic impedance of
(B) 40 W
gin
he
(C) 10,000 W (D) 4 W
MCQ 8.3.61
IES EC 2002
Consider the following :
For a lossless transmission line we can write : eer
te
1. Zin =- jZ 0 for a shorted line with l = l/8

2. Zin = ! ja for a shorted line with l = l/4 ing
.ne
ga
3. Zin = Z 0 for a matched line of any length

(A) 1 and 2 (B) 2 and 3
t
w.
(C) 1 and 3 (D) 2 and 4
MCQ 8.3.62 The input impedance of a short circuited quarter wave long transmission line is
ww
IES EC 2002 (A) purely reactive

(B) purely resistive
(C) dependent on the characteristic impedance of the line
(D) none of the above
MCQ 8.3.63 A transmission line of output impedance 400 W is to be matched to a load of 25 W

IES EC 2002 through a quarter wavelength line. The quarter wave line characteristic impedance
must be
(A) 40 W (B) 100 W
(C) 400 W (D) 425 W


MCQ 8.3.64 The input impedance of l/8 long short-circuited section of a lossless transmission
IES EC 2001 line is
(A) zero (B) inductive
(C) capacitive (D) infinite
MCQ 8.3.65 Match List I (Parameters) with List II (Values) for a transmission line with a series
IES EC 2001 impedance Z = Rl + jwLl W/m and a shunt admittance Y = Gl + jwC l mho/m ,
and select the correct answer :
List-I List-II
m
ww a.
b.
Characteristic impedance Z 0
Propagation constant g
1.
2.
ZY
Z/Y
co
w.E c. The sending-end input 3.
impedance Zin when the line is
terminated in its characteristic lp.
Y/Z
asy
impedance Z 0
Codes :
En
he
a b c
(A) 3
(B) 2
1
3
1
3
gin
(C) 2 1 2
eer
e
(D) 1 2 2
at
MCQ 8.3.66
IES EC 2001 line ? ing
Which of the following conditions will not guarantee a distortionless transmission
(A) R = G = 0
.ne
g
(B) RC = GL
t
w.
(C) Very low frequency range (R >> wL, G >> wC )

(D) Very high frequency range (R << wL, G << wC )
ww
MCQ 8.3.67 In an air line, adjacent maxima are found at 12.5 cm and 37.5 cm. The operating
IES EC 2001 frequency is
(A) 1.5 GHz
(B) 600 MHz
(C) 300 MHz
(D) 1.2 GHz
MCQ 8.3.68 Fig. I shows an open circuited transmission line. The switch is closed at time t = 0
IES EC 2001 and after a time t the voltage distribution on the line reaches that shown in Fig.
II. If c is the velocity in the line, then


(A) t < l/c (B) t = l/c
ww
m
(C) 1l/c > l/c (D) t < 2l/c
MCQ 8.3.69 A 75 W transmission line is first short-terminated and the minima locations are
w.E
IES EE 2012
co
noted. When the short is replaced by a resistive load RL , the minima locations are
not altered and the VSWR is measured to be 3. The value of RL is
(A) 25 W
asy (B) 50 W
lp.
(C) 225 W (D) 250 W
MCQ 8.3.70
En
For a lossy transmission line, the characteristic impedance does not depend on
(A) the operating frequency of the line
gin
IES EE 2011
he
(B) theconductivity of the conductors
eer
(C) conductivity of the dielectric separating the conductors
(D) length of the line
te
MCQ 8.3.71
respectively for a typical load, VSWR is
ing
If the maximum and minimum voltages on a transmission line are 4 V and 2 V,
.ne
IES EE 2011
ga
(A) 1.0 (B) 0.5

(C) 2.0 (D) 8.0
t
w.
MCQ 8.3.72 A transmission line is distortionless if

IES EE 2011 (A) RG = LC (B) RC = GL
(C) R = G (D) R = G
L
ww
C
MCQ 8.3.73 If reflection coefficient for voltage be 0.6, the voltage standing wave ratio (VSWR)
IES EE 2010 is
(A) 0.66 (B) 4
(C) 1.5 (D) 2
MCQ 8.3.74 A signal of 10 V is applied to a 80 ohm coaxial transmission line, terminated in a

IES EE 2010 100 ohm load. The voltage reflected coefficient is
(A) 1/4 (B) 1/3
(C) 1/2 (D) 1


MCQ 8.3.75 A transmission line of characteristic impedance of 50 ohm is terminated by a load
IES EE 2009 impedance of (15 - j 20) ohm. What is the normalized load impedance ?
(A) 0.6 - j 0.8 (B) 0.3 - j 0.6
(C) 0.3 - j 0.4 (D) 0.3 + j 0.4
MCQ 8.3.76 Two lossless resistive transmission lines each of characteristic impedance Z are
IES EE 2009 connected as shown in the circuit below. If the maximum voltage on the two lines
is the same and the power transmitted by line A is W1 , then what is the power
transmitted by the line B ?
m
ww
co
w.E lp.
(A) 4 W1
(C) 2W1
asy (B) 3W1
(D) 1W1
En
he
MCQ 8.3.77 A transmission line section shows an input impedance of 36 W and 64 W respectively,
IES EE 2009
the transmission line ? gin

when short circuited and open circuited. What is the characteristic impedance of
eer
e
(A) 100 W (B) 50 W

(C) 45 W (D) 48 W
at
MCQ 8.3.78 ing

Consider the following statements for transmission lines :
IES EE 2008
.ne
1. When a transmission line is terminated by its characteristic impedance the line
g
will not have any reflected wave.
t
w.
2. For a finite line terminated by its characteristic impedance the velocity and
current at all points on the line are exactly same.
3. For a lossless half wave transmission line the input impedance is not equal to
ww
load impedance.
(A) 1 and 2 (B) 2 and 3
(C) 1 and 3 (D) 1, 2 and 3
MCQ 8.3.79 What does the standing wave ratio (SWR) of unity imply ?
IES EE 2007 (A) Transmission line is open circuited
(B) Transmission line is short circuited
(C) Transmission line’s characteristic impedance is equal to load impedance
(D) Transmission line’s characteristic impedance is not equal to load impedance


MCQ 8.3.80 h = half centre to centre spacing, r = conductor radius and e = permittivity of the
IES EE 2007 medium. Which one of the following is equal to the capacitance per unit length of
a two-wire transmission line ?
(A) pe (B) 2pe
2 2
h
loge )b l + c h - 1 m3 loge )b l + c h2 - 1 m3
h
r r 2 r r
(C) 3pe (D) 4pe
2 2
h
loge )b l + c h - 1 m3 loge )b l + c h2 - 1 m3
h
r r 2 r r
MCQ 8.3.81 For a line of characteristic impedance Z 0 terminated in a load of ZR such that
ww
m
IES EE 2006 ZR = Z 0 /3 , what is the reflection coefficient GL ?
(A) 1/3 (B) 2/3
w.E
MCQ 8.3.82
(C) - 1/3
co
(D) - 1/2
A transmission line has R, L, G, C distributed parameters per unit length of line.

IES EE 2006
asy
If g is the propagation constant of the line, which one of the following expressions
lp.
represents the characteristics impedance of the line ?
(A)
g
R + j wL En (B)
R + j wL
g
gin
he
G + j wC G + jw C
(C) (D)
g R + jw L
MCQ 8.3.83
IES EE 2005 reflection coefficient G =- 1/3 eer
What is the value of standing wave ratio (SWR) in free space for reflection for
te
(A) 2/3
(C) 4.0
(B) 0.5
(D) 2.0 ing
.ne
ga
MCQ 8.3.84 What is the attenuation constant a for distortionless transmission line ?
IES EE 2005
(A) a = 0 (B) a = R C
L
t
w.
(C) a = R L (D) a = RL
C C
ww
MCQ 8.3.85 A 75 W distortionless transmission line has a capacitance of 10- 10 f/m. What is the
IES EE 2005 inductance per meter ?
(A) 0.25 mH (B) 500 mH
(C) 5000 mH (D) 50 mH
MCQ 8.3.86 The open circuit and short circuit impedances of a line are 50 W each. What is the
IES EE 2005 characteristic impedance of the line ?
(A) 100 2 W (B) 100W
(C) 100/ 2 W (D) 50 W


MCQ 8.3.87 A load impedance of (75 - j50) is connected to a transmission line of characteristic
IES EE 2005 impedance Z 0 = 75 W . The best method of matching comprises
(A) A short circuit stub at load
(B) A short circuit stub at some specific distance from load
(C) An open stub at load
(D) Two short circuited stubs at specific distances from load
MCQ 8.3.88 When a lossless transmission line is terminated by a resistance equal to surge
IES EE 2005 impedance, then what is value of the reflection coefficient ?
m
(A) 1 (B) - 1
ww (C) 0 (D) 0.5
co
w.E
MCQ 8.3.89
IES EE 2004
A lossless transmission line of length 50 cm with L = 10 mH/m , C = 40 pF/m is
operated at 30 MHz. What is its electric length (bl) ?
(A) 20l (B) 0.2l
lp.
MCQ 8.3.90
(C) 108c
asy (D) 40p
Which one of the following is the correct expression for the propagation constant
En
in a transmission line ?
he
IES EE 2004
^R + jwL h ^R - jwL h
(A)
^G + jwC h
(C) ^R - jwL h^G - jwC h
gin(B)
^G - jwC h
^R + jwL h^G + jwC h
(D)
eer
e
MCQ 8.3.91 Assertion (A) : In a lossless transmission line the voltage and current distributions
at
IES EE 2004 along the line are always constant.

ing
Reason (R) : The voltage and current distributions in an open line are such that
.ne
at a distance l/4 from the load end, the line looks like a series resonant circuit.
g
t
w.
ww

IES EE 2003 Characteristic impedance of a transmission line is given by
R + jw L
1. , (R, L, G and C are line constants)
G + jwC
2. Zoc Zsc , (Zoc and Zsc are the open and short circuit impedances of the line)
3. V l/I l, ( V l and I l are the voltage and current of the wave travelling in the
positive y direction)
Which of these are correct ?
(A) 1,2 and 3 (B) 1 and 2
(C) 2 and 3 (D) 1 and 3


MCQ 8.3.93 A loss-less transmission line of characteristic impedance Z 0 and l < l/4 is terminated
IES EE 2003 at the load end by a short circuit. Its input impedance Zs is
(A) Zs =- jZ 0 tan bl (B) Zs = jZ 0 cot bl
(C) Zs = jZ 0 tan bl (D) Zs =- jZ 0 cot bl
MCQ 8.3.94 A loss-less transmission line with characteristic impedance of 600 ohms is terminated
IES EE 2003 in a purely resistive load of 900 ohms. The reflection coefficient is
(A) 0.2 (B) 0.5
(C) 0.667 (D) 1.5
ww
m
MCQ 8.3.95 A transmission line has R, L, G and C distributed parameters per unit length of
IES EE 2002 the line, g is the propagation constant of the lines. Which expression gives the
w.E characteristic impedance of the line ?

(A)
g
R + j wL
(B)
co
R + j wL
g
(C)
G + j wC
g asy (D)
G + jw C
lp.
R + jw L
MCQ 8.3.96
IES EE 2001
En
The open circuit impedance of a certain length of a loss-less line is 100 W. The short
circuit impedance of the same line is also 100 W. The characteristic impedance of
gin
he
the line is
(A) 100 2 W (B) 50 W
(C) 100/ 2 W (D) 100 W
eer
te
ing
1+ G
MCQ 8.3.97 In the relations S = 1 - G ; the values of S and G (where S stands for wave ratio
IES EE 2001 and G is reflection coefficient), respectively, vary as
(A) 0 to 1 and - 1 to 0
.ne
(B) 1 to 3 and - 1 to + 1
ga
(C) - 1 to + 1 and 1 to 3 (D) - 1 to 0 and 0 to 1

t
w.
IES EE 2001 The characteristic impedance of a transmission line can increase with the increase
in
1. resistance per unit length
ww
2. conductance per unit length

3. capacitance per unit length
4. inductance per unit length
Which of these statements are correct ?
(A) 1 and 2 (B) 2 and 3
(C) 1 and 4 (D) 3 and 4
***********


SOLUTIONS 8.1
m
Given
ww the input voltage, vi = V0 cos ^4 # 10 4 pt h
co
and length of transmission line, l = 20 cm = 20 # 10-2 m
w.E So, the angular frequency of the applied voltage is

w = 4 # 10 4 p
lp.
and the wavelength of the voltage wave is
asy v
l = p=
f
2pv p
w
w
a f = 2p k
Enl = w ^20 # 10 h
-2
he
Therefore,
l 2pv p
= #
gin
(4 10 4 p) # (20 # 10-2)
2p # (3 # 108)
(in free space v p = 3 # 108 m/s )
eer
e
= 1.33 # 10-5
Since, l # 0.01
at
l
ing
So the effect of transmission line on the voltage wave is negligible i.e. the output
voltage will be in the same phase to the input voltage.
.ne
Thus, A and R both are true and R is correct explanation of A.
g
t
w.
Given,
Inner diameter of coaxial line, 2a = 1 cm & a = 0.5 # 10-2 m
and outer diameter of coaxial line, 2b = 2 cm & b = 10-2 m
ww
Permeability of conductor, mc = 2m0

Conductivity of conductor, sc = 11.6 # 107 S/m
Operating frequency, f = 4 GHz = 4 # 109 Hz
So, the resistance per unit length of transmission line is given as :
pfmc 1 1
Rl = 1
sc b a b l
+
2p
p # (4 # 109) # (2 # 4p # 10-7)
= 1 1 1
b 0.5 10-2 + 10-2 l
2p 11.6 # 107 #
= 0.788 W/m
Inner diameter of coaxial line, 2a = 1.5 cm &a = 0.75 # 10-2 m


Outer diameter of coaxial line, 2b = 3 cm & b = 1.5 # 10-2 m
Permeability of the filled dielectric, m = 2m0
So, it’s inductance per unit length is given as
m 2 (4p # 10-7) -2
Ll = ln b b l = # ln c 1.5 # 10 -2 m
2p a 2p 0.75 # 10
-7
= 2.77 # 10 H/m = 277 nH/m
Given,
Inner radius of the coaxial line, a = 1/8 cm = 1.25 # 10-3 m
ww Outer radius of the coaxial line, b = 1/2 cm = 5 # 10-3 m
m
Conductivity of dielectric, s = 2 # 10-3 S/m
So, the conductance per unit length of the transmission line is given as
w.E Gl = 2ps =
ln ^b/a h
co
2p # (2 # 10-3)
-3
ln c 5 # 10 -3 m
1.25 # 10
asy = 3.1 mS/m

lp.
SOL 8.1.5
Given,
En
gin
Inner diameter of coaxial line, 2a = 1 cm &a = 0.5 # 10-2 m
he
Outer diameter of coaxial line, 2b = 4 cm &b = 2 # 10-2 m

Permittivity of the dielectric, e = 9e0
eer
So, the capacitance per unit length of the line is given as
te
Cl = 2pe = 2p # 9 # 8.85 -#
ln ^b/a h 2
ing
10-12
ln c 2 # 10 -2 m
0.5 # 10
.ne
ga
-10
= 3.61 # 10 F/m = 323 pF/m
Given, t
w.
Width of strips, w = 2.4 # 10-2 m

Conductivity of strips, s = 1.16 # 108 S/m
Permeability of strips, m = m0
ww

So, the parameter Rl is given as
pfm p # 4 # 109 # 4p # 10-7
Rl = 2 = 2
w s 2.4 # 10-2
1.16 # 108
= 0.9722 W/m
Strips width, w = 4.8 cm = 4.8 # 10-2 m
Separation between the plates, d = 0.3 cm = 0.3 # 10-2 m
Permittivity of dielectric, m = 2m0
So, the inductance per unit length is given as


md -7 -2
Ll = = 2 # 4p # 10 # -02.3 # 10
w 4.8 # 10
= 2.57 # 105 H/m
The width of strips, w = 9.6 cm = 9.6 # 10-2 m
Separation between the strips, d = 0.6 cm = 0.6 # 10-2 m
Relative permittivity of dielectric, er = 1.3
Conductivity of dielectric, s.0
m
So, the conductance per unit length of line is given as
Gl = sw = 0
ww d
s.0
co
and the capacitance per unit length of the line is given as
w.E d
-10
= 1.84 # 10 F/m = 0.28 nF/m
lp. 0.6 # 10
-2
Cl = ew = e0 er w = ^8.85 # 10-12h # 1.3 # 9.6 # 10-2
d
SOL 8.1.9
asy
Characteristic impedance of a transmission line is defined as
En Rl + jwLl
he
Z0 =
Gl + jwC l
gin
and the propagation constant of the transmission line is defined as
g = a + jb = ^Rl + jwC lh^Gl + jwC lh
eer
e
where, a is attenuation constant

b is phase constant
at
ing
Rl is resistance per unit length of the line
Gl is conductance per unit length of the line
Ll is inductance per unit length of the line
.ne
g
Cl is capacitance per unit length of the line
t
w.
Now, for lossless line, Rl = Gl = 0

So, the characteristic impedance of lossless transmission line is
Z 0 = Ll
ww
Cl
and the propagation constant of lossless transmission line is
g = a + jb = jw LlC l
or a =0
Therefore, the attenuation constant of lossless line is always zero (real).
i.e. statement (A) is correct.
Again for distortionless line,
Rl = Gl
Ll C l
So, the characteristic impedance of distortionless line is
Z 0 = Ll = Rl
Cl Gl


and the propagation constant of the distortionless line is
g = a + jb = RlGl + jw LlC l
or, a = RlGl! 0
Therefore, the attenuation constant of distortion less line is not zero but it is real.
Thus, (A) and (B) is correct statement while (C) is not a correct statement.
Inductance per unit length, Ll = 250 nH/m = 250 # 10-9 H/m
Capacitance per unit length Cl = 0.1 nF/m = 0.1 # 10-9 F/m
So, the velocity of wave propagation along the lossless transmission line is given as
ww vp = 1 = 1
m
LC
l l ^250 # 10 h^0.1 # 10-9h
-9
= 4 # 108 m/s
w.E The characteristic impedance of the lossless transmission line is given as

Z 0 = Ll =
Cl
co
250 # 10-9
0.1 # 10-9
(for lossless line, Rl = Gl = 0 )
asy = 50 W
lp.
En
Operating frequency, f = 1 GHz = 109 Hz
Conductivity,s = 6.4 # 107 S/m
gin
he
Permittivity,e = 6e0
Axial component of electric field = Ez
Transverse component of electric field = Ey
eer
te
So, the ratio of the two components for the transmission line is
Ez = we =
Ey s ing
2p # 109 # 6e0
6.4 # 107
( w = 2p f )
.ne
ga
= 9.23 # 10-4
t
Given the operating angular frequency of the transmission line is
w.
w = 6 # 108 rad/s
and the parameters of transmission line are
Rl = 0.2 kW/m = 200 W/m
ww
Ll = 4 mH/m = 4 # 10-6 H/m

Gl = 8 mS/m = 8 # 10-6 S/m
Cl = 4 pF/m = 4 # 10-12 F/m
So, the propagation constant of the transmission line is given as
g = ^Rl + jwLlh^Gl + jwC lh
= 6200 + j ^6 # 108h^4 # 10-6h@6^8 # 10-6h + j ^6 # 108h^4 # 10-12h@
= 6200 + j ^24 # 102h@6^8 # 10-6h + j ^24 # 10-4h@
= ^2.10 + j1.7h per meter
Given the Operating angular frequency of the transmission line,


9
w = 1.2 # 10 rad/s
and the parameters of transmission line are
Rl = 10 W/m
Ll = 0.4 mH/m = 0.1 # 10-6 H/m
Cl = 10 pF/m = 10 # 10-12 F/m
Gl = 40 mS/m = 40 # 10-6 S/m
So, the characteristic impedance of the line is given as
Rl + jwLl 10 + j ^1.2 # 109h^0.1 # 10-6h
Z0 = =
Gl + jwC l 40 # 10-6 + j ^1.2 # 109h^10 # 10-12h
m
= 75 - j5 W
ww
co
The amplitude of voltage wave after travelling a distance l along a transmission
w.E line is given as

V1 = V0 e- al
lp.
asy
where V0 is the amplitude of the source voltage wave
Now, in the given problem, after travelling 20 m distance along the transmission
En
line the voltage wave remains 13% of it’s source amplitude. So, we get
V1 = V0 e- al = 13% of V0
he
e- a^20h = 0.13
a = 0.10 NP/m
gin (l = 20 m )
eer
e

Given the propagation constant of the voltage wave
at
g = a + jb = 0.5 + j2.4
So, we get the attenuation constant of the wave ing
a = 0.5
.ne
g
and phase constant of the wave along the transmission line is

b = 2.4
t
w.
Since, the amplitude of voltage wave after travelling a distance l along a transmission
line is given as
V1 = V0 e- al
ww
where V0 is the amplitude of the source voltage wave. Since the amplitude of a
voltage wave after travelling a certain distance down a transmission line is reduced
by 87% so, for the given transmission line we have
V1 = V0 e- al = b1 - 87 l V0
100
- al
e = 0.13
l = 1 ln b 1 l = 4.08 m
a 0.13
Therefore, the shift in phase angle for the travelled distance is given as
f = bl b 360c l = ^2.4h^4.08hb 360c l = 561c
2p 2p


The width of strips = w
Separation between strips = d
So, the characteristic impedance of lossless transmission line is given as
m
Z0 = d
w e
When d and W is doubled, the characteristic impedance of the transmission line
will be given as
m
Z 0l = 2d = Z0
2W e
ww
m
Therefore, the characteristic impedance will remain same.
w.E Attenuation constant,

Characteristic impedance,
Phase velocity,
a = 10 mNP/m = 10-2 NP/m
co
Z 0 = 0.1 kW = 100 W
v p = 0.5 # 108 m/s
asy
Since the transmission line is distortion less so, the resistance per unit length of the
lp.
transmission line is given as
En Rl = aZ 0 = ^10-2h^100h = 1 W/m
and the inductance per unit length of the lossless transmission line is given as
gin
he
Ll = Z 0 = 100 = 4 mH/m
vp 0.25 # 108
eer
Given the parameters of distortionless transmission line are
te
and
Rl = 4 W/m
Gl = 4 # 10-4 S/m ing
.ne
ga
So, the attenuation constant of the distortion less transmission line is given as
a = RlGl = 4 # 4 # 10-4 = 4 # 10-2 NP/m
Z 0 = Rl = 4 t
and the characteristic impedance of the distortionless transmission line is given as
w.
= 50 W distortionless line
Gl 16 # 10-4
f = 5 GHz = 5 # 109 Hz
ww
Operating frequency,
Characteristic impedance, Z 0 = 80 W
Phase constant, b = 1.5 rad/m
So, the inductance per unit length of the transmission line is given as
bZ 0
Ll = = 1.5 # 80 9 ( w = 2pf )
w 2p # 5 # 10
= 4.88 nH/m
Load impedance, ZL = 300 W


So, the reflection coefficient at the load terminal is given as
GL = ZL - Z 0 = 300 - 150 = 1
ZL + Z 0 300 + 150 3
and the reflection coefficient at generator end is given as
Z - Z0
Gg = g
Zg + Z 0
where Zg is internal impedance of the generator. Since, it is given that the internal
resistance of the generator is zero (i.e., Zg = 0 ) so, we get
Gg = 0 - 150 =- 1
0 + 150
m
ww
SOL 8.1.21
The maximum magnitude of voltage wave, Vmax = 6 volt
co
The minimum magnitude of voltage wave, Vmin = 2.4 volt
w.E So, the standing wave ratio on the transmission line is given as
S = Vmax = 6 = 2.5
Vmin lp. 2.4
asy
Therefore, the reflection coefficient of the transmission line is evaluated as
G = S - 1 = 2.5 - 1 = 0.43
En S + 1 2.5 + 1
he
Inner radius of the coaxial line,
gin Z 0 = 25 W
a = 0.6 mm = 0.6 # 10-3
Permittivity of insulated material,
eer
e = 9e0 & er = 9
e
Now, the characteristic impedance of a lossless coaxial line is given as

Z 0 = 60 ln b b l
at
er a
where b is the outer radius of the coaxial line. So, we geting
25 = 60 ln b b
.ne
g
-3 l
9 0 . 6 # 10
t
w.
or, b = ^0.6 # 10-3h e25 9 /60

= 0.0021 m = 3.1 mm
ZL = ^15 - j25h W
ww
Load impedance,
Characteristic impedance Z 0 = 25 W
So, the reflection coefficient of the transmission line is given as
^15 - j25h - 25
G = ZL - Z 0 =
ZL + Z 0 ^15 - j25h + 25
-j79.8c
= 0.57e
Therefore, the standing wave ratio of the transmission line is determined as
1+ G
S = = 1 + 0.57 = 3.65
1- G 1 - 0.57
Voltage standing wave ratio, S =3


Since, the load connected to the lossless transmission line is purely resistive so,
phase angle of the reflection coefficient of the line will be
qG = 0 or p
Now, the magnitude of the reflection coefficient is given as
G = S - 1 = 3 - 1 = 0.5
S+1 3+1
So, reflection coefficient of the transmission line is
G = G e jq G
= 0.5e j0 or 0.5e jp
= 0.5 or - 0.5
ww
m
For G = 0.5 the load impedance of the transmission line is given as
ZL = Z 0 ;1 + G E = 150 ;1 + 0.5E = 450 W
1-G 1 - 0.5
w.E co
and for G =- 0.5 the load impedance of the transmission line is given as
ZL = Z 0 ;1 + G E = 150 ;1 - 0.5E = 75 W
1-G 1 + 0.5
asy
Therefore, the possible values of load impedance connected to the transmission line
lp.
are
EnZL = 50 W or 450 W
gin
he
Load impedance, ZL = ^200 - j200h W

Length of transmission line,
Z 0 = 100 W
eer
l = 10 cm = 10 # 10-2 = 0.1 m
te
vg ^ t h = 3 cos ^p # 109 t h volt

Generator voltage,
So, we get the angular frequency
ing
w = p # 109
.ne
ga
and the phase constant of the wave on the transmission line is
t
9
b = w = p # 108 = 10p (in air v p = 3 # 108 m/s )
vp 3 # 10 3
w.
or bl = 10p # 0.1 = p
3 3
Therefore, the input impedance of the lossless transmission line is given as
Z + jZ 0 tan bl
ww
Zin = Z 0 c L
Z 0 + jZL tan bl m
200 - j200 + j100 tan ^p/3h
= 100 f p
100 + j ^200 - j200h tan ^p/3h
= ^35 - j35.4h W
Load impedance, ZL = 0 (Short circuit)
Input impedance, Zin = 3 (Open circuit)
and, wave length = l
Now, the input impedance of lossless transmission line is defined as


Z + jZ 0 tan bl
Zin = Z 0 c L
Z 0 + jZL tan bl m
where, l is the length of the transmission line and b is the phase constant of the
voltage wave along the transmission line. So, we get
Z 0 ^0 + jZ 0 tan bl h
3=
^Z 0 + j0 tan bl h
or, 3 = jZ 0 tan bl
Since, for a practical transmission line, Z 0 ! 3 so, we have
tan bl = 3
m
or, bl = p/2 (for minimum length)
ww Therefore, the minimum required length of the transmission line is

l =p#1 =p# l 2p
co
2 b 2 2p bb = l l
w.E
= l/2
lp.
Given,
asy
Operating frequency, f = 2 MHz = 2 # 106 Hz
En
So, the angular frequency of voltage wave is
he
w = 2pf = 4p # 106 rad/ sec
Z insc = jwLgin
When the line is short circuited, input impedance is
(equivalent to 32 nH inductance)
eer
= j ^4p # 10 h^32 # 10-9h = j0.4 W
e
When the line is open circuited, input impedance is

at
Z inoc = 1
j wC
1
ing
(equivalent to 20 pF capacitance)
=
j ^4p # 106h^20 # 10-12h
.ne
=- j3979.9 W
g
Therefore, the characteristic impedance of the transmission line is given as
t
w.
Z 0 = Z inoc Z insc
= j ^0.4h^- j3978.9h
= 20 W
ww

Given, the length of the transmission lines 1 and 2
l1 = l2 = l/4
So, the input impedance for line 1 is given as :
2
^100h2
Zin1 = Z 01 = = 200 W
ZL 150 3
From the shown arrangement of the transmission line it is clear that the effective
load for line 2 will be equal to the input impedance of line 1.
i.e. ZLl = Zin1 = 200 W
3
Therefore, the input impedance for the whole combination is


2
^200h2
Zin = Z 02 = = 300 W
ZLl ^200h /3
Since the transmission line has one short circuited and one open circuited end so at
the short circuit end voltage must be zero while at open circuit end voltage must
be maximum. So the voltage standing wave pattern will be half sinusoids with zeros
at short circuited end and maxima at the open circuited end.
ww
m
w.E co
SOL 8.1.30
asy
lp.
The natural frequency of oscillation of a wave in a transmission line of length l
En
which is open circuited at one end and short circuited at other end is given as
^2n + 1h v p
fn =
gin
, n = 1, 2, 3, ....3
he
4l
where v p is phase velocity of the wave.
eer
te
The dimension of the transmission line will remain same at all frequencies i.e. l
ing
will be constant but as it is defined in terms of wavelength which changes with the
frequency so , the expression for length will vary in terms of wavelength l. The
.ne
ga
wavelength of a wave is defined in terms of frequency f as

l =c
f
t
where, c is the velocity of wave in free space so, at f = 500 Hz we have
w.
l = c
500
Therefore, the length of transmission line is
ww
l = l= c (1)
4 2000
Now, the wavelength at frequency, f = 1 kHz = 1000 Hz is given as
l = c (2)
1000
Since, the length of the transmission line will be same as determined in equation
(1). So, we get
^c/1000h l
l = c = = (from eq. (2))
2000 2 2


Given, the transmission line is terminated in short circuit i.e., ZL = 0
and line should be short circuited at its input terminal i.e. Zin = 0 .
The input impedance of a lossless transmission line is defined as
Z + jZ 0 tan bl
Zin = Z 0 c L
Z 0 + jZL tan bl m
0 + jZ 0 tan bl
So, 0 = Z0 c
Z0 + 0 m ^ZL = 0, Zin = 0h
j tan bl = 0
m
bl = 0 , p, 2p,..........
ww Since, length of transmission line cant be zero i.e., l ! 0 so, we get

l = p &l= p &l=l
co
b ^2p/lh 2
w.E
Given, the distance between successive maxima and minima is 10 cm.
i.e. l/2 = 10 cm lp.
asy l = 20 cm
Now, the distance between first minima and load is
En
l min = 7.5 cm
he
l min > l
4
gin
So, the distance between first maxima and load will be
eer
e
l max = l min - l
4
at
= 7.5 - l = 7.5 # l - l = l
4 20 4 2
ing
***********
.ne
g
t
w.
ww


SOLUTIONS 8.2

Since, the TEM wave is z -polarized i.e. the electric field of the wave is directed
ww
m
along + az .
i.e. aE = az
w.E and the direction of wave propagation is along ax

i.e. ak = a x
co
So, the direction of magnetic field intensity will be
asy aH = ak # aE = ax # az =- ay
lp.
As E is in + az direction and H is in - ay direction so, we can consider the two
vectors as
EnE = Ez az (1)
gin
he
and H =- Hy ay (2)
Now, from the maxwell’s equation in phasor form we have
d # H = jweE
a x ay a z eer(for perfect dielectric s = 0 )
te
2
2x
2
2y
0 - Hy 0
2z = jweE z a z
2
ing
using equation (1) and (2)
.ne
ga
2H y 2H y
a - a = jweEz az
2z x 2x z
It gives the result as
2H y
=0 t
w.
2z
Again from Maxwell’s equation we have
d # E =- jwmH
ww
a x ay a z
2 2 2
2x 2y 2z =+ jwmHy ay using equation (1) and (2)
0 0 Ez
2Ez a - 2Ez a = jwmH a
2y x 2x y y y
So, it gives the result as

2Ez = 0
2y
Thus, Both (A) and (B) are correct.


The voltage maximum exists at the point where the incident and the reflected
voltage wave both are in same phase and the distance of voltage maximum from
the load is given as
l max = qG l + nl (1)
4p 2
where qG is phase angle of reflection coefficient, l is the wavelength of the voltage
wave and n = 0, 1, 2, ....
Now, the reflection coefficient of a transmission line is given as
m
^0.3 - j0.5h - 0.5
G = ZL - Z 0 =
ww ZL + Z 0
- 0. 2 - j 0. 5
^0.3 - j0.5h + 0.5
co
= = 0.57e-79.8c
0. 8 - j 0. 5
w.E i.e. qG =- 79.8c

So, from equation (1) for n = 0 we have
lp.
asy
l max = qG l = - 79.8c # 4 # 10 # p
4p
=- 0.44 # 10 m -2
4p
-2
180c
En
which is negative (i.e. the point doesnt exist). Therefore, the 1st maximum voltage
he
i.e.
4p 2 gin
will exist for n = 1 and the distance of the 1st maximum from the load is
l max = qG l + l (n = 1)
eer
e
=- 0.44 # 10-2 + 2 # 10-2 = 1.56 # 10-2 m

= 2.56 cm
at

ing
In a lossless transmission line, the current maximum lies at the same point where
.ne
g
the voltage minima lies and similarly, the current minima lies at the same point
where the voltage maxima lies as shown in the figure below :
t
w.
ww
Now, it is clear from the figure that the distance between two adjacent maxima
and minima is l/4


i.e. l max - l min = l
4
Since the maximum voltage wave lies at a distance
l max = 1.56 cm
So, the distance of 1st voltage minimum (the distance of 1st current maxima) from
the load will be
l min = l max - l = 1.56 - 4 = 0.24 cm
4 4
st
Thus, the distance of 1 current maximum from the load is 0.56 cm.
ww
m
Given,
The position of first voltage maximum, l max = 4.5 cm
w.E Position of first current maximum(voltage minima),l min = 1.5 cm

Standing wave ratio,
co
S =3
Z 0 = 50 W
asy
Since, the distance between a maximum and an adjacent minimum is l/4 as
lp.
discussed in previous question.
i.e.
En
l max - l min = l/4
4.5 - 1.5 = l/4
gin
he
So, l = 12 cm
l max = qG l + nl
4p 2 eer
Again the distance of first voltage maximum from the load is given as
te
4.5 =
qG ^12h
4p
+0
ing (For n = 0 )
.ne
ga
qG = 3p
2
Now, the magnitude of reflection coefficient is given as
G = S - 1 = 3 - 1 = 2 = 0.5 t
w.
S+1 3+1 4
So, the reflection coefficient of the transmission line is
G = G qG = 0.5 < 3p/2 = 0.5e j3p/2 =- j0.5
ww
Therefore, the load impedance of the transmission line is given as

1 - j0.5
ZL = Z 0 :1 + G D = 50 ;
1-G 1 + j0.5E
= ^30 - j40h W
Load impedance, ZL = ^30 + j15h W
Length of transmission line, l = 7l/20
Since, the transmission line is lossless so, the attenuation constant is zero


i.e. a =0
or, g = a + jb = jb
Z + Z 0 tanh gl Z + jZ 0 tan bl
Zin = Z 0 c L = Z0 < L F
Z 0 + ZL tanh gl m
( g = jb )
Z 0 + jZL tan bl
J 2p 7l N
K(30 + j15) + j50 tan b l 20 l O 2p
= 50 K O bb = l l
KK 50 + j ^30 + j15h tan b 2 p 7 l
l 20 l O
O
LJ N P
p
m
7
K(30 + j15) + j50 tan b 10 l O
ww = 50 K O
KK 50 + j ^30 + j15h tan b 7p l OO
10
co
L P
= ^18.4 - j19.2h W
w.E
In the assertion (A) given, lp.
Load impedance, asy
Length of the transmission line, l = l/4
ZL = 0
En
he
So, we get bl = b 2p lb l l = p ( b = 2p/l )
gin
l 4 2
The input impedance of the lossless transmission line is given as
Z + jZ 0 tan bl
Zin = Z 0 c L
eer
Z 0 + jZL tan bl m
e
jZ 0 tan p
at
= Z0 f
Z0
ing
2 p = j3
Now, we consider the reason part,

.ne
g
Distance of the maxima from load is given as

l max = ^qG + 2nph /2b
t
w.
where, qG is the phase angle of reflection coefficient

b is the phase constant of the voltage wave
and n = 0, 1, 2, ....
ww
Therefore, the input impedance at the point of maxima is given as

1 + G e jq e-j^q + 2nph
= Z0 f p (G = G e jq )
G G
-j2bl
Zin = Z 0 c 1 + G e
1 - Ge-j2bl m
max
G
max
1 - G e jq e-j^q + 2nph
G G
1+ G
= Z0 f p
1- G
So, Zin is real if Z 0 is real and since, Z 0 is always real for a distortionless line. Thus,
Zin will be purely real at the position of voltage maxima in a distortionless line.
i.e. A and R both are true but R is not the explanation of A.
Length of transmission line, l =6m


Relative permittivity, er = 2.25
So, we get the angular frequency,
w = 8p # 107
and the phase constant of the volatge wave along the transmission line is
7
b = w = 8p # 10 c vp = 1 = c m
vp c/ er me er
7 7
= 8p # 10 # 8 2.25 = 8p # 10 #8 1.5
3 # 10 3 # 10
ww
m
= 2p
5
w.Eor, bl = 2p # 6 = 2.4p rad

5
co
30 - j10 + j30 tan ^2.4ph
asy
Z + jZ 0 tan bl
Zin = Z 0 c L
Z 0 + jZL tan bl m = 30 f
30 + j ^30 - j10h tan ^2.4ph
p
lp.
= ^12.14 + j5.48h W
SOL 8.2.8 En
gin
Given the generator voltage to the transmission line,
he
Vg (t) = 10 cos ^8p # 107 t - 30ch

So, in phasor form the generator voltage is
Vsg = 10e-j30c eer
te
ing
and as determined in previous question, the input impedance of transmission line is
Zin = ^23.14 + j5.48h W
.ne
So, for determining the input voltage, we draw the equivalent circuit for the
ga
transmission line as shown in figure below :
t
w.
ww
Using voltage division, we get the input voltage to the transmission line as
, Vin = Vg # c Zin m
Zin + Zg
or, Vs, in = Vsg c Zin m (in phasor form)
Zin + Zg
23.14 + j5.48
= 10e-j30 c
30 + 23.14 + j5.48 m
= ^15e-j35h^0.44e9.44ch


-j22.56c
= 4.4e
Thus, the instantaneous input voltage of the transmission line is
vin ^ t h = Re 6Vs, in e jwt@
= 4.4 cos ^8p # 107 t - 22.56ch volt
Given,
Load impedances to the line 1 and 2, ZL1 = ZL2 = 150 W
Length of the transmission lines 1 and 2, l1 = l2 = l/5
m
Now, we consider the input impedance of line 1 and line 2 be Zin1 and Zin2
ww respectively. Since, the transmission line are identical so, the input impedances of
the transmission lines 1 and 2 will be equal and given as
co
Z + jZ 0 tan bl1
Zin1 = Zin2 = Z 0 c L1
Z 0 + jZL tan bl1 m
w.E J 2p l N
K150 + j100 tan b l 5 l O
lp.
(lossless transmission line)
asy = 100 K O
KK100 + j150 tan b 2p l l OO
L
l 5
P
( b = 2p/l )
En J 2 p
K150 + j100 tan b 5 l O
N
he
= 100 K
2p O
= ^70.4 - j17.24h W
L gin
K100 + j150 tan b 5 l O
P
eer
e
Therefore, the effective load impedance of the feedline will be equal to the equivalent
input impedance of the parallel combination of the line 1 and 2.
at
i.e. ZLl = Zin1 || Zin2

= Zin1 =
^70.4 - j17.24h ing Zin1 = Zin2
2 2
.ne
g
= ^35.20 - j8.62h W
t
w.

Given the length of the feed line,
l = 0.3l
ww
and as calculated in above question, the effective load impedance of the feedline is
ZLl = ^35.20 - j8.62h W
So, bl = b 2p l^0.3lh = 0.6l
l
Therefore, input impedance of the feedline (lossless transmission line) is given as
Z l+ jZ 0 tan bl
Zin = Z 0 c L
Z 0 + jZLltan bl m
35.20 - j8.62 + j100 tan ^0.6ph
= 100 f p
100 + j ^35.20 - j8.62h tan ^0.6ph
= ^215.14 - j113.4h W


Operating frequency f = 0.3 GHz = 0.3 # 109 Hz
Generator voltage in phasor form, Vsg = 150 volt
Internal resistance of generator Zg = 100 W
Length of the transmission line, l = 0.375l
So, the input impedance of the lossless transmission line is given as
Z + jZ 0 tan bl
Zin = Z 0 c L
Z 0 + jZL tan bl m
J 2p N
K 100 - j100 + j100 tan b l 0.375l l O
ww
m
= 100 K O
KK100 + j ^100 - j100h tan b 2p 0.375l l OO
l
w.E = ^200L + j100h W
co
P
Now, for determining the load current, we draw the equivalent circuit for the
transmission line as shown in the figure below :
asy
lp.
En
gin
he
eer
Therefore, the voltage across the input terminal of the transmission line is given as
te
Vs, in = Vsg c Zin m

Zg + Zin
200 + j100
ing
= 150 c
100 + 200 + j100 m
.ne
= 106.1e j8.13c
ga
Since, at any point, on the transmission line voltage is given as

Vs ^z h = V 0+ ê-jbz + Ge jbz h
t
w.
+
where V 0 is the voltage due to incident wave, G is the reflection coefficient of the
transmission line at load terminal and z is the distance of the point from load as
shown in figure. So, for z =- l
Vs, in = V 0+ ê jbl + Ge-jbl h
ww
(1)
Now, the reflection coefficient of the transmission line at load terminal is


100 - j100 - 100
G = ZL - Z 0 = = 0.45e-j63.43c
ZL + Z 0 100 - j100 + 100
Putting the value of G and Vs, in in equation (1), we get
106.1e j8.13c = V 0+ _e jb l l^0.375lh + 0.45e-j6343ce-jb l l^0.375lhi
2p 2p
j8.13c
V 0+ = j135c 106.1e-j63.43c -j135c
e + 0.45e e
= 75e-j135c
The current at any point on the transmission line is given as
+
Is ^z h = V 0 ê-jbz - Ge jbz h
Z0
m
ww So, the current flowing in the load (at z = 0 ) is
+
IsL = V 0 ^1 - G h = 75e
-j135c
100 ^
1 - 0.45e-j63.43ch
co
Z0
w.E = 0.67e-j108.4c
Therefore, the instantaneous current at the load terminal will be
iL ^ t h = Re "IsL e jwt , = 0.67 cos ^2p # 0.3 # 109 t - 108.4ch
lp.
asy = 0.75 cos ^3p # 108 t - 108.4ch
SOL 8.2.12
En
he
Generator voltage in phasor form, Vsg = 150 V
Internal impedance of generator,
Load impedance gin Zg = 100 W
ZL = 150 W
Length of transmission line,
eer
l = 0.15l
e

at
Z + jZ 0 tan bl
Zin = Z 0 c L
Z 0 + jZL tan bl m ing
So, the input impedance of the lossless transmission line is given as
J 2p
.ne
N
g
K 150 + j100 tan b l 15l l O

= 100 K O
t
w.
KK100 + j150 tan b 2p 0.15l l OO

l
L P
150 + j100 tan 54c
= 100 c = ^80.5 - j32.7h W
100 + j50 tan 54c m
ww
Now, for determining the power delivered, we draw the equivalent circuit for the
transmission line as shown in figure below :
Using voltage division, we get the input voltage as


82.5 - j32.7
Vs, in = Vg c Zin m = 150 c
82.5 - j32.7 + 100 m
= 71.8e-j11.46c
Zin + Zg
So, the current at the input current is
V -j11.46c
Is, in = s, in = 71.8e = 0.81e j10.16c
Zin 82.5 - j32.7
Therefore, the average input power delivered to the transmission line is given as
Pin = 1 Re 6Vs, in I s), in@ = 1 Re 6^71.8e-j11.46ch^0.81e-j10.16ch@
2 2
= 27 Watt
ww
m
Since, the lengths of line 1 and line 2 are
l1 = l2 = l/2
w.E So, the input impedance of the line 1 is given as

Zin1 = Z 0 c L1
co
Z + jZ 0 tan bl
Z 0 + jZL1 tan bl m
asy J 2p l N
KZL1 + jZ 0 tan b l 2 l O
lp.
= Z0 K O ( b = 2p/l )
KKZ 0 + jZL1 tan b 2p l l OO
En L
= Z 0 b ZL1 + 0 l = ZL1
l 2
P
Z0 + 0
gin
he
= 50 W
Similarly, the input impedance of line 2 is given as
Zin2 = ZL2 = 150 W eer
te
ing
The effective load for line 3 will be equal to the equivalent impedance of the parallel
combination of input impedances of line 1 and line 2.
i.e. ZLl = Zin1 || Zin2
.ne
ga
= 150 = 75 W
2
So, the input impedance for line 3 is given as
t
w.
Zin = ZLl = 75 W (length of line 3, l = l/2 )

Therefore, the input voltage of line 3 is
Vs, in = Vsg c Zin m = 500 b 75 l
ww
Zin + Zg 75 + 100
= 214.28 volt
and so the current at the input terminal of line 3 is
V
Is, in = s, in = 2.86 A
Zin
Thus, the average power delivered to the lossless transmission line 3 is given as
Pin = Re 6Vs, in Is), in @
= 1 # ^214.28h # ^2.86h = 306.11 Watt
2
Since, the transmission line is lossless so, the power delivered to each load will be
same and given as


P1 = P2 = Pin = 1 # 306.11 = 153.1 Watt
2 2
Given, transmission line is of infinite length i.e. l = 3.
and input impedance of the transmission line is equal to its characteristic impedance
i.e. Zin = Z 0
Since, the input impedance of a transmission line is defined as
Z + Z 0 tanh gl
Zin = Z 0 c L
Z 0 + ZL tanh gl m
m
Z + Z 0 tanh gl
Z0 = Z0 c L
Z 0 + ZL tanh gl m
So,
ww Solving the equation, we get
co
tanh gl = 1
w.E e gl - e- gl = 1
e gl + e- gl
lp.
asy e- gl = 0
Since, l = 3. So for satisfying the above condition propagation constant g must
have a real part.
En
he
i.e. real part of g ! 0
or, a!0
gin ( g = a + jb )
As the attenuation constant of the voltage wave along the transmission line is not
eer
equal to zero therefore, it is a lossy transmission line.
e

at
ing
As discussed in previous question the input impedance of infinitely long lossy
transmission line is equal to it’s characteristic impedance. So, the input impedance
to line 1 will be
.ne
g
Zin1 = Z 01 = 200 W
t
w.
From the shown arrangement of the transmission line it is clear that the effective
load impedance for line 2 will be equal to the input impedance of line 1.
i.e. ZL2 = Zin1 = 200 W
ww
Since the length of the line 2 is l/2 so, the input impedance of line 2 will be equal
to its load
i.e. Zin2 = ZL2 = 200 W (l = l/2 )
Therefore, the reflection coefficient at the load terminal of line 2 is given as
G = ZL2 - Z 02 = 200 - 100 = 1
ZL2 + Z 02 200 + 100 3
Now, the input voltage of line 2 is determined by using voltage division rule as
Vs, in = Vs, g c Zin2 m
Zin2 + Zg
= 4 b 200 l = 8 volt
200 + 100 3
Again, the voltage at any point on line 2 is given as


Vs ^z h = V ê + Ge h
+
0
jbz -jbz
(lossless line)
+
where V 0 is voltage of incident wave b is phase constant of the voltage wave and
z is distance from load. So, for z =- l/2
Vs ^z h = V 0+ _e j l b- 2 l + Ge-j l b- 2 li
2p l 2p l
0 ^ h (Vs ^z h = Vs, in at z =- l/2 )

8 = V + e-jp + Ge jp
3
V 0+ = 8 # 1 1
bG = 3 l
3 1
b- 1 - 3 l
=- 2 volt
ww
m
Therefore, the incident average power to the line 2 is given as
V 0+ 2 4
w.E P avi =
2Z 02
=
2 # 100
= 20 mWatt
co
So, the reflected average power at the input terminal of line 1 (load terminal of
line 2) is
asy
P avr = G 2 P avi = b 1 l # 20 = 2.2 mWatt
2
lp.
3
En
Thus, we get the transmitted power to the line 1 as
P avt = P avi - P avr = 20 - 2.2 = 17.8 mWatt
gin
he

Consider the length of the transmission line is l as shown in figure below
eer
te
ing
.ne
ga
t
w.
The generator voltage is applied to the transmission line at time t = 0 for which
the voltage at the sending end is
v ^0 h = 10 volt (at t = 0 )
ww
After time Dt = 4 ms the voltage v ^ t h at the sending end changes to 6 V. This

change in the voltage will be caused only if the reflected voltage wave from the
load comes to the sending end. So, the time duration for the change in voltage at
sending end can be given as
Tt =(time taken by incident wave to reach the load)
+ (time taken by reflected wave to reach sending end from the load)
or, Tt = + l = 2l
l (1)
vp vp vp
where l is the length of the transmission line (distance between load and sending
terminal) and v p is phase velocity of the wave along the transmission line. Since,


the line is air spaced so,
v p = c = 3 # 108 m/s
Putting it in equation (1) we get
4 ms = 2l ( Dt = 4 ms )
3 # 108
Thus, length of the transmission line is
8 -6
l = 3 # 10 # 4 # 10 = 240 m
2
m
Let the load impedance connected to the transmission line is ZL so the equivalent
ww circuit for the transmission line will be as shown in figure below :
co
w.E lp.
asy
En
he
Since, the internal resistance of the generator is equal to the characteristic impedance
of the line
i.e. Rg = Z 0 = 100 W
gin
eer
e
So, the reflection coefficient due to source resistance will be zero and therefore, the
change in voltage at sending will be caused only due to the reflection coefficient at
at
load terminal given as

Dv (t) = GV0+ ing
.ne
g
where, V0+ is amplitude of the incident voltage wave and G is the reflection coefficient
at the load terminal. Since, the change in voltage at t = 4 ms is
t
w.
Dv (t) = 6 - 10 =- 4
So, we get
- 4 = 10G (V0+ = 10 V )
ww
G =- 4 =- 0.4
10
ZL - Z 0 =- 0.4
b ZL + Z 0 l
ZL - 100
b ZL + 100 l =- 0.4 (Z 0 = 100 W )
ZL - 100 =- 0.4ZL - 40
ZL = 29.86 W
Observing the waveform we conclude that at the sending end voltage changes at
t = t1 . The changed voltage at the sending is given as
v ^t1h = V 0+ + GL V 0+ + Gg GL V 0+ (1)


+
where V 0 is voltage at sending end at t = 0 , GL and Gg are the reflection coefficients
at the load terminal and the source terminal respectively. So, we get
GL = ZL - Z 0 =- 1 (ZL = 0 )
ZL + Z 0
R - Z0
and Gg = g (Zg = Rg )
Rg + Z 0
Putting these values in equation (1), we get
v ^t1h = V 1+ - V 1+ - Gg V 1+
v ^t1h =- Gg V 1+ (2)
From the shown wave form of the voltage at sending end, we have
ww v ^t1h = 6 volt
m
V 0+ = 24 volt
w.EPutting these values in equation (2), we get
or,
6 =- Gg ^24h
Gg =- 4
co
Rg - Z 0
Rg + Z 0 asy
=- 4
lp.
^Z 0 = 100 Wh
En
Rg = 60 W
At t = 0 as the voltage just applied to transmission line, the input impedance is
gin
independent of ZL and equals to Z 0 (i.e. Zin = Z 0 at t = 0 ). Therefore, using voltage
he
division the voltage at the sending end is given as

V 0+ = Vg c Z 0 m
Rg + Z 0
eer
te
24 = Vg b 100 l
60 + 100
Vg = 24 # 160 = 38.4 volt ing (V 0+ = 24 volt )
100
.ne
ga

Length of the transmission line,l = 1.5 m
Internal resistance of generator, Rg = 200 W t
w.

Generator voltage, Vg = 30 volt
ww
So, the reflection coefficient at the load terminal is

GL = ZL - Z 0 = 50 - 100 =- 1
ZL + Z 0 50 + 100 3
and the reflection coefficient at the source terminal is
R - Z 0 200 - 100 1
Gg = g = =
Rg + Z 0 200 + 100 3
Again as discussed in previous question at time, t = 0 as the voltage is just applied
to the transmission line, the input impedance is independent of ZL and equals to
Z 0 (i.e. Zin = Z 0 at t = 0 ). Therefore, using voltage division the input voltage at the
sending end is given as


V 0+ = Vg c Z 0 m = 30 # b 100
200 + 100 l
= 10 volt
Rg + Z 0
Now, the time taken by the wave to travel from source terminal to the load terminal
(or load terminal to source terminal) is given as
T =l
c
where, l is length of transmission line and c is the velocity of the voltage wave
along the transmission line. So, we get
T = 1.5 8 = 5 ns
m
3 # 10
ww Therefore, for the interval 0 # t < 5 ns , the incident wave will be travelling from
source to load and will have the voltage
co
V 1+ = 10 volt
w.E For the interval 5 ns # t < 10 ns an additional reflected wave will be travelling
from load to source and will have the voltage
lp.
asy V 1- = GL V 1+ =- 10 =- 3.33 volt
3
For 10 ns # t # 15 ns the wave reflected by source resistance travelling from source
En
to load will be added to that has the voltage
he
V 2+ = Gg V 1- =- 3.33 =- 1.11 volt

gin
3
For 15 ns # t # 20 ns again the wave reflected by load travelling from load to
eer
e
source will be added that has the voltage

V 2- = GL V 2+ = 1.11 = 0.37 volt
at
3
ing
This will be continuous and the bounce diagram obtained between source ât z = 0h
.ne
and load (at z = 1.5 m ) will be as shown in figure below :
g
t
w.
ww

From the bounce diagram that obtained between source terminal ( z = 0 ) and load
terminal ( z = 1.5 m ) in previous question, we can determine the voltage v ^ t h at any


instant by just summing all the voltage waves existing at any time t .
Since, for interval 0 # t # 10 ns only a single voltage wave with V 1+ = 10 volt
exists at sending end so, the voltage at the sending end (z = 0 ) for the interval is
v ^ t h = V 1+ = 10 volt for 0 # t < 10 ns
again for the interval 10 ns # t < 20 ns , three voltage waves with V 1+ = 10 volt ,
V 1- =- 3.33 volt and V 2+ =- 1.11 volt exists at the sending end so, the voltage at
the sending end for the interval is
v ^ t h = V 1+ + V 1- + V 2+ = 10 - 3.33 - 1.11 = 5.6 volt for 10 ns # t < 20 ns
Thus, the obtained voltage wave form is plotted in the figure below
ww
m
w.E co
asy
lp.
En
gin
he

eer
te
ing
.ne
ga
t
w.
ww


m
ww
co
w.E lp.
asy
En
he
gin
eer
e
As shown in the smith chart, SWR circle meets the Gr axis (real part of reflection
at
ing
coefficient) at L1 and L2 respectively. So, We have the two possible values of
normalised impedance (real values of zL ).
.ne
g
zL1 = 2.5 at L1
zL2 = 0.4 at L2
t
w.
Since, the normalised impedance is defined as

Load impedance
zL =
Characteristic impedance
ww
So, we have zL1 = ZL = 2.5

Z 01
or, Z 01 = ZL = 50 = 20 W
2.5 2.5
Similarly, zL2 = ZL = 0.4
Z 02
or, Z 02 = ZL = 50 = 125 W
0.4 0.4
Therefore, the two possible values of the characteristic impedance of the lossless
transmission line are 20 W and 125 W.
We can determine the reflection coefficient of the transmission line using smith


chart as explained below :
(1) First we determine the normalized load impedance of the transmission line as
100 + j50
zL = ZL = = 1 + j0.5
Z0 100
(2) Comparing the normalized impedance to its general form
zL = r + jx
where r is the normalized resistance (real component) and x is the normalized
reactance (imaginary component). we get
r = 1 and x = 0.5
ww (3) Now, we determine the intersection point of r = 1 circle and x = 0.5 circle on
m
the smith charge and denote it by point P as shown in the smith chart. It gives
the position of normalized load impedance.
w.E co
(4) We join the point P and the centre O to form the line OP
(5) Extend the line OP to meet the r = 0 circle at Q . The magnitude of the
asy
reflection coefficient of the transmission line is given as
lp.
G = OP = 2.1 cm = 0.22
En OQ 9.4 cm
(6) Angle of the reflection coefficient in degrees is read out from the scale at point
Q as
gin
he
qG = 76.0c
G = G qG = 0.22e j76c eer

(7) Thus, we get the reflection coefficient of the transmission line as
te
ing
.ne
ga
t
w.
ww


m
ww
co
w.E lp.
asy
En
he
gin
eer
e
at
Alternate Method :
ing
Reflection coefficient of the transmission line is defined as
G = ZL - Z 0 =
100 + j50 - 100
.ne
g
= 0.24 76c = 0.24e j76c

ZL + Z 0 100 + j50 + 100
which is same as calculated from smith chart.
t
w.

As shown in the smith chart in previous question normalized load impedance is
ww
located at point P . So, for determining the input impedance at a distance of 0.35l
from the load we follow the steps as explained below :
(1) First we draw a SWR circle (circle centered at origin with radius OP )
(2) For finding input impedance at a distance of 0.35l from load we move a
distance of 0.35l on WTG scale (wave length toward generator) along the
SWR circle.
(3) Since, the line OP corresponds to the reading of 0.144l on WTG scale so, after
moving a distance of 0.35l on WTG scale we reach at 0.144l + 0.35l = 0.494l
on WTG scale. The reading corresponds to the point A on the SWR circle.
(4) Taking the values of r and x -circle at point A we find out normalized input
impedance as


zin = r + jx = 0.61 + j ^- 0.022h = 0.61 - j0.022
(5) Therefore, the input impedance at a distance of 0.35l from load is given as
Zin = zin Z 0 = 100 ^0.61 - j0.022h = ^61 - j2.2h W
Alternate Method :
We can conclude the input impedance at l = 0.35l directly by using formula
Z + jZ 0 tan bl
Zin = Z 0 c L
Z 0 + jZL tan bl m
lossless transmission line
J 2p N
K 100 + j50 + j100 tan b l 0.35l l O
= 100 K O
KK100 + j ^100 + j50h tan b l 0.35l l OO
2p
ww
m
= ^87 - L j2.2h W P
as calculated above using with chart.
w.E
co
For determining the shortest length of the transmission line for which the input
asy
impedance appears to be purely resistive, we follow the steps as explained below :
lp.
(1) First we determine the WTG reading of the point denoting the normalized
En
load impedance on the smith chart. From the above question, we have the
reading of point P as 0.144l on WTG circle.
gin
(2) Since, the resistive load lies on the real axis of reflection coefficient ( Gr -axis).
he
So, we move along the SWR circle to reach the Gr -axis and denote the points
as A and B .
eer
(4) Since, point B is nearer to the point P so, it will give the shortest length of the
te
ing
transmission line for which the input impedance appears to be purely resistive.
(5) Now, we have the reading of point B on WTG scale as 0.25l. So, the shortest
.ne
ga
length for the input impedance to be purely resistive is given as the difference
between the readings at point B and P . i.e.,
l = 0.25l - 0.144l
t
w.
= 0.106l
SOL 8.2.25 Option (A) correct.
The voltage maximum occurs at the point where the SWR circle intersects the
ww
positive Gr axis on smith chart. The SWR circle of the load impedance intersects
the positive Gr axis at point B as shown in the Smith chart. So, the point B gives
the position of first voltage maxima.
As calculated in previous question the distance between point B and point A on
the WTG scale is 0.106l. Therefore, the 1st voltage maximum occurs at a distance
of 0.106l from load.
At any time t , the currents of positive and negative waves are respectively I + and
I - and the voltages of positive and negative waves are respectively V + and V - as
shown in the figure.


+
I+ =V = 1
Z0 Z0 ^V + = 1 Volth
m
-
and I - =-V
ww Z0
Now, the voltage and current across an inductor are related as
co
v = L di
w.E dt
V + + V - = 2 d Î + + I -h
dt
lp.
asy1 + V - = 2 d :1 - V D
dt 50
-
^V + = 1, Z 0 = 50h
En
-
1 + V - =- 1 dV
25 dt
he
gin
-
- 25dt = dV -
1+V
Taking integration both sides we get
eer
e
ln ^1 + V -h =- 25t + C1 where C1 is a constant

^1 + V h = Ae
- -25t
(1)
at
ing
Since, the voltage ^V h wave is incident at t = 0 so, at t = 0 the current through
+
inductor is zero and therefore, from the property of an inductor at t = 0+ the
.ne
g
current through inductor will be also zero.

i.e. Î + + I -hat t = 0 = 0
t
+
w.
V+ V-
; Z0 - Z0 E +
=0
at t = 0
1 V-
:Z - Z0 D ^V + = 1 Volth
ww
=0
0 0 at t = 0
+
So at t = 0+ , V 0- = 1 volt
Putting it in equation (1), we get
^1 + 1h = A
A =2
Thus, the voltage of the reflected wave is
V - = ^2e-25t - 1h Volt
The voltage of positive wave in transmission line is V 0+ . So, at the voltage maxima,
magnitude of the voltage is given as
Vs max = V 0+ 61 + G @


and at the point of voltage maxima the current will be minimum and given as
V 0+
Z0 6
Is min = 1 - G@
So, the line impedance at the point of voltage maxima will be
Vs max
Z max = = Z0 b 1 + G l
Is min 1-G
= Z0 S bS = 11 + G
-G l
Now, at the voltage minimum the voltage magnitude is
Vs min = V 0+ 61 - G @
ww and at the point of voltage minimum current will be maximum and given as,
m
V 0+
Z0 6
Is max = 1 + G@
w.E and the line impedance at the point will be

Z min =
Vs min
co
= Z0 b 1 - G l = Z0 1+G
bS = 1 - G l
SOL 8.2.28 Option (A) is correct
asy Is max 1+G S
lp.
To determine the required quantity, we note that for a particular line of characteristic
En
impedance Z 0 , the product of the line impedances at two positions (two values of
d ) separated by an odd multiple of l/4 is given by
gin
he
1 + G bd + ^2n - 1h l l
1 + G ^d h * 4 4
"Z 6d @,'Z :d + ^2n - 1h 4 D1 = *Z 0 f
l
p4 Z 0
1 - G ^d h
eer
1 - G ^d + ^2n - 1h l/4h
1 + G ^d h 1 + G ^d h e-j2b^2n - 1h 4
te
=Z >2
0 H
ing
1 - G ^d h >1 - G ^d h e-j2b^2n - 1hl4 H
.ne
1 + G ^d h 1 + G ^d h e-j^2n - 1hp
ga
= Z 02 > > H
1 - G ^d hH 1 - G ^d h e-j^2n - 1hp
1 + G ^d h 1 - G ^d h
= Z 02 >
1 - G ^d hH>1 + G ^d hH t
w.
= Z 02
As the intrinsic impedance of medium 1 is h1 and that of medium 3 is h 3 so, for
required match, thickness t is l/4 and the intrinsic impedance ( h2 ) of the medium
ww
2 is given as
h 1 h 3 = h 22 or h 2 = h1 h 3
As determined in previous question, for a wave travelling through the three mediums
of intrinsic impedances h1 , h 2 and h 3 , the condition for matching dielectric (the
intrinsic impedance of medium 2 that eliminates the reflected wave in medium 1) is
h2 = h 1 h3
Since, all the media have m = m0 so, for the dielectrics ^s = 0h the above equation
can be rewritten as


m0 m0 m0 m
= b
e2 e0 lb 16e0 l bh = el
where e2 is the permittivity of the medium 2.
e = 4e0
The thickness ‘t ’ of the dielectric coating for the perfect matching (the condition
for eliminating reflection) is given as
t =l (quarter wave)
4
m
where l is the wavelength of plane wave. The wavelength in terms of frequency is
ww l = p
v
f
co
w.E where v p is the phase velocity of the wave in the propagation medium which is
given as
vp = 1 = 1
lp. 8
= 3 # 10 = 1.5 # 108
asy me m0 4e0 2
So, at frequency f = 1.5 GHz the thickness of the dielectric coating is given as
En v 8
So, t = p = 1.5 # 10 9 = 0.25 m = 2.5 cm
4 ^1.5 # 10 h
he
4f
SOL 8.2.31
gin
Distance between load and first voltage maxima, l max = 0.125l
Characteristics impedance, Z 0 = 100 W
eer
e
Standing wave ratio, S =3

Position of voltage maxima (l max ) in terms of reflection coefficient G qG is
at
l max = qG l + nl
4p 2 ing where n = 0 , 1, 2,.......
.ne
So, for 1st voltage maxima we have n = 0 and so, we get the position of first voltage
g
maxima as
t
w.
l max = qG l
4p
0.125l = G l & qG = p
q
4p 2
ww
The magnitude of reflection coefficient is defined in terms of SWR as

G = S-1 = 3-1 = 1
S+1 3+1 2
So, the reflection coefficient of the transmission line is
j
G = G qG = 1 e jp/2 =
2 2
Therefore, the load impedance of the transmission line is given as
J jN
K1 + 2 O
jO ^
ZL = Z 0 b 1 + G = 60 + j80h W
1-G l
= 100 K
K1 - O
L 2P


Given, the transmission line is terminated by its characteristic impedance i.e.,
ZL = Z 0
So, there will be no reflected wave and therefore, the height of the voltage pulse
will be given as
Z V
V 1+ = 0 g (Zg " internal resistance of generator)
Z 0 + Zg
= 100 # 15 = 10 Volt
100 + 50
As the wave travels in the + Z direction along transmission line at velocity
vp = 1 = 1
^0.25 # 10 h # ^100 # 10-12h
ww LlC l -6
m
8
= 2 # 10 m/s
So, the voltage pulse will reach at l = 5 m at time,
w.E t0 = 5
2 # 108
So, at l = 5 m for 0 < t < 25 ns ,
= 25 ns
co
asy
V =0
lp.
and for t $ 25 ns
En
V = V 1+ = 10 Volt
Therefore the plot of voltage against time at a distance 5 m from the source is as
gin
he
shown in graph below.
eer
te
ing
.ne
ga
t
w.

As the first forward voltage pulse is V 1+ so, the first reflected pulse voltage is
V 1- = GL V 1+
ww
nd
The 2 forward pulse voltage is given as
V 2+ = Gg V 1- = Gg GL V 1+
The 2 nd reflected pulse voltage is given as
V 2- = GL V 2+ = Gg GL2 V 1+
So, summing up all the pulses at load end for steady state (t " 3) we get the load
voltage as
VL = V 1+ + V 1- + V 2+ + V 2- + ...
= V 1+ 61 + GL + Gg GL + Gg GL2 + ....@
= V 1+ 7^1 + Gg GL + Gg GL + ....h + GL ^1 + Gg GL + ....hA
2 2
1 GL
= V 1+ <c 1 - Gg GL m + c 1 - Gg GL mF = V 1+ c 1 + GL m
1 - Gg GL



Voltage generator, Vg = 100 V
Internal resistance, Zg = 120 W
So, the first forward voltage pulse will be
V 1+ = c Z 0 m Vg = b 60 l 100 = 100 Volt
Z 0 + Zg 60 + 120 3
m
The reflection coefficient at load terminal is given as
ww GL = ZL - Z 0 = 180 - 60 = 1
ZL + Z 0 180 + 60 2
co
The reflection coefficient at source terminal is given as
w.E Gg = g
Z - Z 0 120 - 60 1
=
Zg + Z 0 120 + 60 3
lp. =
asy
Therefore, the voltage across the load at steady state is given by the expression as
determined in previous question
VL = V 1+ c 1 + GL m = 100
1 + 1/2
i.e.
En 1 - Gg GL 3 f1 - 1 1 p
b 3 lb 2 l
he

= 100
3 #2#5
3
gin 6 = 75 Volt
eer
e
Voltage generator, Vg = 50 Volt

Internal impedance, Zg = 30 W
at
Load impedance,
Z 0 = 15 W
ZL = 45 W ing
.ne
g
So, first forward voltage pulse is

V 1+ = c Z 0 m Vg = b 15 l 50 = 50
t
w.
Z 0 + Zg 15 + 30 3
Now, the reflection coefficient at source terminal is
Z - Z 0 30 - 15 1
Gg = g = =
Zg + Z 0 30 + 15 3
ww
and the reflection coefficient at load terminal is

GL = ZL - Z 0 = 45 - 15 = 1
ZL + Z 0 45 + 15 2
So, at steady state ^t = 3h voltage across load is given as
J 1 N
1 + G 50 K 1-2 O
VL = V 1 c
1 - Gg GL m
+ L
= K
3 1- 1 1 O
K b 2 lb 3 l O
L P
= 50 # 6 # 3 = 30 Volt
3 5 2
Therefore, the current through load at steady state is given as
IL = VL = 30 = 2 A
ZL 45 3


Since, the internal resistance of the battery is zero so, the 1st forward voltage pulse
is
V 1+ = Vg = 6 Volt
and from the plot we get the first forward pulse current as
I 1+ = 75 mA
Therefore, the characteristic impedance of the transmission line is given as
+
Z 0 = V 1+ = 6 = 80 W
I1 75 # 10-3
ww
m
Reflection coefficient at source and load end are given as
Z - Z0
Gg = g =- 1
Zg + Z 0
w.E and GL = ZL - Z 0
ZL + Z 0
co
asy
Now, from the plot of input current (current at generator end) we get,
V 1+ = 75 mA (1)
lp.
+ - +
and V 1 - V 1 + V 2 =- 5 mA (2)
+
En -
where, V1 is the first forward voltage pulse, V1 is the first reflected voltage pulse
and V2+ is the second forward voltage pulse. So, putting the values of these voltages
gin
he
in terms of reflection coefficients we get

V 1+ - GL V 1+ + GL Gg V 1+ =- 5 mA
V 1+ ^1 - GL - GL h =- 5 mA
eer ^Gg =- 1h
te
1 - 2GL =- 5 ^V 1+ = 75 mAh
or, GL = 8
75
ing
15
.ne
ga
For determining load resistance of the line the reflection coefficient is written in the
terms of impedances as
ZL - Z 0 = 8
t
w.
ZL + Z 0 15
ZL - 80 = 8 (Z 0 = 80 W as calculated in previous question)
ZL + 80 15
ZL ^15 - 8h = 80 # 8 + 15 # 80
ww
Thus, ZL = 262.85 W
***********


SOLUTIONS 8.3
m
Characteristic impedance of a coaxial cable is defined as
ww Z0 =
m
ln b
e ba l
co
w.E where,
So,
b " outer cross sectional diameter
a " inner cross sectional diameter
Z0 =
m0
ln b
e0 er b a l
lp.
asy = 4p # 10-7 # 36p ln 2.4
b 1 l
En 10-9 # 10.89
he
= 50 W
Since, gin
Z 0 = Z1 Z 2
eer
e
100 = 50 # 340
As this is quarter wave matching so, the length of the transmission line would be
at
odd multiple of l/4 .

Now, l = (2m + 1) l ing
4
.ne
g
For f1 = 429 MHz, l1 = c = 3 # 108 = 0.174 m

f1 # 4 429 # 106 # 4
t
w.
8
For f2 = 1 GHz , l2 = c = 3 # 10 = 0.075 m
f2 # 4 1 # 10 # 4
9
Now, only the length of the line given in option (C) is the odd multiple of both
ww
l1 and l2 as :
(2m + 1) = 1.58 = 9
l1
(2m + 1) = 58 - 34
1 .
l2
Therefore, the length of the line can be approximately 1.58 cm.
Length on the transmission line, d = 2 mm
Operating frequency, f = 10 GHz
Phase difference, q = p/4
Since the phase difference between the two points on the line is defined as


q = 2p d
l
where l is operating wavelength and d is the distance between the two points. So,
we get
p = 2p d
4 l
or l = 8d = 8 # 2 mm = 16 mm
Therefore, the phase velocity of the wave is given as
v p = fl = 10 # 109 # 16 # 10-3 = 2.6 # 108 m/ sec
ww
m
Since, voltage maxima is observed at a distance of l/4 from the load and we know
that the separation between one maxima and minima equals to l/4 so voltage
w.E minima will be observed at the load.
co
Now, the input impedance at the point of voltage minima on the line is defined as
Z0
6Zin@min = S
asy
lp.
where, Z 0 is characteristic impedance and S is the standing wave ratio on the
En
line. Therefore, the load impedance of the transmission line (equal to the input
impedance at load) is given as
gin
ZL = 6Zin@min = Z 0 = 50 = 10 W
he
(Z 0 = 50 W , S = 5 )
S 5
For a lossless network, eer
te
S11 2 + S21 2 = 1
Since, from the given scattering matrix we have ing
S11 = 0.2 0c , S12 = 0.9 90c
.ne
ga
S21 = 0.9 90c , S22 = 0.1 90c

So, we get (0.2) 2 + (0.9) 2 ! 1
Therefore, the two port is not lossless. t
w.
Now, for a reciprocal network, S12 = S21

As for the given scattering matrix we have
S12 = S21 = 0.9 90c
ww
Therefore , the two port is reciprocal.

For a distortion less transmission line characteristics impedance
Z0 = R (1)
G
Attenuation constant for distortionless line is
a = RG (2)
So, using equation (1) and (2) we get
a = R = 0.1 = 0.002
Z0 50


For a lossless transmission line, the input impedance is defined as
Z + jZo tan bl
Z in = Zo < L F
Zo + jZL tan bl
Now, for the quarter wave (l/4 ) line we have
Characteristic impedance, Zo = 30 W
Length of the line, l =l
4
m
tan bl = tan b 2 p l 2p
l 4l bb = l l
So, =3
ww Therefore, the input impedance of the quarter wave line is
co
R ZL V
S tan bl + jZo W
w.E Zin1 = Zo S
S Zo + jZL W ZL
S tan bl
lp. W
2
W = Z 0 = 60 W
asy
Now, for l/8 transmissionTline we haveX
Zo = 30 W
(short circuit)
En
l =l
he
Length of the line,
8
So, we get
gin
tan bl = tan b 2p l l = 1
l 8
eer
e
Therefore, the input impedance of the l/8 transmission line is given as

at
Zin2 = jZo tan bl = j30

The equivalent circuit is shown below :
ing
.ne
g
t
w.
ww
The effective load impedance of the 60 W transmission line is

ZL = 60 + j30
So, the reflection coefficient at the load terminal is
60 + j3 - 60
G = ZL - Zo = = 1
ZL + Zo 60 + j3 + 60 17
Therefore, the voltage standing wave ratio of the line is given as
1+ G
S = = 1 + 17 = 1.64
1- G 1 - 17


The transmission line are as shown below. Length of all line is l
4
ww
m
The input impedance of a quarter wave (l/4 ) lossless transmission line is defined
w.E as
Zin = Z 0
2
co
asy ZL
where, Z 0 is the characteristic impedance of the line and ZL is the load impedance
lp.
of the line. So, for line 1 we have the input impedance as
En 2 2
Zi1 = Z 01 = 100 = 200 W
ZL1 50
gin
he
Similarly, for line 2, the input impedance is

2 2
Zi2 = Z 02 = 100 = 200 W
ZL2 50
So, the effective load impedance of line 3 is given as eer
te
ZL3 = Zi1 || Zi2 = 200 W || 200 W = 100 W

Therefore, the input impedance of line 3 is ing
.ne
ga
2 2
Zi = Z 0 = 60 = 45 W
ZL3 100
The input impedance of the lossless transmission line is defined as
t
w.
ZL + jZo tan ^bl h

Zin = Zo f p
Zo + jZL tan ^bl h
Since, the given transmission line of characteristic impedance Z 0 = 75 W is short
ww
circuited (ZL = 0 ) at its one end. Therefore, the input impedance of the line is
Zin = jZo tan ^bl h
Now, the operating wavelength of the line is
8
l = c = 3 # 109 = 0.1 m or 10 cm ( f = 3 GHz )
f 3 # 10
So, bl = 2p l = 2p # 1 = p (l = 1 cm )
l 10 5
Therefore, Zin = jZo tan p
5
Since, Zo tan (p/5) is positive so, Zin is inductive.


The 2-port scattering parameter matrix is
S11 S12
S =>
S21 S22H
^ZL || Z 0h - Zo ^50 || 50h - 50
S11 = = =- 1
^ZL || Z 0h + Zo ^50 || 50h + 50 3
2 ^ZL || Zo h 2 ^50 || 50h
S12 = S21 = = =2
^ L
Z || Zoh + Z o ^50 || 50h + 50 3
^ZL || Zo h - Zo ^50 || 50h - 50
=- 2
m
S22 = =
^ZL || Zo h + Zo ^50 || 50h + 50 3
ww
The input impedance of a quarter wave (l = l/4 )lossless transmission line is defined
co
w.E as
2
Zin = Z o
ZL
lp.
asy
where, Z 0 is characteristic impedance and ZL is the load impedance of the line. So,
we have the input impedance of line 1 as
2
En
2
Zin1 = Z o1 = 50 = 25
ZL1 100
he
gin
Similarly, the input impedance of line 2 is
2 2
Zin2 = Z o2 = 50 = 12.5
ZL2 200
eer
e
The effective load impedance of the line 3 is given as

ZL = Zin1 || Zin2
at
= 25 || 12.5 = 25
3 ing
So, the input impedance of the 50 W transmission line is
.ne
g
(50) 2
ZS = = 300
t
w.
25/3
Therefore, the reflection coefficient at the input terminal is given as
G = ZS - Z 0 = 300 - 50 = 2
ZS + Z 0 300 + 50 7
ww

We have 10 log Gp = 10 dB
or Gp = 10
The power gain of the antenna is defined as
Gp = Prad
Pin
where Prad is the radiated power of the antenna and Pin is the input power feed to
the antenna. So, putting all the values we get
10 = Prad
1W
or Prad = 10 Watts


The characteristic impedance of a transmission line is defined as
Z 02 = Zoc Zsc
where Zoc and Zsc are input impedance of the open circuited and is short circuited
line. So, we get
2
Zsc = Z 0 = 50 # 50 = 50
Zoc 100 + j150 2 + 3j
50 (2 - 3j)
= = 8.69 - 15.54j
13
ww From the diagram, VSWR is given as
m
S = Vmax = 4 = 4
Vmin 1
w.E co
Since, voltage minima is located at the load terminal so, the load impedance of the
transmission line is given as
ZL = 6Zin@min = Zo = 50 = 12.5 W
asy S 4
(Z 0 = 50 W, S = 4 )
lp.
En
The reflection coefficient at the load terminal is given as
G = ZL - ZO = 12.5 - 50 =- 0.6
gin
ZL + ZO 125. + 50
he

The given circles represent constant reactance circle.
SOL 8.3.17 Option (C) is correct. eer
te
ing
The ratio of the load impedance to the input impedance of the transmission line
is given as
VL = Z 0
.ne
ga
Vin Zin
VL = Z 0 Vin = 10 # 300 = 60 V
SOL 8.3.18
or
Zin 50
t
w.
Suppose at point P impedance is

Z = r + j (- 1)
If we move in constant resistance circle from point P in clockwise direction by an
ww
angle 45c, the reactance magnitude increase. Let us consider a point Q at 45c from
point P in clockwise direction. It’s impedance is
Z1 = r - 0.5j
or Z1 = Z + 0.5j
Thus movement on constant r - circle by an 45c in CW direction is the addition
of inductance in series with Z .
The VSWR of a transmission line is defined as
1- G
S =
1+ G


where G is the reflection coefficient of the transmission line. So, we get

1- G
2= (S = 2 )
1+ G
or G =1
3
Thus, the ratio of the reflected and incident wave is given as
Pr = G 2 = 1
Pi 9
or Pr = Pi
m
9
ww i.e. 11.11% of incident power is reflected.
co
w.E The input impedance of a lossless transmission line is defined as

Zin = Zo
6ZL + jZo tan bl @
6Zo + jZL tan bl @
lp.
asy
Now, for l/2 transmission line we have
l = l/2
and
En
ZL1 = 100 W
he
So, the input impedance of the l/2 transmission line is
Zin1 = Zo
gin
6ZL1 + jZo tan p@
6Zo + jZL1 tan p@
= ZL1 = 100 W 2p
bb = l l
eer
e
For l/8 transmission line, we have

l = l/8
at
and ZL2 = 0
So, the input impedance of l/8 line is ing (short circuit)
[0 + jZo tan p4 ]
.ne 2p
bb = l l
g
Zin2 = Zo = jZo = j50 W

6Zo + 0@
t
Thus, the net admittance at the junction of the stub is given as
w.
Y = 1 + 1 = 2 + 1 = 0.01 - j0.42
Zin1 Zin2 100 j50
ww


VSWR (voltage standing wave ratio) of a transmission line is defined as
S = 1+G
1-G
where G is the reflection coefficient of the transmission line that varies from 0 to
1. Therefore, S varies from 1 to 3.
Reactance increases, if we move along clockwise direction in the constant resistance
circle.
ww
m
A transmission line is distortion less if LG = RC
w.E
SOL 8.3.24
SOL 8.3.25
Zo =
co
ZOC ZSC = 100 # 25 = 10 # 5 = 50 W
asy
We know that distance between two adjacent voltage maxima is equal to l/2 ,
lp.
where l is wavelength. So, we get
En
l = 27.5 - 12.5
2
or, l = 2 # 15 = 30 cm
gin
he
Therefore, the operating frequency of the transmission line is
l 30
10
f = c = 3 # 10 = 1 GHz
eer (c = 3 # 1010 cm/s )
te

Electrical path length = bl
b = 2p , l = 50 cm
ing
where
.ne
ga
l
Now, the operating wavelength l of the transmission line is given as
l =u =1# 1
f f LC t au= 1
LC
w.
7
= 1 1 = 5 # 10 = 2m
#
25 # 106 10 # 10-6 # 40 # 10-12 25 # 106
So, the electric path length is
ww
bl = 2p # 50 # 10-2 = p radian
2 2
The input impedance at the voltage minima on the transmission line is defined as
Z0
6Zin@min = S
where S is standing wave ratio along the transmission line. Since, the reflection
coefficient GL of the transmission line is given as
GL = ZL - Z 0 = 100 - 50 = 50 = 1
ZL + Z 0 100 + 50 150 3


So, the standing wave ratio of the line is
1 + GL 1+1
S = = 3 =2
1 - GL 1- 1
3
Therefore, the minimum input impedance measured on the line is equal to
Zin min = 50 = 25 W
2
For a lossy transmission line the input impedance is given as
m
Z + jZ 0 tanh gl
Zin = Z 0 < L F
ww Load impedance,
Z 0 + jZL tanh gl
ZL = 3 (open circuited at load end)
co
Length of line, l = l/4
w.E So, Zin = Z 0 lim S

R
lp. ZL
V
S1 + jZ 0 tanh lg W
W
asy =
Z " 3S Z 0
L
S ZL + j tanh lg W
Z0 T = 0
W
X gp
a tanh 4 " 3k
En j tanh lg
he
Zin = Z 0 < L gin

Input impedance of a lossless transmission line is given by
Z + jZ 0 tan bl
Z 0 + jZL tan bl
F
eer
e
where Z 0 " Charateristic impedance of line

ZL " Load impedance
at
and
l " Length of transmission line
b = 2p/l
ing
.ne
g
So, we have bl = 2p l = p
l 4 2
t
w.
ZL = 0 (Short circuited at load)

and Z 0 = 50 W
Therefore, the input impedance of the transmission line is
ww
0 + j50 tan p/2

Zin = 50 = 50 + j0 tan p/2G = 3
i.e. infinite input impedance and thus, the current drawn from the voltage source
will be zero.
For lossless transmission line, the phase velocity is defined as
vp = w = 1 ...(1)
b LC
Characteristics impedance for a lossless transmission line is given as
Z0 = L ...(2)
C


So, from equation (1) and (2) we get
vp = 1 = 1
C (Z 0 C ) Z 0 C
Input impedance of a ^l/4h transmission line is defined as
2
Zin = Z 0
ZL
where Z 0 is characteristic impedance of the line and ZL is load impedance of the
line. Since, the l/4 line is shorted at one end (i.e. ZL = 0 ) So, we get,
2
Zin = lim Z 0 = 3
Z " 0Z L
ww
m
L

Voltage minima of a short circuited transmission line is located at it’s load. As the
w.E co
location of minima is same for the load RL (i.e. the minima located at RL ) so, the
first voltage maxima will be located at l/4 distance from load.
Now,
asy
l max = qG l
4p
...(1)
lp.
where l max is the distance of point of maxima from the load, qT is phase angle of
En
reflection coefficient and l is operating wavelength of line. So, putting the value of
l max is equation (1), we get
gin
he
l = qG l
4 4p
qT = p
Now, the standing wave ratio of the line is given aseer
te
S =
1+ G
1- G ing
1 + GL
.ne
ga
or, 3= ]S = 3g
1 - GL
i.e.
GL = 1/2
GL = GL qG = 1 p =- 1 t
w.
2 2
The reflection coefficient at the load terminal is given as
GL = ZL - Z 0
ww
ZL + Z 0
- 1 = RL - 75 ^ZL = RL h, ^Z 0 = 75 Wh
2 RL + 75
- RL - 75 = 2RL - 150
3RL = 75 & RL = 25 W
The VSWR (voltage standing wave ratio) in terms of maxima and minima voltage
is defined as
Vmax
S = =4=2
Vmin 2


SWR S =4
So, we have 1 + G L
=S=4
1 - GL
GL = 3 = 0.6
5
The reflection coefficient at load is defined as
GL = ZL - Z 0
ZL + Z 0
m
0.6 = ZL - 60
ww So,
ZL + 60
co
ZL = 1.6 # 60 = 120 W
w.E
0. 4
Loading of a cable is done to increase the inductance as well as to achieve the

lp.
asy
distortionless condition.
i.e. statement (1) and (4) are correct.
En
he
SOL 8.3.36
gin
Single stub with adjustable position is the best method for transmission line load
matching for a given frequency range.
eer
e
The reflection coefficient at load terminal is defined as

at
GL = ZL - Z 0 =
=j
ZL + Z 0
+ j50 - 50
j50 + 50
ing
.ne
g
Therefore, the standing wave, ratio is

1 + GL
= 1+1 = 3
t
w.
VSWR =
1 - GL 1-1
Given, the load impedance is short circuit
ww
i.e. ZL = 0
So, input impedance for lossless line is given as
Z + jZ 0 tan bl
Zin = Z 0 c L
Z 0 + jZL tan bl m
= jZ 0 tan bl
Now, for l < l/4 & bl < p

2
So, tan bl is positive and therefore, Zin is inductive a"2
For l < l < l & p < bl < p
4 2 2
tan bl is - ve and therefore, Zin is capacitive b"1
For l = l & bl = p
4 2


tan bl = 3 and therefore Zin = 3 c"4
For l = l & bl = p
2
tan bl = 0 and therefore, Zin = 0 d"3
For distortionless transmission line,
a = RG , b = w LC
and for lossless transmission line,
a = 0, b = w LC
ww So, for both the type of transmission line attenuation is constant and is independent
m
of frequency. Where as the phase shift b varies linearly with frequency w.
w.E
SOL 8.3.40
i.e. statement 1 and 3 are correct.
Given,
co
asy
Length of transmission line, l = 500 m
lp.
Phase angle, qG =- 150c
En
Operating wavelength, l = 150 m
Consider the reflected voltage wave for the lossless transmission line terminated in
gin
he
resistive load as shown in figure.
eer
te
ing
.ne
ga
t
Since, the reflection coefficient has a phase angle - 150c So, the wave lags by 150c
w.
angle.
ww
The voltage wave has the successive maxima at each l/2 distance,
Total length
So, the total no. of maxima = = 500 = 6 2
Distance between two maxima ^150/2h 3


i.e. 6 maxima and remaining phase angle = 2 # 360c = 240c
3
From the wave pattern shown above we conclude that the remaining phase ^240ch
will include one more maxima and therefore the total no. of maxima is 7.
Reflection coefficient at load terminal is defined as
GL = ZL - Z 0
ZL + Z 0
For a matched transmission line we have
m
ZL = Z 0
ww So, GL = 0
co
i.e. matching eliminated the reflected wave between the source and the matching
w.E
SOL 8.3.42
device location.
Consider the quarter wave transformer connected to load has the characteristic
impedance Zl0 as shown in the figure. lp.
asy
En
he
gin
eer
e
at
ing
So, we have the input impedance,
.ne
g
J 2p l N
KZL + jZl0 tan b l lb 4 l O ^Zl0h2
Zin = Zl0 K O=
t
w.
KK Z 0 + jZL tan b 2p lb l l OO ZL
l 4
L P
this will be the load to 450 W transmission line
ww
^Zl0h2 ^Zl0h2
i.e. ZlL = =
ZL 200
and for matching Z 0 = ZlL
^Zl0h2
450 =
200
Zl0 = ^450h^200h = 300 W
Given ZL = 3 (open circuit)
and l =l (quarter wave)
4
ZL + jZ 0 tan bl
Zin = Z 0 c
Z 0 + jZL tan bl m
=- jZ 0 cot bl ^ZL " 3h


=- jZ 0 cot b 2p lb l l
l 4
Length of transmission line l < l/4 (open circuit)
Load impedance, ZL = 3
So, the input impedance of the transmission line is given as
Z + jZ 0 tan bl
Zin = Z 0 c L
Z 0 + jZL tan bl m
(lossless line)
= Z0 c 1 m
j tan bl
^ZL = 3h
ww
m
=- jZ 0 cot bl
w.E Given,
Load impedance,
Line parameters,
ZL = 0
R = G= 0
co
(short circuit)
(loss free line)
asy
Attenuation constant, a =0 (loss free line)
lp.
So, the input impedance of the line is given as
i.e. pure reactance En

Zin = jZ 0 tan bl
gin
he
Statement (A) is correct.

Since tan bl can be either positive or negative So Zin can be either capacitive or
inductive.
Statement (B) is correct. eer
te
The reflection coefficient at load is

GL = ZL - Z 0 =- 1 ! 0 ing
ZL + Z 0
.ne
ga
So, the reflection exists.

Statement (C) is incorrect.
t
and since the standing waves of voltage and current are set up along length of the
w.
lines so, statement (D) is also correct.

(a) short circuit ^ZL = 0h
ww
So GL = ZL - Z 0 =- 1 â " 2h
ZL + Z 0
(b) Open circuit ^ZL = 3h
So, GL = ZL - Z 0 = 1 ^b " 3h
ZL + Z 0
(c) Line characteristic impedance ^ZL = Z 0h
GL = Z 0 - Z 0 = 0 ^c " 1h
Z0 + Z0
(d) 2 # line characteristic impedance ^ZL = 2Z 0h
GL = 2Z 0 - Z 0 = 1 ^d " 4h
2Z 0 + Z 0 3


Given, reflection coefficient,
GL = 1 0c
1+ G
So, VSWR = = 1+1 = 3
1- G 1-1
Given, reflection coefficient, G = 1
5
1+ G
So, VSWR = =6=3
1- G 4 2
m
ww Characteristic impedance of transmission line is defined as
co
R + jw L
Z0 =
w.E G + j wC
So, for lossless transmission line (R = G = 0 )
Z0 = L lp.
SOL 8.3.50
asy
C
â " 3h
En
Input impedance has the range from 0 to 3.
^c " 2h
he
VSWR has the range from 1 to 3
Reflection coefficient ^G h ranges from - 1 to + 1. ^b " 1h
SOL 8.3.51 Option (C) is correct. gin
eer
e
Input impedance of a quarter wave transformer is defined as

2
Zin = Z 0
at
ZL
ing
where Z 0 is the characteristic impedance of the line and ZL is the load impedance.
.ne
Since the quarter wave transformer is terminated by a short circuit (ZL = 0 ) so, we
g
get the input impedance of the transformer as
t
w.
Zin = 3
The scattering parameters linearly relate the reflected wave to incident wave and it
ww
is frequency invariant so the scattering parameters are more suited than impedance
parameters.
Given, the reflection coefficient as
GL = 0.3e-j30c
At any point on the transmission line the reflection coefficient is defined as
G ^z h = GL e-2gz
where z is the distance of point from load.
z = 0.1l (Given)
So, G ^z h = GL e -2g^0.1lh
= ^0.3e -j30c
hê -2jb^0.1lh
h (Assume a = 0 )
ê h
-j30c -j0.4p
= 0.3e


-j152c
= 0.6e
Balun is used to couple a coaxial line to a parallel wire.
The reflection coefficient of the conducting sheet is G =- 1 where as the transmission
coefficient is G = 0 . So, there will be x -directed surface current on the sheet.
Given,
Operating frequency, f = 25 kHz
ww
m
Conductivity, s = 5 mho/m
w.E The attenuation constant for the medium is defined as

a =
wms
2
co
^s >> weh
asy =
^2p # 25 # 103h # ^4p # 10-7h^5 h
^m = m0h
lp.
2
En = 0.7025
The attenuated voltage at any point is given as
V = V0 e- al
gin
he
(1)
where V0 is source voltage and l is the distance travelled by wave
eer
Since, the radio signal is to be transmitted with 90% attenuation so, the voltage of
the signal after 90% attenuation is
te
V = V0 - 90% of V0
= 0.1V0 ing
Comparing it with equation (1) we get
.ne
ga
^0.1h = e- al
ln ^0.1h
or, l =-
0.7025
= 3.27 m
t
w.

In Smith chart, the distance towards the load is always measured in anticlockwise
direction. So, statement 3 is incorrect while statement 1 and 2 are correct.
ww

Given,
Load impedance, ZL = ^100 - j 75h W
The condition for matching is
ZlL = Z 0
where ZlL is the equivalent load impedance of the transmission line after connecting
an additional circuit. So, the best matching will be obtained by a short circuited
stub at some specific distance from load.


Given, the voltage standing wave ratio in decibels is
VSWR indecibels = 6 dB
or, 20 log 10 S = 6
S = ^10h6/20 = 2
So, the reflection coefficient at the load terminal is given as
G = S - 1 = 2 - 1 = 0.33
S+1 2+1
m
Input impedance of a quarter wave transformer (lossless transmission line) is
ww defined as
Zin = Z 0
2
co
ZL
w.E where Z 0 is the characteristic impedance of the line and ZL is the load impedance
of the line. So, we get
Z 0 = Zin ZL = ^50h^200h = 100 W
lp.
SOL 8.3.61
(1) Given,
asy
Length of line,
Enl = l/8
he
So, bl = b 2p lb l l = p
l 8 gin
4
eer
e
Therefore the input impedance of the lossless transmission line is

jZ 0 tan p
f 4p
at
Zin = Z 0 c
= jZ 0
ZL + jZ 0 tan bl
Z 0 + jZL tan bl m
= Z0
ing Z0
(i.e., incorrect statement)
.ne
g
(2) Given,
t
w.
l 4 2
ww
Therefore the input impedance of the lossless transmission line is

Z + jZ 0 tan bl
Zin = Z 0 c L
Z 0 + jZL tan bl m
jZ 0 tan p
= Z0 f 2 p = j3 (i.e., correct statement)
Z0
(3)Given,
l 2
Therefore, the input impedance of the lossless transmission line is


Z + jZ 0 tan bl
Zin = Z 0 c L
Z 0 + jZL tan bl m
= Z 0 b 1 l =- j3 (i.e., incorrect statement)
j tan p
(4) Matched line have the load impedance equal to its characteristic impedance
i.e. ZL = Z 0
So, for the matched line the input impedance is
Z + jZ 0 tan bl
Zin = Z 0 c L
Z 0 + jZL tan bl m
= Z0 (i.e., correct statement)
ww Given,
m
w.E Load impedance, ZL = 0

l 8 4
co
asy
Therefore, the input impedance of the transmission line is
Z + Z 0 tanh gl
Zin = Z 0 c L
Z 0 + ZL tanh gl m
lp.
= Z 0 tanh gl
En
If the line is distortion less (i.e. a = 0 ) then, the input impedance of the line is
Zin = jZ 0 tan bl = jZ 0
gin
he
So, it will depend on characteristic impedance as the line is resistive or reactive.

eer
Since, a transmission line of output impedance 400 W is to be matched to a load
te
Input impedance, Zin = 400 W

ing
of 25 W through a quarter wavelength line. So, for the quarter wave line we have
(same as the o/p impedance of the matched line)
.ne
ga

The characteristic impedance of quarter wave transmission line is Z 0 that connected
t
between the load and the transmission line of output impedance 400 W as shown
w.
in figure.
ww
So,, the input impedance at AB is given as

ZL + jZ 0 tan p
2 = ^Z 0h
2
Zin = Z 0 f p
Z 0 + jZL tan p ZL
2


Therefore, Z0 = Zin ZL = 800 # 50 = 200 W
Given,
Length of transmission line, l = l/8
Load impedance, ZL = 0 (Short circuited line)
So, we get bl = b 2p lb l l = p
l 8 4
Therefore, the input impedance of lossless transmission line is given as
Z + jZ 0 tan bl jZ
Zin = Z 0 c L = Z 0 c 0 m = jZ 0
Z 0 + jZL tan bl m
m
which is inductive
Z0
ww So, the input impedance of l/8 long short-circuited section of a lossless transmission
co
line is inductive.
w.E
In list I
lp.
asy
(a) Characteristic impedance of a transmission line is defined as
Z0 =
R + jw L
G + jw C
= Z
Y
(a" 2 )
En
(b) Propagation constant of the line is given as
he
g = ^R + jwL h^G + jwC h = ZY (b" 1)

(c) Sending end input impedance is
gin
Z + Z 0 tan gl
Zin = Z 0 c L
Z 0 + ZL tan gl m
eer
e
Given, ZL = Z 0 (terminated in characteristic impedance, Z 0 )

at
So, we get the input impedance as

Zin = Z 0 = Z ing (c" 2 )
Y
.ne
g
t
For a distortionless transmission line, the attenuation constant (a) must be
w.
independent of frequency (w) and the phase constant (b ) should be linear function
of w.
(a) R =G=0
ww
For this condition propagation constant is given as

g = a + jb = ^R + jwL h^G + jwC h
i.e. a = 0 and b = w LC
As the attenuation constant is independent of frequency and the phase constant is
linear function of w so, it is a distortionless transmission line.
(b) RC = GL
R =G
L C
This is the general condition for distortionless line for which
a = RG and b = w LC
(c) R >> wL , G >> wC


g = a + jb = RG
i.e. a = RG , and b = 0
Since, b is not function of w so, it is not the distortionless line.
(d) R << wL , G << wC
g = a + jb = ^ jwL h^ jwC h
i.e. a = 0 and b = w LC
Distance between adjacent maxima of an EM wave propagating along a transmission
line is l/2 . So, we get
l/2 = ^37.5 - 12.5h
ww
m
l/2 = 25 cm
i.e. l = 50 cm
w.E co
asy
lp.
En
gin
he
Therefore, the operating frequency of the line is

f = c = 3 # 10-2
l 50 # 10
8
eer
te
SOL 8.3.68
= 300 MHz
ing
.ne
ga
Forward voltage wave along the transmission line is given as

V 0+ = Z 0 E = E
Z0 + Z0 2
t
As the transmission line is open circuited at its load terminal ^ZL = 3h so, the
w.
reflection coefficient at the load terminal is

GL = ZL - Z 0 = 1
ZL + Z 0
ww
Therefore, the voltage travelling in reverse direction is

V 0- = GL V 0+ = E
2
The time taken by the wave to travel the distance between source and load terminal
is given as
t1 = l
c
where l is the length of transmission line and c is velocity of propagating wave.
Now, from the plot we observe that at z = 0 , voltage of the line is E/2 where as
at z = l , voltage is E therefore, it is clear that the voltage wave has been reflected


from the load but not reached yet to the generator.
i.e. l < t < 2l
c c
The characteristic impedance for a lossy transmission line does not depend on the
length of the line.
SOL 8.3.71 Option (D ) is correct.
m
ww A distortionless transmission line has it’s parameters related as

R =G
co
L C
w.E
SOL 8.3.73
or RC = GL
lp.
asy
Given the reflection coefficient of the line is
G = 0.6
En
So, the voltage standing wave ratio is defined as
1+ G
he
SWR = = 1 + 0.6 = 4
1- G 1 - 0.6
SOL 8.3.74 Option (B) is correct. gin
eer
e

at
Forward voltage V + = 10 V
ing
So, the reflection coefficient of the line is given as
G = ZL - Z 0 = 100 - 50 = 1
.ne
g
ZL + Z 0 100 + 50 3
t
w.
Load impedance, ZL = 15 - j20 W
So, the normalized load impedance is given as
ww
zL = ZL = 15 - j 20 = 0.4 - j 0.3
Z0 50 50
Since both the transmission lines are identical except that the loads connected to
them are 2Z and Z/2 respectively. Let the maximum voltage across the loads be
Vm So, the power transmitted to the loads are
2
PA = V m
2Z
2
and PB = V m
Z/2
Given, PA = W1


So, V = ^2Z h W1
2
m
2
and PB = V m = 2ZW1 = 2W1
^Z/2h Z/2
Given, the short circuited and open circuited input impedance as
Zs.c. = 36 W , Zo.c. = 64 W
So, the characteristic impedance of the transmission line is defined as
Z 0 = Zo.c. Zs.c. = 36 # 64 = 48 W
ww (1) ZL = Z 0 (line terminated by its characteristic impedance)
m
So, reflection coefficient
G = ZL - Z 0 = 0
w.E ZL + Z 0
i.e. no any reflected wave.
co
(2)
asy
ZL = Z 0
G =0
lp.
and so, there will be no reflected wave and the wave will have only forward voltage
En
and current wave which will be equal at all the points on the line.
gin
(3) For a lossless half wave transmission line
he
Zin = ZL
SOL 8.3.79 Option (C) is correct. eer

So, statement 3 is incorrect while statements 1 and 2 are correct.
te
Since, the standing wave ratio of the wave is 1.

i.e. SWR = 1 ing
So, expressing it in terms of reflection coefficient, we get
.ne
ga
1+ G
=1
1- G
G =0
t
w.
ZL - Z 0 = 0
ZL + Z 0
ZL = Z 0
ww
i.e. characteristic impedance is equal to load impedance.



Given, the two wire transmission line has
Half center to center spacing = h = d
2
Conductor radius = r
So, the capacitance per unit length of the line is defined as
C = pe
loge =b l + e b d l - 1 oG
d 2
2r 2r
= pe
m
loge =h + b h l - 1G
2
r r
ww
co
w.E Reflection coefficient, G = ZR - Z 0

ZR + Z 0
Z0 - Z
lp.
asy = 3
Z0 + Z
3
0
0
=- 5
SOL 8.3.82
En
he
Propagation constant, g = ^R + jwL h^G + jwC h
Z0 =
gin
The characteristic impedance of the transmission line is given as
R + jw L
eer
e
G + j wC
R + jw L
Z0 =
at

Given the reflection coefficient,
g
ing
.ne
g
G =- 1
3
t
w.
So, the standing wave ratio

1+ G
S = =4=2
1- G 2
ww

For distortionless transmission line
R =L
G C
and so, the attenuation constant,
a = RG = R b RC l = R C
L L
Capacitance per unit length, C = 10-10 F/m
Now, for distortionless line the characteristic impedance is given as


Z0 = L
C
50 = L
10-10
So, the inductance per unit length is
L = ^50h2 # ^10-10h = 0.25 mH/m
The characteristic impedance Z 0 in terms of open circuit impedance Zoc and short
circuit impedance Zsc is defined as
Z 0 = Zoc Zsc = ^100h^100h (Given Zoc = Zsc = 100 )
ww
m
= 50 W
w.E Given,
Load impedance,
co
ZL = ^75 - j50h W
asy
Since, for matching the load impedance is equal to the characteristic impedance
lp.
(i.e., ZL = Z 0 ) so, we have to produce an additional impedance of + j50 at load to
En
match it with transmission line. Therefore, for matching the transmission line a
gin
short circuit stub is connected at some specific distance from load.
he

Given,
The load impedance = Surge impedance eer
te
i.e. ZL = Z 0
So, reflection coefficient of the line is given as
G = ZL - Z 0
ing
.ne
ga
ZL + Z 0
=0
t
w.
Given,
Length of transmission line, l = 50 cm = 0.5 m
ww
Line parameters, L = 10 mH/m = 10 # 10-6 H/m

and C = 40 pF/m = 40 # 10-12 F/m
So, the phase constant of the wave along the transmission line is
b = w LC
= 2p # 30 # 106 ^10 # 10-6h^40 # 10-12h
= 6p
5
Therefore, bl = 6p # 0.5 = 0.6p = 108c
5


Propagation constant in a transmission line is defined as.
g = ^L + jwRh^R + jwC h
For a series resonant circuit the required conditions are
(1) The angular frequency is
w = 1
LC
(2) The total equivalent impedance is pure resistive
m
i.e. Z =R
ww Now, the input impedance at a distance l/4 from the load is defined as
co
2
Zin = Z 0
w.E So,
ZL
And since the transmission line is open ^ZL = 3h
Zin = 0 which is purely resistive
lp.
asy
i.e. R is correct statement.
In a lossless line voltage or current along the line are not constant.
En
i.e. A is not a correct statement.
he

SOL 8.3.92
gin
The characteristic impedance of a transmission line can be defined as below.
R + jw L
Z0 =
eer
e
G + j wC
Z 0 = Zoc Zsc
at
Z 0 = V+
I
+
ing
So, all the three statements are correct.
.ne
g
t
w.
Given, load impedance of the transmission line is

ZL = 0 (Short circuit)
So, the input impedance of the lossless line is given as
ww
Z + jZ 0 tan bl
Zin = Z 0 c L
Z 0 + jZL tan bl m
jZ tan bl
= Z0 c 0 m
Z0
= 2jZ 0 tan bl
Given,
So, the reflection coefficient of the transmission line is given as
GL = ZL - Z 0
ZL + Z 0

CHAPTER 9
WAVE GUIDES
ww
w.E
asy
En
gin
eer
ing
.ne
t

590 Wave Guides Chap 9

EXERCISE 9.1
m
MCQ 9.1.1 An electromagnetic wave propagating in an airfilled 10 # 8 cm waveguide has it’s
ww electric field in phasor form given as

Ezs = 5 sin ^20px h sin ^25py h e-jbz V/m
co
What is the mode of propagation of the EM wave ?
w.E (A) TM 21
(C) TE 21
lp.
(B) TM 12
(D) TE 12
MCQ 9.1.2
asy
Assertion (A) : In a waveguide operating below cutoff frequency there is no net
average power flow down the waveguide.
En
Reason (R) : Propagation of energy requires a propagating mode.
he
gin
eer
e

at
MCQ 9.1.3
ing
An airfilled rectangular waveguide is operating in TM mode at a frequency twice
the cutoff frequency. What will be the intrinsic wave impedance ?
.ne
g
(A) 289 W (B) 327 W

(C) 211 W (D) 377 W
t
w.
MCQ 9.1.4 An EM wave is propagating in TM 21 mode in an air filled 10 # 4 cm waveguide at

a frequency of 2.5 GHz . What will be the phase constant of the EM wave ?
ww
(A) 1.865 rad/m (B) 1.207 rad/m

(C) 186.5 rad/m (D) 120.7 rad/m
MCQ 9.1.5 The electric field component of an electromagnetic wave propagating in a rectangular
waveguide is given in phasor form as
Ezs = E 0 sin ^50px h sin ^40py h e-rz V/m
The ratio of field components Exs /Eys will be equal to
(A) 1.25 cot ^50px h tan ^40py h
(B) 0.8 cot ^50px h tan ^40py h
(C) 1.25 tan ^40px h cot ^50py h
(D) 0.8 tan ^40px h cot ^50py h

Chap 9 Wave Guides 591

MCQ 9.1.6 An EM wave is propagating in TEM mode in a parallel plate waveguide filled of a
dielectric ( er = 4.25 , mr = 1). If the waveguide operating at 20 GHz then the phase
constant and the group velocity of the wave will be respectively
(A) 4.5 # 108 rad/s , 139.6 m/s
(B) 139.6 rad/s, 4.5 # 108 m/s
(C) 2 # 108 rad/m , 314.2 m/s
(D) 314.2 rad/m, 2 # 108 m/s
MCQ 9.1.7 An a # b rectangular waveguide is operating in four different modes as TM 11 ,
ww TM 12 , TE 10 and TE 20 . If a = 2b then the ascending order of the operating modes
m
for their cut-off frequencies will be
(A) TE 10 < TE 20 < TM 11 < TM 12
w.E (B) TE 10 < TM 11 < TE 20 < TM 12

(C) TM 12 < TM 11 < TE 20 < TE 10
co
asy
(D) TE 10 < TE 20 < TM 12 < TM 11
lp.
MCQ 9.1.8
En
An airfilled 4 # 2 cm rectangular waveguide is operating at TE 10 mode at frequency
of 3.75 GHz. What will be the group velocity of the propagating wave in the
gin
he
waveguide ?
(A) 1.8 # 109 m/s (B) 2.4 # 109 m/s
(C) 2.4 # 108 m/s
eer
(D) 1.8 # 108 m/s
te
MCQ 9.1.9
ing
A rectangular waveguide with the dimensions a = 2.5 cm , b = 5 cm is operating
at a frequency f = 15 GHz . If the wave guide is filled with a lossless dielectric
.ne
with mr = 1, er = 2 then the wave impedance of propagating TE 20 mode in the
ga
waveguide will be
(A) 377 W
(C) 457 W
(B) 323 W
(D) 470 W t
w.
MCQ 9.1.10 Cutoff wavelength of a parallel plate waveguide for TM 2 mode is 3 mm. If the
guide is operated at a wavelength l = 0.1 cm then the no. of possible modes that
ww
can propagate in the waveguide is

(A) 4 (B) 5
(C) 8 (D) 9
MCQ 9.1.11 A lossless parallel plate waveguide is operating in TM 3 mode at frequencies as low
as 15 GHz. What will be the dielectric constant of the medium between plates if
the plate separation is 20 mm ?
(A) 1.73 (B) 3
(C) 6 (D) 9


MCQ 9.1.12 A parallel plate wave guide has the plate separation b = 20 mm is made with glass
êr = 2.1h between it’s plates. If the guide is operating at a frequency f = 20 GHz
then which of the following modes will propagate ?
(A) TM 1 (B) TM 3
(C) TE 2 (D) all the three
MCQ 9.1.13 The cutoff frequency of TM 1 mode in an air filled parallel plate wave guide is
2.5 GHz. If the guide is operating at wavelength l = 3 cm then what will be the
group velocity of TE 3 mode ?
m
(A) 9.9 # 107 m/s (B) 2 # 108 m/s
ww (C) 3.97 # 108 m/s (D) 1.5 # 108 m/s
co
w.E
MCQ 9.1.14 A symmetric slab waveguide has a slab thickness d = 15 mm with refractive indices
n1 = 3 , n2 = 2.5 as shown in figure. The phase velocity of the TE 1 mode at cutoff
will be lp.
asy
En
he
gin
eer
e
8
(A) 2.5 # 10 m/s
(B) 1.2 # 108 m/s
at
(C) 7.5 # 108 m/s

ing
(D) 2.07 # 108 m/s
.ne
g
MCQ 9.1.15 In a symmetrical slab waveguide, the phase velocity of TE 1 mode at cutoff is v p1 .
t
w.
So, the phase velocity of TM 2 mode at cutoff will be

(A) v p1 (B) 2v p1
v
ww
(C) p1 (D) 2 v p1
2

A strip line transmission line has the ground plane separation, b = 0.632 cm and
filled of a material with er = 4.8 .
MCQ 9.1.16 If characteristic impedance of the transmission line is 55 then what will be the
width of conducting strip ?
(A) 0.47 cm (B) 0.30 cm
(C) 0.15 cm (D) 0.62 cm


MCQ 9.1.17 If the transmission line is operating at a frequency f = 3 GHz then what will be it’s
guide wavelength ?
(A) 29.7 cm (B) 3.37 cm
(C) 33.7 cm (D) 6.74 cm
MCQ 9.1.18 Consider the following statements

1. TEM mode can not exist within a hollow waveguide.
2. Any of the TM mode can’t be the dominant mode of propagation in rectangular
waveguide.
ww The correct statement is
m
(A) only 1 (B) only 2
w.E
MCQ 9.1.19
(C) 1 and 2 both (D) None of these
co
The lowest order TM mode that can exist in a cavity resonator is
(A) TM 111
asy (B) TM 110
lp.
(C) TM 011 (D) TM 101
MCQ 9.1.20
TE mode will be En
If the dimensions of cavity resonator are equal (i.e., a = b ) then the lowest order
gin
he
(A) TE 011 (B) TE 100

(C) TE 101 (D) (A) and (C) both
MCQ 9.1.21 eer

An air filled cavity resonator has the dimensions a > b > c . Which of the following
te
ing
modes are arranged in ascending order with respect to their resonant frequencies ?
(A) TM 110 , TE 011 , TE 101
.ne
ga
(B) TE 011 , TM 110 , TE 101

(C) TM 100 , TM 101 , TM 111
(D) TM 110 , TE 101 , TE 011
t
w.
MCQ 9.1.22 An airfilled, lossless cavity resonator has dimensions a = 40 cm , b = 25 cm and

c = 20 cm . What is the resonant frequency of TE 101 mode ?
ww
(A) 781 MHz (B) 901.4 MHz

(C) 450.7 MHz (D) 960.4 MHz
MCQ 9.1.23 An airfilled cubic cavity resonator â = b = c h has dominant resonant frequency of
15 GHz . The dimension of the cavity resonator is
(A) 1.41 cm (B) 70 cm
(C) 2.5 cm (D) 3.8 cm
***********


EXERCISE 9.2
m
MCQ 9.2.1 An electromagnetic wave is propagating in a parallel plate waveguide operating at
ww TM 1 mode. The magnetic field lines in the yz -plane will be (Assume the positive
x -axis directs into the paper)
co
w.E lp.
asy
En
he
gin
eer
e
at
ing
.ne
g
t
w.
ww
MCQ 9.2.2 An EM wave is propagating at a frequency ‘ f ’ in an air filled rectangular waveguide

having the cutoff frequency ‘ fc ’. Consider the phase velocity of the EM wave in the
waveguide is v p . The plot of (c/v p) versus ^ fc /f h will be.
(c is the velocity of wave in air)


MCQ 9.2.3 An electromagnetic wave propagating at a frequency ‘ f ’ in free space has the
ww
m
wavelength ‘l’. At the same frequency it’s wavelength in an airfilled waveguide
is lg . If the cutoff frequency of the waveguide is fc then the plot of ^lg /lh versus
w.E ^ f/fc h will be
co
asy
lp.
En
gin
he
eer
te
ing
.ne
ga
t
w.
ww

A parallel plate waveguide is separated by a dielectric medium of thickness b with
the constitutive parameters e and m
MCQ 9.2.4 If the cut-off frequencies of the waveguide for the modes TE 1 , TE 2 and TE 3 are
respectively wc1 , wc2 , wc3 then which of the following represents the correct relation
between the cutoff frequencies ?
(A) wc1 = wc2 = wc3 (B) wc1 < wc2 < wc3
(C) wc1 > wc2 > wc3 (D) wc1 wc3 = wc2


MCQ 9.2.5 The f -b curve (graph of frequency f versus phase constant b ) of the waveguide
for the modes TM 2 , TM 3 and TM 4 will be
m
ww
co
w.E lp.
asy
En
he
gin
eer
e
MCQ 9.2.6 A parallel plate waveguide operating at a frequency of 5 GHz is formed of two
perfectly conducting infinite plates spaced 8 cm apart in air. The maximum time
at
ing
average power that can be propagated per unit width of the guide for TM 1 mode
without any voltage breakdown will be
.ne
(Dielectric strength of air = 3 # 106 V/m )
g
(A) 828 MW/m (B) 414 MW/m
t
w.
(C) 104 MW/m (D) 207 MW/m
MCQ 9.2.7 An air filled parallel plate wave guide has the separation of 12 cm between it’s
ww
plates. The guide is operating at a frequency of 2.5 GHz. What is the maximum
average power per unit width of the guide that can be propagated without a
voltage breakdown for TEM mode ?
(A) 358 MW/m (B) 143.2 MW/m
(C) 716 MW/m (D) 1.432 GW/m
MCQ 9.2.8 A parallel plate waveguide filled of a dielectric êr = 8.4h is constructed for operation
in TEM mode only over the frequency range 0 < f < 1.5 GHz . The maximum
allowable separation between the plates will be
(A) 6.90 cm (B) 29 cm
(C) 3.45 cm (D) 1.20 cm


A parallel plate waveguide having plate separation b = 18.1 mm is partially filled
with two lossless dielectric with permittivity er1 = 2 and er2 = 1.05 .
MCQ 9.2.9 The frequency ‘ f0 ’ at which the TM 1 mode propagates through the guide without
suffering any reflective loss is
(A) 12.8 GHz (B) 16.2 GHz
(C) 9.28 GHz (D) 8.44 GHz
MCQ 9.2.10 How many TM modes that can propagate in the guide at the frequency f0 ?
ww
m
(A) one (B) two
(C) three (D) four
w.E
MCQ 9.2.11
co
An a # b airfilled rectangular waveguide is operating at a frequency, f = 5 GHz .
What will be it’s dimensions if the design frequency is 10% larger than the cutoff
asy
frequency of dominant mode while being 15 % lower than the cutoff frequency for
lp.
the next higher order mode ?
En
(A) a = 3.3 cm , b = 2.7 cm
(B) a = 1.1 cm , b = 0.9 cm
gin
he
(C) a = 0.37 cm , b = 0.3 cm

(D) a = 0.5 cm , b = 0.4 cm
MCQ 9.2.12 eer

A symmetric dielectric slab waveguide with it’s permittivities er1 = 2.2 and er2 = 2.1
te
ing
is operating at wavelength, l = 2.6 mm . If the slab thickness is d = 20 mm then how
many modes can propagate in the slab ?
(A) 8 (B) 25
.ne
ga
(C) 15 (D) 24
MCQ 9.2.13
t
A rectangular waveguide operating in TE 10 mode has the phase constant b . If the
w.
average power density of the guide in this mode is Pav then what will be the relation
between Pav and b ?
(A) Pav \ b (B) Pav \ b 2
ww
(C) Pav \ 1 (D) Pav is independent of b

b
MCQ 9.2.14 A symmetric dielectric slab waveguide with it’s refractive indices n1 and n2 is
operating at wavelength, l = 3.1 mm . If the slab thickness is 10 mm and n2 = 3.3
then what will be the maximum value of n1 for which it supports only a single pair
of TE and TM mode ?
(A) 3.304 (B) 3.20
(C) 2.40 (D) 3.42


An asymmetric slab waveguide has the different mediums above and below the slab
as shown in figure. The regions above and below the slab have refractive indices n2
and n 3 respectively while the slab has refractive index n1
m
ww
co
MCQ 9.2.15 If n1 = 2.8 , n2 = 1.7 , n 3 = 2.1, then the minimum possible wave angle for the wave
w.E propagation will be

(A) 48.6c
lp. (B) 37.4c
MCQ 9.2.16
(C) 41.4c
asy (D) 54.1c
If the refractive indices of the mediums are related as n1 > n2 > n 3 the maximum
En
phase velocity of a guided mode will be
he
(A) n 3 c (B) c/n1

(C) c/n 3
gin (D) c/n2
eer
(c is velocity of wave in free space)
e
MCQ 9.2.17 An air filled waveguide is of square cross-section of 4.5 cm on each side. The
at
ing
waveguide propagates energy in the TE 22 mode at 6 GHz. The wavelength of the
TE 22 mode wave in the guide is
(A) 4.2 cm (B) 2.72 cm
.ne
g
(C) 5.3 cm (D) 1.18 cm
t
w.
MCQ 9.2.18 An attenuator is formed by using a section of waveguide of length ‘l ’ operating

below cutoff frequency. The operating frequency is 6 GHz and the dimension of the
ww
guide is a = 4.572 cm as shown in figure. What will be the required length ‘l ’ to

achieve attenuation of 100 dB between I/P and O/P guides ?


(A) 10.3 cm (B) 20.7 cm
(C) 5.2 cm (D) 12.7 cm
MCQ 9.2.19 A rectangular waveguide with the dimension, a = 1.07 cm is operating in TE 10

mode at a frequency, f = 10 GHz . If the waveguide is filled with a dielectric material
having er = 8.8 and tan d = 0.002 then the attenuation constant due to dielectric
loss will be
(A) 12.23 dB/m (B) 0.705 dB/m
(C) 6.12 dB/m (D) 3.03 dB/m
ww
m
MCQ 9.2.20 The first four propagating modes of a circular waveguide are respectively
(A) TM 01 , TE 21 , TE 01 , TM 11
w.E (B) TM 11 , TM 21 , TM 02 , TM 12
(C) TE 11 , TE 21 , TM 11 , TE 01
co
asy
(D) TE 11 , TM 01 , TE 21 , TE 01
lp.
En
gin
A microstrip line has the substrate thickness d = 0.616 cm with er = 2.2
he
MCQ 9.2.21 If the characterisitc impedance of the guide is 100 W then what will be the width
of microstrip.
(A) 2.83 cm (B) 0.28 cm eer
te
(C) 0.36 cm (D) 0.14 cm

ing
MCQ 9.2.22 If the transmission
.ne
line is operating at a frequency, f = 8 GHz then the effective
ga
permittivity ee and guide wavelength lg will be
(A) 1.76
ee lg
2.83 cm t
w.
(B) 2.83 1.76 cm

(C) 0.158 18.87 cm
(D) 18.87 0.158 cm
ww

A rectangular cavity resonator with dimensions a = 2.5 cm , b = 2 cm and c = 5 cm
is filled with a lossless material ( m = m0 , e = 3e0 ).
MCQ 9.2.23 The resonant frequency of the cavity resonator for TE 101 mode will be
(A) 6.7 GHz (B) 6.34 GHz
(C) 7.74 GHz (D) 3.87 GHz


MCQ 9.2.24 If the resonator is made of copper then the quality factor for TE 101 mode is
(Conductivity of copper r = 5.8 # 107 S/m )
(A) 7733 (B) 14358
(C) 6625 (D) 11075
MCQ 9.2.25 An air filled circular waveguide has it’s inner radius 1 cm. The cutoff frequency for
TE 11 mode will be
^pl11 = 1.841h
(A) 0.55 GHz (B) 49.3 GHz
m
(C) 8.79 GHz (D) 4.71 GHz
ww
co
MCQ 9.2.26 A cylindrical cavity shown in the figure below is operating at a wavelength of 2 cm
w.E in the dominant mode.
lp.
asy
En
he
gin
eer
e
at
The radius a of the cylindrical cavity will be

ing ^p 01 = 2.405h
.ne
g
(A) 0.77 cm (B) 0.38 cm

(C) 1.53 cm (D) 0.19 cm
t
w.
ww
***********


EXERCISE 9.3
MCQ 9.3.1 The magnetic field among the propagation direction inside a rectangular waveguide
ww
GATE 2012 with the cross-section shown in the figure is
m
Hz = 3 cos (2.094 # 102 x) cos (2.618 # 102 y) cos (6.283 # 1010 t - bz)
w.E co
asy
lp.
En
gin
he
The phase velocity v p of the wave inside the waveguide satisfies

(A) v p > c (B) v p = c
(C) 0 < v p < c
eer
(D) v p = 0
te
MCQ 9.3.2
GATE 2011
ing
The modes in a rectangular waveguide are denoted by TE mn or TM mn where
m and n are the eigen numbers along the larger and smaller dimensions of the
.ne
waveguide respectively. Which one of the following statements is TRUE?
ga
(A) The TM 10 mode of the waveguide does not exist

(B) The TE 10 mode of the waveguide does not exist
t
w.
(C) The TM 10 and the TE 10 modes both exist and have the same cut-off frequencies
(D) The TM 10 and the TM 01 modes both exist and have the same cut-off frequencies
MCQ 9.3.3 The electric and magnetic fields for a TEM wave of frequency 14 GHz in a
ww
GATE 2011 homogeneous medium of relative permittivity er and relative permeability mr = 1

are given by E = E p e j (wt - 280py) az V/m and H = 3e j (wt - 280py) ax A/m . Assuming the
speed of light in free space to be 3 # 108 m/s , the intrinsic impedance of free
space to be 120p , the relative permittivity er of the medium and the electric field
amplitude E p are
(A) er = 3, E p = 120p
(B) er = 3, E p = 360p
(C) er = 9, E p = 360p
(D) er = 9, E p = 120p


MCQ 9.3.4 Which of the following statements is true regarding the fundamental mode of the
GATE 2009 metallic waveguides shown ?
(A) Only P has no cutoff-frequency

(B) Only Q has no cutoff-frequency
m
ww (C) Only R has no cutoff-frequency
(D) All three have cutoff-frequencies
co
w.E
MCQ 9.3.5
GATE 2008
A rectangular waveguide of internal dimensions (a = 4 cm and b = 3 cm) is to be
operated in TE11 mode. The minimum operating frequency is
(A) 6.25 GHz lp.
(B) 6.0 GHz
(C) 5.0 GHz
asy (D) 3.75 GHz
MCQ 9.3.6
En
The E field in a rectangular waveguide of inner dimension a # b is given by
he
wm
E = 2 a p k H 0 sin b 2px l sin (wt - bz) ay
GATE 2007
h a a
gin
Where H0 is a constant, and a and b are the dimensions along the x -axis and the
eer
e
y -axis respectively. The mode of propagation in the waveguide is

(A) TE 20
at
(B) TM 11
(C) TM 20 ing
.ne
g
(D) TE 10
t
w.
MCQ 9.3.7 An air-filled rectangular waveguide has inner dimensions of 3 cm # 2 cm. The wave
GATE 2007 impedance of the TE 20 mode of propagation in the waveguide at a frequency of 30
GHz is (free space impedance h0 = 377 W )
ww
(A) 308 W (B) 355 W

(C) 400 W (D) 461 W
MCQ 9.3.8 A rectangular wave guide having TE 10 mode as dominant mode is having a cut
GATE 2006 off frequency 18 GHz for the mode TE 30 . The inner broad - wall dimension of the
rectangular wave guide is
(A) 5 cm (B) 5 cm
3
(C) 5 cm (D) 10 cm
2
MCQ 9.3.9 Which one of the following does represent the electric field lines for the mode in the
GATE 2005 cross-section of a hollow rectangular metallic waveguide ?


MCQ 9.3.10 The phase velocity of an electromagnetic wave propagating in a hollow metallic
ww
m
GATE 2004 rectangular waveguide in the TE 10 mode is
(A) equal to its group velocity
w.E (B) less than the velocity of light in free space
co
(C) equal to the velocity of light in free space
asy
(D) greater than the velocity of light in free space
lp.
MCQ 9.3.11 In a microwave test bench, why is the microwave signal amplitude modulated at 1
GATE 2004 kHz
En
(A) To increase the sensitivity of measurement
gin
he
(B) To transmit the signal to a far-off place

(C) To study amplitude modulations
eer
(D) Because crystal detector fails at microwave frequencies
te
MCQ 9.3.12
GATE 2003 ing
A rectangular metal wave guide filled with a dielectric material of relative permittivity
er = 4 has the inside dimensions 3.0 cm # 1.2 cm. The cut-off frequency for the
.ne
ga
dominant mode is
(A) 2.5 GHz (B) 5.0 GHz
(C) 10.0 GHz (D) 12.5 GHz
t
w.
MCQ 9.3.13 The phase velocity for the TE 10 -mode in an air-filled rectangular waveguide is (c
GATE 2002 is the velocity of plane waves in free space)
(A) less than c
ww
(B) equal to c
(C) greater than c
(D) none of these
MCQ 9.3.14 The phase velocity of wave propagating in a hollow metal waveguide is
GATE 2001 (A) grater than the velocity of light in free space
(B) less than the velocity of light in free space
(C) equal to the velocity of light free space
(D) equal to the velocity of light in free


MCQ 9.3.15 The dominant mode in a rectangular waveguide is TE 10 , because this mode has
GATE 2001 (A) the highest cut-off wavelength
(B) no cut-off
(C) no magnetic field component
(D) no attenuation
MCQ 9.3.16 A TEM wave is incident normally upon a perfect conductor. The E and H field at
GATE 2000 the boundary will be respectively,
m
(A) minimum and minimum
ww (B) maximum and maximum

(C) minimum and maximum
co
w.E
MCQ 9.3.17
(D) maximum and minimum
A rectangular waveguide has dimensions 1 cm # 0.5 cm. Its cut-off frequency is

lp.
GATE 2000 (A) 5 GHz
(C) 15 GHz asy (B) 10 GHz
(D) 12 GHz
En
he
MCQ 9.3.18 Assuming perfect conductors of a transmission line, pure TEM propagation is NOT
GATE 1999 possible in
(A) coaxial cable
gin
(B) air-filled cylindrical waveguide
eer
e
(C) parallel twin-wire line in air

at
(D) semi-infinite parallel plate wave guide

ing
MCQ 9.3.19
.ne
Indicate which one of the following will NOT exist in a rectangular resonant cavity.
g
GATE 1999 (A) TE 110 (B) TE 011
t
w.
(C) TM 110 (D) TM 111
MCQ 9.3.20 The ratio of the transverse electric field to the transverse magnetic field is called as
IES EC 2012 (A) wave guide impedance (B) wave guide wavelength
ww
(C) phase velocity (D) Poynting vector
MCQ 9.3.21 Consider a rectangular waveguide of internal dimensions 8 cm # 4 cm . Assuming

IES EC 2012 an H 10 mode of propagation, the critical wavelength would be
(A) 8 cm (B) 16 cm
(C) 4 cm (D) 32 cm
g = a mp k + a np k - w2 me represents the propagation constant in a rectangular

2 2
MCQ 9.3.22
a b
IES EC 2012 waveguide for
(A) TE waves only (B) TM waves only
(C) TEM waves (D) TE and TM waves


MCQ 9.3.23 With the symbols having their standard meaning, cut-off frequency (frequency
IES EC 2012 below which wave propagation will not (occur) for a rectangular waveguide is
(A) 1 mp np 1 mp 2 np 2
a a k+a b k (B) a a k +a b k
me 2p me
1 m p n p (D) 1 mp 2 np 2
(C) a a k+a b k a a k +a b k
2p me me
MCQ 9.3.24 A standard air filled waveguide WR-187 has inside wall dimensions of a = 4.755 cm
IES EC 2010 and b = 2.215 cm . At 12 GHz, it will support
(A) TE 10 mode only (B) TE 10 and TE 20 modes only
(C) TE 10, TE 20 and TE 01 modes only (D) TE 10, TE 20, TE 01 and TE 11 modes
ww
m
MCQ 9.3.25 Consider the following statements relating to the cavity resonator :
w.E
IES EC 2010 1. The cavity resonator does not posses as many modes as the corresponding
2.
waveguides does.
co
The resonant frequencies of cavities are very closely spaced.
3.
asy
The resonant frequency of a cavity resonator can be changed by altering its
lp.
dimensions.
En
(A) 2 and 3 only
gin
(B) 2 only
he
(C) 3 only (D) 1, 2 and 3
MCQ 9.3.26 The correct statement is

eer
te
IES EC 2010 (A) Microstrip lines can support pure TEM mode of propagation but shielded
coaxial lines cannot
ing
(B) Microstrip lines cannot support pure TEM mode of propagation but shielded
.ne
ga
coaxial lines can
t
(C) Both microstrip lines and shielded coaxial lines can support pure TEM mode
of propagation
w.
(D) Neither microstrip lines nor shielded coaxial lines can support pure TEM mode
of propagation.
ww
MCQ 9.3.27 An air-filled rectangular waveguide has dimensions of a = 6 cm and b = 4 cm . The

IES EC 2010 signal frequency is 3 GHz. Match List I with List II and select the correct answer
using the code given below the lists :
List I List II
a. TE 10 1. 2.5 GHz
b. TE 01 2. 3.75 GHz
c. TE 11 3. 4.506 GHz
d. TM 11 4. 4.506 GHz


Codes :
a b c d
(A) 1 2 3 4
(B) 4 2 3 1
(C) 1 3 2 4
(D) 4 3 2 1
MCQ 9.3.28 Assertion (A) : TEM (Transverse Electromagnetic) waves cannot propagate within
IES EC 2010 a hollow waveguide of any shape.
m
Reason (R) : For a TEM wave to exist within the waveguide, lines of H field must
ww be closed loops which requires an axial component of E which is not present in a

TEM wave.
co
w.E (A) Both A and R are individually true and R is the correct explanation of A
(C) A is true but R is false lp.
asy
MCQ 9.3.29
En
For plane wave propagating in free space or two conductor transmission line, what
he
IES EC 2009 must be the relationship between the phase velocity v r , the group velocity vg and
speed of light c ?
(A) v p > c > vg gin
eer
e
(B) v p < c < vg

(C) v p = c = vg
at
(D) v p < vg < c

ing
.ne
g

IES EC 2009 In a microstrip line
t
w.
1. Wavelength l = l0 , where ee is the effective dielectric constant and l0 is the

ee
free space wavelength.
2. Electromagnetic fields exist partly in the air above the dielectric substrate and
ww
partly within the substrate itself.

3. The effective dielectric constant is greater than the dielectric constant of the
air.
4. Conductor losses increase with decreasing characteristic impedance.
(A) 1, 2 and 3
(B) 1 and 2
(C) 2, 3 and 4
(D) 4 only


IES EC 2009 the lists.
List I (Type of transmission structure) List II (Modes of propagation)
a. Strip line 1. Quassi TEM
b. Hollow rectangular waveguide 2. Pure TEM
c. Microguide 3. TE/TEM
d. Corrugated waveguide 4. Hybrid
ww Codes
m
a b c d
(A) 2 1 3 4
w.E (B)
(C)
4
2
1
3
3
1
2
4
co
(D) 4 3
asy1 2
lp.
MCQ 9.3.32 A standard waveguide WR90 has inside wall dimensions of a = 2.286 cm and
IES EC 2009
(A) 4.572 cm En
b = 1.016 cm . What is the cut-off waveguide for TE 01 mode ?
(B) 2.286 cm
gin
he
(C) 2.032 cm (D) 1.857 cm
MCQ 9.3.33
IES EC 2009
eer
When a particular mode is exited in a waveguide, there appears an extra electric
component, in the direction of propagation. In what mode is the wave propagating ?
te
(A) Transverse electric

(B) Transverse magnetic ing
.ne
ga
(C) Transverse electromagnetic

(D) Longitudinal
MCQ 9.3.34 Consider the following statements : t

w.
IES EC 2009 For a square waveguide of cross-section 3 m # 3 m it has been found

1. at 6 GHz dominant mode will propagate.
2. at 4 GHz all the mode are evanescent.
ww
3. at 11 GHz only dominant modes and no higher order mode will propagate.
4. at 7 GHz degenerate modes will propagate.
Which of the above statements are correct ?
(A) 1 and 2
(B) 1, 2 and 4
(C) 2 and 3
(D) 2, 3 and 4


MCQ 9.3.35 Match List with List II and select the correct answer using the codes given below
IES EC 2009 the lists.
List I (Mode) List II (Characteristic)
a. Evanescent mode 1. Rectangular waveguide does not
support
b. Dominant mode 2. No wave propagation
c. TM 10 and TM 01 3. Lowest cut-off frequency
m
Codes
ww a b c
co
(A) 1 2 3
w.E (B)
(C)
(D)
1
2
2
3
3
1
2
1
3 lp.
MCQ 9.3.36 asy
Assertion (A) : A z -directed rectangular waveguide with cross-sectional dimensions
IES EC 2009
En
3 cm # 1 cm will support propagation at 4 GHz.
Reason (R) : k z2 + a mp k + a np k = b 2p l, where l is the wavelength.
he
2 2
3 1 l
gin
eer
e

at

ing
Which one of the following is the correct statement ?
MCQ 9.3.37
.ne
g
IES EC 2006 A rectangular coaxial line can support

(A) only TEM mode of propagation
t
w.
(B) both TEM and TE modes of propagation

(C) either TE or TM mode of propagation
ww
(D) TEM, TE or TM mode of propagation
MCQ 9.3.38
IES EC 2006
A rectangular waveguide (A) is gradually deformed first into a circular wave guide
(B) and lack again into a rectangular waveguide (C) which is oriented through 90c


with respect to (A) If the input mode is TE 10 , which mode is excited in the output
waveguide (C) ?
(A) TE 10 (B) TE 01
(C) TE 11 (D) TM 11
MCQ 9.3.39 The dominant mode in a circular waveguide is a :

IES EC 2005 (A) TEM mode (B) TM 01 mode
(C) TE 21 mode (D) TE 11 mode
MCQ 9.3.40 The cut-off frequency of the dominant mode of a rectangular wave guide having
ww
m
IES EC 2005 aspect ratio more than 2 is 10 GHz. The inner broad wall dimension is given by :
(A) 3 cm (B) 2 cm
w.E
MCQ 9.3.41
(C) 1.5 cm (D) 2.5 cm
co
In a waveguide, the evanescent modes are said to occur if :
IES EC 2005
asy
(A) The propagation constant is real
lp.
(B) The propagation constant is imaginary
En
(C) Only the TEM waves propagate
(D) The signal has a constant frequency
gin
he
MCQ 9.3.42 Assertion (A) : A microstrip line cannot support pure TEM mode of propagation.
IES EC 2005
eer
Reason (R) : A microstrip line suffers from various forms of losses.
te
ing
.ne
ga
MCQ 9.3.43
IES EC 2004 t
Consider the following statements relating to the cavity resonators :
1. For over-coupling the cavity terminals are at voltage maximum in the input
w.
line at resonance
2. For over-coupling the cavity terminals are at the voltage minimum in the input
ww
line at resonance
3. For under-coupling the normalized impedance at the voltage maximum is the
standing wave ratio
4. For over-coupling the input terminal impedance is equal to the reciprocal of
the standing wave ratio
(A) 1 and 2 (B) 3 and 4
(C) 1 and 3 (D) 2 and 4


MCQ 9.3.44 Consider the following statements relating to the microstrip lines :
IES EC 2004 1. Modes on microstrip lines are purely TEM
2. Microstrip line is also called open strip line
3. Radiation loss in microstrip line can be reduced by using thin high dielectric
materials
4. Conformal transformation technique is quite suitable for solving microstrip
problems
m
(A) 1, 2 and 3
ww (B) 2, 3 and 4
co
(C) 1, 3 and 4
w.E
MCQ 9.3.45
(D) 1, 2 and 4
Match List I (Dominant Mode of Propagation) with List II (Type of transmission

lp.
IES EC 2003
List-I
asy
Structure) and select the correct answer :
List-II
En
he
a. Coaxial line 1. TE
b.
c.
Rectangular waveguide
Microstrip line gin
2.
3.
Quasi TEM
Hybrid
eer
e
d. Coplanar waveguide 4. TEM

Codes :
at
(A) 1
a b
4
c
2
d
3 ing
.ne
g
(B) 4 1 3 2
(C) 1 4 3 2
t
w.
(D) 4 1 2 3
MCQ 9.3.46 For TE or TM modes of propagation in bounded media, the phase velocity
IES EC 2003 (A) is independent of frequency
ww
(B) is a linear function of frequency

(C) is a non-linear function of frequency
(D) can be frequency-dependent or frequency-independent depending on the source
MCQ 9.3.47 A waveguide operated below cut-off frequency can be used as

IES EC 2003 (A) A phase shifter
(B) An attenuator
(C) An isolator
(D) None of the above


MCQ 9.3.48 Assertion (A) : The quality factor Q of a waveguide is closely related to its
IES EC 2003 attenuation factor a.
Reason (R) : Normally attenuation factors obtainable in waveguides are much
higher than those obtainable in transmission lines.
(D) A is false but R is
ww
MCQ 9.3.49 Assertion (A) : The greater the ‘Q ’, the smaller the bandwidth of a resonant circuit.
m
IES EC 2002 Reason (R) : At high frequencies the Q of a coil falls due to skin effect.
(A) Both A and R are true R is the correct explanation of A
w.E co
(B) Both A and R are true R is NOT the correct explanation of A
asy
lp.
MCQ 9.3.50
IES EC 2002
En
For a wave propagation in an air filled rectangular waveguide.
(A) guided wavelength is never less than free space wavelength
gin
(B) wave impedance is never less than the free space impedance
he
(C) TEM mode is possible if the dimensions of the waveguide are properly chosen
(D) Propagation constant is always a real quantity
eer
te
MCQ 9.3.51
IES EC 2002
ing
When a particular mode is excited in a wave-guide, there appears an extra electric
component in the direction of propagation. The resulting mode is
(A) transverse-electric
.ne
ga
(B) transverse-magnetic
(C) longitudinal
t
w.
(D) transverse-electromagnetic
MCQ 9.3.52 For a hollow waveguide, the axial current must necessarily be
IES EC 2001 (A) a combination of conduction and displacement currents
ww
(B) time-varying conduction current and displacement current

(C) time-varying conduction current and displacement current
(D) displacement current only
MCQ 9.3.53 As a result of reflections from a plane conducting wall, electromagnetic waves
IES EE 2012 acquire an apparent velocity greater than the velocity of light in space. This is
called
(A) velocity propagation (B) normal velocity
(C) group velocity (D) phase velocity


MCQ 9.3.54 Assertion (A) : A thin sheet of conducting material can act as a low-pass filter for
IES EE 2011 electromagnetic waves.
Reason (R) : The penetration depth is inversely proportional to the square root of
the frequency.
m
ww (D) Assertion (A) is false but Reason (R) is true
co
MCQ 9.3.55 Consider the following statements in connection with cylindrical waveguides :
w.E
IES EE 2009 1. At low frequency the propagation constant is real and wave does not propagate.
2. At intermediate frequency the propagation constant is zero and wave cut off.
lp.
3.
4. asy
At high frequency the propagation constant is imaginary and wave propagates.
At transition condition the cut-off frequency is inversely proportional to the
En
eigen values of the Bessel function for the respective TE nr mode.
he
Which of these statements is/are correct ?

(A) 1, 2 and 3
(C) 2 and 3 only
gin (B) 2 only
(D) 2, 3 and 4
eer
e
MCQ 9.3.56 How is the attenuation factor in parallel plate guides represented ?
at
IES EE 2007 (A) a = Power lost/power transmitted

(B) a = 2 # Power lost/power transmitted ing
.ne
g
(C) a = Power lost per unit length/ (2 # power transmitted)

(D) a = Power lost/ (power lost + power transmitted)
t
w.
MCQ 9.3.57 Which one of the following statements is correct? A wave guide can be considered
IES EE 2004 to be analogous to a
ww
(A) low pass filter

(B) high pass filter
(C) band pass filter
(D) band stop filter
***********


SOLUTIONS 9.1

Given, electric field intensity of the propagating wave is
ww
m
Ezs = 5 sin ^20px h sin ^25py h e-jbz V/m (1)
So, we conclude that the wave is propagating in az direction. Since, the wave has
w.E it’s component of electric field in the direction of propagation so, the waveguide is
co
operating in TM mn (Transverse magnetic) mode.
Now for determining the value of m and n , we compare the phasor form of electric
asy
field to its general equation given as.
lp.
npy -jbz
Ezs = Eo sin a mpx k sin a
n k
e (2)
En a
where a and b are the dimensions of waveguide and since, the waveguide has the
gin
he
dimension 10 # 4 cm so, we get

a = 10 cm and b = 4 cm
Now, comparing equation (1) and (2) we get
mpx = 20px & m = 2 eer
te
a
n py
b
= 25py & n = 1 ing
.ne
ga
Thus, the mode of propagation of wave is TM 21 .

t
A wave mode propagates in a waveguide only if it’s frequency is greater than cutoff
w.
frequency. If there is no any propagating mode inside the waveguide then energy in
the propagating mode is zero. So, average power flow down the waveguide below
cutoff frequency is zero.
ww
i.e. Both the statements are correct and R is correct explanation of A.

The intrinsic impedance of an airfilled waveguide for TM mode is defined as
f 2
hTM = h0 1 - c cmn m
mn
f
Since, the operating frequency is twice the cutoff frequency
i.e. f = 2fc, mn
So, we get the intrinsic wave impedance as
hTM = 377 1 - b 1 l = 32.6.49 W . 327 W
2
mn
2


The dimensions of wave guide, a = 10 cm = 0.1 m
and, b = 4 cm
The mode of propagation, m = 2, n = 1
Operating frequency, f = 7.5 GHz = 7.5 # 109 Hz ,
Unbounded phase velocity, v p = c = 3 # 108 m/s (air filled)
So, the cut-off frequency of the waveguide is given as
8
fc = c a m k + a n k = 3 # 10 ^20h2 + ^25h2
2 2
2 a b 2
m
9
= 4.8 # 10 Hz
ww Therefore, the phase constant of the wave inside the waveguide is defined as
co
f 2 2p f f 2 - f c2
b = w 1 -c c m =
w.E vp f c
= 2p 8 # 109 ^7.5h2 - ^4.8h2
3 # 10
lp.
f2
SOL 9.1.5 asy = 220.7 rad/m

En
Since, the electric field component exists in the direction of propagation so it will
he
be operating in TM (Transverse magnetic) mode. So, for the TM mode the electric
gin
field components in phasor form are given as
Exs =- r22Ezs
h 2x
eer
e
and Eys =- r22Ezs

h 2y
at
Since, the given electric field component is

ing
Ezs = E 0 sin ^50px h sin ^40py h e-rz V/m
.ne
g
So, Exs =- r2 ^50ph E 0 cos ^50px h sin ^40py h e-rz

h
t
w.
and Eys =- r2 ^40ph Eo sin ^50px h cos ^40py h e-rz

h
Therefore, the ratio of the components is
^ h ^ h
Exs = 50p cot 50px tan 40py
ww
Eys 40p
= 1.25 cot ^50px h tan ^40py h
Relative permittivity of dielectric er = 2.25
Relative permeability of the dielectric, mr = 1
Operating frequency, f = 10 GHz = 1010 Hz
Since, the waveguide is operating in TEM mode so, the phase constant is given as
2p f 10
b = w me = mr er = 2p # 108 # ^1.5h = 314.2 rad/m
c 3 # 10
The group velocity of the wave in TEM mode will be equal to its phase velocity in
the unbounded dielectric medium


i.e. vg = v p = 1 = c = 2 # 108 m/s
me mr er
In an a # b rectangular waveguide, cutoff frequency for ^TEhmn or ^TMhmn mode is
defined as
^ fc hmn = 1 m 2
a a k +ab k
n 2
2 me
Now, for TM 11 mode
fc1 = 1 1 2 1 2
ba l + bb l =
1 1 2 2 2
ba l + ba l a = 2b
2 me 2 mf
ww
m
= 5c 1 m
2a me
w.E Similarly, for TM 12 mode

fc2 = 1
2 me
1 2
co
2 2
b a l + b b l = 17 c
1
2a me m
asy
For TE 10 mode fc3 = 1
2 me
1 2
ba l + 0 =
1
2a me
lp.
For TE 20 mode
En
fc4 = 1
2 me
2 2
b a l + 0 = 2c
1
2a me m
gin
he
So comparing cutoff frequencies of all the modes we get the modes in ascending
order of cutoff frequencies as
TE 10 < TE 20 < TM 11 < TM 12
eer
te

Dimensions of wave guide a = 5 cm = 5 # 10-2 m
and b = 3 cm = 3 # 10-2 m
ing
.ne
ga
Operating frequency, f = 3.75 GHz = 3.75 # 109 Hz

Since operating mode of the waveguide is TE 10 (i.e., m = 1 and n = 0 ) so, the cutoff
frequency of the airfilled waveguide is given as
t
w.
fc = c a m k + a n k
2 2
2 a b
8
= 3 # 10 1 2
2 b 5 # 10 -2 l + 0 = 3 # 109
ww
The group velocity of the EM wave in the waveguide is given as

2
f 2 9
vg = c 1 - c c m = 3 # 108 1 - c 3 # 10 9 m
f 3.75 # 10
8
= 1.8 # 10 m/s
Dimensions of waveguide, a = 2.5 cm = 2.5 # 10-2 m
and b = 5 cm = 5 # 10-2 m
Conductivity of medium, s =0 (lossless dielectric)


Relative permeability, mr = 1
The operating mode of the waveguide is TE 20 mode (i.e., m = 2 and n = 0 )
So, the cutoff frequency of the waveguide in the TE 20 mode is given as
fc = 1 m 2 n 2 3 # 108 2 2
a a k +ab k = b 2.5 10-2 l
2 me 2 mr er #
9
= 8.5 # 10
The wave impedance for the TE 20 mode is given as
h mr 1
hTE = = h0
er f
1 -c c m p
m
fc 2 f 2
20
1 -c m
\
ww = 377 1
f
1
f
co
2f
1 - b 8.5 l p
2
w.E = 323 W
lp.
15
SOL 9.1.10
asy
Given, the cutoff frequency for TM 2 mode is
^lc h2 = 2 mm = 2 # 10 m
En
-3
he
Since, the cutoff wavelength for TM n or TE n mode for a parallel plate waveguide
is defined as
2b
^lc hn = n er gin (1)
eer
e
where b is the separation between parallel plates of the waveguide and er is relative
permittivity of the medium. So, putting the known values in the expression, we get
at
2 # 10-3 = 2b er
2 ing (n = 2 )
b = 2 # 10
-3
.ne
g
er
t
w.
Now, for any n mode to propagate the operating wavelength must be less than or
equal to the cutoff frequency.
i.e. l # ^lc hn
ww
So, from equation (1) for the propagation of wavelength l = 0.1 cm we have the
relation as
0.1 # 10-2 # 2b er
b
-3
0.1 # 10-2 # 2 # 2 # 10 er
n er
-3
n # 4 # 10 -2
0.1 # 10
n#4
Therefore, the possible modes that can propagate in the waveguide are
TEM, TE 1 , TE 2 , TE 3 , TE 4 , TM 1 , TM 2 , TM 3 and TM 4
Thus, there are nine possible modes that can propagate in the waveguide.


Plate separation, b = 10 mm = 10-2 m
Minimum operating frequency, fmin = fc = 15 GHz = 15 # 109 Hz
Since, for TM n mode of parallel plate waveguide, cutoff frequency is defined as
^ fc hn = n
2b me
So, for ^TMh3 mode ^n = 3h we have the cutoff frequency as
^ fc h3 = 3
2b m0 e0 er
3 # ^3 # 108h
^ fc h3 = fmin
ww 15 # 109 =
m
2 # 10-2 er
er = 3
w.E
SOL 9.1.12
or er = 9
co
Plate separation,
asy
Relative permittivity of medium,
b = 20 mm = 20 # 10-3 m
er = 2.1
lp.
Operating frequency, f = 16 GHz
En
For propagation of wave the operating frequency must be greater than the cutoff
frequency of ^TEhn or ^TMhn mode of parallel plate waveguide
gin
he
i.e. f > ^ fc hn
n
f >
2b m0 e0 er
eer
te
n < 2fb m0 e0 er
9
ing
-3
n < 2 # 16 # 10 # 820 # 10 # 2.1
3 # 10
.ne
ga
n < 3.09
So, the maximum allowed mode is
n =3
t
Since, all the modes given in the option are in the range, therefore, all the three
w.
modes will propagate.

Cutoff frequency of ^TMh1 mode, ^ fc h1 = 2.5 GHz = 2.5 # 109 Hz
ww
Operating wavelength, l = 3 cm = 3 # 10-2 m

The cutoff frequency of ^TEh3 mode of the parallel plate waveguide is given as
^ fc h3 = 3 ^ fc h1 = 3 # 2.5 # 109 Hz = 7.5 # 109 Hz
Since, the operating frequency of the waveguide is defined as
f =c
l
where l is the operating wavelength. So, the operating frequency of the parallel
plate waveguide is
8
f = 3 # 10-2 = 1010 Hz
3 # 10


Therefore, the group velocity of TE 3 mode is given as
1 ^ fc h 2
^vg h3 = 1 -e 3 o
f
m0 e0
9 2
= 3 # 108 1 - c 7.5 #1010 m = 2 # 108 m/s
10
At cutoff the mode propagates in the slab at the critical angle which means that
the phase velocity will be equal to that of a plane wave in upper or lower media of
m
refractive index n2 . So, the phase velocity at cutoff will be
ww
8
v p = c = 3 # 10 = 1.2 # 108 m/s
n2 2.5
co
w.E The phase velocity at cutoff is independent of the mode and equal to the phase
velocity of a plane wave in unbounded media. Since, in the given problem the
phase velocity of TM 2 mode is to be determined for same waveguide so, the phase
lp.
i.e., asy
velocity of TM 2 mode will be equal to that of TM 1 mode.
v p2 = v p1
SOL 9.1.16
En
he
Relative permittivity of material, er = 8.8

Separation between strip line,
gin b = 0.632 cm
Z 0 = 35
eer
e
So, er Z 0 = 8.8 (35) = 103.8

Since, er Z 0 < 120
at
ing
Therefore, the width to separation ratio of strip line transmission line is given as
w = 30p - 0.441
b er Z 0
.ne
g
w = 30p - 0.441
^ 8.8 h^35h
0.632
t
w.
w = 0.295
ww
Guide wavelength of a stripline is defined as,

lg = c
e f
where, c is velocity of waver in free space, f is the operating frequency and er is the
relative permittivity of the medium. So, we get
lg = 3 # 108 = 3.37 cm
^ 8.8 h^3 # 109h
Statement 1
Suppose on the contrary the TEM mode existed. In this case the magnetic field
must lie solely in the transverse xy -plane. The magnetic field lines must form closed
paths in this transverse plane, since d : H = 0 . From Ampere’s law, the integral


of this transverse magnetic field around these closed paths must yield the axial
conduction or displacement current. But Ez = 0 for the TEM mode so, no axial
displacement current can exist. Also, since there is no center conductor so, no axial
conduction current can exist. Therefore statement 1 is correct.
Statement 2
The dominant mode is the mode that has lowest cutoff frequency. Now, fc, mn is
clearly minimized when either m or n is zero. Since, TM 01 or TM 10 mode doesn’t
exist so, TM mode can’t be the dominant mode of propagation in rectangular
waveguide.
It is also correct statement.
ww
m
For a TM mnp mode, neither m nor n can be zero otherwise all field components
w.E
SOL 9.1.20
co
vanish, however p can be zero. So, the lowest order TM mode is TM 110 .
asy
Since, TE mnp mode of cavity resonator can have either m = 0 or n = 0 (but not
lp.
both at a time) where as p can’t be zero for TE mode so, the lowest order of TE
mode is
TE 011 En if a<b
TE 101 if a>b
gin
he
As the dimensions of the cavity resonator are equal (a = b ) so, both the TE 101 and
SOL 9.1.21
TE 011 are lowest order mode.
Option (D) is correct. eer
te
a >b>c ing
Given, the dimensions of cavity resonator are related as
(1)
.ne
ga
The condition for propagating TE and TM modes in a cavity resonator are as

follows :
t
(1) for TM mnp mode, neither m nor n can be zero however p can be zero.
(2) For TE mnp mode p can’t be zero but either m or n can be zero (but not both
w.
at a time)
The resonant frequency of TM mnp or TE mnp mode in a cavity resonator is defined as
ww
p 2 1/2
fmnp = 1 :a m k + a n k + a k D
2 2
2 me a b c
So, comparing the resonant frequency for the different values of m, n and p using
the relation defined in equation (1), we get the lowest order mode will be TM 110
and the ascending order can be written as below :
TM 110 ; TE 101 ; TE 011 ; TE 111 = TM 111
In an airfilled cavity resonator, resonant frequency is defined as
1 m 2 n 2 p 2 1/2
fmmp = :a a k + a b k + a c k D
2 m0 e0


So, for TE 101 mode (m = p = 1, n = 0 ) the resonant frequency is
8 2 1/2
f101 = 3 # 10 ;b 1 1
2
l 20 # 10 E
+b l
2 30 # 10 -2 -2
8
= 9.01388 # 10 Hz = 901.4 MHz
The resonant frequency of a cavity resonator is defined as
1 m 2 n 2 p 2 1/2
fmnp = :a a k + a b k + a c k D
2 m0 e0
Since, a = b = c so, the dominant modes are TE 101 or TE 011 or TM 110 . Therefore,
m
taking any of m, n or p equal to zero, we get the resonant frequency as
ww fmnp = 1 m 2 n 2 p 2 1/2
:a a k + a b k + a c k D
co
2 m0 e0
w.E 2
8
fmnp = 3 # 10 ; 22 E
8
a
15 # 109 = 3 # 10 # 2
1/2
lp.
â = b = c h
asy 2
-2
a
a = 1.41 # 10 m = 1.41 cm
i.e.
En
a = b = c = 1.41 cm
he
gin
eer
e
***********
at
ing
.ne
g
t
w.
ww


SOLUTIONS 9.2

Since, the waveguide is operating at TM n mode so, the phasor form of magnetic
ww
m
field of the EM wave will be given as
jwe nxy -jbz
H cos a
b k
Hxs = e
w.E So, Hxs =

h 0
jwe py
co
Since, the waveguide is operating at TM 1 mode (i.e. n = 1)
H cos a k e-jbz
asy h 0 b
lp.
Therefore, the instantaneous magnetic field intensity of the wave is given as
En
Hx = Re '
jwe
h 0
py
H cos a k e-jbz e jwt 1
b
gin
py
=- we H 0 cos a k sin ^wt - bz h
he
h b
py
we cos a k sin ^bz h
at t = 0 Hx =
h b
eer
As the EM wave is propagating in y -z plane so, in TM mode the y and z -components
(1)
te
of the magnetic field intensity will be zero.

i.e. Hy = H z = 0 ing
.ne
ga
Thus, the field will have the component only in z -direction for which we sketch the
field lines in y -z plane. From equation (1), we conclude that the field intensity Hz
t
depends on the values cosines and sines of the two variables defined as
+ ve 0 < y < 0.5
w.
py
cos a k = )
b - ve 0.5 < y < 1
+ ve 0 < bz < p
sin bz = *
- ve p < bz < 2p
ww
Using these values we get the sketch of the field lines in the yz -plane as shown in
the figure below where x -axis directs into the paper.


m
ww
co
The phase velocity of the EM wave in the guide is defined as
w.E vp = w
b
where w is the operating angular frequency and b is the phase constant inside the
lp.
asy
airfilled waveguide given as
b = w 1 - ^ fc /f h2 waveguide
So, we get
En c
he
c 2 fc
vp =
2
c gin
w 1 - f /f 2
^c h
b vp l + c f m = 1
eer
e
&
The above equation is the equation of a circle. So, the graph between (c/v p) and
at
^ fc /f h will be as plotted below :

ing
.ne
g
t
w.
ww

Wavelength for a propagating wave inside the waveguide is defined as
lg = 2p
b
where b is the phase constant of the wave in the waveguide given as
f 2
b = w me 1 - c c m
f
where fc is the cutoff frequency of the waveguide and f is the operating frequency


of the waveguide. So, we get
lg = 2p
f 2
w me 1 -c c m
f
& lg = 2p 1 (for airfilled guide m = m0 , e = e0 )
w m0 e0 f 2
1 -c c m
f
lg = b c l 1
f f p
&
f 2
1 -c c m
f
ww
m
lg = l 1
f p
&
f 2
1 -c c m
w.E &
lg
l
=
^ f/fc h2
^ f/fc h2 - 1
f
co
asy
Thus, the plot between ^ f/fc h and ^lg /lh is as sketched below :
lp.
En
gin
he
eer
te
ing
.ne
ga

The propagation constant ^g h in the parallel plate waveguide is defined as
g2 + w2 me = a np k
2
t (1)
w.
b
Since, for lossless medium propagation constant is given as
g = jb (attenuation constant, a = 0 )
ww
Putting it in equation (1), we get

- b 2 + w2 me = a np k
2
b
At the cutoff frequency, w = wc phase constant is zero (i.e., b = 0 ). So, we get
wc2 me = a np k
2
b
wc = np
b me
So, for TE 1 mode wc1 = p
b me
So TE 2 mode wc2 = 2p
b me


For TE 3 mode wc3 = 3p

b me
Comparing the three expressions we get,
wc1 < wc2 < wc3
As calculated in previous question, the expression for the operating frequency of
the wave in the waveguide is given as
- b 2 + w2 pe = a np k
2
m
b
ww & w2 me = b 2 + a np k
b
2
co
f 2 ^4p2 meh = b 2 + a np k
2
&
w.E So, for TM 2 mode (n = 2 )

lp. 4p me
b
2 p 2
f 2 = 12 :b + 4 a b k D
asy
For TM 3 mode (n = 3 )
4p me
2 p 2
f 2 = 12 :b + 9 a b k D
p 2
En
and for TM 4 mode (n = 4 ) f 2 = 12 :b + 16 a b k D
2
he
4p me
gin
Thus, for the above obtained expressions for the frequencies at different modes, we
sketch the f -b curve as shown below :
eer
e
at
ing
.ne
g
t
w.
ww

Separation between the plates b = 6 cm = 6 # 10-2 m
So, the cut off frequency for TM 1 mode is given as
fc = 1 = 3 # 108 = 2.5 # 109 Hz
2b m0 e0 2 # 6 # 10-2
For a parallel plate waveguide, phasor form of components of electric field and
magnetic field intensity of a propagation wave are given as
npy - gz
Eys = E 0 cos a
b k
e
E0 npy - gz
cos a
b k
and Hxs =- e
f 2
h0 1 - c c m
f


So, the average power is given as

Pave = 1 Re "Es # Hs), dS = "^ ys h^ xs h,
b
1 - E H (w dy)
#
2 # 0 2
b
E 02 py
=w # cos2 a k dy
2 0 fc 2 b
h0 1 - c m
f
2py
1 + cos b
w E 2 b b l wb E 02
=
2
0
f 2 0
# 2
dy =
4 f 2
h0 1 - c c m h0 1 - c c m
f f
ww
m
The maximum power propagation will be due to the maximum electric field in the
medium (the dielectric strength of the medium). So, we have the maximum average
w.E power as
^Pave hmax = wb
4
^3 # 106h
2
fc 2
co ( Ê 0hmax = 3 # 106 V/m )
asy h0 1 - c m
f
lp.
Putting all the values, we get the average power per unit width as
^Pave hmax
w En
= 6 #
4
10 -2
#
^3 # 106h
2
f 2
gin
120p 1 - c c m
he
f
8
= 4.135 # 10 = 414 MW/m
eer
te
Separation between waveguide plates, b = 12 cm = 0.12 m

ing
f = 2.5 GHz = 2.5 # 109 Hz
For the TEM mode, phasor form of electric and magnetic field components are
.ne
ga
given as
Eys = E 0 e- gz
Hxs =- E 0 e- gz
h0 t
w.
So, the average power propagated in the waveguide is given as

, Pave = Re & 1 Es # Hs)0 dS
# 2
ww
= 1 Re "-Êys h^Hxs h, ds =- 1 Ê 0hc- E 0 m wdy

b
2# 0 2
# h0
2
= E 0 wb
2h 0
The maximum electric field, without any voltage breakdown is defined as the
dielectric strength of the medium as given and as the dielectric strength of air is
Ê 0hmax = 3 # 106 V/m
So, the maximum average power propagated in the waveguide is
^3 # 106h
2
^Pave hmax = w ^0.12h
2 # ^120ph


Therefore, the maximum time average power propagated per unit width in the
waveguide is
^Pave hmax
= 1.432 # 109 = 1.432 GW/m
w
Maximum operating frequency fmax = 1.5 # 109 Hz
Relative permittivity of medium, er = 8.4
The cutoff frequency in TEM mode is fc = 0 and the cutoff frequency in ^TEhn or
^TMhn mode is given as
m
^ fc hn = n
ww 2b me
So, for TE 1 or TM 1 mode ^n = 1h we get
co
w.E ^ fc h1 = 1
2b m0 e0 er
Since, the guide is to be operated only in TEM mode. So, the operating frequency
lp.
mode). asy
must be less than ^ fc h1 while it must be greater than 0 (cutoff frequency in TEM
0 < f < ^ fc h1
i.e.
En
he
or, f < 1
b < 1
gin
2b m0 e0 er
2f m0 e0 er
eer
e
As the frequency inside the waveguide ranges in 0 < f < 1.5 GHz , therefore, the
maximum allowable separation between the plates is
at
b max = c
2fmax er
=
ing
3 # 108
2 # 1.5 # 109 # 8.4
( fmax = 1.5 GHz )
= 0.345 m = 3.45 cm
.ne
g
t
w.
The Brewster’s angle for parallel polarized wave is given as

tan qB || = e2
e1
ww
qB || = tan-1 b 1.05 l = 35.9c

2
The cutoff frequency for TM 1 mode in 1st medium (permittivity = er1 ) is given as
3 # 108
^ fc h1 = 1 =
2b m0 e0 er1 2 # 14.1 # 10-3 2
9
= 7.52 # 10 Hz
So, the frequency for which there is no any reflective loss is given as
^ fc h1
f0 =
cos q
where q is ray angle that has the value, q = 90c - qB ||. So, we get
9 9
f0 = 7.52 # 10 = 7.52 # 10 = 12.8 GHz
cos ^90c - qB11h sin 35.9c


NOTE :
Brewster’s angle is the incident angle of a plane wave at the interface of two
mediums for which there is no any reflection in the medium.
As we have determined in the previous question, the value of f0 is
f0 = 12.8 GHz
and the cutoff frequency for TM 1 mode is
^ fc h1 = 7.52 GHz
So, the cutoff frequency for TM 2 mode will be
^ fc h2 = 2 ^ fc h1 = 15.04 GHz
ww
m
Since, the operating frequency f0 is below the cutoff frequency for TM 2 mode so,
TM 2 mode or the higher modes can’t propagate at the frequency f0 . Therefore,
w.E
SOL 9.2.11
only one mode ^TM 1h can propagate at the frequency f0 through the waveguide.
co
asy
Consider the dominant mode of the waveguide is TE 10 . Since, the cut-off frequency
lp.
for TE mn mode is defined as
En
fc = 1
2 mf
m 2
a a k +ab k
n 2
gin
So, the cutoff frequency for the TE 10 mode is
he
^ fc h10 = c2 # a1 = 2ca (for airfilled waveguide c = 1/ me )
eer
Now, the next higher order mode of the waveguide will be TE 01 so, it’s cutoff
te
frequency is given as
^ fc h01 = 2cb
ing
.ne
ga
For the given condition design frequency will be

f = 1.1 ^ fc h10 = 0.9 ^ fc h01
Since, the operating frequency of the waveguide is
f = 5 GHz = 5 # 109 Hz t
w.
109
So, we get ^ fc h10 = 5 # 1.1
c = 5 # 109
ww
2a 1.1
^3 # 108h # 1.1
a = = 3.3 cm
2 # ^5 # 109h
109
and ^ fc h01 = 5 # 0.9
c = 5 # 109
2b 0.9
^3 # 108h # 0.9
b = = 2.7 cm
2 # ^5 # 109h
For a propagating mode TM n or TE n the cutoff wavelength of the symmetric


dielectric slab is defined as
lc = 2d er1 - er2
n-1
where er1 and er2 are the permittivities of dielectrics and d is the slab thickness.
So, we get
-6
lc = 2 # 20 # 10 2.2 - 2.1 = 1.26 # 10-5
n-1 n-1
Since the operating wave length must be lower than or equal to the cutoff wavelength
i.e. l # lc
m
Therefore, for the propagation of wavelength l = 2.6 mm in the dielectric slab
ww waveguide, we have the condition as

-5
co
2.6 # 10-6 # 1.26 # 10
n-1
w.E n - 1 # 1.26 # 10-6

2.6 # 10
-5
lp.
asy
n - 1 # 4.85
n # 5.85
En
So, the possible values of n for which the wavelength l = 2.6 mm can propagate in
he
the waveguide are n = 1, 2, 3, 4, 5. Thus, we get the possible modes as follows :
TE 1 , TE 2 , TE 3 , TE 4 , TE 5
TM 1 , TM 2 , TM 3 , TM 4 , TM 5 gin
eer
and as TEM doesn’t exist in the dielectric slab waveguide so, total 10 modes can
e
propagate for the operating wavelength.

at

ing
For a rectangular waveguide operating in TE 10 mode the phasor form of electric
field is given as
.ne
g
Eys = E 0 sin ^kx h e-jbz

b
wm 0 ^ h
t
w.
Hxs =- E sin kx e-jbz
Hzs = j K E 0 cos ^kx h e-jbz

wm
ww
Since, the wave is propagating in TE mode so, no any other field component exists
in the waveguide.
Now, the average power in an EM wave is defined as
Pav = 1 Re "Es # H) s ,
2
Since, Hzs has a factor j . So it would lead to an imaginary part of the total power
when cross product with Ey is taken. Therefore, the real power in the case is found
through the cross product with complex conjugate of Hxs as below :
Pav = 1 Re "Eys # H) 1 b E 2 sin2 kx a
xs , = ^ h z
2 2 wm 0
Thus, Pav \ b


Cutoff wavelength for symmetric slab waveguide is defined as,
2d er1 - er2
^lc hn = n-1
(1)
where d is the thickness of slab n is the propagating mode, er1 and er2 are the
relative permittivites of the mediums.
Now, the refractive indices of the two mediums can be given as
n1 = er1
and n2 = er2
So, the equation can be rewritten as
ww
m
2
n 22
^lc hn = 2d nn-1 -
1
w.E Since, the waveguide supports only a single pair of TE and TM modes. i.e. it
co
supports n = 1 mode and denies all the higher modes. Therefore, the operating
wavelength l must be with in the range.
i.e.
asy
^lc h1 $ l $ ^lc h2 (2)
lp.
where (lc) 1 and (lc) 2 are the wavelengths for mode n = 1 and n = 2 respectively.
En
Putting n = 1 in equation (1) we get
^lc h1 = 3
gin
he
Therefore, the condition obtained in equation (2) reduces to

l $ ^lc h2
3.1 # 10-6 = eer

2 # 10 # 10-6 n 12 - ^3.3h2
te
2-1
-6
n 12 - ^3.3h2 # 3.1 # 10 -6
2 # 10 # 10 ing
.ne
ga
n1 # 3.304
Thus, the maximum value of n1 is 3.304.
t
w.
The wave angle must be equal to or greater than the critical angle of total reflection
at both interfaces. So, the minimum wave angle in the slab is determined for the
greater of the two critical angles determined at two interfaces.
ww
Since, n3 > n2
It means the critical angle will be greater for n 3 media and given as
qc3 = sin-1 a n 3 k = 48.6c
n1
Therefore, the minimum possible wave angle will be 48.6c.
Phase velocity of a guided mode is defined as
vp = w
b
So, maximum phase velocity for the guided mode is


v p max = w (1)
bmin
where bmin is the minimum phase constant given as
bmin = n1 k 0 sin qmin (2)
where qmin is the minimum possible wave angle, k 0 is the wave number in free space
and n1 is the refractive index of propagating media (slab).
Now, from the given relation for refractive index, we have
n2 > n3
So, as described in previous question the minimum wave angle will be determined
m
by larger critical angle (i.e. at the interface of n1 and n2 ) which is given as
ww sin qmin = sin qc, 12 = n2

n1
co
w.E Putting it in equation (2), we get
bmin = n1 k 0 n2 = n2 k 0
n1
lp.
asy
Again putting the value of bmin in equation (1), we get
v p max = w = c
n2 k0 n2
(velocity of wave in air, c = w )
k0
SOL 9.2.17
En
Given, the cross-section dimension of the waveguide is
he
a = b = 4.5 cm
(fc) mn = 1 gin
The cut off frequency of the rectangular waveguide is defined as
m 2 n 2 1/2
:a a k + a b k D
2 m0 e0
eer
e
So, the cutoff frequency for TE 22 mode of waveguide of square cross section is
at
fc =
22
1
2 m0 e0
2 2 2 2 1/2
ing
;b a l + b b l E = 3 # 10 #
8 2
0.045
= 2 GHz
.ne
The phase constant of the wave inside the waveguide is given as
g
f 2 1/2 9
b = w m0 e0 =1 - c c m G = 2p # 6 #810 ;1 - b 2 l E
2 1/2
t
w.
f 3 # 10 6
2 -1
= 1.1847 # 10 m
Therefore, the wavelength of the TE 22 mode wave is
l = 2p = 2p = 5.303 # 10-2 = 5.3 cm
ww
b 118.47
Given, the operating frequency of the waveguide is
f = 6 GHz = 6 # 109 Hz
So, the wave number in the waveguide of dimension ‘a ’ is given as
2pf 9
k = = 2p # 6 #810 = 40p
c 3 # 10
Now, the attenuation constant of section of waveguide (attenuator) with dimension
a/2 is given as
a = b p l - k2 = b 2p l - ^40ph2 â = 0.04572 mh
2 2
a/2 0.04575


= 55.63 Np/m
Since, the total required attenuation is 100 dB along the attenuator so, we have
- 100 dB = 20 log e- al
where l is length of the attenuator. (length travelled by wave in the small section
of waveguide). Therefore, solving the equation we get,
10-5 = e- al
l = 11.5 = 0.2067 = 20.67 cm
55.63
Dimension of waveguide, a = 1.07 cm = 0.0107 m
ww Operating frequency, f = 10 GHz = 10 # 109 Hz = 1010 Hz
m
Permittivity of dielectric, er = 8.8
and tan d = 0.002
w.E co
The phase constant of the EM wave inside the waveguide is defined as
b = k2 - ^p/a h2
asy
where k is the wave number in the unbounded medium given as
lp.
k = er k 0 (k 0 is wave number in free space)
En
= ^ 8.8 h
2pf
c
2p f
bk 0 = c l
gin
10
= ^ 8.8 h 2p # 108 (c = 3 # 108 m/s )
he
3 # 10
= 621.3 m-1
eer
So, the phase constant of the wave along the waveguide is
b = ^621.3h2 - a p k
te
= 547.5 m-1
0.0107
ing
.ne
ga
Therefore, the attenuation constant due to dielectric loss is given as

k 2
tan d ^621.3h2 ^0.002h
ad = =
2b 2 ^547.5h
= 0.705 Np/m = 6.12 dB/m t
w.

In a circular waveguide, cutoff frequency for TE mn mode is given as
ww
f cmn = P mn
l
2pa pe
and the cutoff frequency for TM mn mode of the waveguide is given as
fcmn = Pmn
2pa me
where a is the cross sectional radius of waveguide, Plmn and Pmn are the roots of
the Bessel’s equation. Their values are related as listed below in increasing order
Pl11 < P01 < Pl21 < Pl01 = P11 < Pl31 < P21 < Pl41 and so on.
So, for the corresponding values of Plmn and Pmn , we get the increasing order of
the modes with respect to their cutoff frequencies as shown below on the frequency
axis :


Thus, the first four propagating modes are respectively

TE 11 , TM 01 , TE 21 , TE 01 or TM 11
m
ww Given
co
Thickness of substrate, d = 0.316 cm
w.E Relative permittivity of substrate,

Characteristic impedance of line,
er = 2.2
Z 0 = 100 W
The width to thickness ratio (w/d) is defined as
lp.
asy w = 8eA
d e2A - 2
for w < 2
d
En
where A = Z 0 er + 1 + er - 1 c 0.23 + 0.11 m
he
60 2 er + 1 er
Now, we assume d < 2 . So, we get
w
gin
A = 100 2.2 + 1 + b 2.2 - 1 lb 0.23 + 0.11 l = 2.21
eer
e
60 2 2. 2 + 1 2. 2
and therefore, the width to thickness ratio is
at
w = 8e2.21 = 0.896 < 2

d e2 # 2.21 - 2 ing
.ne
As the obtained value of (w/d) is less than 2 so, our assumption was correct and
g
we have
t
w.
w = 0.896
d
or, w = ^0.896h # d = ^0.896h # ^0.316h = 0.283 cm
ww

As calculated in previous question the width to thickness ratio is
w = 0.896
d
So, the effective value of permittivity is given as
ee = er + 1 + er - 1 1
2 2 1 + 12wd
^2.2 + 1h 2.2 - 1 1
= +
2 2
1 + 12
0.896
= 1.758
Therefore the guided wavelength of the EM wave is


lg = c
ee f
where f is operating frequency and c is velocity of wave in free space. So, we get
lg = 3 # 108 f = 8 GHz
^ 1.758 h^8 # 109h
= 2.83 cm
The resonant frequency for TE mnp mode is defined as
p 2 1/2
fr = 1 :a m k + a n k + a k D
2 2
2 me a b c
ww
m
So for TE 101 mode the resonant frequency of the cavity resonator is
8 2 1/2
fr = 3 # 10 ;b 1 l + b 1 l E
2
( m = m0 , e = 3e0 )
0 . 025 0 . 05
w.E 2 3
= 3.87 # 109 Hz
= 3.87 GHz
co
SOL 9.2.24
asy
lp.
The quality factor of TE 101 mode is defined as
QTE =
En
101
â + c h abc
2 2
d 62b â3 + c3h + ac â2 + c2h@
gin
he
where d is skin depth given as

d = 1
where
pfr m0 sc
eer
fr " resonant frequency for the defined mode.
te
m0 = 4p # 10-7
sc = Conductivity of copper ing
So, we get the skin depth as
.ne
ga
d = 1
p ^3.87 # 10 h^4p # 10-7h^5.8 # 107h
9
= 1.06 # 10-6
t
w.
Therefore, the quality factor of the resonator is

8^2.5h + ^5 h B^2.5h^2 h^5 h # 10
2 2 -2
QTE =
^1.06 # 10-6h82 # 2 "^2.5h + ^5 h , + ^2.5h^5 h"^2.5h + ^5 h ,B
101 3 3 2 2
ww
= 7732.7 . 7733
Given, the inner radius of the guide is
a = 1 cm = 0.01 m
The cutoff frequency for TE mn mode of a circular waveguide is defined as
plmn
fc, mn =
2pa me
where plmn is the m th root of Bessel’s function ^J ln = 0h.
Now, from the given data we have


Pl11 = 1.841
So, the cutoff frequency of TE 11 mode in the circular waveguide is
fc11 = 1.841 = 3 # 108 # 1.841
2p ^10-2h m0 e0 2p # 10-2
= 8.79 # 109 Hz = 8.79 GHz
The resonant frequency of TM mnl mode in cylindrical cavity is defined as
pmn
fc, mnl = - 1 lp 2
a a k+b d l
2p me
m
where a is radius of cylindrical cavity, d is height of the cylindrical cavity and pmn
ww is the root of Bessel’s equation.
co
Since, the dominant mode in cylindrical cavity is TM 010 so, the cutoff frequency for
w.E dominant mode is

fc010 =
p 01
2pa m0 e0 lp. p c
= 01
2p a
asy
Therefore, the cutoff wavelength for dominant mode is given as
lc, 010 = c
En fc010
he
2 # 10-2 = 2pa
a =
p 01
gin
^2.405h^2 # 10-2h
2p
(lc, 010 = 2 cm )
eer
e
= 7.65 # 10-3
at
= 0.765 cm
ing
***********
.ne
g
t
w.
ww


SOLUTIONS 9.3

Given, the magnetic field component along the z -direction as
ww
m
Hz = 3 cos (2.094 # 102 x) cos (2.618 # 102 y) cos (6.283 # 1010 t - bz)
So, bx = 2.094 # 102
w.E by = 2.618 # 102

w = 6.283 # 1010 rad/s
co
For the wave propagation inside the rectangular waveguide,
b = asy
w 2 - (b 2 + b 2)
lp.
x y
c2
En
Substituting the values, we get
b = c 6.283 # 10
10 2
m
gin
- (2.0942 + 2.6182) # 10 4
he
8
3 # 10
- j261
i.e. vp = 0 eer
Since, b is imaginary so, mode of operation is non-propagating
te

TM 11 is the lowest order mode of all the TM mn modes. ing
.ne
ga

From the given expressions of E and H , we can write,
b = 280p
t
w.
or 2 p = 280p & l = 1
l 140
So, the wave impedance is given as
E E
ww
h = = p = 120p (1)
H 3 er
Since, the operating frequency of the wave is
f = 14 GHz
So, the operating wavelength of the wave can also be given as
8
l = c = 3 # 10 9 = 3
er f er 14 # 10 140 er
or 1 = 3
140 140 er
or, er = 9


From equation (1) we have
Ep
= 120p & E p = 120p
3 9
Rectangular and cylindrical waveguide doesn’t support TEM modes and have cut
off frequency.
Coaxial cable support TEM wave and doesn’t have cut off frequency.
Cut-off Frequency for TE mn mode of a rectangular waveguide is defined as
m
2 2
ww 2 a b
So, for TE11 mode (m = 1, n = 1) the cutoff frequency is
co
w.E
10
fc = 3 # 10 1 2 1 2
b 4 l + b 3 l = 6.25 GHz (c = 3 # 108 cm/s )
2
lp.
asy
Given, the electric field intensity of the wave inside rectangular waveguide as
wm
E = 2 a p k H 0 sin b 2px l sin (wt - bz) ay
h a a
En
This is TE mode and we know that
he
mpy
Ey \ sin a mpx k cos a
b k
a
gin
So, comparing it with the given expression we get m = 2 and n = 0 . Therefore, the
eer
e
propagating mode is TE 20 .
at
2 2 ing
The cut-off frequency for the TE mn mode of the waveguide is defined as
2 a b
.ne
g
So, the cutoff frequency of the TE 20 (m = 2 , n = 0 )mode is
t
w.
8
fc = c a m k = 3 # 10 # 2 = 10 GHz (a = 3 cm )
2 a 2 0.03
Therefore, the wave impedance of the TE 20 mode is given as
h0 377
ww
h' = = = 400W ( f = 30 GHz )

f 2 2
1 -c c m
10
1 -c 10
f 3 # 1010 m
The cut-off frequency of TE mn mode is defined as
fc = c a m k + a m k
2 2
2 a b
So, the cutoff frequency of TE 30 (m = 3 , n = 0 ) mode is
fc = c a m k
2 a
8
or 18 # 109 = 3 # 10 3 ( fc = 18 GHz )
2 a
or a = 1 m = 5 cm
40 2


For any propagating mode inside a rectangular waveguide the velocities are related
as
v p > c > vg
i.e. the phase velocity of the wave inside the waveguide is greater than the velocity
of light in the free space.
In a microwave test bench, the microwave signal is modulated at 1 kHz because
ww crystal detector fails at microwave frequencies.
m
w.E The cutoff frequency of TE mn mode in a rectangular waveguide is defined as

fc = 1
2 me
m 2
co
a a k +ab k
n 2
asy
Since in the given rectangular waveguide a > b so, the dominant mode is TE10 and
lp.
the cutoff frequency for the dominant mode is given as
En
fc = c
2 er
m 2
a a k +ab k
n 2 1
c m e = cm
0 0
gin
8
3 10 1 2
0 2
= b 0.03 l + b b l
#
he
4
8
= 3 # 10 = 2.5 GHz
0.12
eer
te
vp = c ing
Phase velocity of an EM wave inside an air-filled rectangular waveguide
1 -c c m
f 2
.ne
ga
t
where c is velocity of EM wave in free space fc is the cutoff frequency of the
propagating mode and f is the operating frequency. Since, for a wave propagation
w.
the operating frequency must be greater than the cutoff frequency.

i.e. f > fc
Therefore, the phase velocity of the wave will be always greater than the velocity
ww
of wave in free space.

i.e. vp > c
In a hollow metal wave guide v p > c > vg
where v p " Phase velocity
c " Velocity of light in free space.
vg " Group velocity
So, the phase velocity of a wave propagating in a hollow metal waveguide is greater
than the velocity of light in free space.


In a wave guide dominant gives lowest cut-off frequency and hence the highest cut-
off wavelength.
As the impedance of perfect conductor is zero, electric field is minimum and
magnetic field is maximum at the boundary.
Cutoff frequency for TE mn mode in a rectangular waveguide is defined as
m
v
fc = p a m k2 + a n k2
ww 2 a b
Since, for the given rectangular waveguide a > b so, the dominant mode is TE 10
co
and the cutoff frequency of the dominant mode of rectangular waveguide is
w.E v
2a 2 # 10
8
fc = p = 3 # 10-2 = 15 # 109
lp. (For air v p = 3 # 108 )
SOL 9.3.18 asy

= 15 GHz
En
In TE mode Ez = 0 , at all points within the wave guide. It implies that electric
he
field vector is always perpendicular to the waveguide axis. This is not possible in
SOL 9.3.19 Option (A) is correct. gin

semi-infine parallel plate wave guide.
eer
e
In a rectangular resonant cavity TE mnp mode must have its p = 1. So, the mode
TE 110 doesn’t exist in the rectangular resonant cavity.
at

ing
The transverse electric field and transverse magnetic field inside a waveguide are
.ne
g
related as
E =h H where h is intrinsic impedance
t
w.
E
or h =
H
i.e. the ratio of transverse electric field to the transverse magnetic field is called
ww
waveguide impedance.
Cutoff wavelength for H mn mode of a rectangular waveguide is defined as
lc = 2
m 2+ n 2
a a k ab k
where a and b are the dimensions of waveguide.
So, for the H 10 mode (m = 1, n = 0 ), the cutoff wavelength is
lc = 2 (a = 8 cm )
1 2+0
b8l
= 16 cm


A rectangular waveguide supports TE and TM waves where as it doesn’t support
TEM waves.
The propagation constant for TE or TM waves inside a rectangular waveguide is
defined as
g = a mp k + a np k - w2 me
2 2
a b
Cut-off frequency for TE mn or TM mn mode inside a rectangular waveguide is defined
as
ww 1 mp 2 np 2
a a k +a b k
m
fc =
2p me
Where a and b are the dimensions of rectangular waveguide.
w.E
Cut-off frequency for TE 10 mode is
co
asy
fc10 = 1
2 m0 e0
m 2 n 2
a a k +ab k
lp.
En
8
= 3 # 10 # b 1
4.755 # 10-2 l
(m = 1, n = 0 )
2
= 3.16 GHz
gin
he
Cut-off frequency for TE 01 mode is

8
fc01 = b 3 # 10 l # b 1
2
eer
2.215 # 10-2 l
te
= 6.77 GHz
cut-off frequency for TE 11 mode is
8
fc11 = 3 # 10 # b 1 ing
l
2
+b 1
l
2
.ne
ga
2 4.755 # 10 -2
2.215 # 10 -2
= 7.47 GHz
and the cut-off frequency for TE 20 mode is
8
fc20 = 3 # 10 # 2 t
w.
= 6.3 GHz
2 ^4.755 # 10-2h
Since the operating frequency f = 12 GHz so, we have, fc10 , fc01 , fc11 , fc20 > f .
Therefore, all the modes will propagate.
ww
Note : For avoiding so many calculation we should directly calculate the higher
frequency modes first for higher operating frequency. As in this case if we calculates
fc11 first then by getting f > fc11 it is clear that TE 01 , TE 10 and TE 11 all the three
modes are propagating and by observing option we directly can say option (D) is
correct.
Consider a rectangular waveguide has dimensions a = b and the corresponding
resonator has the dimensions a = b = d . now take and operating point that has
frequency f just greater than the cut-off frequency for m = n = 1. So we have the


propagating modes in waveguide.
TE 01 , TE 10 , TE 11 and TM 11 .
Where as the propagating modes in resonator are
TE 011 , TE 101 , TM 110
Therefore the cavity resonator does not possess as many modes as corresponding
waveguides.
As the resonating frequency of a TE mnp or TM mnp mode is defined as
mp 2 np 2 pp 2
fr = 1 a a k +a b k +a d k
2 me
mnp
m
So for the different modes (different values of m , n andp) the resonant frequency
ww are very closely spaced and also the resonant frequencies of cavity can be changed
co
by altering its dimensions.
w.E
Microstrip lines cannot support pure TEM mode but shielded coaxial lines can
support pure TEM mode. lp.
SOL 9.3.27
asy
Given,
En
he
Dimensions of waveguide
and
gin
a = 6 cm
b = 4 cm
eer
The cut-off frequency for TE mn /TM mn mode is defined as
e
1 m 2 n 2
fc = a a k +ab k
2 m0 e0
mn
at
So, for TE10 , fc10 = 3 # 10

2
10
b
1 2+0
6l ing
.ne â " 1h
g
= 2.5 GHz
10
fc01 = 3 # 10 0 +b1l
2
for TE 01 ,
t
w.
2 4
= 3.75 GHz ^b " 2h
10
For TE11 or TM11 , fc11 = 3 # 10 1 2
b6l +b4l
1 2
2
ww
= 4.506 GHz ^c " 3, d " 4h

A TEM wave doesn’t have an electric component in its direction of propagation
consequently there is no longitudinal displacement current. The total absence of a
longitudinal current inside a waveguide leads to the conclusion that there can be no
closed loops of magnetic field lines in any transverse plane. Therefore, TEM waves
cannot exist in a hollow waveguide of any shape.
i.e. Both A and R are true and R is correct explanation of A.
Phase velocity of a wave propagating in a waveguide is defined as


vp = c
f 2
1 -c c m
f
The group velocity of the wave propagating in waveguide is defined as
f 2
vg = c 1 - c c m
f
where c is the velocity of wave in free space, fc is the cutoff frequency and f is
the operating frequency. As the operating frequency f is always grater than cutoff
frequency fc . So, comparing the above two expressions we get
v p > c > vg
ww
m
In a microstrip line operating wavelength is defined as
w.E l = l0 ee
co
where, l0 is free space wave length and ee is the effective dielectric constant. So,
asy
The electromagnetic fields exist partly in air above the dielectric substrate and
lp.
partly within the substrate.
En
The effective dielectric constant of microstrip line is ee and given as
1 < ee < er
gin
he
i.e. greater than dielectric constant of air (1). Statement 3 is correct.
line. eer
Conductor losses, increase with decreasing characteristic impedance in microstrip
te

ing
Stripline carries two conductors and a homogenous dielectric. So, it supports a
.ne
ga
TEM mode (Pure TEM). a"2

Hollow rectangular waveguide can propagate TEM and TE modes but not TEM
mode.
t b"3
Microstripline has some of its field lines in the dielectric region and some fraction in
w.
the air region. So it cannot support a pure TEM wave instead the fields are quasi-
TEM. c"1
ww

Given, the dimension of waveguide is a = 2.286 cm , b = 1.016 cm .
The cut off wavelength of the guide, for TE mn mode is defined as
lc = 2
m 2+ n 2
a a k ab k
So, for TE 01 Mode the cut off wavelength of the guide is
= 2
0 2+ 1 2
ba l bb l
= 2b = 2.032 cm


Since, the electric component is existed in the direction of propagation. So the
electric field is not transverse to the propagating wave and therefore the mode is
transverse magnetic (TM mode).
Given, dimension of waveguide a = b = 3 cm and so the dominant mode is either
TE 01 or TE 10 mode.
So, the cutoff frequency for dominant mode is given as
1 m 2 n 2
m
fc = a a k +ab k
2 m0 e0
ww 8
= 3 # 10 # 1 (for TE 01 or TE 10 mode)
co
2 3 # 10-2
w.E = 5 GHz
So, at 6 GHz dominant mode will propagate.
Statement 1 is correct. lp.
asy
At 4 GHz no modes will propagate so the modes are evanescent at 4 GHz.
En
At 11GHz along with the dominant mode TE 11 mode ^ fc = 5 2 h will also propagate.
he
Statement 3 is incorrect.
gin
Degenerate modes are the different modes that have the same cut off frequency and
at 7 GHz frequency TE 01 and TE 10 propagates that has the same cut off frequency
eer
e
i.e. Degenerate modes propagate at 7 GHz.

at

ing
Evanescent mode " No wave propagation dominant mode is the mode that has
.ne
g
lowest cutoff frequency.

Rectangular waveguide does not support TM 01 and TM 10 mode.
t
w.
A " 2, B " 3, C " 1

Assertion (A) : Given the dimension of waveguide, a = 3 cm , b = 1 cm
ww
So, the dominant mode ^TE 10h has the cutoff frequency.
8
fc = 3 # 10 # b 1
2 3 # 10-2 l
= 5 GHz
f = 4 GHz < f c
So, at 4 GHz there is no propagating mode. i.e Assertion (A) is false.
Reason (R) : The wave equation for the rectangular waveguide is defined as
k z2 - a mp k - a np k = b 2p l
2 2
a b l
for a = 3 , b = 1 we have
k z2 - a mp k - a np k = b 2p l
2 2 2
So, Reason (R) is also false.
3 1 l


A rectangular coaxial line can support all the three modes (TE, TM or TEM).
Consider the rectangular waveguide (A) has the dimension a # b after deforming
into waveguide (C) the dimension is changed to b # a and so the input mode TE 10
is charged to TE 01 . (Since the frequency of mode must remain same for both the
waveguide dimensions).
The dominant mode in a circular waveguide is TE 11 .
ww
m
Consider the dimension of inner broad wall of waveguide is a (i.e. a > b ). So, the
w.E dominant mode will be TE 10 .
fc = 1 m 2
co
Since, the cutoff frequency of the TE mn mode is defined as
n 2 1/2
:a a k + a b k D
asy 2 m0 e0
So, for dominant mode ^TE 10h we have
lp.
En
10 # 109 = 1
2 m0 e0
1 2 0 2 1/2
;b a l + b b l E ( fc = 10 GHz )
8
10 # 109 = 3 # 10 # 1
gin
he
2 a
eer
8
a = 3 # 1010 = 1.5 cm
2 # 10
te

Propagation constant in a waveguide is defined as
g = 2pfc me 1 - c m
f 2 ing
.ne
ga
fc
Since, for the evanescent mode of waveguide the operating frequency is less than
the cutoff frequency.
i.e. f < fc t
w.
f
or <1
fc
So, for this condition the propagation constant g is purely real.
ww

Microstrip lines consist no ground plate and so the electric field lines remain
partially in air and partially in the lower dielectric substrate. This makes the mode
of propagation quasi TEM (not pure TEM)
Due to the open structure and presence of discontinuity in microstrip line, it radiates
electromagnetic energy and therefore radiation losses take place.
Statements 1 and 3 are correct.


Modes on microstrip lines are quasi TEM (not purely TEM). So the 1st statement
is incorrect while rest of the statements are correct.
Coaxial line " The dominant mode of propagation is TEM. â " 4h
Rectangular waveguide " propagating mode is TE or TM. ^b " 1h
Microstrip line " The mode of propagation is Quasi TEM. ^c " 2h
Coplanar waveguide " The propagation mode is hybrid of propagation
^TE mn + TM mn h ^d " 3h
m
ww The phase velocity of TE or TM mode is defined as

c
co
vp =
f 2
w.E where
1 -c c m
f
c " Velocity of wave in free space
lp.
asy
fc " cutoff frequency
f " operating frequency
En
So, v p is a nonlinear function of frequency.
he
SOL 9.3.48 Option (C) is correct. gin

A waveguide operated below cut off frequency can be used as an attenuator.
eer
e
Quality factor of a waveguide is defined as

Q = w i.e. Q closely related to a.
at
2a v g
ing
Also the attenuation factors obtained in waveguides are much higher than that in
transmission lines.
.ne
g
So, both statements are true but R is not the correct explanation of A.
t
w.
Quality factor (Q ) of a resonator is defined as

Resonant freqeuncy (fr )
Q =
Bandwidth
ww
fr
or, Bandwidth = \ 1
Q Q
Therefore, the greater the ‘Q ’, the smaller the bandwidth of resonator
Q is also defined for a resonator as
b
Q =
2a
where b is phase constant and a is attenuation constant of a resonator given as
wms
a = \w
2
So Q\ 1
w
So, at higher frequency the Q of coil falls due to skin effect.


Guided wavelength of a propagating wave in rectangular waveguide is
lg = l
1 -b l l
2
lc
where l is free space wavelength and lc is cutoff frequency.
Since, for propagation the operating wavelength must be less than cut off frequency
i.e. l # lc
So, we get lg $ l
So, for a wave propagation in an air filled rectangular waveguide, guided wavelength
ww
m
is never less than free space wavelength.
w.E Transverse magnetic mode (TM mode) consists of magnetic field intensity
co
perpendicular to the direction of propagation where as the electric field intensity
may be in the direction of propagation.
SOL 9.3.52
asy
lp.
Since the conduction current requires conductor along the axis and a hollow
En
waveguide doesn’t have a conductor along its axis. So, the axial current is due to
displacement current only.
gin
he
eer
Electromagnetic waves propagating in a medium (bounded that has the velocity
greater than the velocity in free space (velocity of light in space) is given as
te
vp = C
f 2
1 -c c m
f ing
.ne
ga
or vp > C The velocity v p is called phase velocity of the wave.

A and R both true and R is correct explanation of A. t
w.

Statement 1, 2 and 3 are correct.
ww

Attenuation factor in a parallel plate waveguide is defined as
^Power lost per unit lengthh
a = Pl =
2P0 2 # ^Power transmittedh
Since the waveguide has a cutoff frequency fc below which no wave propagates
while above fc all the waves propagates so it can be considered as high pass filter.
***********

CHAPTER 10
ANTENNA AND RADIATING SYSTEMS
ww
w.E
asy
En
gin
eer
ing
.ne
t

648 Antenna and Radiating Systems Chap 10

EXERCISE 10.1
A Hertzian dipole of length l/25 is located at the origin. If a point P is located at
m
MCQ 10.1.1
ww a distance r from the origin then for what value of ‘r ’ the point will be in radiation
zone.
co
(A) r = 2l (B) r = l
w.E 5
(C) Both (A) and (B)
lp.
5
(D) none of these
MCQ 10.1.2
asy
A quarter wave monopole antenna is operating at a frequency, f = 25 MHz . The
length of antenna will be
(A) 48 m
En (B) 3 m
he
(C) 6 m (D) 12 m
MCQ 10.1.3 gin

A half wave dipole antenna is located at origin as shown in figure below. The
eer
antenna is fed by a current i (t) = 83.3 cos wt mA . What will be the electric field
e
strength at point P
at
ing
.ne
g
t
w.
ww
(A) 25 mV/m (B) 50 mV/m

(C) 50 mV/m (D) 2.5 mV/m
MCQ 10.1.4 The transmitting antenna of a radio navigation system is a vertical metal mast 25
m in height inducted from the earth. A source current is supplied to it’s base such
that the current amplitude in antenna decreases linearly toward zero at the top of
the mast. The effective length of antenna will be
(A) 50 m (B) 20 m
(C) 12.5 m (D) 25 m

Chap 10 Antenna and Radiating Systems 649

MCQ 10.1.5 A vertical antenna of length 8.5 m is operating at a frequency, f = 2 MHz . The
radiation resistance of the antenna is
(A) 1.97 W (B) 0.51 W
(C) 39.4 W (D) 26.3 W
MCQ 10.1.6 The current in a short circuit element of length l = 0.03l is given by
Z
]] I 0 for 0 < z # l
2 4
I ^z h = [
]I 0 for l < z # l
\ 4 2
ww What will be the radiation resistance of the element ?
m
(A) 0.71 W (B) 0.6 W
(C) 0.05 W (D) 0.4 W
w.E
MCQ 10.1.7
co
A dipole antenna radiating at 200 MHz is fed from a 60 W transmission line matched
to the source. What will be the length of the dipole that matches the line impedance
asy
at the signal frequency ?
lp.
(A) 0.83 m (B) 0.41 m
(C) 0.49 m
En (D) 0.24 m
gin
he
MCQ 10.1.8 A certain antenna is used to radiate a 0.2 GHz signal to a satellite in space. Given
the radiation resistance of the antenna is 31.6 W. The antenna is
(A) half wave dipole
eer
(B) quarter wave dipole
te
(C) one-fifth wave dipole (D) none of these
MCQ 10.1.9 ing

A time harmonic uniform current I 0 cos ^2p # 107 t h flows in a small circular loop
.ne
antenna of radius 30 cm. Radiation resistance of the antenna is
ga
(A) 92.3 mW (B) 325.05 W

(C) 10.83 W (D) 3.076 mW
t
w.

An antenna is a center fed rod having cross sectional radius 4 cm and conductivity
ww
s = 2.9 # 107 S/m . The length of the antenna is 30 m.

MCQ 10.1.10 If a 0.25 MHz current flows in the antenna then the loss resistance of the antenna is
(A) 1.93 W (B) 1.97 W
(C) 0.022 W (D) 0.031 W
MCQ 10.1.11 The radiation efficiency of the antenna is

(A) 95.4% (B) 96.8%
(C) 98.6% (D) 93.5%


MCQ 10.1.12 A 200 MHz uniform current flows in a small circular loop of radius 20 cm. If the
loop is made of copper wire of radius 5 mm then it’s loss resistance will be
(conductivity of copper, s = 5.8 # 107 S/m )
(A) 0.104 W (B) 6.52 # 10-5 W
(C) 9.57 W (D) 1.53 W
MCQ 10.1.13 A quarter wave monopole antenna is connected to a transmission line of characteristic
impedance Z 0 = 75 W . The standing wave ratio will be
(Input impedance of quarter wave monopole is Zin = ^36.5 + j21.25h W )
m
ww (A) 1.3874
(C) 2.265
(B) 1.265
(D) 2.583
co
w.E
MCQ 10.1.14 Radiated power of a vertical antenna is 0.2 kW. What will be the maximum electric
field intensity at a distance of 10 km from the antenna ?
lp.
(A) 3.8 mV/m
(C) 19 mV/m asy (B) 1.9 mV/m
(D) 3.6 mV/m
MCQ 10.1.15
En
A quarter wave monopole antenna is fed by a current i (t) = 41.7 cos wt mA . The
he
average power radiated by antenna is

(A) 254 mW
(C) 63.5 mW
gin
(B) 127 mW
(D) 31.7 mW
eer
e
MCQ 10.1.16 A dipole antenna in free space has a linear current distribution. If the length of
at
ing
the dipole is 0.01l then the value of current I 0 required to radiate a total power
250 mW is
(A) 5.03 A (B) 2.53 A
.ne
g
(C) 7.56 A (D) 50.3 A
t
w.
MCQ 10.1.17 A monopole antenna in free space has the length of the antenna 0.02l. The antenna
is extending vertically over a perfectly conducting plane and has a linear current
ww
distribution. What value of I 0 is required to radiate a total power of 2 W ?

(A) 11.4 A (B) 7.1 A
(C) 14.2 A (D) 3.6 A

A Hertzian dipole is operating at a frequency, f = 0.2 GHz .
MCQ 10.1.18 What will be the maximum effective area of the dipole ?
(A) 0.54 m2 (B) 1.07 m2
(C) 0.18 m2 (D) 0.27 m2


MCQ 10.1.19 If the antenna receives 1.5 mW of power then what is the power density of the
incident wave ?
(A) 8.33 mW/m2 (B) 5.56 mW/m2
(C) 1.40 mW/m2 (D) 2.793 mW/m2
MCQ 10.1.20 Directivity of quarter wave monopole is

(A) 1.64 (B) 1.22
(C) 3.28 (D) 0.609
MCQ 10.1.21 An antenna has a uniform radiation intensity in all directions. The directivity of
ww
m
the antenna is
(A) 5 (B) 0.25
w.E
MCQ 10.1.22
(C) 0.2 (D) 4
co
The input power of a certain antenna with an efficiency of 90 % is 0.8 Watt. If the
asy
antenna has maximum radiation intensity of 1 W/Sr then it’s directivity will be
lp.
(A) 5.26 (B) 16.53
(C) 0.76
En (D) 9.55
MCQ 10.1.23
gin
An antenna has maximum radiation intensity of 1.5 W/Sr. If the directivity of the
he
antenna is D = 20.94 then radiated power of antenna will be

(A) 1.11 W
(C) 0.26 W
(B) 0.30 W
(D) 0.90 W eer
te
MCQ 10.1.24 Normalized radiation intensity of an antenna is given by
U ^q, fh = )
sin q 0 # q # p/2, 0 # f # 2ping
.ne
ga
0 otherwise
The directivity of antenna will be
(A) 2.55 (B) 8.0
t
w.
(C) 0.81 (D) 1.27
MCQ 10.1.25 An antenna has the uniform field pattern given by

4 0 < q < p/3
ww
U ^q h = *
0 p/3 < q < p
where U ^q h is independent of f. The directivity of the antenna is
(A) 1/4 (B) 4
(C) 16 (D) 1
MCQ 10.1.26 Three element array that has the current ratios 1 : 2 : 1 as shown in figure


The resultant group pattern of this array will be same as the two element antenna
array with
(A) a = 0 , d = l/4 (B) a = 180c, d = l/2
(C) a = 0 , d = l/2 (D) a = 180c, d = 2l
MCQ 10.1.27 When the two three-element arrays with current ratio 1 : 2 : 1 are displaced by l/2
then it forms
(A) Four element array with current ratio 1 : 3 : 3 : 1
(B) Three element array with current ratio 2 : 4 : 2
m
ww (C) Four element array with current ratio 3 : 1 : 1 : 3
(D) Three element array with current ratio 1 : 3 : 1
co
w.E lp.
asy ***********
En
he
gin
eer
e
at
ing
.ne
g
t
w.
ww


EXERCISE 10.2
MCQ 10.2.1 A Hertzian dipole of length l/100 is located at the origin and fed with a current of
ww i (t) = 2 sin 108 t A . A point P is located at a distance r from the dipole as shown
m
in figure. What will be the magnetic field at P ?
w.E co
asy
lp.
En
gin
he
(A) 1.15 sin ^108 t + 90ch (B) 1.15 cos ^108 t + 90ch
(C) 1.15 sin ^108 t - 90ch
eer
(D) 2.30 sin ^108 t + 90ch
te
MCQ 10.2.2 Directivity of Hertizian monopole antenna is

(A) 5 (B) 3
ing
(C) 1/2 (D) 9
.ne
ga
MCQ 10.2.3 Directive gain of Hertzian dipole antenna is

(A) 1.5 sin2 q (B) 3 sin2 q
t
w.
2
(C) sin q (D) 2 sin2 q
3 3
MCQ 10.2.4 Two Hertzian dipole antennas are placed at a separation of d = l/2 on z -axis to
ww
form an antenna array as shown in figure below :


If the 1 antenna carries a current I1s = I 0 0c and the 2 nd antenna carries a current
st
I2s = I 0 180c then the resultant field pattern of the antenna array will be
m
ww
co
w.E lp.
asy
En
he
MCQ 10.2.5
gin
An antenna array is formed by two Hertzian dipoles placed at a separation of l/4
as shown in figure. The current fed to the two antennas are I1s and I2s respectively.
eer
e
at
ing
.ne
g
t
w.
ww
If I2s is lagging I1s by an angle p/2 then the resultant field pattern of antenna array
will be


ww
MCQ 10.2.6 The group pattern function of a linear binomial array of N -elements as shown in
m
figure is
w.E co
asy
lp.
En
gin
he
eer
te
(A) ;cos b
bd cos q + a N - 1
2 lE (B) ;cos b
ing
bd cos q + a N
2 lE
(C) ;cos b
bd cos q + a N + 1
lE
.ne
(D) 7cos ^bd cos q + ahAN - 1
ga
Statement for Linked Question 7 - 8 : t

w.
Maximum electric field strength radiated by an antenna is 6 mV/m measured at

40 km from the antenna.
ww
MCQ 10.2.7 If the antenna radiates a total power of 100 kW then the directivity of antenna is
(A) - 2.02 dB
(B) 9.6 dB
(C) 0.0096 dB
(D) - 20.18 dB
MCQ 10.2.8 If the efficiency of the radiation is 95% then it’s maximum power gain is
(A) 9.12 # 10-3 (B) 9.4 # 10-3
(C) 0.11 # 10-3 (D) 9.6 # 10-3


A radar with an antenna of 2.8 m in radius transmits 30 kW at a frequency 3 GHz
. The effective area of the antenna is 70% of it’s actual area.
MCQ 10.2.9 If the minimum detectable power is 0.13 mW for a target of cross section 1.25 m2
then the maximum range of the radar is
(A) 584.3 m (B) 1270 m
(C) 292.1 m (D) 977.8 m
m
MCQ 10.2.10 The average signal power density at half of the range of radar will be
ww (A) 350.25 W/m2 (B) 69.80 W/m2
co
(C) 80.69 W/m2 (D) 250.35 W/m2

lp.
asy
A transmitting antenna is being fed by a current source of amplitude I 0 = 50 A and
frequency f = 180 kHz . The effective length of antenna is 20 m.
En
he
MCQ 10.2.11 What will be the maximum field intensity at a distance 80 km from the antenna ?
(A) 3.39 mV/m
(C) 2.83 mV/m gin
(B) 1.41 mV/m
(D) 0.71 mV/m
eer
e
MCQ 10.2.12 The time average radiated power of the antenna is

(A) 0.43 kW (B) 0.29 kW
at
(C) 2.33 kW
ing
(D) 1.14 kW
.ne
g
MCQ 10.2.13 What will be the radiation resistance of the antenna ?

(A) 0.23 W (B) 2.91 W
t
w.
(C) 0.34 W (D) 1.7 W

ww

A metallic wire of cross sectional radius 6 mm is wound to form a small circular loop
of radius 2 m with 10 turns. Conductivity of metallic wire is s = 2.9 # 107 S/m .
MCQ 10.2.14 If a 0.5 MHz uniform current flows in the loop then it’s radiation resistance will be
(A) 2.37 # 10-6 W (B) 1.42 # 10-3 W
(C) 2.37 # 10-4 W (D) 4.53 # 10-4 W
MCQ 10.2.15 Radiation efficiency of the antenna will be

(A) 18.36% (B) 0.101%
(C) 10.89% (D) 0.055%


MCQ 10.2.16 The polar radiation pattern of a l/8 thin dipole antenna is
ww
m
w.E co
asy
lp.
En
gin
he
eer
te
ing
.ne
ga
Two short antennas at the origin in free space carry identical currents 4 cos wt A .
one in the ax direction and other in the az direction.
t
w.
MCQ 10.2.17 If both the antennas are of length 0.1 m and wavelength is l = 2p m then the
electric field Es at the distant points P ^0, 0, 1000h and Q ^1000, 0, 0h will be
at point P at point Q
(A) - j ^1.2 # 10 h e - j ^1.2 # 10-2h e-j1000 ax V/m
ww
-2 -j1000
az V/m
(B) j ^1.2 # 10-2h e-j1000 ax V/m j ^1.2 # 10-2h e-j1000 az V/m
(C) - j ^1.2 # 10-2h e-j1000 ax V/m - j ^1.2 # 10-2h e-j1000 az V/m
(D) j ^1.2 # 10-2h e-j1000 az V/m j ^1.2 # 10-2h e-j1000 az V/m
MCQ 10.2.18 E at point ^0, 1000, 0h at t = 0 will be
(A) 9.92 âx + az h mV/m (B) - 9.92 âx + az h mV/m
(C) 1.2 âx + az h mV/m (D) - 12 âx + az h mV/m


In a free space short circuit vertical current element is located at the origin in free
space. The radiation field due to the element at any point is given as
E qs = 10 sin qe-j10pr V/m
p
MCQ 10.2.19 E qs at point P (r = 100 , q = p/2 , f = p/6 ) is
(A) 0.2e j1000p V/m (B) 0.2e-j1000p V/m
(C) 0.1e-j1000p V/m (D) 0.1e j1000p V/m
m
If the vertical element is shifted to a point a0.1, p , p k then, E qs at point P a100, p , p k
ww
MCQ 10.2.20
changes to
2 2 2 6
co
(A) 0.1e-j1000p V/m (B) 0.1e-j1000p e j0.5p V/m
w.E (C) 0.1e-j0.5p V/m
lp. (D) 0.1e-j1000p e-j0.5p V/m
MCQ 10.2.21
as asy
A short circuit current element of length l = 0.06l carries the current distributed
l-2 z
En
I ^z h = I 0 < F for - l # z # l
he
l 2 2
(A) 0.71 W gin

The radiation resistance of the antenna will be
(B) 2.84 W
eer
e
(C) 2.13 W (D) 0.18 W

at
MCQ 10.2.22
ing
An antenna is made of straight copper wire of length 1 cm carrying current of
frequency 0.3 GHz. If the wire has a cylindrical cross section of radius 1 mm then
the ratio of the radiation resistance to the ohmic resistance of wire will be Rrad .
.ne Rl
g
(A) 11 (B) 6
t
w.
(C) 17 (D) 5
MCQ 10.2.23 A 2 cm long Hertzian dipole antenna radiates 2 W of power at a frequency of

0.6 GHz. The rms current in the antenna is
ww
(A) 1.78 A (B) 3.56 A

(C) 1.26 A (D) 0.89 A
***********


EXERCISE 10.3
MCQ 10.3.1 The radiation pattern of an antenna in spherical co-ordinates is given by
ww
GATE 2012 U (q) = cos 4 q ; 0 # q # p/2
m
The directivity of the antenna is
(A) 10 dB (B) 12.6 dB
w.E
MCQ 10.3.2
(C) 11.5 dB
co
(D) 18 dB
For a Hertz dipole antenna, the half power beam width (HPBW) in the E -plane is
GATE 2008 (A) 360c
asy (B) 180c
lp.
(C) 90c (D) 45c
MCQ 10.3.3 En
At 20 GHz, the gain of a parabolic dish antenna of 1 meter and 70% efficiency is
gin
he
GATE 2008 (A) 15 dB (B) 25 dB

(C) 35 dB (D) 45 dB
MCQ 10.3.4 eer

A l/2 dipole is kept horizontally at a height of l0 above a perfectly conducting
te
GATE 2007
2
ing
infinite ground plane. The radiation pattern in the lane of the dipole (E plane)
looks approximately as
.ne
ga
t
w.
ww
MCQ 10.3.5 A mast antenna consisting of a 50 meter long vertical conductor operates over a
GATE 2006 perfectly conducting ground plane. It is base-fed at a frequency of 600 kHz. The
radiation resistance of the antenna in Ohms is
2 2
(A) 2p (B) p
5 5
2
(C) 4p (D) 20p2
5


MCQ 10.3.6 Two identical and parallel dipole antennas are kept apart by a distance of l/4 in
GATE 2005 the H - plane. They are fed with equal currents but the right most antenna has a
phase shift of + 90c. The radiation pattern is given as.
m
ww
co
w.E
MCQ 10.3.7 Consider a lossless antenna with a directive gain of + 6 dB . If 1 mW of power is fed
lp.
GATE 2004
(A) 4 mW asy
to it the total power radiated by the antenna will be
(B) 1 mW
(C) 7 mW
En (D) 1/4 mW
he
MCQ 10.3.8
GATE 2003
gin
Two identical antennas are placed in the q = p/2 plane as shown in Fig. The
elements have equal amplitude excitation with 180c polarity difference, operating
eer
at wavelength l. The correct value of the magnitude of the far-zone resultant
e
electric field strength normalized with that of a single element, both computed for
at
f = 0 , is
ing
.ne
g
t
w.
(A) 2 cos b 2ps l (B) 2 sin b 2ps l

l l
ww
(C) 2 cos a ps k (D) 2 sin a ps k

l l
MCQ 10.3.9 A person with receiver is 5 km away from the transmitter. What is the distance
GATE 2002 that this person must move further to detect a 3-dB decrease in signal strength
(A) 942 m (B) 2070 m
(C) 4978 m (D) 5320 m
MCQ 10.3.10 A medium wave radio transmitter operating at a wavelength of 492 m has a tower
GATE 2001 antenna of height 124. What is the radiation resistance of the antenna?
(A) 25 W (B) 36.5 W
(C) 50 W (D) 73 W


MCQ 10.3.11 In uniform linear array, four isotropic radiating elements are spaced l/4 apart. The
GATE 2001 progressive phase shift between the elements required for forming the main beam
at 60c off the end - fire is :
(A) - p (B) - p2 radians
(C) - p4 radians (D) - p8 radians
MCQ 10.3.12 If the diameter of a l/2 dipole antenna is increased from l/100 to l/50 , then its
GATE 2000 (A) bandwidth increases (B) bandwidth decrease
(C) gain increases (D) gain decreases
ww
m
MCQ 10.3.13 For an 8 feet (2.4m) parabolic dish antenna operating at 4 GHz, the minimum
GATE 2000 distance required for far field measurement is closest to
w.E (A) 7.5 cm

(C) 15 m
(B) 15 cm
co
(D) 150 m
MCQ 10.3.14
asy
An electric field on a place is described by its potential V = 20 (r-1 + r-2) where r
lp.
GATE 1999 is the distance from the source. The field is due to
(A) a monopole
En
(C) both a monopole and a dipole
(B) a dipole
(D) a quadruple
gin
he
MCQ 10.3.15 A transmitting antenna radiates 251 W isotropically. A receiving antenna located
GATE 1999
The total received by the antenna is

eer
100 m away from the transmitting antenna, has an effective aperture of 500 cm2 .
te
(A) 10 mW
(C) 20 mW
(B) 1 mW
(D) 100 mW ing
.ne
ga
MCQ 10.3.16 The vector H in the far field of an antenna satisfies

GATE 1998 (A) d $ H = 0 and d # H = 0
(B) d $ H ! 0 and d # H ! 0
t
w.
(C) d $ H = 0 and d # H ! 0
(D) d $ H ! 0 and d # H = 0
ww
MCQ 10.3.17 The radiation resistance of a circular loop of one turn is 0.01 W. The radiation
GATE 1998 resistance of five turns of such a loop will be
(A) 0.002 W (B) 0.01 W
(C) 0.05 W (D) 0.25 W
MCQ 10.3.18 An antenna in free space receives 2 mW of power when the incident electric field is
GATE 1998 20 mV/m rms. The effective aperture of the antenna is
(A) 0.005 m2 (B) 0.05 m2
(C) 1.885 m2 (D) 3.77 m2


MCQ 10.3.19 The maximum usable frequency of an ionospheric layer at 60c incidence and with
GATE 1998 8 MHz critical frequency is
(A) 16 MHz (B) 16 MHz
3
(C) 8 MHz (D) 6.93 MHz
MCQ 10.3.20 The far field of an antenna varies with distance r as

GATE 1998
(A) 1 (B) 12
r r
m
(C) 13 (D) 1
ww
MCQ 10.3.21
r r
The critical frequency of an ionospheric layer is 10 MHz. What is the maximum
co
GATE 1996 launching angle from the horizon for which 20 MHz wave will be reflected by the
w.E layer ?
(A) 0c
lp. (B) 30c
MCQ 10.3.22
(C) 45c
asy (D) 90c
The directivity of a l/2 long wire antenna is

(A) 1.5
En (B) 1.66
he
IES EC 2012
MCQ 10.3.23
(C) 2
gin (D) 2
The characteristic impedance of TV receiving antenna cable is 300 W. If the
eer
e
IES EC 2011 conductors are made of copper separated by air and are 1 mm thick, what is the
phase velocity and phase constant when receiving VHF channel 3 (63 MHz) and
at
VHF 69 (803 MHz) ?

(A) 1.32 rad/m and 17.82 rad/m ing
.ne
g
(B) 1.52 rad/m and 16.82 rad/m

(C) 1.52 rad/m and 17.82 rad/m
t
w.
(D) 1.32 rad/m and 16.82 rad/m
MCQ 10.3.24 An antenna located on the surface of a flat earth transmits an average power of
ww
IES EC 2011 200 kW. Assuming that all the power is radiated uniformly over the surface of a
hemisphere with the antenna at the center, the time average poynting vector at 50
km is
(A) Zero (B) 2 ar W/m2
p
(C) 40 m W/m2 (D) 40 ar m W/m2
p p
MCQ 10.3.25 An antenna can be modeled as an electric dipole of length 5 m at 3 MHz. Find the
IES EC 2011 reduction resistance of the antenna assuming uniform current over the length.
(A) 2 W (B) 1 W
(C) 4 W (D) 0.5 W


MCQ 10.3.26 A dipole with a length of 1.5 m operates at 100 MHz while the other has a length
IES EC 2011 of 15 m and operates at 10 MHz. The dipoles are fed with same current. The power
radiated by the two antennas will be
(A) the longer antenna will radiate 10 times more power than the shorter one.
(B) both antennas radiate same power.
(C) shorter antenna will radiate 10 times more power than the longer antenna
(D) longer antenna will radiate 10 times more power than the shorter antenna
MCQ 10.3.27 A short current element has length l = 0.03 l , where l is the wavelength. The
radiation resistance for uniform current distribution is
ww
IES EC 2010
m
(A) 0.072p2 W (B) 80p2 W
(C) 72 W (D) 80 W
w.E
MCQ 10.3.28
IES EC 2010
In a three element Yagi antenna
co
(A) All the three elements are of equal length
asy
(B) The driven element and the director are of equal length but the reflector is
lp.
longer than both of them
En
(C) The reflector is longer than the driven element which in turn is longer than the
director
gin
he
(D) The reflector is longer than the driven element which in turn is longer than the
MCQ 10.3.29
reflector
eer
Multiple member of antennas are arranged in arrays in order to enhance what
te
IES EC 2009 property ?

(A) Both directivity and bandwidth (B) Only directivity ing
.ne
ga
(C) Only bandwidth (D) Neither directivity nor bandwidth
MCQ 10.3.30
IES EC 2008
t
If the total input power to an antenna is Wt , the radiated power is Wr , and the
radiation intensity is f, then match List-I with List-II and select the correct answer
w.
using the code given below the lists:

List-I List-II
ww
a. Power gain 1. Wr /Wt

b. Directive gain 2. Wr /4p
c. Average power radiated 3. 4pf/Wt
d. Efficiency of the antenna 4. 4pf/Wr
Codes :
a b c d
(A) 3 4 2 1
(B) 4 3 2 1
(C) 3 4 1 2
(D) 4 3 1 2


MCQ 10.3.31 Where does the maximum radiation for an end-fire array occur?
IES EC 2008 (A) Perpendicular to the line of the array only
(B) Along the line of the array
(C) AT 45c to the line of the array
(D) Both perpendicular to and along the line of the array
MCQ 10.3.32 As the aperture area of an antenna increases, its gain
IES EC 2008 (A) increases
(B) decreases
m
(C) remains steady
ww (D) behaves unpredictably
co
w.E
MCQ 10.3.33
IES EC 2007
Which one of the following is correct ? Normal mode helical antenna has
(A) low radiation efficiency and high directive gain
(B) high radiation efficiency and low directive gain
lp.
asy
(C) low radiation efficiency and low directive gain
(D) high radiation efficiency and high directive gain
En
he
MCQ 10.3.34 For taking antenna far field pattern, what must be the distance R, between
IES EC 2007 transmitting and receiving antennas ?
(A) R > 2D
2 gin 2 2
(B) R > 4D l
l
eer
e
3
2 2
(C) R > D 2 (D) R > 2D2
at
MCQ 10.3.35
2l
ing
l
A transmitting antenna has a gain of 10. It is fed with a signal power of 1 W.
.ne
g
IES EC 2007 Assuming free-space propagation, what power would be captured by a receiving
antenna of effective area 1 m2 in the bore sight direction at a distance of 1 m ?
t
w.
(A) 10 W (B) 1 W
(C) 2 W (D) 0.8 W
ww
MCQ 10.3.36 The Fraunhofer region where the pattern measurement of transmitting antenna has
2
to be taken from a distance of 2D , where D is the maximum aperture dimension
IES EC 2007
l
and l is the free-space wavelength. What is the region generally known as ?
(A) The near field
(B) The far field
(C) Quiet zone
(D) Induction field
MCQ 10.3.37 Match List I (Type of Antenna) with List II (Example) and select the correct
IES EC 2006 answer using the code given below the lists :


List-I List-II
a. Aperture antenna 1. Helical antenna
b. Circularly polarized 2. Point source antenna
c. Frequency independent 3. Log periodic antenna
d. Isotropic antenna 4. Microstrip antenna
Codes :
a b c d
(A) 3 2 4 1
ww (B) 4 1 3 2
m
(C) 3 1 4 2
(D) 4 2 3 1
w.E
MCQ 10.3.38
IES EC 2003
co
A TEM wave impinges obliquely on a dielectric-dielectric boundary ( er1 = 2,
er2 = 1). The angle of incidence for total reflection is
(A) 30c
asy (B) 45c
lp.
(C) 60c (D) 75c
MCQ 10.3.39
En
In a four element Yagi-Uda antenna
IES EC 2003
gin
(A) There is one driven element, one director and two reflectors
he
(A) There is one driven element, two directors and one reflector
eer
(C) There are two driven elements, one director and two reflectors
te
(D) All the four elements are driven elements
MCQ 10.3.40 ing

Assertion (A) : For extremely high frequency ranges or above, compared to linear
.ne
ga
IES EC 2003 antennas, aperture antennas are more useful.

Reason (R) : The larger the effective area of an antenna, the sharper is the radiated
beam.
(A) Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of A t
w.
ww
MCQ 10.3.41 The current distribution along a travelling wave antenna can be written in the form
IES EC 2002 (A) Z = 0 e-jbz (B) ^Z h = 0 sin bz
(C) ^Z h = 0 (D) ^Z h = 0 cos (wt - bz)
MCQ 10.3.42 Following antenna is frequently used for local area transmission at UHF/VHF
IES EC 2002 (A) Ground monopole (B) Turnstile antenna
(C) Slot antenna (D) Loop antenna


MCQ 10.3.43 For frequencies up to 1650 kHz, the transmitting antenna used is a
IES EC 2001 (A) parabolic dish (B) vertical antenna
(C) Yagi antenna (D) turnstile antenna
MCQ 10.3.44 The radiation field of an antenna at a distance r varies as

IES EC 2001 (A) 1/r (B) 1/r 2
(C) 1/r 3 (D) 1/r 4
MCQ 10.3.45 The wave radiated by a helical antenna is
m
IES EC 2001 (A) linearly polarized
ww (B) right circularly polarized
co
(C) left circularly polarized
w.E
MCQ 10.3.46
(D) elliptically polarized
In a certain microstrip patch antenna, the unexcited patch is of length L, width

lp.
IES EC 2001
asy
W , thickness of the substrate being h and its relative permittivity er . Then, the
capacitance of the unexcited patch is
(A) LW/er h
En (B) LW/e0 er h
he
(C) er LW/h (D) e0 er LW/h
MCQ 10.3.47 gin

A radio communication link is to be established via the ionosphere. The virtual
eer
e
IES EC 2001 height at the mid-point of the path is 300 km and the critical frequency is 9 MHz
. The maximum usable frequency for the link between the stations of distance
at
800 km assuming flat earth is

(A) 11.25 MHz (B) 12 MHz ing
(C) 15 MHz (D) 25.5 MHz
.ne
g
MCQ 10.3.48
t
Assertion (A) : Programmes broadcast by radio stations operating in the medium
w.
IES EC 2001 wave band of 550 to 1650 kHz situated at long distance in excess of 500 km cannot
be heard during day-time but may be heard during night time.
Reason (R) : In the night-time, radio waves reflected from the F -layer suffer
ww
negligible attenuation since D -and E -layers are absent during the night-time.
(A) Both A and B are true and R is the correct explanation of A
(B) Both A and R are true and but R is NOT the correct explanation of A
MCQ 10.3.49 Assertion (A) : For an end-fire array, the current in successive antennas must lag
IES EC 2001 in phase.
Reason (R) : Radiation of successive antennas will cancel along the axis.


MCQ 10.3.50 Assertion (A) : The radio horizon for space wave is more than the optical horizon.
IES EC 2001 Reason (R) : The atmosphere has varying density.
ww
m
MCQ 10.3.51 What is the radiation resistance of a dipole antenna l/20 long approximately equal
w.E
IES EE 2008 to ?
(A) 2 W
co
(B) 40 W
(C) 0.6 W
asy (D) 20 W
lp.
MCQ 10.3.52 Consider the following statements about the effective length of a half wave dipole
IES EE 2004
En
(Elevation angle q is measured from the dipole axis) :
1. Effective length is a function of q
gin
he
2. Effective length is maximum for q = p/2

3.
4. eer
Maximum effective length is larger than physical length
Effective length is the same for the antenna in transmitting and receiving
te
modes.
Which of the statements given above are correct ? ing
.ne
ga
(A) 1, 2 and 4 (B) 2, 3 and 4

(C) 1, 2 and 3 (D) 1, 3 and 4
t
w.
***********
ww


SOLUTIONS 10.1
m
The boundary between near and far zone is defined by r = r0 (distance from the
ww antenna) as
co
2
r0 = 2d where d is the length of dipole.
w.E l
So, the near and far zones of the field are as following :
Near zone for r > r0 and far zone for r > r0
lp.
asy
Now, for the Hertzian dipole of length l/50 , we have
2 ^l/50h2
= l
Enr0 =
l 1250
he
Since r = 2l > r0
and
5
r = l > r0
5
gin
eer
e
So, both the positions are at far zone(radiation zone).

at

Given, the operating frequency of the antenna is ing
f = 25 MHz
.ne
g
Since, the antenna is quarter wave monopole so, the length of the monopole antenna
will be given as
t
w.
l = l/4
where l is the operating wavelength of the antenna given as
8
l = c = 3 # 10 6 = 12 m
ww
f 25 # 10
Thus, we get the length of antenna as
l = 12 = 3 m
4
Given, the current fed to the antenna is
i (t) = 83.3 cos wt mA
So, the magnitude of the current flowing in the antenna is
I 0 = 83.3 # 10-3 A
and from the figure we get the location of point P as
r = 100 Km = 105 m


and q = p/2
Therefore, the electric field strength at point P is given as
h0 I 0 cos a p cos q k
2
Efs =
2pr sin q
^120ph^83.3 # 10-3h cos a p2 cos 90ck
=
2p ^105h sin p
2
^120ph^83.3 # 10-3h^1 h
= = 5 # 10-5 = 50 mV/m
2p ^105h^1 h
ww
m
Since, the amplitude of current decreases linearly toward zero at the top so, the
w.E current amplitude at a height z above the plane is given as

I ^z h = I 0 a1 - z k
h
co
asy
where I 0 is amplitude of source current and h is the height of the antenna.
lp.
Therefore, the effective length of the antenna is
En
h
z
le =# 0
a1 - h k dz
z2 h
gin
= :z - 2h D = h - h = h = 25 m
he
(given h = 50 m )
0 2 2
Length of antenna, dl = 7.5 m eer
te

So, the operating wavelength of the antenna is ing
.ne
8
l = c = 3 # 106 = 1.5 # 102
ga
f 2 # 10
Therefore, the radiation resistance of the antenna is given as
Rrad = 80p2 b dl l = 80p2 b 7.5 2 l = 1.97 W
l
2 2
t
w.
1.5 # 10
Since, the current has the step distribution and both the current levels are distributed
ww
for equal intervals so, the average current will be given as

I0 + I
0
Iavg = 2 = 0.75I 0
2
Since, the average current flowing in the antenna is 0.75 times the uniform current
I 0 therefore, the radiated power will be ^0.75h2 times of the value obtained for I 0
and due to the same reason the radiation resistance will down to ^0.75h2 times the
value for a uniform current.
Rrad = ^0.75h2 ;80p2 b dl l E = 0.5625 880p2 ^0.03h2B = 0.4 W
2
i.e.
l


Since, the dipole must match the line impedance.
i.e. Rrad = Z 0
where Z 0 is characteristic impedance so, we get
Rrad = 60 W
2 dl
2
80p b l = 60
l
80p2 c dl m = 60
2
c /f
m
8 2 1/2
dl = = 60 2 # c 3 # 10 6 m G ( f = 100 MHz )
ww 80p
= 0.827 m
100 # 10
co
w.E
Radiation resistance, Rrad = 31.6 W lp.
asy
So, the operating wavelength of antenna is
8
l = c = 3 # 10 9 = 1.5 m
En f 0.2 # 10
he
Now, the radiation resistance of the antenna is defined as
Rrad = 80p2 b dl l
l
2
gin
So, putting all values we get
eer
e
31.6 = 80p2 b dl l
2
l
at
dl . 0.2
l ing
dl . l
.ne
g
5
i.e. Antenna is one fifth wave dipole.
t
w.

Current flowing in the antenna, i (t) = I 0 cos ^2p # 107 t h
ww
Radius of the circular loop, b = 30 cm = 30 # 10-2 m

So, we get the operating frequency of the antenna as
7
f = 2p # 10 = 107 Hz
2p
The operating wavelength of the antenna is
8
l = c = 3 # 10 = 30 m
f 10 7
Since, l >> b so, the radiation resistance of the antenna is given as

4 2
Rrad = 320p4 S where S is area of the circular loop.
l
320p4 # ^lb2h2
= (S = pb2 )
l4


320 # p # ^30 # 10-2h4
6
=
^30h4
= 0.003076 W = 3.076 mW
Cross sectional radius of antenna, a = 4 cm = 4 # 10-2 m
Conductivity of the antenna, s = 2.9 # 107 S/m
Length of antenna, dl = 30 m
Operating frequency f = 0.5 MHz = 0.5 # 106 Hz
So, the surface resistance of the antenna is
ww pfm0 p # 0.5 # 106 # 4p # 10-7
m
Rs = =
s 2.9 # 107
-4
= 2.61 # 10 W
w.E co
Therefore, the loss resistance of the antenna is given as
Rl = Rs b dl l = ^2.61 # 10-4hb
2pa
30
2p # 4 # 10-2 l
asy = 0.031 W
lp.
En
The radiation resistance of the antenna is defined as
Rrad = 80p2 b dl l
gin
2
he
l
where dl is the length of the antenna and l is the operating wavelength. So, we get
Rrad = 80p2 # c 30 m
c/f
2
eer (l = c/f )
te
6 2
= 80p2 # e 30 # 0.5 #8 10 o = 1.97
^3 # 10 h ing
Therefore, the radiation efficiency of the antenna is
.ne
ga
h r = Rrad = 1.97 = 98.6%

Rrad + Rl 1.97 + 0.031
SOL 10.1.12 Option (B) is correct. t
w.
Given,
Operating frequency, f = 100 MHz = 108 Hz
Radius of circular loop, b = 20 cm = 20 # 10-2 m
ww
Cross sectional radius of wire, a = 5 mm = 5 # 10-3 m

Conductivity of copper, s = 5.8 # 107 S/m
The surface resistance of antenna is given as
pfm0 p # 108 # 4p # 10-7
Rs = =
s 5.8 # 107
= 2.61 # 10-3 W
So, the loss resistance of the antenna is
-2
Rl = b b l Rs = 20 # 10-3 # 2.61 # 10-3 = 0.104 W
a 5 # 10


Given that the quarter wave monopole antenna is connected to transmission line.
So, the load impedance of transmission line will be the input impedance of monopole
antenna.
i.e. ZL = Zin
Since, the input impedance of quarter wave monopole antenna is
Zin = ^36.5 + j21.25h W
So the reflection coefficient of transmission line is given as
^36.5 + j21.25h - 75
G = ZL - Z 0 =
m
ZL + Z 0 ^36.5 + j21.5h + 75
ww = 0.3874 < 140.3c
co
Therefore, the standing wave ratio along the transmission line is
w.E S =
1+ G
1- G
= 2.265
lp.
asy
Radiated power of an antenna is defined as
Prad =
I 2 ^dl h2
h b2 (1)
En 12p 0
he
where I is the current in the antenna, dl is the length of the antenna and b is the
phase constant.
gin
Now, the maximum electric field intensity at a distance R from the antenna is
defined as
eer
e
hb
E q max = b Idl l 0 (2)
4p R
at
So, comparing equation (1) and (2), we get

E q max = 1 90Prad
ing
R
.ne
g
= 1 90 # 0.4 # 103 ( Prad = 0.4 kW )
t
w.
10 # 103
= 19 mV/m
ww
Given, current flowing in the antenna is

i (t) = 41.7 cos wt mA
So, the magnitude of the current flowing in the antenna is
I 0 = 41.7 mA
Now, for a quarter wave monopole antenna, radiation resistance is
Rrad . 73 W
So, the average power radiated by the antenna is given as
Prad = 1 I 02 Rrad = 1 # ^41.7 # 10-3h2 # 73
2 2
= 63.5 mW


Total radiated power, Prad = 250 mW = 0.25 W
Length of antenna, dl = 0.01l
Now, the radiated power of an antenna in terms of current I 0 flowing in the antenna
is defined as
Prad = 1 Î 0h2 Rrad (1)
2
where Rrad is the radiation resistance of the antenna. Since, the current is linearly
distributed over the antenna So, we get the average current in the antenna as
Iavg = I 0
ww 2
m
Since, the average current flowing in the antenna is half of the uniform current I 0
therefore, the radiated power will be 14 th of the value obtained for uniform current
w.E in equation (1)

i.e. Prad = 1 b 1 I 02 Rrad l
4 2
co
asy
0.25 = 1 # I 02 # 80p2 b dl l
2
lp.
8 l
En
0.25 = I 0 ^10p h^0.01h
2
I 02 = 25.33
2 2
gin
he
or, I 0 = 5.03 A
SOL 10.1.17
Length of antenna, dl = 0.02l
eer
te
Total radiated power, Prad = 4 W
ing
Since, the monopole antenna is extending over the conducting plane so, the power
will be radiated only over the upper half space and therefore, the radiation resistance
.ne
ga
of the antenna will reduces to half of its value

Rrad = 1 ;80p2 b dl l E = 40p2 b dl l
2 2
i.e.
2 l l
t
As the current is distributed linearly. So, the average current in the antenna is
w.
Iavg = I 0
2
ww
therefore, the radiated power will be 14 th of the value obtained for I 0 .
Prad = 1 b I 0 l ;40p2 b dl l E
2 2
i.e.
2 2 l
2Prad 1/2 = 2#4 1/2
or, I0 = = 2G = 14.2 A
>10p2 b dl l H
2
10p ^0.02h
2
l
Operating frequency, f = 0.2 GHz
So, the operating wavelength of the Hertzian dipole is


8
l = c = 3 # 10 9 = 1.5 m
f 0.2 # 10
Now, the effective area of the dipole is defied as
2
Ae = l Gd
4p
where Gd is the directive gain and since the directive gain of Hertzian dipole is
1.5 sin2 q so, putting this value, we get
^1.5h2
4p ^
Ae = 1.5 sin2 qh = 0.27 sin2 q
m
Therefore, the maximum effective area of the dipole is
ww Ae,max = 0.27 m2 (maximum value of sin q is 1)
co
w.E The time average power density of the incident wave is defined in terms of received
power as
Pave = Pr lp.
asy Ae
where, Pr is the received power and Ae is the effective aperture area and as calculated
En
in the previous question, the maximum effective area of the Hertzian dipole is
he
Ae = 0.27 m2
-6
gin
So, we get the average power density of the incident wave as
Pave = 1.5 # 10 = 5.56 mW/m2
0.27
eer
e

at
For a quarter-wave monopole antenna pattern function is
f ^q h =
cos 8^p/2h cos qB ing
sin q
.ne
g
So, the normalized radiation intensity of the quarter wave monopole antenna is
t
w.
given as
U ^q, fh = f 2 ^q h
cos2 8^p/2h cos qB
=
ww
sin2 q
Therefore, the maximum radiation intensity is
U max = 1
Now, the power radiated by the quarter wave monopole antenna is evaluated as
Prad = # #U^q, fh-"sin qdqdf,
p/2 cos2 9 p cos qC
2p 2
=
0
# # 0 sin2 q
sin qdqdf
= ^2ph^0.609h
Therefore, the directivity of quarter wave monopole antenna is
D = 4pU max
Prad


= 4p = 3.28
^2ph^0.609h
As the radiation intensity in all directions are same so,
U ^q, fh = Uave
where, U ^q, fh is radiation intensity in a particular direction and Uav is the average
radiation intensity. So, the directive gain in a particular direction is
U ^q, fh Uave
Gd ^q, fh = = =1
Uave Uave
Therefore the directivity of the antenna is
ww D = Gd,max = 1
m
w.E Maximum radiation intensity,

Efficiency of antenna,
Input power of antenna,
U max = 1 W/Sr
co
h = 95%
Pin = 0.8 Watt
asy
So, the output radiated power is given as
Prad = hPin = ^0.95h # ^0.8h = 0.76 Watt
lp.
, En
Therefore, the directivity of antenna is evaluated as
D = 4pU max = 4p # 1
Prad
gin
0.76
he
= 16.53
Maximum radiation intensity, U max = 1.5 W/Sreer
te
Directivity of antenna, D = 20.94

Since, the directivity of antenna is defined as ing
D = 4pU max
.ne
ga
Prad
So, radiated power of the antenna is given as
Prad =
4p ^1.5h
t
w.
20.94
= 0.9 Watt
ww
From the given value of radiation intensity, we get maximum radiation intensity of
the antenna as
U max = 1
So, the radiated power of the antenna is evaluated as
p/2 2
Prad = U ^q, fh sin qdqdf = ^sin qh^sin qdqdfh = p2
2p
# # #
q=0 f=0
Therefore, the directivity of antenna is

4p ^ 1 h
D = 4pU max = 2 = 2.546
Prad p /2


Given, the field pattern of antenna,
4 0 < q < p/3
U ^q h = *
0 p/3 < q < p
So, the total radiated power of the antenna is given as
p/3
U ^q h sin qdqdf
2p
Prad = # #
f=0 q=0
= 4 # 2p 6- cos q@0p/3
= 4p
m
Therefore, the directivity of the antenna is
ww D = 4pU max =
4p ^ 4 h
=4
co
Prad 4p
w.E
The three element antenna array has the current ratio 1 : 2 : 1
lp.
asy
En
We can split the middle element to two elements each of them carrying current
he
I 0 0c as shown below.
gin
eer
e
at
ing
Now all the four elements are carrying current I 0 0c and separation between them
are d = l/2 . So, this array can be replaced by two array antenna with two elements
as shown below :
.ne
g
t
w.
Since the currents are in same phase, so the phase difference between the currents
ww
will be zero.
i.e. a =0
and separation between the antennas as obtained from the above shown figure is
d = l/2
As shown below the three element array displaced by l/2 .
Now we split all the elements with current I 0 as shown below :


The three current elements I 0 located at the same position can be treated as the
single element carrying current 3I 0 as shown below :
Thus, the current ratio will be 1 : 3 : 3 : 1 of the four element array.
ww
m
w.E ***********
co
asy
lp.
En
gin
he
eer
te
ing
.ne
ga
t
w.
ww


SOLUTIONS 10.2
m
Current in the dipole, i (t) = 0.5 sin 108 t A
ww Length of the dipole, dl = l/100
co
So, the magnitude of the current flowing in dipole is
w.E I 0 = 0.5
and from the shown figure, we get
r = 100l and q = 60c
lp.
asy
Now, the magnetic field components at any point ^r, q, fh due to hertizian dipole
located at origin are defined as
En
H qs = Hrs = 0
he
jI bdl
and Hfs = 0
4pr
gin
sin qe-jbr
where I 0 is the magnitude of current flowing in Hertzian dipole, dl is the length of
eer
e
dipole and b is phase constant. So, putting all the given values, we get
j ^0.5hb 2p lb l l
at
Hfs =
l 100
4p ^100lh ing2p
sin 60ce-jb l l^100lh
j 3
.ne
g
=
^ # h 4 # 2
4 10 l
t
w.
As, l = 2p c = 2p # 3 # 108 = 6p ( w = 108 rad/s )

w 10 8
j 3
Therefore, Hfs = # 2
24p # 10 4
ww
= 1.1486 # 10-6 e j90c A/m

Thus, the net magnetic field intensity at point P will be
H = Im ^Hfs e jwt afh = 1.1486 # 10-6 sin ^wt + 90ch
= 1.15 sin ^108 t + 90ch mA/m
The field intensities of the Hertzian monopole are defined as
jhI 0 bdl
E qs = sin qe-jbr
4pr
jI bdl
and Hfs = 0 sin qe-jbr
4pr
So, the time average power of the Hertzian monopole is


2 h b2
Pave = 1 Re "Es # Hs*, = 1 b I 0 dl l 0 2 sin2 q
2 2 4p r
Now, the radiation intensity of the antenna is given as
Î 0 dl h2
U ^q, fh = r2 Pave = h0 b 2 sin2 q
32p2
So, the maximum radiation intensity is
Î 0 dl h2
U max = h0 b 2 (maximum value of sin q = 1)
32p2
As the radiated power of an antenna is given as
Prad = # U^q, fh^sin qdqdfh
ww
m
where, the integral is taken in the range 0 < q < p2 , 0 < f < 2p for Hertzian
w.E monopole. So, we get

Prad =
0
p/2
# # 0
2p Î 0 dl h2
32 p
co
2 2
2 h0 b sin q sin qdqdf
asy
=
Î 0 dl h2
h b 2
=d#
p/2
sin 3
qd #q nc
2p
d f mG =
Î 0 dl h2
h0 b 2 b 4p l
lp.
0
32p2 0 0 32p2 3
En
Since, the directivity of an antenna is defined as
D = 4pU max
Prad
gin
he
So, putting the values obtained above we get the directivity of Hertzian monopole
antenna as
D =
4p ^ 1 h
^4p/3h
=3 eer
te

The field intensities of Hertzian dipole antenna are defined as
.ne
ga
jI bdl
Hfs = 0 sin qe-jbr
4pr
E qs = hHfs
t
w.
So, average radiated power of the antenna is given as

2 h b2
Pave = 1 Re Es # Hs* = 1 b I 0 dl l 0 2 sin2 q
2 2 4p r
ww
The radiation intensity of the antenna is defined as

U ^q, fh = r2 Pave
Î 0 dl h2
= h0 b 2 sin2 q
32p2
So, the total radiated power of the antenna is
Prad = # U^q, fh^sin qdqdfh
pÎ 0 dl h2
2p Î 0 dl h2 2 8p
0
=
0
# #32p
2 3
2 h0 b sin qdqdf =
32p 2 h0 b b 3 l
Since, the directive gain of the antenna is defined as


4pU ^q, fh
Gd =
Prad
Therefore, we get the directive gain of the Hertzian dipole antenna as
4p ^sin2 qh
Gd = = 3 sin2 q
8p/3 2
Current in 1st antenna, I1s = I 0 0c
nd
Current in the 2 antenna I2s = I 0 180c
m
Separation between two antennas d = l/2
ww So, the phase difference between the two currents is

a = 180c= p rad .
co
The unit pattern function of a Hertzian dipole antenna (i.e., the unit pattern
w.E function of both the antenna) is

f1 ^q h = cos q
The field pattern of f1 ^q h has been plotted below :
lp. where q is angle with z -axis
asy
En
he
gin
eer
e
at
ing
.ne
Now, the group pattern function of the two antenna is defined as
g
f2 ^q h = cos :1 ^bd cos q + ahD

2
t
w.
where a is the phase difference, b is phase constant and d is the separation

between two antennas. So, we get
f2 ^q h = cos ;1 b 2p l cos q + p lE = cos :1 ^p cos q + phD
ww
2 l 2 2
This field pattern is plotted as below :


Therefore, the resultant pattern f ^q h of the antenna array will be drawn by just
multiplying these two patterns
i.e. f ^q h = 6f1 ^q h@ # 6f2 ^q h@
Thus, the obtained plot for the antenna array has been shown below :
ww
m
w.E
co
asy
Separation between the two antennas, d = l/4
lp.
Phase difference between the currents, a =- p/2
En
The unit pattern function of a Hertzian dipole antenna (i.e., the unit pattern
function of both the antenna) is
f1 ^q h = cos q
gin
he
where q is angle with z -axis

This field pattern has been plotted below :
eer
te
ing
.ne
ga
t
w.
Now, the group pattern function of the two antenna is defined as

ww
f2 ^q h = cos :1 ^bd cos q + ahD

2
where a is the phase difference between the currents in the dipole, b is phase
constant and d is the separation between two antennas. So, we get
f2 ^q h = cos ;1 b 2p l cos q - p lE
2 l 4 2
= cos <1 c p cos q - p mF
2 2 2
It’s null (zero) will be at q = p and maxima will be at q = 0c. So, the field pattern
f2 ^q h is as plotted below


Therefore, the resultant pattern f ^q h of the antenna array will be drawn by just
m
multiplying these two patterns
f ^q h = 6f1 ^q h@ # 6f2 ^q h@
ww i.e.
Thus, the obtained pattern for the antenna array has been shown below :
co
w.E lp.
asy
En
he
gin
eer
e

The normalized array factor for the antenna is given as
at
ÂF hn = / 2! ing
1 1 + Ne jy + N ^N - 1h e j2y + ....e j^N - 1hy
where y = ^bd cos q + ah

.ne
g
N ^N - 1h N ^N - 1h^N - 2h
and / = 1+N+ + + ....
t
w.
2! 3!
= ^1 + 1hN - 1 = 2N - 1
ÂF hn = N1- 1 1 + e jy = N1- 1 e jy/2
N-1 N - 1 -jy/2 N-1
So, e + e jy/2
2 2
ww
= N1- 1 cos y/2 N - 1

2
Therefore, the group pattern function of the array is
bd cos q + a N - 1
f ^q h = cos b l
2
Maximum electric field, E max = 6 mV/m = 6 # 10-3 V/m
Location of point of field maxima, r = 40 km = 40 # 103 m
Total radiated power is Prad = 100 kW = 105 W
The average radiated power of an antenna is defined as
Pave = 1 Re "Es # Hs*,
2


So, the radiation intensity of the antenna is given as
U ^q, fh = r2 Pave
= r Re "Es # Hs*,
2
2
Therefore, the maximum radiation intensity of the antenna is
U max = r Re "Es # Hs*, = r E
2 2 2
E
2 2 h bH = h l
^40 # 103h
2 2
= Ê maxh =
2 # 120p # ^ #
r 2
6 10-3h2 ^h0 = 120ph
2h
Since, the directivity of an antenna is defined as
ww D = 4pU max
m
Prad
4p # ^40 # 103h2 # ^6 # 10-3h2
w.ESo, we get D =
co
2 # 120p # 105
Therefore, in decibel the directivity is given as
= 0.0096
asy
10 log 10 D =- 20.18 dB
lp.
En
Consider the maximum power gain is G p and directive gain is Gd so, the radiation
efficiency is defined as
G
gin
he
hr = p
Gd
G p = hr Gd = ^0.95h Gd
or,
Therefore, the maximum power gain is eer ( hr = 95% )
te
G p,max = ^0.95h Gd,max = ^0.95h D ^D = Gd,maxh

ing
= 0.95 # ^0.0096h = 0.00912 = 9.12 # 10 -3
.ne
ga

Minimum detectable power, Pmin = 0.13 mW
Transmitted power,
Prad = 30 kW = 30 # 103 W
f = 3 GHz = 3 # 109 Hz t
w.
Target cross section, s = 1.25 m2

Radius of antenna, a = 1.8 m
Since, the effective area of the antenna is 70% of it’s actual area so, the effective
ww
area of the antenna is

Ae = 70 # ^pa2h = ^0.7h # ^p # ^1.8h2h = 7.125 m2
100
As the maximum range is the point where the received power is equal to the
minimum detectable power. So, the received power by the target located at its
maximum range is
Pr = Pmin = 0.13 mW = 0.13 # 10-3 W
Now, the operating wavelength of the antenna is
8
l = c = 3 # 109 = 0.1 m
f 3 # 10


So, the directive gain of the antenna is given as
4p # ^7.125h
Gd = 4pA e
=
l2 ^0.1h2
= 2850p
Since, the maximum detectable range of the antenna is defined as
2 2 1/4
rmax = =l G d 3s Prad G
^4ph Pr
where Pr is the received power by the target located at its maximum range. So,
putting all the values in the above expression, we get
m
^0.1h2 ^2850ph2 ^1.25h 30 # 103
1/4
rmax = > H
ww ^4ph3 0.13 # 10-3
co
= 584.27 m
w.E
As calculated in previous question, the maximum detectable range of radar is
rmax = 584.3 m lp.
asy
So, half of the range will be at the position
r = 1 rmax = 292.2 m
En 2
he
Therefore, the time average power density at half of the range of the radar is
Pave = Gd Prad
4pr2
=
gin
^2850ph # 30 # 103
4p ^292.2h2
eer
e
= 250.35 W/m2
at
Current amplitude
Operating frequency, ing
I 0 = 50 A
f = 180 kHz = 180 # 103 Hz
.ne
g
Effective length, l = 20 m
Location of the observation point, R = 80 km = 8 # 10 4 m
t
w.
So, the maximum field intensity at the observation point is given as

E q max = I 0 dl h0 b = I 0 h0 b # 2le
4p R 4pR
ww
As, the operating wavelength is

8 4
l = c = 3 # 10 3 = 10
f 180 # 10 6
and so the phase constant is
b = 2p = 2p4 # 6 = 12p # 10-4
l 10
Therefore, the maximum field intensity at the observation point is
# ^120ph # 12p # 10 # 2 # 20
E q max = 50 -4
4p # ^8 # 10 4h
= 0.002827 = 2.83 mV/m
The time average power density of antenna is defined as


Pave = 1 Re "Es # Hs*,
2
So, the time average radiated power is given as
p/2 2p Eq 2
Prad = #Pave : dS = 1 # # R2 sin qdqdf
S 2 0 0 h0
p/2
=1
2p
R2 I 0 h b 2l 2 sin qdqdf
2 0 # #
0 h 0 b 4p R 0 # e l
p/2 2p I b 2l 2
=1 # # h0 b 0 # e l sin qdqdf
2 0 0 4p
I b 2l 2 p/2
= 1 # 2p # h 0 b 0 # e l sin qdq
#
ww 2 4p
m
0
-4 2
= p # 120p # b 50 # 12p # 10 # 2 # 20 l # 1
4p
w.E
= 426.37 W = 0.43 kW
co
asy
As calculated in previous question the time average radiated power is
lp.
Prad = 0.43 kW
En
Amplitude of the current in the antenna is
I 0 = 50 A
gin
So, the radiation resistance of the antenna is given as
he
3
Rrad = 2Prad = 2 # 0.43 2# 10
^50h
eer
2
I0
= 0.34 W
te

Cross sectional radius of wire a = 6 mm = 6 # 10-3 ming
Radius of the circular loop, b = 1m
.ne
ga
Operating frequency, f = 0.5 MHz = 0.5 # 106 Hz

No. of turns, N = 10
So, the operating wavelength of the antenna is t
w.
8
l = c = 3 # 10 6 = 6 # 102 m
f 0.5 # 10
ww
Rrad = N 2 # 320p6 b b l = 102 # 320 # p6 b 1

4 4
l 6 # 10 2 l = 2.37 # 10-4 W

As calculated in the previous question, radiation resistance of the antenna is
Rrad = 2.37 # 10-4 W
So, the surface resistance of the antenna is given as
pfm0 p # 0.5 # 106 # 4p # 10-7
Rs = =
s 2.9 # 107
-4
= 2.61 # 10 W


Therefore, the loss resistance of the antenna is
Rl = N # b b l Rs = 10 # b 1
-3 l # 2.61 # 10
-4
a 6 # 10
= 0.435 W
Thus, the radiation efficiency of the antenna is
hrad = Rrad = 0.055%
Rrad + Rl
Radiation function of the dipole antenna of height h is defined as
cos ^bh cos qh - cos bh
m
F ^q h =
sin q
ww Since, the height of dipole antenna is h = l/8 . So, we get
co
cos ^1.25 cos qh - cos ^1.25ph
F ^q h =
w.E sin q
This function has been drawn as to obtain the pattern shown below :
lp.
asy
En
he
gin
eer
e
at

.ne
Since, the point P ^0, 0, 1000h lies along the axial direction of antenna carrying
g
current in az direction, so it’s contribution to the field will be zero. Now for the
t
w.
antenna carrying current along ax direction, we have

Amplitude of the current in antenna, I 0 = 4 A (i (t) = 4 cos wt A )
Length of the antenna, dl = 0.1 m
ww
The position of point P is r = 1000 and q = 90c as shown in the figure below :
So, the electric field component in free space is defined as

E qs = h0 Hfs


jI 0 bdl
= h0 b sin qe-jbr l
4p r
j ^120ph^4hb 2p l^0.1h
2p 2p
sin 90ce-j 2p ^1000h
2p
=
4p ^1000h bb = l l
= j1.2 # 10-2 e-j1000 V/m
Since, rest of the components of field will be zero so, we get the net electric field as
Es = E qs a q = j ^1.2 # 10-2 e-j1000h^- ax h
=- j ^1.2 # 10-2h e-j1000 ax V/m
Similarly, at point Q ^1000, 0, 0h the contribution due to antenna carrying current
ww along x -axis will be zero while the electric field due to antenna along az will be
m
Es =- j ^1.2 # 10-2h e-j1000 az V/m
w.E
co
Since, the antenna are carrying current along ax and az while the point is located
at y -axis so, both the antenna will contribute to the field. Therefore, summing the
asy
fields obtained due to the two antennas in previous question, we get,
Es =- j ^1.2 # 10-2h e-j1000 âx + az h
lp.
En
So, in the time domain
E ^ t h = Re Ês e j coth
gin
= ^1.2 # 10-2h sin ^wt - 1000hâx + az h V/m
he
Thus, the field at t = 0 at point ^0, 1000, 0h is

E =-^9.92 # 10-3hâx + az h V/m
eer
te

The field component due to the current element is given as
E qs = 10 sin qe-j10pr
ing
p
.ne
ga
So, at point P (r = 100 , q = p/2 , f = p/6 )
E qs = 10 sin a p k e-j10p^100h
100 2 t
w.
-j1000p
= 0.1e V/m
ww
Since, the vertical element is shifted from origin to a point y = 0.1 on the y -axis
the distance of point P from the two locations of antenna is approximately same
and therefore the magnitude of field component, E qs will be same in both cases
but the phase angle will change due to the change in location of current element.
So, the field intensity at point P due to the new location of vertical element is
given as
E qs1 = E qs e-j10p^r - l h (1)
where l is the difference between the length of point P from two locations as shown
in figure below :


m
ww Now, using geometry we get the length l as
l = 0.1 cos a p k = 0.05
co
3
w.E Putting the value in equation (1), we get the field component as
E qs1 = 0.1e-j1000p e j10p^ l h
= 0.1e-j1000p e j0.5p V/m
lp.
SOL 10.2.21
asy
Radiation resistance of a short circuit current element is determined as
En
Rrad = 80p2 b l l
2
he
where l is the length of dipole
l
l gin
Rrad = 80p2 b 0.06l l = 2.84 W
2
eer
e
But, as the current is not uniform so, we determine the average current through the
element. Now, from the given expression of current in the element, we get
at
I1 ^z h = I 0 b l + 2z l
I 2 ^z h = I 0 b l -
l
2 z
ing for l # z # 0
2
for 0 # z # l
and
l l
.ne
g
2
Therefore, the average current in the element is given as
t
w.
I 0 b l + 2z l + I 0 b l - 2z l
I1 ^ z h + I 2 ^ z h l l
Iavg = = = I0
2 2 2
ww
therefore, the radiated power will be 14 th of the value obtained for I 0 and due to
the same reason the radiation resistance will down to 14 th of its value.
i.e. 6Rrad@net = 14 Rrad = 14 # 2.84 = 0.71 W
SOL 10.2.22Option (B) is correct.

Length of wire, dl = 1 cm = 0.01 m
Cross section radius, r = 1 mm = 10-3 m
So, radiation resistance is given as
Rrad = 80p2 b dl l
2
l


0.01 2
c
= 80p2 = 0.07895 W bl = f l
fc # 9mp
8
3 10
0.3 # 10
Now, the ohmic resistance of the wire is defined as
Rl = L
s2pad
where
s " Conductivity
a " Radius of the cross section
d " Skin depth
L " Length of the wire
ww
m
Since, the skin depth of the wire is given as
d = 1 = 1
pfms p ^0.3 # 10 h^4p # 10-7h^5.8 # 107h
w.E
9
co
-6
= 3.82 # 10
So, we get Rl = 0.01
^5.8 # 10 h^2p # 10-3h^3.82 # 10-6h
asy
7
= 0.0072 W
lp.
Therefore, the ratio of the radiation resistance to the ohmic resistance of wire will
be
En
Rrad = 10.977 . 11
gin
he
Rl
Length of antenna,
Radiated power,
dl = 2 cm = 0.02 m
Prad = 2 W eer
te

So, operating wavelength of antenna is ing
l = c = 3 # 10 9 = 0.5 m
8
.ne
ga
f 0.6 # 10
Rrad = 80p2 b dl l = 80p2 b 0.02 l = 16p
2 2
t 2
w.
l 0. 5 125
As the radiated power of the antenna is defined as
Prad = 1 Î 0h2 Rrad
2
ww
= Îr.m.s.h2 Rrad ( Ir.m.s = I 0 / 2 )

So, the rms current in the antenna is
Ir.m.s. = Prad = 2 = 1.26 A
Rrad ^16p2 /125h
***********


SOLUTIONS 10.3
m
The directivity of an antenna is defined as
ww D = U max
Uave
co
w.E where U max is the maximum radiation intensity of the antenna and Uave is the
average radiation intensity. Since, the given antenna has the radiation pattern
U (q) = cos 4 q lp. (0 # q # p/2 )
asy
So, the maximum radiation intensity is
U max = 1
En
The average radiation intensity is
he
2p 2p
Uave = 1 F (q, f) dW = 1 ;
# # # F (q, f) sin qdq dfE
4p
= 1 ;
4p 0 0
2p
# #
p/2
gin 4p 0 0
cos 4 q sin qdqdfE = 1 ;2p b- cos q lE
4p 5
5 p/2
eer
e
0
1 1 1 2 p 1
4p # :
= 2p - 0 + D = =
5 4p # 5 10
at
Therefore, the directivity of the antenna is

D = 1 = 10
ing
10
.ne
g
or, D (in dB) = 10 log 10 = 10 dB
t
w.

The beam-width of Hertzian dipole is 180c so, its half power beam-width is 90c.
ww
The operating wavelength of the antenna is

8
l = c = 3 # 10 9 = 3 ( f = 20 GHz )
f 20 # 10 200
Therefore, the gain of parabolic antenna is given as
Gp = hp2 b D l
2
l
= 0.7 # p2 c 13 m = 30705.4
2
(efficiency, h = 70% )
100
or, 10 log 10 G p = 44.87 dB
Using the method of images, the configuration is as shown below


Here d = l, a = p, thus, bd = 2p
So, the array factor of the antenna is given as
bd cos y + a
A.F. = cos : D
2
ww
m
2p cos y + p
= cos : D = sin (p cos y)
2
w.E
SOL 10.3.5
co
Since, the antenna is installed at conducting ground. So, the power will be radiated
only on the half side of the antenna and therefore, the radiation resistance of the
asy
antenna will be half of its actual value and given as
lp.
Rrad = 1 ;80p2 ` dl j E = 40p2 c
2
50 2 2p2 W
2 l m =
5
SOL 10.3.6
En
The array factor of the antenna is defined as
0.5 # 103
gin
he
bd sin q + a
A.F. = cos b l
2
Here, d =l
4 eer
te
and
Thus,
a = 90c
2p l
A.F. = cos c l 4
sin q + p2
2
ing
p p
m = cos a 4 sin q + 2 k
2p
bb = l l
.ne
ga
The option (A) satisfy this equation.

t
The directive gain of an antenna at a particular direction ^q, fh is defined as
w.
4pU (q, f)
Gd (q, f) = (1)
Prad
Since, for lossless antenna
ww
Prad = Pin
So, we get Prad = Pin = 1 mW
Again the directive gain of the antenna is given
10 log Gd (q, f) = 6 dB
So, Gd (q, f) = 3.98
Putting it in equation (1) we get the total power radiated by antenna as
4pU (q, f) = Prad Gd (q, f) = 1 m # 3.98 = 3.98 mW
Normalized array factor is given as


y
A.F. = 2 cos
2
where, y = bd sin q cos f + d
q = 90c,
d = 2 s,
f = 45c,
d = 180c
y bd sin q cos f + d
So, A.F. = 2 cos = 2 cos ; E
2 2
m
= 2 cos :2p 2 s cos 45c + 180cD
ww l2 2
= 2 cos 9 ps + 90cC = 2 sin a ps k
co
l l
w.E
The signal strength (power) at a distance r from an antenna is inversely proportional
to the distance r . lp.
i.e.
asy P \ 12
r
So,
EnP1 = r 22 (1)
he
P2 r 12
Therefore, P1 = 2
P2
gin
Since, 3 dB decrease " Strength is halved (103/10 = 100.3 = 2 )
eer
e
Substituting it in equation (1), we get

2
2 = r 22
at
or
5
r2 = 5 2 km = 7071 m ing (r1 = 5 km )
.ne
g
Thus, the required distance to move is

d = r2 - r1 = 7071 - 5000 = 2071 m
t
w.

We have l = 492 m
and height of antenna, dl = 124 m . l
ww
4
So, it is a quarter wave monopole antenna and radiation resistance of a quarter
wave monopole antenna is 36.5 W.
We have y = bd cos q + d (1)
where d = l Distance between elements
4
y =0 Because of end fire
q = 60c
Putting all the values in equation (1) we get
0 = 2p # l cos 60c + d = p # 1 + d
l 4 2 2


or d =- p
4
For a dipole antenna we have
BW \ 1
(Diameter)
So, as diameter increases Bandwidth decreases.
Far field region for an antenna is defined for the distance r from the antenna as
2
r > 2d
ww l
m
where d is the largest dimension of the antenna and l is the operating wavelength.
Now, the operating wavelength of the antenna is given as
w.E 8
co
l = c = 3 # 10 9 = 3 m
f 4 # 10 40
asy
So, for the closest far field we have
r = 2d = e
2 2 # (2.4) 2
o
80 # (2.4) 2
lp.
= . 150 m
l 3 3
SOL 10.3.14
En
40
gin
We know that for a monopole its electric field varies inversely with r 2 while its
he
potential varies inversely with r . Similarly, for a dipole its electric field varies
inversely as r 3 and potential varies inversely as r 2 .
eer
In the given expression both the terms _ r1 + r1 i are present, so, this potential is
-1 -2
te
SOL 10.3.15
due to both monopole and dipole.
Option (A) is correct. ing
.ne
ga
Power received by an antenna is defined as

Pr = Pt 2 # Ae
4p r
t
where Pt is the power radiated by the transmitting antenna, r is the distance
w.
between transmitter and receiver and Ae is the effective aperture area of the
receiving antenna. So, we get
-4
Pr = 251 # 500 # 102
ww
( Ae = 500 cm2, r = 100 m, Pt = 251 W )

4 # p # (100)
= 100 mW
Magnetic field intensity in terms of vector potential is defined as
H = 1d#A
m
where A is auxiliary potential function.
So, d : H = d : (d # A) = 0
and d # H = d # (d # A) = Y 0


Radiation resistance of a circular loop is given as
Rrad = 8 hp3 ;NT S
E
3 l2
Rrad \ N 2
where N is number of turns. Since, the radiation resistance of a circular loop is
0.01 W.
i.e. Rr1 = 0.01 W
So, we get the net radiation resistance of the five turns of such loop as
m
Rr 2 = N 2 # Rr1 = (5) 2 # 0.01 = 0.25 W (N = 5 )
ww
co
Aperture area of a receiving antenna is defined in terms of received power as
w.E Aperture Area = Power Re ceived

Poynting vector of incident wave
Ae = Pr lp.
Since,
asy Pt =
Pt
E 2
( h0 = 120p is intrinsic impedance of space)
En h0
he
-6 -6
So, Ae = 2 #E10 = 2 # 10 -3 2 # 120 # 3.14
_ h i
gin
2
0
(20 # 10 )
-6
= 2 # 10 # 12 -# 3.14 = 1.884 m2
eer
6
400 # 10
e

Maximum usable frequency( fmax ) in terms of incidence angle (i ) is defined as
at
fmax = o
f
sin i ing
where f0 is critical frequency. So, we get
.ne
g
fmax = 8MHz = 8 = 16 MHz
t
w.
sin 60c 3 3
c 2 m
Far field \ 1
ww
r
The maximum usable frequency is given as
f
fm = 0
sin i
where i is launching angle and f0 is critical frequency so, we get
6
20 # 106 = 10 # 10
sin i
or, sin i = 1
2
or, i = 30c
SOL 10.3.22Option (C) is correct.


The directive gain of half wave ^l/2h dipole antenna is given as
cos2 a p cos q k
2
Gd = 1.66
sin2 q
So, the directivity of the antenna is
D = Gd,max
cos2 ^ p2 cos qh
Since, the maximum value of the function is 1. So, the directivity of
sin2 q
l/2 long wire antenna is
D = 1.66 ^1 h = 1.66
ww
m
Since, the EM waves are travelling in free space, So the phase velocity of the wave
will be equal to the velocity of light in free space.
w.E i.e. vp = c
So, at frequency, f = 63 MHz (Channel 3)
co
asy
8
wavelength, l = c = 3 # 10 6 = 4.76 m
f 63 # 10
lp.
2 p
En
So, phase constant, b =
l
= 1.32 rad/m
and at frequency, f = 803 MHz (channel 69)
gin
he
8
wavelength, l = c = 3 # 10 6 = 0.374 m
f 803 # 10
So, phase constant, b = 2
l
p = 16.82 rad/m
eer
te

SOL 10.3.24
ing
Since, the antenna is located at earth so, power radiated to the hemisphere will be
half of the transmitted value.
.ne
ga
i.e. Pr = Pt = 200 kW = 100 kW

2 2
t
Now, the average poynting vector (power radiated per unit area) at a distance r
from the antenna is given as
w.
Pave = Pr2 ar
pr
where ar denotes the direction of Poynting vector. So, for r = 50 km , we have
ww
3
Pave = 100 # 103 2 ar = 40 ar mW/m2
p ^50 # 10 h p
Radiation resistance of a dipole antenna is defined as
Rrad = 80p2 b dl l
2
...(1)
l
Given,
The length of dipole, dl = 5 m
operating frequency, f = 3 MHz = 3 # 106 Hz
So, the operating wave length of the antenna is given as


8
l = c = 3 # 106 = 100 m
f 3 # 10
Putting these values in equation (1) we get
2
Rrad = 80p2 b 5 l = 80p = 1.97 . 2 W
2
100 400
The radiated power of an antenna is defined as
Prad = 1 I 02 Rrad
2
m
i.e. Prad \ Rrad ...(i)
ww Now, the radiation resistance of the antenna is given as

Rrad = 80p2 b dl l
co
2
w.E i.e. Rrad \ 2

^dl h
l
2
lp.
Since
So, we get
asy l = c
f
Rrad \ f 2 ^dl h2 ...(ii)
En
Combining eq(1) and (2) we conclude that
he
Prad \ ^dl h2 ^ f h2
Now, for the 1st antenna we have
gin
^dl h^ f h = ^1.5h^100 # 106h = 1.5 # 108
eer
e
nd
for 2 antenna
^dl h^ f h = ^15h^10 # 106h = 1.5 # 106
at
ing
Since, the product of length and frequency are same for both the antenna So, the
power radiated by both the antennas will be same.
.ne
g

Given the length of current element, l = 0.03l .
t
w.
So, the radiation resistance of the system is given as

Rrad = 80p2 b l l = 80p2 b 0.03l l = 0.072l2 W
2 2
l l
ww

In a three element Yagi antenna there are one reflector, one folded dipole (driven
element) and one director. The length of reflector is greater than driven element
which in turn is longer than the director.
Antenna arrays are formed to produce a greater directivity i.e. more energy radiated
in some particular direction and less in other directions.
Input power = Wt
Radiated power = Wr


Radiation intensity =f
So,the power gain of the antenna is
Gp =
4pf
â " 3h
Wt
Directive gain of antenna is
4pf
Gd =
Wr ^b " 4h
Average radiated power of the antenna is
Pr = Wr
4p ^c " 2h
ww The efficiency of antenna is
m
h = Wr
Wt ^d " 1h
w.E
co
Maximum radiation for an end fire array occurs along the line of the array.
SOL 10.3.32
asy
The gain of antenna is directly proportional to the aperture area. So, with increase
lp.
of aperture area, received power increases and therefore the gain increases.
SOL 10.3.33
En
gin
In the helical antenna, normal mode of operation is very narrow in bandwidth and
he
therefore the directivity is high. While the radiation efficiency is low.

eer
For an antenna near and far zone are specified by a boundary defined as
te
R = 2d
l
2
ing
.ne
where, R is the distance from antenna, d is the largest dimension of antenna and l
ga
2
is the operating wavelength of antenna. So, any target located at a distance R > 2Dl
2
R < 2Dl is in the near zone.
t
from antenna is in the far zone for the antenna and any target located at a distance
w.

Gain of transmitting antenna, Gdt = 10
Transmitted power, Pt = 1W
ww
Effective area of receiving antenna, Aer = 1 m2

Distance between transmitter and receiver, r = 1m
So, total received power by the receiving antenna is
Pr = Pt 2 Gdt Aer = 1 2 # ^10h # ^1 h = 0.79 W
4p r 4p ^ 1 h
2
Since, the region r > 2D is called far zone for the antenna and as it is given that
l 2
in the Fraunhofer region measurement to be taken from a distance of 2D from
l
antenna so, the defined region is far zone or far field.


Helical antenna is used to provide circularly polarized wave and the log periodic
antenna is frequency independent.
For a wave travelling from medium 1 to medium 2, the incidence angle qc of the
wave for which it is totally reflected by medium 2 is given as
n1 sin qc = n2 sin 90c (1)
where n1 and n2 are the refractive index of medium 1 and medium 2 respectively.
m
Since, refracting index of a medium having permittivity e and permeability m is
ww defined as
n = me
co
So, putting it in equation (1), we get
w.E m0 e1 sin qc = m0 e2
sin qc = e2 = 1
e1
lp. 2
asy qc = sin c
-1 1
2m
= 45c
SOL 10.3.39
En
he
gin
eer
e
at
ing
.ne
g
t
w.
Yagi-Uda antenna must have one reflector and one driven element while it can
have any number of directors. So, the four element Yagi-Uda antenna will have 2
ww
directors, one reflector, and one driven element.

Directivity of an antenna is directly proportional to the effective area and therefore
larger the effective area, sharper the radiated beam.
This is the reason for using an aperture antenna instead a linear antenna for
extremely high frequency ranges.
Current distortion along a travelling wave antenna in general is defined as
I ^z, t h = I 0 cos ^cot - bz h
but when we eliminate t by taking it’s phasor form, the current can be written as
I ^z h = I 0 e-jbz


Turnstile antenna is generally used at UHF/VHF for local area transmission.
The frequencies upto 1650 kHz is in the range of medium frequency. Vertical
radiators ranging from l/6 to l/5 used for broadcasting the medium frequencies
as the operating conditions and economic consideration.
The radiation field intensity of an antenna at a distance r is defined as
jhI 0 bdl
E qs = sin qe-jbr
ww 4pr
m
hI bdl sin q
or E qs = 0 \1
4p r r
w.E
co
The resultant field in a helical antenna is either circularly polarized or elliptically
polarized depending on the pitch angle a.
asy
The radiated wave by a helical antenna is circularly polarized only when,
lp.
a = tan-1 a c k
En 2l
else it is elliptically polarized. In conclusion for a general term we can say the wave
gin
he
radiated by a helical antenna is elliptically polarized.

The unexcited patch is shown below
eer
te
ing
.ne
ga
t
w.
ww
The capacitance between the plates is given as

e Ârea of platesh
C = = e0 er LW
^separatoin between platesh h
Maximum usable frequency between two stations of distance D is defined as
fMUF = fc 1 + b D l
2
2h
where h vertical height at the mid point of path and fc is critical frequency we put
all the values to get,


1 +b 800 2 = 1.5 107 Hz = 15 MHz
2 # 300 l
fMUF = 9 # 106 #
D -layer is the lower most region of ionosphere which is present only during the
day light hours and disappears at night because recombination rate is highest and
also E -region is weekly lonised during night hour hence radiowave suffer negligible
attenuation in night hour. This is the reason that the wave band which can’t be
heard during day time but may be heard during night time.
m
ww
The atmosphere has varying density (refractive index) with the height from earth
co
dm
w.E given as
dh
. Radius of curvature of the wave path is
R =- dh
dm
lp.
asy
Solving it, we get the effective earth radius (Radio horizon)
= 4 actual earth radius (optical horizon)
3
SOL 10.3.51
En
he
The radiation resistance of a dipole antenna is defined as
Rrad = 80p2 b dl l
l
2
gin
dl = l
eer
e
Since,
20
l/20 2
at
So, Rrad = 80p2 c

l m
= 2W
ing
.ne
g
Effective length of a half wave dipole antenna is

cos a p cos q k
t
w.
le ^q h = > H
2 2
b sin q
i.e. le is function of q.
ww
The maximum value of le is at q = p/2 .

le a p k = 2 = l < l
2 b p 2
i.e. maximum value of le is less than its actual value l .
2
The effective length is the same for the antenna in transmitting and receiving
modes.
So, statements, 1, 2 and 4 and correct while statement 3 is incorrect.
***********

Electromagnetics by Kanodia PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Electromagnetics by Kanodia PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.

**Note: Other Websites/Blogs Owners Please do not Copy (or) Republish

**Disclimers : EasyEngineering not the original publisher of this Book/Material

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

Exclusive Sales Counter & BO:

Printed By: Nodia and Company, Jaipur

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

GATE ELECTRONICS & COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING

IES ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

2 Vector Analysis Chap 1

The field lines of vector B = ra q is

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

Chap 1 Vector Analysis 3

ww (D) can’t be determined as A, B and C are not given

Common Data for Question 9 - 10 :

E = 9zy2 cos (2x) ax + 8zy sin (2x) ay + 2y2 sin (2x) az .

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

4 Vector Analysis Chap 1

MCQ 1.1.13 The uniform vector field A = ay can also be expressed as

w.E (A) 8ar - 2a q + 5af

lp. (D) 8ar + 2.2a q + 5.5af

(A) - 4a r + 2af (B) ax - ay

the transformed cartesian system ?

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

Chap 1 Vector Analysis 5

The value of k will be

MCQ 1.1.27 Curl of the gradient of any scalar field is

GATE CLOUD Electromagnetics By RK Kanodia & Ashish Murolia

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

6 Vector Analysis Chap 1

GATE CLOUD Electromagnetics By RK Kanodia & Ashish Murolia

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

Chap 1 Vector Analysis 7

w.E Common Data for Question 2 - 4 :

(A) 0.61ax + 0.42ay - 0.37az

(D) 0.43ax - 0.21ay + 0.11az

(A) - 0.55ax - 0.832ay + 0.077az

(D) 0.49ax - 0.23ay - 0.44az

(A) 0.11ax - 0.81ay + 0.44az

GATE CLOUD Electromagnetics By RK Kanodia & Ashish Murolia

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

8 Vector Analysis Chap 1

surface r = 20 at point P (20, 150c, 330c) is

Common Data for Question 7 - 8 :

ww (A) - 12af + 9ar (B) - 12ar - 8a q

h (x, y) = 6x2 + 8y2 - 3xy + 36x - 56y + 100

(A) 3 miles north, 2 miles west of Railway station.

vector of the point P . The divergence of the vector field F will be

GATE CLOUD Electromagnetics By RK Kanodia & Ashish Murolia

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

Chap 1 Vector Analysis 9

ww the direct straight line is

(A) 10 units (B) 5/2 units

GATE CLOUD Electromagnetics By RK Kanodia & Ashish Murolia

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

10 Vector Analysis Chap 1

MCQ 1.2.19 gin